Deloitte's Roadmap: Income Taxes
Preface
Preface
We are pleased to present the 2024 edition of Income Taxes,
which provides Deloitte’s insights into and interpretations of the income tax
accounting guidance in ASC 740.1 The income tax accounting framework has been in place for many years; however,
views on the application of that framework to current transactions continue to
evolve because structures and tax laws are continually changing. Therefore, while
the Roadmap is intended to be a helpful resource, it is not a substitute for
consultation with Deloitte professionals on complex income tax accounting questions
or transactions.
The body of the Roadmap combines the income tax accounting rules
from ASC 740 with Deloitte’s interpretations and examples in a comprehensive,
reader-friendly format. The Roadmap reflects Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs)
issued by the FASB through August 2024 and includes pending content from recently
issued ASUs. Readers should refer to the transition guidance in the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification or in the relevant ASU to determine the
effective date(s) of the pending guidance.
Each chapter of this publication typically starts with a brief
introduction and includes excerpts from ASC 740 or related guidance, Deloitte’s
interpretations of those excerpts, and examples to illustrate the relevant guidance.
Note that some of the calculations in the examples use rounded numbers for
simplicity. The 2024 edition of this Roadmap includes new guidance and editorial
enhancements to reflect our latest thinking and input from standard setters and
regulators. Appendix I
highlights significant changes made to this publication since issuance of last
year’s edition.
For certain accounting issues discussed in this publication,
multiple views or policies under U.S. GAAP may be acceptable. Unless specifically
noted otherwise, an accounting policy elected in these situations should be
consistently applied. Entities are encouraged to consult with their accounting
advisers for assistance in making such elections.
Be sure to check out On the Radar (also available
as a stand-alone
publication), which briefly summarizes key
issues and trends related to the accounting and financial
reporting topics addressed in the Roadmap.
Footnotes
1
For the full titles of standards, topics, and regulations,
see Appendix G.
For the full forms of abbreviations, see Appendix H.
On the Radar
On the Radar
The accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 can be extremely complex.
The amount of income tax expense an entity must record in each period does not simply
equal the amount of income tax payable in each period. Rather, ASC 740 requires an
entity to record income tax expense in each period as if there were no differences
between (1) the timing of the recognition of events in income before tax for U.S. GAAP
purposes and (2) the timing of the recognition of those events in taxable income.
In accordance with ASC 740-10-10-1, an entity’s overall objectives in
accounting for income taxes are to (1) “recognize the amount of taxes payable or
refundable for the current year” (i.e., current tax expense or benefit) and (2)
“recognize deferred tax liabilities [DTLs] and assets [DTAs] for the future tax
consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or
tax returns” (resulting in deferred tax expense or benefit). An entity’s total
tax expense is generally the sum of these two components and can be expressed as the
following formula:
To apply the guidance in ASC
740, entities must understand not only the standard’s
accounting requirements but also the tax codes under various
jurisdictions. Accordingly, coordination between the
accounting and tax departments is generally
required.
Legislative and Economic Setting
In 2022, two pieces of legislation with significant tax-related
provisions were enacted. The CHIPS Act of 2022 (H.R. 4346), signed into law on August 9,
2022, established an advanced manufacturing investment credit under new IRC
Section 48D. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (H.R. 5376), signed into law on August 16,
2022, included (1) a 15 percent book minimum tax (corporate alternative minimum
tax [AMT]) on the adjusted financial statement income (AFSI) of applicable
corporations; (2) a plethora of clean-energy tax incentives in the form of tax
credits, some of which have a direct-pay option or transferability provision;
and (3) a 1 percent excise tax on certain corporate stock buybacks.
The provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act went into effect
for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2022. While the ASC 740
ramifications of the corporate AMT were relatively minor (see Sections 5.7.1 and
3.3.4.10), the
direct-pay and transferability provisions of the new tax credits have presented
(and continue to present) a host of new challenges (see Section 12.2).
In addition, multinational entities have been navigating the
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD’s) Pillar Two tax
regime, which introduces a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15 percent. To
implement the global minimum tax, individual countries are responsible for
establishing laws and regulations in line with the framework provided by the
OECD. Many countries have enacted legislation that went into effect in 2024.
Generally, we expect these new taxes to be accounted for in a manner similar to
AMTs for consolidated financial statements, but the accounting impacts of each
new law will need to be separately evaluated in each jurisdiction. See Section 3.3.4.10 and
Appendix F for further details.
Standard-Setting Activity
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, which establishes new income
tax disclosure requirements within ASC 740 in addition to modifying and
eliminating certain existing requirements. The ASU’s amendments are intended to
enhance the transparency and decision-usefulness of such disclosures. Under the
new guidance, public business entities (PBEs) must consistently categorize and
provide greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation. The
ASU also includes additional disaggregation requirements related to income taxes
paid. The ASU’s disclosure requirements apply to all entities subject to ASC
740. PBEs must apply the amendments to annual periods beginning after December
15, 2024 (2025 for calendar-year-end PBEs). Entities other than PBEs have an
additional year to adopt the guidance.
For more information about ASU 2023-09, see Appendix B.
Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02,
which expands the use of the proportional amortization method — which
previously applied only to low-income housing tax credit investments — to
other tax equity investments that meet certain revised criteria in ASC
323-740-25-1. The ASU is intended to improve the accounting and disclosures
for investments in tax credit structures.
For additional information about tax credit structures, see
Appendixes
C and D of Deloitte’s Roadmap Equity Method Investments and Joint
Ventures.
Contacts
Contacts
|
Matt
Himmelman
Audit & Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 714 436 7277
|
|
Patrice Mano
Partner
Deloitte Tax LLP
Washington National Tax
+1 415 783 6079
|
|
Chris
Barton
Managing Director
Deloitte Tax LLP
Washington National
Tax
+1 703 885 6300
|
|
Mark
Crowley
Audit & Assurance
Managing Director
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 203 563 2518
|
|
Krystle Kort
Partner
Deloitte Tax LLP
Washington National
Tax
+1 415 783 6917
|
|
Marla
Lewis
Audit & Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 203 708 4245
|
|
Alice
Loo
Managing Director
Deloitte Tax LLP
Washington National
Tax
+1 415 783 6118
|
|
James Webb
Audit & Assurance
Partner
Deloitte & Touche LLP
+1 415 783 4586
|
For information about Deloitte’s service offerings related to the accounting for income
taxes, please contact:
|
Lisa
Paradowski
Audit & Assurance
Managing Director
Deloitte & Touche
LLP
+1 312 486 2948
|
Chapter 1 — Overview
Chapter 1 — Overview
1.1 Introduction
The accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 can be extremely
complex. This chapter summarizes the core concepts under ASC 740 and gives an
overview of the objectives of the accounting for income taxes.
ASC 740-10
05-1 The Income
Taxes Topic addresses financial accounting and reporting for
the effects of income taxes that result from an entity’s
activities during the current and preceding years.
Specifically, this Topic establishes standards of financial
accounting and reporting for income taxes that are currently
payable and for the tax consequences of all of the
following:
- Revenues, expenses, gains, or losses that are included in taxable income of an earlier or later year than the year in which they are recognized in financial income
- Other events that create differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their amounts for financial reporting
- Operating loss or tax credit carrybacks for refunds of taxes paid in prior years and carryforwards to reduce taxes payable in future years.
05-5 There are
two basic principles related to accounting for income taxes,
each of which considers uncertainty through the application
of recognition and measurement criteria:
- To recognize the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current year as a tax liability or asset
- To recognize a deferred tax liability or asset for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards.
05-7 A
temporary difference refers to a difference between the tax
basis of an asset or liability, determined based on
recognition and measurement requirements for tax positions,
and its reported amount in the financial statements that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years
when the reported amount of the asset or liability is
recovered or settled, respectively. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes
that result from temporary differences and carryforwards
that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and
provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to
reflect the time-value of money.
05-8 As
indicated in paragraph 740-10-25-23, temporary differences
that will result in taxable amounts in future years when the
related asset or liability is recovered or settled are often
referred to as taxable temporary differences. Likewise,
temporary differences that will result in deductible amounts
in future years are often referred to as deductible
temporary differences. Business combinations may give rise
to both taxable and deductible temporary differences.
05-9 As
indicated in paragraph 740-10-25-30, certain basis
differences may not result in taxable or deductible amounts
in future years when the related asset or liability for
financial reporting is recovered or settled and, therefore,
may not be temporary differences for which a deferred tax
liability or asset is recognized.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
805-60-65-1)
05-8 As indicated in paragraph
740-10-25-23, temporary differences that will
result in taxable amounts in future years when the
related asset or liability is recovered or settled
are often referred to as taxable temporary
differences. Likewise, temporary differences that
will result in deductible amounts in future years
are often referred to as deductible temporary
differences. Business combinations and joint
venture formations may give rise to both taxable
and deductible temporary differences.
05-10 As
indicated in paragraph 740-10-25-24, some temporary
differences are deferred taxable income or tax deductions
and have balances only on the income tax balance sheet and
therefore cannot be identified with a particular asset or
liability for financial reporting. In such instances, there
is no related, identifiable asset or liability for financial
reporting, but there is a temporary difference that results
from an event that has been recognized in the financial
statements and, based on provisions in the tax law, the
temporary difference will result in taxable or deductible
amounts in future years.
1.2 Background of ASC 740
A basic principle of the taxation of income in many jurisdictions,
including the U.S. federal jurisdiction, is that an entity is taxed only on its
net earnings (i.e., it is taxed on total revenue after allowable
expenses incurred to generate the revenue have been deducted to arrive at a net
amount of taxable income). Generally, an entity applies a rate or series of rates to
taxable income to determine a preliminary amount of income tax owed for the period.
In many jurisdictions, the entity then reduces that preliminary amount by available
income tax credits, if any, to determine the ultimate amount of tax owed in a
particular period.
If there were no differences between the way an entity determined
its income before tax under U.S. GAAP and its taxable income, and there were no tax
credits or tax loss carryforwards available, a profitable entity could simply
multiply its U.S. GAAP income before tax by the statutory tax rate(s) applicable to
the jurisdiction(s) in which the income was earned and record an income tax payable
and corresponding expense each period. While there are many similarities between the
treatment of items of income and loss under U.S. GAAP and for income tax reporting
purposes, there are still many differences. Accordingly, ASC 740 provides a
framework for the accounting for income taxes that takes into account these
differences. Under this framework, the amount of income tax expense an entity is
required to record in each period does not simply equal the amount of income tax
payable in each period. Rather, ASC 740 requires an entity to record income tax
expense in each period as if there were no differences between (1) the timing of
the recognition of events in income before tax for U.S. GAAP purposes and
(2) the timing of the recognition of those events in taxable income. ASC 740
also requires an entity to reduce income tax expense otherwise determined each
period (or record an overall income tax benefit) for the expected benefit of net
operating losses (NOLs) and tax credits that, in many taxing jurisdictions, may be
carried forward or back to reduce taxable income in a future period or get a refund
of taxes paid in a prior period.
1.3 Objectives of ASC 740
ASC 740-10
10-1 There are two primary
objectives related to accounting for income taxes:
- To recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year
- To recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns.
As it relates to the second objective, some
events do not have tax consequences. Certain revenues are
exempt from taxation and certain expenses are not
deductible. In some tax jurisdictions, for example, interest
earned on certain municipal obligations is not taxable and
fines are not deductible.
10-2 Ideally, the second objective
might be stated more specifically to recognize the expected
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized
in the financial statements or tax returns. However, that
objective is realistically constrained because:
- The tax payment or refund that results from a particular tax return is a joint result of all the items included in that return.
- Taxes that will be paid or refunded in future years are the joint result of events of the current or prior years and events of future years.
- Information available about the future is limited. As a result, attribution of taxes to individual items and events is arbitrary and, except in the simplest situations, requires estimates and approximations.
10-3 Conceptually, a deferred tax
liability or asset represents the increase or decrease in
taxes payable or refundable in future years as a result of
temporary differences and carryforwards at the end of the
current year. That concept is an incremental concept. A
literal application of that concept would result in
measurement of the incremental tax effect as the difference
between the following two measurements:
- The amount of taxes that will be payable or refundable in future years inclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards
- The amount of taxes that would be payable or refundable in future years exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.
However, in light of the constraints
identified in the preceding paragraph, in computing the
amount of deferred tax liabilities and assets, the objective
is to measure a deferred tax liability or asset using the
enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply to taxable income in
the periods in which the deferred tax liability or asset is
expected to be settled or realized.
As noted in ASC 740-10-10-1, an entity’s overall objectives in
accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 are to (1) “recognize the amount of taxes
payable or refundable for the current year” (i.e., current tax expense or
benefit) and (2) “recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial
statements or tax returns” (resulting in deferred tax expense or benefit). An
entity's total tax expense is generally the sum of these two components1 and can be expressed as the following formula:
To understand and apply ASC 740, management and practitioners must
be aware of these objectives, which are discussed in more detail in the next
sections.
1.3.1 Understanding “Events That Have Been Recognized in an Entity’s Financial Statements or Tax Returns”
Despite the significant differences in form between financial
statements and an income tax return, an entity is able to use the information on
which its income tax return preparation was based to develop a set of tax basis
financial statements that would look very similar to a set of financial
statements prepared for financial reporting purposes. The accounting for income
taxes is most easily understood if one first assumes that the income tax return
is used to create a set of tax basis financial statements that is similar in
form to a set of financial statements prepared for financial reporting purposes.
ASC 740-10-20 defines an event as a “happening of consequence to an entity.” An
event has an ASC 740 accounting consequence if it results in recognition in (1)
the entity’s U.S. GAAP financial statements for a period, (2) the entity’s tax
basis financial statements for a period, or (3) both.
1.3.2 Understanding “the Amount of Taxes Payable or Refundable for the Current Year”
An entity calculates the amount of income taxes payable or refundable for the
current year by completing its income tax return(s) for the year. That process
will result in the determination of an amount of income tax owed to a taxing
authority or, in some circumstances, an amount of a refund due to the entity
from the taxing authority. A current income tax payable or refundable is
recorded for such amounts with an offset to current income tax expense in the
income statement.
1.3.2.1 Permanent Differences
When an event is permanently recognized in a different
manner or amount in U.S. GAAP financial statements than it is in tax basis
financial statements, a permanent difference between pretax net income and
taxable income arises. A common example of such an event in the United
States is the recognition of certain portions of meals and entertainment
expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes. Another common example is
interest income that is not taxable (i.e., tax-exempt interest). Certain tax
credits (whether used in the current period or carried forward to reduce
income taxes otherwise owed in a future period), which reduce the amount of
tax owed but do not affect the amount of income before tax for U.S. GAAP
purposes, may also create permanent differences when the expenses incurred
for U.S. GAAP purposes are disallowed for tax purposes because the credit is
claimed.
Under ASC 740, entities inherently take into account the
income tax effects of permanent differences other than those created by tax
credit carryforwards by recognizing current income tax expense corresponding
with “the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year.” In
other words, such permanent differences will affect the amount of the income
tax payable or refundable and corresponding current tax expense or benefit
for the period. These permanent differences will also affect the income tax
rate the entity appears to be paying on its U.S. GAAP pretax income (i.e.,
the entity’s effective tax rate [ETR]). For example, if a cash expenditure
results in an expense for financial reporting purposes but does not
represent an expense for income tax purposes (i.e., because it is
permanently disallowed), the entity’s overall ETR for financial reporting
purposes will be higher than its statutory rate. For this reason, permanent
differences are often described as having a “rate impact” under ASC 740.
Permanent differences do not give rise to DTAs and DTLs. For additional
examples of common permanent differences and a discussion of the related
accounting, see Section
3.2.
1.3.3 Understanding “Deferred Tax Liabilities and Assets” and “Future Tax Consequences”
DTAs and DTLs (1) represent the future tax consequences of
certain events that have been recognized differently for financial reporting and
tax purposes and (2) result from two primary sources: temporary differences and
attributes.
1.3.3.1 Temporary Differences
A temporary difference represents the difference between (1)
the tax basis of an asset or liability, determined under tax law and in
accordance with the recognition and measurement guidance discussed in
Chapter 4, and (2) its reported
amount in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible
amounts in future years when such amount is recovered or settled,
respectively. Often, a temporary difference arises when an event is
ultimately accounted for in the same manner and amount for U.S. GAAP and tax
purposes but in different periods. For example, a temporary
difference may arise as a result of the rate at which an asset is
depreciated under U.S. GAAP as compared with its depreciation rate for tax
purposes. When an event is recognized in either the U.S. GAAP or tax basis
financial statements, a temporary difference may arise between pretax net
income reported for financial reporting purposes and taxable income reported
for income tax purposes. Temporary differences will generate additional
taxable income or loss when the related amount in the U.S. GAAP basis
financial statements is recovered (asset) or settled (liability).
Example 1-1
Entity X acquires a fixed asset with
cash of $100 and capitalizes the expenditure for
both financial reporting and income tax purposes.
For income tax purposes, X depreciates the fixed
asset entirely in one year; however, it depreciates
it over five years for financial reporting purposes.
After one year, the asset will have a carrying
amount or “basis” of $0 for income tax purposes but
will have a carrying amount of $80 for financial
reporting purposes. This $80 basis difference is
temporary because ultimately the entire $100 will be
recognized as an expense for both financial
reporting and income tax purposes. Since the $100
expense will be recognized in different periods, a
difference exists between the tax basis and the
amount of such basis reported in the financial
statements. That basis difference gives rise to a
temporary difference.
ASC 740-10-25-20 identifies a number of additional types of
events that could create a temporary difference. Such events and temporary
differences are discussed in more detail in Section 3.3.
1.3.3.1.1 Future Tax Consequences of Temporary Differences
ASC 740 requires an entity to use a balance sheet
approach to recognize the future tax consequences of temporary
differences. For an entity to accomplish this, it is critical for it to
understand that an inherent assumption in U.S. GAAP is that the
financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities will be
recovered and settled, respectively. In other words, when applying the
income tax accounting guidance in ASC 740, an entity assumes that the
financial statement carrying amount of assets will convert to cash and
the financial statement carrying amount of liabilities will be settled
through disbursement of cash. An entity then determines whether such
future receipt or use of cash will result in an increase or decrease to
taxable income. To understand the significance of this assumption,
management and practitioners must also be acquainted with the concepts
of “financial statement carrying amount” and “tax basis.”
The initial carrying amount or basis for both financial
reporting purposes and income tax purposes can generally be
thought of as the amount of consideration paid to acquire an asset or
the amount of consideration received upon incurring a liability. For
example, the initial carrying amount or basis in a fixed asset for both
financial reporting and income tax purposes is typically the amount of
cash paid to acquire it. Similarly, the carrying amount or basis of a
note payable is usually the amount of cash received upon the note’s
issuance. The initial carrying amount is subsequently adjusted for
appreciation, accretion, depreciation, amortization, or impairment (as
permitted or required under financial reporting and income tax reporting
rules). That is, the carrying amount for financial reporting purposes
and for income tax purposes is the amount at which the asset or
liability is reported in the U.S. GAAP and tax basis balance sheet at
the end of the reporting period.
When an asset is recovered, an entity generally reports
income on the amount of proceeds in excess of the tax basis or takes a
deduction for the amount by which the tax basis exceeds the proceeds
received. Similarly, the entity takes a deduction for the amount by
which the consideration paid to settle a liability exceeds the tax basis
(a loss) or reports income on the amount by which the tax basis of the
liability exceeds the consideration paid to settle it (a gain).
Under the balance sheet approach, the entity compares
the financial statement carrying amount of each of its assets and
liabilities with the carrying amount or basis of each of those assets
and liabilities for income tax purposes in the relevant taxing
jurisdiction. An entity must analyze any difference between the carrying
amount of an asset or liability for financial reporting purposes and
such amount for income tax purposes to determine whether it is a
temporary difference that gives rise to a future tax deduction or future
taxable income. If taxable income would result, the entity has a taxable
temporary difference and records a DTL with a corresponding deferred tax
expense. If a deduction would result, the entity has a deductible
temporary difference and records a DTA with a corresponding deferred tax
benefit, subject to an assessment of realizability. If no tax
consequence would arise, the basis difference is not a temporary
difference that gives rise to a DTA or DTL.
Example 1-2
Assume the same facts as in
Example 1-1. At the end of the first
year, the future tax consequences of the events
that Entity X has temporarily recognized
differently in its financial statements than it
has recognized in its tax returns (assuming X
were to recover the asset for its financial
statement carrying amount) would be a taxable
gain of $80. That is, the amount by which the $80
that hypothetically would be received upon the
assumed recovery exceeds the current tax basis of
$0. Therefore, X would record a DTL at the end of
the first year representing the future tax
consequence (a future tax payable on an $80 gain
[recovery through sale] or income [recovery
through use]) of recovering the fixed asset for
its financial statement carrying amount. In other
words, the tax benefit from the depreciation of
the asset that X recognizes in the tax basis
financial statements in year 1 will not be
available in future years to offset the $80 of
income assumed to arise upon recovery of the
asset. If the tax rate is 20 percent, X would
record a DTL for $16.
1.3.3.2 Attributes
In some jurisdictions, entities are permitted to carry
forward or back losses (as determined under income tax rules of the relevant
jurisdiction) to offset earnings of a future or prior period (and
potentially get a refund of taxes paid on income of a previous period).
These losses are commonly referred to as NOL carryforwards or carrybacks.
Similarly, an entity may be permitted to carry forward or back income tax
credits that it could not use in the current year. NOLs and tax credits that
may be carried forward are commonly referred to as “attributes.”
1.3.3.2.1 Future Tax Consequences of Attributes
The future tax consequence of an attribute is generally either a deferred
deduction (i.e., an NOL carryforward that can be used to reduce taxable
income of a future period) or a deferred income tax credit (to reduce
the amount of income tax otherwise owed in a future period), each of
which is represented by a DTA. DTAs and corresponding deferred tax
benefits are recorded for attributes, subject to an assessment of
realizability, to reflect the “future tax consequences” of the event
(generation of the NOL or tax credit carryforward) that has occurred in
the entity’s tax basis financial statements. The future tax consequence
is the reduction in taxes owed as a result of applying a credit
carryforward to reduce taxes payable or applying an NOL carryforward to
reduce taxable income of a future period.
1.3.4 Complexities in Applying ASC 740
While the objectives of ASC 740 may seem straightforward in simple scenarios,
there can be a tremendous amount of complexity in the accounting for income
taxes under ASC 740. The above overview may serve as a foundation for an
understanding of the concepts and complexities discussed in the remaining
chapters.
Footnotes
Chapter 2 — Scope
Chapter 2 — Scope
2.1 Introduction
ASC 740 applies to the accounting for all taxes imposed on an entity by a taxing
authority that are based on the entity’s income. This may include taxes imposed by
U.S. and foreign federal, state, and local jurisdictions and is true regardless of
how a tax is labeled by a particular jurisdiction. Although this principle may
appear simple, entities must often use significant judgment in determining whether a
tax is an income tax within the scope of ASC 740. Taxes that are not income taxes
within the scope of ASC 740 are accounted for in accordance with other U.S. GAAP
generally applicable to the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of assets and
liabilities, income, and expenses throughout the Codification. This can result in
significant differences between the accounting for taxes under ASC 740 and the
accounting for taxes under other Codification guidance. For example, deferred taxes
are not recognized for non-income-based taxes, and neither expense nor income
associated with non-income-based taxes is recorded in the income tax expense line in
the statement of operations. In addition, uncertainties about the recognition and
measurement of a non-income-based tax in a particular jurisdiction would not be
accounted for in accordance with the guidance applicable to uncertain tax positions
in ASC 740-10.
ASC 740-10
15-1 The Scope
Section of the Overall Subtopic establishes the pervasive
scope for all Subtopics of the Income Taxes Topic. Unless
explicitly addressed within specific Subtopics, the
following scope guidance applies to all Subtopics of the
Income Taxes Topic.
Entities
15-2 The
principles and requirements of the Income Taxes Topic are
applicable to domestic and foreign entities in preparing
financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP), including
not-for-profit entities (NFP) with activities that are
subject to income taxes.
15-2AA The
guidance in this Subtopic relating to accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes applies to all entities,
including tax-exempt not-for-profit entities, pass-through
entities, and entities that are taxed in a manner similar to
pass-through entities such as real estate investment trusts
and registered investment companies.
Transactions
15-3 The
guidance in the Income Taxes Topic applies to:
- Domestic federal (national) income taxes (U.S. federal income taxes for U.S. entities) and foreign, state, and local (including franchise) taxes based on income
- An entity’s domestic and foreign operations that are consolidated, combined, or accounted for by the equity method.
15-4 The guidance in this Topic
does not apply to the following transactions and
activities:
-
A franchise tax (or similar tax) to the extent it is based on capital or a non-income-based amount and there is no portion of the tax based on income. If a franchise tax (or similar tax) is partially based on income (for example, an entity pays the greater of an income-based tax and a non-income-based tax), deferred tax assets and liabilities shall be recognized and accounted for in accordance with this Topic. Deferred tax assets and liabilities shall be measured using the applicable statutory income tax rate. An entity shall not consider the effect of potentially paying a non-income-based tax in future years when evaluating the realizability of its deferred tax assets. The amount of current tax expense equal to the amount that is based on income shall be accounted for in accordance with this Topic, with any incremental amount incurred accounted for as a non-income-based tax. See Example 17 (paragraph 740-10-55-139) for an example of how to apply this guidance.
-
A withholding tax for the benefit of the recipients of a dividend. A tax that is assessed on an entity based on dividends distributed is, in effect, a withholding tax for the benefit of recipients of the dividend and is not an income tax if both of the following conditions are met:
-
The tax is payable by the entity if and only if a dividend is distributed to shareholders. The tax does not reduce future income taxes the entity would otherwise pay.
-
Shareholders receiving the dividend are entitled to a tax credit at least equal to the tax paid by the entity and that credit is realizable either as a refund or as a reduction of taxes otherwise due, regardless of the tax status of the shareholders.
See the guidance in paragraphs 740-10-55-72 through 55-74 dealing with determining whether a payment made to a taxing authority based on dividends distributed is an income tax. -
Related Implementation
Guidance and Illustrations
-
Treatment of Certain Payments to Taxing Authorities [ASC 740-10-55-67].
-
Example 17: Determining Whether a Tax Is an Income Tax [ASC 740-10-55-139].
2.2 Taxes Based on Income
ASC 740 clearly indicates that “income taxes” are the only taxes within its scope.
ASC 740-10-20 defines income taxes as “[d]omestic and foreign federal (national),
state, and local (including franchise) taxes based on income,” and it defines
taxable income as the “excess of taxable revenues over tax deductible expenses and
exemptions for the year as defined by the governmental taxing authority.”
Although ASC 740 provides no further guidance on this matter, the
term “taxes based on income” implies a tax system in which the tax payable is
calculated on the basis of the entity’s revenue minus the expenses allowed by the
jurisdiction being considered. For the tax to be an income tax, the tax computation
would not need to include all income statement accounts but should include some
determination that would be meaningful to most taxpayers or meaningful in relation
to the specific income being taxed. A tax levied on a subset of the income
statement, such as a tax on net investment income (i.e., a tax on investment income
less investment-related expenses), would also qualify as a tax based on income since
it would be computed on the basis of a portion of net income less expenses incurred
to generate the income.
For a tax to be an income tax within the scope of ASC 740, revenues
and gains must be reduced by some amount of expenses and losses allowed by the
jurisdiction. Therefore, a tax based solely on revenues (e.g., gross receipts or
sales tax) would not be within the scope of ASC 740 because the taxable base amount
is not reduced by any expenses. A tax based on gross receipts, revenue, or capital
should be accounted for under other applicable authoritative literature (e.g., ASC
405, ASC 450). See Section 2.2.4 of Deloitte’s
Roadmap Contingencies, Loss Recoveries, and
Guarantees for further discussion of differentiating between
contingent liabilities and contractual or legal liabilities in connection with taxes
that are not within the scope of ASC 740.
2.3 Taxes Assessed in Lieu of Income Tax
In certain jurisdictions, some entities may be subject to certain
taxes in lieu of an income tax, such as an excise or other type of tax that is based
on a measure of income. For example, not-for-profit foundations that make certain
minimum distributions are generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxes but may be
subject to an excise tax on their net investment income.1 Such an excise tax meets the definition of a “tax based on income” and
therefore is within the scope of ASC 740. Alternatively, in some jurisdictions,
qualifying entities may, in lieu of an income tax, be subject to an excise tax that
is based on a measure other than income (e.g., it is based on a percentage of assets
or sales). Although this tax is levied in lieu of an income tax, it is not within
the scope of ASC 740 because it is not based on a measure of income. Entities should
carefully consider how each type of tax is assessed to determine whether the tax
should be included within the scope of ASC 740.
Further, the questions of whether an entity is subject to a tax based on income or a
non-income-based tax in a particular jurisdiction are not always mutually exclusive.
See Section 2.5 for information on hybrid tax
regimes, in which an entity may be subject to both income and non-income-based taxes
or be subject to tax based on the higher of an income tax or a non-income-based
tax.
Footnotes
1
Net investment income under IRC Section 4940 is the amount
by which the sum of gross investment income and the capital gain net income
exceeds the allowable deductions.
2.4 Certain Entities Exempt From Income Taxes on the Basis of Legal Form
The legal form established for an entity may govern whether the
entity is taxable or tax-exempt. Many entities are exempt from paying taxes because
they qualify as either tax-exempt (e.g., not-for-profit organization) or
pass-through entities (e.g., Subchapter S corporation, partnership, and certain
LLCs) or because they function similarly to pass-through entities (e.g., real estate
investment trusts [REITs] or regulated investment companies). To qualify for
tax-exempt or pass-through treatment, such entities must meet certain conditions
under the relevant tax law. According to the definition of a tax position in ASC
740-10-20, the recognition and measurement of a decision to classify an entity as
tax-exempt should be evaluated under ASC 740. See Section 4.1.2.1 for additional discussion of
the evaluation of an entity’s tax-exempt status.
In addition, an entity may change its tax status, which may affect
its designation as either a taxable or nontaxable entity. Changes in tax status can
be voluntary or involuntary, and the accounting treatment for each may be different.
See Section 3.5.2 for
further discussion of an entity’s change in tax status.
2.5 Hybrid Taxes
ASC 740-10-15-4(a) notes that amounts based on taxable income should
be included in the tax provision, with any incremental amount recorded as a
non-income-based tax. For example, assume that (1) a local jurisdiction assesses an
entity’s tax as the greater of 25 percent of taxable income or 1 percent of equity
and (2) the entity has $100 of taxable income in the current year and book equity of
$10,000. Tax expense of $25 is therefore included in the tax provision and accounted
for within the scope ASC 740. The excess tax generated by the non-income-based
measure of $75 ($10,000 × 1% – $25) is recorded as an expense charged to income.
2.6 Accounting for Withholdings on Certain Payments (e.g., Dividends, Interest, Royalties, or License Fees)
In some tax jurisdictions, dividends to owners and other payments (e.g., interest,
royalty, or license payments) may trigger a tax obligation to the tax authority in
the payor’s jurisdiction (sometimes referred to as a “withholding tax”). Such a tax
may be required to be withheld from the payment by the payor and remitted to the
taxing authority. It is not always clear whether the payor or the recipient should
account for the tax as an income tax, and careful consideration is often
required.
2.6.1 Accounting for a Withholding Tax by the Payor
Treatment of the withholding tax by the payor of the dividend will depend on
whether the tax is assessed on the payor or on the payee. This is a legal
determination in the jurisdiction of the payor.
In some jurisdictions, a tax based on dividends distributed is assessed directly
on the dividend payor. In these cases, remittance of the withholding tax should
be accounted for in equity as a part of the dividend (rather than as an expense
of the payor) only if both of the conditions outlined in ASC 740-10-15-4(b) are
met. ASC 740-10-15-4(b) states, in part:
A tax that is assessed on an entity based on dividends distributed is, in
effect, a withholding tax for the benefit of recipients of the dividend
and is not an income tax if both of the following conditions are met:
- The tax is payable by the entity if and only if a dividend is distributed to shareholders. The tax does not reduce future income taxes the entity would otherwise pay.
- Shareholders receiving the dividend are entitled to a tax credit at least equal to the tax paid by the entity and that credit is realizable either as a refund or as a reduction of taxes otherwise due, regardless of the tax status of the shareholders.
If either of these criteria is not met, a tax assessed directly
on the dividend payor should not be considered a withholding for the benefit of
the recipient. Instead, it should be accounted for by the payor as either an
income tax within the scope of ASC 740 or as a non-income-based tax, depending
on the substance of the tax.
If the tax is accounted for by the payor as an income tax within the scope of ASC
740, any tax benefit to the payor resulting from payment of the withholding tax
should be recognized as part of tax expense or benefit from continuing
operations.
2.6.2 Accounting for a Withholding Tax by the Recipient
Most taxes on dividends are assessed on the recipient of the dividend but are
required to be withheld and remitted to the taxing authority by the payor. In
these instances, the remittance of the withholding tax to the tax authority by
the dividend payor is accounted for by the payor in its financial statements as
a reduction to equity (i.e., as a part of the dividend). The withholding tax may
still, however, be viewed as an income tax from the point of view of the
recipient of the dividend since the tax is paid on behalf of the recipient.
ASC 740 does not provide guidance on determining whether recipients of certain
payments (e.g., dividends or royalties) should account for withholding taxes as
income taxes within the scope of ASC 740.
ASC 740-10-55-24 states the following regarding taxes withheld from dividends:
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured using enacted tax rates
applicable to capital gains, ordinary income, and so forth, based on the
expected type of taxable or deductible amounts in future years. For
example, evidence based on all facts and circumstances should determine
whether an investor’s liability for the tax consequences of temporary
differences related to its equity in the earnings of an investee should
be measured using enacted tax rates applicable to a capital gain or a
dividend. Computation of a deferred tax liability for undistributed
earnings based on dividends should also reflect any related
dividends received deductions or foreign tax credits, and taxes that
would be withheld from the dividend. [Emphasis added]
It can be inferred from this guidance that the FASB intended withholding taxes on
dividends to be a component of income taxes. However, ASC 946-220-45-3 discusses
the presentation of certain items in the statement of operations of an
investment company and suggests that withholding taxes might, in fact, be
considered as “other taxes.” ASC 946-220-45-3 states, in part:
All of the following expenses are commonly reported separately: . . .
g. Federal and state income taxes (these expenses shall be
shown separately after the income category to which they apply,
such as investment income and realized or unrealized
gains)
h. Other taxes (foreign withholding taxes shall be deducted
from the relevant income item and presented parenthetically or
shown as a separate contra item in the income section).
Accordingly, the recipient of a dividend or other payment that is subject to
withholding tax should account for the withholding tax on the basis of its facts
and circumstances. Relevant questions (not all-inclusive or individually
determinative) include the following:
-
If the recipient had qualifying expenditures in the local jurisdiction or had established a local presence, would the withholding tax be adjusted accordingly (i.e., would it not apply, or would it be reflected as an estimated tax payment on the income tax return)?If the recipient filed an income tax return in the payor’s jurisdiction, the fact that the taxable income could be adjusted if there were qualifying expenditures and any withholding tax could be claimed as an estimated payment would be a strong indicator that the withholding tax should be considered an income tax.
-
Is the payment effectively a distribution from the earnings of the paying entity? That is, is it a dividend and not a return of capital or other expense?If the amount was paid out of earnings of the paying entity, the withholding tax may represent an incremental layer of tax, imposed on the recipient, on the income of the payor. For example, although a dividend itself may seem to be revenue rather than income to the recipient (i.e., the recipient has not been able to directly reduce the dividend by expenses), the withholding tax is assessed on a net income figure (i.e., the paying entity has incurred expenses on its revenues) at the time of distribution. Therefore, the recipient has indirectly been allowed a deduction for the expenses associated with the revenue upon which the dividend is based given that the paying entity has taken these deductions before making the dividend.
-
Is the withholding tax creditable on an income tax return filed by the receiving entity or by the receiving entity’s parent?While the ability to take a credit for the tax on an income tax return would not itself indicate that the tax is an income tax, many of the criteria used to evaluate whether the tax is creditable would most likely be relevant in the determination of whether the tax is an income tax for U.S. GAAP purposes.
2.7 Refundable Tax Credits
Certain tax jurisdictions provide refundable credits (e.g., qualifying R&D
credits in certain countries and state jurisdictions and alternative fuel tax
credits for U.S. federal income tax) that do not depend on the entity’s ongoing tax
status or tax position (e.g., an entity may receive a refund despite being in a
taxable loss position). Tax credits, such as refundable credits whose realization
does not depend on the entity’s generation of taxable income or the entity’s ongoing
tax status or tax position, are not considered an element of income tax accounting
under ASC 740. Thus, even if the credit claims are filed in connection with a tax
return, the refunds are not considered part of income taxes and therefore are not
within the scope of ASC 740. In such cases, an entity would not record the credit as
a reduction of income tax expense; rather, the entity should determine the credit’s
classification on the basis of its nature.
When determining the classification of these credits, an entity may
consider them to be a form of government grant or assistance. An entity may look to
paragraphs 24 and 29 of IAS 20 for guidance on government grants. Under paragraph 24
of IAS 20, an entity presents government grants related to assets “either by setting
up the grant as deferred income or by deducting the grant in arriving at the
carrying amount of the asset.” Further, paragraph 29 of IAS 20 states, “Grants
related to income are presented as part of profit or loss, either separately or
under a general heading such as ‘Other Income’; alternatively, they are deducted in
reporting the related expense.”
In rare circumstances, a tax law may change the way a tax credit is
realized. For example, a jurisdiction may have historically required that a credit
be realized on the tax return as a reduction in taxes payable but subsequently
changes the law so that the credit can be realized even though an entity has not
first incurred a tax liability (i.e., the credit amount becomes refundable but was
not when it arose). In this situation, an entity would generally continue to apply
ASC 740 to the credits recognized at the time of the law change. Any new refundable
credits earned after the tax law change would be accounted for as refundable credits
in accordance with the guidance in this section.
Credits whose realization ultimately depends on taxable income
(e.g., investment tax credits [ITCs] and R&D credits) would be within the scope
of ASC 740. See Section
12.2 for more information about the accounting for ITCs.
2.7.1 Selling Income Tax Credits to Monetize Them
Some tax jurisdictions might allow an entity that generates certain
types of income tax credits to either use the credit to reduce its income tax
liability or effectively “sell” all or a portion of it by assigning the right to
claim the credit to another qualified entity. If, however, the credit can be used
only to reduce an income tax liability either of the entity that generated it or the
entity to which it is sold and would never be refundable by the government, we
believe that the credit is within the scope of ASC 740.2
In situations in which an entity does not have sufficient taxable
income to use all or a portion of the income tax credit or in which using it might
take multiple tax years, the entity might achieve a better economic benefit (i.e.,
present value benefit) by selling the credit. In such situations, the entity that
generated the credit should initially recognize and measure it in accordance with
the recognition and measurement criteria of ASC 740. To the extent that the income
tax credit does not reduce income taxes currently payable, the entity would
recognize a DTA for the carryforward and assess it for realizability in a manner
consistent with the sources of income cited in ASC 740-10-30-18.3 See Section 5.3
for additional discussion.
If the entity were to subsequently sell the income tax credit, we understand based on
a FASB staff technical inquiry that it would be most appropriate to reflect any
proceeds and resulting gain/loss on the sale as a component of the tax provision.
Alternatively, we believe the sale could be treated no differently than the sale of
any other asset, with gain or loss recognized in pretax earnings for any difference
between the proceeds received and the recorded carrying value (i.e., the DTA for the
income tax credit recognized under the guidance in ASC 740 on recognition and
measurement).
Footnotes
2
While we believe accounting for the credits within the scope
of ASC 740 is most appropriate, consistent with feedback received from the
FASB staff, we believe it would also be acceptable for a company to account
for the transferable credits in a manner similar to refundable credits as
the company generating the credit does not need taxable income in order to
monetize the credit.
3
While we believe such assessment would generally be
predicated upon the normal course of business (i.e., an entity would not
factor in its ability to sell the underlying tax attribute as a basis for
realizing the related DTA), we understand based on a technical inquiry with
the FASB staff that it would also be acceptable to consider the expected
proceeds when assessing realizability.
2.8 Obligations for Indemnification of Uncertain Tax Positions of a Subsidiary Upon Sale — Subsidiary Previously Filed a Separate Tax Return
In a sale transaction, it is common for one party to indemnify the other for a
particular contingency. If the acquiree previously filed a separate tax return from
the parent (i.e., seller), the indemnification agreement between the buyer and
seller might be related to income tax positions taken by the acquiree before the
transaction. In these situations, we believe that the seller’s indemnification
obligation is not within the scope of ASC 740 (i.e., because the seller is not
jointly and severally liable for the income tax obligations of the acquiree when the
acquiree filed a separate return). Rather, the seller should account for the
indemnification obligation in accordance with other applicable U.S. GAAP.
Example 2-1
Assume that Company A enters into an
agreement to sell 100 percent of the outstanding stock in
its wholly owned subsidiary, Company Z, to Company B. Before
the sale, Z files a separate tax return in which a tax
position is taken that requires the recognition of a
liability for an unrecognized tax benefit (UTB). As part of
the purchase agreement, A indemnifies B for any future
settlement with the tax authority in connection with the
uncertain tax position taken by Z in its prior tax
return.
Because Z filed a separate tax return, A is not directly
liable for any of Z’s tax obligations after the sale. By
indemnifying B for any loss related to Z’s prior tax
positions, however, A has entered into a guarantee contract,
which would generally be within the scope of ASC 460 (see
ASC 460-10-15-4(c) and ASC 460-10-55-13(c)).
Therefore, A would generally recognize a guarantee liability
on the sale date and on each reporting date thereafter in
accordance with the recognition and measurement provisions
of ASC 460.
Assume the following:
-
The uncertain tax benefit is $110.
-
Settlement of the indemnification liability would result in a deduction for the seller.
-
The guarantee is within the scope of ASC 460, and the initial guarantee liability determined under ASC 460 is $100.
-
Company A has an ETR of 25 percent.
-
For A, the disposition of Z does not qualify for presentation as a discontinued operation in accordance with ASC 205-20.
The following entries illustrate A’s accounting for the UTB
upon the sale of Z.
To record the indemnification liability (recognition would
adjust the seller’s gain and loss on sale):
To record the deductible temporary
difference related to the difference between the reported
amount and the tax basis of the indemnification liability
(i.e., 25% of $100):
If the UTB liability were ultimately settled with the tax
authority for $76, Z would make a cash payment to the tax
authority and A would make a cash payment to B in
satisfaction of its indemnification liability. The following
entries illustrate A’s accounting upon settlement.
To record the settlement of its indemnification liability —
by transferring cash to B — for less than the recorded
amount of the guarantee liability:
To record the reduction in taxes payable
related to the deduction for the payment of the
indemnification and reversal of the related DTA, resulting
in total net current and deferred tax expense in the period
of payment of $6 ($25 deferred tax expense less $19 current
tax benefit [i.e., 25% of $76]):
The acquirer in such a business combination may be required to
record an indemnification asset under ASC 805. Section 11.3.6.5 provides interpretive
guidance, including examples, related to the acquirer’s accounting in such
circumstances.
2.9 Income Taxes Paid by the Entity on Behalf of Its Owners
A pass-through entity, which would not normally be subject to tax, may
elect to pay income taxes under a pass-through entity tax regime. In these situations,
ASC 740 provides guidance on whether the income taxes are attributed to the pass-through
entity or its owners. The determination is based on the laws and regulations of each
specific jurisdiction. If an income tax is attributable to the entity, the entity should
account for the tax in accordance with ASC 740, including the recognition of deferred
taxes if applicable. Conversely, if an income tax is attributable to the owners, the
pass-through entity would account for the income taxes paid by applying other guidance.
The examples in ASC 740-10-55-226 through 55-228 provide a high-level framework for
making this assessment:
ASC 740-10
Example 35: Attribution
of Income Taxes to the Entity or Its Owners
55-226 Entity A, a partnership with two
partners — Partner 1 and Partner 2 — has nexus in Jurisdiction
J. Jurisdiction J assesses an income tax on Entity A and allows
Partners 1 and 2 to file a tax return and use their pro rata
share of Entity A’s income tax payment as a credit (that is,
payment against the tax liability of the owners). Because the
owners may file a tax return and utilize Entity A’s payment as a
payment against their personal income tax, the income tax would
be attributed to the owners by Jurisdiction J’s laws whether or
not the owners file an income tax return. Because the income tax
has been attributed to the owners, payments to Jurisdiction J
for income taxes should be treated as a transaction with the
owners. The result would not change even if there were an
agreement between Entity A and its two partners requiring Entity
A to reimburse Partners 1 and 2 for any taxes the partners may
owe to Jurisdiction J. This is because attribution is based on
the laws and regulations of the taxing authority rather than on
obligations imposed by agreements between an entity and its
owners.
Example 36: Attribution
of Income Taxes to the Entity or Its Owners
55-227 If
the fact pattern in paragraph 740-10-55-226 changed such that
Jurisdiction J has no provision for the owners to file tax
returns and the laws and regulations of Jurisdiction J do not
indicate that the payments are made on behalf of Partners 1 and
2, income taxes are attributed to Entity A on the basis of
Jurisdiction J’s laws and are accounted for based on the
guidance in this Subtopic.
Example 37: Attribution
of Income Taxes to the Entity or Its Owners
55-228
Entity S, an S Corporation, files a tax return in Jurisdiction
J. An analysis of the laws and regulations of Jurisdiction J
indicates that Jurisdiction J can hold Entity S and its owners
jointly and severally liable for payment of income taxes. The
laws and regulations also indicate that if payment is made by
Entity S, the payments are made on behalf of the owners. Because
the laws and regulations attribute the income tax to the owners
regardless of who pays the tax, any payments to Jurisdiction J
for income taxes should be treated as a transaction with its
owners.
The examples in the guidance above highlight certain characteristics that an entity
should consider, including:
- Whether the jurisdiction also allows the owners to file tax returns and use their pro rata share of tax paid by the entity as a credit against their tax liability.
- Whether the entity and the owners are joint and severally liable for payment of income taxes in the jurisdiction.
In many cases, however, the tax law may not specifically state whether the entity and the
owners are jointly and severally liable. In these instances, an entity should consider
the following:
- Whether the owners are ultimately liable if the entity is required (or makes an election) but ultimately fails to pay the tax.
- Whether the entity, owners, or both are responsible for paying taxes associated with uncertain tax positions.
No single characteristic is individually determinative with respect to an evaluation of
the scope of the taxes paid. Rather, a preponderance of the evidence would be needed to
support the conclusion reached. Accordingly, determining whether a tax is attributable
to the entity or the owner may be challenging and will, by definition, depend on the
specific laws and regulations of the respective jurisdictions.
Chapter 3 — Book-Versus-Tax Differences and Tax Attributes
Chapter 3 — Book-Versus-Tax Differences and Tax Attributes
3.1 Background
While many of an entity’s transactions receive identical tax and financial reporting
treatment, there are some situations in which they will be treated differently,
giving rise to book-versus-tax differences. Such differences may be “permanent” or
“temporary.”
When a transaction affects the computation of income or loss for
income tax reporting purposes but not for financial reporting purposes, or vice
versa, and does not result in a difference between the income tax and
financial reporting basis in an asset or liability, a permanent difference between
financial reporting and taxable income arises. The income tax effects of permanent
items are generally reflected in income tax expense corresponding with the amount of
taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the entity’s annual effective
tax rate (AETR). Deferred taxes are not recorded for permanent differences.
However, an entity does record deferred taxes for temporary differences. Typically,
temporary differences do not affect total income tax expense or the entity’s AETR in
the absence of a phased-in change in tax rate or other similar situations discussed
later in this chapter. Rather, temporary differences generate additional taxable
income or loss when the related amount for financial reporting purposes is recovered
(asset) or settled (liability). For this reason, deferred taxes are always recorded
on taxable and deductible temporary differences unless one of the exceptions in ASC
740-10-25-3 applies.
See Sections
1.3.2.1 and 1.3.3.1 for additional information about permanent and temporary
differences, respectively, and their effects on income tax expense and the AETR.
3.2 Permanent Differences
ASC 740-10
Basis Differences That
Are Not Temporary Differences
25-30 Certain basis differences
may not result in taxable or deductible amounts in future
years when the related asset or liability for financial
reporting is recovered or settled and, therefore, may not be
temporary differences for which a deferred tax liability or
asset is recognized. One example, depending on the
provisions of the tax law, could be the excess of cash
surrender value of life insurance over premiums paid. That
excess is a temporary difference if the cash surrender value
is expected to be recovered by surrendering the policy, but
is not a temporary difference if the asset is expected to be
recovered without tax consequence upon the death of the
insured (if under provisions of the tax law there will be no
taxable amount if the insurance policy is held until the
death of the insured).
25-31 Tax-to-tax differences
are not temporary differences. Recognition of a deferred tax
asset for tax-to-tax differences is prohibited as tax-to-tax
differences are not one of the exceptions identified in
paragraph 740-10-25-3. An example of a tax-to-tax difference
is an excess of the parent entity’s tax basis of the stock
of an acquired entity over the tax basis of the net assets
of the acquired entity.
FASB Statement 109, which was codified in ASC 740, effectively
described permanent differences as differences that arise from statutory provisions
under which (1) specified revenues are exempt from taxation and (2) specified
expenses are not allowable as deductions in the determination of taxable income.
In addition, ASC 740-10-25-31 provides guidance on tax-to-tax
differences. For example, as a result of a nontaxable business combination, the
acquiror’s tax basis in the acquired stock (i.e., outside basis) may exceed the tax
basis in the acquired entity’s assets and liabilities (i.e., inside basis). Since
such differences are not temporary differences, the recognition of a DTA is
prohibited under ASC 740.
The table below illustrates many of the more common permanent
differences that result from the application of U.S. federal tax law to items
recognized for financial reporting purposes.
Accounting Description
|
Accounting Treatment
|
Tax Treatment
|
---|---|---|
Tax-exempt securities:
| ||
1. Interest income
|
Income
|
Tax exempt (IRC Section 103).
|
2. Interest paid on debt incurred to buy or carry
tax-exempt securities
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Section 265).
|
3. Amortization of bond premium
|
Expensed by using interest method (ASC
835-30-35-2)
|
Not deductible (IRC Section 171(a));
however, basis of bond must be reduced by amount of
amortization (IRC Section 1016(a)(5)).
|
4. Gains or losses upon disposition
|
Income (loss)
|
|
Illegal bribes and kickbacks
|
Expense
|
Not deductible.
|
Treble damages; payments involving criminal
proceedings
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Section 162(g)).
|
Expenses paid or incurred to influence the
general public with respect to legislative matters,
elections, or referendums
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Section
162(e)(1)(c)).
|
Expenses paid or incurred with respect to
legislative matters that are not in direct interest to the
taxpayer’s trade of business
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Treas. Reg.
1.162-20(c)).
|
Fines and penalties paid to the government
of the United States, a territory or possession of the
United States, the District of Columbia, a foreign country,
or a political subdivision of any of the above for the
violation of any law
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Section 162(f)).
|
Worthless debts from political parties
|
Expense
|
Generally, not deductible. May be deducted
by banks and other taxpayers if more than 30 percent of all
receivables accrued during normal course of business are due
from political parties (IRC Section 271).
|
Income and expenses from sources within
possessions of the United States
|
Income and expense
|
Income may be exempt and deductions not
allowed if certain conditions are met (IRC Section 931).
|
Certain expenses that a taxpayer chooses to
claim a credit in lieu of (i.e., foreign tax credit [FTC],
jobs credit)
|
Expense
|
Not deductible.
|
Entertainment expense
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Section 274(a)).
|
Meals expense
|
Expense
|
50 percent is not deductible for tax
purposes (IRC Section 274(n)).
|
Political contributions
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Treas. Reg.
1.162-20(c)(1)).
|
Certain losses on the disposition of
consolidated-group subsidiary stock
|
Expense
|
Not deductible (IRC Treas. Reg. 1.1502-36).
|
3.2.1 Special Deductions
ASC 740-10
Anticipated Future Special Deductions
25-37 The tax benefit of
statutory depletion and other types of special
deductions such as those that may be available for
certain health benefit entities and small life insurance
entities in future years shall not be anticipated for
purposes of offsetting a deferred tax liability for
taxable temporary differences at the end of the current
year. The tax benefit of special deductions ordinarily
is recognized no earlier than the year in which those
special deductions are deductible on the tax return.
However, some portion of the future tax effects of
special deductions are implicitly recognized in
determining the average graduated tax rate to be used
for measuring deferred taxes when graduated tax rates
are a significant factor and the need for a valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets. In those
circumstances, implicit recognition is unavoidable
because those special deductions are one of the
determinants of future taxable income and future taxable
income determines the average graduated tax rate and
sometimes determines the need for a valuation allowance.
See Section 740-10-30 for measurement requirements
related to determining tax rates and a valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets.
Other common permanent differences that result from the
application of U.S. federal tax law include special deductions. The tax law
permits certain entities to recognize certain tax benefits for special
deductions. Such deductions are reflected in pretax income for tax reporting
purposes but not for financial reporting purposes and therefore give rise to
permanent differences. While the term “special deduction” is not defined, ASC
740-10-25-37 and ASC 740-10-55-27 through 55-30 offer four examples: (1) tax
benefits for statutory depletion, (2) deductions for certain health benefit
entities (e.g., Blue Cross/Blue Shield providers), (3) deductions for small life
insurance companies, and (4) a deduction for domestic production activities. In
addition, the deduction for foreign-derived intangible income (FDII) qualifies
as a special deduction.
The next sections summarize the special deductions discussed
above.
3.2.1.1 Statutory Depletion
IRC Sections 611–613 allow entities in certain extractive
industries, such as oil and gas and mining, to take a deduction for
“depletion” when determining taxable income for U.S. federal tax purposes.
The depletion deduction for a particular taxable year is calculated as the
greater of cost depletion or percentage depletion. Cost depletion is based
on the cost of the reserves, and percentage depletion is based on
multiplying gross income from the property by a specified statutory
percentage, subject to certain limitations. As with other special
deductions, entities cannot anticipate the tax benefit from statutory
depletion when measuring the DTL related to a taxable temporary difference
at year-end. The statutory depletion tax benefit would be recognized no
earlier than the year in which the depletion is deductible on the entity’s
income tax return.
3.2.1.2 Blue Cross/Blue Shield Organizations
IRC Section 833 entitles Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans to
special tax deductions that are not available to other insurers. The
deduction allowed for any taxable year is the excess (if any) of (1) 25
percent of the sum of (a) claims incurred during the taxable year and (b)
expenses incurred in connection with the administration, adjustment, or
settlement of claims over (2) the “adjusted surplus” as of the beginning of
the taxable year.
3.2.1.3 Domestic Production Activities Deduction
The domestic production activities deduction was enacted
into law in the United States on October 22, 2004, as part of the American
Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Creation Act”). The Jobs Creation Act
allowed for a tax deduction of up to 9 percent of the lesser of (1)
qualified production activities income or (2) taxable income (after the
deduction for the use of any NOL carryforwards). This tax deduction was
limited to 50 percent of W-2 wages paid by the taxpayer. ASC 740-10-55-27
through 55-30 provide implementation guidance clarifying that the production
activities deduction should be accounted for as a special deduction in
accordance with ASC 740-10-25-37. The domestic production activities
deduction was repealed upon enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017
(the “2017 Act”).
3.2.1.4 Foreign-Derived Intangible Income
IRC Section 250 allows a domestic corporation an immediate
deduction against U.S. taxable income for a portion of its FDII. The amount
of the deduction depends, in part, on the corporation’s U.S. taxable income.
The percentage of income that can be deducted is reduced in taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2025.
3.3 Temporary Differences
ASC 740-10
25-18 Income
taxes currently payable for a particular year usually
include the tax consequences of most events that are
recognized in the financial statements for that year.
25-19 However,
because tax laws and financial accounting standards differ
in their recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities,
equity, revenues, expenses, gains, and losses, differences
arise between:
- The amount of taxable income and pretax financial income for a year
- The tax bases of assets or liabilities and their reported amounts in financial statements.
Guidance for computing the tax bases of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes is provided in
this Subtopic.
25-20 An assumption inherent in
an entity’s statement of financial position prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) is that the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities will be recovered and settled, respectively.
Based on that assumption, a difference between the tax basis
of an asset or a liability and its reported amount in the
statement of financial position will result in taxable or
deductible amounts in some future year(s) when the reported
amounts of assets are recovered and the reported amounts of
liabilities are settled. Examples include the following:
- Revenues or gains that are taxable after they are recognized in financial income. An asset (for example, a receivable from an installment sale) may be recognized for revenues or gains that will result in future taxable amounts when the asset is recovered.
- Expenses or losses that are deductible after they are recognized in financial income. A liability (for example, a product warranty liability) may be recognized for expenses or losses that will result in future tax deductible amounts when the liability is settled.
- Revenues or gains that are taxable before they are recognized in financial income. A liability (for example, subscriptions received in advance) may be recognized for an advance payment for goods or services to be provided in future years. For tax purposes, the advance payment is included in taxable income upon the receipt of cash. Future sacrifices to provide goods or services (or future refunds to those who cancel their orders) will result in future tax deductible amounts when the liability is settled.
- Expenses or losses that are deductible before they are recognized in financial income. The cost of an asset (for example, depreciable personal property) may have been deducted for tax purposes faster than it was depreciated for financial reporting. Amounts received upon future recovery of the amount of the asset for financial reporting will exceed the remaining tax basis of the asset, and the excess will be taxable when the asset is recovered.
- A reduction in the tax basis of depreciable assets because of tax credits. Amounts received upon future recovery of the amount of the asset for financial reporting will exceed the remaining tax basis of the asset, and the excess will be taxable when the asset is recovered. For example, a tax law may provide taxpayers with the choice of either taking the full amount of depreciation deductions and a reduced tax credit (that is, investment tax credit and certain other tax credits) or taking the full tax credit and a reduced amount of depreciation deductions.
- Investment tax credits accounted for by the deferral method. Under the deferral method as established in paragraph 740-10-25-46, investment tax credits are viewed and accounted for as a reduction of the cost of the related asset (even though, for financial statement presentation, deferred investment tax credits may be reported as deferred income). Amounts received upon future recovery of the reduced cost of the asset for financial reporting will be less than the tax basis of the asset, and the difference will be tax deductible when the asset is recovered.
- An increase in the tax basis of assets because of indexing whenever the local currency is the functional currency. The tax law for a particular tax jurisdiction might require adjustment of the tax basis of a depreciable (or other) asset for the effects of inflation. The inflation-adjusted tax basis of the asset would be used to compute future tax deductions for depreciation or to compute gain or loss on sale of the asset. Amounts received upon future recovery of the local currency historical cost of the asset will be less than the remaining tax basis of the asset, and the difference will be tax deductible when the asset is recovered.
- Business combinations and combinations accounted for by not-for-profit entities (NFPs). There may be differences between the tax bases and the recognized values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. There also may be differences between the tax bases and the recognized values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition by a not-for-profit entity or between the tax bases and the recognized values of the assets and liabilities carried over to the records of a new entity formed by a merger of not-for-profit entities. Those differences will result in taxable or deductible amounts when the reported amounts of the assets or liabilities are recovered or settled, respectively.
- Intra-entity transfers of an asset other than inventory. There may be a difference between the tax basis of an asset in the buyer’s tax jurisdiction and the carrying value of the asset reported in the consolidated financial statements as the result of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory from one tax-paying component to another tax-paying component of the same consolidated group. That difference will result in taxable or deductible amounts when the asset is recovered.
25-21 The examples in (a)
through (d) in paragraph 740-10-25-20 illustrate revenues,
expenses, gains, or losses that are included in taxable
income of an earlier or later year than the year in which
they are recognized in pretax financial income. Those
differences between taxable income and pretax financial
income also create differences (sometimes accumulating over
more than one year) between the tax basis of an asset or
liability and its reported amount in the financial
statements. The examples in (e) through (i) in paragraph
740-10-25-20 illustrate other events that create differences
between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its
reported amount in the financial statements. For all of the
examples, the differences result in taxable or deductible
amounts when the reported amount of an asset or liability in
the financial statements is recovered or settled,
respectively.
25-22 This Topic refers
collectively to the types of differences illustrated by the
examples in paragraph 740-10-25-20 and to the ones described
in paragraph 740-10-25-24 as temporary differences.
25-23 Temporary differences
that will result in taxable amounts in future years when the
related asset or liability is recovered or settled are often
referred to as taxable temporary differences (the examples
in paragraph 740-10-25-20(a), (d), and (e) are taxable
temporary differences). Likewise, temporary differences that
will result in deductible amounts in future years are often
referred to as deductible temporary differences (the
examples in paragraph 740-10-25-20(b), (c), (f), and (g) are
deductible temporary differences). Business combinations and
intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory (the
examples in paragraph 740-10-25-20(h) through (i)) may give
rise to both taxable and deductible temporary
differences.
25-24 Some
temporary differences are deferred taxable income or tax
deductions and have balances only on the income tax balance
sheet and therefore cannot be identified with a particular
asset or liability for financial reporting.
25-25 That occurs, for example,
when revenue on a long-term contract with a customer is
recognized over time using a measure of progress to depict
performance over time in accordance with the guidance in
Subtopic 606-10, for financial reporting that is different
from the recognition pattern used for tax purposes (for
example, when the contract is completed). The temporary
difference (income on the contract) is deferred income for
tax purposes that becomes taxable when the contract is
completed. Another example is organizational costs that are
recognized as expenses when incurred for financial reporting
and are deferred and deducted in a later year for tax
purposes.
25-26 In both
instances, there is no related, identifiable asset or
liability for financial reporting, but there is a temporary
difference that results from an event that has been
recognized in the financial statements and, based on
provisions in the tax law, the temporary difference will
result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.
25-27 An entity
might be able to delay the future reversal of taxable
temporary differences by delaying the events that give rise
to those reversals, for example, by delaying the recovery of
related assets or the settlement of related liabilities.
25-28 A
contention that those temporary differences will never
result in taxable amounts, however, would contradict the
accounting assumption inherent in the statement of financial
position that the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
will be recovered and settled, respectively; thereby making
that statement internally inconsistent. Because of that
inherent accounting assumption, the only question is when,
not whether, temporary differences will result in taxable
amounts in future years.
25-29 Except
for the temporary differences addressed in paragraph
740-10-25-3, which shall be accounted for as provided in
that paragraph, an entity shall recognize a deferred tax
liability or asset for all temporary differences and
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in accordance
with the measurement provisions of paragraph
740-10-30-5.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Examples of Temporary Differences [ASC 740-10-55-49].
- Example 23: Effects of Subsidy on Temporary Difference [ASC 740-10-55-165].
- Example 24: Built-In Gains of S Corporation [ASC 740-10-55-168].
- Example 26: Direct Transaction With Governmental Taxing Authority [ASC 740-10-55-202].
3.3.1 Overview
A temporary difference is a difference between the financial
reporting basis and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities, determined
in accordance with the recognition and measurement criteria of ASC 740 (see
Section 3.3.3.1
for additional guidance on this term as used herein), of an asset or liability
that will result in a taxable or deductible item in future years when the
financial reporting basis of the asset or liability is recovered or settled,
respectively. The appropriate identification of temporary differences is
important because DTAs and DTLs are recorded for all temporary differences
unless an exception applies.
The term “timing difference” was used in APB Opinion 11 (before
the FASB’s codification of U.S. GAAP) to describe differences between the
periods in which transactions affect taxable income and the periods in which
they enter into the determination of pretax financial accounting income. Timing
differences were described as differences that originate in one period and
reverse or “turn around” in one or more subsequent periods.
As used in ASC 740, the term “temporary difference” encompasses more than the
timing differences defined in APB Opinion 11 and described above. The method
that an entity uses to calculate temporary differences under ASC 740 stresses
the economic impact of recovering and settling assets and liabilities at their
reported amounts. Consequently, a DTA or DTL will be recognized for almost all
basis differences that exist on the balance sheet date. ASC 740-10-20 defines a
temporary difference as follows:
A difference between the tax basis of an asset or
liability computed pursuant to the requirements in Subtopic 740-10 for
tax positions, and its reported amount in the financial statements that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years when the
reported amount of the asset or liability is recovered or settled,
respectively. Paragraph 740-10-25-20 cites examples of temporary
differences. Some temporary differences cannot be identified with a
particular asset or liability for financial reporting (see paragraphs
740-10-05-10 and 740-10-25-24 through 25-25), but those temporary
differences do meet both of the following conditions:
- Result from events that have been recognized in the financial statements
- Will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years based on provisions of the tax law.
Some events recognized in financial statements do not
have tax consequences. Certain revenues are exempt from taxation and
certain expenses are not deductible. Events that do not have tax
consequences do not give rise to temporary differences.
An often-cited example illustrating this point is an excess of the reported
amount of an acquired identified intangible asset for financial reporting
purposes (e.g., a customer list that has no tax basis). Although, under tax law,
an entity in this situation will not receive a tax deduction in the future for
the recovery of the intangible asset, recognition of a DTL is nevertheless
required because it is assumed, for financial reporting purposes, that the
entity will generate future revenues at least equal to the recorded amount of
the investment and that recovery will result in future taxable amounts.
ASC 740-10-25-20 gives examples of situations in which a difference between the
tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the financial
statements will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future year(s) when
the reported amount of the asset or liability is recovered or settled.
There are two categories of temporary basis differences:
“inside” basis differences and “outside” basis differences. An inside basis
difference is a difference between the carrying amount, for financial reporting
purposes, of an individual asset or liability and its tax basis.1 An inside basis difference might, for example, result from an entity’s
election to use an accelerated depreciation method for determining deductions on
a specific item of personal property for income tax purposes while using the
straight-line method of depreciation for that item for financial reporting
purposes.
An outside basis difference is the difference between the carrying amount of an
entity’s investment (e.g., an investment in a consolidated subsidiary) for
financial reporting purposes and the underlying tax basis in that investment
(e.g., the tax basis in the subsidiary’s stock). See Section
3.4 for a discussion of outside basis differences.
Temporary differences are basis differences that will give rise to a tax
deduction or taxable income when the related asset is recovered or liability is
settled for its financial reporting carrying value.
3.3.2 Determining Whether a Basis Difference Is a Temporary Difference
ASC 740-10-25-30 states, in part, that “[c]ertain basis
differences may not result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years when
the related asset or liability for financial reporting is recovered or settled
and, therefore, may not be temporary differences for which a deferred tax
liability or asset is recognized.” An entity must recognize DTAs and DTLs in the
absence of (1) a tax law provision that would allow the recovery or settlement,
without tax consequences, of an asset or liability that gives rise to a taxable
or deductible basis difference and the entity has the intent and ability to
recover or settle the item in a tax-free manner or (2) a specific exception
identified in ASC 740.
3.3.2.1 Examples of Basis Differences That Are Not Temporary Differences
Some basis differences do not result in taxable or deductible amounts in
future years and are not considered temporary differences. Examples include
the following:
3.3.2.1.1 Entity-Owned Life Insurance
Under U.S. federal tax law, expenditures for certain
insurance premiums on officers and directors are not deductible for tax
purposes. However, for financial reporting purposes, the cash surrender
value of life insurance policies for which the entity is the beneficiary
is reported in its balance sheet as an asset. Because the proceeds of
such a policy are not taxable under the tax law if they are held until
the death of the insured, no DTL would be recognized for the basis
difference (excess of cash surrender value over total premiums paid)
under ASC 740 provided that management intended not to realize the
benefits available under the policy before the death of the executives.
A history of reversions, before the death of an insured that results in
realization of a portion or all of the excess cash surrender value,
would generally be inconsistent with an assertion that proceeds will not
be taxable. However, loans that are collateralized against the surrender
value of such policies might not be considered inconsistent with that
assertion (e.g., if the action is taken primarily to reduce the cost of
borrowed funds).
3.3.2.1.2 Domestic Subsidiaries
The excess of a parent entity’s investment in the stock
of a domestic subsidiary for financial reporting purposes over the tax
basis in that stock is not a taxable temporary difference for which
recognition of a DTL is required if the tax law provides a means by
which the reported amount of the investment could be recovered tax free
and the entity expects to use that means. Under U.S. federal
tax law, such means include a tax-free liquidation or a statutory
merger. See further discussion in Section 3.4.3.
3.3.2.1.3 Nontaxable Entities
Under U.S. federal tax law, C corporations are taxed on
their income and gains directly, whereas nontaxable flow-through
entities such as S corporations and partnerships are not directly taxed,
but their income and gains are passed through to the individual tax
returns of their shareholders. Generally, basis differences in assets
and liabilities held by nontaxable entities are not taxable/deductible
temporary differences for which deferred taxes should be recorded.
However, see Section 3.5.2.5 for a
discussion of unrealized built-in gains for which a DTL is required.
3.3.2.1.4 Income Tax Effects on Medicare Part D Subsidy Receipts
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and
Modernization Act of 2003 (the “2003 Act”) established a prescription
drug benefit under Medicare Part D and a federal subsidy to employers
offering retiree prescription drug coverage that provides a benefit that
is at least as valuable as Medicare Part D coverage. An employer’s
promise to provide postretirement prescription drug coverage
(“coverage”) is recorded as a component of the other postretirement
benefit obligation. When that coverage benefit meets certain criteria,
the employer becomes eligible to receive the federal retiree drug
subsidy (the “subsidy”), which is then recorded as an offset against the
obligation determined under ASC 715-60 (i.e., the postretirement benefit
obligation is recorded net of the subsidy, and the net amount is
actuarially determined). Under the 2003 Act, the subsidy received was
not considered taxable income to the employer for federal income tax
purposes, but the employer was permitted to deduct the entire cost of
providing the prescription drug coverage. However, while the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education
Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 repealed the provision in the
2003 Act that permitted deduction of the entire cost of prescription
drug coverage, it did not change the treatment of the subsidy (it
remains nontaxable). Because the portion of the prescription drug costs
that will be offset by the subsidy is no longer tax deductible, and the
subsidy remains nontaxable, the temporary difference and related DTA
should be determined without regard to (1) the portion of the cost of
prescription drug coverage that will be offset by the subsidy and (2)
the subsidy itself. ASC 740-10-55-57 states that “[i]n the periods in
which the subsidy affects the employer’s accounting for the plan,” the
subsidy should not affect any plan-related temporary differences that
are accounted for under ASC 740 because the subsidy is exempt from
federal taxation.
3.3.3 Measurement of Temporary Differences
ASC 740-10
Anticipation of Future Losses Not
Permitted
25-38 Conceptually, under an
incremental approach as discussed in paragraph
740-10-10-3, the tax consequences of tax losses expected
in future years would be anticipated for purposes of:
a. Nonrecognition of a deferred tax liability
for taxable temporary differences if there will be
no future sacrifice because of future tax losses
that otherwise would expire unused
b. Recognition of a deferred tax asset for the
carryback refund of taxes paid for the current or
a prior year because of future tax losses that
otherwise would expire unused.
However, the anticipation of the tax
consequences of future tax losses is prohibited.
Anticipated Future Tax Credits
25-39 Certain foreign
jurisdictions tax corporate income at different rates
depending on whether that income is distributed to
shareholders. For example, while undistributed profits
in a foreign jurisdiction may be subject to a corporate
tax rate of 45 percent, distributed income may be taxed
at 30 percent. Entities that pay dividends from
previously undistributed income may receive a tax credit
(or tax refund) equal to the difference between the tax
computed at the undistributed rate in effect the year
the income is earned (for tax purposes) and the tax
computed at the distributed rate in effect the year the
dividend is distributed.
25-40 In the separate financial
statements of an entity that pays dividends subject to
the tax credit to its shareholders, a deferred tax asset
shall not be recognized for the tax benefits of future
tax credits that will be realized when the previously
taxed income is distributed; rather, those tax benefits
shall be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense
in the period that the tax credits are included in the
entity’s tax return.
25-41 The accounting
required in the preceding paragraph may differ in the
consolidated financial statements of a parent that
includes a foreign subsidiary that receives a tax credit
for dividends paid, if the parent expects to remit the
subsidiary’s earnings. Assume that the parent has not
availed itself of the exception for foreign unremitted
earnings that may be available under paragraph
740-30-25-17. In that case, in the consolidated
financial statements of a parent, the future tax credit
that will be received when dividends are paid and the
deferred tax effects related to the operations of the
foreign subsidiary shall be recognized based on the
distributed rate because, as assumed in that case, the
parent is not applying the indefinite reversal criteria
exception that may be available under that paragraph.
However, the undistributed rate shall be used in the
consolidated financial statements to the extent that the
parent has not provided for deferred taxes on the
unremitted earnings of the foreign subsidiary as a
result of applying the indefinite reversal criteria
recognition exception.
25-50 The tax basis of an
asset is the amount used for tax purposes and is a
question of fact under the tax law. An asset’s tax basis
is not determined simply by the amount that is
depreciable for tax purposes. For example, in certain
circumstances, an asset’s tax basis may not be fully
depreciable for tax purposes but would nevertheless be
deductible upon sale or liquidation of the asset. In
other cases, an asset may be depreciated at amounts in
excess of tax basis; however, such excess deductions are
subject to recapture in the event of sale.
As discussed in Section 3.3.1, a temporary difference is
a difference between the financial reporting basis and the income tax basis,
determined in accordance with the recognition and measurement criteria of ASC
740, of an asset or liability that will result in a taxable or deductible item
in future years when the financial reporting basis of the asset or liability is
recovered or settled, respectively. Once the temporary difference is determined,
an entity should determine the amount at which the DTAs and DTLs should be
measured (see Section 3.3.4). Measurement
of temporary differences involves identification of the financial reporting
carrying value and tax basis as well as consideration of the level of
uncertainty regarding each position taken by the entity.
3.3.3.1 Tax Bases Used in the Computation of Temporary Differences
The tax bases of assets and liabilities used to compute
temporary differences as well as loss and tax credit carryforwards may not
necessarily be consistent with information contained in as-filed tax returns
or the schedules used to prepare such returns. Instead, such tax bases and
carryforwards are computed on the basis of amounts that meet the recognition
threshold of ASC 740 and are measured in accordance with ASC 740. That is,
for financial reporting purposes, income tax assets and liabilities,
including DTAs and DTLs, are computed on the basis of what might be
characterized as a “hypothetical ASC 740 tax return,” which may reflect tax
bases of (1) assets and liabilities and (2) tax loss and credit
carryforwards that may not be consistent with the as-filed tax return. See
Chapter 4
for details.
3.3.3.2 Anticipation of Future Losses
ASC 740-10-25-38 states, in part, that in the determination
of whether a basis difference is a taxable or deductible temporary
difference, “the anticipation of the tax consequences of future tax losses
is prohibited.” Therefore, an entity is not permitted to anticipate the tax
consequences of future tax losses when measuring temporary differences and
deferred tax consequences of existing taxable temporary differences.
Under such circumstances, a DTL established in the initial period in which
future losses are expected would be eliminated in subsequent years when the
tax losses are actually incurred. Therefore, under ASC 740, an entity that
expects not to pay income taxes in the future because of expected tax losses
is prohibited from avoiding recognition of a DTL for the tax consequences of
taxable temporary differences that exist as of the balance sheet date.
As the complexity of an entity’s legal structure and
jurisdictional footprint increases, so do the challenges with measuring tax
assets and liabilities. Consultation with tax and accounting advisers is
encouraged in these situations.
3.3.3.3 Tax Basis That Adjusts in Accordance With or Depends on a Variable
In some situations, an item’s tax basis may adjust in
accordance with an outside factor, or it may depend on a variable that may
or may not be within the entity’s control. For example, an item’s tax basis
might only be deductible for tax purposes if a certain event occurs (such as
holding the associated asset for a specific period), or the tax basis may
change in conformity with the sales price of the asset if sold. Under ASC
740-10-25-20, there is an inherent assumption in an entity’s statement of
financial position that the reported amounts of assets and liabilities will
be recovered or settled, respectively, at their carrying values. This
principle is applied even if there are certain indicators, such as the fair
value of the related balance, that will permit the asset or liability to be
recovered or settled, respectively, above or below the carrying value. In
these instances, the tax basis and corresponding temporary difference should
generally be determined as of the balance sheet date if the asset or
liability was recovered at carrying value. The example below demonstrates
the tax accounting implications associated with that assumption.
Example 3-1
Entity A constructs a building in Jurisdiction U,
which permits entities to claim depreciation
deductions for tax purposes. In addition, the tax
law in the jurisdiction requires entities to
determine the gain or loss upon the sale of a
qualifying building as follows:
-
Sales price greater than original cost — The tax basis of the building is restored to original cost on sale if the selling price exceeds the original cost, and any resulting gain is recognized as a capital gain instead of an ordinary gain.
-
Sales price between the adjusted tax basis and original cost — No taxable gain or loss results if the selling price is between the adjusted tax basis and the original cost.
-
Sales price less than the adjusted tax basis — If the sales price is less than the building’s adjusted tax basis, the resulting loss is recognized as a capital loss instead of an ordinary loss.
On December 31, 20X1, A’s building
is classified as held for sale under ASC
360-10-45-9. The temporary difference and deferred
tax position should be determined as if the asset
will be recovered at its book basis as of the
reporting date. ASC 740-10-25-20 requires an entity
to assume that the carrying value of the asset will
be recovered (i.e., any current marketplace
conditions should not be factored into the
assessment of the asset’s tax basis). Accordingly,
even if the current fair value of the property
exceeds the original cost (which would indicate that
a future sales price exceeds the original cost,
potentially triggering complete restoration of the
basis to original cost), the temporary difference
should still be analyzed as of the balance sheet
date as if the sales price were the carrying value
of the asset. A DTA or reduction of a DTL resulting
from the potential restoration of basis would not be
recognized.
3.3.4 Measurement of Deferred Taxes
ASC 740-10
General
30-1 This
Section provides guidance on the measurement of total
income tax expense. While most of this guidance focuses
on the initial measurement of deferred tax assets and
liabilities, including determining the appropriate tax
rate to be used, the requirements for measuring current
taxes payable or refundable are also established. This
guidance also addresses the consideration and
establishment of a valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets. Requirements for entities that issue separate
financial statements and are part of a group that files
a consolidated tax return are also established in this
Section.
Basic Requirements
30-2 The
following basic requirements are applied to the
measurement of current and deferred income taxes at the
date of the financial statements:
- The measurement of current and deferred tax liabilities and assets is based on provisions of the enacted tax law; the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated.
- The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.
30-3 Total
income tax expense (or benefit) for the year is the sum
of deferred tax expense (or benefit) and income taxes
currently payable or refundable.
Deferred Tax
Expense (or Benefit)
30-4 Deferred
tax expense (or benefit) is the change during the year
in an entity’s deferred tax liabilities and assets. For
deferred tax liabilities and assets recognized in a
business combination or in an acquisition by a
not-for-profit entity during the year, it is the change
since the acquisition date. Paragraph 830-740-45-1
addresses the manner of reporting the transaction gain
or loss that is included in the net change in a deferred
foreign tax liability or asset when the reporting
currency is the functional currency.
Pending Content (Transition
Guidance: ASC 805-60-65-1)
30-4
Deferred tax expense (or benefit) is the change
during the year in an entity’s deferred tax
liabilities and assets. For deferred tax
liabilities and assets recognized in a business
combination or in an acquisition by a
not-for-profit entity during the year, it is the
change since the acquisition date. For deferred
tax liabilities and assets recognized by a
corporate joint venture upon formation, during the
year that includes the formation date, it is the
change since the formation date. Paragraph
830-740-45-1 addresses the manner of reporting the
transaction gain or loss that is included in the
net change in a deferred foreign tax liability or
asset when the reporting currency is the
functional currency.
30-5 Deferred
taxes shall be determined separately for each tax-paying
component (an individual entity or group of entities
that is consolidated for tax purposes) in each tax
jurisdiction. That determination includes the following
procedures:
- Identify the types and amounts of existing temporary differences and the nature and amount of each type of operating loss and tax credit carryforward and the remaining length of the carryforward period.
- Measure the total deferred tax liability for taxable temporary differences using the applicable tax rate (see paragraph 740-10-30-8).
- Measure the total deferred tax asset for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards using the applicable tax rate.
- Measure deferred tax assets for each type of tax credit carryforward.
- Reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance shall be sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Income Taxes
Payable or Refundable (Current Tax Expense [or
Benefit])
30-6 Income
taxes payable or refundable (current tax expense [or
benefit]) are determined under the recognition and
measurement requirements for tax positions established
in paragraph 740-10-25-2 for recognition and in this
Section for measurement.
30-7 A tax
position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold shall initially and subsequently be measured
as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater
than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement
with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all
relevant information. Measurement of a tax position that
meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
shall consider the amounts and probabilities of the
outcomes that could be realized upon settlement using
the facts, circumstances, and information available at
the reporting date. As used in this Subtopic, the term
reporting date refers to the date of the
entity’s most recent statement of financial position.
For further explanation and illustration, see Examples 5
through 10 (paragraphs 740-10-55-99 through 55-116).
Applicable Tax Rate Used to Measure Deferred
Taxes
30-8
Paragraph 740-10-10-3 establishes that the objective is
to measure a deferred tax liability or asset using the
enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply to taxable income
in the periods in which the deferred tax liability or
asset is expected to be settled or realized. Deferred
taxes shall not be accounted for on a discounted
basis.
30-9 Under
tax law with a graduated tax rate structure, if taxable
income exceeds a specified amount, all taxable income is
taxed, in substance, at a single flat tax rate. That tax
rate shall be used for measurement of a deferred tax
liability or asset by entities for which graduated tax
rates are not a significant factor. Entities for which
graduated tax rates are a significant factor shall
measure a deferred tax liability or asset using the
average graduated tax rate applicable to the amount of
estimated annual taxable income in the periods in which
the deferred tax liability or asset is estimated to be
settled or realized. See Example 16 (paragraph
740-10-55-136) for an illustration of the determination
of the average graduated tax rate. Other provisions of
enacted tax laws shall be considered when determining
the tax rate to apply to certain types of temporary
differences and carryforwards (for example, the tax law
may provide for different tax rates on ordinary income
and capital gains). If there is a phased-in change in
tax rates, determination of the applicable tax rate
requires knowledge about when deferred tax liabilities
and assets will be settled and realized.
30-10 In the
U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, the applicable tax rate
is the regular tax rate, and a deferred tax asset is
recognized for alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 740-10-30-5(d) through (e).
30-11 The
objective established in paragraph 740-10-10-3 relating
to enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply is not achieved
through measurement of deferred taxes using the lower
alternative minimum tax rate if an entity currently is
an alternative minimum tax taxpayer and expects to
always be an alternative minimum tax taxpayer. No one
can predict whether an entity will always be an
alternative minimum tax taxpayer. Furthermore, it would
be counterintuitive if the addition of alternative
minimum tax provisions to the tax law were to have the
effect of reducing the amount of an entity’s income tax
expense for financial reporting, given that the
provisions of alternative minimum tax may be either
neutral or adverse but never beneficial to an entity. It
also would be counterintuitive to assume that an entity
would permit its alternative minimum tax credit
carryforward to expire unused at the end of the life of
the entity, which would have to occur if that entity was
always an alternative minimum tax taxpayer. Use of the
lower alternative minimum tax rate to measure an
entity’s deferred tax liability could result in
understatement for either of the following reasons:
- It could be understated if the entity currently is an alternative minimum tax taxpayer because of temporary differences. Temporary differences reverse and, over the entire life of the entity, cumulative income will be taxed at regular tax rates.
- It could be understated if the entity currently is an alternative minimum tax taxpayer because of preference items but does not have enough alternative minimum tax credit carryforward to reduce its deferred tax liability from the amount of regular tax on regular tax temporary differences to the amount of tentative minimum tax on alternative minimum tax temporary differences. In those circumstances, measurement of the deferred tax liability using alternative minimum tax rates would anticipate the tax benefit of future special deductions, such as statutory depletion, which have not yet been earned.
30-12 If
alternative tax systems exist in jurisdictions other
than the U.S. federal jurisdiction, the applicable tax
rate is determined in a manner consistent with the tax
law after giving consideration to any interaction (that
is, a mechanism similar to the U.S. alternative minimum
tax credit) between the two systems.
Effect of
Anticipated Future Special Deductions and Tax
Credits on Deferred Tax Rates
Anticipated Future Special Deductions
30-13 As
required by paragraph 740-10-25-37, the tax benefit of
special deductions ordinarily is recognized no earlier
than the year in which those special deductions are
deductible on the tax return. However, some portion of
the future tax effects of special deductions are
implicitly recognized in determining the average
graduated tax rate to be used for measuring deferred
taxes when graduated tax rates are a significant factor
and the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets. In those circumstances, implicit recognition is
unavoidable because those special deductions are one of
the determinants of future taxable income and future
taxable income determines the average graduated tax rate
and sometimes determines the need for a valuation
allowance.
Anticipated Future Tax Credits
30-14
Paragraph 740-10-25-39 notes that certain foreign
jurisdictions may tax corporate income at different
rates depending on whether that income is distributed to
shareholders. Paragraph 740-10-25-40 addresses
recognition of future tax credits that will be realized
when the previously taxed income is distributed. Under
these circumstances, the entity shall measure the tax
effects of temporary differences using the undistributed
rate.
30-15 As
noted in paragraph 740-10-25-41, the accounting required
in the consolidated financial statements of a parent
that includes a foreign subsidiary that receives a tax
credit for dividends paid may differ from the accounting
required for the subsidiary. See that paragraph for the
rates required to be used to measure deferred income
taxes in such consolidated financial statements.
Related
Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Alternative Minimum Tax [ASC 740-10-55-31].
- Example 14: Phased-In Change in Tax Rates [ASC 740-10-55-129].
- Example 15: Change in Tax Rates [ASC 740-10-55-131].
- Example 16: Graduated Tax Rates [ASC 740-10-55-136].
- Example 18: Special Deductions [ASC 740-10-55-145].
ASC 740-10-30-8 states that a DTL or DTA should be measured by
“using the enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply to taxable income in the
periods in which the deferred tax liability or asset is expected to be settled
or realized.”
ASC 740-10-55-23 states, in part:
The tax
rate or rates . . . used to measure deferred tax liabilities and deferred
tax assets are the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in
the years that the liability is expected to be settled or the asset
recovered. Measurements are based on elections (for example, an election for
loss carryforward instead of carryback) that are expected to be made for tax
purposes in future years. Presently enacted changes in tax laws and rates
that become effective for a particular future year or years must be
considered when determining the tax rate to apply to temporary differences
reversing in that year or years. Tax laws and rates for the current year are
used if no changes have been enacted for future years. An asset for
deductible temporary differences that are expected to be realized in future
years through carryback of a future loss to the current or a prior year (or
a liability for taxable temporary differences that are expected to reduce
the refund claimed for the carryback of a future loss to the current or a
prior year) is measured using tax laws and rates for the current or a prior
year, that is, the year for which a refund is expected to be realized based
on loss carryback provisions of the tax law.
Determining the tax rate to apply to certain types of temporary
differences and carryforwards may not always be straightforward.
3.3.4.1 Graduated Tax Rates
ASC 740-10-30-9 states that the single flat tax rate “shall
be used for measurement of a deferred tax liability or asset by entities for
which graduated tax rates are not a significant factor.” Entities that
typically pay tax at the highest graduated tax rates will not find such
rates a significant factor in determining the rate used for measuring DTAs
and DTLs. However, for some entities, graduated tax rate structures, such as
those found in the tax laws of many states and other tax jurisdictions, may
affect the determination of the applicable tax rate used to measure deferred
tax consequences under ASC 740.
ASC 740-10-30-9 further states that “[e]ntities for which
graduated tax rates are a significant factor shall measure a deferred tax
liability or asset using the average graduated tax rate applicable to the
amount of estimated annual taxable income in the periods in which the
deferred tax liability or asset is estimated to be settled or realized.”
When determining whether graduated tax rates are significant and,
consequently, the applicable tax rate for measuring DTAs and DTLs, an entity
must, at least notionally, estimate future taxable income for the year(s) in
which existing temporary differences or carryforwards will enter into the
determination of income tax. That notional estimate begins with pretax
accounting income adjusted for permanent differences and the reversal of
existing taxable and deductible temporary differences. Further, projections
of future income should be consistent with projections made elsewhere by the
entity. The example below illustrates the measurement of DTAs and DTLs when
graduated tax rates are a significant factor.
Example 3-2
Assume the following:
- At the end of 20X1, Entity X, which operates in a single tax jurisdiction, has $30,000 of deductible temporary differences, which are expected to result in tax deductions of approximately $10,000 for each of the next three years: 20X2–20X4.
- Historically, the tax jurisdiction’s graduated tax rate structure has affected the determination of X’s income tax liability.
-
The graduated tax rates in the tax jurisdiction are as follows:
- Entity X’s estimate of pretax income for each of years 20X2–20X4 is $410,000, $110,000, and $60,000, respectively, excluding reversals of temporary differences.
Estimated taxable income and
estimated income taxes payable for those years are
computed as follows:
Entity X’s average applicable tax
rate is 23.8 percent, or ($3,400 + $2,230 + $1,500)
÷ $30,000. Therefore, X recognizes a DTA of $7,130
($30,000 × 23.8%) at the end of 20X1. A valuation
allowance would be recognized if realization of all
or a portion of the DTA does not meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold in ASC
740.
If, after initially recording the DTA or DTL, X
changes its estimate of the applicable tax rate
because of changes in its estimate of taxable income
in some future year, the effect of such a change in
the estimated applicable tax rate should be included
in income from continuing operations in the period
of the change in estimate.
If X’s estimate of taxable income
for 20X2 to 20X4 was $335,000 to $10 million per
year, the amount of income tax liability would not
be affected by the graduated rate structure and,
therefore, X may not be required to estimate amounts
and periods over which existing temporary
differences will reverse. In this situation, X would
measure the DTA at the 34 percent rate.
3.3.4.1.1 Measurement When Future Tax Losses Are Expected in a Graduated Tax Rate Structure
If tax losses that would otherwise expire unused are
expected in future years, an entity would use the lowest tax rate in a
graduated tax structure, rather than zero, to measure a DTL for tax
consequences of taxable temporary differences. The example below
illustrates the measurement of the deferred tax consequences of taxable
temporary differences when tax losses are expected in future years.
Example 3-3
Assume that Entity X has
$200,000 of taxable temporary differences at the
end of 20X1 that will reverse in 20X2 and that the
enacted statutory tax rate is as follows:
In addition, assume that (1) X
expects to incur a tax loss of $500,000 next year
that includes the reversal of taxable temporary
differences and (2) the loss will expire unused
because loss carrybacks and carryforwards are
prohibited under tax law. At the end of 20X1, X
would record a DTL of $20,000 ($200,000 × 10%)
because the lowest tax rate of 10 percent, rather
than a zero tax rate, is used to measure the
deferred tax consequences of the existing taxable
temporary differences if losses are expected in
future years and those losses are expected to
expire unused.
Assume that X’s expectations about the future are
correct and that, during 20X2, it incurs a
substantial loss carryforward that expires unused.
At the end of 20X2, X would eliminate the $20,000
DTL established at the end of 20X1 and would
record a corresponding credit as a component of
income tax expense (benefit) from continuing
operations for 20X2 (i.e., the DTL eliminated in
the loss year is the tax benefit recognized as a
result of the loss in continuing operations that
will not be carried back).
3.3.4.1.2 Anticipation of Future Special Deductions in a Graduated Tax Rate Structure
An entity is not permitted to anticipate tax benefits
for special deductions when measuring the DTL for taxable temporary
differences at the end of the current year. ASC 740-10-25-37 requires
the “tax benefit of special deductions ordinarily [to be] recognized no
earlier than the year in which those special deductions are deductible
on the tax return.” However, the future tax effects of special
deductions may nevertheless affect (1) “the average graduated tax rate
to be used for measuring deferred taxes when graduated tax rates are a
significant factor” and (2) “the need for a valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets.” ASC 740-10-25-37 states, in part, that “[i]n those
circumstances, implicit recognition is unavoidable because those special
deductions are one of the determinants of future taxable income and
future taxable income determines the average graduated tax rate and
sometimes determines the need for a valuation allowance.”
Example 3-4
Measurement of Existing Temporary Differences
When Special Deductions Are Anticipated and the
Average Graduated Tax Rate to Be Used Is a
Significant Factor
Assume the following:
-
Entity X is measuring the deferred tax consequences of an existing $300,000 taxable temporary difference at the end of 20X1 that is expected to reverse and enter into X’s determination of taxable income in 20X2.
-
Entity X is considered a small life insurance company under the tax law and is entitled to a special deduction that is equal to 60 percent of taxable income before the special deduction.
-
Under tax law, income is taxed at the following rates:
The following table illustrates
how X determines the DTL at the end of 20X1 in
each of three independent scenarios in which
taxable income (loss) is expected in 20X2:
Measurement of the deferred tax
consequences of a taxable temporary difference
does not reflect any tax benefit for future
special deductions unless graduated tax rates are
a factor that is significant in the measurement of
an entity’s tax liability. If graduated tax rates
are significant, a portion of the benefit of a
special deduction will be recognized through a
reduction of the average graduated tax rate used
to measure the tax consequences of taxable
temporary differences.
3.3.4.2 Phased-In Changes in Tax Rates
A phased-in change in tax rates occurs when an enacted law
specifies that the tax rate applied to taxable income will change in future
periods. One of the more significant phased-in changes occurred under the
U.S. federal tax law enacted in 1986, which stipulated that the corporate
tax rate would be 46 percent in 1986, 40 percent in 1987, and 34 percent in
1988 and thereafter.
ASC 740-10-55-129 and 55-130 illustrate the measurement of a DTL for the tax
consequences of taxable temporary differences when there is a phased-in
change in tax rates under three different scenarios: (1) when future income
is expected, (2) when future losses are expected, and (3) when taxable
income in years after expected loss years is expected to be offset by tax
loss carryforwards.
3.3.4.2.1 Measurement When Contingent Phased-In Changes in Tax Rates Are Enacted
In certain jurisdictions, the change in tax rates may be
contingent on an event outside an entity’s control. ASC 740 does not
provide guidance on determining what rate to use when there is more than
one possible rate and this determination is contingent on events that
are outside an entity’s control. Therefore, entities in jurisdictions in
which a phased-in change in tax rates is enacted will need to establish
a policy (see alternative approaches below) for determining the rate to
be used in measuring DTAs and DTLs. This policy should be consistently
applied and contain proper documentation of the scheduling of DTAs and
DTLs, the basis for judgments applied, and the conclusions reached.
The example below illustrates a jurisdiction in which
there is more than one possible rate and the change in tax rates is
contingent on an event outside the entity’s control.
Example 3-5
In March 2008, the State of West Virginia
legislature passed a bill (S.B. 680) to provide
business tax relief over future years in the form
of phased-in reductions in the corporate net
income tax (CNIT) rate. The rate reduction
schedule was as follows:
With the exception of the rate
reduction in 2009, the rate reductions can be
suspended or reversed if the state’s rainy day
funds fall below 10 percent of the state’s general
revenue budget as of the preceding June 30 (the
“10 percent test”). For example, if the 10 percent
test is not passed on June 30, 2011, the 7.75
percent rate reduction is suspended until the test
is passed in a subsequent year. The suspension
(and any subsequent suspension) continues until
the 10 percent test is passed, and then the rate
reduction will occur on the following January 1.
The 10 percent test continues on an annual basis
after January 1, 2014, and if the test is not
passed, the rate will remain 7.75 percent until
the test is again passed.
The following are two
alternative approaches, based on this example,
that an entity might use to determine the
applicable tax rate in any given year:
Alternative 1
An entity might view the
phased-in rate reduction as being similar to a
graduated tax rate or, alternatively, as an
exemption from a graduated tax rate. (For examples
illustrating graduated tax rates, see ASC
740-10-55-136 through 55-138.) Under ASC 740, when
a tax jurisdiction has a two-rate schedule, an
entity should determine whether the graduated
rates are a significant factor and, if so, should
forecast its future income to determine which rate
to apply to its taxable temporary differences. In
the above example, the entity would need to assess
whether the 10 percent test will be passed to
determine its future rate by period.
An entity should have sufficient documentation
regarding its assessment of whether the 10 percent
test will be met in future periods (e.g.,
consideration of the state’s budget forecasts,
spending levels, anticipated needs for rainy day
funds), since this is the basis under law for
applying the lower of two applicable tax rates in
any given year.
Alternative 2
An entity might establish a policy to use the
highest enacted rate potentially applicable for a
future period as the applicable rate until the
contingency is resolved (i.e., the 10 percent test
is passed). The lower rate would be applied only
to DTAs and DTLs for which the associated
liability is expected to be settled or asset
recovered in that one period, because an
assumption that subsequent 10 percent tests will
be passed for those future periods would be
inappropriate.
3.3.4.3 Tax Rate Used in Measuring Receivables and DTAs Related to Operating Losses and Tax Credits
In measuring temporary differences and certain tax
attributes, entities should pay close attention to the appropriate tax rate
to be used. For example, operating losses and some tax credits that arise
but are not used in the current year may be carried back to recover taxes
paid in prior years or carried forward to reduce taxes payable in future
years. An entity usually first considers whether an operating loss or tax
credit may be carried back to recover taxes paid in previous years. If the
entity intends to carry back an operating loss or tax credit, it recognizes
a receivable (current tax benefit) for the amount of taxes paid in prior
years that is refundable by carryback of a current-year operating loss or
tax credit. The entity measures the current income tax receivable by using
the rate applicable to the prior year(s) for which the refund is being
claimed.
The entity then carries forward any remaining NOL or tax credit to reduce
future taxes payable. NOL and tax credit carryforwards are recognized as
DTAs in the period in which they arise. In accordance with ASC 740-10-10-3,
the entity measures such DTAs by “using the enacted tax rate(s) expected to
apply to taxable income in the periods in which” the DTAs are expected to be
realized. (See Section 3.3.4.1 for guidance on
determining the applicable tax rate when an entity operates in a
jurisdiction with graduated tax rates.) For details on determining whether a
valuation allowance is needed, see Chapter
5.
Example 3-6
In the current year, Entity A has pretax book income
of $2,000 and $2,500 of current-year deductions that
give rise to future taxable temporary differences; a
tax loss of $500 is therefore created. Also in the
current year, the statutory rate was scheduled to
increase from 35 percent to 40 percent. Assume that
A plans to elect to carry back the tax loss, which
is allowable under the local tax law.
In this example, the applicable tax
rate would be the enacted rate for the year the loss
is carried back to. In the current year, A would
measure the taxable temporary difference related to
the $2,000 current-year deductions at 40 percent,
since the temporary difference will reverse after
the statutory tax rate has increased to 40 percent,
and measure the receivable related to the NOL of
$500 at 35 percent, since A would carry back the
$500 loss to offset prior-year income taxed at 35
percent.
3.3.4.4 Measuring Deferred Taxes on Indefinite-Lived Assets
Under ASC 350, an intangible asset whose life extends beyond the foreseeable
horizon is classified as having an indefinite life (“indefinite-lived
intangible asset”). An indefinite-lived intangible asset is not amortized
for financial reporting purposes until its useful life is determined to be
no longer indefinite. However, the applicable tax law may allow or require
such assets to be amortized. Since the amortization is deductible in the
determination of taxable income, a temporary difference arises between the
financial reporting carrying value and the tax basis of indefinite-lived
intangible assets.
An entity would recognize deferred taxes for a temporary difference related
to an indefinite-lived asset (e.g., land and indefinite-lived intangible
assets). Although the tax effect related to these items may be delayed
indefinitely, the ability to do so is not a factor in the determination of
whether a temporary difference exists.
ASC 740-10-25-20 states, in part:
An assumption inherent in an entity’s
statement of financial position prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) is that the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities will be recovered and settled, respectively.
Based on that assumption, a difference between the tax basis of an asset
or a liability and its reported amount in the statement of financial
position will result in taxable or deductible amounts in some future
year(s) when the reported amounts of assets are recovered and the
reported amounts of liabilities are settled.
Further, ASC 740-10-55-63 addresses this issue, stating that “deferred tax
liabilities may not be eliminated or reduced because an entity may be able
to delay the settlement of those liabilities by delaying the events that
would cause taxable temporary differences to reverse. Accordingly, the
deferred tax liability is recognized.”
Certain jurisdictions may impose a tax rate for ordinary income that is
different from the tax rate for income that is capital (i.e., capital
gains). In those instances, ASC 740 does not provide specific guidance on
how to determine which tax rate (i.e., ordinary or capital) is “expected” to
apply in the future.
Unlike depreciable or amortizable assets, which are presumed to be recovered
through future revenues, indefinite-lived intangible assets are not presumed
to decline in value (i.e., they are not expected to be consumed over time).
However, as noted in ASC 350-30-35-4, the “term indefinite does not
mean the same as infinite or indeterminate.” Further, entities are required
to evaluate the remaining useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets
during each reporting period; when an intangible asset’s useful life is no
longer considered indefinite, the carrying value of the asset must be
amortized. When an indefinite-lived intangible asset becomes finite-lived,
it is generally presumed that the asset will be recovered through future
revenues.
Therefore, in jurisdictions in which the ordinary tax rate and capital gains
tax rate differ, entities should determine, on the basis of their specific
facts and circumstances, the expected manner of recovery of the carrying
value of indefinite-lived intangible assets (e.g., through sale or eventual
consumption when the asset becomes finite-lived). The tax rate used to
measure deferred taxes for indefinite-lived intangible assets should be
consistent with the expected manner of recovery. For example, if an entity
determines that the expected manner of recovery is through sale of the
indefinite-lived intangible asset, the entity should use the capital gains
tax rate in measuring deferred taxes related to that asset.
See Section 5.3.1.3 for guidance on whether an entity
can use the reversal of a DTL related to an indefinite-lived asset as a
source of taxable income to support the realization of DTAs.
3.3.4.5 Effect of Tax Holidays on the Applicable Tax Rate
ASC 740-10
25-35 There
are tax jurisdictions that may grant an entity a
holiday from income taxes for a specified period.
These are commonly referred to as tax holidays. An
entity may have an expected future reduction in
taxes payable during a tax holiday.
25-36
Recognition of a deferred tax asset for any tax
holiday is prohibited because of the practical
problems in distinguishing unique tax holidays (if
any exist) for which recognition of a deferred tax
asset might be appropriate from generally available
tax holidays and measuring the deferred tax
asset.
When a tax jurisdiction grants an exemption from tax on income that would
otherwise give rise to an income tax obligation, the event is sometimes
referred to as a tax holiday. In most jurisdictions that offer tax holidays,
the benefit is available to any entity that qualifies for the holiday
(similarly to the election of S corporation status under U.S. federal tax
law). For other jurisdictions, tax holidays may involve a requirement that
is controlled by the entity. For example, the jurisdiction may, for economic
reasons, waive income taxes for a given period if an entity constructs a
manufacturing facility located within the jurisdiction.
In accordance with ASC 740-10-25-35 and 25-36, recognition
of a DTA to reflect the fact that an entity will not be paying taxes for the
period of the tax holiday is prohibited. However, an entity’s use of a rate
that reflects the tax holiday to record a DTA or DTL for temporary
differences scheduled to reverse during the period of the tax holiday does
not violate the “[r]ecognition of a deferred tax asset for any tax holiday
is prohibited” language of ASC 740-10-25-36. Rather, in such circumstances,
a DTL or DTA is merely reduced from one computed at the statutory tax rate
as if a tax holiday did not apply to one computed at the statutory tax rate
that is in effect during a tax holiday. The example below illustrates the
accounting for the tax benefits of a tax holiday.
Example 3-7
Assume that at the end of 20X1, an entity operates in
a tax jurisdiction with a 50 percent tax rate and
that $1,000 of a total of $2,000 of taxable
temporary differences will reverse during years in
which that jurisdiction grants the entity an
unconditional tax holiday at a zero tax rate.
Therefore, a DTL of $500 ($1,000 × 50%) would be
recognized in the entity’s balance sheet at the end
of 20X1. Further assume that in 20X2, a year covered
by the tax holiday, the entity generates $3,000 of
taxable income in that jurisdiction and that $1,000
of taxable temporary differences reversed, as
expected. During 20X2, the entity would make no
adjustment to its DTL (because the taxable temporary
difference reversed as expected) and no current tax
payable or current tax expense would be recognized
for the taxable income generated during 20X2. Note
that SAB Topic
11.C would require disclosures about
the effects of the tax holiday.
3.3.4.6 Consideration of Certain State Matters
An entity should consider the three factors below when (1)
determining the enacted tax rate that is expected to apply in periods in
which the DTAs or DTLs are expected to be recovered or settled and
(2) measuring DTAs and DTLs in U.S. state income tax jurisdictions.
3.3.4.6.1 State Apportionment
In the measurement of DTAs and DTLs for U.S. state
income tax jurisdictions, state apportionment factors are part of the
computation. State apportionment factors are used to allocate taxable
income to various states and are determined in accordance with the
income tax laws of each state. The factors are typically based on the
percentage of sales, payroll costs, and assets attributable to a
particular state. Apportionment factors are not tax rates, but because
entities must consider them in determining the amount of income to
apportion to an individual state, they play a large role in the
measurement of an entity’s state DTAs and DTLs. The applicable state
deferred tax rate is the product of the applicable apportionment factor
and the enacted state tax rate (i.e., the expected apportionment factor
× state tax rate = applicable state deferred tax rate). To calculate the
state DTA or DTL, an entity multiplies the applicable state deferred tax
rate by the temporary difference.
Since it is not uncommon for states to revise their apportionment rules,
an entity should consider enacted changes in tax law when measuring
deferred taxes. The apportionment factors generally should be those that
are expected to apply when the asset or liability underlying the
temporary difference is recovered or settled on the basis of existing
facts and circumstances and enacted tax law. Further, an entity should
assume that temporary differences will reverse in tax jurisdictions in
which the related assets or liabilities are subject to tax and therefore
should apply the enacted tax rate for that particular state when
measuring deferred state taxes (i.e., when measuring the related DTA or
DTL, an entity should not assume that taxable or deductible amounts
related to temporary differences will be shifted to a different tax
jurisdiction through future intra-entity transactions).
The entity could use actual apportionment factors for recent years,
adjusted for any expected changes either in the business activities in
that state or to reflect already enacted tax laws for that jurisdiction,
as a reasonable estimate when measuring deferred taxes. Expected
changes, such as a business combination or the disposition of a
long-lived asset, should not be reflected in the apportionment factors
until they are recognized in the financial statements.
While expected changes are generally not reflected in
apportionment factors until they are recognized in the financial
statements, if an entity has decided to sell long-lived assets and the
held-for-sale criteria in ASC 360-10-45-9 have been met, the entity must
consider the future sale when (1) accounting for outside basis
difference DTAs and DTLs and (2) anticipating income from the sale of
those assets as part of evaluating the realizability of DTAs for
valuation purposes (see Sections 3.4.17.2 and 5.3.1.3). Therefore, in a manner
consistent with other principles in ASC 740 on accounting for deferred
taxes, once the held-for-sale classification is reflected in the
entity’s financial statements, we believe that it would be acceptable
for an entity to also anticipate the sale of long-lived assets
classified as held for sale when estimating the state apportionment
factor. Similarly, it would also be acceptable to adjust apportionment
factors to reflect planned internal restructuring activities in the
period in which the entity has committed to a restructuring plan, all
remaining steps to complete the plan are within the entity’s control,
and there are no regulatory hurdles or other significant uncertainties
that need to be overcome for the restructuring to be completed. That is,
the remaining steps to effectuate the internal restructuring do not
depend on events or actions outside the reporting entity’s control.
3.3.4.6.2 Optional Future Tax Elections
States may enact changes to the tax rate or apportionment factor that can
be implemented through a tax election that is available for tax purposes
only in periods after the reporting date. If the entity expects that it
will make the election, it should consider the election when measuring
its DTAs and DTLs. ASC 740-10-55-23 states, in part:
Measurements
[of DTAs and DTLs] are based on elections (for example, an election
for loss carryforward instead of carryback) that are expected to be
made for tax purposes in future years. Presently enacted changes
in tax laws and rates that become effective for a particular
future year or years must be considered when determining the tax
rate to apply to temporary differences reversing in that year or
years. Tax laws and rates for the current year are used if
no changes have been enacted for future years. [Emphasis added]
ASC 740-10-45-15 requires that a change in tax law that
gives rise to a change in the measurement of DTAs and DTLs (such as a
change in the apportionment rules) be reflected in
the period that includes the enactment date. For example, a
state may change its tax law to allow a taxpayer to elect to apportion
income on the basis of a single-sales factor election. If an entity
expects to make the single-factor election, it must recognize, in the
interim or annual period that includes the enactment date, the effect
that the election will have on the amount of the DTA or DTL relative to
the temporary differences expected to reverse in years in which the
election is effective. Any tax effect is included in income from
continuing operations (see Chapter 6 for intraperiod allocation guidance).
3.3.4.6.3 Use of a Blended Rate to Measure Deferred Taxes
Deferred taxes ordinarily must be determined separately
for each tax-paying component2 in each tax jurisdiction. However, in practice, some entities
employ a “blended-rate” approach in measuring deferred taxes at the
legal-entity level. Such an approach may simplify the ASC 740
calculation for entities operating in multiple jurisdictions (e.g.,
operating in multiple U.S. states).
ASC 740-10-55-25 states:
If deferred tax assets or liabilities for a
state or local tax jurisdiction are significant, this Subtopic
requires a separate deferred tax computation when there are
significant differences between the tax laws of that and other tax
jurisdictions that apply to the entity. In the United States,
however, many state or local income taxes are based on U.S. federal
taxable income, and aggregate computations of deferred tax assets
and liabilities for at least some of those state or local tax
jurisdictions might be acceptable. In assessing whether an aggregate
calculation is appropriate, matters such as differences in tax rates
or the loss carryback and carryforward periods in those state or
local tax jurisdictions should be considered. Also, the provisions
of paragraph 740-10-45-6 about offset of deferred tax liabilities
and assets of different tax jurisdictions should be considered. In
assessing the significance of deferred tax expense for a state or
local tax jurisdiction, it is appropriate to consider the deferred
tax consequences that those deferred state or local tax assets or
liabilities have on other tax jurisdictions, for example, on
deferred federal income taxes.
An entity should use significant judgment and continually assess whether
it is acceptable to use a blended-rate approach in light of (1) the
considerations in ASC 740-10-55-25, among others, and (2) the specific
facts and circumstances. For example, a change in circumstances in one
of the jurisdictions from one year to the next (e.g., a nonrecurring
event or a change in tax rate) may result in a conclusion that the use
of a blended rate is unacceptable.
In all cases, the results of using a blended-rate approach should not be
materially different from the results of separately determining deferred
taxes for each tax-paying component in each tax jurisdiction.
3.3.4.7 Determining the Applicable Tax Rate When Different Rates Apply to Distributed and Undistributed Earnings
Certain tax jurisdictions might allow for different tax rates on ordinary
income and capital gains, while others may allow for different tax rates
depending on whether earnings are distributed (dual-rate jurisdictions).
Below are two examples of situations in which determining the applicable tax
rate may be complex.
3.3.4.7.1 Distributed and Undistributed Earnings and Tax Credit on Distribution
Germany, under its prior laws, serves as an example of a jurisdiction in
which corporate income is taxed at different rates depending on whether
it is distributed to shareholders. ASC 740-10-25-39 states:
Certain
foreign jurisdictions tax corporate income at different rates
depending on whether that income is distributed to shareholders. For
example, while undistributed profits in a foreign jurisdiction may
be subject to a corporate tax rate of 45 percent, distributed income
may be taxed at 30 percent. Entities that pay dividends from
previously undistributed income may receive a tax credit (or tax
refund) equal to the difference between the tax computed at the
undistributed rate in effect the year the income is earned (for tax
purposes) and the tax computed at the distributed rate in effect the
year the dividend is distributed.
This example thus involves consideration of whether the distributed rate
or the undistributed rate should be used to measure the tax effects of
temporary differences.
ASC 740-10-30-14 (which applies only to the separate
financial statements of an entity in the applicable jurisdiction and not
the consolidated financial statements of the entity’s parent) states
that an entity should use the undistributed rate to measure the tax
effects of temporary differences. This is because it is appropriate for
an entity to recognize the tax benefit from the future tax credit only
when the entity had actually distributed assets to its shareholders and
included the tax credit in its tax return. Recognizing the tax benefit
before that point would constitute an overstatement of the entity’s
assets and equity. This is similar to the accounting for a “special
deduction” discussed in ASC 740-10-25-37 (see Section 3.2.1).
However, the rate to be used in the applicable
jurisdiction by a parent in its consolidated financial statements is
different from that used for the separate financial statements of the
foreign subsidiary. Specifically, ASC 740-10-25-41 states, in part, that
“in the consolidated financial statements of a parent, the future tax
credit that will be received when dividends are paid and the deferred
tax effects related to the operations of the foreign subsidiary shall be
recognized based on the distributed rate,” as long as the parent is not
applying the indefinite reversal criteria of ASC 740-30-25-17. The basis
for ASC 740-10-25-41 is that the parent has the unilateral ability to
require the foreign subsidiary to pay dividends and that the
consolidated financial statements reflect all other tax effects of
distributing earnings. In addition, the consolidated financial
statements are intended to provide users with information regarding the
total amount of net assets and liabilities available to creditors.
Requiring an entity to provide additional taxes at the parent level on
the basis of repatriation of earnings, but not to record the tax benefit
associated with that repatriation, would result in an understatement of
the assets available to creditors.
Conversely, ASC 740-10-25-41 states, in part, that the
“undistributed rate shall be used in the consolidated financial
statements to the extent that the parent has not provided for deferred
taxes on the unremitted earnings of the foreign subsidiary as a result
of applying the indefinite reversal criteria recognition exception.”
This is consistent with ASC 740-30-25-14, which states, in part:
A tax benefit shall not be recognized . . . for tax
deductions or favorable tax rates attributable to future dividends
of undistributed earnings for which a deferred tax liability has not
been recognized under the requirements of paragraph
740-30-25-18.
In other words, it would be inappropriate to record a tax benefit
attributable to a distribution when all other tax effects of
distributing these earnings have not been recorded.
3.3.4.7.2 Distributed Earnings and Deferral of Tax Payments
Unlike Germany, whose former tax law offers credits on
distributed profits, Mexico’s former tax law enabled taxpayers to defer
tax payments. Under this law, income taxes were assessed on current
earnings at a rate of 35 percent. However, the law required current
payment only on income taxes computed at a lower tax rate (e.g., 30
percent for the year 2000) of taxable income at the time the tax return
was filed. The remaining payment of 5 percent was due to the government
as dividend payments were made to the entity’s shareholders.
In this situation, an entity should use the tax rate of 35 percent to
record taxes in its separate financial statements because the deferred
tax amount represents an unavoidable liability for the company and the
amount of that tax is not available for distribution to shareholders.
ASC 740-10-25-3 addresses a similar situation — “policyholders’ surplus”
of stock life insurance companies — that illustrates the need to accrue
taxes at the higher rate.
3.3.4.8 Deferred Tax Measurement in Jurisdictions in Which an Income Measure Is Less Than Comprehensive
It is increasingly common for tax jurisdictions to assess
tax on businesses on the basis of an amount computed as gross receipts less
certain current-period deductions that are specifically identified by
statute (“adjusted gross receipts”). The tax assessed on adjusted gross
receipts may be in addition to, or in lieu of, a tax based on a
comprehensive income measure. Individual tax jurisdictions that assess taxes
on the basis of adjusted gross receipts typically define which entities are
taxable, what constitutes gross receipts, and which deductions are
permitted. In addition, an entity may have certain assets that do not appear
to directly interact, or that only partially interact, with the adjusted
gross receipts tax base.
Section
2.2 discusses (1) taxes that are based wholly or partially on
gross receipts and (2) how to determine whether any part of the tax due
under such a regime is within the scope of ASC 740. For a tax to be an
income tax within the scope of ASC 740, revenues and gains must be reduced
by some amount of expenses and losses allowed by the jurisdiction. If an
entity determines that some portion of the future taxes payable will be
within the scope of ASC 740, it must then determine how to measure its
deferred taxes.
When applying the principles of ASC 740 to book and tax
basis differences in these individual tax jurisdictions, an entity may
encounter various complexities. Recovery and settlement of book assets and
liabilities, respectively, with a tax basis that is different from their
respective book carrying values will result in a subsequent-period tax
consequence. Accordingly, an entity must apply the principles in ASC 740
carefully when assessing whether to recognize a DTL or DTA for the estimated
future tax effects attributable to temporary differences. In doing so, an
entity must determine whether there is:
- A basis difference under ASC 740 for all or a portion of the book carrying value of assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position.
- A temporary difference and, if so, whether it is a taxable or deductible temporary difference for which a DTA or DTL must be recognized.
Consider the following scenarios:
- Scenario 1 — A tax jurisdiction permits raw material purchases to be deducted from gross receipts in the period in which the materials are acquired but prohibits any deduction for internal labor costs incurred in any period. At the end of the reporting period, the book carrying value of an entity’s inventory of $100 includes $80 of raw materials purchased from third parties and $20 of capitalized labor costs. Accordingly, the tax basis of the inventory is $0 at the end of the reporting period.
- Scenario 2 — A tax jurisdiction prohibits deductions for acquired capital assets. The entity is permitted to compute the period taxable gross receipts on the basis of total revenues less either a cost of goods sold deduction, a compensation deduction, or 30 percent of total revenues. Accordingly, the tax basis of the entity’s property, plant, and equipment (PP&E) is $0 at the end of the reporting period.
In practice, there are two views on how an entity should
recognize the DTL related to its inventory and PP&E book-versus-tax
basis difference that exists at period-end.
Information from Scenario 1 above is used to illustrate the two views.
3.3.4.8.1 View 1 — Record Deferred Taxes on the Entire Book/Tax Basis Difference
At the end of the reporting period, the temporary difference related to
the inventory is $100, for which a DTL would be recorded. This view is
consistent with the presumption in ASC 740-10-25-20 that the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities will be recovered and settled,
respectively, and that basis differences will generally result in a
taxable or deductible amount in some future period. Adjusted gross
receipts will increase by $100 in the future when the inventory is
recovered (i.e., sold) at its book carrying value. There will be no
deduction for cost of sales because the $80 of material costs is
deducted in the period in which the materials are acquired and no tax
deduction is permitted in any period for labor-related costs.
As noted above, a premise underlying the application of ASC 740 is that
all assets are expected to be recovered at their reported amounts in the
statement of financial position. If that recovery will result in taxable
income in a future period (or periods), the items represent a taxable
temporary difference and DTLs should be recognized regardless of whether
the nature of the asset recovery is by sale or use or represents an
observable direct deduction from jurisdictional gross receipts.
3.3.4.8.2 View 2 — Record Deferred Taxes Only on Items That Will Enter Into the Measurement of Both Book and Taxable Income in a Current or Future Period
At the end of the reporting period, the temporary difference related to
the inventory is $80, for which a DTL would be recorded because only $80
of the capitalized inventory costs is (or was) deductible for tax
reporting purposes. The capitalized labor element of $20 represents a
nondeductible basis difference between the financial statements and tax
return (i.e., a “permanent” difference) because the tax jurisdiction
does not permit entities to make any deductions for labor costs in
computing the tax assessed.
3.3.4.9 Deferred Tax Treatment of Hybrid Taxes
In a hybrid tax regime, an entity pays the greater of two
tax computations, one of which is typically based on taxable income and the
other of which is not (e.g., it is based on gross revenue or capital). The
tax rules and regulations of such a regime may state that an entity must
always pay income tax but must also calculate taxes on the basis of the
non-income-based measure(s). To the extent that the non-income-based measure
or measures result in a larger amount, the entity would pay the difference
between the income tax and the amount determined by using the
non-income-based measure. This distinction may affect how the tax authority
in the jurisdiction can use the tax revenue (e.g., income tax revenue may be
used for general purposes, but the incremental tax may be earmarked for a
specific purpose). The description of the amounts paid in the tax rules and
regulations does not affect how a reporting entity determines the component
of the hybrid taxes that is considered an income tax for accounting
purposes.
An entity’s first step in making this distinction should be
to carefully assess whether taxes due under a hybrid regime represent an
income tax within the scope of ASC 740 or a non-income tax accounted for
under other U.S. GAAP (see Section 2.5 which addresses scoping considerations for
hybrid tax regimes). In a manner similar to assessing taxes based on
adjusted gross receipts (see Section 3.3.4.8), if the entity
determines that some portion of the future taxes payable will be within the
scope of ASC 740, the entity must then decide how to measure its deferred
taxes.
As discussed in ASC 740-10-10-3, the objective of measuring
deferred taxes is to use “the enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply to
taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax liability or asset
is expected to be settled or realized.” However, in a hybrid tax regime,
because some component of an entity’s overall tax liability (even when the
amount payable is determined as a percentage of taxable income) may be
accounted for as a component of pretax income, questions have often arisen
about the appropriate tax rate to use for measuring DTAs and DTLs. ASC
740-10-15-4(a) states that an entity should include in the tax provision the
amount of tax that is based on income and should record any incremental
amount as a tax that is not based on income. As a result, deferred taxes
should, in a manner consistent with the objective of ASC 740-10-10-3, be
recognized on the basis of “the enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply to
taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax liability or asset
is expected to be settled or realized.”
3.3.4.10 Consideration of AMT Regimes
ASC 740-10
25-42 The
following guidance refers to provisions of the Tax
Reform Act of 1986; however, it shall not be
considered a definitive interpretation of the Act
for any purpose.
25-43 The Tax
Reform Act of 1986 established an alternative
minimum tax system in the United States. Under the
Act, an entity’s federal income tax liability is the
greater of the tax computed using the regular tax
system (regular tax) or the tax under the
alternative minimum tax system. A credit
(alternative minimum tax credit) may be earned for
tax paid on an alternative minimum tax basis that is
in excess of the amount of regular tax that would
have otherwise been paid. With certain exceptions,
the alternative minimum tax credit can be carried
forward indefinitely and used to reduce regular tax,
but not below the alternative minimum tax for that
future year. The alternative minimum tax system
shall be viewed as a separate but parallel tax
system that may generate a credit carryforward.
Alternative minimum tax in excess of regular tax
shall not be viewed as a prepayment of future
regular tax to the extent that it results in
alternative minimum tax credits.
25-44 A deferred tax asset is
recognized for alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards in accordance with the provisions of
paragraphs 740-10-30-5(d) through (e).
3.3.4.10.1 U.S. Corporate AMT
The 2017 Act repealed the prior corporate AMT for tax
years beginning after December 31, 2017. Subsequently, the Inflation
Reduction Act of 2022 established a new corporate AMT that imposes a 15
percent minimum tax on the adjusted financial statement income (AFSI) of
applicable corporations for taxable years beginning after December 31,
2022. An applicable corporation is any corporation (other than an S
corporation, a regulated investment company, or a real estate investment
trust) that meets the $1 billion three-year average annual AFSI test,
which is applied on the basis of a three-year look-back period ending
with the relevant taxable year. The corporate AMT under the Inflation
Reduction Act is similar in many ways to the since-repealed, pre-2018
U.S. AMT system that applied to corporations. Regarding that system, ASC
740 specifies that “[i]n the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, the
applicable tax rate [for measuring U.S. federal deferred taxes] is the
regular tax rate.” It further notes that a DTA would be recognized for
AMT credit carryforwards available under the system, which would then be
assessed for realization. We believe that the corporate AMT under the
Inflation Reduction Act should be accounted for in a similar manner. See
Section 5.7.1 for a discussion
of the potential interrelationship between the corporate AMT and the
valuation allowance assessment.
3.3.4.10.2 International Pillar Two Taxes
In October 2021, more than 135 countries and
jurisdictions agreed to participate in the OECD’s “two-pillar”
international tax approach, which includes establishing a global minimum
corporate tax rate of 15 percent. The OECD introduced the Pillar Two
framework, which is designed to ensure that large multinational
enterprises (MNEs) (i.e., with annual consolidated group revenues of at
least 750 million euros) pay a minimum level of tax on the income
arising in each jurisdiction in which they operate. Whether such global
anti-base erosion (“GloBE”) rules apply to a jurisdiction is determined
on the basis of a jurisdictional ETR calculation in which the numerator
is “adjusted covered taxes” and the denominator is “GloBE income.” The
determination of adjusted covered taxes generally starts with “covered
taxes,” which include the current tax expense and deferred tax expense
of each constituent entity (CE) and is generally based on the parent’s
financial reporting standard, adjusted for certain items. Meanwhile,
GloBE income is derived from profit or loss, calculated under financial
accounting standards, with specific GloBE adjustments.
The Pillar Two provisions are made up of two interrelated rules: the
income inclusion rule (IIR) and the undertaxed profits rule (UTPR). The
IIR is applied by a parent entity in an MNE group by using an ordering
rule that generally gives priority to the application of the rule to the
entities closest to the top in the chain of ownership (the “top-down”)
approach. The top-down approach imposes a 15 percent tax for income
generated in a low-tax jurisdiction. The UTPR applies to low-tax
entities that are not subject to tax under an IIR, serving as a backstop
to the IIR. Countries also have the option to adopt a qualified domestic
minimum top-up tax (QDMTT). The QDMTT is credited against liability
otherwise owed under an IIR or the UTPR so that the jurisdiction in
which the income is generated is owed the tax.
A number of jurisdictions have enacted laws implementing
the IIR (which became effective in 2024), and the UTPR is expected to
become effective in many jurisdictions in January 2025. Because of the
significant impact this new framework will have on many organizations,
the OECD released “Safe Harbours and Penalty Relief: Global Anti-Base
Erosion Rules (Pillar Two),” which provides
transitional country-by-country reporting and is intended to reduce the
compliance burden of applying the full GloBE rules in the first few
years of adoption (2024–2026).
Under U.S. GAAP, entities are required to adjust deferred tax accounts
for the effect of a change in tax law or rates in the period of
enactment. However, Pillar Two is based on financial accounting net
income, with limited adjustments (GloBE income). In addition, Pillar Two
is designed to be an incremental tax to ensure that entities are paying
15 percent of GloBE income on a jurisdictional basis. Whether
incremental tax will be due under Pillar Two depends on future events,
such as income earned or losses generated in a jurisdiction, permanent
items, and a substance-based exclusion. As a result, an entity may not
know whether it will always be required to remit an incremental tax
under the Pillar Two rules. Thus, the characteristics of the Pillar Two
rules are similar to those of the pre-2018 corporate AMT system for
which guidance exists in ASC 740.
At the FASB’s February 1, 2023, meeting, the FASB staff announced that the global
minimum tax imposed under the Pillar Two rules, as published by the
OECD, is an AMT and that deferred taxes would not be recognized or
adjusted for the effect of global minimum taxes that conform to the
Pillar Two rules. As support for its conclusion, the FASB staff cited
the guidance in ASC 740-10-30-10 and 30-12 as well as ASC 740-10-55-31
and 55-32. Accordingly, the incremental effects of the Pillar Two rules,
once enacted, are expected to be accounted for as period costs (i.e.,
the increase in tax payable would be reflected in an entity’s financial
statements only after a law is actually effective).
See Appendix F for a discussion of
frequently asked questions about Pillar Two.
3.3.4.11 AMT Rate Not Applicable for Measuring DTLs
It is not appropriate for an entity
subject to the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, including Blue Cross/Blue
Shield organizations or other entities subject to special deductions under
the tax law, to use the AMT rate to measure their DTLs. ASC 740-10-30-10
states that “[i]n the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, the applicable tax rate
is the regular tax rate” (emphasis added) and that
an entity recognizes a DTA for AMT credit carryforwards if realization is more likely than not.
In addition, ASC 740-10-25-37 states, in part:
The tax benefit of . . . special deductions such as
those that may be available for certain health benefit entities and
small life insurance entities in future years shall not be
anticipated.
As stated in ASC 740-10-30-11, the failure to use the
regular tax rate would result in an understatement of deferred taxes if the
AMT results from preferences but the entity has insufficient AMT credit
carryovers to reduce its effective rate on taxable temporary differences to
the AMT rate. In this situation, use of the AMT rate to measure DTAs and
DTLs would anticipate the tax benefit of special deductions.
3.3.4.12 Measurement of Deferred Taxes When Entities Are Subject to BEAT
For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a
corporation is potentially subject to tax under the base erosion anti-abuse
tax (BEAT) provision if the controlled group of which it is a part has
sufficient gross receipts and derives a sufficient level of “base erosion
tax benefits.” Under the BEAT, a corporation must pay a base erosion minimum
tax amount (BEMTA) in addition to its regular tax liability after credits.
The BEMTA is generally equal to the excess of (1) a fixed percentage of a
corporation’s modified taxable income (taxable income determined without
regard to any base erosion tax benefit related to any base erosion payment,
and without regard to a portion of its NOL deduction) over (2) its regular
tax liability (reduced by certain credits). The fixed percentage is
generally 5 percent for taxable years beginning in 2018, 10 percent for
years beginning after 2018 and before 2026, and 12.5 percent for years after
2025. However, the fixed percentage is 1 percentage point higher for banks
and securities dealers (i.e., 6, 11, and 13.5 percent, respectively).
In January 2018, the FASB staff issued a Q&A document stating that companies should measure
deferred taxes without regard to BEAT (i.e., should continue to measure
deferred taxes at the regular tax rate), with any payment of incremental
BEAT reflected as a period expense. The BEAT system can be analogized to an
AMT system in place before enactment of the 2017 Act. ASC 740 notes that
when alternate tax systems like the AMT exist, deferred taxes should still
be measured at the regular tax rate. Because the BEAT provisions are
designed to be an “incremental tax,” an entity can never pay less than its
statutory tax rate of 21 percent. Like AMT preference items, related-party
payments made in the year of the BEMTA are generally the BEMTA’s driving
factor. The AMT system and the BEAT system were both designed to limit the
tax benefit of such “preference items.” Further, as was the case under the
AMT system, an entity may not know whether it will always be subject to the
BEAT tax, and we believe that most (if not all) taxpayers will ultimately
take measures to reduce their BEMTA exposure and therefore ultimately pay
taxes at the regular rate or as close to it as possible. Accordingly, while
there is no credit under the 2017 Act such as the one that existed under the
AMT regime, the similarities between the two systems are sufficient to allow
BEAT taxpayers to apply the existing AMT guidance in ASC 740 and measure
deferred taxes at the 21 percent statutory tax rate. (See ASC 740-10-30-8
through 30-12 and ASC 740-10-55-31 through 55-33.)
3.3.5 Tax Method Changes
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the periods in which
income is taxable and expenditures are deductible may depend on the taxpayer’s
federal income tax accounting method. While entities are required to apply their
established federal income tax accounting method unless they affirmatively
change the method to be used, an entity might determine that it is using an
impermissible federal income tax accounting method and decide to change to a
permissible method. Alternatively, a taxpayer that is using a permissible
federal income tax accounting method may decide to change to a different
permissible method.
Method changes generally result in a negative or positive
adjustment to taxable income during the year in which the method change becomes
effective. A negative (“favorable”) adjustment results in a deduction recognized
in the year of change. A positive (“unfavorable”) adjustment results in an
increase in taxable income that is generally recognized over four tax years.
To change its federal income tax accounting method, an entity
must file a Form 3115. A method change that requires advance written consent
from the IRS before becoming effective is referred to as a “manual” or
“nonautomatic” method change. Conversely, a method change that is deemed to be
approved by the IRS when the Form 3115 is filed with the IRS is referred to as
an “automatic” method change.
3.3.5.1 Considering the Impact of Tax Method Changes
In determining the financial statement impact of a change in
a federal income tax accounting method, an entity should consider whether
the change is (1) from an impermissible method to a permissible method or
(2) from a permissible method to another permissible method.
3.3.5.1.1 Impermissible to Permissible
An entity that is using an impermissible federal income
tax accounting method should assess its tax position by applying the
recognition and measurement principles of ASC 740-10 to determine
whether the improper accounting method results in an uncertain tax
position for which a UTB, interest, and penalties should be recorded in
the financial statements.
Changes from an impermissible to a permissible federal
income tax accounting method generally result in an unfavorable
adjustment that is recognized as an increase in taxable income over four
tax years. Further, when an entity files a Form 3115 for a change from
an impermissible to a permissible federal income tax accounting method
and obtains consent from the IRS (either automatic deemed consent or
express written consent), it receives “audit protection” for prior tax
years, which provides relief from interest and penalties.
A change in a U.S. federal income tax accounting method that results in
an unfavorable adjustment and does not conform to the financial
accounting treatment for the related item (i.e., the new permissible
accounting method for U.S. federal income tax purposes differs from the
financial reporting accounting method) will usually result in two
temporary differences:
- The difference between the new income tax basis of the underlying asset or liability and the financial reporting carrying amount.
- A future taxable income adjustment under IRC Section 481(a), which represents the cumulative taxable income difference between historical taxable income determined under the previous federal income tax accounting method and historical taxable income determined under the new federal income tax accounting method.
In substance, a positive IRC Section 481(a) adjustment
results in a deferred revenue item for tax purposes with no
corresponding amount for book purposes. Therefore, the positive IRC
Section 481(a) adjustment represents a taxable temporary difference, and
the related tax consequences should be accounted for as a DTL.
3.3.5.1.2 Permissible to Permissible
An entity that is using a permissible federal income tax accounting
method generally does not have a UTB. A change from a permissible
federal income tax accounting method to another permissible federal
income tax accounting method may result in a favorable or unfavorable
adjustment to cumulative taxable income. In a manner similar to how an
entity would recognize an unfavorable adjustment for a change from an
impermissible method to a permissible method, an unfavorable adjustment
for a change from a permissible method to another permissible method is
generally recognized over four tax years, resulting in two temporary
differences when the new federal income tax accounting method does not
conform to the financial accounting treatment for the related item. A
change in a federal income tax accounting method that results in a
favorable adjustment and does not conform to the financial accounting
treatment for the related item will generally result in one temporary
difference — specifically, the difference between the income tax basis
of the underlying asset or liability and the financial reporting
carrying amount. The entire favorable IRC Section 481(a) adjustment is
recognized in the tax return in the year of change.
Example 3-8
Change From
an Impermissible Federal Income Tax Accounting
Method to a Permissible Method With a Positive
(Unfavorable) Adjustment
In prior years, Company A, a profitable company,
accrued a liability for employee bonuses on the
basis of amounts earned under its corporate bonus
plan. As of December 31, 20X3, the liability for
accrued bonuses was $400. For federal income tax
purposes, A had deducted the bonuses in the year
accrued. In analyzing its tax position in
accordance with ASC 740-10, A determined that for
federal income tax purposes, the bonuses did not
qualify as a federal income tax deduction when
accrued for financial reporting purposes.
Consequently, A recorded a $100 liability ($400 ×
25% tax rate) for the UTB and accrued a $5
liability for accrued interest as of the year
ended December 31, 20X3. Company A’s policy is to
classify interest related to UTBs as income taxes
payable. Further, A recognized a DTA of $100 for
the accrued bonuses that is actually deductible in
future years.
In the first quarter of 20X4, A
filed a Form 3115 to change from the impermissible
federal income tax accounting method for employee
bonuses to the permissible method of deducting the
bonus amounts when paid. The accounting method
change results in the following changes to the
income tax accounts:
Example 3-9
Change From
a Permissible Federal Income Tax Accounting Method
to Another Permissible Method With a Negative
(Favorable) Adjustment
For federal income tax purposes,
Company B, a profitable company, uses the full
inclusion method for advance payments received for
the sale of goods (i.e., for federal income tax
purposes, the full amount of advance payments is
included in taxable income in the period in which
they are received). For financial reporting
purposes, B defers the recognition of revenue upon
receipt of the $800 of advance payments; the
deferral results in a deductible temporary
difference and the recognition of a DTA of
$200.
After completing a review of its
federal income tax accounting methods, B files a
Form 3115 to change to a one-year deferral method
for federal income tax purposes. This results in a
favorable IRC Section 481(a) adjustment of $800
that will be recognized on the current-year
federal income tax return. Since this item is a
change from a permissible method to another
permissible method, there is no UTB. Assume that B
has a current tax payable of $1,000 before the IRC
Section 481(a) adjustment. The accounting method
change results in the following adjustments to the
income tax accounts:
3.3.5.2 When to Recognize the Impact of Tax Method Changes
In determining when to recognize the impact of a change in a federal income
tax accounting method, an entity should consider the following:
- Whether the change is (1) from an impermissible method to a permissible method or (2) from a permissible method to another permissible method.
- Whether the change is nonautomatic (“manual”) or automatic.
A manual method change requires the affirmative written
consent of the IRS after receipt of Form 3115 from the entity requesting the
change. An entity will be granted an automatic method change if (1) the
requested change qualifies for automatic approval by the IRS under published
guidance and (2) the entity complies with all provisions of the automatic
change request procedures.
3.3.5.2.1 Impermissible to Permissible
3.3.5.2.1.1 Manual Method Change
Generally, the reversal of UTBs, interest, and
penalties as a result of a manual change in a federal income tax
accounting method from an impermissible method to a permissible
method should be recognized when audit protection is received (i.e.,
when the entity has filed a Form 3115 and has received the
affirmative written consent of the IRS). However, if the entity has
met all of the requirements of such method change, there may be
circumstances in which the ultimate consent of the IRS is considered
perfunctory (i.e., IRS approvals for similar method change requests
have always been granted). In these circumstances, if it would be
unreasonable for the IRS to withhold consent, we believe that an
entity may reflect the change in the period in which the Form 3115
is filed. Consultation with tax and accounting advisers is
encouraged in these situations.
3.3.5.2.1.2 Automatic Method Change
If an entity meets all of the requirements for an
automatic method change and complies with all provisions of the
automatic change request procedures, consent from the IRS is not
required. Accordingly, the financial statement impact should be
reflected when the entity has filed a Form 3115.
3.3.5.2.2 Permissible to Permissible
3.3.5.2.2.1 Manual Method Change
Generally, the impact of a manual change in a federal income tax
accounting method from one permissible method to another permissible
method should be recognized when the entity has filed a Form 3115
and has received the affirmative written consent of the IRS.
However, if consent of the IRS is considered perfunctory, the
financial statement impact of such method change may be reflected
when the entity has concluded that it is qualified and has the
intent and ability to file a Form 3115 with the IRS, but no earlier
than the first interim period of the year in which the Form 3115
will be filed.
3.3.5.2.2.2 Automatic Method Change
If an entity meets all requirements for an automatic
method change from one permissible method to another permissible
method, consent from the IRS is not required. Accordingly, the
financial statement impact should be reflected when the entity has
concluded that it qualifies for the method change and that it has
the intent and ability to file a Form 3115.
3.3.5.2.3 Summary
The decision tree below summarizes the timing for
recognition of changes in U.S. federal income tax accounting method.
3.3.6 Foreign Operations
3.3.6.1 Foreign Subsidiaries’ Basis Differences
Multinational companies often have multiple layers of
financial reporting, and each layer may be prepared by using a different
basis of accounting. For example, a foreign subsidiary of a U.S.-based
multinational company may have to prepare the following sets of accounts:
- Financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for inclusion in the consolidated financial statements of the U.S. parent (U.S. GAAP financial statements).
- Financial statements prepared in accordance with the comprehensive basis of accounting required by the jurisdiction in which the subsidiary resides (local GAAP or statutory financial statements).
- Books and records prepared in accordance with the requirements of the tax authority of the jurisdiction in which the subsidiary resides for local income tax reporting purposes (local jurisdiction tax basis).
While it is not necessary for a foreign subsidiary to
prepare statutory financial statements in order to prepare U.S. GAAP
financial statements, a foreign subsidiary that is subject to statutory
reporting requirements will often use a reconciliation approach to prepare
its U.S. GAAP financial statements. That is, the foreign subsidiary will
often prepare statutory financial statements first and identify differences
between those amounts and the local jurisdiction tax basis (commonly
referred to as “stat-to-tax differences”) when determining deferred taxes to
be recognized in the statutory financial statements. The foreign subsidiary
will then adjust those financial statements to reconcile or convert them to
U.S. GAAP (commonly referred to as “stat-to-GAAP differences”).
Questions often arise concerning how deferred taxes should
be computed for purposes of a company’s consolidated financial statements
prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP when both stat-to-GAAP and stat-to-tax
differences are present. Accordingly, temporary differences related to
assets and liabilities of a foreign subsidiary are computed on the basis of
the difference between the reported amount in the U.S. GAAP financial
statements and the tax basis of the subsidiary’s assets and liabilities
(which inherently includes both stat-to-GAAP and stat-to-tax differences)
because ASC 740-10-20 defines a temporary difference as “[a] difference
between the tax basis of an asset or liability . . . and its reported amount
in the financial statements.”
Companies that use the reconciliation approach, however,
will generally develop temporary differences for each asset and liability in
two steps. Accordingly, when using the reconciliation approach, companies
must ensure that any deferred taxes on the statutory books (related to
stat-to-tax differences) are not double counted in the U.S. GAAP financial
statements.
Example 3-10
Assume the following:
- A U.S. parent consolidates FS, a foreign corporation operating in Jurisdiction Y, which has a 20 percent income tax rate.
- FS is required to file statutory financial statements with Y and prepares these financial statements in accordance with its local GAAP.
- FS has one asset with a basis of $4 million, $6 million, and $7 million for local income tax, statutory, and U.S. GAAP reporting purposes, respectively.3
Corporation FS’s deferred taxes
related to the single asset may be determined by
comparing its U.S. GAAP basis of $7 million with its
local income tax basis of $4 million to arrive at
its total DTL of $0.6 million, or ($7 million – $4
million) × 20%, for U.S. GAAP financial statement
purposes.
Alternatively, if FS uses a
reconciliation approach, FS’s stat-to-tax basis
difference is $2 million ($6 million – $4 million),
resulting in the recording of a $0.4 million ($2
million × 20%) DTL in FS’s statutory financial
statements. FS’s stat-to-GAAP adjustment
(difference) is $1 million ($7 million – $6
million), resulting in an additional DTL of $0.2
million ($1 million × 20%) for purposes of the U.S.
GAAP financial statements. The total DTL reported in
the U.S. GAAP financial statements in connection
with FS’s asset is $0.6 million, representing the
$0.4 million recorded in the statutory financial
statements and the $0.2 million recorded as part of
the stat-to-GAAP reconciling adjustments. For
presentation purposes, the $0.4 million DTL related
to the stat-to-tax difference and the $0.2 million
DTL related to the stat-to-GAAP difference should be
combined and presented as a single DTL in the
balance sheet and disclosures.
If the U.S. parent does not take
into consideration the $0.4 million DTL already
recorded in the statutory financial statements and
records an incremental $0.6 million DTL as a U.S.
GAAP adjustment, it would effectively double count
the temporary difference associated with the $2
million basis difference between the statutory and
tax bases of the asset.
3.3.6.2 Revaluation Surplus
Inside basis differences within a U.S. parent’s foreign
subsidiary whose local currency is the functional currency may result from
foreign laws that allow for the occasional restatement of fixed assets for
tax purposes to compensate for the effects of inflation. The amount that
offsets the increase in tax basis of fixed assets is sometimes described as
a credit to revaluation surplus, which some view as a component of equity
for tax purposes. That amount becomes taxable in certain situations, such as
in the event of a liquidation of the foreign subsidiary or if the earnings
associated with the revaluation surplus are distributed. In this situation,
it is assumed that no mechanisms are available under the tax law to avoid
eventual treatment of the revaluation surplus as taxable income. ASC
740-30-25-17 clarifies that the indefinite reversal criterion should not be
applied to inside basis differences of foreign subsidiaries. Because the
inside basis difference related to the revaluation surplus results in
taxable amounts in future years in accordance with the provisions of the
foreign tax law, it qualifies as a temporary difference even though it may
be characterized as a component of equity for tax purposes. Therefore, as
described in ASC 830-740-25-7, a DTL must be provided on the amount of the
revaluation surplus. This view is based on ASC 740-10-25-24, which indicates
that some temporary differences are deferred taxable income and have
balances only for income tax purposes. Therefore, these differences cannot
be identified with a particular asset or liability for financial reporting
purposes.
3.3.6.3 Accounting for Foreign Branch Operations
A U.S. corporation generally conducts business in a foreign
country by establishing either a branch or a separate legal entity in that
country. A true branch generally refers to a fixed site (e.g., an office or
plant) in which a U.S. corporation conducts its operations. However, a
branch can also refer to a separate foreign legal entity that the U.S.
corporation has elected to treat as a disregarded entity under the U.S.
Treasury entity-classification income tax regulations (commonly referred to
as the “check-the-box” regulations, under which an eligible entity may elect
its tax classification, or tax status, for U.S. income tax reporting
purposes).
A foreign branch is not considered a separate taxable entity
for U.S. income tax reporting purposes; rather, it is an extension of its
U.S. parent. Accordingly, any income or loss generated by a foreign branch
is (1) included in the U.S. parent company’s income tax return (i.e.,
subject to U.S. income taxes) in the period in which it is earned and (2)
generally subject to tax in the local country. That is, foreign branches are
generally subject to double taxation (in the United States and in the local
country). To mitigate the effects of this double taxation, U.S. income tax
law allows a U.S. corporation to either deduct the income taxes incurred in
the local country or claim those income taxes as an FTC in its U.S. income
tax return (i.e., the local-country taxes affect the determination of U.S.
tax). The foreign branch is required to account for income tax in its local
country in accordance with ASC 740.
Because a branch is subject to taxation in two different
countries, the consolidated financial statements will generally have at
least two sets of temporary differences related to the branch’s activities.
One set of temporary differences will reflect the differences between the
book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities of the branch as determined
under the local-country tax law (i.e., the in-country temporary
differences). The other set of temporary differences will reflect the
differences between the book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities of
the branch as determined under U.S. tax law (the “U.S. temporary
differences”). Further, because local-country income taxes can be deducted
when the parent computes U.S. taxable income, or credited against taxes on
the branch income when it computes U.S. income taxes payable, the in-country
DTAs and DTLs give rise to U.S. temporary differences, and U.S. DTLs and
DTAs should be established to account for the U.S. income tax effects of the
future reversal of in-country DTAs and DTLs.
The accounting for U.S. temporary differences related to a
foreign branch is similar to that for federal temporary differences related
to state taxes, as illustrated in the table below.
In accordance with U.S. income tax law, an entity incurring
foreign income taxes may, from year to year, elect to either claim an FTC or
deduct the foreign taxes. Theoretically, FTCs are more beneficial, but
because there are restrictions on the credits’ use, the entity may choose to
deduct the foreign taxes. An entity that elects to claim an FTC but is
unable to use all of it may carry forward any excess (i.e., the excess
cannot be deducted because of the election to claim credits for foreign
taxes incurred that year).
In assessing the U.S. tax impact of the reversal of
in-country DTAs and DTLs, an entity should estimate whether it will claim
FTCs or deductions in the year in which such in-country DTAs and DTLs
reverse. If an entity determines that it will be claiming FTCs in the year
in which a net in-country DTL reverses, the entity would record an
“anticipatory” FTC DTA, subject to realizability considerations. This
anticipatory FTC DTA is unlike most tax credits, which are typically not
recognized until generated on a tax return, because it represents the direct
U.S. tax consequences of an inside “in-country” temporary difference. See
Section
5.7.3 for more information about determining the need for a
valuation allowance related to FTCs.
Similarly, the U.S. corporation would recognize a DTL for
“forgone” FTCs associated with an in-country DTA (i.e., the gross in-country
DTA reduced by a valuation allowance) because, when the branch generates
income in future years that is offset by an in-country loss carryforward or
a deductible temporary difference (or both), that income will be taxable in
the United States without corresponding FTCs related to the income.
The examples below illustrate the deferred tax accounting
related to branch temporary differences. For simplicity, the effects of
foreign currency have been disregarded.
Example 3-11
FTC Election
Anticipated in the United States
Parent Co. (a U.S. parent company)
establishes Branch Co. (a branch) in Country X.
Parent Co. is subject to tax in the United States at
21 percent, and Branch Co. is subject to tax in X at
15 percent. In addition, the taxes paid by Branch
Co. in X are fully creditable in the United States
without limitation, and Parent Co. intends to claim
FTCs in the year in which the foreign temporary
difference reverses.
There is a temporary difference
related to Branch Co.’s operations in the current
year, which is the same under the tax laws in both X
and the United States, as shown below:
Since Branch Co. is subject to tax
in both the United States and X, Branch Co. computes
its deferred taxes separately for each jurisdiction.
In X, Branch Co. determines that it has a DTL of
$150,000, which is equal to the temporary difference
shown above multiplied by the local tax rate in X of
15 percent.
In the United States, Parent Co.
determines that it has a DTL of $210,000 related to
PP&E, which is equal to the temporary difference
shown above multiplied by the U.S. tax rate of 21
percent. However, because the taxes paid in X are
fully creditable in the United States when actually
incurred, Parent Co. also determines that it has an
anticipatory FTC DTA equal to Branch Co.’s DTL in X
($150,000). That is, when the temporary difference
reverses, Branch Co. will pay additional taxes of
$150,000 in X, but because such foreign taxes paid
will be claimed as a credit by Parent Co., Parent
Co. will effectively receive a benefit equal to 100
percent of Branch Co.’s DTL or, in other words, a
dollar-for-dollar reduction of its income taxes
payable. A summary of the impact of the above on the
consolidated balance sheet is as follows:
Example 3-12
Foreign Tax
Deduction Anticipated in the United States
Assume the same facts as in the
example above except that Parent Co. anticipates
deducting the foreign taxes in its income tax return
when the temporary difference reverses (instead of
claiming them as an FTC).
In this scenario, there would be no
changes to Branch Co.’s or Parent Co.’s accounting
for their respective DTL related to the PP&E.
However, instead of recording an “anticipatory” FTC
DTA for 100 percent of Branch Co.’s DTL, Parent Co.
would recognize a foreign tax deduction DTA equal to
21 percent of Branch Co.’s DTL. That is, because
Parent Co. will deduct the foreign taxes on its
income tax return, it will receive a benefit equal
to only 21 percent (i.e., the statutory rate) of the
deduction. The following table summarizes the impact
on the consolidated balance sheet of the above:
Example 3-13
Foreign Branch
Losses
Parent Co. (a U.S. parent company)
establishes Branch Co. (a branch) in Country X.
Parent Co. is subject to tax in the United States at
21 percent, and Branch Co. is subject to tax in X at
15 percent. In addition, the taxes paid by Branch
Co. in X are fully creditable in the United States
without limitation, and Parent Co. intends to elect
to claim FTCs in the year in which the foreign
temporary difference reverses.
In 20X6, Branch Co. generated an
operating loss of $1 million that is allowed to be
carried forward indefinitely under the tax law in X.
Branch Co. concludes that it will be able to realize
the loss carryforward against taxable income it will
generate in future years and, therefore, no
valuation allowance is necessary. Parent Co.
generated taxable income of $3 million (excluding
the loss generated by Branch Co.) in 20X6.
In this scenario, Branch Co.
recognizes a deferred tax benefit of $150,000 by
establishing a DTA for the in-country loss
carryforward ($1 million loss × the local tax rate).
Further, Parent Co. would recognize a current
benefit of $210,000 ($1 million × the U.S. tax rate)
because, as a result of Branch Co.’s loss, it would
reduce the amount of taxes it would otherwise owe in
the United States. In the absence of any
“anticipatory” FTC or deduction accounting entries
recorded by Parent Co., both Parent Co. and Branch
Co. would recognize a benefit for the loss (i.e., a
double benefit); however, Parent Co. must also
record a DTL for forgone FTCs equal to the DTA
recognized by Branch Co. As a result, the total
benefit recognized in the consolidated financial
statements related to the Branch Co. loss in the
year in which the loss occurs is equal to the
current benefit recognized by Parent Co. ($210,000),
as shown below:
Further assume that in 20X7, Branch
Co. generates $1 million of taxable income and uses
its entire loss carryforward (i.e., Branch Co. pays
no income taxes in 20X7 in X). Branch Co. would
reverse its DTA related to the loss carryforward and
recognize a deferred tax expense of $150,000. The
income generated by Branch Co. would also be
included in Parent Co.’s income tax return in 20X7.
Because no taxes are paid in X on the income, Parent
Co. cannot claim an FTC and therefore incurs a
current tax expense in the United States of $210,000
as a result of an increase in the amount of taxes it
would have otherwise owed in X. Parent Co. also
reverses the DTL that it had recognized related to
Branch Co.’s DTA and recognizes a deferred tax
benefit of $150,000. As a result, the total expense
recognized in the 20X7 consolidated financial
statements related to Branch Co. income in 20X7 is
equal to the current expense recognized by Parent
Co. ($210,000), as shown below:
3.3.6.3.1 Measurement Complexities Attributable to Jurisdictional Rate Differences
Determining the U.S. tax impact of a forgone FTC or foreign tax deduction
upon reversal of in-country DTAs may be complex in certain situations.
Questions have arisen about how to measure a DTL for forgone FTCs when the
U.S. tax rate is lower than the in-country tax rate. If an entity uses 100
percent of the in-country DTA to measure its DTL for forgone FTCs, the U.S.
DTL may be greater than the actual foreign tax credits forgone because of
foreign tax credit limitations.
We believe that there are two acceptable approaches for
measuring a DTL for forgone FTCs associated with an in-country DTA when an
entity has a single branch:
- Approach 1 — Under this method, commonly referred to as the “mirror-image” approach, a DTL for forgone FTCs would be measured at 100 percent of the in-country DTA(s) of the branch if it is assumed that the U.S. corporation anticipates claiming FTCs (versus a foreign tax deduction) in the years that the in-country DTA(s) are expected to reverse.
- Approach 2 — Under this method, the DTL for forgone FTCs would generally be measured at the “lesser of” the local rate or the U.S. rate.4 If the U.S. rate is lower than the foreign rate, the DTL for forgone FTCs would generally be measured at an amount equal to the U.S. rate multiplied by the income implied solely from recovery of the in-country temporary differences (or attributes) under the fundamental premise in ASC 740 that all assets and liabilities are settled at their carrying values. If the foreign rate is lower than the U.S. rate, a measurement consistent with that in Approach 1 will generally be used. By measuring the DTL for forgone FTCs in this fashion, an entity acknowledges that the actual forgone FTC should not exceed the U.S. rate (i.e., the entity generally would not have been able to use the excess FTCs, had they been available, because an FTC can only be used to reduce tax on branch income and cannot be used to reduce tax on other income in the tax return).
Example 3-14
Foreign Branch —
Higher In-Country Tax Rate
Parent Co. (a U.S. parent company)
establishes Branch Co1 (a branch) in Country X.
Parent Co. is subject to tax in the United States at
21 percent, and Branch Co1 is subject to tax in X at
40 percent.
Assume the following:
-
Branch Co1’s temporary difference is as follows:
-
Branch Co1 concludes that it will be able to realize the DTA and that therefore no valuation is necessary.
-
Parent Co. has the same book and U.S. tax basis in the underlying asset giving rise to the above in-country DTA (therefore, there is no U.S. temporary book-tax difference).
Approach 1 —
Mirror Image
Under this approach, Parent Co.
would recognize a DTL for forgone FTCs of $40,000
(equal to 100 percent of the $40,000 in-country
DTAs).
Approach 2 —
Lesser of Local Tax Rate or U.S. Tax
Rate
Under this approach, Parent Co.
would recognize a DTL for forgone FTCs of $21,000
(equal to the in-country temporary difference of
$100,000 multiplied by 21 percent — the lesser of
the local or U.S. tax rate).
In the measurement of the U.S. anticipatory FTC DTA, if a foreign branch has
only in-country DTLs and has elected to use Approach 1, the entity may
measure the U.S. anticipatory FTC DTA at 100 percent of the in-country DTL
and address realization issues by using a valuation allowance (see Section 5.7.3). However, we believe that if
an entity uses Approach 2 and measures its DTL for forgone FTCs at the
lesser of the local or U.S. rate, it should be consistent in its approach
and also measure its anticipatory FTC DTA at the lesser of the local or U.S.
rate.
Example 3-15
Foreign Branch — Higher In-Country Tax
Rate
Parent Co. (a U.S. parent company) owns Branch Co1 (a
branch) in Country X. Parent Co. is subject to tax
in the United States at 21 percent, and Branch Co1
is subject to tax in X at 40 percent.
Assume the following:
- Branch Co1 has historically had only in-country DTAs and has used the lesser of the U.S. or local rate (i.e., Approach 2) to measure its foregone FTC DTL.
- In the current year, Branch Co1 recognizes an in-country DTL related to Asset 2.
- Branch Co1’s temporary
differences are as follows:
- Branch Co1 concludes that it will be able to realize the DTA and, therefore, no valuation is necessary.
- Parent Co. has the same book and U.S. tax basis in the underlying assets giving rise to the above in-country deferred taxes (therefore, there are no U.S. temporary book-tax differences).
Parent Co. recognizes a U.S. forgone FTC DTL of
$12,600 (equal to the $60,000 temporary difference
measured at the lesser of the U.S. rate, 21
percent).
In situations in which an entity has multiple branches with
rates both in excess of and below the U.S. rate, additional complexities
associated with applying Approach 2 may arise because foreign taxes paid in
one branch can be used to reduce U.S. taxes paid on income in another
branch. As a result, the actual forgone FTC from a branch with a foreign
rate that is higher than the U.S. rate could exceed the U.S. tax rate if the
entity could have otherwise used the forgone FTCs to reduce U.S. tax paid on
income in a branch with a foreign rate lower than the U.S. rate. We believe
that in these situations, the entity should generally apply Approach 2 by
determining the forgone FTC on an aggregate basis. Such an amount would
typically be calculated as noted above (i.e., the income implied solely from
recovery of the in-country temporary differences or attributes). However, we
believe that an acceptable alternative view would be for the entity to
include all future income in determining the “expected rate to be applied”
to the DTL for forgone FTCs. Including all future income arguably results in
a measurement of the DTL for forgone FTCs at the amount that represents the
entity’s true economic cost of recovering the in-country DTAs of the
branches. Accordingly, we believe that application of either approach would
be acceptable. Regardless of the method used, however, the DTL for forgone
FTCs should not result in a DTL that is larger than the amount determined on
the basis of 100 percent of the in-country DTA(s) (Approach 1).5
Example 3-16
Foreign Branch DTL for Forgone FTCs — Higher
In-Country Tax Rate
Parent Co. (a U.S. parent company) establishes Branch
Co1 (a branch) in Country X and Branch Co2 (another
branch) in Country Y. Parent Co. is subject to tax
in the United States at 21 percent, Branch Co1 is
subject to tax in X at 40 percent, and Branch Co2 is
subject to tax in Y at 5 percent.
Assume the following:
- Branch Co1’s and Branch Co2’s temporary differences are as follows:
- Branch Co1 and Branch Co2 conclude that they will be able to realize the DTAs and, therefore, no valuation allowance is necessary.
- The in-country temporary differences are forecasted to reverse in the same year and the operations of Branch Co1 and Branch Co2 are expected to generate annual pretax book income (exclusive of a reversal of temporary differences) of $200,000 and $10 million, respectively.
- Parent Co. does not have a U.S. tax basis in the underlying assets giving rise to the above in-country DTAs (therefore, there is no U.S. DTA to record on Parent Co.’s books).
Approach 1 — Mirror Image
Under the mirror image approach, Parent Co. would
recognize a DTL for forgone FTCs of $45,000 (equal
to 100 percent of the $45,000 in-country DTAs).
Approach 2 — Lesser of Local Tax Rate or U.S.
Tax Rate
U.S. Tax Effects if Implied Income From In-Country
Temporary Differences (or Attributes) Is Taken Into
Account
If Parent Co.’s policy is to measure the forgone FTCs
resulting from its foreign branches’ in-country DTAs
by taking into account implied income from
in-country temporary differences (or attributes),
Parent Co. would recognize a DTL of $42,000 because
$42,000 is the amount of the forgone FTCs (provided
that this number reflects only the amount of book
income required for recovering the in-country
deductible temporary differences). Under this
approach, the DTL for a forgone FTC should never be
more than the mirror image DTL of $45,000.
Measurement of the DTL for forgone FTCs is
calculated as follows:
U.S. Tax Effects if Forecasted
Income Is Taken Into Account
If Parent Co.’s policy is to measure
the forgone FTCs resulting from its foreign
branches’ in-country DTAs by taking into account
forecasted income, Parent Co. would recognize a DTL
of $45,000, which is the same amount for the DTL for
forgone FTCs as the mirror-image approach; however,
that may not always be the case. Measurement of the
DTL for forgone FTCs is calculated as follows:
Footnotes
1
Tax basis is determined in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-50 (see
Section 3.3.3.1), subject to
the recognition and measurement guidance in ASC 740. See Chapter 4.
2
As defined in ASC 740-10-30-5, a tax-paying
component is “an individual entity or group of entities that is
consolidated for tax purposes.”
3
For ease of illustration,
currency differences are ignored.
4
If the local country DTA has a full
valuation allowance associated with it, however, no DTL for
a forgone FTC would be recorded.
5
In scenarios in which all of the in-country tax
rates of the branches are lower than the U.S. tax rate, the
measurement of the DTL for a forgone FTC should be the same under
all three approaches (i.e., 100 percent of the in-country DTA).
3.4 Outside Basis Differences
ASC 740-10
25-1 This
Section establishes the recognition requirements necessary
to implement the objectives of accounting for income taxes
identified in Section 740-10-10. The following paragraph
sets forth the basic recognition requirements while
paragraph 740-10-25-3 identifies specific, limited
exceptions to the basic requirements.
25-2 Other than
the exceptions identified in the following paragraph, the
following basic requirements are applied in accounting for
income taxes at the date of the financial statements:
- A tax liability or asset shall be recognized based on the provisions of this Subtopic applicable to tax positions, in paragraphs 740-10-25-5 through 25-17, for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current and prior years.
- A deferred tax liability or asset shall be recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards.
25-3 The only exceptions in
applying those basic requirements are:
- Certain exceptions to the
requirements for recognition of deferred taxes
whereby a deferred tax liability is not recognized
for the following types of temporary differences
unless it becomes apparent that those temporary
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future:
- An excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration. See paragraphs 740-30-25-18 through 25-19 for the specific requirements related to this exception.
- Undistributed earnings of a domestic subsidiary or a domestic corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration that arose in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992. A last-in, first-out (LIFO) pattern determines whether reversals pertain to differences that arose in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992. See paragraphs 740-30-25-18 through 25-19 for the specific requirements related to this exception.
- Bad debt reserves for tax purposes of U.S. savings and loan associations (and other qualified thrift lenders) that arose in tax years beginning before December 31, 1987. See paragraphs 942-740-25-1 through 25-3 for the specific requirements related to this exception.
- Policyholders’ surplus of stock life insurance entities that arose in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992. See paragraph 944-740-25-2 for the specific requirements related to this exception.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-15.
- The pattern of recognition of after-tax income for leveraged leases or the allocation of the purchase price in a purchase business combination to acquired leveraged leases as required by Subtopic 842-50.
- A prohibition on recognition of a deferred tax liability related to goodwill (or the portion thereof) for which amortization is not deductible for tax purposes (see paragraph 805-740-25-3).
- A prohibition on recognition of a deferred tax asset for the difference between the tax basis of inventory in the buyer’s tax jurisdiction and the carrying value as reported in the consolidated financial statements as a result of an intra-entity transfer of inventory from one tax-paying component to another tax-paying component of the same consolidated group. Income taxes paid on intra-entity profits on inventory remaining within the consolidated group are accounted for under the requirements of Subtopic 810-10.
- A prohibition on recognition of a deferred tax liability or asset for differences related to assets and liabilities that, under Subtopic 830-10, are remeasured from the local currency into the functional currency using historical exchange rates and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes. See Subtopic 830-740 for guidance on foreign currency related income taxes matters.
ASC 740-30
25-1 This
Section provides guidance on the accounting for specific
temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries
and corporate joint ventures, including differences arising
from undistributed earnings. In certain situations, these
temporary differences may be accounted for differently from
the accounting that otherwise requires comprehensive
recognition of deferred income taxes for temporary
differences.
25-2 Including
undistributed earnings of a subsidiary (which would include
the undistributed earnings of a domestic international sales
corporation eligible for tax deferral) in the pretax
accounting income of a parent entity either through
consolidation or accounting for the investment by the equity
method results in a temporary difference.
25-3 It shall
be presumed that all undistributed earnings of a subsidiary
will be transferred to the parent entity. Accordingly, the
undistributed earnings of a subsidiary included in
consolidated income shall be accounted for as a temporary
difference unless the tax law provides a means by which the
investment in a domestic subsidiary can be recovered tax
free.
25-4 The
principles applicable to undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries in this Section also apply to tax effects of
differences between taxable income and pretax accounting
income attributable to earnings of corporate joint ventures
that are essentially permanent in duration and are accounted
for by the equity method. Certain corporate joint ventures
have a life limited by the nature of the venture, project,
or other business activity. Therefore, a reasonable
assumption is that a part or all of the undistributed
earnings of the venture will be transferred to the investor
in a taxable distribution. Deferred taxes shall be recorded,
in accordance with the requirements of Subtopic 740-10 at
the time the earnings (or losses) are included in the
investor’s income.
25-5 A deferred
tax liability shall be recognized for both of the following
types of taxable temporary differences:
- An excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a domestic subsidiary that arises in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1992.
- An excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a 50-percent-or-less-owned investee except as provided in paragraph 740-30-25-18 for a corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration.
Paragraphs 740-30-25-9 and 740-30-25-18
identify exceptions to the accounting that otherwise
requires comprehensive recognition of deferred income taxes
for temporary differences arising from investments in
subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures.
25-6 Paragraph
740-30-25-18 provides that a deferred tax liability is not
recognized for either of the following:
- An excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a foreign subsidiary that meets the criteria in paragraph 740-30-25-17.
- Undistributed earnings of a domestic subsidiary that arose in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992, and that meet the criteria in paragraph 740-30-25-17. The criteria in that paragraph do not apply to undistributed earnings of domestic subsidiaries that arise in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1992, and as required by the preceding paragraph, a deferred tax liability shall be recognized if the undistributed earnings are a taxable temporary difference.
Determining Whether a
Temporary Difference Is a Taxable Temporary
Difference
25-7 Whether an
excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax
basis of an investment in a more-than-50-percent-owned
domestic subsidiary is a taxable temporary difference shall
be assessed. It is not a taxable temporary difference if the
tax law provides a means by which the reported amount of
that investment can be recovered tax-free and the entity
expects that it will ultimately use that means. For example,
tax law may provide that:
- An entity may elect to determine taxable gain or loss on the liquidation of an 80-percent-or-more-owned subsidiary by reference to the tax basis of the subsidiary’s net assets rather than by reference to the parent entity’s tax basis for the stock of that subsidiary.
- An entity may execute a statutory merger whereby a subsidiary is merged into the parent entity, the noncontrolling shareholders receive stock of the parent, the subsidiary’s stock is cancelled, and no taxable gain or loss results if the continuity of ownership, continuity of business entity, and certain other requirements of the tax law are met.
25-8 Some
elections for tax purposes are available only if the parent
owns a specified percentage of the subsidiary’s stock. The
parent sometimes may own less than that specified
percentage, and the price per share to acquire a
noncontrolling interest may significantly exceed the
per-share equivalent of the amount reported as
noncontrolling interest in the consolidated financial
statements. In those circumstances, the excess of the amount
for financial reporting over the tax basis of the parent’s
investment in the subsidiary is not a taxable temporary
difference if settlement of the noncontrolling interest is
expected to occur at the point in time when settlement would
not result in a significant cost. That could occur, for
example, toward the end of the life of the subsidiary, after
it has recovered and settled most of its assets and
liabilities, respectively. The fair value of the
noncontrolling interest ordinarily will approximately equal
its percentage of the subsidiary’s net assets if those net
assets consist primarily of cash.
Recognition of
Deferred Tax Assets
25-9 A deferred
tax asset shall be recognized for an excess of the tax basis
over the amount for financial reporting of an investment in
a subsidiary or corporate joint venture that is essentially
permanent in duration only if it is apparent that the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable
future.
25-10 For
example, if an entity decides to sell a subsidiary that
meets the requirements of paragraphs 205-20-45-1A through
45-1D for measurement and display as a discontinued
operation and the parent entity’s tax basis in the stock of
the subsidiary (outside tax basis) exceeds the financial
reporting amount of the investment in the subsidiary, the
decision to sell the subsidiary makes it apparent that the
deductible temporary difference will reverse in the
foreseeable future. Assuming in this example that it is more
likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be
realized, the tax benefit for the excess of outside tax
basis over financial reporting basis shall be recognized
when it is apparent that the temporary difference will
reverse in the foreseeable future. The same criterion shall
apply for the recognition of a deferred tax liability
related to an excess of financial reporting basis over
outside tax basis of an investment in a subsidiary that was
previously not recognized under the provisions of paragraph
740-30-25-18.
25-11 The need
for a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset
referred to in paragraph 740-30-25-9 and other related
deferred tax assets, such as a deferred tax asset for
foreign tax credit carryforwards, shall be assessed.
25-12 Paragraph
740-10-30-18 identifies four sources of taxable income to be
considered in determining the need for and amount of a
valuation allowance for those and other deferred tax assets.
One source is future reversals of temporary differences.
25-13 Future
distributions of future earnings of a subsidiary or
corporate joint venture, however, shall not be considered
except to the extent that a deferred tax liability has been
recognized for existing undistributed earnings or earnings
have been remitted in the past.
25-14 A tax
benefit shall not be recognized, however, for tax deductions
or favorable tax rates attributable to future dividends of
undistributed earnings for which a deferred tax liability
has not been recognized under the requirements of paragraph
740-30-25-18.
Ownership Changes in
Investments
25-15 An investment in common
stock of a subsidiary may change so that it is no longer a
subsidiary because the parent entity sells a portion of the
investment, the subsidiary sells additional stock, or other
transactions affect the investment. If a parent entity did
not recognize income taxes on its equity in undistributed
earnings of a subsidiary for the reasons cited in paragraph
740-30-25-17 (and the entity in which the investment is held
ceases to be a subsidiary), it shall accrue in the current
period income taxes on the temporary difference related to
its remaining investment in common stock in accordance with
the guidance in Subtopic 740-10.
25-16 Paragraph superseded by
Accounting Standards Update No. 2019-12.
An outside basis difference is the difference between the carrying
amount of an entity’s investment (e.g., an investment in a consolidated subsidiary)
for financial reporting purposes and the underlying tax basis in that investment
(e.g., the immediate parent’s tax basis in the consolidated subsidiary’s stock).
From a consolidated financial reporting perspective, an entity’s financial reporting
carrying amount in a consolidated subsidiary is eliminated; however, book-to-tax
differences in this amount may still result in the need to record deferred
taxes.
How an investor should apply the guidance in ASC 740-30 on temporary
differences related to investments depends on the type of investment and whether the
financial reporting carrying value exceeds the tax basis or vice versa. The table
below summarizes the various investment types and applicable guidance. Additional
details are discussed in the sections after the table.
Investment
|
DTA Considerations
|
DTL Considerations
|
---|---|---|
|
Under ASC 740-30-25-9, a DTA is recognized
for the “excess of the tax basis over the amount for
financial reporting . . . only if it is apparent that the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable
future.”
|
Under ASC 740-30-25-5, recognition of a DTL
depends on when the excess of the financial reporting basis
over the tax basis of the investment arose:
|
|
Under ASC 740-30-25-9, a DTA is recognized
for the “excess of the tax basis over the amount for
financial reporting . . . only if it is apparent that the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable
future.”
|
Under ASC 740-30-25-18, a DTL should not be
recognized on the excess of the financial reporting basis
over the tax basis of an investment unless it becomes
apparent that the temporary difference will reverse in the
foreseeable future (i.e., the indefinite reversal criteria
are not met).6
|
Equity method investee (generally, ownership
of less than 50 percent but more than 20 percent) that is
not a corporate joint venture
|
A DTA is recognized for the excess of the
tax basis of the investment over the amount for financial
reporting and must be assessed for realizability (in most
jurisdictions, the loss would be capital in character).
|
A DTL is recorded on the excess of the
financial reporting basis over the tax basis of the
investment.
|
Investments in equity securities accounted
for under ASC 321, including those in which the measurement
alternative is used
|
Generally, a DTA is recognized for the
excess of the tax basis of the investment over the amount
for financial reporting (if applicable) and must be assessed
for realizability (in most jurisdictions, the loss would be
capital in character).
|
Generally, a DTL is recorded on the excess
of the financial reporting basis over the tax basis of the
investment (if applicable).
|
Deferred taxes are always recorded on taxable and deductible
temporary differences unless a specific exception applies.
3.4.1 Definition of Foreign and Domestic Investments
ASC 740-10-25-3(a)(1) contains an exception to the requirement to provide a DTL
for the “excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an
investment in a foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint
venture” (emphasis added), while ASC 740-30-25-7 contains an exception to the
requirement to provide a DTL for the “excess of the amount for financial
reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a more-than-50-percent-owned
domestic subsidiary” (emphasis added). Accordingly, it is important
to determine whether an entity is a foreign or domestic entity.
An entity should determine whether an investment is foreign or
domestic on the basis of the relationship of the investee to the tax
jurisdiction of its immediate parent rather than the relationship of the
investee to the ultimate parent of the consolidated group. This determination
should be made from the “bottom up” through successive tiers of consolidation.
At each level, it is necessary to determine whether the subsidiaries being
consolidated are foreign or domestic with respect to the consolidating entity. A
subsidiary that is treated as a domestic subsidiary under the applicable tax law
of its immediate parent would be considered a domestic subsidiary under ASC 740.
The examples below illustrate this concept.
Example 3-17
A U.S. parent entity, P, has a
majority-owned domestic subsidiary, S1, which has two
investments chartered in a foreign country: (1) a
majority ownership interest in another entity, S2, and
(2) an ownership interest in a corporate joint venture,
CJV1. In preparing its consolidated financial
statements, S1 consolidates S2 and applies the equity
method of accounting to its investment in CJV1. Under
ASC 740, S1 would consider its investments in S2 and
CJV1 to be in a foreign
subsidiary and foreign
corporate joint venture, respectively. Parent P
would treat S1 as a domestic
subsidiary when consolidating S1.
Example 3-18
A U.S. parent entity, P, has a majority
ownership interest in a subsidiary (chartered in a
foreign country), FS, which has two investments: (1) a
majority ownership interest in another entity, S1, and
(2) an ownership interest in a corporate joint venture
entity, S2. Both S1 and S2 are located in the same
foreign country in which FS is chartered. When preparing
the consolidated financial statements, FS would consider
S1 and S2 a domestic subsidiary
and domestic corporate joint
venture, respectively, in determining whether to
recognize deferred taxes in the foreign country on the
outside basis difference of FS’s investments in S1 and
S2. Parent P would consider FS a foreign subsidiary.
Example 3-19
A foreign parent entity, FP, prepares U.S. GAAP financial
statements and has two investments: (1) a majority-owned
investment in a U.S. entity, US1, and (2) an investment
in a corporate joint venture located in the United
States, JVUS1. In preparing its consolidated financial
statements, FP would consider US1 and JVUS1 a foreign
subsidiary and a foreign corporate joint
venture, respectively.
Example 3-20
A foreign entity, FP2, prepares U.S. GAAP financial
statements and has two investments: (1) a majority-owned
investment in another entity, S1, and (2) an investment
in a corporate joint venture, JV1. Both S1 and JV1 are
located in the same foreign country in which FP2 is
chartered. In preparing its consolidated financial
statements, FP2 would consider S1 and JV1 a domestic
subsidiary and a domestic corporate joint
venture, respectively.
Example 3-21
A U.S. parent entity, P, has a majority
ownership interest in a subsidiary (chartered in a
foreign country), FS, that has two investments: (1) a
majority ownership interest in another entity, S1,
located in the same foreign country in which FS is
chartered, and (2) an investment in a corporate joint
venture located in the United States, JVUS1. Before
being consolidated by P, FS would treat S1 as a domestic subsidiary and would
apply the equity method of accounting to JVUS1, as a foreign corporate joint venture
to determine whether to recognize deferred taxes on the
outside basis difference of its investments in S1 and
JVUS1.
3.4.1.1 Definition of Subsidiary and Corporate Joint Venture
An entity should use the following guidance to determine whether an
investment is in either a subsidiary or a corporate joint venture:
ASC 810-10-20 defines a subsidiary as follows:
An entity, including an
unincorporated entity such as a partnership or trust, in which another
entity, known as its parent, holds a controlling financial interest.
(Also, a variable interest entity that is consolidated by a primary
beneficiary.)
However, ASC 740-10-20 does not specifically define the term
“subsidiary” and does not refer to the definition in ASC 810-10. Rather, in
practice, the definition of subsidiary in APB Opinion 18 (codified in ASC
323) has been applied. APB Opinion 18 states that subsidiary refers to “a
corporation which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by another
corporation. The usual condition for control is ownership of a majority
(over 50%) of the outstanding voting stock.” Accordingly, while the
definition in ASC 810 includes partnerships and trusts, those entities are
not considered subsidiaries under ASC 740 because the earnings of such
entities generally pass directly through to their owners. See Section 3.4.15 for
further discussion of pass-through entities.
The term corporate joint venture is defined in ASC 740-10-20 as follows:
A
corporation owned and operated by a small group of entities (the joint
venturers) as a separate and specific business or project for the mutual
benefit of the members of the group. A government may also be a member
of the group. The purpose of a corporate joint venture frequently is to
share risks and rewards in developing a new market, product or
technology; to combine complementary technological knowledge; or to pool
resources in developing production or other facilities. A corporate
joint venture also usually provides an arrangement under which each
joint venturer may participate, directly or indirectly, in the overall
management of the joint venture. Joint venturers thus have an interest
or relationship other than as passive investors. An entity that is a
subsidiary of one of the joint venturers is not a corporate joint
venture. The ownership of a corporate joint venture seldom changes, and
its stock is usually not traded publicly. A noncontrolling interest held
by public ownership, however, does not preclude a corporation from being
a corporate joint venture.
3.4.1.2 Potential DTA: Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries and Corporate Joint Ventures
The ability to record a DTA related to subsidiaries and
corporate joint ventures is governed by ASC 740-30-25-9, which states:
A deferred tax asset shall be recognized for an excess
of the tax basis over the amount for financial reporting of an
investment in a subsidiary or corporate joint venture that is
essentially permanent in duration only if it is apparent that the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.
As used in ASC 740-30-25-9, the term “foreseeable future”
refers to an entity’s ability to reasonably anticipate the reversal of the
outside basis difference. Further, we believe that in this context,
“reverse” is intended to mean “be realized” (i.e., be taken as a deduction
on the parent’s income tax return). Since a deductible outside basis
difference in a subsidiary or corporate joint venture generally results in a
deduction on the parent’s income tax return only upon sale or taxable
liquidation of the subsidiary or corporate joint venture, under ASC
740-30-25-9, a DTA would rarely be recognized before the criteria in ASC
360-10-45-9 through 45-11 are met for classification of assets as held for
sale. While future earnings of the subsidiary may reduce the deductible
outside basis temporary difference, those future earnings do not result in a
reversal of the temporary difference, as the term “reverse” is used in ASC
740-30-25-9. In other words, future earnings of the subsidiary do not result
in a deduction on the parent’s income tax return. Therefore, anticipated
future earnings of the subsidiary should not be relied upon to support a
conclusion that “the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable
future” and that a DTA can be recorded under ASC 740-30-25-9.
At the point at which the subsidiary or corporate joint
venture is classified as held for sale in accordance with the criteria in
ASC 360-10-45-9 through 45-11, the deferred tax consequences of the
deductible outside basis difference should be recognized as a DTA. In
accordance with ASC 740-10-30-18, realization of the related DTA “depends on
the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for
example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback, carryforward
period available under the tax law.” If it is not more likely than not that
all or a portion of the DTA will be realized, a valuation allowance is
necessary.
ASC 740-30-25-9 through 25-13 apply to
more-than-50-percent-owned subsidiaries (foreign or domestic) and corporate
joint ventures but do not apply to 50-percent-or-less-owned foreign or
domestic investees. However, an entity will need to use judgment to
determine whether a recognition exception applies to a subsidiary that is
consolidated by applying the variable interest entity (VIE) guidance when
less than 50 percent of the voting interest is owned by the investor. See
Section
3.4.17.1 for consideration of the VIE model in ASC 810-10 in
the evaluation of whether to recognize a DTL.
3.4.1.3 Potential DTL: Domestic Subsidiary
ASC 740-30-25-7 applies to investments in a
more-than-50-percent-owned domestic subsidiary and assumes that the
subsidiary would be consolidated under ASC 810 (see Section 3.4.1.1). ASC
740-30-25-7 does not allow for the application of the indefinite reversal
exception to the recognition of DTLs for undistributed earnings of a
domestic subsidiary or corporate joint venture generated in fiscal years
beginning on or after December 15, 1992. Therefore, under ASC 740-30-25-3,
DTLs must be recognized “unless the tax law provides a means by which the
investment in a domestic subsidiary can be recovered tax free” and the
entity expects that it will ultimately use that means. The holder of the investment must meet both criteria to avoid recording
the DTL (see Section 3.4.3 for
more information).
While ASC 740-30-25-7 states that it applies only to
more-than-50-percent-owned domestic subsidiaries, an entity will need to use
judgment to determine whether a recognition exception applies to a
subsidiary that is consolidated under the VIE guidance when less than 50
percent of the voting interest is owned by the investor. See
Section 3.4.17.1 for considerations related to the
VIE model in ASC 810-10 in the evaluation of whether to recognize a DTL.
3.4.2 Tax Consequences of a Change in Intent Regarding Remittance of Pre-1993 Undistributed Earnings
It is possible for an entity to change its intent regarding remittance of the
portion of unremitted earnings that was generated for fiscal years beginning on
or before December 15, 1992, for domestic subsidiaries and domestic corporate
joint ventures that were previously deemed indefinitely invested.
An entity should apply the guidance in ASC 740-30-25-17 and ASC 740-30-25-19 to
tax consequences of a change in intent regarding unremitted earnings that arose
in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992. This guidance states,
in part:
25-17 The presumption in paragraph 740-30-25-3 that all
undistributed earnings will be transferred to the parent entity may be
overcome, and no income taxes shall be accrued by the parent entity . . . if
sufficient evidence shows that the subsidiary has invested or will invest
the undistributed earnings indefinitely or that the earnings will be
remitted in a tax-free liquidation. . . .
25-19 If
circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the
undistributed earnings of a subsidiary will be remitted in the foreseeable
future but income taxes have not been recognized by the parent entity, it
shall accrue as an expense of the current period income taxes attributable
to that remittance. If it becomes apparent that some or all of the
undistributed earnings of a subsidiary on which income taxes have been
accrued will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, the parent entity
shall adjust income tax expense of the current period.
Example 3-22
Assume that Entity X had $2,000 of
unremitted earnings from its investment in a domestic
corporate joint venture that arose in fiscal years
beginning on or before December 15, 1992, and that
management has determined that all of the pre-1993
corporate joint venture earnings were indefinitely
reinvested. Therefore, no DTL has been recorded. In
addition, assume that during 20X1, unremitted earnings
from the joint venture were $1,000 and that X accrued
the related deferred income taxes on these earnings.
During 20X2, management of the joint venture changed its
intent regarding remitting the joint venture’s earnings,
concluding that $1,000 of retained earnings would be
distributed (via a dividend) to X on December 31, 20X2,
and $1,000 on December 31, 20X3, respectively.
ASC 740-10-25-3(a) states that whether reversals pertain
to differences that arose in fiscal years beginning on
or before December 15, 1992, is determined on the basis
of a LIFO pattern. Therefore, X would accrue, as of the
date the change in intent occurred in 20X2, a DTL for an
additional $1,000 of taxable income representing the tax
consequence of only $1,000 of pre-1993 unremitted
earnings; the deferred tax consequences of the other
$1,000 are related to income generated in post-1993
years, which was previously accrued in 20X1.
3.4.3 Tax-Free Liquidation or Merger of a Domestic Subsidiary
There may be instances in which it is acceptable to treat an
outside basis difference in a domestic subsidiary as a nontaxable temporary
difference. This can arise when the tax law provides a means to recover the
investment tax-free and the entity expects that it will ultimately use that
means. There are quantitative and qualitative thresholds associated with the
analysis to achieve this treatment.
While U.S. tax law provides a means by which an investment of 80
percent or more in a domestic subsidiary can be liquidated or merged into the
parent in a tax-free manner, an 80 percent investment in the subsidiary by
itself is not sufficient for an entity to conclude that the outside basis
difference is not a taxable temporary difference. Rather, the entity must also
intend to ultimately use that means. Satisfying the
tax law requirements alone is not sufficient; the entity should also consider:
- Any regulatory approvals that may be required (e.g., in a rate-regulated entity in which a merger would be subject to regulatory approval and that approval is more than perfunctory).
- Whether the liquidation or merger is subject to approval by the noncontrolling interest holders.
- Whether it would be desirable for the entity to recover its investment in a tax-free manner. For example, if the entity’s outside basis in the subsidiary is significantly higher than the subsidiary’s inside basis, tax-free liquidation may be undesirable.
Some non-U.S. jurisdictions may stipulate similar rules for liquidation or merger
of a subsidiary into a parent in a tax-free manner. A similar analysis should be
performed on all subsidiaries for which the tax law provides a means by which a
reported investment can be recovered in a tax-free manner and the parent intends
to use that means.
In some circumstances, the parent may own less than the required
percentage under the applicable tax law (i.e., more than 50 percent but less
than 80 percent). In such cases, the parent may still be able to assert that it
can recover its investment in a tax-free manner (and thus not treat the outside
basis difference in the subsidiary as a taxable temporary difference) if it can
do so without incurring significant cost. ASC 740-30-25-8 states:
Some elections for tax purposes are available only if the
parent owns a specified percentage of the subsidiary's stock. The parent
sometimes may own less than that specified percentage, and the price per
share to acquire a noncontrolling interest may significantly exceed the
per-share equivalent of the amount reported as noncontrolling interest in
the consolidated financial statements. In those circumstances, the excess of
the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of the parent’s
investment in the subsidiary is not a taxable temporary difference if
settlement of the noncontrolling interest is expected to occur at the point
in time when settlement would not result in a significant cost. That could occur, for example, toward the end of
the life of the subsidiary, after it has recovered and settled most of its
assets and liabilities, respectively. The fair value of the noncontrolling
interest ordinarily will approximately equal its percentage of the
subsidiary’s net assets if those net assets consist primarily of cash.
[Emphasis added]
In this context, one interpretation of significant cost could be that the costs
(based on fair value) of acquiring the necessary interest in that subsidiary to
recover it tax free are significant. In performing this assessment, the parent
can consider the cost that would be incurred at the end of the life of the
subsidiary (i.e., once the subsidiary’s assets have been converted to cash and
all outstanding liabilities have been settled). Under the “end-of-life”
scenario, the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest may be equivalent to
fair value. If the cost of assuming the noncontrolling interest at the “end of
the subsidiary’s life” is practicable, a tax-free liquidation or merger can be
assumed and the outside basis difference would not be treated as a taxable
temporary difference (as long as the tax law provides a means for a tax-free
liquidation or merger and the entity intends to use this means).
3.4.4 Potential DTL: Foreign Subsidiary and Foreign Corporate Joint Venture
ASC 740-30
Exceptions to Comprehensive Recognition of Deferred
Income Taxes
25-17 The
presumption in paragraph 740-30-25-3 that all
undistributed earnings will be transferred to the parent
entity may be overcome, and no income taxes shall be
accrued by the parent entity, for entities and periods
identified in the following paragraph if sufficient
evidence shows that the subsidiary has invested or will
invest the undistributed earnings indefinitely or that
the earnings will be remitted in a tax-free liquidation.
A parent entity shall have evidence of specific plans
for reinvestment of undistributed earnings of a
subsidiary which demonstrate that remittance of the
earnings will be postponed indefinitely. These criteria
required to overcome the presumption are sometimes
referred to as the indefinite reversal criteria.
Experience of the entities and definite future programs
of operations and remittances are examples of the types
of evidence required to substantiate the parent entity’s
representation of indefinite postponement of remittances
from a subsidiary. The indefinite reversal criteria
shall not be applied to the inside basis differences of
foreign subsidiaries.
25-18 As
indicated in paragraph 740-10-25-3, a deferred tax
liability shall not be recognized for either of the
following types of temporary differences unless it
becomes apparent that those temporary differences will
reverse in the foreseeable future:
- An excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration.
- Undistributed earnings of a domestic subsidiary or a domestic corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration that arose in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992. A last-in, first-out (LIFO) pattern determines whether reversals pertain to differences that arose in fiscal years beginning on or before December 15, 1992.
25-19 If
circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some
or all of the undistributed earnings of a subsidiary
will be remitted in the foreseeable future but income
taxes have not been recognized by the parent entity, it
shall accrue as an expense of the current period income
taxes attributable to that remittance. If it becomes
apparent that some or all of the undistributed earnings
of a subsidiary on which income taxes have been accrued
will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, the
parent entity shall adjust income tax expense of the
current period.
Outside basis differences in foreign entities (i.e., the holder of the investment
is taxable in a jurisdiction different from the investee’s) are taxable
temporary differences. DTLs should be recorded for these taxable temporary
differences unless the exception in ASC 740-30-25-18(a) applies.
ASC 740-30-25-18(a) states that a DTL is not recognized for an “excess of the
amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a foreign
subsidiary” unless it becomes apparent that the temporary difference will
reverse in the foreseeable future. See Section
3.3.1 for a discussion of inside and outside basis differences.
3.4.5 DTL for a Portion of an Outside Basis Difference
As noted above, ASC 740-30-25-18(a) states that a DTL is not
required for an “excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis
of an investment in a foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint venture
that is essentially permanent in duration” unless “it becomes apparent that
those temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.” In certain
circumstances, an entity may require its foreign subsidiary or foreign corporate
joint venture to remit only a portion of undistributed earnings, in which case
the DTL might be limited only to the portion expected to be remitted.
An entity is permitted to recognize a DTL only for the portion of the
undistributed earnings to be remitted in the future (remittances are not limited
to dividends or distributions). ASC 740-30-25-18 is not an all-or-nothing
requirement.
Example 3-23
Entity A has one subsidiary, B, a wholly owned subsidiary
in foreign jurisdiction X. Subsidiary B has $500,000 in
undistributed earnings, which represents the entire
outside basis difference in B (there has been no
fluctuation in the exchange rates). On the basis of
available evidence, A has historically concluded that no
part of this basis difference was expected to reverse in
the foreseeable future and that, therefore, the
indefinite reversal criteria in ASC 740-30-25-17 and
25-18 were met in accordance with management’s intent
and the associated facts and circumstances.
Consequently, A has not historically recorded a DTL on
its book-over-tax basis difference in its investment in
B.
In the current year, B has net income of
$300,000 and declares a one-time dividend for the full
$300,000. Subsidiary B has no plans to declare or pay
future dividends, and there are no other changes in
facts or circumstances to suggest that the indefinite
reversal assertion on the existing $500,000 outside
basis difference would be inappropriate. Further, the
one-time circumstances that led to the distribution of
the $300,000 are not expected to reoccur. In this
example, A could continue to assert the indefinite
reinvestment of B’s earnings in the future. Entity A
should document its intent and ability to indefinitely
reinvest the undistributed earnings; see the next
section for further discussion.
Example 3-24
Assume the same facts as in the example
above, except that the dividend was declared as a result
of projected shortfalls in Entity A’s working capital
requirements during the coming year. The ongoing
short-term capital needs of A may suggest that A can no
longer indefinitely reinvest the earnings of Entity B.
In this example, the indefinite reinvestment assertion
may no longer be appropriate and, if not, A should
record a DTL on its entire $500,000 outside basis
difference.
3.4.5.1 Evidence Needed to Support the Indefinite Reinvestment Assertion
ASC 740-30-25-3 states, in part, that it “shall be presumed
that all undistributed earnings of a subsidiary will be transferred to the
parent entity.” ASC 740-30-25-17 states that this presumption “may be
overcome, and no income taxes shall be accrued by the parent entity . . . if
sufficient evidence shows that the subsidiary has invested or will invest
the undistributed earnings indefinitely.”
An entity’s documented plan for reinvestment of foreign earnings would enable
it to overcome the presumption that all undistributed earnings of a foreign
subsidiary will be transferred to the parent entity. To support its
assertion that the undistributed earnings of a subsidiary will be
indefinitely reinvested, an entity should demonstrate that the foreign
subsidiary has both the intent and ability to indefinitely reinvest
undistributed earnings. Past experience with the entity, in and of itself,
would not be sufficient for an entity to overcome the presumption in ASC
740-30-25-3. In documenting its written plan for reinvestment of foreign
earnings, an entity should consider such factors as:
- Operating plans (for both the parent company and the subsidiary).
- Budgets and forecasts.
- Long-term and short-term financial requirements of the parent company and the subsidiary (i.e., working capital requirements and capital expenditures).
- Restrictions on distributing earnings (i.e., requirements of foreign governments, debt agreements, or operating agreements).
- History of dividends.
- Tax-planning strategies an entity intends to rely on to demonstrate the recoverability of DTAs that might be inconsistent with its ability to remain reinvested.
This analysis is performed for each foreign subsidiary as of
each balance sheet date (see above for guidance on determining whether a
specific investment of a consolidated parent company is a foreign or
domestic subsidiary). This analysis should be performed on a
subsidiary-by-subsidiary basis and determined by using a bottom-up approach.
An entity could reach different conclusions for two subsidiaries within the
same jurisdiction.
Further, in a business combination, this analysis should be
performed by the acquirer as of the acquisition date, regardless of any
previous position taken by the acquiree or historical practice by the
subsidiary. As a result of the analysis, market participants could reach
different conclusions regarding the same acquiree.
3.4.5.2 Ability to Overcome the Presumption in ASC 740-30-25-3 After a Change in Management’s Plans for Reinvestment or Repatriation of Foreign Earnings
An entity may have asserted previously that it had a plan to
indefinitely reinvest foreign earnings overseas to overcome the presumption
described in ASC 740-30-25-3 that undistributed foreign earnings will be
transferred to the parent entity. As a result of various factors, the same
entity may later decide to repatriate some or all of its undistributed
foreign earnings because of different factors, such as changes in the
entity’s liquidity requirements.
A change in management’s intent regarding repatriation of earnings may taint
management’s future ability to assert that earnings are indefinitely
reinvested. However, it depends on the reason(s) for the change. The
following are a few questions an entity could consider in determining
whether management’s ability is tainted in this situation:
- Did management have sufficient evidence of a specific plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings in the past?
- Is it clear that this change is a result of a temporary and identifiable event (e.g., a change in tax law available for a specified period)?
- Can management provide evidence that supports what has changed from its previous plans?
- Does management have a plan for reinvestment of future earnings?
Generally, if the conditions were met, management would be able to assert
indefinite reinvestment of foreign earnings in the future.
However, if management’s current actions indicate that its previous plan was
not supported by actual business needs (e.g., stated foreign capital
requirements were over what proved to be necessary), the change in intent
may call into question management’s ability to assert that future foreign
earnings are indefinitely reinvested.
3.4.5.3 Change in Indefinite Reinvestment Assertion — Recognized or Nonrecognized Subsequent Event
ASC 740-30-25-19 indicates that the impact of the change in plans would be
accounted for in the period in which management’s plans change (e.g., when
management no longer can assert that all, or a portion, of its foreign
earnings are indefinitely reinvested). However, an entity may need to use
judgment to identify the period in which management’s decision to change its
plans occurred, especially if this decision occurs soon after the balance
sheet date.
An entity should consider the nature and timing of the factors that
influenced management’s decision to change its plans when evaluating whether
a change in management’s plans for reinvestment or repatriation is a
recognized or nonrecognized subsequent event under ASC 855. Specifically, if
identifiable events occurred after the balance sheet date that caused the
facts or conditions that existed as of the balance sheet date to change
significantly, and management changed its intent regarding indefinite
reinvestment because of the new facts, the change in intent may be a
nonrecognized subsequent event.
In contrast, if the change in intent after the balance sheet date is due to
factors other than responding to the occurrence of an identifiable event,
the facts or conditions that existed at the end of the period are unlikely
to have changed significantly. Therefore, if prior-period financial
statements have not been issued or are not yet available to be issued (as
these terms are defined in the subsequent-event guidance in ASC 855-10-20),
the entity would generally be required to record the effect of the change in
management’s plan in these financial statements (i.e., a recognized
subsequent event).
Example 3-25
Assume that an identifiable event
(e.g., a change in tax rates associated with
repatriation of foreign earnings) occurs in period 2
and that this event causes management to reconsider
and change its plans in that period. The change in
tax rates is an identifiable event that caused the
facts or conditions that existed at the end of
period 1 to change significantly. In this case, the
effect of the change in plans, which is attributable
specifically to the change in tax rate, should be
recorded in period 2 (i.e., a nonrecognized
subsequent event).
In contrast, an entity may change
its repatriation plans because of operating factors
or liquidity needs and, shortly after a reporting
period, may not be able to assert that its foreign
earnings are indefinitely reinvested. In this case,
an entity must perform a careful analysis to
determine whether the conditions causing the changes
in management’s plans existed at the end of the
reporting period. The results of this analysis will
affect whether the accounting effect of the change
in plans should be recorded as a recognized or
nonrecognized subsequent event under ASC 855.
3.4.6 Measuring Deferred Taxes on Outside Basis Differences in Foreign Investments
As discussed above, analysis of deferred taxes on outside basis
differences requires a bottom-up approach whereby an entity must consider its
outside basis difference at each level in the organization chart. The entity
should start with the lowest entity in the organization structure and determine
whether such entity’s direct parent’s financial reporting carrying amount is
greater or less than its tax basis. When performing this analysis, the entity
should consider the expected manner of recovery (e.g., sale, liquidation,
dividend). ASC 740-10-55-24 states, in part, that the “[c]omputation of a
deferred tax liability for undistributed earnings based on dividends should also
reflect any related dividends received deductions or foreign tax credits, and
taxes that would be withheld from the dividend.” Thus, the parent entity should
consider withholding taxes, FTCs, and participation exemptions (i.e., a
dividends received deduction) when determining the amount of DTL to be
recognized.
Many jurisdictions tax earnings of foreign subsidiaries and
foreign corporate joint ventures that are essentially permanent in duration
(collectively, “foreign investments”) upon distribution of such earnings. Where
the immediate parent entity’s outside basis taxable temporary difference in a
foreign investment would close upon remittance of foreign earnings and is not
indefinitely reinvested, the parent entity would need to recognize a DTL for the
additional tax to be imposed in its jurisdiction upon receipt of the earnings.
The parent entity may be able to avail itself of a participation exemption and,
as stated above, should factor such an exemption into the amount of DTL to be
recognized.
For example, in the United States, companies may be entitled to
a 100 percent dividends received deduction on the repatriation of earnings that
have not previously been taxed. Further, any foreign taxes properly attributable
to the earnings that are subject to the 100-percent-dividends-received deduction
are not available as an FTC since those earnings are not subject to U.S. federal
income tax. The repatriation of earnings to which the
100-percent-dividends-received deduction applies generally should reduce the
outside basis difference because the distribution reduces the financial
reporting carrying value of the investment but does not reduce the U.S. tax
basis in the investment. While there may be no U.S. federal income tax
implications of the distribution, there can nonetheless be additional foreign
withholding tax and state taxes.
In other instances, however, an outside basis difference may be
expected to reverse in a taxable manner, irrespective of whether there is a
distribution (e.g., through future Subpart F or GILTI inclusions). To the extent
that earnings have been previously taxed (situations involving Subpart F, GILTI,
or IRC Section 965 are discussed further below), for example, a U.S. company
would receive a basis increase for U.S. income tax purposes. Upon distribution,
such earnings are not taxed again; rather, the U.S. tax basis in the investment
is reduced by the amount of the previously taxed earnings distributed. In a
manner similar to earnings subject to the 100-percent-dividends-received
deduction, there can still be additional withholding taxes and state taxes
incurred on a repatriation of earnings to the U.S. company; see Section 3.4.13 for a
discussion of withholding taxes. In addition, there may be foreign exchange
gains or losses that are taxable/deductible upon repatriation, capital gains
upon sale of an investment, or foreign income taxes. If a U.S. company is not
indefinitely reinvested in the outside basis difference in its investment in a
foreign subsidiary or foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially
permanent in duration, it may need to recognize a DTL with respect to its
investment.
3.4.7 [Reserved]
3.4.8 Outside Basis Difference in a Foreign Subsidiary — Subpart F Income
Under ASC 740-30-25-18, unless it becomes clear that this
type of temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future, a
DTL should not be recognized for an “excess of the amount for financial
reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a foreign subsidiary or a
foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration.”
Further, there is a rebuttable presumption under ASC 740-30-25-3 that all
undistributed earnings will be transferred by a subsidiary to its parent. This
rebuttable presumption may be overcome if the criteria of ASC 740-30-25-17 are
met (i.e., sufficient evidence shows the subsidiary has invested or will invest
the undistributed earnings indefinitely).
Under Subpart F of the Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. parent may
be taxed on specified income of a foreign subsidiary (commonly referred to as
Subpart F income) when earned by the foreign subsidiary (e.g., certain types of
passive income are treated as Subpart F income). When recognized for
tax-reporting purposes by the U.S. parent, Subpart F income increases the
outside tax basis in a foreign subsidiary. Likewise, when recognized for
financial reporting purposes by the foreign subsidiary (and thus in the U.S.
parent’s consolidated financial statements), such income increases the U.S.
parent’s book basis in the foreign subsidiary.
Subpart F income may result in taxable income for the U.S.
parent in the same amount and same period as that in which the income is
recognized by the foreign subsidiary for financial reporting purposes. In such
cases, current taxable income would be recognized in the period in which the
income is recognized for financial reporting purposes, and there would generally
be no change in the U.S. parent’s outside basis difference in the foreign
subsidiary (i.e., because the book basis and tax basis both generally increase
by an equal amount). However, Subpart F income may be taxed in a later period
than the period in which the income is recognized for financial reporting
purposes. In these cases, there will be an increase in the parent’s book basis
in the subsidiary attributable to Subpart F income recognized for financial
reporting purposes with no change in the corresponding tax basis. This section
does not apply to situations involving Subpart F income that will not be
immediately taxable as a result of other circumstances (e.g., a situation in
which the Subpart F income is deferred when there is a deficit in E&P but
will become includable when the foreign subsidiary in question has positive
earnings).
A U.S. parent should generally recognize a DTL for the portion
of the outside basis difference that corresponds to amounts that (1) are already
recognized for financial reporting purposes by the foreign subsidiary and (2)
will be treated as Subpart F income when they are considered to be earned for
tax reporting purposes (i.e., amounts within the foreign subsidiary that would
give rise to taxable temporary differences under U.S. tax law) because the U.S.
parent would be unable to assert that such amounts are indefinitely reinvested
in accordance with ASC 740-30-25-17.
The portion of the outside basis taxable temporary difference
that corresponds to an inside Subpart F temporary difference should be treated
as though it is apparent that it will reverse “in the foreseeable future” and
will thus require the recognition of a DTL. Since Subpart F income is often
related to passive types of income, in most cases neither the U.S. parent nor
the foreign subsidiary can control when it will become taxable to the U.S.
parent. Therefore, a deferred tax expense and outside basis DTL should be
recognized in the period in which the income is recognized for financial
reporting purposes. This is true even if the U.S. parent does not intend to
distribute the associated earnings of the foreign subsidiary and irrespective of
whether the U.S. parent has elected to treat GILTI as a period cost. See
Section 3.4.10
for a discussion of GILTI deferred taxes.
Example 3-26
Entity P, a U.S. parent, owns Entity F, a foreign
subsidiary that, in turn, owns an equity method
investment that does not meet the ASC master glossary’s
definition of a corporate joint venture. Entity P’s tax
basis was not affected by undistributed earnings of the
equity investee. In addition, its investment (book
basis) in F increases by the amount of equity method
income recognized by the subsidiary, which increases the
outside basis difference in the investment in F (since
P’s tax basis was not affected by the undistributed
earnings of the equity investee). When F sells or
receives a distribution from the equity method investee,
the gain or distribution will be treated as Subpart F
income that P must recognize immediately. Further, as an
equity investor, F has no control over when it might
receive a dividend from the equity investee, nor can it
assert indefinite reinvestment in the equity method
investee because it is not a subsidiary or corporate
joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration;
therefore, P should not consider the outside basis
difference in F that is attributable to the unremitted
earnings of the equity method investee to be eligible
for treatment as indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, P
should recognize a DTL for that portion of the outside
basis difference that will reverse when the investment
in the equity investee is recovered, which would trigger
recognition of Subpart F income and increase P’s tax
basis in F (which has the effect of reversing the
corresponding outside basis difference).
3.4.9 Outside Basis Difference in a Foreign Subsidiary — Deferred Subpart F Income
The previous section discusses Subpart F income that will be
immediately taxable when considered earned for tax reporting purposes. However,
sometimes Subpart F income will actually be deferred, even after it has been
earned for tax reporting purposes (“deferred Subpart F income”) because of
certain U.S. tax limitations. For example, the amount of currently taxable
Subpart F income of any CFC for any taxable year may not exceed such CFC’s
E&P for the year. Accordingly, while such amounts may be deferred and
recaptured in a future year, current-year Subpart F income is limited to actual
E&P earnings.
Assume, for example, that Company Y, a CFC, earns $100 of
Subpart F income and generates a non-Subpart F loss of $40 in year 1. Company Y
earns $200 of Subpart F income in each of years 2 and 3, $10 of non-Subpart F
income in year 2, and $100 of non-Subpart F income in year 3. Because Y’s
E&P is $60 in year 1, the amount of Subpart F income attributable to Y in
year 1 that Y’s U.S. shareholder must include in its year 1 taxable income is
limited to $60. However, in year 2, Y’s U.S. shareholder must include $10 of Y’s
deferred Subpart F income from year 1. Likewise, in year 3, the U.S. shareholder
must include the remaining $30 of Company Y’s deferred Subpart F income from
year 1 that was not taxed in years 1 and 2. Thus, all the deferred Subpart F
income from year 1 is recaptured.
If the existence of deferred Subpart F income suggests that some
part of the outside basis difference will reverse in the foreseeable future, a
DTL should be recorded. However, the mere existence of deferred Subpart F
earnings does not automatically suggest that a part of the outside basis
difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. Rather, all the facts and
circumstances must be assessed. For example, if a recovery and settlement of the
subsidiary’s assets and liabilities were to give rise to the taxation of the
deferred Subpart F income, a DTL would generally be recognized provided that the
amount of the deferred Subpart F income does not exceed the outside basis
difference in the foreign subsidiary. (See Section
3.4.12A for additional considerations related to disaggregated
outside basis differences.)
When an entity uses the financial reporting carrying amounts of
the assets and liabilities to determine whether some part of the outside basis
difference would be expected to reverse in the foreseeable future, the DTL
recognized would take into account only the tax consequences associated with
events that already have occurred and been reported in the financial statements.
Further, when additional events, such as future earnings, must occur (e.g., when
the recovery of assets and settlement of liabilities alone does not result in
the E&P needed to make all the deferred Subpart F income taxable to the U.S.
parent), no DTL would be recognized until the financial statements include such
future earnings. To assess the effect of recovering assets and settling
liabilities, the entity might need to schedule the recovery or settlement. For
example, the recovery of certain assets would result in E&P and the
settlement of certain liabilities would result in reductions in E&P;
however, it could become apparent that the outside basis difference will reverse
in the foreseeable future when the entity expects assets to be recovered before
the liabilities are settled.
3.4.10 GILTI
The 2017 Act created a new requirement that certain income
(i.e., GILTI) earned by a CFC must be included currently in the gross income of
the CFC’s U.S. shareholder. GILTI is the excess of the shareholder’s “net CFC
tested income” over the net deemed tangible income return (the “routine
return”), which is defined as the excess of (1) 10 percent of the aggregate of
the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of the qualified business asset investment
(QBAI) of each CFC with respect to which it is a U.S. shareholder over (2) the
amount of certain interest expense taken into account in the determination of
net CFC-tested income.
A domestic corporation is permitted a deduction of up to 50
percent of the sum of the GILTI inclusion and the amount treated as a dividend
in accordance with IRC Section 78 (“IRC Section 78 gross-up”). If the sum of the
GILTI inclusion (and related IRC Section 78 gross-up) and the corporation’s FDII
(see Section
3.2.1.4) exceeds the corporation’s taxable income, the deductions
for GILTI and for FDII are reduced by the excess. As a result, the GILTI
deduction can be no more than 50 percent of the corporation’s taxable income
(and will be less if the corporation is also entitled to an FDII deduction). The
maximum GILTI deduction is reduced to 37.5 percent for taxable years beginning
after December 31, 2025.
3.4.10.1 GILTI Accounting Policy Election
There may be situations in which a U.S. investor in a CFC
has a financial reporting carrying value (i.e., book basis) that does not
equal its outside tax basis for U.S. tax purposes in its foreign investment,
resulting in an outside basis difference in the foreign investment. In
addition, the U.S. investor would have a U.S. tax basis in the CFC’s
underlying assets and liabilities held that will be used for calculating
GILTI inclusions. Accordingly, a U.S. investor may have book/U.S. tax inside
basis differences that, upon reversal, will increase or decrease the GILTI
inclusion and, because GILTI inclusions increase the U.S. tax basis in the
foreign investment, will also affect the outside basis difference in the
foreign investment.
In January 2018, the FASB staff issued a Q&A document in which it stated
that a company may elect, as an accounting policy, to either (1) treat taxes
due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income under the GILTI provision as
a current-period expense when incurred or (2) factor such amounts into the
company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “GILTI deferred method”).
The decision tree below illustrates the approach for
determining the deferred tax accounting for outside basis differences in
foreign investments that are expected to reverse as a result of the GILTI
provision.
3.4.10.2 GILTI Deferred Method — Overview
We believe that in a manner consistent with the mechanics of
the GILTI computation, GILTI DTAs and DTLs should generally be computed on a
U.S.-shareholder-by-U.S.-shareholder basis if the GILTI deferred method is
elected. Further, when multiple U.S. shareholders are includable in a U.S.
consolidated income tax return, the aggregation rules applicable to such
consolidated tax filings should be considered. Multiple CFCs within the same
U.S. consolidated tax return group would be analyzed in the aggregate. If a
U.S. shareholder has a mixture of profitable and unprofitable CFCs that, in
the aggregate, are not profitable to the extent that future GILTI inclusions
are not expected at the U.S. shareholder level, no GILTI DTAs and DTLs would
be recorded. Conversely, if a U.S. shareholder has a mixture of profitable
and unprofitable CFCs that, in the aggregate, are profitable to the extent
that future GILTI inclusions are expected, that U.S. shareholder should
measure GILTI DTAs and DTLs as discussed below.
3.4.10.3 GILTI Deferred Method — Measurement of Deferred Taxes
In determining the amount of U.S.-investor-level deferred
taxes necessary for foreign investments under this model, companies should
“look through” the outside basis of the CFC to determine how the book/U.S.
tax inside basis differences will reverse and how such reversals will affect
future GILTI inclusions and the outside basis difference.
Unlike other situations involving outside basis differences
in foreign subsidiaries, this “look through” approach (see Section 3.4.15) would
be employed even if no overall outside basis difference in the CFC exists,
or if only an overall deductible outside basis difference in the CFC exists.
In addition, in assessing the GILTI impact of the CFC’s
underlying assets and liabilities, a company would, in a fashion similar to
branch accounting, recognize U.S. DTAs or DTLs to account for the U.S.
income tax effects of the future reversal of any in-country DTAs and DTLs
(also referred to as “anticipatory foreign tax credit/deduction” or
“anticipatory” DTAs and DTLs). When determining the amount of a U.S.
anticipatory DTA or DTL, an entity must carefully consider all applicable
provisions in the tax law, since the amount of the incremental foreign taxes
that will be creditable and realizable, or forgone, because of the future
reversal of the local in-country DTAs and DTLs may be difficult to assess
and subject to limitations (e.g., an 80 percent limitation, limitations as a
result of expense allocations, and a limitation on utilization as a result
of the absence of a carryforward or carryback period, as well as tax rate
differences). For example, a local-country DTL that will reverse in the same
year(s) in which a GILTI inclusion is expected may be creditable against the
U.S. tax in that year, subject to the 80 percent limitation. In addition,
U.S. DTAs that reverse in the same year as the local in-country deferred
might further limit the FTC. Future FTCs directly related to future book
income and future expense allocation limitations directly related to future
book expense generally should not be included in the measurement of the
anticipatory DTA or DTL until such income or expense, or both, are
recognized (i.e., such FTCs and expense allocation limitations should be
limited to those directly tied to existing temporary differences). See also
Section
3.3.6.3.1, which discusses the measurement of anticipatory
DTAs and DTLs.
While many “branch-like” principles are employed in the
look-through model described above, unlike a branch, a CFC that will have substantially all of its income
taxable in the United States as a result of a GILTI inclusion may
still have a residual outside basis difference that is not related to the
CFC’s underlying assets or liabilities (i.e., inside/outside tax basis
disparities). An entity should then analyze that residual outside basis
difference to determine whether it would result in a taxable or deductible
amount when the investment is recovered and whether an ASC 740 outside basis
exception (i.e., ASC 740-30-25-18(a) or ASC 740-30-25-9) applies. For more
information about accounting for foreign branch operations, see Section 3.3.6.3.
In summary, recorded GILTI DTAs and DTLs under the
look-through model will consist of the following three items:
- DTAs and DTLs related to inside book/U.S. tax basis differences that will affect future GILTI inclusions, identified by “looking through” the CFC’s outside basis to the CFC’s underlying assets and liabilities.
- DTAs and DTLs related to the U.S. tax consequences of settling the CFC’s in-country DTAs or DTLs (i.e., anticipatory DTAs and DTLs).
- Any DTA or DTL related to a residual outside basis temporary difference for which an exception has not been applied.
There have been a number of discussions with the FASB and
SEC staffs about the more significant aspects of the guidance on measuring
GILTI-related deferred taxes. Accordingly, while other acceptable accounting
approaches may exist, entities that plan to apply methods that are
inconsistent with those discussed herein are strongly encouraged to consult
with their income tax accounting advisers.
3.4.10.4 GILTI Deferred Method — Other Considerations
3.4.10.4.1 Net Deemed Tangible Income Return
Given that the CFC’s routine return is excluded from the
GILTI inclusion, we believe that there is more than one acceptable
approach to accounting for the routine return in the measurement of
GILTI DTAs and DTLs, including the following:
- Special deduction — The routine return could be treated akin to a special deduction, with the benefit recognized when the GILTI inclusion is reduced by the routine return. Under this approach, the routine return is viewed as dependent on future events, including future investments in QBAI and interest expense deductions, and it therefore would not be factored into the tax rate expected to apply to the temporary differences.
- Graduated tax rate — Under this approach, the amount of taxable income equal to the routine return would be considered income taxed at a zero rate. Accordingly, if the routine return represents a significant factor, companies would measure GILTI DTAs and DTLs by using the average graduated tax rate applicable to the amount of estimated annual taxable income in the periods in which the aforementioned deferred taxes are estimated to be settled or realized. Companies will need to use judgment in determining the periods in which GILTI DTAs and DTLs will reverse and the estimated annual taxable income in each of those periods. See Section 3.3.4.1.
Other models may also be acceptable in certain
situations (e.g., a portion of the book/U.S. tax basis difference that
will reverse and represent a routine return might not be considered a
taxable temporary difference for which a deferred tax would be recorded
in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-30).
The approach an entity selects would be an accounting
policy election that must be applied consistently.
3.4.10.4.2 IRC Section 250 Deduction (the “GILTI Deduction”)
The GILTI deduction is intended to lower the GILTI
income inclusion (with the intent of lowering the ETR on the included
income) and, in many cases, will immediately apply when a company has a
GILTI inclusion. Accordingly, we believe that if a company generally
expects to be able to apply the full GILTI deduction in the period in
which the GILTI DTAs and DTLs reverse, it should consider the deduction
in the measurement of the GILTI DTAs and DTLs in accordance with ASC
740-10-55-24 (see guidance in Appendix A). As noted above,
however, the GILTI deduction is “up to,” rather than “guaranteed” to be,
50 percent7 and could be reduced by the taxable income limitation, which is
applied in combination with the FDII deduction. An entity should
carefully consider this limitation when factoring the GILTI deduction
into the measurement of U.S. GILTI DTAs and DTLs. For example, when the
taxable income limitation and expense allocation limitations are
expected to apply and be significant (e.g., in situations in which the
U.S. operations generate significant losses or an entity expects to
forgo the GILTI deduction because it expects to use existing NOL
carryforwards), entities may conclude that factoring the GILTI deduction
into the rate is not appropriate. See additional discussion in Section 5.7.2.
3.4.11 Deemed Repatriation Transition Tax (IRC Section 965)
Under the 2017 Act, a U.S. shareholder of a specified foreign
corporation (SFC)8 was required to include in gross income, at the end of the SFC’s last tax
year beginning before January 1, 2018, the U.S. shareholder’s pro rata share of
certain of the SFC’s undistributed and previously untaxed post-1986 foreign
E&P. The inclusion generally was reduced by foreign E&P deficits that
were properly allocable to the U.S. shareholder. In addition, the mandatory
inclusion was reduced by the pro rata share of deficits of another U.S.
shareholder that is a member of the same affiliated group. A foreign
corporation’s E&P were taken into account only to the extent that they were
accumulated during periods in which the corporation was an SFC (referred to
below as a “foreign subsidiary”). The amount of E&P taken into account was
the greater of the amount determined as of November 2, 2017, or December 31,
2017, unreduced by dividends (other than dividends to other SFCs) during the
SFC’s last taxable year beginning before January 1, 2018.
The U.S. shareholder’s income inclusion was offset by a
deduction designed to generally result in an effective U.S. federal income tax
rate of either 15.5 percent or 8 percent. The 15.5 percent rate applied to the
extent that the SFCs held cash and certain other assets (the U.S. shareholder’s
“aggregate foreign cash position”), and the 8 percent rate applied to the extent
that the income inclusion exceeded the aggregate foreign cash position.
The 2017 Act permits a U.S. shareholder to elect to pay the net
tax liability9 interest free over a period of up to eight years.
3.4.11.1 Classification of the Transition Tax Liability
The transition liability should be recorded as a
current/noncurrent income tax payable. ASC 210 provides general guidance on
the classification of accounts in statements of financial position. An
entity should classify as a current liability only those cash transition tax
payments that management expects to make within the next 12 months. The
installments that the entity expects to settle beyond the next 12 months
should be classified as a noncurrent income tax payable.
3.4.11.2 Measurement of the Transition Tax Obligation — Discounting
Although ASC 740-10-30-8 clearly prohibits discounting of
DTAs and DTLs, it does not address income tax liabilities payable over an
extended period. In January 2018, the FASB staff issued a Q&A document in which it stated
that the deemed repatriation transition tax liability should not be
discounted. The staff indicated that “paragraph 740-10-30-8 prohibits the
discounting of deferred tax amounts. Due to the unique nature of the tax on
the deemed repatriation of foreign earnings, the staff believes that the
guidance in paragraph 740-10-30-8 should be applied by analogy to the
payable recognized for this tax.” The staff also noted that:
- ASC 835-30 applies to the accounting for business transactions conducted at arm’s length and the interest rate “should represent fair and adequate compensation to the supplier.”
- “[T]he transition tax liability is not the result of a bargained” arm’s length transaction.
- The scope exception in ASC 835-30-15-3(e) that indicates that ASC 835-30 does not apply to “transactions where interest rates are affected by tax attributes or legal restrictions prescribed by a governmental agency (such as, income tax settlements)” would apply to the transition tax obligation.
- Because the amount of the deemed repatriation transition tax is inherently subject to uncertain tax positions, measurement of the ultimate amount to be paid is potentially subject to future adjustment. Since uncertain tax positions are not discounted, it would not be appropriate to discount the transition tax liability “when the uncertain tax position is undiscounted.”
3.4.12 “Unborn” FTCs — Before the 2017 Act
When a U.S. company has concluded that the earnings of one or
more of its foreign subsidiaries will not be indefinitely reinvested, the U.S.
parent must recognize a DTL related to the portion of the outside basis
difference for which reversal is foreseeable. Under U.S. federal tax law, when
the U.S. parent receives a dividend from a foreign subsidiary, the parent is
permitted to treat itself as having paid the foreign taxes that were paid by the
foreign subsidiary. The parent does this by grossing up the taxable amount of
the dividend by an amount equal to the related taxes. An FTC is allowed in an
amount equal to this gross-up; such a credit is commonly referred to as a
“deemed paid” credit. In certain circumstances, a deemed-paid FTC may exceed the
U.S. taxes on the grossed-up dividend and, when the dividend is actually paid,
such an excess FTC (commonly referred to as a “hyped credit”) will be available
to offset U.S. taxes otherwise payable on unrelated foreign source income in the
year of the dividend (or to offset U.S. taxes on foreign source income in prior
or subsequent tax years by carryback or carryforward of the excess FTCs).
Alternatively, instead of claiming an FTC, the U.S. parent can choose to deduct
the foreign taxes by not grossing up the taxable amount of the dividend on its
U.S. federal tax return.
A DTA should not be recognized for the anticipated excess FTCs
that will arise in a future year when the foreign subsidiary pays the dividend.
The anticipated excess FTC that will arise in a future period when the dividend
is paid is considered to be “unborn.” The example below illustrates the
circumstances that can lead to an unborn FTC.
Example 3-27
Terms Used
- FC — Functional currency (in this example, the local currency is the functional currency).
- E&P — Earnings and profits (similar to retained earnings but generally measured by using a tax concept of profit).
- Tax pool — The cumulative taxes paid in connection with the E&P. The pool is (1) measured in U.S. dollars (USDs) by translating the amount payable each year at the average exchange rate for the year and (2) reduced by the amounts lifted (i.e., considered to be “born”) with prior dividends.
When Sub A distributes 100 FC in a
future period, the U.S. parent will receive $110 (based
on the reporting-date exchange rate). If the U.S. parent
deducted foreign taxes in the year of the distribution,
it would simply report the $110 as taxable income and
determine the related tax liability — that is, it would
not separately claim a deduction for deemed-paid foreign
taxes. However, in this example, the U.S. parent has
determined that it will claim an FTC for the foreign
taxes paid by Sub A. Under U.S. tax law, the dividend
received will be grossed up for the taxes paid by Sub A
in connection with its earnings. In this example, Sub A
has cumulative E&P of 400 LC. Because it is
distributing 100 LC, it is distributing 25 percent of
its total E&P. Therefore, 25 percent of the
cumulative tax pool is treated as associated with the
100 LC being distributed. To be entitled to claim the
$250 as an FTC, the U.S. parent must gross up the $110
received for the related taxes (25 percent of the tax
pool of $1,000, or $250). As noted in Section
3.4.10, such gross-ups are required by
IRC Section 78 and are often referred to as “IRC Section
78 gross-ups” for this reason. Since the U.S. parent is
now paying tax on an amount that corresponds to Sub A’s
pretax income that is being distributed, the U.S. parent
is entitled to claim the IRC Section 78 gross-up amount
as an FTC. In this example, the resulting $250 of FTC is
greater than the U.S. tax on Sub A’s pretax income of
$126. The excess amount is an unborn hyped FTC related
to Sub A. The U.S. parent did not actually pay the $250
of foreign taxes but is deemed to have paid those taxes,
and the first moment it is deemed to have paid those
taxes is when the dividend is received from Sub A.
ASC 740-10-55-24 states, in part, that the “[c]omputation of a
deferred tax liability for undistributed earnings based on dividends should also
reflect any related dividends received deductions or foreign tax credits, and
taxes that would be withheld from the dividend.” Thus, it requires a U.S. parent
to consider available FTCs when determining the DTL related to a distribution of
unremitted earnings from a foreign subsidiary.
We do not believe that in Example 3-27 a DTA should be established
for the $124 of unborn FTC, since the unborn FTC does not meet the definition of
a DTA. ASC 740-10-20 defines deferred tax asset as the “deferred tax
consequences attributable to deductible temporary differences and
carryforwards.”
Further, ASC 740-10-20 defines carryforwards, in part, as
follows:
Deductions or credits that cannot be utilized on
the tax return during a year that may be carried forward to reduce taxable
income or taxes payable in a future year. An operating loss carryforward is
an excess of tax deductions over gross income in a year; a tax credit
carryforward is the amount by which tax credits available for utilization
exceed statutory limitations.
The unborn FTC cannot be recognized as a DTA related to a
carryforward since such an amount is not a tax credit “available for
utilization” on a tax return that is carried forward for use on subsequent tax
returns because it exceeds statutory limitations. In other words, for an FTC to
be recognized as a “carryforward” DTA, the tax return must first show FTCs as
being carried forward. The $124 in this example has the potential to become a
carryforward if it is not fully used in the year in which Sub A pays the
dividend. However, as of the current reporting date, there is only a plan to
remit from Sub A in the foreseeable future (it is therefore necessary to measure
the DTL related to the taxable temporary difference in Sub A). Until the period
that includes the remittance causing the excess FTC to be born, no DTA should be
recognized, but the DTL related to the investment in Sub A could be reduced to
zero after taking the expected FTC into consideration.
Connecting the Dots
Since enactment of the 2017 Act, the relevance of unborn
FTCs has greatly diminished because almost all of the foreign earnings
are taxed in the United States in the period in which they are earned in
the form of Subpart F, GILTI, or branch income. Therefore, FTCs are
available to the U.S. parent in the same period in which the income is
earned.
3.4.12A Foreign Exchange Gain (or Loss) on Distributions From a Foreign Subsidiary When There Is No Overall Taxable (or Deductible) Outside Basis Difference
Before the issuance of FASB Statement 109, APB Opinion 23 provided guidance on the establishment of a liability for unremitted foreign earnings. That guidance stated that such earnings were presumed to be repatriated, and a liability should be recorded for the tax consequences of the remittance, unless a company could demonstrate specific plans for reinvestment. As a result of the adoption of the balance sheet approach in Statement 109, the concept of a liability for unremitted earnings evolved into the recognition of a DTL for an outside basis difference in a company’s investment in a foreign subsidiary. This is because unremitted earnings typically resulted in an increase in the book basis of the investment and no corresponding increase in its tax basis. Further, it was generally presumed under this approach that no income tax related to earnings of a foreign corporate subsidiary would be incurred in the parent’s tax jurisdiction until a repatriation occurred. The concepts in APB Opinion 23 and Statement 109 were codified in ASC
740-30-25-18(a), which states that an entity should recognize a DTL for an
“excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an
investment in a foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint venture that is
essentially permanent in duration” if the temporary difference will reverse in
the foreseeable future. In this context, it is still presumed that the
unremitted earnings in a foreign subsidiary or foreign corporate joint venture
will be distributed to its parent and that the outside basis temporary
difference will reverse unless the indefinite reversal criteria of ASC
740-30-25-17 are met.
However, the 2017 Act greatly increased the likelihood that a foreign subsidiary
may have positive cumulative unremitted foreign earnings even though the book
basis of the parent’s investment in the foreign subsidiary may not be greater
than its tax basis (e.g., the U.S. parent’s tax basis in the foreign subsidiary
may have increased as a result of taxable income inclusions related to the
transition tax under IRC Section 965 or GILTI). Sometimes, a distribution of the
unremitted earnings may even result in a reduction in the book basis of the
parent’s investment in the foreign subsidiary that exceeds the reduction in the
tax basis (i.e., the distribution could create or increase a deductible
temporary difference rather than result in the reversal of a taxable outside
basis difference) even though the distribution results in taxable income (i.e.,
for the currency gain) in the parent’s jurisdiction.
For example, the U.S. taxable income or loss of a U.S. parent as a result of the
remittance of earnings by a foreign corporate subsidiary is now typically
limited to any foreign currency gain or loss calculated for tax purposes. Such
amounts, however, would already have increased or decreased the book basis but
generally would not have affected the tax basis before distribution.
In these situations, a questions may arise about whether a U.S.
parent should record a DTL when (1) there is no overall outside basis difference
on its investment in a foreign subsidiary or the overall outside basis
difference is deductible, (2) the U.S parent intends to repatriate the foreign
subsidiary’s earnings, and (3) the entity expects that there will be a foreign
exchange gain in the parent’s jurisdiction upon distribution.
We believe that there are two acceptable approaches:
-
View A — A DTL should not be recognized when no overall outside basis taxable temporary difference exists as of the reporting date (i.e., the financial reporting basis does not exceed the tax basis) even if the entity would incur an income tax liability if the unremitted earnings were repatriated. This is because the recovery of the entire financial reporting carrying amount of the investment would result in either (1) no taxable gain (when there is no outside basis difference) or (2) a loss (when the basis difference is deductible) for tax purposes.
-
View B — If, in a prior period, a company has undistributed earnings that have been recognized in the financial statements that would trigger an investor-level tax upon distribution, and the company is not asserting that such earnings are indefinitely reinvested, the investor would disaggregate the outside basis difference into multiple components, such as (1) a temporary difference related to unremitted earnings, (2) a temporary difference related to financial statement gain or loss reported in OCI related to the unremitted earnings, and (3) other temporary differences that will not reverse as a result of a distribution of unremitted earnings (e.g., cumulative translation adjustment [CTA] reported in OCI related to the foreign subsidiary’s capital accounts or residual outside basis differences).10 The recognition of a DTL in this instance would be acceptable, irrespective of the overall outside basis difference in the investment in the subsidiary (i.e., disaggregation would be acceptable). This approach is consistent with the accounting discussed in Section 3.4.11.2 for the transition tax obligation and the guidance in ASC 740-30-25-19, which states, in part:If . . . it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed earnings of a subsidiary will be remitted in the foreseeable future but income taxes have not been recognized by the parent entity, it shall accrue as an expense of the current period income taxes attributable to that remittance.
Generally, the same two views would also apply to the reverse
scenario (i.e., there is no overall outside basis difference in a foreign
subsidiary or the overall outside basis difference is taxable, the entity
intends to remit the foreign earnings, and the entity expects that there will be
a tax benefit associated with a foreign exchange loss in the parent’s
jurisdiction upon distribution). However, additional considerations are
necessary when a DTA (as opposed to a DTL) is recorded because of the
requirements in ASC 740-30-25-9, which only allow for the recording of a
deferred tax asset related to a temporary difference in an investment that is
expected to reverse in the “foreseeable future.” We believe that a reporting
entity that meets this criterion may record a DTA even when no overall
deductible outside basis difference exists if it has definitive plans to
repatriate earnings in the foreseeable future. For additional details regarding
how to interpret the “foreseeable future” criteria related to recording a DTA,
see Section 3.4.1.2.
The application of either view described above would be considered an accounting
policy that should be consistently applied.
Example 3-28
Entity X, a U.S. entity, has a wholly owned subsidiary,
Entity Y, located in foreign jurisdiction Z. As of
December 31, 20X9, Y has the following balances and
outside basis difference, and it anticipates a
distribution of its accumulated unremitted earnings to X
in the foreseeable future:
Under View A described above, X would not record a DTL related
to its investment in Y, notwithstanding the fact that it will incur a tax
liability related to a financial statement gain of 5 USD on the planned 200 FC
remittance, since X has an overall deductible outside basis difference in Y.
Further, under the exception in ASC 740-30-25-9, X would not recognize a DTA for
its overall deductible temporary difference in Y unless it becomes apparent that
the deductible temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.
Under this approach, a current-year tax expense will result from the
distribution in the year it is made (without an offset by any reversal of
deferred tax). Such expense can be viewed as attributable to X’s inability to
record a DTA on the incremental 5 USD deductible outside basis difference (i.e.,
that increase in the deductible temporary difference is subject to the exception
under ASC 740-30-25-9) rather than to the lack of establishing a DTL in a prior
period.
Under View B, X would record a DTL for the future tax effects of the financial
statement gain of 5 USD that would be triggered upon the distribution of 200 FC.
The remaining deductible temporary difference that is a component of the overall
deductible outside basis difference would be recorded when it becomes apparent
that the deductible temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future,
in a manner consistent with ASC 740-30-25-9.
See Section 3.4.11.2 for a discussion of the measurement of the
transition tax obligation in periods before its inclusion in the tax return.
3.4.13 Withholding Taxes Imposed on Distributions From Disregarded Entities and Foreign Subsidiaries
Multinational companies generally operate globally through
entities organized under the laws of the respective foreign jurisdiction that
govern the formation of legally recognized entities. These foreign entities
might be considered partnerships or corporations under local law; however,
sometimes no legal entity exists, and the assets and liabilities are simply
viewed as an extension of the parent entity doing business in the jurisdiction
(i.e., a “true branch” or “division”).
In the case of a legal entity, under U.S. Treasury Regulation
Sec. 301.7701-3 (the check-the-box regulations), certain eligible foreign
entities may elect to be disregarded as entities separate from their parents
(hereafter referred to as foreign disregarded entities). As a result of the
check-the-box election, the earnings of a foreign disregarded entity that is
owned directly by a U.S. entity will, like those of a branch, be taxable in the
United States as earned.
In many foreign jurisdictions, a resident corporation must pay a
withholding tax upon a distribution of earnings to its nonresident
shareholder(s). Since disregarded entities are often corporations under local
law, the applicability of withholding tax on distributions will generally depend
on whether the entity is regarded or disregarded for U.S. tax purposes. Although
the distributing entity remits the withholding tax to the local tax authority
(reducing the amount received by the parent), under the local tax statutes, the
tax is generally assessed on the recipient of the distribution.
In the case of a foreign disregarded entity, no outside basis
exists (from the perspective of U.S. tax law) because the foreign entity is
viewed as a division of the parent as a result of the U.S. check-the-box
election. In the case of a foreign regarded entity, its parent might still have
no taxable temporary difference in its investment in the foreign entity because
(1) all the unremitted earnings have already been taxed in the parent’s tax
jurisdiction (e.g., 100 percent of the unremitted earnings of a foreign
subsidiary were taxable to its U.S. parent as Subpart F income or GILTI in such
a way that the financial reporting carrying amount and the tax basis are equal)
or (2) CTA losses have reduced the financial reporting carrying value without a
corresponding reduction in its tax basis.
Even when no taxable temporary difference exists (either in the
assets of a disregarded entity or in the shares of a regarded entity), the
foreign entity may have earnings that could be distributed to its parent, at
which time withholding taxes would be imposed by the local tax authority.
We believe that there are two acceptable views on determining
whether a parent should recognize a DTL for withholding taxes that are within
the scope of ASC 740 and that would be imposed by the local tax authority on a
distribution from a disregarded entity or foreign subsidiary: (1) the parent
jurisdiction view and (2) the foreign jurisdiction view.
3.4.13.1 View 1 — Parent Jurisdiction Perspective
ASC 740-10-25-2 states, in part:
Other
than the exceptions identified in the following paragraph, the following
basic requirements are applied in accounting for income taxes at the
date of the financial statements: . . .
b. A deferred tax liability or asset shall
be recognized for the estimated future tax effects
attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards.
[Emphasis added]
Further, ASC 740-10-55-24 states:
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured using enacted tax
rates applicable to capital gains, ordinary income, and so forth, based
on the expected type of taxable or deductible amounts in future years.
For example, evidence based on all facts and circumstances should
determine whether an investor’s liability for the tax consequences of
temporary differences related to its equity in the earnings of an
investee should be measured using enacted tax rates applicable to a
capital gain or a dividend. Computation of a
deferred tax liability for undistributed earnings based on dividends
should also reflect any related dividends received deductions or
foreign tax credits, and taxes that would be withheld from the
dividend. [Emphasis added]
Under the parent jurisdiction view, a parent would apply ASC
740-10-55-24 by considering the withholding tax as a tax that the parent
would incur upon the reversal of a U.S. jurisdiction taxable temporary
difference that is attributable to unremitted earnings.
In the case of a disregarded entity, since (1) no outside
basis difference exists (because the foreign entity is viewed as a division
of the parent as a result of the U.S. check-the-box election) and (2) the
earnings of the foreign disregarded entity are taxed in the parent’s
jurisdiction as they are generated, there is generally no taxable temporary
difference related to the net assets of the disregarded entity (i.e., the
net assets that arose on account of unremitted earnings have a tax basis
since the income of the disregarded entity was recognized for U.S. tax
purposes as earned). In the absence of a U.S. taxable temporary difference
for which a DTL can be recognized, a DTL cannot be recognized for the future
withholding tax. Under this view, the withholding tax would be recognized in
the period in which the actual withholding tax arises (as a current tax
expense).
Similarly, a regarded foreign subsidiary would be unable to
recognize a DTL when (1) all of its unremitted earnings have already been
taxed by the United States (e.g., 100 percent of the unremitted earnings
were taxable as Subpart F income or GILTI in such a way that the financial
reporting carrying amount and the tax basis are equal) or (2) CTA losses
have reduced the financial reporting carrying value without a corresponding
reduction in its tax basis. Without a U.S. taxable temporary difference, the
requirement under ASC 740-10-55-24 for an entity to consider withholding
taxes (when recording a DTL for a basis difference related to unremitted
earnings expected to be reduced by remittances) would appear not to be
applicable.
However, if an outside basis difference does exist in the
parent’s investment in the foreign subsidiary, the parent would apply ASC
740-10-55-24 when measuring the DTL to be recognized (i.e., it would include
a DTL for the withholding tax).
3.4.13.2 View 2 — Foreign Jurisdiction Perspective
ASC 740-10-30-5 states, in part:
Deferred taxes shall be determined separately for each tax-paying
component (an individual entity or group of entities that is
consolidated for tax purposes) in each tax jurisdiction.
Accordingly, from the perspective of the local jurisdiction
(i.e., the disregarded entity or subsidiary), two separate and distinct
taxpayers exist: (1) the distributing entity (which is generally viewed as a
taxable legal entity in the local jurisdiction) and (2) the parent. Under
the foreign jurisdiction view, the local jurisdiction taxes the distributing
entity on its earnings as they occur, and it taxes the parent entity only
when those “already net of tax” earnings are distributed. An entity that
applies this view evaluates each jurisdiction and considers the perspective
of the jurisdiction that is actually taxing the
recipient (i.e., the local jurisdiction imposing the withholding tax) when
determining whether the parent has a taxable temporary difference. From the
perspective of the local jurisdiction, the parent has a financial reporting
carrying amount in its investment in the distributing entity that is greater
than its local tax basis (i.e., from the perspective of the local
jurisdiction, the entities have a “parent-corporate subsidiary” relationship
since the election to disregard the entity is applicable only in the
parent’s jurisdiction and is not relevant in the local jurisdiction).
Therefore, from a local jurisdiction perspective, an “outside” taxable
temporary difference equal to the amount of such unremitted earnings that
would be subject to withholding tax exists and, in accordance with ASC
740-10-55-24, the measurement of the DTL should reflect withholding taxes to
be incurred when that taxable temporary difference reverses.
Under this view, even in the case of a disregarded entity,
the indefinite reversal criteria would be considered and, if the reversal of
the taxable temporary difference is not foreseeable, no deferred taxes
should be recognized.
3.4.13.3 Determining the Income Tax Effects of Distributions of Previously Taxed Earnings and Profits in a Single-Tier or Multi-Tier Legal Entity Structure
In some cases, a remittance of foreign earnings to the
parent may trigger tax consequences in multiple jurisdictions. For example,
a U.S. parent may have an investment in a foreign subsidiary that has
unremitted earnings that, upon remittance, may give rise to a withholding
tax in the foreign jurisdiction (a DTL) and an FTC or deduction for the
withholding taxes in the U.S. parent’s federal jurisdiction (a DTA). In
addition, a consolidated group may have a multi-tiered structure that
includes intermediate legal entities or “HoldCos” in between a parent and
its foreign subsidiaries.
In these instances, questions generally arise about how to
measure the deferred taxes related to a distribution. We believe that if a
company’s policy prohibits disaggregation of the U.S. parent’s outside basis
in the investee into multiple components to book a DTA or DTL (see Section 3.4.12A), two different approaches
can be used to measure (1) the withholding tax liability at the foreign
subsidiary level and (2) the corresponding foreign tax deduction or credit
at the U.S. parent level.
One approach is to consider the various tax consequences of
a distribution, regardless of jurisdiction. This view is consistent with the
guidance in ASC 740-10-55-24, which states, in part, that the “[c]omputation
of a deferred tax liability for undistributed earnings . . . should also
reflect any related dividends received[,] deductions or foreign tax credits,
and taxes that would be withheld from the [distribution].” Under this
approach, an entity aggregates all tax consequences of the distribution,
regardless of the jurisdiction in which they are recognized, when assessing
whether there is an overall DTA or DTL with respect to the U.S. parent’s
outside basis difference (i.e., whether there is an overall net DTL to
record). In situations in which the U.S. parent has a taxable outside basis
difference with respect to its investment in the foreign subsidiary, and
there is an overall DTL, the tax impact would be recorded (for single-tier
entities).11 While there would be an added level of complexity for multi-tier
entities, we believe that this view would still be acceptable if the U.S.
parent can represent that such earnings will move all the way “up the chain”
(i.e., from the second-tier subsidiary, to the HoldCos in between, to the
U.S. parent) in the same period so that the U.S. parent cannot be left with
a “naked” DTA (e.g., a DTA for an unborn FTC) related to an overall taxable
outside basis temporary difference in its investment in HoldCo as of the end
of the year.
A second approach would be to consider the tax consequences
of the distribution on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Under this
approach, a foreign tax deduction or credit would not be considered as part
of the measurement of the withholding tax liability because they exist in
different jurisdictions. Rather, in the case of withholding tax obligations
at a second-tier or lower foreign subsidiary jurisdiction, a foreign tax
deduction or credit could only be recorded if the U.S. parent, in fact, had
a deductible temporary difference in its investments in the first-tier
foreign subsidiary12 or, in the case of a withholding tax obligation at a first-tier
foreign subsidiary jurisdiction, if the foreign tax deduction or credit is a
direct consequence of the withholding tax liability itself (e.g., the
“state/federal” effect in a single-tier entity).
3.4.14 Withholding Taxes — Foreign Currency Considerations
While foreign withholding taxes are generally considered a
liability of the investor rather than the investee (i.e., are attributable to
the investor’s outside basis difference), such taxes will ultimately be payable
to the foreign government in local currency and, provided that the investor’s
functional currency is different from the investee’s local currency, represent
foreign-currency-denominated liabilities of the investor.
When the investor is a U.S. entity, the amount of a
non-USD-denominated, foreign withholding tax liability will change as a result
of fluctuations in the corresponding exchange rate between the U.S. parent
(i.e., the USD) and the applicable local currency of the first-tier foreign
subsidiary. Because the U.S. parent is the primary obligor, such a liability is
not recorded by the first-tier foreign subsidiary and is therefore not subject
to translation. Accordingly, the impact of fluctuations between the reporting
currency of the U.S. parent and the functional currency of the first-tier
foreign subsidiary should be recorded through continuing operations of the U.S.
parent as the related liability is remeasured in each reporting period in
accordance with ASC 830-20.
Questions have arisen related to how a first-tier foreign
subsidiary (or foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in
duration) should account for fluctuations in the value of a foreign withholding
tax liability related to earnings of a second-tier foreign subsidiary (or
foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration) (the
“second-tier foreign subsidiary”) that are not indefinitely reinvested when the
first-tier foreign subsidiary has the same local and functional currency as that
of the second-tier foreign subsidiary, which is not the reporting currency.
Because the withholding tax liability is denominated in the same
currency as the first-tier foreign subsidiary’s functional currency, the amount
of the withholding tax liability on the functional currency books of the
first-tier foreign subsidiary will not change as a result of exchange rate
fluctuations. Accordingly, the related liability would not be remeasured in each
reporting period, and the first-tier foreign subsidiary would not record
transaction gain or loss in accordance with ASC 830-20. However, because the
first-tier foreign subsidiary is the primary obligor, such a liability is
recorded by the first-tier foreign subsidiary and is therefore subject to
translation. Accordingly, the impact of fluctuations between the reporting
currency of the U.S. parent and the functional currency of the first-tier
foreign subsidiary should be recorded as a CTA through other comprehensive
income (OCI).
If the first-tier foreign subsidiary has a functional currency
that is different from (1) the local currency of the second-tier foreign
subsidiary or (2) the reporting currency, the reporting entity needs to account
for the fluctuations in the value of a foreign withholding tax liability related
to the earnings of a second-tier foreign subsidiary. The amount of a foreign
withholding tax liability denominated in the local currency of the second-tier
foreign subsidiary will change as a result of fluctuations in the corresponding
exchange rate between the applicable local currencies of the first-tier foreign
subsidiary and the second-tier foreign subsidiary. Accordingly, the impact of
fluctuations between the functional currencies of the first-tier foreign
subsidiary and the second-tier foreign subsidiary should be recorded through
continuing operations of the first-tier foreign subsidiary as the related
liability is remeasured in each reporting period in accordance with ASC 830-20.
In addition, because the first-tier foreign subsidiary is the primary obligor,
such a liability is recorded by the first-tier foreign subsidiary and is
therefore subject to translation. Accordingly, the impact of fluctuations
between the reporting currency of the parent and the functional currency of the
first-tier foreign subsidiary should be recorded as a CTA through OCI.
3.4.15 Tax Consequences of Investments in Pass-Through or Flow-Through Entities
Generally, “pass-through” or “flow-through” entities (e.g.,
partnerships and LLCs that have not elected to be taxed as corporations) are not
taxable. Rather, the earnings of such entities pass through or flow through to
the entities’ owners and are therefore reported by the owners in accordance with
the governing tax laws and regulations. See ASC 740-10-55-226 through 55-228 for
examples illustrating when income taxes are attributed to a pass-through entity
or its owners.
Further, while ASC 740 does provide for certain exceptions to
the recognition of deferred taxes for basis differences related to investments
in certain subsidiaries, those exceptions historically have not been applied to
pass-through or flow-through entities since those types of entities were not
subsidiaries as defined before the issuance of ASU 2010-08. Rather, at the time FASB Statement 109 (codified in ASC 740) was issued, APB Opinion 18 (codified in ASC
323) defined a subsidiary as “a corporation which is controlled, directly or
indirectly, by another corporation.”
An investor in a pass-through or flow-through entity should
determine the deferred tax consequences of its investment. Because pass-through
or flow-through entities are not subject to tax, an investor should not
recognize deferred taxes on the book and tax basis differences associated with
the underlying assets and liabilities of the entity (i.e., “inside basis
differences”) regardless of how the investor accounts for its interest in the
entity (e.g., consolidation, equity method, or cost method13). Rather, because any taxable income or tax losses resulting from the
recovery of the financial reporting carrying amount of the investment will be
recognized and reported by the investor, the investor’s temporary difference
should be determined by reference to the investor’s tax basis in the investment
itself.
Often, this outside basis difference will fully reverse as the
underlying assets and liabilities are recovered and settled, respectively.
However, differences can exist between the investor’s share of inside tax basis
and the investor’s outside tax basis in the investment, leading to a temporary
difference that will generally not reverse as a result of the operations of the
entity (a “residual” temporary difference). Nonetheless, because that residual
temporary difference will still ultimately be recognized as additional taxable
income or loss upon the dissolution of the partnership (if the dissolution is
taxable) or will be attached to the assets distributed in liquidation of the
investor’s interest (if the dissolution is nontaxable), the recognition of
deferred taxes related to an investment in a pass-through or flow-through entity
should always take into account (and reconcile back to) the entirety of the
outside basis difference.
Two acceptable approaches have developed in practice for measuring the DTA or DTL to be recognized for an
outside basis difference related to an investor’s investment in a consolidated pass-through or flow-through entity: (1)
the outside basis approach and (2) the look-through approach.
Under the outside basis approach, measurement of the DTA or DTL
is based on the entirety of the investor’s outside basis difference in the
pass-through or flow-through entity investment without regard to any of the
underlying assets or liabilities. While it is easy to perform this computation,
application of the outside basis approach can result in certain additional
practice issues. For example, an outside basis difference would generally be
considered capital in character under a “pure” outside basis approach because
such an approach assumes that (1) the investment will be recovered when it is
disposed of in its entirety and (2) the interest in a pass-through or
flow-through entity is capital in nature. However, as discussed above, the
recovery and settlement of the pass-through or flow-through entity’s individual
assets and liabilities through normal operations of the entity will result in
(1) reversal of the temporary difference before the investor disposes of the
investment, (2) the pass-through of income or loss to the owner that is ordinary
rather than capital in character, or (3) both. Among other things, the assumed
timing of reversal and the character of the resulting income or loss may have an
effect on the investor’s conclusions about the tax rate to be applied to the
temporary difference and whether a valuation allowance against the investor’s
DTAs is needed. Accordingly, for the reasons noted above, even those investors
applying an outside basis approach for measurement should generally consider the
recovery and settlement of the pass-through or flow-through entity’s underlying
assets and liabilities, respectively, when assessing character and
scheduling.
Under the look-through approach, the investor would “look
through” and notionally match up its outside temporary difference with its share
of inside temporary differences for purposes of (1) applying ASC 740’s
exceptions to deferred tax accounting and (2) determining the character (capital
versus ordinary) and resulting reversal patterns used for assessing the
applicable tax rate or realizability of DTAs. Only the residual difference (if
any) would take its character and reversal pattern exclusively from the
investment itself. For example, under this approach, the portion of the
investor’s outside basis temporary difference that is notionally attributed to
“inside” nondeductible goodwill or the pass-through entity’s own investment in a
foreign corporate subsidiary (with unremitted earnings that are indefinitely
reinvested) would be identified and the applicable exception in ASC 740 would be
applied (i.e., no DTL would be recorded for that portion of the investor’s
outside basis temporary difference).
The look-through approach recognizes that because the
pass-through or flow-through entity is consolidated, (1) the assets and
liabilities of the pass-through or flow-through entity are actually being
reported by the investor in the investor’s financial statements and (2) the
investor is the actual taxpayer when the pass-through or flow-through entity’s
underlying assets and liabilities are recovered and settled, respectively.
Accordingly, measuring the outside basis difference
under the look-through approach results in the recognition of deferred taxes in
a manner consistent with the characteristics of the underlying assets and
liabilities that will be individually recovered and settled, respectively.
When the look-through approach is applied, however, any residual
difference between the total of the investor’s share of the pass-through or
flow-through entity’s inside tax basis and the investor’s outside tax basis
related to the investment would still need to be taken into account. As noted
above, while this component of the outside basis difference often would not
become taxable or deductible until sale or liquidation of the entity, a DTA or
DTL would generally be recorded because there is no available exception to
apply. In some instances, however, it may be appropriate to apply, by analogy,
the exception to recognizing a DTA in ASC 740-30-25-9. While it is more
difficult to perform computations under the look-through approach than under the
outside basis approach, application of the look-through approach can potentially
alleviate some of the aforementioned practice issues regarding character and
scheduling that result from applying the outside basis approach.
The approach selected to measure the deferred tax consequences
of an investment in a pass-through or flow-through entity would be considered an
accounting policy that should be consistently applied to all similar
investments. In addition, given the complexities associated with applying either
alternative, consultation with appropriate accounting advisers is encouraged in
these situations.
3.4.16 Accounting for the Tax Effects of Contributions to Pass-Through Entities in Control-to-Control Transactions
ASC 810-10-45-22 provides examples of transactions in which a
parent’s ownership in a subsidiary changes but the parent retains control of the
subsidiary. Specifically:
- A “parent purchases additional ownership interests in its subsidiary.”
- A “parent sells some of its ownership interests in its subsidiary.”
- A “subsidiary reacquires some of its ownership interests” held by a nonaffiliated entity.
- A “subsidiary issues additional ownership interests” to a nonaffiliated entity.
When the parent maintains control over the subsidiary, the
parent accounts for changes in its ownership interest as equity transactions.
See Section 12.4.1.
When there are subsequent contributions by either the
controlling interest or the noncontrolling interest to the pass-through entity,
recognition of a gain or loss in equity by the controlling shareholder will
typically create an additional basis difference that will need to be addressed
(i.e., the controlling interest’s basis for financial and income tax reporting
purposes may change by different amounts). Further, under the look-through
approach, additional complexities can arise because of the applicable income tax
regulations governing the allocation to partners of items of income, gain, loss,
or deduction for U.S. tax purposes.14 For example, such transactions can often result in residual outside basis
differences (i.e., the investor’s outside tax basis will not equal its share of
the inside tax basis) that will usually not be deductible or taxable until a
sale or taxable liquidation of the partnership (e.g., distribution of cash
following a sale of the partnership’s assets).
Typically, an investor accounts for changes in the measurement
of deferred taxes on its investment in a pass-through entity that result from a
control-to-control transaction in equity in accordance with the intraperiod tax
allocation guidance in ASC 740-20-45-11. If the investor uses the look-through
approach in measuring deferred taxes on its investment in the pass-through
entity, such changes would include the impact of any residual outside basis
difference. If the residual outside basis difference represents future
deductible amounts, the investor must consider its policy on applying ASC
740-30-25-9, by analogy, to its investment in the pass-through entity.
Example 3-29
On January 1, 20X9, Company A
contributes a recently acquired business (net assets
including cash, subject to debt) with a fair value and
financial reporting and income tax bases of $20 million
to Partnership P for an 80 percent interest in P, and
Company B contributes cash of $5 million for a 20
percent interest in P. Partnership P is a pass-through
entity and is not subject to income taxes in any
jurisdiction in which it operates. Company A uses the
look-through approach in measuring deferred taxes with
respect to investments in consolidated pass-through
entities. At the time of the contribution, A’s outside
basis for financial and income tax reporting purposes
are $20 million and $20 million, respectively. Company
B’s and A’s share of inside bases held by the investment
upon formation were as follows:
During 20X9, P generates $12.5 million
of income through normal operations for both financial
and income tax reporting purposes and makes no
distributions. Company A’s outside basis for financial
and income tax reporting purposes are $30 million and
$30 million, respectively. Company B’s and A’s share of
inside bases held by the investment are as follows:
As of December 31, 20X9, P has
appreciated in value to $80 million; assume such
appreciation is attributable entirely to P’s goodwill.
Further assume that on December 31, 20X9, B contributes
an additional $20 million to P. The contribution
decreases A’s ownership to 64 percent,15 which results in A’s having a financial reporting
basis of $36.8 million16 in its investment in P. As a result of the
contribution, A must recognize a control-to-control gain
of $6.8 million ($36.8 million – $30 million) for
financial statement reporting purposes; essentially A
transitions from owning 80 percent of P’s $37.5 million
net book value17 to owning 64 percent of P’s $57.5 million net book
value after the contribution.
Immediately after the $20 million
contribution by the noncontrolling interest holders, B’s
and A’s shares of inside bases held by the investment
would be as follows:
However, the contribution does not
affect A’s tax basis in its investment in P, which
creates a taxable temporary difference of $6.8 million
and a DTL of $1.7 million. In this case, the allocation
method chosen in accordance with the applicable income
tax regulations will affect only whether the $6.8
million becomes taxable over time through certain
partnership allocations18 or not until the ultimate sale or taxable
liquidation of the partnership; in either case, a DTL is
required.
Assume a 25 percent tax rate. Company A
will make the following consolidated journal entry to
recognize the contribution made by the noncontrolling
interest holders:
Example 3-30
Assume the same facts as in the example
above except that on December 31, 20X9, Company A (not
Company B) contributes an additional $20 million to
Partnership P. The contribution increases A’s ownership
to 84 percent.19 As a result of the contribution, A must recognize
a control-to-control loss of $1.7 million (A has paid a
$1.7 million premium above book value to acquire the
additional interest); essentially A transitions from
owning 80 percent of P’s $37.5 million net book value20 to owning 84 percent of P’s $57.5 million net book
value after the contribution. Company A’s basis in P for
financial reporting purposes increases by $18.3 million;
however, its basis for income tax reporting purposes
increases by the entire $20 million contribution,
resulting in a deductible temporary difference of $1.7
million.
Because there is a difference between
the fair value and adjusted tax basis of the property
owned by the partnership at the time of A’s additional
contribution, consideration needs to be given to
whether, as a matter of tax law, A will be allocated
deductions equal to the fair value of its contribution
of $20 million. If the partnership’s allocation method
(the remedial method in this case since the goodwill has
no tax basis in the hands of the partnership) under the
applicable income tax regulations will allocate such
deductions to A, A should record a DTA for the
deductible temporary difference given that such a
difference will close through normal business
operations. Company A’s outside book and tax basis are
$48.3 million and $50 million, respectively. Company B’s
and A’s share of inside bases held by the investment
would be as follows:
Assume a 25 percent tax rate. The
resulting entry to record the control-to-control loss in
equity would be as follows:
If the partnership’s allocation method
will not allocate A deductions equal to its $20 million
contribution (i.e., the “traditional method” in this
case since the goodwill has no tax basis in the hands of
the partnership), such a deductible temporary difference
will reverse only upon P’s sale or taxable liquidation.
Company A should consider the application of ASC
740-30-25-9, by analogy, to such a residual temporary
difference. A summary of A’s outside basis and related
look-through temporary differences in its investment in
such a case would be as follows:
If A applied ASC 740-30-25-9 by analogy,
A would record the entry for the control-to-control loss
as follows:
3.4.17 Other Considerations
3.4.17.1 Consideration of the VIE Model in ASC 810-10 in the Evaluation of Whether to Recognize a DTL
For VIEs, an analysis of voting rights may not be effective
in the determination of control. Under the VIE model in ASC 810-10, a
reporting entity could be determined to have a controlling financial
interest in a VIE, and thus consolidate the VIE, if the reporting entity has
(1) the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the
VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of (or
right to receive benefits from) the VIE that could potentially be
significant to the VIE. A reporting entity that consolidates a VIE is known
as the primary beneficiary.
When accounting for a VIE under ASC 740, the reporting
entity must consider both inside and outside basis differences.
When determining whether an exception to recording an
outside basis difference applies to the primary beneficiary’s investment in
a VIE, the reporting entity should carefully consider the facts and
circumstances. The primary beneficiary should not assume that its
controlling financial interest (through which it has the power to direct the
activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance)
also gives it the power to direct all of the activities of the VIE that are
relevant to the determination of whether an exception to recording an
outside basis difference is applicable (e.g., when and if the VIE will
distribute earnings, the manner in which the primary beneficiary will
recover its investment, and so forth). Provided that the criteria for an
exception are met, a primary beneficiary of a VIE may apply the outside
basis exceptions.21 However, meeting some of these exceptions may be challenging. When
determining which party has the power to control decisions regarding the
distribution of earnings, for example, an entity should consider how the VIE
is controlled (i.e., through contract or governing documents rather than
voting interests) and the rights of other parties to the arrangement.
3.4.17.2 Recognition of a DTA or DTL Related to a Subsidiary Classified as a Discontinued Operation
ASC 740-30-25-9 states that “[a] deferred tax asset shall be
recognized for an excess of the tax basis over the amount for financial
reporting of an investment in a subsidiary or corporate joint venture that
is essentially permanent in duration only if it is apparent that the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.” This criterion
(i.e., a reversal of a temporary difference in the foreseeable future) would
be met no later than when the “held-for-sale” criteria in ASC 360-10-45-9
are met. The same criterion should apply to the recognition of a DTL related
to an excess of financial reporting basis over outside tax basis of an
investment in a subsidiary. In other words, the deferred tax consequences of
temporary differences related to investments in foreign subsidiaries that
were not previously recognized as a result of application of the exception
in ASC 740-30-25-18(a) should be recognized when it becomes apparent that
the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.
Similarly, the potential tax consequences of basis
differences related to investments in domestic subsidiaries that were not
previously recognized because (1) the tax law provides a means to recover
the reported amount of the investment in a tax-free manner, and (2) the
entity had previously expected that it would ultimately use those means,
should be accrued when it becomes apparent that the reversal of those basis
differences will have a future tax consequence.
The tax effects of the recognition of DTAs and DTLs for
preexisting outside basis differences when an investee meets the criteria to
be classified as held for sale generally will give rise to an
“out-of-period” adjustment in the current period (see Section 6.2.4 for
further information on out-of-period adjustments and Section 6.2.4.1 for
guidance on the intraperiod allocation of such adjustments resulting from
the recognition of an outside basis difference associated with a subsidiary
classified as a discontinued operation).
Note that if the unrecognized outside basis difference DTL
will close through a GILTI inclusion, entities that have elected to treat
GILTI as a current-period expense, as discussed in Section 3.4.10.1,
would recognize the tax expense in the period in which the tax is incurred.
In other words, recognition of the tax expense may not coincide with the
held-for-sale date, as described above.
3.4.17.3 State Tax Considerations
In recognizing outside basis differences associated with
various investments, entities should pay close attention to certain state
tax considerations. ASC 740-30-25-7 and 25-8 provide guidance on assessing
whether the outside basis difference of an investment in a domestic
subsidiary is a taxable difference. This assessment should be performed on a
jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Accordingly, the outside basis
difference of an investment in a domestic subsidiary that is not a taxable
difference for federal purposes would also need to be assessed at the state
level.
An entity should consider the following factors in applying
the guidance in ASC 740-30-25-7 and 25-8 at the state level:
- Whether tax-free liquidation is permitted in the applicable state jurisdictions. See Section 3.4.3 for further discussion of tax-free liquidations.
- Whether the parent files a separate, combined, or consolidated return in the state jurisdiction and whether intra-entity transactions (e.g., dividends) are eliminated when subsidiaries are combined or consolidated in that state return.
- Whether a dividends received deduction is available in the state jurisdiction or whether federal taxable income is used as the starting point for the state tax liability calculation and is unadjusted for dividends received deductions taken on the federal return. A dividends received deduction is a deduction on an income tax return for dividends paid from a subsidiary to a parent.
See Section 3.3.4.6 for a discussion of further considerations
related to certain state matters, including optional future tax elections in
the measurement of DTAs and DTLs.
Example 3-31
Subsidiary B, a 90 percent owned
subsidiary of Entity A, operates in only one state
(State C), which does not permit a tax-free
liquidation in accordance with ASC 740-30-25-7.
Entity A is taxable in C. Subsidiary B is
consolidated in A’s federal return. The only outside
basis difference in B relates to $1,000 of
unremitted earnings, which A expects to be remitted
as dividends. For federal income tax purposes, since
A holds more than 80 percent of B, A can deduct 100
percent of the dividends it receives from B (i.e.,
the dividends received deduction). State C does not
adjust federal taxable income for the dividends
received deduction. In this example, the unremitted
earnings of B to A would not create a temporary
difference on which A should record a DTL.
Example 3-32
Assume the same facts as in the
example above except that State C adjusts federal
income for the dividends received deduction. For
federal purposes, Entity A can still deduct 100
percent of the dividends it receives from Subsidiary
B; thus, no temporary difference exists for federal
tax purposes. However, because C adjusts federal
income for the dividends received deduction, a
temporary difference exists for state income tax
purposes on which A should record a DTL because
state tax law does not provide a means by which the
reported amount of the investment can be recovered
tax free.
Footnotes
6
There may be situations in which the
reversal of the excess of financial reporting over
tax basis is apparent because of future global
intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) inclusions
(e.g., excess of financial reporting over tax basis
inside the controlled foreign corporation [CFC]);
see Section
3.4.10.
7
Reduced to 37.5 percent for taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2025.
8
An SFC includes all CFCs and all other foreign
corporations (other than passive foreign investment companies) in which
at least one domestic corporation is a U.S. shareholder.
9
Net tax liability under IRC Section 965 is the excess,
if any, of the taxpayer’s net income tax for the taxable year in which
the IRC Section 965 inclusion amount is included over such taxpayer’s
net income tax for the taxable year, excluding (1) the IRC Section 965
amount and (2) any income or deduction properly attributable to a
dividend received by such U.S. shareholder from any deferred foreign
income corporation.
10
Additional disaggregation may be appropriate
in situations in which a portion of the outside basis
difference is related to intra-entity loans (see Section
9.7), basis differences that will reverse
because of Subpart F inclusions (see Section
3.4.8), or GILTI inclusions (see Section
3.4.10).
11
Presentation of the component parts would still be
disaggregated (i.e., a DTA in the United States would not be net on
the balance sheet against a foreign withholding tax DTL).
12
In the case of an unborn FTC, the U.S. parent would
also need to represent that the associated earnings will move all
the way “up the chain” in a manner similar to the example above.
13
With certain exceptions, ASU 2016-01 eliminated the cost
method. Exceptions include (1) QAHPs that are not eligible for the
equity method and elect not to use the proportional amortization method
and (2) investments in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank
stock issued to member financial institutions.
14
Treasury regulations promulgated under IRC Section
704(c) account for the difference between the fair value and the
adjusted tax basis in property at the time they are contributed to the
partnership. In addition, such regulations can result in adjustments in
certain other situations, including when the fair value of property
owned by the partnership is in excess of its adjusted tax basis at the
time of a contribution to the partnership.
15
(80 percent × $80 million [fair
value of the company]) ÷ ($80 million [fair value
of the company] + $20 million contribution) = 64
percent.
16
($37.5 million + $20 million) ×
64 percent = $36.8 million.
17
$25 million (initial GAAP basis)
+ $12.5 million (20X9 income) = $37.5 million.
18
IRC Section 704(c), as noted in
footnote 14, applies to reverse IRC Section 704(c)
layers created as a result of a revaluation. Upon
the contribution of $20 million by B, the partners
revalued the partnership property. Under IRC
Section 704(c), use of the “remedial method” will
generally result in the $6.8 million’s becoming
taxable over time, whereas use of the “traditional
method” will generally result in the $6.8
million’s becoming taxable upon the ultimate sale
or taxable liquidation of the partnership since
the goodwill has no tax basis in the hands of the
partnership.
19
(80 percent × $80 million [fair
value of the company]) + $20 million contribution
÷ ($80 million [fair value of the company] + $20
million contribution) = 84 percent.
20
$25 million (initial GAAP basis)
+ $12.5 million (20X9 income) = $37.5 million.
21
While the exception in ASC 740-30-25-7 refers to a
“more-than-50-percent-owned domestic subsidiary,” the exception was
written at a time when the usual condition for control was ownership
of a majority (over 50 percent) of the outstanding voting stock.
Accordingly, we believe that an entity is not automatically
prohibited from applying that exception simply because it owns less
than 50 percent of the VIE.
3.5 Other Considerations and Exceptions
There are other exceptions and special situations that result in
additional considerations when an entity is determining the appropriate amounts of
DTAs and DTLs to present in the financial statements. See Section 3.4 for a discussion of exceptions to recording deferred
taxes for outside basis differences.
3.5.1 Changes in Tax Laws and Rates
ASC 740-10
25-47 The
effect of a change in tax laws or rates shall be
recognized at the date of enactment.
25-48 The tax
effect of a retroactive change in enacted tax rates on
current and deferred tax assets and liabilities shall be
determined at the date of enactment using temporary
differences and currently taxable income existing as of
the date of enactment.
Under ASC 740-10-25-47 and ASC 740-10-35-4, the effect of a change in tax laws or
rates on DTAs and DTLs should be recognized on the date of enactment of the
change. A change in tax rate may affect the measurement of DTAs and DTLs. Those
DTAs and DTLs that exist as of the enactment date and are expected to reverse
after the effective date of the change in tax rate should be adjusted on the
basis of the new statutory tax rate. Any DTAs and DTLs expected to reverse
before the effective date should not be adjusted to the new statutory tax rate.
To determine the DTAs and DTLs that exist as of the enactment date, a reporting
entity should calculate temporary differences by comparing the relevant book and
tax basis amounts as of the enactment date. To determine book basis amounts as
of the enactment date, the reporting entity should apply U.S. GAAP on a
year-to-date (YTD) basis up to the enactment date. For example:
- Any book basis accounts that must be remeasured at fair value under U.S. GAAP would be adjusted to fair value as of the enactment date (e.g., certain investments in securities or derivative assets or liabilities).
- Book balances that are subject to depreciation or amortization would be adjusted to reflect current period-to-date depreciation or amortization up to the enactment date.
- Book basis account balances such as pension and other postretirement assets and obligations for which remeasurement is required as of a particular date (and for which no events have occurred that otherwise would require an interim remeasurement) would not be remeasured as of the enactment date if the enactment date does not coincide with the remeasurement date of the account balances (i.e., no separate valuation of the benefit obligation is required as of the enactment date) for purposes of adjusting the temporary difference that will be measured to the new statutory tax rate as of the enactment date. For example, assume a calendar-year reporting entity has a pension plan with an annual measurement date of December 31 and a tax law change is enacted on December 22. The entity would adjust its balance sheet accounts for the effects of current-year net periodic pension cost and other contribution and benefit payment activity through the date of enactment but not for the impact of the remeasurement of pension plan assets and liabilities.
- Any book basis balances associated with share-based payment awards that are classified as liabilities would be remeasured (on the basis of fair value, calculated value, or intrinsic value, as applicable) as of the enactment date. In addition, for those share-based payment awards that ordinarily would result in future tax deductions, compensation cost would be determined on the basis of the YTD requisite service rendered up to the enactment date.
3.5.1.1 Retroactive Changes in Tax Laws or Rates and Expiring Provisions That May Be Reenacted
If retroactive tax legislation is enacted, the effects are recognized as a
component of income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations in the
financial statements for the interim or annual period that includes the
enactment date. The FASB reached this conclusion because it believes that
the event to be recognized is the enactment of new legislation. Therefore,
the appropriate period in which to recognize the retroactive provisions of a
new law is the period of enactment.
Further, entities should not anticipate the reenactment of a tax law or rate
that is set to expire or has expired. Rather, under ASC 740-10-30-2, an
entity should consider the currently enacted tax law, including the effects
of any expiration, in calculating DTAs and DTLs.
If the provision is subsequently reenacted, the entity would look to ASC
740-10-25-47 and measure the effect of the change as of the date of
reenactment.
3.5.1.2 Enacted Changes in Tax Laws or Rates That Affect Items Recognized in Equity
Changes in tax law may also affect DTAs and DTLs attributable to items
recognized in equity, including (1) foreign currency translation adjustments
under ASC 830, (2) actuarial gains and losses and prior service cost or
credit recognized under ASC 715, (3) unrealized holding gains and losses on
certain available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities under the investment
guidance in ASC 320, (4) tax benefits recognized in a taxable business
combination accounted for as a common-control merger, and (5) certain tax
benefits recognized after a quasi-reorganization.
The FASB concluded that the effect of changes in tax law
related to items recorded directly in shareholders’ equity must always be
recorded in continuing operations in the period of enactment (see Chapter 6 for
intraperiod allocation guidance). This requirement could produce unusual
relationships between pretax income from continuing operations and income
tax expense or benefit, as illustrated in the example below.
Example 3-33
Assume the following:
- An entity’s only temporary difference at the end of years 20X2 and 20X3 is the unrealized gain in OCI on AFS debt securities of $500, which arose in year 20X1 and resulted in the recording of a $105 DTL.
- The applicable tax rate at the end of 20X1 and 20X2 is 21 percent. A tax law change is enacted at the beginning of year 20X3 that changes the applicable tax rate to 25 percent.
- The following tables show the income statements for 20X2 and 20X3 and the balance sheets at the end of 20X2 and 20X3:
The following is an analysis of the facts in this
example:
- Changes in tax laws affect the DTAs and DTLs of items originally recorded directly in shareholders’ equity. The effect of the change is recognized as an increase or decrease to a DTL or DTA and a corresponding increase or decrease in income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations in the period of enactment.
- Tax law changes can significantly affect an entity’s ETR because the effect of the change is computed on the basis of all cumulative temporary differences and carryforwards on the measurement date. In this case, the 4 percent tax rate increase related to the AFS debt security amounts to $20 and is reflected as deferred tax expense in 20X3.
- After a tax rate change, the tax consequence previously recorded in shareholders’ equity no longer “trues up” given the current tax rate (i.e., because the tax effects are reversed at 25 percent after being initially recorded in equity at 21 percent, a 4 percent differential is created in equity). This “differential” may continue to be recorded as a component of OCI until an entire category (e.g., AFS securities, pension liabilities) that originally gave rise to the difference has been eliminated completely (e.g., if the entire marketable security portfolio were sold). An exception to this accounting might exist if the entity specifically tracks its investments for income tax purposes (as discussed in Section 6.2.5.1), identifying which investments have tax effects reflected in equity at the old rate and which have tax effects reflected in equity at the new rates. However, because this level of tracking is usually impractical, the applicability of this alternative would be rare.
3.5.1.3 Change in Tax Law That Allows an Entity to Monetize an Existing DTA or Tax Credit in Lieu of Claiming the Benefit in the Future
A tax authority may enact a tax law that allows entities to monetize an
existing DTA before the asset would otherwise be realized as a reduction of
taxes payable. For example, a prior law in the United States allowed
entities to claim a refundable credit for their AMT carryforward and
research credits in lieu of claiming a 50 percent bonus depreciation on
qualified property placed in service during a particular period.
ASC 740-10-35-4 states the following regarding an entity’s assessment of a
change in tax law that affects the measurement of DTAs and DTLs and
realization of DTAs:
Deferred tax liabilities and assets shall be
adjusted for the effect of a change in tax laws or rates. A change in
tax laws or rates may also require a reevaluation of a valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets.
Accordingly, the entity must adjust its DTAs and DTLs, along with any related
valuation allowances, in the first period in which the law was enacted if
the entity expects to realize the asset by electing the means provided by
the newly enacted tax law.
For example, an entity may have a valuation allowance for a particular DTA
because it was not more likely than not that the asset would have been
realizable before the change in tax law occurred. However, the new tax law
provides the entity a means of realizing the DTA. The reduction of the
valuation allowance will affect the income tax provision in the first period
in which the law was enacted. If, however, no valuation allowance is
recognized for the entity’s DTA, the reduction in the DTA (a deferred tax
expense) is offset by the cash received from monetizing the credits (a
current tax benefit). Therefore, in this case, the reduction of the DTA does
not affect the income tax provision.
See Section 7.3.2 for further guidance on accounting for changes
in tax laws or rates in an interim period.
See Section 2.7 for guidance on whether refundable tax credits
are within the scope of ASC 740 and are accordingly classified within income
tax expense/benefit in the financial statements.
For a discussion of the intraperiod tax allocation rules with respect to
changes in tax laws or rates, see Chapter 6.
3.5.2 Changes in Tax Status of an Entity
ASC 740-10
25-32 An
entity’s tax status may change from nontaxable to
taxable or from taxable to nontaxable. An example is a
change from a partnership to a corporation and vice
versa. A deferred tax liability or asset shall be
recognized for temporary differences in accordance with
the requirements of this Subtopic at the date that a
nontaxable entity becomes a taxable entity. A decision
to classify an entity as tax exempt is a tax
position.
25-33 The
effect of an election for a voluntary change in tax
status is recognized on the approval date or on the
filing date if approval is not necessary and a change in
tax status that results from a change in tax law is
recognized on the enactment date.
25-34 For
example, if an election to change an entity’s tax status
is approved by the taxing authority (or filed, if
approval is not necessary) early in Year 2 and before
the financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued (as discussed in Section 855-10-25) for Year
1, the effect of that change in tax status shall not be
recognized in the financial statements for Year 1.
Cessation of an Entity’s Taxable Status
40-6 A
deferred tax liability or asset shall be eliminated at
the date an entity ceases to be a taxable entity. As
indicated in paragraph 740-10-25-33, the effect of an
election for a voluntary change in tax status is
recognized on the approval date or on the filing date if
approval is not necessary and a change in tax status
that results from a change in tax law is recognized on
the enactment date.
ASC 740-10-25-32 states that a DTL or DTA is recognized for temporary differences
in existence on the date a nontaxable entity becomes a taxable entity.
Conversely, under ASC 740-10-40-6, DTAs and DTLs should be eliminated when a
taxable entity becomes a nontaxable entity. ASC 740-10-45-19 notes that the
effect of a change in tax status should be recorded in income from continuing
operations. This section provides an overview of considerations when an entity
has a change in tax status.
For a discussion of the intraperiod tax allocation rules with respect to a change
in tax status, see Chapter 6.
3.5.2.1 Recognition Date
ASC 740-10-25-33 indicates that the effect of an entity’s election to
voluntarily change its tax status is recognized when the change is approved
or, if approval is unnecessary (e.g., approval is perfunctory), on the
filing date. Therefore, the recognition date is either the filing date, if
regulatory approval is deemed perfunctory, or the date regulatory approval
is obtained. The recognition date for a change in tax status that results
from a change in tax law, such as the change that occurred in the U.S.
federal tax jurisdiction for Blue Cross/Blue Shield entities as a result of
the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, is the enactment date.
If an entity voluntarily elects to change its tax status
after the entity’s year-end but before the issuance of its financial
statements, that subsequent event should be disclosed but not recognized (a
nonrecognized subsequent event). For example, if an entity filed an election
on January 1, 20X9, before the financial statements for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 20X8, are issued, the entity should disclose the change
in tax status and the effects of the change (i.e., pro forma financial
information), if material, in the 20X8 financial statements. See Section 14.7.1 for a discussion of the potential disclosure
impact when an entity changes its tax status from nontaxable to taxable.
3.5.2.2 Effective Date
The effective date of an entity’s election to voluntarily change to
nontaxable status can differ depending on the laws of the applicable tax
jurisdiction. For example, in the United States, the effective date of a
change in status election from a C corporation to an S corporation can be
either of the following:
- Retroactive to the beginning of the year in which the election is filed if the filing or necessary approval occurs within the first two and a half months of the fiscal year (i.e., by March 15 for a calendar-year-end entity).
- At the beginning of the next fiscal year (i.e., January 1, 20X1, for a calendar-year-end entity).
In scenario 1, the effective date would be January 1 of the
current year and would be accounted for no earlier than when the election is
filed; in scenario 2, however, the effective date would be January 1 of the
following year for calendar-year-end entities. Note that for a change to
nontaxable status in scenario 2, the effect of the change in status would be
recognized on the approval date or filing date,
provided that approval is perfunctory, as illustrated in Example 3-34.
3.5.2.3 Measurement — Change From Nontaxable to Taxable
When an entity changes its status from nontaxable to taxable, DTAs and DTLs
should be recognized for any temporary differences in existence on the
recognition date (unless the entity is subject to one of the recognition
exceptions in ASC 740-10-25-3). The entity should measure those recognizable
temporary differences in accordance with ASC 740-10-30.
3.5.2.4 Measurement — Change From Taxable to Nontaxable
In a change to a nontaxable status, the difference between
the net DTA and DTL immediately before the recognition date and the net DTA
and DTL on the recognition date represents the financial statement effect of
a change in tax status. If the recognition date of the change in nontaxable
status is before the effective date, entities will generally need to
schedule the reversal of existing temporary differences to estimate the
portion of these differences that is expected to reverse after the
recognition date. Temporary differences that are expected to reverse after
the effective date should be derecognized, while those that are expected to
reverse before the effective date should be maintained in the financial
statements. However, some temporary differences may continue even after a
change to nontaxable status, depending on the applicable tax laws (e.g.,
U.S. built-in gain tax). For further discussion of built-in gain taxes, see
the next section.
3.5.2.5 Change in Tax Status to Nontaxable: Built-In Gain Recognition and Measurement
Upon an entity’s change in tax status from a taxable C corporation to a
nontaxable S corporation or REIT, it may have net unrealized “built-in
gains.” A built-in gain arises when the fair market value of an asset is
greater than its adjusted tax basis on the date of the entity’s change in
tax status. Under U.S. tax law, if a built-in gain associated with an asset
is realized before the required holding period from the change in tax status
expires (i.e., the recognition period), the entity would be subject to
corporate-level tax on the gain. However, if this gain is realized after the
recognition period, the built-in gain would not be subject to tax.
Whether an entity continues to record a DTL associated with the built-in gain
tax on the date of conversion to nontaxable status depends on whether any of
the net unrealized built-in gain is expected to be recognized and taxable
during the recognition period. Any subsequent change in that determination
would result in either recognition or derecognition of a DTL.
An entity should consider the items discussed in the sections below when
determining when tax associated with an unrealized built-in gain should be
recognized and how the related DTL should be measured, either upon
conversion to nontaxable status or anytime during the recognition
period.
3.5.2.5.1 Recognition
An entity must first determine whether it expects that a tax will be due
on a net unrealized built-in gain within the recognition period. ASC
740-10-55-65 provides the following guidance on this topic:
A C
corporation that has temporary differences as of the date of change
to S corporation status shall determine its deferred tax liability
in accordance with the tax law. Since the timing of realization of a
built-in gain can determine whether it is taxable, and therefore
significantly affect the deferred tax liability to be recognized,
actions and elections that are expected to be implemented shall be
considered.
The following are examples of items that an entity should consider when
evaluating “actions and elections that are expected to be implemented”
under ASC 740-10-55-65:
-
Management’s intentions regarding each item with a built-in gain — Whether a DTL is recorded for a temporary difference depends on management’s intentions for each item with a built-in gain. That is, an entity should evaluate management’s intent and ability to do what is necessary to prevent a taxable event (e.g., holding marketable securities for the minimum amount of time) before determining whether a DTL should be recorded.
-
Overall business plans — The conclusion about whether realization of a built-in gain is expected to trigger a tax liability for the entity should be consistent with management’s current actions and future plans. That is, the plans for assets should be consistent with, for example, the entity’s liquidity requirements and plans for expansion. Management’s budgets, forecasts, and analyst presentations are examples of information that could serve as evidence of management’s intended plans.
-
Past actions — The entity should also consider past actions to determine whether they support management’s ability to represent that, for example, an asset will be held for the minimum amount of time necessary to preclude a taxable event.
-
Nature of the item — The nature of the item could also affect whether a built-in gain is expected to result in a taxable event.
3.5.2.5.2 Measurement
Under ASC 740-10-55-65, if, after considering the “actions and elections
that are expected to be implemented,” an entity expects to be subject to
a built-in gain tax through the disposition of an asset within the
recognition period, the entity must recognize the related DTL at the
lower of:
-
The net unrecognized built-in gain (based on the applicable tax law).
-
The existing temporary difference as of the date of the change in tax status.
The DTL recognized would be a source of future taxable
income and should lead to the recognition of DTAs, if any, for attribute
carryforwards (i.e., net operating or capital losses) that are expected
to be used in the same year in which the built-in gain tax is
triggered.
If the potential gain (first bullet above) exceeds the temporary
difference (second bullet above), the related tax should not be
recognized earlier than the period in which the pretax financial
reporting income (or gain) is recognized (or is expected to be
recognized in the case of amounts that would be considered “ordinary
income,” as that term is used in connection with the AETR).
Further, ASC 740-10-55-169 requires an entity to “remeasure the deferred
tax liability for net built-in gains based on the provisions of the tax
law” as of each subsequent financial statement date “until the end of
the 10 years following the conversion date.” This remeasurement should
include a reevaluation of the recognition considerations noted above and
should describe management’s intent and ability to do what is necessary
to prevent a taxable event. Remeasurement of the DTL is generally
recorded through continuing operations under the intraperiod tax
guidance.
Example 3-34
Entity X, a C corporation, is a calendar-year-end
entity and files an election on June 30, 20X8, to
become a nontaxable S corporation effective
January 1, 20X9. In this example, IRS approval is
perfunctory for the voluntary change because the
entity meets all the requirements to become an S
corporation; therefore, the effect of the change
in tax status should be recognized as of June 30,
20X8 (the recognition date).
Entity X’s change to nontaxable status will
result in the elimination of the portion of all
DTAs and DTLs related to temporary differences
that are scheduled to reverse after December 31,
20X8, and will not be taxable under the provisions
of the tax law for S corporations. The only
remaining DTAs or DTLs in the financial statements
as of June 30, 20X8, will be those associated with
temporary differences that existed on the
recognition date that will reverse during the
period from July 1, 20X8, to December 31, 20X8,
plus the tax effects of any temporary differences
that will reverse after December 31, 20X8, that
are taxable under the provisions of the tax law
for S corporations (e.g., built-in gain tax).
Entity X should record any effects of eliminating
the existing DTAs and DTLs that will reverse after
the effective date of January 1, 20X9, in income
from continuing operations.
Entity X will not recognize net deferred tax
expense or benefit during the period between the
recognition date and the effective date of January
1, 20X9, in connection with basis differences that
arise during this time unless they are scheduled
to reverse before December 31, 20X8, or will be
subject to tax under the tax law for S
corporations.
See ASC 740-10-55-168 for an example illustrating the measurement of a
DTL associated with an unrecognized built-in gain resulting from an
entity’s change from a taxable C corporation to a nontaxable S
corporation.
3.5.3 Tax Effects of a Check-the-Box Election
U.S. multinational companies typically conduct business in
foreign jurisdictions through entities that are organized under the laws of the
jurisdictions in which they operate. These entities might take the legal form of
a corporation or partnership in their respective jurisdictions. Notwithstanding
an entity’s classification in the foreign jurisdiction, the U.S. Treasury has
promulgated entity-classification income tax regulations, commonly referred to
as the check-the-box regulations, under which an eligible foreign entity22 may separately elect its tax classification, or tax status, for U.S.
income tax reporting purposes. Under the check-the-box regulations, an eligible
entity may elect, for U.S. income tax reporting purposes, to be treated as a
corporation, treated as a partnership (if it has more than one owner), or
disregarded (i.e., treated as an entity not separate from its owner if it has
only one owner). An eligible entity electing to be treated as a disregarded
entity is considered a branch of its parent for U.S. income tax purposes.
As a result of an eligible entity’s check-the-box election to
change its status from a regarded foreign corporation to a disregarded branch of
a U.S. parent, the post-check-the-box operations of the foreign entity will
become taxable when earned for U.S. tax purposes, requiring the parent entity to
recognize U.S. deferred taxes on existing temporary differences and eliminate
any outside basis difference (as opposed to the nonrecognition of an outside
basis difference because of the application of an exception). Similarly, a
foreign subsidiary directly owned by a U.S. parent may have previously elected,
for U.S. income tax reporting purposes, to be treated as a disregarded entity.
If the entity elects, for U.S. income tax reporting purposes, to “uncheck the
box” and change its status from a disregarded entity to a regarded foreign
corporation, the taxable income or loss of the foreign entity will no longer be
immediately included in taxable income of the U.S. parent, requiring the
derecognition of U.S. deferred taxes on the assets held inside the foreign
corporation. Although the guidance in ASC 740-10-25-32 predates the introduction
of the check-the-box regulations, the need to recognize or derecognize DTAs and
DTLs as a result of the election makes the check-the-box election analogous to a
change in tax status. Accordingly, we generally believe that the tax effects of
recognizing or derecognizing DTAs and DTLs should be recorded in continuing
operations on the approval date or on the filing date if approval is not
necessary.
Example 3-35
Assume that a U.S. parent owns 100
percent of FS, which operates in Jurisdiction X and is
not otherwise taxable in the United States. The U.S.
parent had previously directed FS to check the box and
be treated as a branch for U.S. tax purposes. At
year-end 20X1, the U.S. parent states that it plans for
FS to uncheck the box in 20X2, resulting in the
derecognition (if nontaxable) or reversal (if taxable)
of U.S. deferred taxes on inside basis differences. If
an outside basis difference exists when the box is
unchecked, the U.S. parent will need to assess it for
recognition under the exceptions in ASC 740-30-25-18(a)
and ASC 740-30-25-9.
The plan to have FS uncheck the box
should be accounted for as a change in status, and the
tax effects (including the initial recognition of any
outside basis difference DTA or DTL) should be reflected
in 20X2.
However, there may be other circumstances in which a
check-the-box election may not appear as analogous to a change in tax status.
For example, if the check-the-box election affects only an entity’s recognition
or measurement of the tax effects of its outside basis difference of its
investment in the subsidiary, an alternative view is that the check-the-box
election may appear to simply be an election (rather than a change in status)
that could be accounted for at the time the parent intends to make it. In
support of this alternative view, we note that (1) the guidance on change in
status in ASC 740-10-25-32 predates the introduction of the check-the-box
regulations and (2) the guidance in ASC 740-30-25-18(a) and ASC 740-30-25-9 is
intent focused and forward looking (i.e., it permits the entity to determine
whether the amounts will reverse in the foreseeable future). Accordingly, if a
check-the-box election for a foreign corporation is expected to result in only
the avoidance of a reversal of either a taxable or deductible temporary
difference with respect to the outside basis difference in a subsidiary, it
would be appropriate to recognize (and measure) the related deferred tax effects
when the entity is internally committed to making the election and the election
is within the entity’s control.
Because the appropriate accounting for a check-the-box election
can depend on the facts and circumstances, consultation with income tax
accounting advisers is encouraged.
Example 3-36
Assume that a U.S. parent owns 100
percent of FS1, which operates in Jurisdiction X and is
not taxable in the United States. FS1 owns 100 percent
of FS2, which operates in Jurisdiction Y and is also not
taxable in the United States. FS2 is eligible to make a
check-the-box election for U.S. income tax reporting
purposes. FS1 had a transaction with FS2 on December 15,
20X1, that gives rise to a type of income that the U.S.
parent must recognize under the Subpart F rules (i.e., a
deemed dividend that would result in a current tax
payable). For U.S. income tax-planning purposes,
however, the U.S. parent plans to cause FS2 to make a
check-the-box election that will result in FS2’s
treatment as a foreign disregarded entity effective on
December 1, 20X1, allowing the U.S. parent to avoid
recognizing the deemed dividend in 20X1 (i.e., the
transaction will no longer be between FS1 and FS2 since
under U.S. tax law they will be considered a single
legal entity).23
As of December 31, 20X1, the
check-the-box election had not yet been filed, but the
U.S. parent has the intent and ability to cause FS2 to
file the election and will do so by February 13, 20X2,
the last day the election can be made and still be
effective as of December 1, 20X1 (generally such
elections can be made with retroactive effect of up to
75 days).
The U.S. parent could record a current
tax liability for the deemed dividend between FS1 and
FS2 that occurred in 20X1 and recognize the effects of
the check-the-box election (i.e., the reversal of the
current tax liability) in 20X2. Alternatively, because
the check-the-box election will not change the tax
status of FS2 in its local jurisdiction or from the
perspective of FS1 (i.e., there are no other tax effects
of the election), the U.S. parent could assert that (1)
the election should be considered relevant only under
the guidance on taxable temporary differences in foreign
subsidiaries (generally, no DTL is recognized unless it
is foreseeable that the temporary difference will
reverse) and, as a result of the planned election, (2)
the outside basis difference related to its investment
in FS1 will not reverse. Under this alternative view,
the U.S. parent’s intent and ability to direct FS2 to
make the election would be considered in the measurement
of the U.S. parent’s deferred and current tax liability
related to its investment in FS1 as of December 31, 20X1
(i.e., no deferred or current tax liability would be
recognized).
3.5.4 Real Estate Investment Trust
A corporate entity may elect to be a REIT if it meets certain
criteria under the U.S. IRC. As a REIT, an entity is allowed a tax deduction for
dividends paid to shareholders. By paying dividends equal to its annual taxable
income, a REIT can avoid paying income taxes on otherwise taxable income. This
in-substance tax exemption would continue as long as (1) the entity intends to
continue to pass all the qualification tests, (2) there are no indicators of
failure to meet the qualifications, and (3) the entity expects to distribute
substantially all of its income to its shareholders.
3.5.4.1 Recognition Date for Conversion to a REIT
The IRS is not required to approve an entity’s election of taxable status as
a REIT; nor does the entity need to file a formal election. Rather, to be
eligible for taxable status as a REIT, an entity must meet the IRC
requirements of a REIT. For example, the entity must:
- Establish a legal structure appropriate for a REIT (i.e., corporation, trust, or association that is not a financial institution or subchapter L insurance company).
- Distribute the accumulated E&P of the corporation to the shareholders before election of REIT status.
- Adopt a calendar tax year.
- File its tax return as a REIT (Form 1120-REIT) by the normal due date.
ASC 740 does not specifically address when an entity should
recognize the tax effects of a conversion to REIT status. However, given
that no formal election or approval is required, an entity would generally
recognize such effects when it has committed to a plan to convert its tax
status and has met all the legal requirements to be a REIT under the IRC,
including the distribution of accumulated E&P of the corporation to the
shareholders. An entity must use judgment to determine what constitutes its
commitment to conversion (e.g., approval by the board of directors, securing
financing to distribute accumulated E&P, public announcement). The
recognition date of conversion to REIT status generally would not be
contingent on the filing of the first tax return as a REIT because this is
normally a perfunctory step.
3.5.5 Tax Consequences of Bad-Debt Reserves of Thrift Institutions
Regulatory authorities require U.S. savings and loan
associations and other qualified thrift lenders to appropriate a portion of
earnings to general reserves and to retain the reserves as a protection for
depositors. The term “general reserves” is used in the context of a special
meaning within regulatory pronouncements. Provisions of the U.S. federal tax law
permit a savings and loan association to deduct an annual addition to a reserve
for bad debts in determining taxable income. This annual addition generally
differs significantly from the bad-debt experience upon which determination of
pretax accounting income is based. Therefore, taxable income and pretax
accounting income of an association usually differ.
ASC 942-740-25-1 precludes recognition of a DTL for the tax
consequences of bad-debt reserves “for tax purposes of U.S. savings and loan
associations (and other qualified thrift lenders) that arose in tax years
beginning before December 31, 1987” (i.e., the base-year amount), “unless it
becomes apparent that those temporary differences will reverse in the
foreseeable future.” That is, the indefinite reversal notion of ASC 740-30-25-17
is applied to the entire amount of the base-year bad-debt reserve for tax
purposes. ASC 942-740-25-2 states that a DTL should be recognized for the tax
consequences of bad-debt reserves for “tax purposes . . . that arise in tax
years beginning after December 31, 1987.” That is, the excess of a tax bad-debt
reserve over the base-year reserve is a temporary difference for which deferred
taxes must be provided.
Application of the guidance in ASC 942-740-25-2 effectively results in a
“two-difference” approach to the measurement of deferred tax consequences of
bad-debt reserves of thrift institutions:
- Difference 1 — A DTL is not recognized for the amount of tax bad-debt reserve that is less than the tax base-year amount (generally, amounts established at the beginning of the tax year in 1988). However, a DTL is recognized for any excess of the tax bad-debt reserve over the base-year amount.
- Difference 2 — A DTA is recognized for the entire allowance of bad debt established for financial reporting purposes (i.e., the “book” bad-debt reserve). As with any DTA, a valuation allowance is necessary to reduce the DTA to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Example 3-37
This example illustrates the application of the
two-difference approach for a thrift institution. Assume
the following:
- The tax law froze the tax bad-debt reserve at the end of 1987. This limitation does not apply to use of future percentage of taxable income (PTI) deductions. However, experience method deductions for years after 1987 are limited to amounts that increase the tax bad-debt reserve to the base-year amount. Under this method, a thrift is allowed a tax deduction to replenish its bad-debt reserve to the base-year amount.
- The thrift elected to adopt ASC 740 retroactively to January 1, 1988.
- An annual election is permitted under the tax law. Bad-debt deductions may be computed on (1) the experience method or (2) the PTI method. The PTI is 8 percent.
- The association has no temporary differences other than those arising from loan losses.
-
The enacted tax rate for all years is 25 percent.Deferred tax amounts are shown below.Income statement amounts are shown below (select accounts).
As indicated above, ASC 942-740-25-1 concludes that the
indefinite reversal notion of ASC 740-30-25-17 is applied to the entire amount
of the tax base-year bad-debt reserve of savings and loan associations and other
qualified thrift lenders. That is, a DTL is not recognized for the amount of tax
bad-debt reserve that is less than the tax base-year reserve.
If the savings and loan association or thrift has the ability to
refill the base-year reserve but has elected not to take the tax deductions to
refill the base-year amount, the excess represents a potential tax deduction for
which a DTA is recognized subject to a valuation allowance, if necessary.
However, if the base-year reserve has been reduced because of a reduction in the
amount of the qualifying loans, the exception provided in ASC 942-740-25-1 and
25-2 that applies to the base-year bad-debt reserve under ASC 740 should apply
only to the current remaining base-year amount, as determined in accordance with
IRC Section 585. Future increases in the base-year amount are a form of special
deduction, as described in ASC 740-10-25-37, that should not be anticipated.
Example 3-38
Assume that Entity B, a bank holding
company, acquires a 100 percent interest in a stock
savings and loan association, Entity T, in a 20X0
business combination. In 20X1, B directs T to transfer a
substantial portion of its existing loan portfolio to a
sister corporation operating under a bank charter. The
transfer was not contemplated as of the acquisition
date. Further, assume that under IRC Section 585, this
transfer reduces the tax base-year bad-debt reserve but
the transfer of loans to a sister entity does not result
in a current tax liability for the corresponding
reduction in the base-year bad-debt reserve.
If management did not contemplate the
transfer before 20X1, the effect of recording an
additional DTL for the tax consequences of the reduction
in the base-year bad-debt reserve for tax purposes
should be recognized as a component of income tax
expense from continuing operations in 20X1. The decision
in 20X1 to transfer the loans is the event that causes
the recognition of the deferred tax consequences of the
reduction in the bad-debt reserve, and the additional
expense should be recognized in that period.
3.5.6 Tax Effects of Intra-Entity Profits on Inventory
After an intra-entity sale of inventory or other assets occurs
at a profit between affiliated entities that are included in consolidated
financial statements but not in a consolidated tax return, the acquiring
entity’s tax basis of that asset exceeds the reported amount in the consolidated
financial statements. This occurs because, for financial reporting purposes, the
effects of gains or losses on transactions between entities included in the
consolidated financial statements are eliminated in consolidation. A DTA is
recorded for the excess of the tax basis over the financial reporting carrying
value of assets other than inventory that results from the intra-entity
sale.
With respect to inventory, ASC 740-10-25-3(e) requires that
income taxes paid on intra-entity profits on inventory remaining within the
group be accounted for under the consolidation guidance in ASC 810-10 and
prohibits recognition of a DTA for the difference between the tax basis of the
inventory in the buyer’s tax jurisdiction and its cost as reported in the
consolidated financial statements (i.e., after elimination of intra-entity
profit). Specifically, ASC 810-10-45-8 states, “If income taxes have been paid
on intra-entity profits on inventory remaining within the consolidated group,
those taxes shall be deferred or the intra-entity profits to be eliminated in
consolidation shall be appropriately reduced.”
The FASB concluded that in these circumstances, an entity’s
income statement should not reflect a tax consequence for intra-entity sales of
inventory that are eliminated in consolidation. Under this approach, the tax
paid or payable from the sale is deferred upon consolidation (as a prepaid
income tax or as an increase in the carrying amount of the related asset) and is
not included in tax expense until the inventory or other asset is sold to an
unrelated third party. This prepaid tax is different from deferred taxes that
are recorded in accordance with ASC 740 because it represents a past event whose
tax effect has simply been deferred, rather than the future taxable or
deductible differences addressed by ASC 740. The example below illustrates these
conclusions for a situation involving the transfer of inventory.
Example 3-39
Assume the following:
- A parent entity, P, operates in a jurisdiction, A, where the tax rate is 25 percent. Parent P’s wholly owned subsidiary, S, operates in a jurisdiction, B, where the tax rate is 35 percent.
- Parent P sells inventory to S at a $100 profit, and the inventory is on hand at year-end. Assume that P purchased the inventory for $200. Therefore, S’s basis for income tax reporting purposes in Jurisdiction B is $300.
- Parent P prepares consolidated financial statements and, for financial reporting purposes, gains and losses on intra-entity transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
The following journal entry shows the
income tax impact of this intra-entity transaction on
P’s consolidated financial statements.
Journal Entry
The FASB concluded that although the
excess of the buyer’s tax basis over the cost of
transferred assets reported in the consolidated
financial statements meets the technical definition of a
temporary difference, in substance an entity accounts
for this temporary difference by recognizing income
taxes related to intra-entity gains that are not
recognized in consolidated financial statements. The
FASB decided to eliminate that conflict by prohibiting
the recognition of deferred taxes in the buyer’s
jurisdiction for those differences and deferring the
recognition of expense for the tax paid by the
seller.
Assume that in a subsequent period, S
sold the inventory that it acquired from P to an
unrelated third party for the exact amount it previously
paid P — $300. The following journal entries show the
sales and related tax consequences that should be
reflected in P’s consolidated financial statements.
Journal Entries
3.5.6.1 Subsequent Changes in Tax Rates Involving Intra-Entity Transactions
If a jurisdiction changes its tax rates after an
intra-entity transaction but before the end product is sold to a third
party, the prepaid tax that was recognized should not be revalued. This
prepaid tax is different from deferred taxes that are recorded in accordance
with ASC 740 (which would need to be revalued) because it represents a past
event whose tax effect (i.e., tax payment) has simply been deferred, rather
than the future taxable or deductible difference addressed by ASC 740. Thus,
a subsequent change in the tax rates in either jurisdiction (buyer or
seller) does not result in a change in the actual or future tax benefit to
be received. In other words, a future reduction in rates in the seller’s
market does not change the value because the transaction that was taxed has
passed and is complete. In the buyer’s market, a change in rates does not
make the previous tax paid in the other jurisdiction any more or less
valuable either. The deferral is simply an income statement matching matter
that arises in consolidation whose aim is recognition of the ultimate tax
effects (at the actual rates paid) in the period of the end sale to an
external third party. Hence, prepaid taxes associated with intra-entity
profits do not need to be revalued.
3.5.7 Income Tax Accounting for Convertible Instruments With Embedded Conversion Features
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-0624 to simplify an entity’s accounting for convertible instruments (ASC
470-20) and contracts on an entity’s own equity (ASC 815). Of the five models of
accounting for convertible instruments under ASC 470-20, the ASU removed the
requirement for the separate allocation of proceeds attributable to the issuance
of (1) a convertible debt instrument with a cash conversion feature (CCF) and
(2) a convertible instrument with a beneficial conversion feature (BCF). As a
result, after adopting the ASU’s guidance, entities will not separately present
in equity an embedded conversion feature in such debt. Instead, they will
account for a convertible debt instrument wholly as debt, in the same manner as
they would such an instrument for U.S. federal income tax purposes, eliminating
the difference between book and tax basis in these debt instruments.
The ASU did not change the accounting for the other three types
of convertible instruments: (1) convertible instruments with an embedded
derivative where the embedded derivative is bifurcated and accounted for as a
derivative instrument in accordance with ASC 815-15, separate from the host
contract, (2) traditional convertible debt treated wholly as debt, and (3)
convertible debt issued at a substantial premium in which any residual amount in
excess of its principal amount is allocated to equity.
Upon the adoption of ASU 2020-06, the income tax accounting
guidance applicable to convertible instruments with a CCF or a BCF is superseded
(see below). However, the ASU does not directly address situations in which the
conversion feature is bifurcated and accounted for as a separate derivative
liability. In such cases, there is typically a difference between the book and
tax basis of both the debt instrument and the conversion feature accounted for
as a derivative liability. These basis differences result because, although the
convertible debt instrument is separated into two units of accounting for
financial reporting purposes (the debt instrument and the conversion feature),
the debt is typically not bifurcated for tax purposes. In such circumstances,
deferred taxes should be recorded for the basis differences of both the debt and
the derivative liability.
The tax basis difference associated with a debt conversion
feature that is a derivative liability is considered a deductible temporary
difference. ASC 740-10-20 defines a temporary difference as a difference “that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years when the reported
amount of the . . . liability is recovered or settled.” Further, ASC 740-10-20
states that “[e]vents that do not have tax consequences do not give rise to
temporary differences.” This conclusion is also based by analogy on the income
tax accounting guidance on BCFs and conversion features bifurcated from
convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion.
Accordingly, any difference between the financial reporting
basis and tax basis of both the convertible debt instrument and the derivative
liability should be accounted for as a temporary difference in accordance with
ASC 740. However, as demonstrated in the example below, if the settlement of the
convertible debt and derivative liability at an amount greater than their
combined tax basis would not result in a tax-deductible transaction, a net DTA
should not be recorded.
Example 3-40
On January 1, 20X1, Entity A issues
100,000 convertible notes at their par value of $1,000
per note, raising total proceeds of $100 million. The
embedded conversion feature must be accounted for
separately from the convertible notes (i.e., as a
derivative instrument under ASC 815). On January 1,
20X1, and December 31, 20X1, the derivative liability
has a fair value of $40 million and $35 million,
respectively. The notes bear interest at a fixed rate of
2 percent per annum, payable annually in arrears on
December 31, and mature in 10 years. The notes do not
contain embedded prepayment features other than the
conversion option.
The tax basis of the notes is $100
million, and A’s tax rate is 25 percent. Entity A is
entitled to tax deductions based on cash interest
payments but will receive no tax deduction if the
payment of consideration upon settlement is in excess of
the tax basis of the convertible notes ($100 million),
regardless of the form of that consideration (cash or
shares).
Transaction costs are not considered in
this example.
Journal Entries: January 1, 20X1
As shown above, the deferred tax
balances will typically offset each other at issuance.
However, the temporary differences will not remain
equivalent because the derivative liability will
typically be marked to fair value on an ongoing basis
while the discount on the debt will accrete toward the
principal balance, as shown below.
Journal Entries: December 31, 20X1
Because A presumes that the liabilities
will be settled at their current carrying value
(reported amount) in the future and the combined carrying value is less than
the combined tax basis, the settlement will result in a
taxable transaction. Accordingly, the basis differences
meet the definition of a temporary difference under ASC
740 and a net DTL is recorded. However, if the fair
value of the derivative liability would have increased
and the combined carrying value (reported amount) of the
convertible debt and derivative liability would have
exceeded the combined tax basis, the basis differences
would not meet the definition of a temporary difference
under ASC 740 because the settlement of convertible debt
and derivative liability at an amount greater than their
combined basis would not result
in a tax-deductible transaction.
Therefore, it is acceptable for A to
record deferred taxes for the basis differences but only
to the extent that the combined carrying value of the
convertible debt and derivative liability is equal to or
less than the combined tax basis. In other words, at any
point, A could have a net DTL related to the combined
carrying value but not a net DTA.
The guidance below reflects the income tax accounting before the adoption of ASU
2020-06 for convertible instruments with a CCF and a BCF.
Entities that issue convertible instruments must assess whether an instrument’s
conversion feature should be accounted for separately (bifurcated) in accordance
with relevant U.S. GAAP (e.g., ASC 470-20). Under U.S. GAAP, an entity must also
determine whether a conversion feature that is bifurcated should be classified
as equity or as a derivative.
Before the adoption of ASU 2020-06, ASC 740-10-55-51 addresses
the accounting for tax consequences of convertible debt instruments that contain
a BCF that is bifurcated and accounted for as equity. In addition, the income
tax accounting guidance in ASC 470-20-25-27 before the ASU’s adoption addresses
situations in which (1) a convertible debt instrument may be settled in cash
upon conversion and (2) the conversion feature is bifurcated and accounted for
as equity.
Further, ASC 740-10-55-51 addresses the income tax accounting
for BCFs before the adoption of ASU 2020-06. It states, in part:
The issuance of convertible debt with a beneficial
conversion feature results in a basis difference for purposes of applying
this Topic. The recognition of a beneficial conversion feature effectively
creates two separate instruments — a debt instrument and an equity
instrument — for financial statement purposes while it is accounted for as a
debt instrument, for example, under the U.S. Federal Income Tax Code.
Consequently, the reported amount in the financial statements (book basis)
of the debt instrument is different from the tax basis of the debt
instrument. The basis difference that results from the issuance of
convertible debt with a beneficial conversion feature is a temporary
difference for purposes of applying this Topic because that difference will
result in a taxable amount when the reported amount of the liability is
recovered or settled. That is, the liability is presumed to be settled at
its current carrying amount (reported amount).
Before the adoption of ASU 2020-06, the convertible debt
guidance in ASC 470-20-25-27 addresses the income tax accounting for conversion
features bifurcated from convertible debt instruments that may be settled in
cash upon conversion. This paragraph states, in part:
Recognizing convertible debt instruments within the scope of the Cash
Conversion Subsections as two separate components — a debt component and an
equity component — may result in a basis difference associated with the
liability component that represents a temporary difference for purposes of
applying Subtopic 740-10.
3.5.8 Leases
A lease’s classification for accounting purposes does not affect
its classification for tax purposes. Accordingly, an entity must determine the
tax classification of a lease under the applicable tax laws. While the
classification may be similar for either purpose, the differences between tax
and accounting principles and guidance often result in book/tax differences.
Thus, an entity needs to establish a process (or leverage its existing
processes) to account for these differences.
Under ASC 842, the lessee recognizes in its statement of
financial position an ROU asset and a lease liability for most operating leases
(including those related to synthetic lease arrangements). For income tax
purposes, however, the lessor is still treated as the owner of the property,
resulting in temporary differences with respect to each individual item and the
need to record and track the deferred taxes on each temporary difference
separately.
For example, if there is no tax basis in the ROU asset, a
taxable temporary difference may arise. Similarly, if there is no tax basis in
the lease liability, a deductible temporary difference may arise. The taxable
and deductible temporary differences are separate and give rise to separate and
distinct deferred tax amounts that generally should not be netted in the income
tax disclosures. Entities should carefully consider the disclosure requirements
in both ASC 740-10-50-2 and ASC 740-10-50-6 (see Chapter 14 for more information).
3.5.9 Consequences of Investments in Debt and Equity Securities
The guidance in ASU 2016-01 (now fully effective) significantly
revised an entity’s accounting related to the classification and measurement of
equity securities. For example, it amended the guidance in ASC 321 to require
entities to carry all investments in equity securities, including other
ownership interests (e.g., partnerships, unincorporated joint ventures, LLCs),
at fair value, with any changes in value recorded through continuing
operations.25
If the investments in equity securities are not measured at fair
value for income tax purposes, the application of the fair value measurement
requirements in ASC 321 will create either taxable or deductible temporary
differences for which deferred taxes would be recognized. If a DTA is
recognized, it must be assessed for realization.
The ASU largely retained the existing guidance on the
classification and measurement of investments in debt securities. Under ASC 320,
an entity may classify these investments as HTM, trading, or AFS. In accordance
with ASC 320-10-25-1:
- Debt securities that the entity has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as HTM and are reported at amortized cost.
- Debt securities that are bought and held principally to be sold in the near term are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.
- Debt securities not classified as either HTM or trading are classified as AFS and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in OCI.
3.5.9.1 HTM Securities
Use of the amortized cost method of accounting for debt
securities that are HTM often creates taxable or deductible temporary
differences because, for financial reporting purposes, any discount or
premium is amortized to income over the life of the investment. However, the
cost method used for tax purposes does not amortize discounts or premiums.
For example, because the amortization of a discount increases the carrying
amount of the debt security for financial reporting purposes, a taxable
temporary difference results when the tax basis in the investment remains
unchanged under the applicable tax law. Accounting for the deferred tax
consequences of any resultant temporary differences created by the use of
the amortized cost method is relatively straightforward because both the
pretax impact caused by the amortization of a discount or premium and its
related deferred tax consequences are recorded in the income statement
during the same period.
When the amortized cost method creates a deductible
temporary difference, realization of the resultant DTA must be assessed. A
valuation allowance is necessary to reduce the related DTA to an amount
whose realization is more likely than not. The tax consequences of valuation
allowances and any subsequent changes necessary to adjust the DTA to an
amount that is more likely than not to be realized are generally charged or
credited directly to income tax expense or benefit from continuing
operations (exceptions to this general rule are discussed in ASC
740-20-45-3). This procedure produces a normal ETR for income tax expense
from continuing operations. Since the preceding discussion pertains to HTM
securities, the resulting income and losses are reported in continuing
operations rather than in OCI.
3.5.9.2 Trading Securities
Trading securities that are reported at fair value create
taxable and deductible temporary differences when the cost method is used
for income tax purposes. For example, a temporary difference is created when
the fair value of an investment and its corresponding carrying amount for
financial reporting purposes differ from its cost for income tax purposes.
Accounting for the deferred tax consequences of any temporary differences
resulting from marking the securities to market for financial reporting
purposes is charged or credited directly to income tax expense or benefit
from continuing operations.
When mark-to-market accounting creates a deductible
temporary difference, realization of the resulting DTA must be assessed. A
DTA is reduced by a valuation allowance, if necessary, so that the net
amount represents the tax benefit that is more likely than not to be
realized. The tax consequences of establishing a valuation allowance and any
subsequent changes that may be necessary are generally charged or credited
directly to income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations
(exceptions to this general rule are discussed in ASC 740-20-45-3). This
procedure produces a normal ETR for income tax expense from continuing
operations in the absence of a valuation allowance.
3.5.9.3 AFS Securities
Securities classified as AFS are marked to market as of the balance sheet
date, which creates taxable and deductible temporary differences whenever
the cost method is used for income tax purposes. For example, a DTL will
result from taxable temporary differences whenever the fair value of an AFS
security is in excess of the amount of its cost basis, as determined under
tax law. In accordance with ASC 321-10-35-1, an entity subsequently measures
investments in equity securities at fair value and includes the unrealized
holding gains and losses in income. While ASC 320-10-35-1(b) indicates that
entities also measure investments in AFS debt securities at fair value, the
unrealized holding gains and losses on such securities must be excluded from
earnings and reported as a net amount in OCI until realized or unless an
exception applies.
ASC 740-20-45 provides general guidance on allocating the
tax effects of unrealized holding gains and losses among the various
categories of income. More specifically, ASC 740-20-45-11(b) requires that
the tax effects of gains and losses that occur during the year that are
included in comprehensive income but are excluded from net income (i.e.,
unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities) are also charged or credited
to OCI. The example below illustrates this concept. An entity should
evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a DTA related to AFS
securities in combination with the entity’s other DTAs. For further
discussion of the evaluation (for realization) of a DTA related to AFS debt
securities, see Section
5.7.4.
Example 3-41
Assume that at the beginning of the
current year, 20X1, Entity X has no unrealized gain
or loss on an AFS debt security. During 20X1,
unrealized losses on AFS debt securities are $1,000
and the tax rate is 25 percent. As a result of
significant negative evidence available at the close
of 20X1, X concludes that a 50 percent valuation
allowance is necessary. Therefore, X records a $250
DTA and a $125 valuation allowance. Accordingly, the
carrying amount of the AFS debt portfolio is reduced
by $1,000, OCI is reduced by $875, and a $125 net
DTA (a DTA of $250 less a valuation allowance of
$125) is recognized at the end of 20X1.
Footnotes
22
While check-the-box elections are most commonly
considered in a foreign context, the same elections can be made for
domestic entities.
23
The check-the-box election is
not part of a larger restructuring
transaction.
24
For PBEs that are not smaller reporting companies, ASU 2020-06 became
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including
interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the
ASU became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023,
including interim periods within those fiscal years.
25
This requirement does not apply to investments that
qualify for the equity method of accounting or to those that result in
consolidation or for which the entity has elected the practicability
exception to fair value measurement.
Chapter 4 — Uncertainty in Income Taxes
Chapter 4 — Uncertainty in Income Taxes
4.1 Overview and Scope
As discussed in Chapter 1, an entity’s overall objectives in the accounting for
income taxes are to (1) “recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the
current year” and (2) “recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future
tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial
statements or tax returns.” The total tax provision includes current tax expense
(benefit) (i.e., the amount of income taxes paid or payable [or refundable] for a
year as determined by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable
income or the excess of deductions over revenues for that year) and deferred tax
expense (or benefit) (i.e., change in DTAs and DTLs during the year). The total tax
expense reported in the financial statements should reflect the income tax effects
of tax positions on the basis of the two-step process in ASC 740-10, recognition
(step 1) and measurement (step 2). The recognition and measurement requirements of
ASC 740 should be applied only to uncertainties in income taxes and do not apply to
non-income taxes such as sales tax, value-added tax, and payroll tax.
See Section 11.4 for a
discussion of the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in business
combinations.
4.1.1 UTB Decision Tree and Assumptions in Recognition and Measurement
The decision tree below provides an overview of the process for
recognizing the benefits of a tax position under ASC 740.
The table below summarizes the framework an entity uses when
applying the two-step process of recognition and measurement under ASC
740-10.
Step 1 — Recognition
|
Step 2 — Measurement
|
---|---|
The position will be examined
|
Same
|
The examiner will have full knowledge of
all relevant information
|
Same
|
Offsetting or aggregating tax positions
should not be considered
|
Same
|
The evaluation should be based solely on
the position’s technical merits
|
The evaluation should be based on all
relevant information available on the reporting date
|
It should be assumed that the position
will be resolved in a court of last resort
|
The conclusion should be based on the
amount the taxpayer would ultimately accept in a
negotiated settlement with the tax authority
|
4.1.2 Consideration of Tax Positions Under ASC 740
ASC 740 applies to all tax positions in a previously filed tax return or tax
positions expected to be taken in a future tax return. A tax position can result
in a permanent reduction of income taxes payable, a deferral of income taxes
otherwise currently payable to future years, or a change in the expected
realizability of DTAs.
The definition of “tax position” in ASC 740-10-20 also lists the
following examples of tax positions that are within the scope of ASC 740:
-
“A decision not to file a tax return” (e.g., a decision not to file a specific state tax return because nexus was not established).
-
“An allocation or a shift of income between jurisdictions” (e.g., transfer pricing).
-
“The characterization of income or a decision to exclude reporting taxable income in a tax return” (e.g., interest income earned on municipal bonds).
-
“A decision to classify a transaction, entity, or other position in a tax return as tax exempt” (e.g., a decision not to include a foreign entity in the U.S. federal tax return).
-
“An entity’s status, including its status as a pass-through entity or a tax-exempt not-for-profit entity.”
Uncertainties related to tax positions not within the scope of ASC 740, such as
taxes based on gross receipts, revenue, or capital, should be accounted for
under other applicable literature (e.g., ASC 450).
4.1.2.1 Tax Positions Related to Entity Classification
Many entities are exempt from paying taxes because they
qualify as either a tax-exempt (e.g., not-for-profit organization) or a
pass-through entity (e.g., Subchapter S corporation, partnership), or they
function similarly to a pass-through entity (e.g., REIT, RIC). To qualify
for tax-exempt or pass-through treatment, such entities must meet certain
conditions under the relevant tax law.
According to the definition of a tax position in ASC 740-10-20, a decision to
classify an entity as tax exempt or as a pass-through should be evaluated
under ASC 740 for recognition and measurement. In some situations, it may be
appropriate for the entity to consider how the administrative practices and
precedents of the relevant tax authority could affect its qualification for
tax-exempt or pass-through treatment.
For example, a Subchapter S corporation must meet certain conditions to
qualify for special tax treatment. If the Subchapter S corporation violates
one of these conditions, it might still qualify for the special tax
treatment under a tax authority’s widely understood administrative practices
and precedents. Sometimes, however, these administrative practices and
precedents are available only if an entity self-reports the violation. In
assessing whether self-reporting affects an entity’s ability to avail itself
of administrative practices and precedents, the entity should consider
whether relief would still be as readily available if, before
self-reporting, the tax authority contacts the entity for an examination. If
an entity has the ability to pursue relief, and the likelihood of relief is
not compromised even if, before self-reporting, the tax authority makes
contact for an examination, then the entity can rely on these administrative
practices and precedents for recognition purposes because such
administrative practices and precedents are not contingent upon
self-reporting. However, if relief were no longer available, or the
likelihood of relief were compromised had the tax authority contacted the
entity for examination before self-reporting, then the administrative
practice would be contingent upon self-reporting, and the entity would not
be able to rely on these administrative practices and precedents for
recognition purposes until the violation had actually been
self-reported.
4.1.2.2 Unit of Account
Each individual tax position must be analyzed separately
under ASC 740. ASC 740-10-25-13 states that an entity’s determination of
what constitutes a unit of account for its individual tax position “is a
matter of judgment based on the individual facts and circumstances.” To
determine the unit of account, the entity should consider, at a minimum, (1)
the manner in which it prepares and supports its income tax return and (2)
the approach it expects the tax authorities will take during an examination.
The entity may also consider:
-
The composition of the position — whether the position is made up of multiple transactions that could be individually challenged by the tax authority.
-
Statutory documentation requirements.
-
The nature and content of tax opinions.
-
The history of the entity (or reliable information about others’ history) with the relevant tax authority on similar positions.
The determination of the unit of account to which ASC 740 is applied is not
an accounting policy choice; rather, it is a factual determination that is
based on the facts and circumstances for the tax position being considered.
Every tax position (e.g., transaction, portion of transaction, election,
decision) for which a tax reporting consequence is reported in the financial
statements is within the scope of ASC 740 and is, therefore, a possible unit
of account to which ASC 740 applies. The unit of account is determined by
evaluating the facts and circumstances of the tax position.
Once determined, the unit of account for a tax position should be the same
for each position and similar positions from period to period unless changes
in facts and circumstances indicate that a different unit of account is
appropriate.
Changes in facts and circumstances that could cause
management to reassess its determination of the unit of account include
significant changes in organizational structure (e.g., sale of a
subsidiary), recent experience with tax authorities, a change in tax law,
and a change in the regulatory environment within a jurisdiction.
Although ASC 740-10-55-87 through 55-89 acknowledge that changes in a unit of
account may occur, such changes are expected to be infrequent. Further, if a
change in unit of account is caused by something other than a change in
facts and circumstances, it may be an indication that ASC 740 was applied
incorrectly in prior periods.
A change in judgment regarding the appropriate unit of account that does not
result from the correction of an error should be treated as a change in
estimate and applied prospectively.
4.2 Recognition
ASC 740-10
25-5 This Subtopic requires the
application of a more-likely-than-not recognition criterion
to a tax position before and separate from the measurement
of a tax position. See paragraph 740-10-55-3 for guidance
related to this two-step process.
25-6 An entity shall initially
recognize the financial statement effects of a tax position
when it is more likely than not, based on the technical
merits, that the position will be sustained upon
examination. The term more likely than not means a
likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms
examined and upon examination also include
resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes,
if any. For example, if an entity determines that it is
certain that the entire cost of an acquired asset is fully
deductible, the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
has been met. The more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
is a positive assertion that an entity believes it is
entitled to the economic benefits associated with a tax
position. The determination of whether or not a tax position
has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold shall
consider the facts, circumstances, and information available
at the reporting date. The level of evidence that is
necessary and appropriate to support an entity’s assessment
of the technical merits of a tax position is a matter of
judgment that depends on all available information.
25-7 In making the required
assessment of the more-likely-than-not criterion:
-
It shall be presumed that the tax position will be examined by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
-
Technical merits of a tax position derive from sources of authorities in the tax law (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. When the past administrative practices and precedents of the taxing authority in its dealings with the entity or similar entities are widely understood, for example, by preparers, tax practitioners and auditors, those practices and precedents shall be taken into account.
-
Each tax position shall be evaluated without consideration of the possibility of offset or aggregation with other positions.
25-8
If the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is not met
in the period for which a tax position is taken or expected
to be taken, an entity shall recognize the benefit of the
tax position in the first interim period that meets any one
of the following conditions:
-
The more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is met by the reporting date.
-
The tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation or litigation.
-
The statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired.
Accordingly, a change in facts after the reporting date but
before the financial statements are issued or are available
to be issued (as discussed in Section 855-10-25) shall be
recognized in the period in which the change in facts
occurs.
25-9 A
tax position could be effectively settled upon examination
by a taxing authority. Assessing whether a tax position is
effectively settled is a matter of judgment because
examinations occur in a variety of ways. In determining
whether a tax position is effectively settled, an entity
shall make the assessment on a position-by-position basis,
but an entity could conclude that all positions in a
particular tax year are effectively settled.
25-10
As required by paragraph 740-10-25-8(b) an entity shall
recognize the benefit of a tax position when it is
effectively settled. An entity shall evaluate all of the
following conditions when determining effective
settlement:
-
The taxing authority has completed its examination procedures including all appeals and administrative reviews that the taxing authority is required and expected to perform for the tax position.
-
The entity does not intend to appeal or litigate any aspect of the tax position included in the completed examination.
-
It is remote that the taxing authority would examine or reexamine any aspect of the tax position. In making this assessment management shall consider the taxing authority’s policy on reopening closed examinations and the specific facts and circumstances of the tax position. Management shall presume the relevant taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information in making the assessment on whether the taxing authority would reopen a previously closed examination.
25-11
In the tax years under examination, a tax position does not
need to be specifically reviewed or examined by the taxing
authority to be considered effectively settled through
examination. Effective settlement of a position subject to
an examination does not result in effective settlement of
similar or identical tax positions in periods that have not
been examined.
25-12
An entity may obtain information during the examination
process that enables that entity to change its assessment of
the technical merits of a tax position or of similar tax
positions taken in other periods. However, the effectively
settled conditions in paragraph 740-10-25-10 do not provide
any basis for the entity to change its assessment of the
technical merits of any tax position in other periods.
25-13
The appropriate unit of account for determining what
constitutes an individual tax position, and whether the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is met for a tax
position, is a matter of judgment based on the individual
facts and circumstances of that position evaluated in light
of all available evidence. The determination of the unit of
account to be used shall consider the manner in which the
entity prepares and supports its income tax return and the
approach the entity anticipates the taxing authority will
take during an examination. Because the individual facts and
circumstances of a tax position and of an entity taking that
position will determine the appropriate unit of account, a
single defined unit of account would not be applicable to
all situations.
25-14
Subsequent recognition shall be based on management’s best
judgment given the facts, circumstances, and information
available at the reporting date. A tax position need not be
legally extinguished and its resolution need not be certain
to subsequently recognize the position. Subsequent changes
in judgment that lead to changes in recognition shall result
from the evaluation of new information and not from a new
evaluation or new interpretation by management of
information that was available in a previous financial
reporting period. See Sections 740-10-35 and 740-10-40 for
guidance on changes in judgment leading to derecognition of
and measurement changes for a tax position.
25-15
A change in judgment that results in subsequent recognition,
derecognition, or change in measurement of a tax position
taken in a prior annual period (including any related
interest and penalties) shall be recognized as a discrete
item in the period in which the change occurs. Paragraph
740-270-35-6 addresses the different accounting required for
such changes in a prior interim period within the same
fiscal year.
25-16
The amount of benefit recognized in the statement of
financial position may differ from the amount taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return for the current year.
These differences represent unrecognized tax benefits. A
liability is created (or the amount of a net operating loss
carryforward or amount refundable is reduced) for an
unrecognized tax benefit because it represents an entity’s
potential future obligation to the taxing authority for a
tax position that was not recognized under the requirements
of this Subtopic.
25-17
A tax position recognized in the financial statements may
also affect the tax bases of assets or liabilities and
thereby change or create temporary differences. A taxable
and deductible temporary difference is a difference between
the reported amount of an item in the financial statements
and the tax basis of an item as determined by applying this
Subtopic’s recognition threshold and measurement provisions
for tax positions. See paragraph 740-10-30-7 for measurement
requirements.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
-
Recognition and Measurement of Tax Positions — a Two-Step Process [ASC 740-10-55-3].
-
Example 1: The Unit of Account for a Tax Position [ASC 740-10-55-81].
-
Example 2: Administrative Practices — Asset Capitalization [ASC 740-10-55-90].
-
Example 3: Administrative Practices — Nexus [ASC 740-10-55-93].
-
Example 11: Information Becomes Available Before Issuance of Financial Statements [ASC 740-10-55-117].
-
Example 32: Definition of a Tax Position [ASC 740-10-55-223].
-
Example 33: Definition of a Tax Position [ASC 740-10-55-224].
-
Example 34: Definition of a Tax Position [ASC 740-10-55-225].
-
Example 35: Attribution of Income Taxes to the Entity or Its Owners [ASC 740-10-55-226].
-
Example 36: Attribution of Income Taxes to the Entity or Its Owners [ASC 740-10-55-227].
-
Example 37: Attribution of Income Taxes to the Entity or Its Owners [ASC 740-10-55-228].
-
Example 38: Financial Statements of a Group of Related Entities [ASC 740-10-55-229].
An assessment of whether a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold is based on the technical merits of the tax position. If that threshold is
not met, no benefit can be recognized in the financial statements for that tax
position.
When recognizing a tax position, an entity must assess the position’s technical
merits under the tax law for the relevant jurisdiction. That assessment often
requires consultation with tax law experts.
4.2.1 Meaning of the Court of Last Resort and Its Impact on Recognition
As part of the technical merit assessment, an entity must assess what the outcome
of a dispute would be if the matter was taken to the court of last resort.
According to ASC 740-10-55-3, the “recognition threshold is met when the
taxpayer (the reporting entity) concludes that . . . it is more likely than not
that the taxpayer will sustain the benefit taken . . . in a dispute with taxing
authorities if the taxpayer takes the dispute to the court of last resort.”
The court of last resort is the highest court that has
discretion to hear a particular case in a particular jurisdiction. In
determining whether a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold, an entity must consider how the court of last resort would rule. To
form a conclusion, an entity must examine all laws against which the court of
last resort would evaluate the tax position.
In the United States, the U.S. Supreme Court, as the highest judicial body, is
the highest court that has discretion to hear an income-tax-related case. It is
thus the ultimate court for deciding the constitutionality of federal or state
law. Many more cases are filed with the U.S. Supreme Court than are heard; the
justices exercise discretion in deciding which cases to hear.
When evaluating the recognition criteria in ASC 740, an entity should not
consider the likelihood that the U.S. Supreme Court will hear a case regarding
the constitutionality of the applicable tax law. In assessing the tax position
for recognition, the entity should assume that the case will be heard by the
court of last resort.
The highest courts of jurisdictions outside the United States that hear
income-tax-related cases may not be these jurisdictions’ supreme courts. In
addition, in foreign jurisdictions, supreme courts may also not evaluate a case
against laws other than income tax laws. Tax positions should be evaluated
against all laws that apply in each relevant jurisdiction.
4.2.2 Legal Tax Opinions Not Required
An entity is not required to obtain a legal tax opinion to support its conclusion
that a tax position meets the recognition criteria in ASC 740-10-25-6. However,
the entity must have sufficient evidence to support its assertion that a tax
benefit should be recognized on the basis of the technical merits of the
relevant law. In addition, the entity should determine whether it has the
appropriate expertise to evaluate all available evidence and the uncertainties
associated with the relevant statutes or case law. The entity must use judgment
in determining the amount and type of evidence it needs in addition to, or in
lieu of, a tax opinion to demonstrate whether the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold is met.
4.2.3 Consideration of Widely Understood Administrative Practices and Precedents
When assessing whether a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold, an entity is allowed under ASC 740 to consider past administrative
practices and precedents only when the tax position taken by the entity could
technically be a violation of tax law but is known to be widely accepted by the
tax authority. An example of this concept is the tax authority’s accepting the
immediate deduction of the cost of acquired fixed assets that are below a
reasonable dollar threshold even though this may be considered a technical
violation of the tax law.
Because ASC 740 does not provide guidance on when an administrative practice and
precedent is considered “widely understood,” this assertion depends on the
specific facts and circumstances of the tax position; therefore, an entity must
use professional judgment to decide what constitutes “widely understood.” An
entity that asserts that an administrative practice and precedent is widely
understood should document the basis of that assertion, including the evidence
to support it. Such evidence may include reliable knowledge of the tax
authority’s past dealings with the entity on the same tax matter when the facts
and circumstances have been similar. The use of administrative practices and
precedents is expected to be infrequent.
With respect to administrative practices and precedents, the SEC
has indicated1 that if a tax authority objects to an entity’s tax position but has
previously granted prospective transition by indicating that no additional taxes
would be due for prior periods, the entity should “consider
the taxing authority’s practice of addressing fund industry issues on a
prospective basis as part of the administrative practices and precedents of
the taxing authority” (emphasis added) when analyzing the technical
merits of the specific tax position.
Footnotes
4.3 Measurement
ASC 740-10
30-7 A tax
position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold shall initially and subsequently be measured as
the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50
percent likely of being realized upon settlement with a
taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant
information. Measurement of a tax position that meets the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold shall consider
the amounts and probabilities of the outcomes that could be
realized upon settlement using the facts, circumstances, and
information available at the reporting date. As used in this
Subtopic, the term reporting date refers to the date of the
entity’s most recent statement of financial position. For
further explanation and illustration, see Examples 5 through
10 (paragraphs 740-10-55-99 through 55-116).
4.3.1 Information Affecting Measurement of Tax Positions
In determining the largest amount of tax benefit that is more
than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a tax
authority, an entity should give more weight to information that is objectively
verifiable than to information that is not. The amount of tax benefit to
recognize in financial statements should be based on reasonable and supportable
assumptions. Some information used to determine the amount of tax benefit to be
recognized in financial statements (amounts and probabilities of the outcomes
that could be realized upon ultimate settlement) will be objectively determined,
while other amounts will be determined more subjectively. The weight given to
the information should be commensurate with the extent to which the information
can be objectively verified. Examples of objectively determined information
include the amount of deduction reported in an entity’s as-filed tax return or
the amount of deduction for a similar tax position examined by, or sustained in
settlement with, the tax authority in the past.
ASC 740-10-30-7 states, in part:
Measurement of a tax position . . . shall consider the amounts and
probabilities of the outcomes that could be realized upon [ultimate]
settlement using the facts, circumstances, and information available at
the reporting date.
Because of the level of uncertainty associated with a tax
position, unless the position is considered “binary” (see additional discussion
in Section 4.3.5), an entity will
generally need to perform a cumulative-probability assessment of the possible
estimated outcomes when applying the measurement criterion.
Because ASC 740 does not prescribe how to assign or analyze the probabilities of
individual outcomes of a recognized tax position, this process involves
judgment. Ultimately, an entity must consider all available information about
the tax position to form a reasonable, supportable basis for its assigned
probabilities. Factors an entity should consider in forming the basis for its
assigned probabilities include, but are not limited to, the amount reflected (or
expected to be reflected) in the tax return, the entity’s past experience with
similar tax positions, information obtained during the examination process,
closing and other agreements, and the advice of experts. The entity should
maintain the necessary documentation to support its assigned probabilities.
In any of the following circumstances, an entity may need to obtain third-party
expertise to assist with measurement:
-
The tax position results in a large tax benefit.
-
The tax position relies on an interpretation of law in which the entity lacks expertise.
-
The tax position arises in connection with an unusual, nonrecurring transaction or event.
-
The range of potential sustainable benefits is widely dispersed.
-
The tax position is not addressed specifically in the tax law and requires significant judgment and interpretation.
4.3.2 Cumulative-Probability Table
It is expected that an entity will perform a
cumulative-probability analysis when measuring its uncertain tax positions that
have met the recognition threshold in instances in which there is more than one
possible settlement outcome. Although the use of a cumulative-probability table
in the performance of such an analysis is not required, it is a tool that can
help management (1) assess and document the level of uncertainty related to the
outcomes of various tax positions and (2) demonstrate that the amount of tax
benefit recognized is consist with the guidance in ASC 740-10-30-7.
4.3.3 Cumulative-Probability Approach Versus Best Estimate
In the determination of the amount of tax benefit that will ultimately be
realized upon settlement with the tax authority, cumulative probability is not
equivalent to best estimate. While the best estimate is the single expected
outcome that is more probable than all other possible outcomes, the
cumulative-probability approach is based on the largest amount of tax benefit
with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate
settlement with a tax authority.
The table in the example below illustrates this difference by
showing the measurement of the benefit of an uncertain tax position. Under the
cumulative-probability approach, the largest amount of tax benefit with a
greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized is $20, while the best
estimate is $25 (the most probable outcome at 31 percent). An entity must use
the cumulative-probability approach when measuring the amount of tax benefit to
record under ASC 740-10-30-7.
Example 4-1
In its 20X7 tax return, an entity takes a $100 tax
deduction, which reduces its current tax liability by
$25. The entity concludes that there is a greater than
50 percent chance that, if the tax authority were to
examine the tax position, it would be sustained as
filed. Accordingly, the tax deduction meets the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold.
Although the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold, the entity believes that it would
negotiate a settlement if the tax position were
challenged by the tax authority. On the basis of these
assumptions, the entity determines the following
possible outcomes and probabilities:
Accordingly, the entity should (1) recognize a tax
benefit of $20 because this is the largest benefit that
has a cumulative probability of greater than 50 percent
and (2) record a $5 liability for UTBs (provided that
the tax position does not affect a DTA or DTL).
4.3.4 Use of Aggregation and Offsetting in Measuring a Tax Position
An entity may not employ aggregation or offsetting techniques that specifically
apply to multiple tax positions when measuring the benefit associated with a tax
position. Each tax position must be considered and measured independently,
regardless of whether the related benefit is expected to be negotiated with the
tax authority as part of a broader settlement involving multiple tax
positions.
4.3.5 Tax Positions That Are Considered Binary
A tax position is considered binary when there are only two possible outcomes
(e.g., full deduction or 100 percent disallowance).
Because tax authorities are often permitted — in lieu of
litigation — to negotiate a settlement with taxpayers for positions taken in
their income tax returns, very few tax positions are, in practice, binary. In
certain circumstances, however, it may be acceptable to evaluate the amount of
benefit to recognize as if the position was binary (e.g., when the tax position
is so fundamental to the operation of an entity’s business that the entity is
unwilling to compromise). Since such circumstances are expected to be rare, the
entity should use caution in determining whether a tax position should be
considered binary with respect to measuring the amount of tax benefit to
recognize.
If a tax position is considered binary and meets the
more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition, it is appropriate to consider
only two possible outcomes for measurement purposes: the position is sustained
or the position is lost. ASC 740-10-30-7 states, in part:
A tax position that
meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold shall initially and
subsequently be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is
greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with a
taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
Measurement of a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold shall consider the amounts and probabilities of the
outcomes that could be realized upon settlement using the facts,
circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.
While such situations are rare, when a tax position is considered binary and
meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold in ASC 740-10-30-7, that
tax position should be measured at the largest amount that is more than 50
percent likely to be realized, which would generally be the as-filed position
(i.e., full benefit).
Connecting the Dots
When a full tax benefit is recognized for a tax position that is
considered binary and no UTB is presented in the tabular UTB
reconciliation, the entity should consider disclosing additional
information for such tax positions that could have a significant effect
on the entity’s financial position, operations, or cash flows.
4.4 Interest (Expense and Income) and Penalties
ASC 740-10
30-29
Paragraph 740-10-25-56 establishes the requirements under which
an entity shall accrue interest on an underpayment of income
taxes. The amount of interest expense to be recognized shall be
computed by applying the applicable statutory rate of interest
to the difference between the tax position recognized in
accordance with the requirements of this Subtopic for tax
positions and the amount previously taken or expected to be
taken in a tax return.
30-30
Paragraph 740-10-25-57 establishes both when an entity shall
record an expense for penalties attributable to certain tax
positions as well as the amount.
4.4.1 Interest Expense
ASC 740-10-30-29 requires that an entity recognize and compute
interest expense by applying the applicable statutory rate of interest to the
difference between the tax position recognized in the financial statements, in
accordance with ASC 740, and the as-filed tax position.
Paragraphs B52 and B53 of Interpretation 48, which were not codified, explain that the FASB, during its redeliberations of the provisions of Interpretation 48, considered whether to require accrual of interest on (1) management’s best estimate of the amount that would ultimately be paid to the tax authority upon settlement or (2) the difference between the tax benefit of the as-filed tax position and the amount recognized in the financial statements. The FASB concluded that accruing interest on the basis of management’s best estimate would be inconsistent with the approach required in Interpretation 48 for recognizing tax positions and that the
amount of interest and penalties recognized should be consistent with the amount of
tax benefits reported in the financial statements.
4.4.2 Interest Income
ASC 740 does not discuss the recognition and measurement of interest income on UTBs;
however, an entity should recognize and measure interest income to be received on an
overpayment of income taxes in the first period in which the interest would begin
accruing according to the provisions of the relevant tax law.
4.4.3 Penalties
Penalties should be accrued if the position does not meet the minimum statutory
threshold necessary to avoid payment of penalties unless a widely understood
administrative practices and precedents exception (discussed below) is
applicable.
In many jurisdictions, penalties may be imposed when a specified
threshold of support for a tax position taken is not met. In the United States, some
penalties are transaction-specific (i.e., not based on taxable income) and others,
such as penalties for substantial underpayment of taxes, are based on the amount of
additional taxes due upon settlement with the tax authority. Taxing authorities may
also assess penalties that are unrelated to income taxes. For example, a taxing
authority may impose penalties associated with taxes that are outside the scope of
ASC 740 or that are related to informational filings. Penalties that are not related
to an income tax are not generally within the scope of ASC 740. Such penalties are
also not within the scope of the entity’s policy for presenting interest and
penalties in the income statement and balance sheet (see Section 13.3.1).
ASC 740-10-25-57 indicates that an entity must recognize, on the basis of the
relevant tax law, an expense for the amount of a statutory penalty in the period in
which the tax position that would give rise to a penalty has been taken or is
expected to be taken in the tax return. Penalties required under the relevant tax
law should thus be recorded in the same period in which the liability for UTBs is
recognized. If the penalty was not recorded when the tax position was initially
taken because the position met the minimum statutory threshold, the entity should
recognize the expense in the period in which its judgment about meeting the minimum
statutory threshold changes.
Example 4-2
On December 31, 20X7, a calendar-year-end entity expects to a
take a tax position that will reduce its tax liability in
its 20X7 tax return, which will be filed in 20X8. The entity
concludes that the tax position lacks the specified
confidence level (e.g., substantial authority) required to
avoid the payment of a penalty under the relevant tax law.
In its December 31, 20X7, financial statements, the entity
should record a liability for the penalty amount the tax
authority is expected to assess on the basis of the relevant
tax law.
An entity should consider a tax authority’s widely understood administrative
practices and precedents in determining whether the minimum statutory threshold to
avoid the assessment of penalties has been met. If the tax authority has a widely
understood administrative practice or precedent that modifies the circumstances
under which a penalty is assessed (relative to the statutory criteria), the entity
should consider this administrative practice or precedent in determining whether a
penalty should be assessed. Anecdotal evidence, such as the entity’s historical
experience with the tax authority in achieving penalty abatement, would not be
considered an administrative practice.
To take such a widely understood policy into consideration, the entity must conclude
that the tax authority would not assess penalties provided that the tax authority
has full knowledge of all the relevant facts. The use of such a policy is limited to
whether the tax authority would assess penalties. It does not apply to the
determination of the amount of penalties that the entity will actually pay once they
are assessed. That is, a tax authority’s historical practice of abating penalties
during negotiations with the entity when the threshold to avoid the assessment of
penalties has not been met is not relevant to the accrual and measurement of
penalties. If the entity concludes that penalties are applicable under ASC
740-10-25-56 because there is no widely understood policy, the entity must calculate
the penalties to accrue on the basis of the applicable tax code.
Example 4-3
A U.S. corporate entity applies the
provisions of ASC 740 to its tax positions and recognizes a
liability for its UTBs. The entity accrues interest by
applying the applicable statutory rate of interest to the
difference between the tax position recognized in the
financial statements, in accordance with ASC 740, and the
as-filed tax position. The entity identifies a written
policy in the tax authority’s manual that allows its field
agents to ignore the statute and not assess penalties when
an entity has a reasonable basis for its return position and
the tax authority has routinely applied the exception in
circumstances that are similar to the entity’s specific
situation. The entity should consider that policy when
determining whether it must accrue penalties related to its
UTBs.
Example 4-4
An entity applies the provisions of ASC 740
to its tax positions and recognizes a liability for its
UTBs. The entity accrues interest by applying the applicable
statutory rate of interest to the difference between the tax
position recognized in the financial statements, in
accordance with ASC 740, and in the as-filed tax position.
The entity did not meet the minimum statutory threshold to
avoid assessment of penalties; however, the entity’s past
experience indicates that it is probable that the tax
authority will abate all penalties assessed during the
examination process. The entity may not take its past
experience into consideration because it does not constitute
a widely understood administrative practice or precedent
relative to whether a penalty would be assessed under the
circumstances. Since the entity did not meet the minimum
statutory threshold to avoid the assessment of penalties,
the entity must accrue penalties on the basis of the
applicable statutory rate.
See Section 13.3.1 for a discussion related to presentation of
interest (expense and income) and penalties in the financial statements.
4.5 Subsequent Changes in Recognition and Measurement
ASC 740-10
35-2 Subsequent
measurement of a tax position meeting the recognition
requirements of paragraph 740-10-25-6 shall be based on
management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances, and
information available at the reporting date. Paragraph
740-10-30-7 explains that the reporting date is the date of the
entity’s most recent statement of financial position. A tax
position need not be legally extinguished and its resolution
need not be certain to subsequently measure the position.
Subsequent changes in judgment that lead to changes in
measurement shall result from the evaluation of new information
and not from a new evaluation or new interpretation by
management of information that was available in a previous
financial reporting period.
35-3 Paragraph
740-10-25-15 requires that a change in judgment that results in
a change in measurement of a tax position taken in a prior
annual period (including any related interest and penalties)
shall be recognized as a discrete item in the period in which
the change occurs. Paragraph 740-270-35-6 addresses the
different accounting required for such changes in a prior
interim period within the same fiscal year.
40-2 An entity
shall derecognize a previously recognized tax position in the
first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that
the tax position would be sustained upon examination. Use of a
valuation allowance is not a permitted substitute for
derecognizing the benefit of a tax position when the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is no longer met.
Derecognition shall be based on management’s best judgment given
the facts, circumstances, and information available at the
reporting date. Paragraph 740-10-30-7 explains that the
reporting date is the date of the entity’s most recent statement
of financial position. Subsequent changes in judgment that lead
to derecognition shall result from the evaluation of new
information and not from a new evaluation or new interpretation
by management of information that was available in a previous
financial reporting period.
40-3 If an entity that had
previously considered a tax position effectively settled becomes
aware that the taxing authority may examine or reexamine the tax
position or intends to appeal or litigate any aspect of the tax
position, the tax position is no longer considered effectively
settled and the entity shall reevaluate the tax position in
accordance with the requirements of this Subtopic for tax
positions.
40-4
Paragraph 740-10-25-15 requires that a change in judgment that
results in derecognition of a tax position taken in a prior
annual period (including any related interest and penalties)
shall be recognized as a discrete item in the period in which
the change occurs. Paragraph 740-270-35-6 addresses the
different accounting required for such changes in a prior
interim period within the same fiscal year.
Management’s assessment of UTBs is an ongoing process. ASC 740-10-25-14, ASC 740-10-35-2,
and ASC 740-10-40-2 stipulate that management, when considering the subsequent
recognition and measurement of the tax benefit associated with a tax position that did
not initially meet the recognition threshold and the subsequent derecognition of one
that did, should base such assessments on its “best judgment given the facts,
circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.”
ASC 740-10-25-8 states, in part:
If the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is
not met in the period for which a tax position is taken or expected to be taken, an
entity shall recognize the benefit of the tax position in the first interim period
that meets any one of the following conditions:
- The more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is met by the reporting date.
- The tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation or litigation.
- The statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired.
An entity that has taken a tax position that previously did not meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold can subsequently recognize the benefit
associated with that tax position only if new information changes the technical merits
of the position or the tax position is effectively settled through examination or
expiration of the statute of limitations.
The finality or certainty of a tax position’s outcome through settlement or expiration of
the statute of limitations is not required for the subsequent recognition,
derecognition, or measurement of the benefit associated with a tax position. However,
such changes in judgment should be based on management’s assessment of new information
only, not on a new evaluation or interpretation of previously available information.
See Section 11.4 for a discussion of subsequent
changes in recognition and measurement of uncertainty in income taxes in a business
combination.
4.5.1 Decision Tree for the Subsequent Recognition, Derecognition, and Measurement of Benefits of a Tax Position
4.5.2 New Information
New information may result in a change to the recognition or
measurement of a tax position. New information may also include, but is not limited
to, information obtained from a recently completed examination by the tax authority
of a tax year that includes a similar type of tax position, developments in case
law, changes in tax law and regulations, and rulings by the tax authority.
An entity that has taken a tax position that previously did not meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold can subsequently recognize a benefit
associated with the tax position if new information changes the technical merits of
the position. The examination of a tax year by the relevant authority in a
jurisdiction (e.g., the IRS in the United States) does not mean that all tax
positions not disputed by the tax authority meet the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold. An entity cannot assert that a tax position can be sustained
on the basis of its technical merits simply because the tax authority did not
dispute or disallow the position. This lack of dispute or disallowance may be
because the tax authority is overlooking a position.
An entity that has taken a tax position that previously met the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold can subsequently remeasure the benefit
associated with the tax position on the basis of new information, without the
limitation that the new information must change the technical merits of the
position.
Under ASC 740, an entity should not consider new information that is received after
the balance sheet date, but that is not available as of the balance sheet date, when
evaluating an uncertain tax position as of the balance sheet date. Specifically, paragraph B38 in the Basis for Conclusions of Interpretation 48 (not codified in ASC
740), states:
In deliberating changes in judgment in this Interpretation, the
Board decided that recognition and measurement should be based on all
information available at the reporting date and that a subsequent change in
facts and circumstances should be recognized in the period in which the change
occurs. Accordingly, a change in facts subsequent to the reporting date but
prior to the issuance of the financial statements should be recognized in the
period in which the change in facts occurs.
Note that subsequent events are currently accounted for under ASC 855. The guidance
in ASC 740 applies only to situations covered by ASC 740 and is not analogous to
other situations covered by ASC 855. ASC 855 prescribes the accounting requirements
for two types of subsequent events: (1) recognized subsequent events, which
constitute additional evidence of conditions that existed as of the balance sheet
date and for which adjustment of previously unissued financial statements is
required, and (2) nonrecognized subsequent events, which constitute evidence of
conditions that did not exist as of the balance sheet date but arose after that date
and for which only disclosure is required.
The examples below illustrate the consideration of new information
concerning an uncertain tax position that is received after the balance sheet
date.
Example 4-5
As of the balance sheet date, an entity
believes that it is more likely than not that an uncertain
tax position will be sustained. Before the financial
statements are issued or are available to be issued,
management becomes aware of a recent court ruling that
occurred after the balance sheet date and that disallowed a
similar tax position taken by another taxpayer. Because the
court ruling occurred after the balance sheet date, the
entity should reflect any change in its assessment of
recognition and measurement that resulted from the new
information in the interim period that includes the court
ruling; however, the entity should consider whether the
court ruling and an estimate of its impact should be
disclosed in accordance with ASC 855.
Example 4-6
Assume that (1) an entity finalizes a tax litigation
settlement with the tax authority after the balance sheet
date but before its financial statements are issued or are
available to be issued and (2) the events that gave rise to
the litigation had taken place before the balance sheet
date. According to ASC 740, the entity should not adjust its
financial statements to reflect the subsequent settlement;
however, the entity should disclose, in the notes to the
financial statements, the settlement and its effect on the
financial statements.
4.5.3 Effectively Settled Tax Positions
A tax position that was included in an examination by the tax authority can be
considered effectively settled without being legally extinguished. An entity must
use significant judgment in determining whether a tax position is effectively
settled.
A tax position is considered effectively settled when both the entity and the tax
authority believe that the examination is complete and that the likelihood of the
tax authority’s reexamining the tax position is remote (as defined in ASC 450).
Although a tax position can be considered effectively settled only if it was part of
a completed examination, a tax position that is part of an examination does not need
to be specifically reviewed by the tax authority to be considered effectively
settled; however, the fact that an issue was not examined will affect the assessment
of whether examination or reexamination is remote.
For a tax position to be considered effectively settled, it must meet all of the
following conditions in ASC 740-10-25-10:
- The taxing authority has completed its examination procedures including all appeals and administrative reviews that the taxing authority is required and expected to perform for the tax position.
- The entity does not intend to appeal or litigate any aspect of the tax position included in the completed examination.
- It is remote that the taxing authority would examine or reexamine any aspect of the tax position. In making this assessment management shall consider the taxing authority’s policy on reopening closed examinations and the specific facts and circumstances of the tax position. Management shall presume the relevant taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information in making the assessment on whether the taxing authority would reopen a previously closed examination.
If the tax authority has specifically examined a tax position during the examination
process, an entity should consider this information in assessing the likelihood that
the tax authority would reexamine the tax position included in the completed
examination. Effective settlement of a position subject to an examination does not
result in effective settlement of similar or identical tax positions in periods that
have not been examined.
Accordingly, an entity must first determine whether the tax authority has completed
its examination procedures, including all appeals and administrative reviews that
are required and are expected to be performed for the tax position. For U.S. federal
income tax positions, we believe that the condition that all administrative reviews
be complete includes reviews by the Joint Committee on Taxation for cases that are
subject to the committee’s approval. A completed tax examination may be related only
to specific tax positions or to an entire tax year. While it is common for all tax
positions for a particular tax year to be effectively settled at the same time,
there may be circumstances in which individual tax positions are effectively settled
at different times.
The entity must then determine whether it intends to appeal or litigate any aspect of
the tax position associated with the completed examination. If the entity does not
intend to appeal or litigate, it must determine whether the tax authority’s
subsequent examination or reexamination of any aspect of the tax position is
remote.
In determining whether to reopen a closed examination, tax authorities follow
policies that vary depending on the type of examination and the agreement entered
into between the taxpayer and the tax authority. For example, a tax authority may be
permitted to reexamine a previously examined tax position (or all tax positions that
were part of a closed examination) only if specific conditions exist, such as fraud
or misrepresentation of material fact. An entity must base the likelihood that the
tax authority would examine or reexamine a tax position on individual facts and
circumstances, assuming that the tax authority has all relevant information
available to it. The entity may need to use significant judgment to evaluate whether
individual tax positions included in the completed examination meet the conditions
of a tax authority’s policy not to examine or reexamine a tax position. If the
likelihood is considered remote and the other conditions are met, the tax position
is effectively settled and the entity recognizes the full benefit associated with
that tax position.
Given the complexities in the determination of whether a tax position has been
effectively settled, consultation with income tax accounting advisers is
encouraged.
A tax position that is determined to be effectively settled must be reevaluated if
(1) an entity becomes aware that the tax authority may examine or reexamine that
position or (2) the entity changes its intent to litigate or appeal the tax
position. In addition, an entity may obtain information in an examination that leads
it to change its evaluation of the technical merits.
ASC 740-10-25-12 acknowledges that “[a]n entity may obtain
information during the examination process that enables that entity to change its
assessment of the technical merits of a tax position or of similar tax positions
taken in other periods.” However, an entity’s conclusion that a position is
“effectively settled,” as described in ASC 740-10-25-8, is not a basis for changing
its assessment of the technical merits of that or a similar tax position.
See Section 7.3.3 for a discussion related to the interim
accounting for subsequent change in recognition and measurement.
4.6 Other Topics
4.6.1 Accounting for the Tax Effects of Tax Positions Expected to Be Taken in an Amended Tax Return or Refund Claim or to Be Self-Reported Upon Examination
In certain jurisdictions, an entity may elect to take a certain tax
position on its original tax return but subsequently decide to take an alternative
tax position (which is also acceptable) in an amended return. For example, an entity
may amend a previously filed income tax return to retroactively elect a deduction
for foreign taxes paid rather than to claim a credit or vice versa, or to file a
refund claim to carry back a tax operating loss or tax credit to a prior year.
Alternatively, an entity under examination may present to the examiner
self-identified adjustments (i.e., affirmative adjustments) to change the amount of
income, deductions, or credits reflected in the previously filed tax return that is
under examination.2
The decision to file an amended tax return or refund claim or to self-report a tax
position upon examination may be made before the end of the reporting period even
though the process of actually preparing the amended tax return/refund claim, or
self-reporting the tax position, might not occur until after the reporting period
ends.
An entity should account for the tax effects of its intent to file amended tax
returns or refund claims or to report self-identified audit adjustments (i.e.,
affirmative adjustments) in its financial statements by using the guidance in ASC
740-10. ASC 740-10-05-6 states, in part:
This Subtopic provides guidance for
recognizing and measuring tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return that directly or indirectly affect amounts reported in
financial statements. [Emphasis added]
In addition, ASC 740-10-25-2 states:
Other than the exceptions identified in the
following paragraph, the following basic requirements are applied in accounting
for income taxes at the date of the financial statements:
- A tax liability or asset shall be recognized based on the provisions of this Subtopic applicable to tax positions, in paragraphs 740-10-25-5 through 25-17, for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the current and prior years.
- A deferred tax liability or asset shall be recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards.
While an amended return or refund claim may be filed after the reporting period has
ended, an entity should account for the tax effects in the period in which it
concludes that it expects to amend the return or file the refund claim. Such
accounting should be consistent with the general recognition and measurement
principles of ASC 740-10. An entity should determine its intent with respect to the
filing of an amended return or refund claim as of each reporting date. Changes in
intent with respect to the filing of an amended return or refund claim should be
supported by a change in facts or circumstances.
In a manner consistent with the above discussion, refund claims that an entity
intends to file in connection with the carryback of tax attributes (e.g., an NOL or
a tax credit) should generally be reflected as an income tax receivable (after the
entity considers the recognition and measurement principles of ASC 740-10) in the
reporting period in which the entity concludes that it will file the refund
claim.
Affirmative adjustments should be accounted for similarly to tax positions that will
be taken on a tax return (i.e., similarly to an amended return or refund claim).
That is, the entity should account for the tax positions associated with affirmative
adjustments in the period in which the entity concludes that it intends to present
the positions to an examiner in a future tax examination. Generally, we would expect
this to be the period in which the position was originally taken. Such accounting
should be consistent with the general recognition and measurement principles of ASC
740-10.
Note that this section does not address the additional
considerations that can arise when the filing of the amended tax return or refund
claim, or the decision to self-report a tax position, represents the correction of
an error. See Section 12.6.1 for guidance on
those considerations.
4.6.2 State Tax Positions
Certain operational activities may be taxable in multiple jurisdictions (e.g.,
federal and state) or may need to be allocated between these jurisdictions on the
basis of the application of tax rules (e.g., domestic versus international
authorities, state versus state authorities). It is not always certain how these
rules should be applied and therefore, management routinely makes judgments about
the application of various technical rules (e.g., regarding the jurisdictions in
which to report tax positions and how to allocate revenue and expenses among these
jurisdictions). In addition to being subject to federal income taxes, an entity
could also be subject to income tax imposed by a state or states. While there are
similarities between the federal and state income tax rules, there are also
differences that give rise to unique state tax positions.
4.6.2.1 Economic Nexus
“Economic nexus” refers to a view, held by some states, that a
company deriving income from the residents of a state should be taxable even
when the connection with the state is not physical (i.e., its only contact with
the state is economic). Many states have enacted tax laws that could subject an
out-of-state entity to income taxes in that state in accordance with the
economic nexus theory even when the entity has no physical presence in that
state.
An entity should consult all relevant law and authorities to
determine whether, for a state in which it does not file income tax returns, it
is more likely than not that it does not have a filing obligation in that state.
While the concept of economic nexus may sometimes be ambiguous and difficult to
apply, the entity must, to comply with the requirements of ASC 740, assess the
technical merits of its conclusion that it does not have economic nexus in a
state. An entity should consider engaging specialists for assistance in
performing this assessment.
An entity that concludes that it is more likely than not that it
does not have economic nexus in a particular state has met the recognition
threshold for this tax position. Conversely, an entity that has a reasonable
basis for not filing a state income tax return in a particular state but has
concluded that it is more likely than not that it has economic nexus in that
state has not met the recognition threshold.
Under ASC 740, if a tax position does not meet the recognition
threshold, a liability is recognized for the total amount of the tax benefit of
that tax position (see Section 4.2). That liability should not be subsequently
derecognized unless there is a change in technical merits, the position is
effectively settled, or the statute of limitations expires. In many
jurisdictions, it is common for the statute of limitations to begin to run only
when a tax return is filed. Therefore, when an entity does not file a state
income tax return in such a jurisdiction, the entity cannot consider the statute
of limitations in determining whether it has a filing obligation and UTB
liability in that state.
Some state tax authorities may have a widely understood
administrative practice or precedent under which the authority would, in the
event of an examination and in the absence of a voluntary disclosure agreement,
look back no more than a certain number of years to determine the amount of
income tax deficiency due (i.e., a “lookback period”). If a state tax authority
has such a practice, the entity should consider it when calculating the
liability for UTBs that meet certain conditions.
In the absence of a widely understood administrative practice or
precedent, however, ASC 740 requires accrual of the state income tax liability
for every year in which it is more likely than not that the entity had economic
nexus with that state, and the state tax liability is determined as if state
income tax returns were prepared in accordance with ASC 740’s recognition and
measurement guidance. Interest and penalties would be accrued under ASC 740 and
on the basis of the relevant tax law. Such liabilities for UTBs would be
derecognized only when (1) a change in available information indicates that the
technical merits of the position subsequently meet the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold or (2) the position is effectively settled.
For example, assume that an entity has not filed state income
tax returns in a particular state and is aware of a widely understood
administrative practice under which only entities that have not historically
filed tax returns with that state must file six years of tax returns.
Accordingly, at the end of each year, the entity is permitted to record a
liability for UTBs for the amount of tax due to the state for the most recent
six years as if tax returns, prepared in accordance with ASC 740’s recognition
and measurement, were filed for the most recent six years. Interest and
penalties would be accrued on such deficiencies as required by ASC 740 and on
the basis of the relevant tax law.
An entity should be able to demonstrate that it has considered
all relevant facts and circumstances in reaching its conclusion about the
maximum number of previous years that the state tax authority will require the
entity to file under its widely understood administrative practices or
precedents. The number of such previous years should not change unless new
information becomes available. This guidance applies only to economic nexus when
a statute of limitations does not expire because an income tax return has not
been filed; it should not necessarily be applied to other situations.
An entity may also consider entering into a state’s voluntary
disclosure program, which may limit the number of prior years for which tax
returns will be required. The terms and conditions of such programs vary among
states; generally, however, voluntary disclosure programs limit lookback periods
to three or four years. In addition, when assessing its UTB liabilities, an
entity should generally not consider the potential to limit the lookback period
until the reporting period in which it enters the particular state’s voluntary
disclosure program.3 Therefore, when the entity has entered into such a program, its liability
for UTBs for that state’s income taxes would be limited by the number of prior
years for which tax returns will be required under the terms and conditions of
the program, plus accrued interest and penalties, if applicable. Entities should
consult their tax advisers regarding the effect of entering into a state’s
voluntary disclosure program.
4.6.2.2 Due Process
In addition to considering the application of relevant tax rules
in accounting for state tax positions, an entity should also consider the “due
process clause” and the “commerce clause” of the U.S. Constitution, which limit
the states’ rights to tax.
The due process clause of the Fourteenth Amendment requires a
definite link between a state and the person, property, or transaction it seeks
to tax; the connection need not include physical presence in the state. This
clause also requires that the income attributed to the state for tax purposes be
rationally related to values connected with the taxing state. The commerce
clause of the Constitution gives Congress the authority to regulate commerce
among the states.
No state or federal law is allowed to violate the Constitution.
In evaluating all tax positions for recognition under ASC 740, as well as for
technical merits under the tax law as written and enacted, an entity may need to
assess whether the U.S. Supreme Court would overturn that tax law. This analysis
is required for recognition even though the court issues certiorari for tax
matters involving the constitutionality of state income taxes only in rare
circumstances. Generally, an entity will conclude that the court would uphold
the tax law. However, in certain situations, an entity may conclude that the
applicable tax law violates the Constitution.
For example, with respect to economic nexus, an entity may
determine that, under the tax law, it is more likely than not that it has
incurred a tax obligation to the tax authority. However, the entity may also
conclude that the same tax law more likely than not violates the Constitution.
In other words, if the entity were to litigate this position to the U.S. Supreme
Court, it is more likely than not that the court, after evaluating such a law,
would deem that law unconstitutional; in such a situation, the entity would
therefore not have a tax obligation to the tax authority.
An entity must have sufficient evidence to support its
conclusion about the constitutionality of the current tax law. This evidence
will often be in the form of a legal opinion from competent outside counsel. The
legal opinion would state whether the tax law violates the Constitution and
whether it is more likely than not that the U.S. Supreme Court would overturn
the enacted tax law.
4.6.3 Uncertain Tax Positions in Transfer Pricing Arrangements
Transfer pricing relates to the pricing of intra-entity and related-party
transactions involving transfers of tangible property, intangible property,
services, or financing between affiliated entities. These transactions include
transfers between domestic or international entities, such as (1) U.S. to foreign,
(2) foreign to foreign, (3) U.S. to U.S., and (4) U.S. state to state.
The general transfer pricing principle is that the pricing of a related-party
transaction should be consistent with the pricing of similar transactions between
independent entities under similar circumstances (i.e., an arm’s-length
transaction). Transfer pricing tax regulations are intended to prevent entities from
using intra-entity charges to evade taxes by inflating or deflating the profits of a
particular jurisdiction the larger consolidated group does business in. Even if a
parent corporation or its subsidiaries are in tax jurisdictions with similar tax
rates, an entity may have tax positions that are subject to the recognition and
measurement principles in ASC 740-10-25-6 and ASC 740-10-30-7.
An entity’s exposure to transfer pricing primarily occurs when the entity includes in
its tax return the benefit received from a related-party transaction that was not
conducted as though it was at arm’s length. A UTB results when one of the related
parties reports either lower revenue or higher costs than it can sustain (depending
on the type of transaction). While a benefit is generally more likely than not to
result from such a transaction (e.g., some amount will be allowed as an interest
deduction, royalty expense, or cost of goods sold), the amount of benefit is often
uncertain because of the subjectivity of valuing the related-party transaction.
An entity must apply the two-step process (i.e., recognition and measurement) under
ASC 740-10 to all uncertain tax positions within its scope. The requirements of ASC
740 in the context of transfer pricing arrangements, including related
considerations and examples, are outlined below.
4.6.3.1 Determination of the Unit of Account
Before applying the recognition and measurement criteria, an entity must identify
all material uncertain tax positions and determine the appropriate unit of
account for assessment. Intra-entity and related-party transactions under
transfer pricing arrangements are within the scope of ASC 740 since they
encompass “[a]n allocation or a shift of income between jurisdictions.”
Further, tax positions related to transfer pricing generally should be evaluated
individually, since two entities and two tax jurisdictions are involved in each
transaction. Such an evaluation should be performed even when the transaction is
supported by a transfer pricing study prepared by one of the entities.
Typically, there would be at least two units of account. For example, the price
at which one entity will sell goods to another entity will ultimately be the
basis the second entity will use to determine its cost of goods sold. In
addition, some transfer pricing arrangements could be made up of multiple
components that could be challenged individually or in aggregate by a taxing
authority. Therefore, there could be multiple of units of account associated
with a particular transfer pricing arrangement. See Section 4.1.2.2 for more information about determining the unit
of account.
4.6.3.2 Recognition
ASC 740-10-25-6 indicates that the threshold for recognition has
been met “when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that
the position will be sustained upon examination.” An entity should apply the
recognition threshold and guidance in ASC 740 to each unit of account in a
transfer pricing arrangement. In some cases, a tax position will be determined
to have met the recognition threshold if a transaction has taken place to
generate the tax positions and some level of benefit will therefore be
sustained. For example, assume that a U.S. parent entity receives a royalty for
the use of intangibles by a foreign subsidiary that results in taxable income
for the parent and a tax deduction for the foreign subsidiary. The initial tax
filing (income in the receiving jurisdiction and expense/deduction in the paying
jurisdiction) may typically meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
on the basis of its technical merits, since a transaction between two parties
has occurred. However, because there are two entities and two tax jurisdictions
involved, the tax jurisdictions could question whether the income is sufficient,
whether the deduction is excessive, or both.
4.6.3.3 Measurement
After an entity has assessed the recognition criteria in ASC 740 and has
concluded that it is more likely than not that the tax position taken will be
sustained upon examination, the entity should measure the associated tax
benefit. This measurement should take into account all relevant information,
including tax treaties and arrangements between tax authorities. As discussed
above, each tax position should be assessed individually and a minimum of two
tax positions should be assessed for recognition and measurement in each
transfer pricing transaction.
For measurement purposes, ASC 740-10-30-7 requires that the tax benefit be based
on the amount that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement
with a tax jurisdiction “that has full knowledge of all relevant information.”
Intra-entity or transfer pricing assessments present some unique
measurement-related challenges that are based on the existence of tax treaties
or other arrangements (or the lack of such arrangements) between two tax
jurisdictions.
Measurement of uncertain tax positions is typically based on facts and
circumstances. The following are some general considerations (not all-inclusive):
- Transfer pricing studies — An entity will often conduct a
transfer pricing study with the objective of documenting the appropriate
arm’s-length pricing for the transactions. The entity should consider
the following when using a transfer pricing study to support the tax
positions taken:
- The qualifications and independence of third-party specialists involved (if any).
- The type of study performed (e.g., benchmarking analysis, limited or specified-method analysis, U.S. documentation report, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development report) and, to avoid incurring penalties, whether it satisfies the particular jurisdiction’s requirements.
- The specific transactions and tax jurisdictions covered in the study.
- The period covered by the study.
- The reasonableness of the model(s) and the underlying assumptions used in the study (i.e., comparability of companies or transactions used, risks borne, any adjustments made to input data).
- Any changes in the current environment, including new tax laws in effect.
- Historical experience — An entity should consider previous settlement outcomes of similar tax positions in the same tax jurisdictions. Information about similar tax positions, in the same tax jurisdictions, that the entity has settled in previous years may serve as a good indicator of the expected settlement of current positions.
- Applicability of tax treaties or other arrangements — An entity should consider whether a tax treaty applies to a particular tax position and, if so, how the treaty would affect the negotiation and settlement with the tax authorities involved.
- Symmetry of positions — Even though each tax position should be evaluated individually for appropriate measurement, if there is a high likelihood of settlement through “competent-authority” procedures under the tax treaty or other agreement, an entity should generally use the same assumptions about such a settlement to measure both positions (i.e., the measurement assumptions are similar, but the positions are not offset). Under the terms of certain tax treaties entered into by the United States and foreign jurisdictions, countries mutually agree to competent-authority procedures to relieve such companies of double taxation created by transfer pricing adjustments to previously filed returns. If competent-authority procedures are available, entities should carefully consider whether to pursue relief through them and whether the particular jurisdictions involved are highly likely to reach an agreement with respect to the particular disputed transactions.
An entity should carefully consider whether the tax
jurisdictions involved strictly apply the arm’s-length principle. Some
jurisdictions may have a mandated statutory margin that may or may not equate to
what is considered arm’s length by another reciprocal taxing jurisdiction. In
these situations, when an entity measures positions, it may be inappropriate for
the entity to assume that they are symmetrical.
The example below illustrates the above considerations. See
Section 13.2.4
for a discussion of balance sheet presentation in transfer pricing arrangements
under ASC 740.
Example 4-7
Assume that a U.S. entity licenses its name to its
foreign subsidiary in exchange for a 2 percent royalty
on sales. This example focuses on the two separate tax
positions that the entity has identified in connection
with the royalty transaction. For tax purposes, the U.S.
entity recognizes royalty income in its U.S. tax return
and the foreign subsidiary takes a tax deduction for the
royalty expense in its local-country tax return. Both
positions are deemed uncertain, since the respective tax
authorities may either disallow a portion of the
deduction (deeming it to be excessive) or challenge the
royalty rate used in this intra-entity transaction
(deeming it to be insufficient). The entity should
evaluate both tax positions under the recognition and
measurement criteria of ASC 740. In this example, the
“more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold is
considered met since a transaction has occurred between
the two parties and it is therefore more likely than not
that the U.S. entity has income and the foreign
subsidiary has a deduction.
The U.S. entity believes that if the IRS
examines the tax position, it will more likely than not
conclude that the royalty rate should have been higher
to be in line with an arm’s-length transaction. In the
absence of any consideration of relief through an
international tax treaty, the lowest royalty rate that
the entity believes is more than 50 percent likely to be
accepted by the IRS is 5 percent, on the basis of
historical experience and recent transfer pricing
studies. A higher royalty rate would not only trigger an
increase in taxable income for the U.S. entity but would
also result in double taxation of the additional royalty
for the amount that is in excess of the deduction
claimed by the foreign subsidiary (i.e., 3 percent in
this instance — calculated as the 5 percent estimated
arm’s-length amount less the original 2 percent recorded
in the transaction). If there is a tax treaty between
the United States and the relevant foreign tax
jurisdiction, that treaty will typically include
procedures that provide for competent-authority relief
from double taxation. Under such an agreement, the two
tax authorities may agree at their discretion on an
acceptable royalty rate in each jurisdiction. One tax
authority would make an adjustment (i.e., increasing
revenue and taxable income) that would require a
consistent transfer pricing adjustment (i.e., increasing
deduction and reducing taxable income) in the related
party’s tax jurisdiction.
In this example, management determines
that it would pursue the competent-authority relief.
Accordingly, it concludes that it is appropriate to
recognize relief from double taxation because of the
expected outcome of competent-authority procedures.
Also, management has represented that the entity will
incur the cost of pursuing a competent-authority
process. Therefore, the U.S. entity records a liability
that would result from resolution of the double taxation
of this non-arm’s-length transaction if the original 2
percent royalty rate is increased through application of
the competent-authority process. Management of the U.S.
entity believes that a royalty rate of 3.5 percent is
the lowest percentage (i.e., greatest benefit) that is
more than 50 percent likely to be accepted by the two
tax jurisdictions under such a treaty on the basis of
its historical experience. Because there is a high
likelihood of settlement through the competent-authority
process, the foreign subsidiary should also use this
assumption when measuring the tax position to ensure
symmetry of the two tax positions under ASC 740. Note
that this example focuses on one tax position in each
jurisdiction; there may be other tax positions related
to this transfer pricing arrangement that would have to
be similarly analyzed.
4.6.4 Uncertainty in Deduction Timing
A deduction taken on an entity’s tax return may be certain except for the appropriate
timing of the deduction under the tax law in the applicable jurisdiction. In such
cases, the recognition threshold is satisfied and the entity should consider the
uncertainty in the appropriate timing of the deduction in measuring the associated
tax benefit in each period.
Example 4-8
Assume the following:
- An entity purchases equipment for $1,000 in 20X7.
- The entity’s earnings before interest, depreciation, and taxes are $1,200 each year in years 20X7–20Y1.
- For book purposes, the equipment is depreciated ratably over five years
- For tax purposes, the entity deducts the entire $1,000 in its 20X7 tax return.
- The entity has a 25 percent tax rate and is taxable in only one jurisdiction.
- There is no half-year depreciation rule for accounting or tax purposes.
- For simplicity, interest and penalties on tax deficiencies are ignored.
In applying the recognition provisions of ASC 740-10-25-5,
the entity has concluded that it is certain that the $1,000
equipment acquisition cost is ultimately deductible under
the tax law. Thus, the tax deduction of the tax basis of the
acquired asset would satisfy the recognition threshold in
ASC 740-10-25-6. In measuring the benefit associated with
the deduction, the entity concludes that the largest amount
that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized in a
negotiated settlement with the tax authority is $200 per
year for five years (the tax life is the same as the book
life).
Exclusive of interest and penalties, the entity’s
current-year tax benefit is unaffected because the
difference between the benefit taken in the tax return and
the benefit recognized in the financial statements is a
temporary difference.
However, although interest and penalties are ignored in this
example for simplicity, ASC 740-10-25-56 requires an entity
to recognize interest and penalties on the basis of the
provisions of the relevant tax law. In this case, the entity
would begin accruing interest in 20X8. Therefore, even
though this is a timing difference, the accrual of interest
(and penalties, if applicable) will have an impact on profit
and loss (P&L).
The 20X7 tax return reflects a $250
reduction in the current tax liability for the $1,000
deduction claimed. For book purposes, the entity will
recognize a balance sheet credit of $200, or ($1,000 – $200)
× 25%, for UTBs associated with the deduction claimed in
year 1. The liability for UTBs will be extinguished over the
succeeding four years at $50 ($200 × 25 percent) per year.
The entity would record the following journal entries,
excluding interest and penalties, for the tax effects of the
purchased equipment:
See Section 3.3.5 for a discussion related to the accounting for
tax method changes.
4.6.5 Deferred Tax Consequences of UTBs
Recording a liability for a UTB may result in a corresponding
temporary difference and DTA. The examples below illustrate how a DTA can arise from
the accounting for a UTB.
Example 4-9
Company A has taken an uncertain tax position in State B that
reduces its taxes payable by $10,000 in that state. In
assessing the uncertain tax position under ASC 740, A
determines that it is not more likely than not that the
position, on the basis of its technical merits, will be
sustained upon examination. Therefore, A records a $10,000
liability for the UTB.
Company A will receive an additional federal tax deduction if
it is ultimately required to make an additional tax payment
to the state. Therefore, A should record a DTA for the
indirect benefit from the potential disallowance of the
uncertain tax position taken on its tax return in State
B.
If the federal tax rate is 25 percent, A
would record the following journal entries to account for
the uncertain tax position and the indirect tax benefit:
Like other DTAs, the DTA created as a result of recording the
liability for the UTB should be evaluated for
realizability.
Example 4-10
Company A begins operations in State B but
does not file a tax return in that state. ASC 740-10-20
indicates that the “decision not to file a tax return” is a
tax position. In assessing the tax position under ASC 740, A
determines that it may have nexus in B and that it is not
more likely than not that the position, on the basis of its
technical merits, will be sustained upon examination.
Therefore, A records a $10,000 liability for the taxes
payable to B for the current year.
However, if A were to file a return in B, it would also have
a large deductible temporary difference that would result in
an $8,000 DTA in that state. Therefore, A should record a
DTA as a result of potential nexus in B and evaluate it for
realizability.
If the federal tax rate is 21 percent, A
would record the following journal entries to account for
the uncertain tax position and the related temporary
difference:
See Section 14.4.1.7 for further
discussion of the presentation of deferred taxes resulting
from UTBs.
4.6.6 UTBs and Spin-Off Transactions
In a spin-off transaction, a reporting entity (the “spinnor”) may
distribute one or more of its subsidiaries (“spinnees”) to its shareholders in the
form of a dividend. After the spin-off is finalized, complexities can arise in the
accounting for uncertain tax positions in the separate financial statements of the
spinnor and spinnee when, before a spin-off, they file a consolidated tax return as
a “consolidated return group.” Under U.S. federal tax law, members of a consolidated
return group are severally liable for all tax positions taken in the consolidated
return. The taxing authority typically seeks collection of the payment of the
consolidated return group’s tax liabilities from the parent of the consolidated
return group; however, if the IRS cannot collect from the parent of the consolidated
return group (e.g., the parent is insolvent), the IRS can seek payment from a
subsidiary of the consolidated return group. The example below illustrates the
accounting for UTBs in a spin-off transaction.
Example 4-11
Company A, in the current reporting period,
spins off a portion of its business that was conducted by
Company B. Before the spin-off, A and B were in the same
federal consolidated return group and (1) A had recognized a
liability for uncertain tax positions in its consolidated
financial statements associated with B’s operations and (2)
B had recognized the liability in its stand-alone financial
statements prepared under the separate-return approach (see
Section 8.3.1.1). Under the applicable tax
law, A is the primary obligor of the liability, although B
is a secondary obligor in the event that the taxing
authorities are unable to collect from A. In accordance with
the terms of the separation agreement, A will be responsible
for funding the settlement of the uncertain tax positions in
tax returns for periods before the spin-off. Company A is
solvent as of the date of the spin-off and is expected to
remain so afterward.
Company A
Upon completion of the spin-off transaction,
A should continue to recognize a liability associated with
the uncertain tax position. Because the uncertain tax
position was taken in a consolidated return group filed by
A, the primary obligor under the tax law was and will
continue to be A. Accordingly, A should continue to
recognize the liability for the UTB associated with the
uncertain tax position under ASC 740.
Company B
Each of the following views is acceptable:
-
View A — Because A is the primary obligor, B cannot be the primary obligor and therefore should not continue to recognize the liability for the UTB. In accordance with the tax law, the liability is retained by A, and B is typically liable only if A becomes insolvent. Accordingly, B no longer has an uncertain tax position under ASC 740 and would remove the liability with an offsetting credit to capital at the time of the spin-off. Company B would separately assess its contingent liability to the tax authority if A becomes insolvent under ASC 450.This view is consistent with the guidance in ASC 405-40 on obligations resulting from joint and several liability obligations, which can be applied by analogy even though income taxes are not within its scope. ASC 405-40-30-1 states:Obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements included in the scope of this Subtopic initially shall be measured as the sum of the following:
- The amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors
- Any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. If some amount within a range of the additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay is a better estimate than any other amount within the range, that amount shall be the additional amount included in the measurement of the obligation. If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, then the minimum amount in the range shall be the additional amount included in the measurement of the obligation.
- View B — Because B is still an obligor under the tax law, it should continue to record a liability for the UTB under ASC 740. The uncertain tax position was generated by B and presented in its separate company financial statements before the spin-off. In addition, although A insulates B from liability to a degree, B could be required to settle the uncertain tax position. Accordingly, B should apply ASC 740 in recording and subsequently measuring an uncertain tax benefit. Company B would also record an indemnification receivable, subject to (1) any contractual limitations on its amount and (2) management’s assessment of the collectibility of the indemnification asset (by analogy to the guidance in ASC 805-20-35-4), reflecting the fact that A has agreed to be responsible for settlement of the uncertain tax positions.
See Section
11.3.6.5 for additional guidance on indemnification agreements.
Footnotes
2
Presenting affirmative adjustments upon examination, rather
than claiming the position on an originally filed income tax return, might
be part of the entity’s strategy to avoid penalties on a particular tax
position in a particular tax jurisdiction or to limit the jurisdiction’s
ability to make other changes to the year (i.e., changes that are unrelated
to the adjustment being sought by the entity).
3
Some states require an entity to be accepted into the voluntary
disclosure program before being afforded audit protection for previous
years.
Chapter 5 — Valuation Allowances
Chapter 5 — Valuation Allowances
5.1 Introduction
This chapter provides guidance on the amount at which an entity should
measure a tax asset in its financial statements when the recognition criteria for that
asset or liability have been met in accordance with ASC 740. Specifically, this chapter
focuses on how to evaluate DTAs for realizability and when a valuation allowance would
be appropriate. As the complexity of an entity’s legal structure and jurisdictional
footprint increases, so do the challenges related to measuring tax assets and
liabilities. However, the guidance in this chapter applies equally to highly complex
organizations as well as to simple entities that operate in a single jurisdiction.
A valuation allowance may be required to be recorded against DTAs so the financial
statements reflect the amount of the net DTA that is expected to be used in the future
(i.e., realized). Expected realization of DTAs must meet the more-likely-than-not
standard to be recorded in the financial statements without a valuation allowance. The
more-likely-than-not concept is discussed below.
5.2 Basic Principles of Valuation Allowances
ASC 740-10
30-16 As established in paragraph
740-10-30-2(b), there is a basic requirement to reduce the
measurement of deferred tax assets not expected to be realized.
An entity shall evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a
deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale debt securities
in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.
30-17 All
available evidence, both positive and negative, shall be
considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that
evidence, a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is
needed. Information about an entity’s current financial position
and its results of operations for the current and preceding
years ordinarily is readily available. That historical
information is supplemented by all currently available
information about future years. Sometimes, however, historical
information may not be available (for example, start-up
operations) or it may not be as relevant (for example, if there
has been a significant, recent change in circumstances) and
special attention is required.
30-18
Future realization of the tax benefit of an existing deductible
temporary difference or carryforward ultimately depends on the
existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate
character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within
the carryback, carryforward period available under the tax law.
The following four possible sources of taxable income may be
available under the tax law to realize a tax benefit for
deductible temporary differences and carryforwards:
- Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences
- Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards
- Taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law
- Tax-planning strategies (see paragraph 740-10-30-19)
that would, if necessary, be implemented to, for
example:
- Accelerate taxable amounts to utilize expiring carryforwards
- Change the character of taxable or deductible amounts from ordinary income or loss to capital gain or loss
- Switch from tax-exempt to taxable investments.
Evidence available about each of those possible sources of
taxable income will vary for different tax jurisdictions and,
possibly, from year to year. To the extent evidence about one or
more sources of taxable income is sufficient to support a
conclusion that a valuation allowance is not necessary, other
sources need not be considered. Consideration of each source is
required, however, to determine the amount of the valuation
allowance that is recognized for deferred tax assets.
30-19 In
some circumstances, there are actions (including elections for
tax purposes) that:
- Are prudent and feasible
- An entity ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused
- Would result in realization of deferred tax assets.
This Subtopic refers to those actions as tax-planning strategies.
An entity shall consider tax-planning strategies in determining
the amount of valuation allowance required. Significant expenses
to implement a tax-planning strategy or any significant losses
that would be recognized if that strategy were implemented (net
of any recognizable tax benefits associated with those expenses
or losses) shall be included in the valuation allowance. See
paragraphs 740-10-55-39 through 55-48 for additional guidance.
Implementation of the tax-planning strategy shall be primarily
within the control of management but need not be within the
unilateral control of management.
30-20 When
a tax-planning strategy is contemplated as a source of future
taxable income to support the realizability of a deferred tax
asset, the recognition and measurement requirements for tax
positions in paragraphs 740-10-25-6 through 25-7; 740-10-25-13;
and 740-10-30-7 shall be applied in determining the amount of
available future taxable income.
30-21
Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is
difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative
losses in recent years. Other examples of negative evidence
include, but are not limited to, the following:
- A history of operating loss or tax credit carryforwards expiring unused
- Losses expected in early future years (by a presently profitable entity)
- Unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect future operations and profit levels on a continuing basis in future years
- A carryback, carryforward period that is so brief it would limit realization of tax benefits if a significant deductible temporary difference is expected to reverse in a single year or the entity operates in a traditionally cyclical business.
30-22
Examples (not prerequisites) of positive evidence that might
support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed
when there is negative evidence include, but are not limited to,
the following:
- Existing contracts or firm sales backlog that will produce more than enough taxable income to realize the deferred tax asset based on existing sales prices and cost structures
- An excess of appreciated asset value over the tax basis of the entity’s net assets in an amount sufficient to realize the deferred tax asset
- A strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount (tax loss carryforward or deductible temporary difference) coupled with evidence indicating that the loss (for example, an unusual or infrequent item) is an aberration rather than a continuing condition.
30-23 An
entity shall use judgment in considering the relative impact of
negative and positive evidence. The weight given to the
potential effect of negative and positive evidence shall be
commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively
verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more
positive evidence is necessary and the more difficult it is to
support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed
for some portion or all of the deferred tax asset. A cumulative
loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence
that is difficult to overcome.
30-24
Future realization of a tax benefit sometimes will be expected
for a portion but not all of a deferred tax asset, and the
dividing line between the two portions may be unclear. In those
circumstances, application of judgment based on a careful
assessment of all available evidence is required to determine
the portion of a deferred tax asset for which it is more likely
than not a tax benefit will not be realized.
30-25 See paragraphs 740-10-55-34
through 55-38 for additional guidance related to carrybacks and
carryforwards.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets and Deferred Tax Liabilities [ASC 740-10-55-7].
- Offset of Taxable and Deductible Amounts [ASC 740-10-55-12].
- Pattern of Taxable or Deductible Amounts [ASC 740-10-55-13].
- The Need to Schedule Temporary Difference Reversals [ASC 740-10-55-15].
- Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforwards and Carrybacks [ASC 740-10-55-34].
- Tax-Planning Strategies [ASC 740-10-55-39].
- Example 4: Valuation Allowance and Tax-Planning Strategies [ASC 740-10-55-96].
- Example 12: Basic Deferred Tax Recognition [ASC 740-10-55-120].
- Example 13: Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets [ASC 740-10-55-124].
- Example 19: Recognizing Tax Benefits of Operating Loss [ASC 740-10-55-149].
- Example 20: Interaction of Loss Carryforwards and Temporary Differences [ASC 740-10-55-156].
- Example 21: Tax-Planning Strategy With Significant Implementation Cost [ASC 740-10-55-159].
- Example 22: Multiple Tax-Planning Strategies Available [ASC 740-10-55-163].
5.2.1 The More-Likely-Than-Not Standard
A key concept underlying the measurement of a DTA is that the amount to be recognized
is the amount that is “more likely than not” expected to be realized. ASC
740-10-30-5(e) requires that DTAs be reduced “by a valuation allowance if, based on
the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more
than 50 percent) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized.”
A more-likely-than-not standard for measuring DTAs could be applied positively or
negatively. That is, an asset could be measured on the basis of a presumption that
it would be realized, subject to an impairment test, or it could be measured on the
basis of an affirmative belief about realization. Because the threshold of the
required test is “slightly more than 50 percent,” the results would seem to be
substantially the same under either approach. However, some view an affirmative
approach as placing a burden of proof on the entity to provide evidence to support
measurement “based on the weight of the available evidence.” Regardless of whether
an entity views the more-likely-than-not threshold positively or negatively, the
entity should fully assess all of the available evidence and be able to substantiate
its determination.
Further, the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing a valuation allowance is
a lower threshold than impairment or loss thresholds found in other sections of the
Codification. For example, ASC 450-20-25-2 requires that an estimated loss from a
loss contingency be accrued if the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Further, ASC 360-10-35-17 requires that an impairment loss of long-lived assets be recognized “only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset (asset group) is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value.” In paragraphs A95 and A96 of the Basis for Conclusions of Statement 109, the FASB rejected the term “probable”
with respect to the measurement of DTAs and believes that the criterion should be
“one that produces accounting results that come closest to the expected outcome,
that is, realization or nonrealization of the deferred tax asset in future years.”
If the same assumptions about future operations are used, this difference in
recognition criteria could cause an entity to recognize a valuation allowance
against a DTA but not to recognize an asset impairment or a loss contingency.
5.2.2 Positive and Negative Evidence
In determining whether a valuation allowance is needed, an entity must use judgment
and consider the relative weight of the available negative and positive evidence.
Further, ASC 740-10-30-23 states, in part, that the “weight given to the potential
effect of negative and positive evidence shall be commensurate with the extent to
which it can be objectively verified.” For example, information about the entity’s
current financial position and income or loss for recent periods may constitute
objectively verifiable evidence, while less weight may be given to a long-term
forecast of sales and income for a new product.
An entity that has no objectively verifiable negative evidence needs only to
determine whether it is more likely than not that the DTA will be realized. If the
more-likely-than-not assertion can be supported, often by using management’s
subjective projections of future income, there is no need for a valuation allowance.
However, if the entity is in a cumulative loss position (which is considered a piece
of objectively verifiable negative evidence), it must have objectively verifiable
positive evidence to overcome this negative evidence.
While objectively verifiable positive evidence is needed to offset any objectively
verifiable negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent periods) in the
assessment of whether a valuation allowance is required, subjective positive
evidence (e.g., management’s future income projections that incorporate future
earnings growth) may be sufficient to overcome certain types of subjective negative
evidence (e.g., negative trends in the entity’s industry outlook that may not be
specific to the entity itself). As discussed throughout this chapter, the entity
should evaluate both the positive and the negative evidence to determine whether a
valuation allowance is required.
5.2.2.1 Cumulative Losses and Other Forms of Negative Evidence
ASC 740-10-30-21 states that “cumulative losses in recent years” are a type of
negative evidence for entities to consider in evaluating the need for a
valuation allowance. However, ASC 740 does not define “cumulative losses in
recent years.” In deliberating whether to define the term, the FASB discussed
the possibility of imposing conditions that would require such losses to be (1)
cumulative losses for tax purposes that were incurred in tax jurisdictions that
were significant to an entity for a specified number of years, (2) cumulative
losses for tax purposes that were incurred in all tax jurisdictions in which an
entity operated during a specified number of years, (3) cumulative pretax
accounting losses incurred in the reporting entity’s major markets or its major
tax jurisdictions for a specified number of years, and (4) cumulative
consolidated pretax accounting losses for a specified number of years. However,
the FASB ultimately decided not to define the term.
Because there is no authoritative definition of this term,
management must use judgment in determining whether an entity has negative
evidence in the form of cumulative losses. In making that determination,
management should generally consider the relevant tax-paying component’s1 results before tax from all sources (e.g., amounts recognized in
discontinued operations and OCI) for the current year and previous two years,
adjusted for recurring permanent differences. (e.g., meals and entertainment,
and tax-exempt interest). Use of a “three-year” convention arose, in part, as a
result of proposed guidance in the exposure draft on FASB Statement 109. This
guidance was omitted in the final standard (codified in ASC 740) because the
FASB decided that a bright-line definition of the term “cumulative losses in
recent years” might be problematic. Paragraph 103 of Statement 109’s Basis for
Conclusions states that the “Board believes that the more likely than not
criterion required by [ASC 740] is capable of appropriately dealing with all
forms of negative evidence, including cumulative losses in recent years.” The
paragraph further indicates that the more-likely-than-not criterion “requires
positive evidence of sufficient quality and quantity to counteract negative
evidence in order to support a conclusion that . . . a valuation allowance is
not needed.” A three-year period, however, generally supports the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold because it typically covers several
operating cycles of the entity, and one-time events in a given cycle do not
overly skew the entity’s analysis.
In very rare circumstances, it may be acceptable for entities that have business
cycles longer or shorter than three years to use a period longer or shorter than
three years to determine whether they have a cumulative loss. To support this
determination, an entity must demonstrate that it operates in a cyclical
industry and that a period other than three years is more appropriate. For
example, a four-year period or a two-year period may be acceptable if the entity
can demonstrate that it operates in a cyclical business and the business cycles
correspond to those respective periods. If a period other than three years is
used, the entity should consult with its income tax accounting advisers and
apply the period it selects consistently (i.e., in each reporting period).
Even though there is no bright-line three-year cumulative loss test, the SEC has
consistently questioned registrants that had a three-year cumulative loss about
why there was not a valuation allowance and asked for documentation to support
such a determination.
When determining whether cumulative losses in recent years
exist, an entity should generally not exclude nonrecurring items from its
results. It may, however, be appropriate for the entity to exclude nonrecurring
items when projecting future income in connection with its determination of the
amount of the valuation allowance needed. See Section 5.3.2.2.2 for further discussion
of the development of objectively verifiable future income estimates.
Cumulative losses are one of the most objectively verifiable forms of negative
evidence. Thus, an entity that has suffered cumulative losses in recent years
may find it difficult to support an assertion that a DTA could be realized if
such an assertion is based on subjective forecasts of future profitable results
rather than an actual return to profitability.
The examples below illustrate different types of negative evidence that an entity
should consider in determining whether a valuation allowance is required.
Example 5-1
Cumulative Losses in
Recent Years
- An entity has incurred operating losses for financial reporting and tax purposes over the past two years. The losses for financial reporting purposes exceed operating income for financial reporting purposes, as measured cumulatively for the current year and two preceding years.
- A currently profitable entity has a majority ownership interest in a newly formed subsidiary that has incurred operating and tax losses since its inception. The subsidiary is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The tax jurisdiction in which the subsidiary operates prohibits it from filing a consolidated tax return with its parent. This would be negative evidence for the DTA of the subsidiary in that jurisdiction.
Example 5-2
A History of
Operating Loss or Tax Credit Carryforwards Expiring
Unused
- An entity has generated tax credit carryforwards during the current year. During the past several years, tax credits, which originated in prior years, expired unused. There are no available tax-planning strategies that would enable the entity to use the tax benefit of the carryforwards.
- An entity operates in a cyclical industry. During the last business cycle, it incurred significant operating loss carryforwards, only a portion of which were used to offset taxable income generated during the carryforward period, while the remainder expired unused. The entity has generated a loss carryforward during the current year.
Example 5-3
Losses Expected in
Early Future Years
- An entity that is currently profitable has a significant investment in a plant that produces its only product. The entity’s chief competitor has announced a technological breakthrough that has made the product obsolete. As a result, the entity is anticipating losses over the next three to five years, during which time it expects to invest in production facilities that will manufacture a completely new, but as yet unidentified, product.
- An entity operates in an industry that is cyclical in nature. The entity has historically generated income during the favorable periods of the cycle and has incurred losses during the unfavorable periods. During the last favorable period, the entity lost market share. Management is predicting a downturn for the industry during the next two to three years.
Example 5-4
Unsettled
Circumstances That if Unfavorably Resolved Would
Adversely Affect Profit Levels on a Continuing Basis
in Future Years
- During the past several years, an entity has manufactured and sold devices to the general public. The entity has discovered, through its own product testing, that the devices may malfunction under certain conditions. No malfunctions have been reported. However, if malfunctions do occur, the entity will face significant legal liability.
- In prior years, the entity manufactured certain products that required the use of industrial chemicals. The entity contracted with a third party, Company X, to dispose of the by-products. Company X is now out of business, and the entity has learned that the by-products were not disposed of in accordance with environmental regulations. A governmental agency may propose that the entity pay for clean-up costs.
Example 5-5
A Carryback or
Carryforward Period That Is So Brief That It Would
Limit Realization of Tax Benefits if (1) a
Significant Deductible Temporary Difference Is
Expected in a Single Year or (2) the Entity Operates
in a Traditionally Cyclical Business
An entity operates in a state
jurisdiction with a one-year operating loss carryforward
period. During the current year, it implemented a
restructuring program and recorded estimated closing
costs in its financial statements that will become
deductible for tax purposes next year. The deductible
amounts exceed the taxable income expected to be
generated during the next two years.
5.2.2.2 Positive Evidence Considered in the Determination of Whether a Valuation Allowance Is Required
When an entity has negative evidence, such as a cumulative loss
position, it should also evaluate what positive evidence exists. ASC
740-10-30-22 gives the following examples of positive evidence that, when
present, may overcome negative evidence in the assessment of whether a valuation
allowance is needed to reduce a DTA to an amount more likely than not to be
realized:
- Existing contracts or firm sales backlog that will produce more than enough taxable income to realize the deferred tax asset based on existing sales prices and cost structures
- An excess of appreciated asset value over the tax basis of the entity’s net assets in an amount sufficient to realize the deferred tax asset
- A strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount (tax loss carryforward or deductible temporary difference) coupled with evidence indicating that the loss (for example, an unusual or infrequent item) is an aberration rather than a continuing condition.
The example below illustrates situations in which entities have
positive evidence that may indicate that a valuation allowance would not be
necessary.
Example 5-6
Scenarios Based on
ASC 740-10-30-22(a)
For example:
-
An entity enters into a noncancelable long-term contract that requires the customer to purchase minimum quantities and that therefore will generate sufficient future taxable income to enable use of all existing operating loss carryforwards.
-
During the current year, an entity merges with Company L, which operates in a different industry that is characterized by stable profit margins. The tax law does not restrict use of preacquisition NOL carryforwards. Company L’s existing contracts will produce sufficient taxable income to enable use of the loss carryforwards.
Scenario Based on
ASC 740-10-30-22(b)
An entity has invested in land that has
appreciated in value, and the land is not integral to
the entity’s business operations. If the land were sold
at its current market value, the sale would generate
sufficient taxable income for the entity to use all tax
loss carryforwards. The entity would sell the land and
realize the gain if the operating loss carryforward
would otherwise expire unused. After considering its
tax-planning strategy, the entity determines that the
fair value of the entity’s remaining net assets exceeds
its tax and financial reporting basis.
Scenario Based on
ASC 740-10-30-22(c)
An entity incurs operating losses that
result in a carryforward for tax purposes. The losses
resulted from the disposal of a subsidiary whose
operations are not critical to the continuing entity,
and the company’s historical earnings, exclusive of the
subsidiary losses, have been strong.
Examples 5-7 through
5-102 illustrate additional situations in which entities that have had negative
evidence might conclude that no valuation allowance is required (or that only a
small valuation allowance is necessary) as a result of available positive
evidence.
Example 5-7
An entity experienced operating losses
from continuing operations for the current year and two
preceding years and is expected to return to
profitability in the next year. Positive evidence
included (1) completed plant closings and cost
restructuring that permanently reduced fixed costs
without affecting revenues and that, if implemented
earlier, would have resulted in profitability in prior
periods and (2) a long history during which no tax loss
carryforwards expired unused.
Example 5-8
An entity with a limited history
incurred cumulative operating losses since inception.
The losses were attributable to the company’s highly
leveraged capital structure, which included indebtedness
with a relatively high interest rate. Positive evidence
included a strict implementation of cost containment
measures, an increasing revenue base, and a successful
infusion of funds from the issuance of equity
securities, which were used, in part, to reduce
high-cost debt capital.
Example 5-9
An entity incurred cumulative losses in
recent years; the losses were directly attributable to a
business segment that met the criteria in ASC 205-20 for
classification as a discontinued operation for financial
reporting purposes. Positive evidence included a history
of profitable operations outside the discontinued
segment.
Example 5-10
An entity suffered significant losses in
its residential real estate loan business. The entity
has recently discontinued the issuance of new
residential real estate loans, has disposed of all
previously held residential real estate loans, and has
no intention of purchasing real estate loans in the
future. Positive evidence included a history of
profitable operations in the entity’s primary business,
commercial real estate lending.
Footnotes
5.3 Sources of Taxable Income
To assess whether DTAs meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for
realization, an entity needs to consider its sources of future taxable income. Taxable
income of the appropriate character (e.g., capital or ordinary), within the appropriate
time frame, is necessary for the future realization of DTAs.
When determining whether a valuation allowance is needed, an entity must
(1) evaluate each of the four sources of taxable income discussed below in accordance
with how objectively verifiable it is and (2) consider that each may represent positive
evidence that future taxable income will be generated. In addition, the entity may also
have to consider negative evidence in its analysis.
As noted in Section 5.2, ASC
740-10-30-18 lists four sources of taxable income that may enable realization of a DTA,
stating, in part:
The following four possible sources of taxable
income may be available under the tax law to realize a tax benefit for deductible
temporary differences and carryforwards:
- Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences
- Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards
- Taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law
- Tax-planning strategies (see paragraph 740-10-30-19) that
would, if necessary, be implemented to, for example:
- Accelerate taxable amounts to utilize expiring carryforwards
- Change the character of taxable or deductible amounts from ordinary income or loss to capital gain or loss
- Switch from tax-exempt to taxable investments.
The possible sources listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(a) and (c) above can
often be objectively verified. Because the sources listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(b) and (d)
are based on future events, their determination is more subjective. An entity should
first consider the objectively verifiable sources. If, within the appropriate time
frame, those sources will generate sufficient taxable income of the right character
(e.g., capital or ordinary), an entity may not need to assess the likelihood of other
future taxable income.
The implementation guidance in ASC 740-10-55-16 and 55-17 illustrates
that the timing of the deductions and other benefits associated with a DTA must coincide
with the timing of the taxable income. An entity may devise a qualifying tax-planning
strategy (the source listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(d) above) to change the timing or
character of the future taxable income. Such a strategy should be given more weight (see
ASC 740-10-30-23) than a forecast of future taxable income from future events (the
source listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(b) above) since it constitutes more objectively
verifiable evidence of realizability. To help illustrate how to weigh the four sources
of future taxable income, we will discuss each source in more detail below.
5.3.1 Future Reversals of Existing Taxable Temporary Differences
When evaluating whether an existing taxable temporary difference is
a source of future taxable income under ASC 740-10-30-18(a), an entity must have a
general understanding of the reversal patterns of temporary differences because such
an understanding is relevant to the measurement of DTAs in the entity’s assessment
of the need for a valuation allowance under ASC 740-10-30-18. The example below
illustrates the future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences as a
source of taxable income.
Example 5-11
Existing Taxable Temporary Differences That Will Reverse
in the Future
Generally, the existence of sufficient
taxable temporary differences will enable use of the tax
benefit of operating loss carryforwards, tax credit
carryforwards, and deductible temporary differences,
irrespective of future expected income or losses from other
sources identified in ASC 740-10-30-18. For example, if an
entity has $300,000 of taxable temporary differences that
are expected to reverse over the next 10 years (which
represents objectively verifiable positive evidence) and
deductible temporary differences of $25,000 that are
expected to reverse within the next several years,
realization of the DTA is more likely than not and no
valuation allowance would be necessary even if future losses
are expected or a cumulative loss exists as of the
measurement date (the latter of which would represent
objectively verifiable negative evidence; see the discussion
in Section 5.3.2.1). Because the reversing
future taxable temporary differences are objectively
verifiable positive evidence, they may be used to outweigh
the objectively verifiable negative evidence of cumulative
losses.
Another simple example is the temporary
difference that is often created by the accrual of warranty
reserves. In most tax jurisdictions, tax deductions for
accrued warranty costs are not permitted until the
obligation is settled. The temporary differences
attributable to warranty accruals for financial reporting
purposes should be scheduled to reverse during the years in
which the tax deductions are expected to be claimed.
5.3.1.1 Determining the Pattern of Reversals of Existing Taxable Temporary Differences
Although ASC 740-10-55-22 states, in part, that the “methods
used for determining reversal patterns should be systematic and logical,” ASC
740 does not specify in detail how the reversal patterns for each class of
temporary differences should be treated and indicates that in many situations
there might be more than one logical approach. The amount of scheduling of
reversal patterns that might be necessary, if any, will therefore depend on the
specific facts and circumstances. The implementation guidance in ASC
740-10-55-12 and 55-13 suggests that two concepts are important to determining
the reversal patterns for existing temporary differences:
- The “tax law determines whether future reversals of temporary differences will result in taxable and deductible amounts that offset each other in future years.”
- The “particular years in which temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts generally are determined by the timing of the recovery of the related asset or settlement of the related liability.”
Further, ASC 740-10-55-22 states that “[m]inimizing complexity is an appropriate
consideration in selecting a method for determining reversal patterns” and that
an entity should use the same method of reversal when measuring the deferred tax
consequences for a “particular category of temporary differences for a
particular tax jurisdiction.” For example, if the loan amortization method and
the present value method are both systematic and logical reversal patterns for
temporary differences that originate as a result of assets and liabilities that
are measured at present value, an entity engaged in leasing activities should
consistently use either of those methods for all its temporary differences
related to leases that are recorded as lessor receivables, because those
temporary differences are related to a particular category of items. If that
same entity also has temporary differences resulting from loans receivable, a
different method of reversal might be used because those differences are related
to another category of temporary differences.
ASC 740-10-55-22 also states, in part:
If
the same temporary difference exists in two tax jurisdictions (for example,
U.S. federal and a state tax jurisdiction), the same method should be used
for that temporary difference in both tax jurisdictions. The same method for
a particular category in a particular tax jurisdiction should be used
consistently from year to year.
An entity should report any change in the method of reversal as a change in
accounting principle in accordance with ASC 250.
See Section 5.8 for additional examples of existing temporary
differences and some common methods for determining the pattern of their
reversal.
5.3.1.2 Realization of a DTA Related to an Investment in a Subsidiary: Deferred Income Tax Exceptions Not a Source of Income
The future reversal of an existing taxable temporary difference
for which a DTL has not been recognized under the indefinite reversal criteria
of ASC 740-30-25-17 should not be considered a source of taxable income in
accordance with the source listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(a) discussed above. ASC
740-30-25-13 indicates that an entity should not consider future
distributions of future earnings of a subsidiary or corporate joint
venture in assessing the need for a valuation allowance unless a DTL has been
recognized for existing undistributed earnings or earnings have been
remitted in the past. Similarly, an entity should not consider future
reversals of existing taxable temporary differences as a source of
taxable income unless a DTL has been recognized on the related taxable temporary
difference (i.e., an unrecognized DTL is not a source of future taxable income).
The example below illustrates this concept.
Example 5-12
An Unrecognized DTL Is Not a Source of Future Taxable
Income
Assume that before the enactment of the
2017 Act, Entity X, a U.S. domestic parent entity, has a
wholly owned foreign subsidiary, FS1. The amounts for
financial reporting and the tax basis of X’s investment
in FS1 are $2,000 and $1,000, respectively, on December
31, 20X1 (i.e., X has a taxable outside basis difference
related to its investment in FS1). Further assume that X
has an NOL DTA of $1,000, with a 20-year carryforward
period.3
Entity X has not recorded a DTL related to its investment
in FS1 because X asserts that the indefinite
reinvestment criteria have been met for the $1,000
taxable temporary difference, which is attributable to
undistributed earnings. In addition, FS1 has not
previously remitted earnings.
Ordinarily, before the enactment of the
2017 Act, an existing taxable temporary difference
(e.g., from the undistributed earnings of FS1) would
have been a potential source of taxable income for
consideration in the assessment of the need for a
valuation allowance. However, X has not previously
accrued a DTL on the earnings of FS1, and FS1 has not
remitted earnings in the past; therefore, X cannot
consider the reversal of the outside basis taxable
temporary difference associated with its investment in
FS1 as a source of taxable income when determining
whether it is more likely than not that the NOL DTA is
realizable.
5.3.1.3 Using the Reversal of a DTL for an Indefinite-Lived Asset as a Source of Taxable Income After Enactment of the 2017 Act
Enactment of the 2017 Act modified aspects of U.S. federal tax
law regarding NOL carryforwards. Under previous U.S. federal tax law, NOLs
generally had a carryback period of two years and a carryforward period of
twenty years. For NOLs incurred in years subject to the new federal tax rules,
the 2017 Act eliminates, with certain exceptions, the NOL carryback period and
permits an indefinite carryforward period, with some limitations as discussed
below. However, the provision to eliminate the NOL carryback period was
temporarily repealed with the enactment of the CARES Act, which reinstated a
five-year carryback period for certain taxable years (see Section 5.3.3 for further
information about the carryback period).
As discussed in Section 5.3, one of the four sources of
future taxable income is a reversal of an existing taxable temporary difference.
After implementation of the 2017 Act, a taxable temporary difference associated
with an indefinite-lived asset is generally considered to be a source of taxable
income that justifies the realization of either NOLs with an unlimited
carryforward period or disallowed interest carryforwards with unlimited
carryforward periods. This would also generally be true for a deductible
temporary difference that is scheduled to reverse into an NOL with an unlimited
carryforward period. However, because the 2017 Act includes restrictions on the
ability to use NOLs and disallowed interest carryforwards with unlimited
carryforward periods (i.e., NOLs arising in years subject to the new rules are
limited in use to 80 percent of taxable income and the amount of net business
interest an entity can deduct is limited to 30 percent of modified taxable
income), no more than 80 percent or 30 percent of the indefinite-lived taxable
temporary difference would serve as a source of taxable income with respect to
the NOL or disallowed interest carryforward, respectively.4
However, an entity may sometimes have both NOLs with an
unlimited carryforward period and disallowed interest carryforwards with an
unlimited carryforward period, meaning that portions of the indefinite-lived
taxable temporary difference might serve as a source of taxable income for both
because of the limitations provided in the 2017 Act. For example, because the
annual interest limitation is calculated before NOLs are taken into account, the
taxable temporary difference associated with an indefinite-lived asset would
first be a source of taxable income for the disallowed interest carryforward
(limited to 30 percent of the taxable temporary difference, as discussed above),
but then any remaining taxable temporary difference on the indefinite lived
asset might also be a source of taxable income for NOLs with an unlimited
carryforward period (limited to 80 percent of the remaining taxable temporary
difference, as discussed above).
For existing U.S. federal jurisdiction NOLs created before the
effective date of the 2017 Act and in jurisdictions that have finite-lived NOLs,
the reversal of a DTL related to an indefinite-lived asset generally cannot be
used as a source of taxable income to support the realization of such
finite-lived DTAs. This is because a taxable temporary difference related to an
indefinite-lived asset (e.g., land, indefinite-lived intangible assets, and
tax-deductible “component 1” goodwill) will reverse only when the
indefinite-lived asset is sold. If a sale of an indefinite-lived asset is not
expected in the foreseeable future, the reversal of the related DTL generally
cannot be scheduled, so an entity generally cannot consider the reversal a
source of future taxable income when assessing the realizability of DTAs, other
than for indefinite-lived DTAs. However, there are circumstances such as the
following in which it may be appropriate to consider a DTL related to an
indefinite-lived asset as a source of taxable income for a finite-lived NOL:
- If the sale of an indefinite-lived asset is expected in the foreseeable future (e.g., the asset is classified as held for sale) and the related DTL can therefore be scheduled to reverse.
- If it is anticipated that the indefinite-lived asset will be reclassified as finite-lived. For example, an R&D asset acquired in a business combination that is initially classified as indefinite-lived will be reclassified as finite-lived once the project is completed or abandoned.
5.3.1.4 Deemed Repatriation Transition Tax as a Source of Future Taxable Income
Under certain circumstances, an entity would record a liability
for the transition tax in the financial statements for the year that included
the enactment date but would not include the deemed repatriation and
corresponding tax in that year’s tax return. We believe that it would be
appropriate in these circumstances for the entity to consider the corresponding
one-time deemed repatriation income inclusion to be a source of taxable income
when analyzing the realization of DTAs recorded in the financial statements in
the period in which the transition tax liability is recorded. The entity should
verify that the one-time deemed repatriation income inclusion coincides with the
timing of the deductions and other benefits associated with the DTAs.
However, if the entity elects to defer payment of the transition tax liability
over a period of up to eight years, the transition tax liability itself does not
represent a source of taxable income in future periods when analyzing the
realization of DTAs that remain after the deemed repatriation has been included
in the entity’s income tax return. This is because settlement of the transition
tax liability in a future year or years will not result in taxable income.
See Chapter
3 for a discussion of outside basis differences and the deemed
repatriation transition tax.
5.3.2 Future Taxable Income
Management projections are inherently subjective.5 Therefore, future taxable income under ASC 740-10-30-18(b) is generally
considered to be subjectively determined as opposed to objectively determined.
An entity will consider a number of factors in preparing subjective projections of
future taxable income, including the following:
- The reasonableness of management’s business plan and its impact on future taxable income, including management’s history of carrying out its stated plans and its ability to carry out its plans (given contractual commitments, available financing, or debt covenants).
- The reasonableness of financial projections based on historical operating results.
- The consistency of assumptions in relation to prior periods and projections used in other financial statement estimates (e.g., goodwill impairment analysis).
- Consistency with relevant industry data, including short- and long-term trends in the industry.
- The reasonableness of financial projections when current economic conditions are considered.
See Section
5.4 for further considerations related to future events.
5.3.2.1 Future Taxable Income When an Entity has Cumulative Losses
An entity that has cumulative losses is generally prohibited
from using an estimate of subjectively determined future earnings to support a
conclusion that realization of an existing DTA is more likely than not if such a
forecast is not based on objectively verifiable information. An objectively
verifiable estimate of future income is based on operating results from the
reporting entity’s recent history.
5.3.2.2 Effect of Nonrecurring Items on Estimates of Future Income and Development of Objectively Verifiable Future Income Estimates
When objectively verifiable negative evidence is present (e.g.,
cumulative losses), an entity may develop an estimate of future taxable income
or loss that is also considered to be objectively verifiable when determining
the amount of the valuation allowance needed to reduce the DTA to an amount that
is more likely than not to be realized. Management’s projections of future
income are inherently not objectively verifiable, and therefore, such
projections alone would not be enough to outweigh objectively verifiable
negative evidence such as cumulative losses. However, to the extent that
management’s future income projections are adjusted to be based solely on objectively verifiable evidence (e.g., when
an estimate is based on operating results from the entity’s recent history, no
subjective assumptions have been made, and there is no contrary evidence
suggesting that future taxable income would be less than historical results),
entities may give more weight to the positive evidence from such estimates.
That is, such estimates should be based on objectively verifiable evidence (e.g.,
an estimate of future income that does not include reversals of taxable
temporary differences and carryforwards and that is based on operating results
from the entity’s recent history without subjective assumptions). An entity with
objective negative evidence may look to its recent operating history to
determine how much, if any, income exclusive of temporary differences is
expected in future years. The entity typically begins this determination by
analyzing income or loss for financial reporting purposes during its current
year and two preceding years and adjusts for certain items as discussed
below.
When preparing an objectively verifiable estimate of future
income or loss by using historical income or loss for financial reporting
purposes in recent years, an entity should generally not consider the effects of
nonrecurring items and businesses classified as discontinued operations or held
for sale. Generally, these items are not relevant to or indicative of an
entity’s ability to generate taxable income in future years. Examples of
nonrecurring items that an entity usually excludes from its historical results
when preparing such estimates of future income include:
- One-time restructuring charges that permanently remove fixed costs from future cash flows.
- Large litigation settlements or awards that are not expected to recur in future years.
- Historical interest expense on debt that has been restructured or refinanced.
- Historical fixed costs that have been reduced or eliminated.
- Large permanent differences that are included in pretax accounting income or loss but are not a component of taxable income.
- One-time severance payments related to management changes.
When adjusting historical income or loss for financial reporting
purposes to develop an estimate of future income or loss that is generally
considered to be objectively verifiable evidence, an entity may also need to
consider items occurring after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of
the financial statements. For example, a debt refinancing that is in process as
of the balance sheet date and consummated before the date of issuance of the
financial statements may constitute additional objectively verifiable evidence
when an entity is projecting future taxable income, since the entity’s normal
projections (which would have been used in the absence of the existence of
negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses) would routinely have
included this as a forecasted item. An entity must use judgment and carefully
consider the facts and circumstances in such situations.
Notwithstanding the above, the following items should generally not be considered nonrecurring:
- Unusual loss allowances (e.g., large loan loss or bad-debt loss provisions).
- Poor operating results caused by an economic downturn, government intervention, or changes in regulation.
- Operating losses attributable to a change in the focus or directives of a subsidiary or business unit.
- Onerous effects on historical operations attributable to prior management decisions when a new management team is engaged (excluding any direct employment cost reductions associated with the replacement of the old management team).
See Section
5.7.12 for considerations related to the impact of interest
limitations on the estimate of future taxable income. Once the objectively
verifiable estimate of future income has been developed, this estimate may be
used to support the realizability of DTAs. Entities often use an average of the
current and two prior years of adjusted historical results as a basis from which
to develop an objectively verifiable estimate of annual taxable income for
future periods.
The example below illustrates how an entity might develop an
estimate of future taxable income (excluding reversals of temporary differences
and carryforwards) that is based on objectively verifiable historical results
when objectively verifiable negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses
exists.
Example 5-13
Estimation of Future Taxable Income When Negative
Evidence in the Form of Cumulative Losses
Exists
Assume the following:
- Entity X, a calendar-year entity, operates in a single tax jurisdiction in which the tax rate is 25 percent.
- Tax losses and tax credits can be carried forward for a period of four years after the year of origination. However, carryback of losses or credits to recover taxes paid in prior years is not permitted.
- As of December 31, 20X3, X has a tax loss carryforward of $1,000 and a tax credit carryforward of $600, both of which expire on December 31, 20X7. Thus, to realize its DTA of $850, or ($1,000 × 25%) + $600, at the end of 20X3, X must generate $3,400 ($850 ÷ 25%) of future taxable amounts through 20X7 — the tax loss and tax credit carryforward period.
- There are (1) no tax-planning strategies available to generate additional taxable income and (2) no taxable temporary differences as of December 31, 20X3.
- Entity X has determined that a three-year period is the appropriate period for which it will assess whether negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses in recent years exists.
- Historical pretax income (loss) is $100, ($500), and ($1,000) for 20X3, 20X2, and 20X1, respectively.
- The following table shows historical income (loss) adjusted for nonrecurring items during the three-year period ending on December 31, 20X3, which X considers when estimating future income that does not include reversals of temporary differences and carryforwards:
Because X has positive average annual adjusted pretax
income (i.e., historical earnings when adjusted for
nonrecurring items), it may consider its average annual
adjusted pretax income as a starting point for
objectively estimating future taxable income (excluding
reversals of temporary differences and carryforwards).
However, the estimation of future income is not simply a
“mechanical exercise” in which X would multiply its
average annual adjusted pretax income by the number of
years remaining in the loss or credit carryforward
period. Rather, X should consider adjusting its average
annual pretax income for certain additional positive and
negative evidence that is present in the historical
period to develop an estimate that is based on
objectively verifiable evidence, including, but not
limited to:
- Its recent trend in earnings (i.e., the fact that earnings for the most recent year [20X3] are less than those of the prior year [20X2] and the three-year average annual adjusted pretax income, which might suggest that the use of average annual adjusted pretax income is inappropriate).
- The length and magnitude of pretax losses compared with the length and magnitude of pretax income (e.g., X has a significant cumulative loss and has only recently returned to a minor amount of profitability).
- The causes of its annual losses (e.g., X reported a pretax loss in 20X1 even on an adjusted basis) and cumulative losses.
- Anticipated changes in the business.
The weight given to the positive evidence in the form of
X’s estimate of future taxable income should be
commensurate with the extent to which it is based on
objectively verifiable historical results. Entity X
would then determine whether a valuation allowance is
needed on the basis of all available evidence, both
positive and negative.
5.3.2.2.1 Time Frame for Projection of Future Taxable Income
An entity should consider as many years as it can to reliably estimate future
taxable income on the basis of its specific facts and circumstances.
Although subjectivity may increase as the number of years increases, it
would usually not be appropriate for an entity to limit the number of years
it uses to estimate future taxable income, whether such estimates represent
management’s inherently subjective projections of future income or
objectively verifiable estimates of future income based on adjusted
historical results as determined by using the method discussed above. In
either case, limiting the period over which future taxable income is
estimated could inappropriately result in a smoothing of the income
statement impact of changes in a valuation allowance. For example, it would
not be appropriate to continue to add a year to the estimate of future
taxable income as each year passes so that changes in a valuation allowance
occur annually. Rather, in these situations, it may be reasonable to project
additional years of taxable income on the basis of historical operating
results by using the method discussed above. In some circumstances, however,
there may be a limited number of years over which future taxable income can
be estimated because significant changes are expected in the business (e.g.,
probable future withdrawal from the jurisdiction); in such circumstances,
the time frame used would be limited and should not change until a change in
facts and circumstances warrants an adjustment.
5.3.2.2.2 Effect of Excess Tax Deductions for Equity-Classified Share-Based Payment Awards on the Assessment of Future Taxable Income
Special consideration may be warranted when an entity has equity-classified
share-based payment awards. In forecasting future taxable income, an entity
should base its estimate of future excess tax deductions on its outstanding
awards and the stock price as of the balance sheet date. The assumptions the
entity uses in the valuation allowance assessment should be consistent with
those it uses in its disclosures under ASC 718-10-50-2(e) about its
share-based payment arrangements, including the number of shares, the
requisite service period, the maximum contractual term of the awards, the
number and weighted-average exercise price and grant-date fair values of the
award, the total intrinsic value of the awards, the expense recognized, and
information about modifications of the awards.
An entity should generally not anticipate that excess
share-based tax deductions will continue in perpetuity (i.e., such
deductions should not be considered recurring permanent differences). An
excess tax benefit exists when the amount of the tax deduction is greater
than the compensation cost recognized for financial reporting purposes
(exercise fair value is greater than the grant date fair value). Generally,
we do not believe that it would be appropriate for an entity to forecast
future increases or decreases in stock prices when estimating future taxable
income because those changes cannot be reliably estimated. See Chapter 10 for
additional guidance share-based payments.
5.3.2.3 Use of Attributes That Result in Replacement or “Substitution” of DTAs
ASC 740-10
55-37 An operating loss or
tax credit carryforward from a prior year (for which the
deferred tax asset was offset by a valuation allowance)
may sometimes reduce taxable income and taxes payable
that are attributable to certain revenues or gains that
the tax law requires be included in taxable income for
the year that cash is received. For financial reporting,
however, there may have been no revenue or gain and a
liability is recognized for the cash received. Future
sacrifices to settle the liability will result in
deductible amounts in future years. Under those
circumstances, the reduction in taxable income and taxes
payable from utilization of the operating loss or tax
credit carryforward gives no cause for recognition of a
tax benefit because, in effect, the operating loss or
tax credit carryforward has been replaced by temporary
differences that will result in deductible amounts when
a nontax liability is settled in future years. The
requirements for recognition of a tax benefit for
deductible temporary differences and for operating loss
carryforwards are the same, and the manner of reporting
the eventual tax benefit recognized (that is, in income
or as required by paragraph 740-20-45-3) is not affected
by the intervening transaction reported for tax
purposes. Example 20 (see paragraph 740-10-55-156)
illustrates recognition of the tax benefit of an
operating loss in the loss year and in subsequent
carryforward years when a valuation allowance is
necessary in the loss year.
ASC 740-10-55-37 describes a situation in which an NOL
carryforward from a prior year may be used to reduce taxable income (and taxes
payable) on an entity’s income tax return. In this scenario, the attribute is
used to offset a gain in the current year that must, in accordance with tax law,
be included in taxable income for the year in which cash is received. However,
in doing so, the NOL carryforward DTA may be replaced by another DTA because a
liability is recognized for financial reporting purposes under U.S. GAAP, and
future sacrifices to settle the liability will result in deductible amounts in
future years.
In situations such as these, in which a DTA for an attribute is
replaced by a DTA for a future deduction, the use of the attribute against the
entity’s taxable income (and, thus, the reduction in its income tax payable)
generally would not constitute realization of a tax benefit unless the entity
has other sources of future taxable income that the “replacement” or
“substitute” DTA can be used to offset. For example, this would be the case if
the NOL carryforward was set to expire and the “refresh” of the attribute (i.e.,
the use of the attribute and substitution with a future deduction) allowed the
company to access sources of future taxable income that are more likely than not
to arise in a period beyond the end of the existing carryforward period for the
attribute. In other words, unless the future deduction that replaced the
attribute can also be realized, the use of the attribute does not constitute
realization. If, on the other hand, an economic benefit will result from the use
of the attribute, realization has occurred.
We believe that while ASC 740-10-55-37 does not specifically address such cases,
an entity would apply this principle to assess realization in situations in
which (1) the attribute already has a valuation allowance recorded against it
but will be used in a future year or (2) the entity is evaluating planning
strategies that it could execute in a subsequent year.
The example below from ASC 740-10-55-156 through 55-158 illustrates the guidance
in ASC 740-10-55-37 on the interaction of NOL carryforwards and temporary
differences.
ASC 740-10
Example 20: Interaction of Loss Carryforwards and
Temporary Differences
55-156 This Example
illustrates the guidance in paragraph 740-10-55-37 for
the interaction of loss carryforwards and temporary
differences that will result in net deductible amounts
in future years. This Example has the following
assumptions:
- The financial loss and the loss reported on the tax return for an entity’s first year of operations are the same.
- In Year 2, a gain of $2,500 from a transaction that is a sale for tax purposes but does not meet the sale recognition criteria for financial reporting purposes is the only difference between pretax financial income and taxable income.
55-157 Financial and taxable
income in this Example are as follows.
55-158 The $4,000 operating
loss carryforward at the end of Year 1 is reduced to
$1,500 at the end of Year 2 because $2,500 of it is used
to reduce taxable income. The $2,500 reduction in the
loss carryforward becomes $2,500 of deductible temporary
differences that will reverse and result in future tax
deductions when the sale occurs (that is, control of the
asset transfers to the buyer-lessor). The entity has no
deferred tax liability to be offset by those future tax
deductions, the future tax deductions cannot be realized
by loss carryback because no taxes have been paid, and
the entity has had pretax losses for financial reporting
since inception. Unless positive evidence exists that is
sufficient to overcome the negative evidence associated
with those losses, a valuation allowance is recognized
at the end of Year 2 for the full amount of the deferred
tax asset related to the $2,500 of deductible temporary
differences and the remaining $1,500 of operating loss
carryforward.
As illustrated above, in the absence of positive evidence (e.g., projections of
future taxable income), there will ultimately be no realization resulting from
use of the operating loss carryforward.
5.3.3 Taxable Income in Prior Carryback Year(s) if Carryback Is Permitted Under the Tax Law
The ability to recover taxes paid in the carryback period under ASC
740-10-30-18(c) is considered to be an objectively verifiable form of positive
evidence that can overcome negative evidence such as the following: (1) cumulative
losses; (2) a history of operating losses expiring unused; (3) losses expected in
early future years; (4) unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would
adversely affect future operations; and (5) a brief carryforward period, discussed
earlier.
Some tax laws (e.g., those in certain U.S. state, local, or foreign tax
jurisdictions) permit taxpayers to carry back operating loss or tax credits to
obtain refunds of taxes paid in prior years. The extent to which the carryback
benefit is possible depends on the length of the carryback period and the amounts
and character of taxable income generated during that period.
While the enactment of the 2017 Act eliminated the ability to carry
back NOLs originating in years after December 31, 2017, the CARES Act repealed this
provision for certain taxable years. Under the CARES Act, NOLs that arise in taxable
years beginning after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2021, are allowed to
be carried back to each of the five taxable years that precede the taxable year of
that loss. Entities that generated taxable income in previous years may now be able
to carry back current year losses to those periods and, as a result, will need to
evaluate how this change in tax law affects their realizability assessment of DTAs.
For further information about the CARES Act and the subsequent income tax
accounting, see Deloitte’s April 9, 2020 (updated September 18, 2020), Heads Up.
The example below illustrates taxable income in prior carryback
year(s) in situations in which carryback is permitted under the tax law as a source
of taxable income listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(c).
Example 5-14
Refunds Available by Carryback of Losses to Offset Taxable
Income in Prior Years
Assume that an entity has a deductible temporary difference
of $1,000 at the end of 20X1 and that pretax income and
taxable income are zero. If at least $1,000 of taxable
income is available for carryback refund of taxes paid
during the year in which the temporary difference becomes
deductible, realization of the DTAs for the net deductible
amount is more likely than not even though tax losses are
expected in early future years.
5.3.4 Tax-Planning Strategies
As indicated in ASC 740-10-30-18(d), among the sources of future
income that may enable realization of a DTA are “[t]ax-planning strategies (see
paragraph 740-10-30-19) that would, if necessary, be implemented to, for example:
- Accelerate taxable amounts to utilize expiring carryforwards
- Change the character of taxable or deductible amounts from ordinary income or loss to capital gain or loss
- Switch from tax-exempt to taxable investments” (emphasis added).
Because future taxable income from the source listed in ASC
740-10-30-18(d) may be based on future events, it may be more subjective than that
from the sources listed in ASC 740-10-30-18(a) and (c).
The ASC master glossary defines a tax-planning strategy as follows:
An action
(including elections for tax purposes) that meets certain criteria (see
paragraph 740-10-30-19) and that would be implemented to realize a tax benefit
for an operating loss or tax credit carryforward before it expires. Tax-planning
strategies are considered when assessing the need for and amount of a valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets.
A qualifying tax-planning strategy must meet the criteria in ASC 740-10-30-19. That
is, the tax-planning strategy should be (1) “prudent and feasible”; (2) one that an
entity “ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or
tax credit carryforward from expiring unused”; and (3) one that “[w]ould result in
realization of [DTAs].” ASC 740-10-55-39 clarifies these three criteria:
- For the tax-planning strategy to be prudent and feasible, “[m]anagement must have the ability to implement the strategy and expect to do so unless the need is eliminated in future years.” If the action is prudent but not feasible (or vice versa), it would not meet the definition of a tax-planning strategy. In determining whether an action constitutes a tax-planning strategy, an entity should consider all internal and external factors, including whether the action is economically prudent.
- Regarding criterion 2, strategies management would employ in the normal course of business are considered “implicit in management’s estimate of future taxable income and, therefore, are not tax-planning strategies.”
- Regarding whether the strategy would result in realization of DTAs (criterion 3 above), ASC 740-10-55-39(c) states, in part, that “[t]he effect of qualifying tax-planning strategies must be recognized in the determination of . . . a valuation allowance.” Further, the tax-planning strategy should result in the realization of a DTA, but only if it does not result in another DTA that would not be realized.
Management should have control over implementation of the tax-planning strategy. However, paragraph A107 of the Basis for Conclusions in FASB Statement 109 clarifies
that this control does not need to be unilateral. In determining whether a
tax-planning strategy is under management’s control, the entity should consider
whether, for example, the action is subject to approval by its board of directors
and whether approval is reasonably ensured.
Finally, to be considered a possible source of future taxable income, a tax-planning
strategy (and any associated taxable income generated from that strategy) must (1)
meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold and (2) be measured as the
largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.
Because tax-planning strategies are a possible source of taxable income that an entity must consider when assessing the need for a valuation allowance, an entity must make a reasonable effort to identify qualifying tax-planning strategies. Question 27 of the FASB Staff Implementation Guide to Statement 109 addresses
whether management must “make an extensive effort to identify all tax-planning
strategies that meet the criteria for tax-planning strategies.” The answer, which
was codified in ASC 740-10-55-41, states, in part:
Because the effects of known
qualifying tax-planning strategies must be recognized . . . , management should
make a reasonable effort to identify those qualifying tax-planning strategies
that are significant. Management’s obligation to apply qualifying tax-planning
strategies in determining the amount of valuation allowance required is the same
as its obligation to apply the requirements of other Topics for financial
accounting and reporting. However, if there is sufficient evidence that taxable
income from one of the other sources of taxable income listed in paragraph
740-10-30-18 will be adequate to eliminate the need for any valuation allowance,
a search for tax-planning strategies is not necessary.
5.3.4.1 Examples of Qualifying Tax-Planning Strategies
The following are some possible examples (not all-inclusive) of qualifying
tax-planning strategies:
- Selling and subsequent leaseback of certain operating assets.
- Switching certain investments from tax-exempt to taxable securities.
- Filing a consolidated tax return versus separate stand-alone income tax returns.
- Disposing of obsolete inventory that is reported at net realizable value.
- Changing the method of accounting for inventory for tax purposes.
- Selling loans at an amount that is net of their allowance for doubtful accounts.
- Accelerating the funding of certain liabilities if that funding is deductible for tax purposes.
- Switching from deducting R&D costs to capitalizing and amortizing the costs for tax purposes.
- Electing to deduct foreign taxes paid or accrued rather than treating them as creditable foreign taxes.
- Accelerating the repatriation of foreign earnings for which deferred taxes were previously funded.
The examples below illustrate additional situations in which
entities use tax-planning strategies to provide evidence of future taxable
income to support the conclusion that no valuation allowance is required or that
a valuation allowance is necessary for only a portion of the entity’s DTAs.
Example 5-15
Acceleration of Taxable Amounts to Use
Carryforward
In 20X2, Entity A generates, for tax purposes, a $2,000
operating loss that cannot be used in the current tax
return. Tax law allows for a one-year carryforward.
However, after considering (1) future reversals of
existing taxable temporary differences, (2) future
taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary
differences and carryforwards, and (3) taxable income in
the prior carryback years, A must record a valuation
allowance for the tax consequences of $1,000 of future
deductions that are not expected to be realized.
However, A has identified a tax-planning strategy that
involves selling at book value, and leasing back, plant
and equipment. This strategy would accelerate $600 of
taxable amounts (the excess depreciation in prior years)
that would otherwise reverse in years beyond the
carryforward period. For tax purposes, the sale would
accelerate the reversal of the taxable difference (the
excess-book-over-tax basis on the date of the
sale-leaseback) into taxable income in the year of the
sale. After considering the strategy, A must record a
valuation allowance at the end of 20X2 only for the $400
of the operating loss whose realization is not more
likely than not.
When A is considering the sale and
leaseback of assets as a tax-planning strategy, it
should be reasonable for A to conclude that the fair
value of the assets approximates the book value at the
time of the sale. If the assets have appreciated, the
sale and leaseback would create taxable income
(typically considered a capital gain). Conversely,
selling the assets at a loss would reduce the taxable
income that is created by the strategy. In addition, for
the sale and leaseback of assets to meet the criteria
for a qualifying tax-planning strategy, future taxable
income must otherwise be expected (because the sale and
leaseback of assets when the fair value approximates the
carrying value does not create additional taxable
income). Without future taxable income, the sale and
leaseback only postpones the expiration of the DTA.
Further, when measuring the valuation allowance
necessary (i.e., the impact of future lease payments on
taxable income), A must incorporate the future
implications of the tax-planning strategy into the
determination of the strategy’s effects (see Section
5.3.4.3 for more information about
measuring the tax benefits of tax-planning
strategies).
Example 5-16
Switch From Tax-Exempt to Taxable Investments
In 20X2, Entity B generates $2,000 of tax credits that
cannot be used in the current-year tax return. Tax law
permits a one-year credit carryforward to reduce income
taxes in 20X3. After considering (1) future reversals of
existing taxable temporary differences, (2) future
taxable income exclusive of taxable temporary
differences and carryforwards, and (3) taxable income in
the prior carryback years, B must record a valuation
allowance of $1,000.
However, B has identified a tax-planning strategy in
which its investment portfolio of tax-exempt securities
could, if sold and replaced with higher-yielding taxable
securities, generate sufficient taxable income during
20X3 to enable the use of $200 of the available tax
credit carryforward. Provided that the replacement of
tax-exempt securities is prudent and feasible, a
valuation allowance is recognized only for the $800 of
tax credit carryforwards whose realization is not more
likely than not. In assessing whether the tax-planning
strategy is prudent and feasible, B should determine
whether the replacement securities offer a better pretax
yield than the tax-exempt securities (i.e., if the yield
is identical, no benefit is derived from the change in
investment and the tax-planning strategy is therefore
not prudent).
5.3.4.2 Examples of Nonqualifying Tax-Planning Strategies
The following actions would generally not qualify as tax-planning strategies
because they would not meet one or more of the criteria in ASC 740-10-30-19 (as
discussed above):
-
Actions that are inconsistent with financial statement assertions. For example, to classify an investment in a debt security as HTM, an entity must positively assert that it has the ability and intent to hold the investment until maturity. It would be inconsistent with that assertion for the entity to simultaneously assert as a tax-planning strategy that it would sell securities classified as HTM to realize a DTA.However, the absence of a positive financial statement assertion does not necessarily preclude an action from qualifying as a tax-planning strategy. For example, an entity does not need to meet all the criteria for held-for-sale classification to assert as a tax-planning strategy that it would sell an appreciated asset to realize a DTA.
- Selling an entity’s principal line of business or selling certain operating assets (e.g., an indefinite-lived trade name) that are core to the business. Such an action would not be considered prudent.
- Selling advanced technology to a foreign government when such a sale is prohibited by statute. Such an action would not be considered feasible.
- Disposing of an unprofitable subsidiary, which is generally not considered an action that an entity “might not ordinarily take” and may not be feasible.
- Funding executive deferred compensation before the agreed-upon payment date. Such a strategy would generally not be considered prudent because, while it would result in reversal of a DTA, it would also result in an acceleration of income tax for the executive(s).
- Moving income from a nontax jurisdiction to a tax jurisdiction solely to realize operating loss carryforwards. This action would result in use of the asset in the jurisdiction receiving the income but not in an overall economic benefit since, irrespective of whether the entity took the action, it would not have incurred tax on the income.
In addition, changing a parent entity’s tax status generally would not qualify as
a tax-planning strategy because ASC 740-10-25-32 requires that the effect of a
change in tax status be recognized as of the date on which the change in tax
status occurs.
The example below illustrates a situation in which an entity
would not be able to use the proposed tax-planning strategy as positive evidence
to support the conclusion that no valuation allowance is necessary because the
tax-planning strategy does not align with positions taken elsewhere within the
financial statements.
Example 5-17
Tax-Planning Strategy That Is Inconsistent With
Financial Statement Assertions
Assume the following:
- An entity is measuring its DTAs and DTLs at the end of 20X2.
- Capital losses of $2 million were incurred in 20X2.
- Capital losses can be used only to offset capital gains; no capital gains occurred in 20X2.
- The capital gains tax rate is 50 percent.
-
The entity has an investment portfolio of debt securities that it has classified as HTM in accordance with ASC 320. The portfolio has the following attributes:
- An assumption inherent in the preparation of the financial statements is that an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) has not occurred in accordance with ASC 320-10-35-33A though 35-33C6 because (1) the entity does not have the intent to sell any of the securities in the portfolio, (2) it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell any of the securities in the portfolio before recovery, and (3) the entity expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities in the portfolio.
- Management is considering a tax-planning strategy to sell the debt securities to generate an $800,000 taxable gain to reduce the valuation allowance that would otherwise be necessary. No cost would be incurred on the sale.
The strategy is inconsistent with the
assumptions inherent in the preparation of the financial
statements. If the entity assumed the sale of the debt
securities to recognize a tax benefit of $400,000
($800,000 × 50%), such a strategy would conflict with
ASC 320’s HTM classification. The strategy may also
conflict with the entity’s OTTI assumptions (i.e.,
intent to sell; see ASC 320-10-35-33A) and potentially
other financial statement assertions, such as the
entity’s use of Approach 1, described in Section 5.7.4.1, to
evaluate DTAs on its debt securities’ unrealized losses.
The tax-planning strategy described above would be
inconsistent with the assumption made in the application
of Approach 1, which requires the entity to assert its
intent and ability to hold the debt security until
recovery.
5.3.4.3 Recognition and Measurement of a Tax-Planning Strategy
ASC 740-10-30-20 states the following about recognition and measurement of a
tax-planning strategy:
When a tax-planning strategy is contemplated as a
source of future taxable income to support the realizability of a deferred
tax asset, the recognition and measurement requirements for tax positions in
paragraphs 740-10-25-6 through 25-7; 740-10-25-13; and 740-10-30-7 shall be
applied in determining the amount of available future taxable
income.
To be contemplated as a possible source of future taxable income, a tax-planning
strategy (and its associated taxable income) must (1) meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold and (2) be measured as the largest
amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.
Further, regarding measurement of the benefits of a tax-planning strategy, ASC
740-10-30-19 states, in part:
Significant expenses to implement a
tax-planning strategy or any significant losses that would be recognized if
that strategy were implemented (net of any recognizable tax benefits
associated with those expenses or losses) shall be included in the valuation
allowance.
The examples below illustrate the measurement of a valuation
allowance in three different scenarios: (1) when no tax-planning strategy is
available, (2) when the cost of implementing a tax-planning strategy under ASC
740 has an incremental tax benefit, and (3) when the cost of implementing a
tax-planning strategy under ASC 740 has no incremental tax benefit. For all
three examples, assume that “cumulative losses in recent years,” as discussed in
ASC 740-10-30-21 and Section
5.3.2.1, do not exist.
Example 5-18
No Tax-Planning Strategy Is Available
Assume the following:
- The entity operates in a single tax jurisdiction where the applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
- The measurement date for DTAs and DTLs is in 20X1.
- A $10,000 operating loss carryforward will expire on December 31, 20X2. No carryback refunds are available.
- Taxable temporary differences of $2,000 exist at the end of 20X1, $1,000 of which is expected to reverse in each of years 20X2 and 20X3.
- No qualifying tax-planning strategies to accelerate taxable income to 20X2 are available.
-
The following table illustrates, on the basis of historical results and other available evidence, the estimated taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards expected to be generated during 20X2:
The following table shows the computation of the DTL,
DTA, and valuation allowance at the end of 20X1:
A valuation allowance of $1,000 is necessary because
$4,000 of the $10,000 of operating loss carryforward
will expire in 20X2.
Example 5-19
Cost of Tax-Planning Strategy Has an Incremental Tax
Benefit
Assume the following:
- The entity operates in a single tax jurisdiction where the applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
- The measurement date for DTAs and DTLs is in 20X1.
- A $9,000 operating loss carryforward will expire on December 31, 20X2. No carryback refunds are available.
- Taxable temporary differences of $10,000 exist at the end of 20X1. The temporary differences result from investments in equipment for which accelerated depreciation is used for tax purposes and straight-line depreciation is used for financial reporting purposes.
- Taxable temporary differences of $2,000 are expected to reverse in each of years 20X2–20X6.
-
The following table illustrates, before any qualifying tax-planning strategies are considered and on the basis of historical results and other available evidence, the estimated taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards expected to be generated during 20X2:
- Management has identified a qualifying tax-planning strategy to sell and lease back the equipment in 20X2, thereby accelerating the reversal of the remaining temporary difference of $8,000 to 20X2.
- The estimated cost attributable to the qualifying strategy is $1,000.
The following table illustrates the computation of the
DTAs and valuation allowance at the end of 20X1:
When the effects of the qualifying tax-planning strategy
are taken into account, the total estimated taxable
income for 20X2 of $12,000 ($4,000 estimated taxable
income plus $8,000 accelerating the reversal of the
taxable temporary difference) exceeds the $9,000
operating loss carryforward. However, in a manner
consistent with the guidance in ASC 740-10-55-44 (and as
illustrated in ASC 740-10-55-159), a valuation allowance
for the cost of the tax-planning strategy, net of any
related tax benefit, should reduce the tax benefit
recognized. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $750
would be required. The tax benefit of the cost of the
strategy in this example is recognized as a reduction of
the valuation allowance because sufficient taxable
income is available to cover the cost in 20X2 after the
results of the strategy are considered.
Example 5-20
Cost of Tax-Planning Strategy Has No Incremental Tax
Benefit
Assume the following:
- The entity operates in a single tax jurisdiction where the applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
- The measurement date for DTAs and DTLs is in 20X1.
- A $10,000 operating loss carryforward will expire on December 31, 20X2. No carryback refunds are available.
- Taxable temporary differences of $3,000 exist at the end of 20X1. The temporary differences result from investments in equipment for which accelerated depreciation is used for tax purposes and straight-line depreciation is used for financial reporting purposes.
- Taxable temporary differences of $1,000 are expected to reverse in each of years 20X2–20X4.
-
The following table illustrates, before any qualifying tax-planning strategies are considered and on the basis of historical results and other available evidence, the estimated taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards expected to be generated during 20X2:
- Management has identified a qualifying tax-planning strategy to sell and lease back the equipment in 20X2, thereby accelerating the reversal of $2,000 of taxable income to 20X2.
- Estimated costs attributable to the qualifying tax-planning strategy are $500.
The following table illustrates the computation of the
DTAs and valuation allowance at the end of 20X1:
5.3.5 Determining the Need for a Valuation Allowance by Using the Four Sources of Taxable Income
The example below illustrates all the concepts in Section 5.3 and shows how,
when positive and negative evidence is present, an entity uses the four sources of
taxable income described in ASC 740-10-30-18 to determine whether a valuation
allowance is required.
Example 5-21
Assume the following:
- Entity A is measuring its DTAs and DTLs as of year 20X2.
- Entity A operates and is subject to tax solely in Jurisdiction X.
- The enacted tax rate is 21 percent for all years.
- The DTA balance at the beginning of 20X2 is $0.
- Tax law permits a two-year carryback and five-year carryforward of operating losses.
- Entity A’s DTL is scheduled to reverse over a period of five years.
Computation of the DTA and DTL
Entity A has identified all temporary differences existing at
the end of 20X2. The measurement of DTAs and DTLs is as
follows:
Available Evidence
In assessing whether a valuation allowance
is required, A has identified the following evidence:
- Negative evidence
- Entity A has been historically profitable but has incurred a loss in 20X2 as a result of one-time restructuring of certain operations.
- Entity A operates in a traditionally cyclical business.7
- Positive evidence
- Tax benefits have never expired unused.8
- Entity A has a strong earnings history at the close of 20X2.9 While it incurred a loss in 20X2, the loss was an aberration that resulted from one-time charges, and A is expected to return to profitability in 20X3.
- Entity A is not in a cumulative loss position in 20X2 and does not forecast that it will be in a cumulative loss position in 20X3.
- Entity A has identified certain tax planning strategies that (1) it has determined are prudent, feasible, and outside of the company’s normal operations and (2) would accelerate taxable amounts so that the expiring carryforward of the NOL generated in 20X2 could be used.
Assessment of Realization
On the basis of the available evidence,
management has concluded that it is more likely than not
that some portion of the $93 of tax benefits from $440 of
net operating loss will will not be realized in future tax
returns.
To determine the amount of valuation
allowance required, management has considered four sources
of taxable income. As part of this analysis, the company is
forecasting taxable income of $25 in each of the next five
tax years (i.e., the carryforward period) and has $55 of
taxable income in the carryback period. The company is
forecasting $35 of taxable income from future reversals of
existing taxable temporary differences that will reverse
over the carryforward period. Finally, the company has
identified a tax-planning strategy in which its investment
portfolio of tax-exempt securities could be sold and
replaced with higher-yielding taxable securities, generating
taxable income of $26 and implementation costs of $1 during
the carryforward period. The company’s analysis is as
follows:
Upon considering the timing, amounts, and character of the
four sources of taxable income available for use of existing
tax benefits, management concludes that all such income can
be used without limitation. For example, all of the taxable
temporary differences will reverse during the same period as
the deductible temporary items. Therefore, A expects to
realize $240 of $440 of deductions and will record a
valuation allowance of $42 ($200 × 21%) on the $200 of
deductions that is not expected to be realized.
Entity A would record the following journal entry:
Journal Entry
The following is an analysis of the facts in the above example:
- Entity A may need to estimate the amount and timing of future income in determining whether it is more likely than not that existing tax benefits for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards will be realized in future tax returns.
- In determining the valuation allowance, A was required to consider (1) the amounts and timing of future deductions or carryforwards and (2) the four sources of taxable income that enable utilization: future taxable income exclusive of reversals of temporary differences, taxable income available for carryback refunds, taxable temporary differences, and tax-planning strategies. If A had been able to conclude that a valuation allowance was not required on the basis of one or more sources, A would not have needed to consider the remaining sources. In this case, A needed to consider all four sources, after which it determined that a valuation allowance was required.
- The assessment is based on all available evidence, both positive and negative.
Footnotes
3
The conclusion reached in this
example would have been the same even if the NOL’s
carryforward period had been indefinite.
4
The CARES Act temporarily eliminated the 80 percent
limitation for NOLs used in taxable years beginning before January 1,
2021. It also temporarily increased the business interest expense
limitation from 30 percent to 50 percent for taxable years beginning in
2019 and 2020 and allows entities to elect to use their adjusted taxable
income for the last taxable year beginning in 2019 as their adjusted
taxable income for taxable years beginning in 2020. As a result,
entities will need to consider how this temporary change affects their
previous conclusions about the realizability of deferred taxes. For
example, an NOL used in 2019 will not be limited to a percentage of
taxable income and thus an indefinite-lived taxable temporary difference
reversing in 2019 will not be limited as a source of taxable income with
respect to this NOL. For further information about the CARES Act and the
subsequent income tax accounting, see Deloitte’s April 9, 2020 (updated
September 18, 2020), Heads Up.
5
The projections referred to here are management’s estimates
of future income based on metrics and qualitative information used by the
entity, which might include future growth assumptions and other subjective
management assertions.
6
ASU
2016-13 was issued in June 2016
and significantly amends the guidance in U.S. GAAP
on the measurement of financial instruments. In
November 2019, the FASB issued ASU
2019-10, which established the
following effective dates for ASU 2016-13: for
PBEs that meet the U.S. GAAP definition of an SEC
filer, ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2019, including
interim periods therein. For all other entities,
the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2022, and interim periods
therein. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2018, including
interim periods within those fiscal years.
7
Indicates a source of evidence
that can be verified objectively
8
See footnote 7.
9
See footnote 7.
5.4 Consideration of Future Events When Assessing the Need for a Valuation Allowance
In general, entities should consider all available information about future events when
determining whether a valuation allowance is needed for DTAs.
Entities must exercise professional judgment when assessing information
that is obtained after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are
issued or are available to be issued. See Section 5.3.2.2 for further discussion of the
effect of nonrecurring items on estimates of future income.
The following are future events that entities should not consider or anticipate when
assessing the realizability of DTAs:
- Changes in tax laws or rates (see ASC 740-10-35-4).
- Changes in tax status (see ASC 740-10-25-32 and 25-33).
- Expected business combinations.
- Expected initial public offerings (IPOs).
- Events that are inconsistent with financial reporting assertions as of the balance sheet date. For example, anticipating sales of HTM securities would be inconsistent with management’s intent and with the classification of such securities. Similarly, entities should not anticipate the sale of indefinite-lived intangible assets that are not classified as held for sale as of the reporting date, because doing so would be inconsistent with management’s assessment of the useful life of these assets.
- Events that depend on future market conditions or that are otherwise not within the entity’s control. For example, an entity should not anticipate income associated with forgiveness of indebtedness to reduce an otherwise required valuation allowance.
5.5 Reduction of a Valuation Allowance When Negative Evidence Is No Longer Present
When an entity concludes that negative evidence (as discussed in ASC 740-10-30-21) exists
and that realization of all or a portion of its DTA as of that date is not more likely
than not, the entity would recognize a valuation allowance to reduce its DTA to an
amount that is more likely than not to be realized. However, circumstances may change
over time such that in a subsequent year, the negative evidence discussed in ASC
740-10-30-21 is no longer present.
If an entity has returned to profitability for a sustained period, the
entity should assume, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that favorable
operations or conditions will continue in the future. Further, as discussed in Section 5.3.2.2.1, unless the
facts and circumstances dictate otherwise, an entity should not limit the estimate of
future income to (1) a specific period (e.g., the period over which it measures
cumulative losses in recent periods) or (2) general uncertainties. For example, it would
be inappropriate to project taxable income for only three years and assume that taxable
income beyond three years would be zero solely on the basis of the uncertainty in
projecting taxable income beyond three years (such a projection would be particularly
inappropriate if income is projected in connection with other financial statement
assertions, such as those about impairment tests). Therefore, the valuation allowance
provided in prior years for which negative evidence was present should be eliminated in
the period in which the negative evidence ceases to exist.
5.6 Going-Concern Opinion as Negative Evidence
PCAOB AS 2415 and AICPA AU-C Section 570 require an explanatory
paragraph in the auditor’s report when the auditor concludes that “substantial doubt
about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of
time remains.” In addition, ASC 205-40 requires an entity’s management to evaluate
whether conditions or events raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to
continue as a going concern and, if so, “whether its plans that are intended to mitigate
those [relevant] conditions and events, when implemented, will alleviate substantial
doubt.” In circumstances in which (1) management has identified conditions or events
that raise substantial doubt that has not been alleviated by management’s plans and (2)
an explanatory paragraph has been added to the auditor’s report, a valuation allowance
would often be recorded for all DTAs whose realization is not assured by either
offsetting existing taxable temporary differences or carryback to open tax years.
However, in some circumstances, such as when the immediate cause of the going-concern
uncertainty may not be directly related to the entity’s as-adjusted earnings history
(e.g., a financing issue caused by a nonrecurring event or other short-term liquidity
hurdle), a full valuation allowance may not be required. Entities must apply significant
judgement in these situations and are encouraged to consult with their accounting
advisers.
The fact that (1) management has not identified conditions or events that raise
substantial doubt, (2) management has identified conditions or events that raise
substantial doubt but has determined its plans alleviate the substantial doubt, or (3) a
going-concern explanatory paragraph is not included in the auditor’s report does not
automatically constitute positive evidence about the realization of DTAs. Similarly,
when an entity concludes that it must record a valuation allowance for all or part of
its DTAs, a going-concern problem may not necessarily exist. For example, an entity that
generates sufficient positive cash flows to service its debt and support the book value
of its assets (i.e., the entity’s assets are not impaired), but that is experiencing
financial reporting losses (i.e., recent cumulative losses), would have negative
evidence about the realization of DTAs. In this case, the positive evidence may not be
sufficient to overcome the negative evidence; thus, the entity would provide a valuation
allowance for all or part of its DTAs. However, the auditor may conclude, on the basis
of positive cash flows and other factors, that it is not necessary to provide a
going-concern reference in the auditor’s report, and management may likewise conclude
that conditions or events do not raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to
continue as a going concern.
5.7 Exceptions and Special Situations
5.7.1 AMT Valuation Allowances
A corporate AMT was introduced in 2022 as part of the Inflation
Reduction Act. While deferred taxes will continue to be measured at the regular tax
rate (as discussed in Section 3.3.4.10), a
corporate AMT will have an effect on existing DTAs in the regular tax system if an
entity expects to perpetually pay corporate AMT (e.g., while an NOL for an entity
that is expected to perpetually pay corporate AMT might result in a reduction in tax
under the regular system, the NOL may not be available for corporate AMT purposes
and the entity might pay corporate AMT tax on the income sheltered by the NOL in the
regular tax system). We believe that there are two acceptable approaches to
assessing the realizability of DTAs in the regular system for perpetual corporate
AMT taxpayers.10
Under the first approach, the entity would assess the realizability of its DTAs11 on the basis of all available information. If, for example, the expected tax
benefit of an NOL is less than the reported amount because the utilization of the
NOL will result in incremental corporate AMT, an entity would have to use a
valuation allowance to reflect the actual amount of tax benefit that will be
realized with respect to the NOL. Alternatively, the entity could assess the
realizability of its DTAs solely on the basis of the regular tax system without
taking into account amounts due under the corporate AMT system (i.e., any
incremental impact of the corporate AMT would be accounted for in the period in
which the corporate AMT is incurred).
The example below illustrates these approaches for a perpetual corporate AMT
taxpayer.
Example 5-22
Assume that Entity A:
- Had $1,000 of pre-2018 NOL carryforwards and no corporate AMT credit or NOL carryforward.
- Expects sufficient future income to fully utilize its pre-2018 NOL carryforward.
- Expects to be a corporate AMT taxpayer perpetually and, accordingly, will need to record a full valuation allowance against any corporate AMT credit carryforwards that arise in future years.
For simplicity, assume that there are no other permanent or
temporary differences or attributes.
Entity A could select either of the following approaches to
assess the realizability of DTAs in the regular system:
- Approach 1 — The utilization of the NOL reduces the regular tax liability of $210 down to the corporate AMT liability of $150. As a result, the NOL only results in a reduction of future cash outflows of $60, necessitating a $150 valuation allowance against the $210 NOL DTA.
- Approach 2 — The $150 incremental cost of corporate AMT would be accounted for in the period in which it arises, and no valuation allowance would be recorded against the $210 NOL DTA because there is sufficient regular taxable income expected in future years.
In addition, the Inflation Reduction Act allows entities to
reduce their corporate AMT tax liability by certain general
business credits. Entities applying the first approach that
have a valuation allowance because of an inability to use
such credits in the regular tax system would need to
consider whether such credits may now be realizable as a
result of the corporate AMT.
5.7.2 Assessing Realization of a DTA for Regular Tax NOL Carryforwards When Considering Future GILTI Inclusions
Under the GILTI tax regime, foreign taxes paid or accrued in the year of the
inclusion may be creditable against U.S. taxes otherwise payable, subject to certain
limitations (e.g., foreign source income, expense allocations). If not used in the
year of inclusion, however, the FTC would be permanently lost. Further, because IRC
Section 250 deductions are limited to 50 percent of taxable income after NOL
deductions, use of NOLs could reduce or eliminate the eligibility for an IRC Section
250 deduction. Therefore, as a result of expected future GILTI inclusions, a U.S.
entity that has historically experienced cumulative losses may expect that existing
NOL carryforwards, for which a valuation allowance has historically been recorded,
will now be used. Use of the NOL carryforwards may, however, result in an actual
cash tax savings that is less than the DTA (before reduction for any valuation
allowance) and, in some cases, may result in no cash tax savings at all because,
without the NOL, the entity would have been eligible for an IRC Section 250
deduction that would have reduced the net taxable income inclusion and would have
been able to use FTCs.
There are two acceptable views regarding how an entity should consider future GILTI
inclusions when assessing the realizability of NOL DTAs. The first is that an entity
would consider future GILTI inclusions on the basis of tax law ordering rules when
estimating available sources of future taxable income to assess the realizability of
DTAs. Under a tax law ordering approach, the future reduction or elimination of the
IRC Section 250 deduction and FTCs will not result in the need for a valuation
allowance for an entity’s existing NOL DTAs. Use of a tax law ordering approach is
consistent with Example 18 in the ASC 740-10 implementation guidance (see ASC
740-10-55-145 through 55-148). The same conclusion would apply to DTAs for other tax
attributes and deductible temporary differences.
Alternatively, an entity could assess the realizability of DTAs on the basis of the
incremental economic benefit they would produce. In other words, because future
GILTI inclusions are an integrated part of the regular tax system, an entity would
determine how much, if any, benefit is expected to be realized from an entity’s
existing NOL carryforwards on a “with-and-without” basis. That is, a DTA would be
recognized for only the amount of incremental tax savings the DTAs are expected to
produce after the entity considers all facts and circumstances, elements of the tax
law, and other factors that would otherwise limit the availability of the IRC
Section 250 deduction and use of the FTCs.
We believe that when measuring U.S. GILTI DTAs and DTLs (more specifically,
evaluating whether future IRC Section 250 deductions should affect the measurement
of GILTI DTAs and DTLs), an entity should apply an approach that is consistent with
its assessment of how future IRC Section 250 deductions affect the realizability of
an NOL DTA.
For example, if the entity evaluates the realizability of NOL DTAs on the basis of
the incremental economic benefit the NOLs would produce (i.e., the
“with-and-without” approach described above), it would be appropriate for the entity
to factor in the IRC Section 250 deduction that would be available without the NOL
when measuring its GILTI DTAs and DTLs. Alternatively, if the entity evaluates the
realizability of NOL DTAs on the basis of tax law ordering rules, the measurement of
GILTI DTAs and DTLs should take into account only the impact of the IRC Section 250
deduction that will actually be available after use of the NOL in the year the GILTI
DTAs and DTLs reverse, because the ordering rules would suggest that the maximum
amount of GILTI deduction will not be obtained in those circumstances.
5.7.3 Determination of the Need for a Valuation Allowance Related to FTCs
In their U.S. tax returns, taxpayers are allowed to elect either to deduct direct
foreign taxes incurred on foreign-source earnings or to claim a credit for such
taxes. Credits for foreign taxes incurred are subject to certain limitations (e.g.,
such credits are limited to the amount calculated by using the U.S. statutory rate
and cannot be used against U.S. taxes imposed on domestic income). Taxpayers are
also permitted to claim a credit for indirect (or deemed-paid) foreign taxes (i.e.,
taxes included for U.S. tax purposes on the underlying income of a foreign
subsidiary or more-than-10-percent investee when the underlying income is remitted
as dividends). In this situation, pretax income is grossed up for the amount of
taxes credited. If the taxpayer elects not to claim a credit for deemed-paid taxes,
the income is not grossed up.
According to the IRC,12 a taxpayer must choose between either deducting or
claiming a credit for the foreign taxes that are paid in a particular tax year. The
election to claim the credit or deduction is made annually and may be changed at any
time while the statute of limitations remains open. In the case of an overpayment as
a result of not claiming a credit for foreign taxes, a claim for credit or refund
may be filed within 10 years from the time the return is filed or two years from the
time the tax is paid, whichever is later.13
Creditable foreign taxes paid or deemed paid in a given year give
rise to an FTC. An FTC can be either recorded as a reduction in taxes payable (with
a corresponding increase in taxable income with respect to deemed-paid taxes) or
taken as a tax deduction (for direct-paid taxes) in arriving at taxable income. Any
FTC not currently allowed because of various current-year limitations (i.e., an
excess FTC) should be recognized as a DTA. ASC 740-10-30-2(b) states, “The
measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any
tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.” An
exception to this are FTCs related to GILTI. Excess GILTI FTCs may not be carried
forward or carried back; therefore, a DTA should not be recorded for any excess
GILTI FTCs. See Section
3.4.10 for additional information about FTCs created by GILTI.
Further, ASC 740-10-55-23 states, in part:
Measurements [of deferred tax
liabilities and assets] are based on elections (for example, an election for
loss carryforward instead of carryback) that are expected to be made for tax
purposes in future years.
Although, given the statute extension, the decision of whether to take a credit or
deduct foreign taxes may not be finalized until subsequent periods, the ability to
deduct foreign taxes qualifies as a tax-planning strategy and should be taken into
account in the determination of the minimum DTA that should be recognized for
financial reporting purposes as of any reporting date.
In determining a valuation allowance against the DTA, an entity must compare the
annual tax benefit associated with either deducting foreign taxes or claiming them
as credits. In some circumstances in which an FTC carryover might otherwise have a
full valuation allowance, recovery by way of a deduction may yield some realization
through recognition of the federal tax benefit of a deduction. In such
circumstances, it is not appropriate for an entity to assume no realization of the
FTC solely on the basis of a tax credit election (i.e., leading to a full valuation
allowance) when the entity is able to change the election to a deduction in
subsequent periods and realize a greater benefit than is provided by claiming a
credit for the year in question.
Since the election to claim foreign taxes as either a deduction or a credit is an
annual election, the calculation of the appropriate valuation allowance should be
determined on the basis of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid in a given
year.
Example 5-23
Deduction Benefit Greater Than Credit Benefit
Entity X, a U.S. entity, paid direct foreign taxes of $100 in
20X9. On the basis of the applicable limitations, X is
permitted to use $10 of FTC against its 20X9 taxes payable;
X is allowed to carry back the remaining $90 for one year
and carry it forward for 10 years, which gives rise to a
DTA. The U.S. federal income tax rate is 21 percent.
Entity X must evaluate the realizability of the DTA for the
FTC. The maximum valuation allowance will be limited by any
benefit that X would realize by amending its 20X9 tax return
to take a deduction rather than allowing the remaining $90
FTC to expire unused. If X has sufficient taxable income to
take the deduction in 20X9, the benefit that can be realized
by taking a tax deduction would be $21 (21% tax rate × $100
of foreign taxes paid). A $10 benefit has already been taken
for the FTC through the credit election; therefore, X should
at least realize an additional $11 benefit for the
carryforward taxes as a result of the option to take a
deduction ($21 available deduction less the $10 credit taken
in 20X9). Therefore, the maximum valuation allowance that X
should consider for the $90 FTC carryforward is $79. Note
that the FTC was not created by GILTI.
Example 5-24
Credit Benefit Greater Than Deduction Benefit
Assume the same facts as in the example
above, except that Entity X is permitted to use $40 of FTC
against its 20X9 taxes payable. Since the benefit that can
be realized by taking a deduction for the $100 creditable
taxes is $21 (as calculated in the example above) and $40
has already been recognized as a benefit in the financial
statements, the entire remaining $60 FTC carryforward may be
subject to a valuation allowance if X does not expect to be
able to generate sufficient foreign-source income in the
future. Note that the valuation allowance cannot reduce the
DTA below zero.
Example 5-25
Deemed-Paid Taxes
Entity X, a U.S. entity, receives a
distribution of $300 from its foreign subsidiary, Y, on the
basis of Y’s underlying income of $400, taxable at 25
percent in the foreign jurisdiction. The distribution brings
with it $100 of creditable foreign taxes (i.e., $100 in
deemed-paid taxes of X) ($400 income × 25% tax rate). For
tax year 20X9, there is a $400 dividend (consisting of the
$300 distribution and a $100 gross-up for the deemed-paid
taxes associated with the decision to take a credit for the
20X9 foreign income taxes paid by Y). As a result of the FTC
limitation, X is permitted to use $10 of FTC against its
20X9 taxes payable and is allowed to carry back the
remaining $90 for one year and carry it forward for 10
years, which gives rise to a DTA. Entity X did not have a
sufficient FTC limitation to use the FTC in the prior year.
The U.S. federal income tax rate is 21 percent. Total U.S.
federal income tax paid by X in 20X9 would be $74, which is
calculated as ($400 dividend × 21% tax rate) – $10 FTC. If X
chose to “deduct,” rather than credit, the FTC in 20X9, the
tax paid would be $63 ($300 distribution × 21% tax
rate).
The gross-up under the credit option
effectively results in X’s paying an additional $11 in tax
in 20X9 related to the foreign-source income, which is
calculated as ($100 deemed-paid taxes × 21% tax rate) – $10
FTC. The remaining $90 of FTC may be used in a future
period; however, there are no additional gross-ups in those
periods. In evaluating the realizability of the DTA for the
$90 excess FTC, if X no longer expected to realize the FTC,
it could benefit from amending the 20X9 tax return for a
“deduction” (effectively, this is an exclusion of the
gross-up from income and no FTC, rather than a deduction).
Electing a deduction would result in a refund of $11 ($74 −
$63) because of the removal of the gross-up. Accordingly,
the maximum valuation allowance is $79 ($90 – $11
refund).
Alternatively, if, instead of a $10 credit
limitation, $75 of FTC could be used in 20X9, the FTC would
have given rise to a $54 benefit in 20X9, or ($100 × 21%) −
$75. In evaluating the realizability of the DTA for the $25
carryforward, X could not benefit from amending the 20X9 tax
return for a deduction since the benefit of the FTC already
taken exceeds the tax cost of the gross-up. The deduction
would result in a benefit of only $21 ($100 × 21%), compared
with the credit of $75 in 20X9. Accordingly, the maximum
valuation allowance in this alternative is $25.
Note that the decision to deduct, rather than credit, the FTC
in a given year applies to both paid and deemed-paid taxes.
The benefit obtained from amending a return to deduct paid
foreign taxes rather than letting the FTC expire will be
offset in part or in full by loss of the benefit on
deemed-paid taxes otherwise creditable that year.
5.7.4 Unrealized Losses on AFS Debt Securities Recognized in OCI
AFS debt securities are carried at fair value, and unrealized gains or losses are
reported as increases or decreases in OCI. ASC 740-20-45-11(b) requires that
entities charge or directly credit to OCI the tax effects of unrealized gains
and losses that occur during the year that are included in OCI. ASC 740-10-25-20
states the following, part:
An assumption inherent in an entity’s statement of
financial position prepared in accordance with [U.S. GAAP] is that the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities will be recovered and
settled, respectively. Based on that assumption, a difference between
the tax basis of an asset or a liability and its
reported amount in the statement of financial position will result in
taxable or deductible amounts in some future year(s) when the reported
amounts of assets are recovered and the reported
amounts of liabilities are settled. [Emphasis added]
Thus, an entity ordinarily assumes that the recovery of the carrying amount of
its AFS debt securities portfolio is the portfolio’s fair value as of each
balance sheet date. In many tax jurisdictions, unrealized holding losses would
be tax deductible if the debt securities were recovered at their carrying value
on the balance sheet date; therefore, the difference between the carrying amount
of a debt security and its tax basis would be a deductible temporary difference.
It is not appropriate to assume that an entity will not incur a tax consequence
for unrealized losses on its equity security investments classified as AFS
because market changes in the fair value of equity securities are not within the
unilateral control of an investor entity.
5.7.4.1 Evaluating the Realizability of DTAs Related to Unrealized Losses on AFS Debt Securities Recognized in OCI
When unrealized losses are deductible only upon recovery of the AFS
securities, the temporary differences associated with unrealized gains and
losses on debt securities may be unlike other types of temporary differences
because (in the absence of potential adjustments related to credit risk) if
an entity holds the debt security until recovery of its amortized cost, the
unrealized gains and losses will reverse over the contractual life of the
investment, resulting in no cumulative comprehensive book income and no past
or future tax loss. Accordingly, questions have arisen regarding how to
assess the realizability of such DTAs.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU
2016-01, which clarified that “an entity should evaluate
the need for a valuation allowance on a [DTA] related to [AFS] securities in
combination with the entity’s other [DTAs].” The ASU addresses the diversity
in practice that results from (1) an entity’s evaluation of such DTAs for
realizability independently of the entity’s other DTAs or on the basis of
its facts and circumstances and (2) its conclusion that the DTA recognized
for unrealized losses on an AFS debt security included in OCI did not
require a source of future taxable income for realization. Under ASU
2016-01, however, the fact that the unrealized losses are expected to
reverse is not sufficient by itself to support a conclusion that such DTAs
are realizable. In other words, an entity is not permitted to rely solely on
the assertion that its intent and ability to hold the debt security until
maturity will result in the recovery of the unrealized losses given that the
recovery of such losses may only partially offset the entity’s potential
future losses.
Example 5-26
Company A has a portfolio of AFS debt securities that
have incurred unrealized losses due to interest rate
fluctuations, resulting in the recognition of DTAs
in OCI. In accordance with the guidance in ASU
2016-01, A must evaluate its DTAs from both the net
operating carryforwards and unrealized losses in
combination with one another. Accordingly, in the
absence of other positive evidence such as objective
and verifiable projections of future taxable income
(see Sections
5.2.2 and 5.7.4.3
for additional discussion), A would need a valuation
allowance on the DTAs related to its AFS debt
securities.
5.7.4.2 Determining the Character of DTAs Related to Unrealized Losses on AFS Debt Securities Recognized in OCI
Future realization of tax benefits, whether tax loss
carryforwards or deductible temporary differences, ultimately depends on the
existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (e.g.,
ordinary or capital gain) within the carryback and carryforward periods
prescribed under tax law. For most entities, the assessment of the
realization of tax benefits from unrealized losses on an AFS debt securities
portfolio will often depend on the inherent assumptions used for financial
reporting purposes concerning the ultimate recovery of the carrying amount
of the portfolio.
In many cases, recovery of an AFS debt security at fair
value would result in a capital loss deduction. In those cases, an entity
would need to assess whether it is more likely than not to realize the loss
on the basis of available evidence. Evidence the entity would consider might
include (1) future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences
expected to generate capital gain income, (2) projections of future capital
gain income exclusive of reversing temporary differences, (3) capital gain
income in prior carryback years if carryback is permitted under the tax law,
and (4) tax-planning strategies that would generate capital gain income. In
this situation, the entity should evaluate such available evidence to
determine whether it is more likely than not that it would have, or could
generate, sufficient capital gain income during the carryback and
carryforward periods prescribed under tax law.
In certain circumstances, an entity might assert that it
will hold the AFS debt security until recovery of its amortized cost rather
than, as ASC 326 might require, incurring current-period losses attributable
to an actual sale or impairment losses in earnings. For example, in
accordance with ASC 326-30-35-10, if an entity intends to sell an impaired
AFS security, it must write down the security's amortized cost basis to its
fair value, write off any existing allowance for credit losses, and
recognize in earnings any incremental impairment. Although securities
classified as AFS can, by definition, be sold if circumstances change, we
believe that the representations an entity makes on a security-by-security
basis to satisfy the ASC 326 criteria to avoid recognizing a write-down in
the income statement could be consistent with a conclusion that the
deductible temporary difference will reverse over the contractual life of
the investment in a manner that will not be capital in nature. Such
representations would be that the entity does not have a current intent to
sell the securities and it is not more likely than not that the entity will
be required to sell them before recovering its amortized cost basis.
However, the decline in fair value must result from market conditions and
not a deterioration of the credit standing of the issuer, and the entity
must not, in fact, intend to sell the securities.
The validity of that conclusion should be assessed on the
basis of all facts and circumstances, including the fact that the decline in
fair value results from market conditions and not a deterioration of the
issuer's credit standing or the entity’s ability to hold the investments
until recovery. Factors that are often relevant to this assessment include,
but are not limited to, the investor’s current financial position, its
recent securities trading activity, its expectations concerning future cash
flow or capital requirements, and the conclusions reached in regulatory
reports. Entities making this assertion would still need to assess recovery
of the DTA in combination with their other DTAs.
Example 5-27
Company A has a portfolio of AFS
debt securities that have incurred unrealized losses
due to interest rate fluctuations, resulting in the
recognition of DTAs in OCI. Even with such losses,
however, A is in a cumulative income
position. It has recorded a full valuation
allowance against certain of its capital loss
carryforwards because it has not been able to
forecast a source of future taxable income of the
appropriate character. Although A has determined
that it is not more likely than not to realize its
existing capital loss carryover DTAs, it may not
need a valuation allowance against its AFS debt
securities if it can assert that it will hold the
AFS debt security until recovery of its amortized
cost, with the unrealized gains and losses reversing
over the contractual life of the investment unless a
capital loss is recognized.
5.7.4.3 Evaluating the Recovery of AFS Debt Securities and Estimates of Future Income
Some companies may be in a cumulative loss position due to
unrealized losses in OCI related to securities classified as AFS. In such
cases, questions arise related to how to estimate future income. As
discussed in Section
5.3.2.2, when objectively verifiable negative evidence is
present (e.g., cumulative losses), an entity may develop an estimate of
future taxable income or loss that is also considered to be objectively
verifiable for determining the amount of the valuation allowance needed to
reduce the DTA to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In
a manner similar to the discussion in the previous section of the character
of the losses and acknowledging that securities classified as AFS can, by
definition, be sold if circumstances change, we believe that the
representations an entity makes on a security-by-security basis to satisfy
the ASC 326 criteria to avoid recognizing a write-down in the income
statement could be consistent with projections of future income from the
recovery of the securities. Such representations would be, as noted
previously, that the entity does not have a current intent to sell the
securities and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be
required to sell them before recovering its amortized cost basis.
Under certain circumstances, unrealized losses recorded in OCI on AFS debt
securities may not be indicative of an entity’s ability to generate taxable
income in future years. For example, an entity in a net cumulative loss
position may be in a cumulative income position in the absence of the
mark-to-market losses on AFS debt securities. In these circumstances, an
entity may be able to develop an objectively verifiable estimate of future
income by adjusting its historical income or loss for financial reporting
purposes in recent years to remove the unrealized gains or losses recorded
in OCI on AFS debt securities. If the entity is also able to assert that it
will hold the AFS debt securities until recovery of its amortized cost, the
entity can also consider the projection of future income associated with the
recovery of the AFS debt securities over the contractual life of the
investment. The projection of income from holding the AFS debt securities
until recovery would be limited to the recovery of the mark-to-market
loss.
Consultation is encouraged, particularly in situations in which significant
negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses otherwise exists. (See
Section 5.2.2 for more
information.)
Example 5-28
Company A has a portfolio of AFS
debt securities that have incurred unrealized losses
of $150 million over the last three years due to
interest rate fluctuations, resulting in the
recognition of DTAs. The unrealized loss was
recorded in OCI. As a direct result of such losses,
A is in a cumulative loss
position of $50 million (i.e., A would have
cumulative income of $100 million (assume $33
million per year) if not for the unrealized losses
recorded in OCI). Company A has no intent to sell
its AFS debt securities and it is not more likely
than not that it will be required to sell before it
recovers the amortized cost basis. Accordingly, in
developing an estimate of future income by adjusting
its historical loss for financial reporting purposes
in recent years, A removes the $150 million
unrealized loss recorded in OCI associated with the
AFS debt securities, in a manner similar to a
nonrecurring item. As a result, A’s objectively
verifiable estimate of ongoing future income is $33
million per year. Company A can also estimate an
additional $150 million of future income, associated
with the recovery of the unrealized loss, over the
recovery period of the AFS debt securities.
5.7.5 Assessing Realization of Tax Benefits From Unrealized Losses on AFS Securities
Future realization of tax benefits, whether tax loss carryforwards or deductible
temporary differences, ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable
income of the appropriate character (e.g., ordinary or capital gain) within the
carryback and carryforward periods prescribed under tax law. For most entities, the
assessment of the realization of tax benefits from unrealized losses on an AFS debt
securities portfolio will often depend on the inherent assumptions used for
financial reporting purposes concerning the ultimate recovery of the carrying amount
of the portfolio.
ASC 740-10-25-20 concludes that an “assumption inherent in an entity’s statement of
financial position prepared in accordance with [U.S. GAAP] is that the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities will be recovered and settled, respectively.”
Thus, an entity ordinarily assumes that the recovery of the carrying amount of its
AFS debt securities portfolio is the portfolio’s fair value as of each balance sheet
date. Whenever an unrealized holding loss exists, recovery at fair value would
result in a capital loss deduction. Because U.S. federal tax law for most entities
requires use of capital losses only through offset of capital gains, an entity would
need to assess whether realization of the loss is more likely than not on the basis
of available evidence. Evidence the entity would consider might include (1) the
available capital loss carryback recovery of taxes paid in prior years and (2)
tax-planning strategies to sell appreciated capital assets that would generate
capital gains income. In this situation, the entity should evaluate such available
evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that it would have, or
could generate, sufficient capital gain income during the carryback and carryforward
periods prescribed under tax law.
Under certain circumstances, however, an entity might assume that recovery of its
debt security investment portfolio classified as AFS will not result in a capital
loss. This assumption is based on the fact that, to avoid sustaining a tax loss, an
entity could choose to hold the securities until maturity, provided that their
decline in fair value results from market conditions and not a deterioration of the
credit standing of the issuer. If an entity proposes to rely on such an assumption,
the validity of that assertion should be assessed on the basis of the entity’s
ability to hold investments until maturity. Factors that are often relevant to this
assessment include, but are not limited to, the investor’s current financial
position, its recent securities trading activity, its expectations concerning future
cash flow or capital requirements, and the conclusions reached in regulatory
reports. The circumstances under which an entity applying ASC 740 could assume
recovery of the carrying amount of a portfolio of debt securities classified as AFS
without incurring a loss are expected to be infrequent.
An assumption that an entity will not incur a tax consequence for unrealized losses
on its equity security investments classified as AFS is not appropriate because
market changes in the fair value of equity securities are not within the unilateral
control of an investor entity.
5.7.6 Application of ASC 740-20-45-7 to Recoveries of Losses in AOCI
A credit or gain may be recognized in OCI on a debt security that is classified as
AFS but that remains in an overall loss position.
Example 5-29
Recoveries of Losses in AOCI
Entity A purchases a debt security on January 1, 20X1, for
$1,000. The security is classified as held for sale for
financial reporting purposes. During 20X1, the security
declines in value so that its carrying amount for financial
reporting purposes is $800 on December 31, 20X1. The
unrealized loss of $200 is recognized in OCI in accordance
with ASC 320. During 20X2, the security increases in value,
and an unrealized gain of $150 is recognized in OCI. As a
result, the security’s financial reporting carrying amount
increases to $950.
Company A would not consider an unrealized
gain recognized in OCI in the current year as a potential
source of future income when applying the intraperiod
allocation rules.
In other words, when a security remains in a net loss
position even after a current-year unrealized gain, there is
no taxable income expected in future years that would serve
as a source of income for the current-year loss from
continuing operations. This is substantiated by the fact
that there is a DTA for a deductible temporary difference on
the security since the tax basis is greater than the book
basis. If the security in the example above is sold at the
financial reporting amount of $950, there is a taxable loss
and no gain; hence, nothing serves as a source of income
that would benefit the current-year continuing operations
loss.
Example 5-30
Assume the following:
- Entity B:
- Determined, in 20X0, that a valuation allowance is needed to reduce its DTA to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized, or zero.
- Has a YTD pretax loss and is anticipating a pretax loss for the year for which no tax benefit can be recognized.
- Has a portfolio of four equity securities that are classified as AFS for financial reporting purposes and, therefore, the unrealized gains or losses are recognized in OCI in accordance with ASC 320.
- Purchased each equity security on January 1, 20X1, for $1,000.
- During 20X1, a net unrealized gain of $50 on AFS securities is recognized in OCI.
- During 20X2, a net unrealized gain of $150 is recognized in OCI.
See Section
6.2.7.1 for additional discussion of the intraperiod tax implications
of the examples above.
5.7.7 Realization of a DTA of a Savings and Loan Association: Reversal of a Thrift’s Base-Year Tax Bad-Debt Reserve
An entity is not permitted to consider the tax consequences of a reversal of a
thrift’s base-year tax bad-debt reserve in assessing whether a valuation allowance
is necessary for a DTA recognized for the tax consequences of a savings and loan
association’s bad-debt reserve unless a DTL has been recognized for that taxable
temporary difference. As stated in ASC 942-740-25-1, a DTL for base-year bad-debt
reserves is not recognized “unless it becomes apparent that those temporary
differences will reverse in the foreseeable future.”
See Section
3.5.5 for additional discussion of the guidance in ASC 942-740-25 on
a thrift’s bad-debt reserves.
5.7.8 Accounting for Valuation Allowances in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements in Interim and Annual Periods
See Section 8.5 for specific guidance on valuation allowances accounted
for in separate or carve-out financial statements.
5.7.9 Accounting for a Change in a Valuation Allowance in an Interim Period
See Section
7.3.1 for guidance on changes in valuation allowances in an interim
period. For a discussion of intraperiod tax allocations for valuation allowances,
see Section 7.4.
5.7.10 Accounting Considerations for Valuation Allowances Related to Business Combinations
See Section 11.5 for a discussion of (1) recognition of an acquiring
entity’s tax benefit not considered in acquisition accounting, (2) recording a
valuation allowance in a business combination, and (3) issues related to accounting
for changes in the acquirer’s and acquiree’s valuation allowance as of and after the
acquisition date.
5.7.11 Accounting Considerations for Valuation Allowances Related to Share-Based Payment DTAs
See Section
10.6 for guidance on the determination of a valuation allowance for
deferred taxes associated with share-based payment awards.
5.7.12 Accounting Considerations for Valuation Allowances Related to IRC Section 163(j) Carryforwards
Entities should carefully consider the impact of the IRC Section
163(j)14 limitation on the valuation allowance assessment of Section 163(j) interest
carryforward DTAs and other DTAs.
When developing an estimate of future taxable income or loss in
accordance with the guidance in Section
5.3.2.3, an entity should consider the effects of the IRC Section
163(j) limitation in a manner similar to its consideration of nonrecurring items for
which it adjusts its historical results. However, the ability to adjust historical
operating results to obtain an objectively verifiable estimate of future taxable
income does not change the fact that the entity would still need to consider such
losses as part of its prior earnings history (i.e., the entity may not exclude such
losses in determining whether it has cumulative losses in recent years) in a manner
similar to its consideration of the nonrecurring items discussed above. The example
below illustrates this scenario.
Example 5-31
Consideration of the Impact of an IRC
Section 163(j) Limitation on the Estimation of Future
Taxable Income When Negative Evidence Exists in the Form
of Cumulative Losses
Assume the following:
- Entity A has determined that it is appropriate to use a three-year period in assessing whether negative evidence exists in the form of cumulative losses in recent years.
- As of December 31, 2020, A is in a cumulative-loss position, with a pretax loss of $58, $60, and $52 for 2018, 2019, and 2020 respectively.
- Entity A anticipates being subject to the IRC Section 163(j) limitation for the foreseeable future.
- Because A is in a cumulative-loss position, it uses its recent earnings history, adjusted for nonrecurring items and recurring permanent differences, to project future taxable income in evaluating the realizability of its DTAs.
- Entity A has determined that it has (1) recurring permanent differences of $5 in each year of its recent tax years and (2) an objectively verifiable nonrecurring item of $5 in 2019.
The following table shows amounts that were included in
pretax loss for each of the last three tax years:
In addition, because interest expense is a component of A’s
pretax loss, when A adjusts its recent earnings history as
part of developing objectively verifiable future income
projections, it would consider whether the amount that it
can deduct under IRC Section 163(j) is limited and, if so,
adjust its estimate of future taxable income
accordingly.
Further, the limitation percentage for allowable interest has
been, and is expected to continue to be, 30 percent of
adjusted taxable income. For taxable year 2021, adjusted
taxable income is equal to pretax income (or loss), adjusted
for nonrecurring items, recurring permanent differences, net
interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. For
taxable years after 2021, adjusted taxable income is equal
to pretax income (or loss), adjusted for nonrecurring items,
recurring permanent differences, and net interest
expense.
Entity A’s estimate of its future taxable income, including
the effects of its IRC Section 163(j) limitation, is shown
below:
Adjusted Historical Results as of 2021
(Rounded for Simplicity)
Adjusted Historical Results Post-2021
(Rounded for Simplicity)
The assessment of future taxable income is
not a purely mechanical exercise; A must consider all
positive and negative evidence to develop an estimate that
is based on objectively verifiable evidence. After
considering all such evidence, including any contrary
evidence that might suggest that future taxable income would
be less than the adjusted historical results (i.e., the
adjusted pretax loss of $50 adjusted for disallowed interest
of $30 and $125 for 2021 and post-2021 tax years,
respectively), A may be able to demonstrate that it will
have taxable income after 2021 once it has factored in the
impacts of IRC Section 163(j).
Like its evaluation of other tax attributes, an entity’s evaluation
of IRC Section 163(j) carryforwards must be specific to the realizability of the
carryforward. In December 2019, the AICPA issued Technical Q&As Section 3300,
which addresses the evaluation of the realizability of existing DTAs related to
disallowed interest deductions when there are (1) reversing DTLs and (2) an
expectation of future interest expense that also will be limited under IRC Section
163(j). Technical Q&As Section 3300 states, in part:
[A]n entity should not recognize a valuation allowance if
the taxable income to be generated upon reversal of its existing DTLs
(ignoring future income or loss and future interest expense included in
future income or loss) is sufficient to realize those DTAs, after
considering reversal patterns and the 30% limitation. Whether an entity will
continue to be in an interest limitation position each year in the future
(resulting in an inability to use the Section 163(j) carryforward) is not
relevant if the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences is
sufficient to support realization of existing DTAs. Rather, if one source of
future taxable income (the second source mentioned previously) exists, and
that source is believed to be sufficient, then no other sources of future
taxable income need to be evaluated.
If the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences is
not sufficient to realize existing DTAs (for example, the entity is in a net
DTA position), then additional sources of taxable income (for example,
projections of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary
differences and carryforwards) would be considered. In these situations,
future limitations would be relevant and need to be considered in the
projections and in assessing the realizability of any remaining DTAs,
whether related to Section 163(j) or otherwise. Future income projections
may represent an incremental source of taxable income for purposes of
realizing those DTAs but would not affect the assessment of DTAs already
deemed realizable as a result of the reversal of existing taxable temporary
differences.
Additional consideration is necessary in the assessment of the
realizability of DTAs, including those related to IRC Section 163(j) carryforwards,
when there are (1) reversing DTLs, (2) an expectation of future interest expense,
and (3) an expectation of future taxable income. Two acceptable approaches15 — the “additive approach” and the “integrated approach” — have developed in
practice for the quantification of available sources of taxable income from
“[f]uture reversals of existing taxable temporary differences” (per ASC
740-10-30-18(a)) and “[f]uture taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary
differences and carryforwards” (per ASC 740-10-30-18(b)).
Under the additive approach, an entity calculates each source of
such taxable income individually and then combines the sources to determine the
amount of deferred taxes that are realizable. As described in ASC 740-10-30-18, two
of the four such sources of this income are “[f]uture reversals of existing taxable
temporary differences” (ASC 740-10-30-18(a)) and “[f]uture taxable income
exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards” (ASC
740-10-30-18(b); emphasis added).
If a single source of income is sufficient, an entity does not need
to look to a second source; if it is insufficient, the entity should look to the
second source, which should be calculated individually and then combined with the
first source. The entity should then add together the sources that do not overlap
(i.e., future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable
income exclusive of the reversal of temporary differences and carryforwards) to
determine the amount of deferred taxes that are realizable. This approach is
consistent with the guidance in ASC 740-10-30-18 and Example 5-21.
In addition, under the additive approach, the realizable amount
would include tax attributes from one source even if such amounts would be “squeezed
out” and would not be realizable under the other source (e.g., if the existing IRC
Section 163(j) carryforward DTA is realizable when the reversal of taxable temporary
difference is scheduled but would actually be displaced by future interest in the
entity’s projections of future taxable income).
Under the integrated approach (also known as the “lesser of
valuation allowance approach”), if an entity determines that two different sources
of income are expected to provide a source of taxable income and those sources are
incremental to each other, the entity should combine them in determining the amount
of deferred taxes that are realizable. While ASC 740-10-30 requires consideration of
all four sources of taxable income described in ASC 740-10-30-18, the guidance does
not explicitly state that each source must be viewed individually (in isolation). As
with the additive approach, however, the amount of deferred taxes determined to be
realizable under the integrated approach can only result in the realization of an
incremental DTA (i.e., the valuation allowance needed can never be more than the
amount of DTA determined not to be realizable in accordance with the analysis
stemming from the “pure” scheduling of taxable temporary difference reversals — the
“floor”), although the incremental amount of deferred taxes determined to be
realizable under this approach is typically equal to or less than that under the
additive approach.
Example 5-32
Assume the following:
- As of December 31, 20X0, Company A has cumulative losses in recent years (currently and in the previous two years).
- On the basis of its recent earnings history, A determined that after an adjustment for nonrecurring items (adjusted pretax income; see Section 5.3.2.2) but before any IRC Section 163(j) adjustment, its average pretax loss was $50.
- Company A’s only temporary difference is an $800 taxable temporary difference with respect to an indefinite-lived intangible. Company A has no other book/tax differences except for its IRC Section 163(j) interest limitations.
- Annual interest subject to IRC Section 163(j) is $150. Assume that there are no other differences between taxable income and adjusted taxable income.
- Company A's tax rate is 25 percent.
- Company A's temporary differences and carryforwards are as follows:
To avoid a valuation allowance, A needs
utilizable sources of taxable income totaling at least
$1,050. Company A determines that the taxable temporary
differences will provide $718 of utilizable taxable income,
which establishes the floor, as follows:
The “pure” scheduling of the future reversal of existing
taxable temporary differences indicates that this source
alone is not sufficient to support a conclusion that a
valuation allowance is not necessary. Accordingly, A will
need to consider future taxable income exclusive of
reversing temporary differences and carryforwards as an
additional source.
Under the additive approach, A then
calculates the incremental source of future taxable income
(exclusive of reversing temporary differences) as
follows:
Conversely, under the integrated approach, A combines the two
sources into one integrated calculation to determine the
amount of deferred taxes that are realizable.
The table below summarizes the differences in the calculation
of the valuation allowance required under the additive
approach and the integrated approach.
Under the integrated approach, an additional
$60 of valuation allowance is required as a result of the
IRC Section 163(j) carryforward that was “squeezed out.” As
stated above, under the additive approach, the realizable
amount would include tax attributes utilized from the
reversal of taxable temporary differences even if such
amounts would be squeezed out and would not be realizable
when future taxable income and the reversal of taxable
temporary differences are taken into account in the
aggregate (e.g., in situations in which the existing IRC
Section 163(j) carryforward DTA is realizable when the
reversal of taxable temporary difference is scheduled but
would actually be displaced by future interest in the
entity’s projections of future taxable income). The table
below provides a reconciliation of the difference in the
valuation allowance required under the additive approach and
the integrated approach:
Footnotes
10
An entity would need to select one approach as a policy
choice and apply it consistently.
11
Related to deductible temporary differences or attributes.
12
IRC Section 275(a)(4) and Treas. Reg. 26 CFR Section §
1.901-1(h)(2).
13
Treas. Reg. 26 CFR Section § 301.6511(d)-3.
14
IRC Section 163(j) limits the ability of certain
corporations to deduct interest paid or accrued on indebtedness. In general,
this limit applies to interest paid or accrued by certain corporations (when
no U.S. federal income tax is imposed on the interest income) whose
debt-to-equity ratio exceeds 1.5 to 1.0 and when net interest expense
exceeds 50 percent of the adjusted taxable income. The 2017 Act removed the
debt-to-equity safe harbor, expanded interest deductibility limitations, and
generally limited the interest deduction on business interest to (1)
business interest income plus (2) 30 percent of the taxpayer’s adjusted
taxable income. The CARES Act temporarily increased the 30 percent
limitation of adjusted taxable income to 50 percent for taxable years
beginning in 2019 and 2020. It also permitted entities to use their 2019
adjusted taxable income for the 2020 taxable year. For further information
about the CARES Act and the subsequent income tax accounting, see Deloitte’s
April 9, 2020 (updated September 18, 2020), Heads Up.
15
An entity would need to select one approach as a policy choice and apply it
consistently.
5.8 Examples Illustrating the Determination of the Pattern of Reversals of Temporary Differences
The following examples describe several types of temporary differences and provide some
common methods (i.e., for illustrative purposes only) for determining the pattern of
their reversal. Other methods may also be acceptable if they are consistent with the
guidance in ASC 740-10-55 on determining reversal patterns.
5.8.1 State and Local Tax Jurisdictions
In the computation of an entity’s U.S. federal income tax liability,
income taxes that are paid to a state or municipal jurisdiction are deductible.
Thus, ASC 740-10-55-20 states, in part:
[A] deferred state [or municipal] income
tax liability or asset gives rise to a temporary difference for purposes of
determining a deferred U.S. federal income tax asset or liability, respectively.
The pattern of deductible or taxable amounts in future years for temporary
differences related to deferred state [or municipal] income tax liabilities or
assets should be determined by estimates of the amount[s] of those state [and
local] income taxes that are expected to become . . . deductible or taxable for
U.S. federal tax purposes in those particular future years.
5.8.2 Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Under the tax law, an entity may have a basis for deductions (e.g., repair expenses)
and may have accrued a liability for the probable disallowance of those deductions
(a UTB). If such deductions are disallowed, they would be capitalized for tax
purposes and would then be deductible in later years. ASC 740-10-55-21 states that
the accrual of the liability in this situation “has the effect of [implicitly]
capitalizing those expenses for tax purposes” and that those “expenses are
considered to result in deductible amounts in the later years” in which, for tax
purposes, the deductions are expected to be allowed. Moreover, this paragraph states
that “[i]f the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is based on an overall
evaluation of the technical merits of the tax position, scheduling should reflect
the evaluations made in determining the liability for unrecognized tax benefits that
was recognized.”
The change in the timing of taxable income or loss caused upon the disallowance of
expenses may affect an entity’s realization assessment of a DTA recognized for the
tax consequences of deductible temporary differences, operating loss, and tax credit
carryforwards. For example, upon disallowance of those expenses, taxable income for
that year will be higher. Similarly, taxable income for years after the disallowance
will be lower because the deductions are being amortized against taxable income in
those years. An entity should consider the impact of disallowance in determining
whether realization of a DTA meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold in
ASC 740.
5.8.3 Accrued Interest and Penalties
An entity that takes an aggressive position in a tax return filing often will accrue
a liability in its financial statements for interest and penalties that it would
incur if the tax authority successfully challenged that position. Such an entity
should schedule a deductible amount for the accrued interest for the future year in
which that interest is expected to become deductible as a result of settling the
underlying issue with the tax authority.
Because most tax jurisdictions do not permit deductions for penalties, a temporary
difference does not generally result from the accrual of such amounts for financial
reporting purposes.
5.8.4 Tax Accounting Method Changes
ASC 740-10-55-59 states, in part, that a “change in tax law may
require a change in accounting method for tax purposes, for example, the uniform
cost capitalization rules required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.” Under the uniform
capitalization rules, calendar-year entities revalued “inventories on hand at the
beginning of 1987 . . . as though the new rules had been in effect in prior years.”
The resulting adjustment was included in the determination of taxable income or loss
over not more than four years. ASC 740-10-55-58 through 55-62 indicate that the
uniform capitalization rules initially gave rise to two temporary differences.
ASC 740-10-55-60 and 55-61 describe these two temporary differences as follows:
One temporary difference is related to the additional amounts initially
capitalized into inventory for tax purposes. As a result of those additional
amounts, the tax basis of the inventory exceeds the amount of the inventory
for financial reporting. That temporary difference is considered to result
in a deductible amount when the inventory is expected to be sold. Therefore,
the excess of the tax basis of the inventory over the amount of the
inventory for financial reporting as of December 31, 1986, is considered to
result in a deductible amount in 1987 when the inventory turns over. As of
subsequent year-ends, the deductible temporary difference to be considered
would be the amount capitalized for tax purposes and not for financial
reporting as of those year-ends. The expected timing of the deduction for
the additional amounts capitalized in this example assumes that the
inventory is not measured on a LIFO basis; temporary differences related to
LIFO inventories reverse when the inventory is sold and not replaced as
provided in paragraph 740-10-55-13.
The other temporary difference is related to the deferred income for tax
purposes that results from the initial catch-up adjustment. As stated above,
that deferred income likely will be included in taxable income over four
years. Ordinarily, the reversal pattern for this temporary difference should
be considered to follow the tax pattern and would also be four years. This
assumes that it is expected that inventory sold will be replaced. However,
under the tax law, if there is a one-third reduction in the amount of
inventory for two years running, any remaining balance of that deferred
income is included in taxable income for the second year. If such inventory
reductions are expected, then the reversal pattern will be less than four
years.
5.8.5 LIFO Inventory
ASC 740-10-55-13 states:
The particular years in which temporary differences
result in taxable or deductible amounts generally are determined by the timing
of the recovery of the related asset or settlement of the related liability.
However, there are exceptions to that general rule. For example, a temporary
difference between the tax basis and the reported amount of inventory for which
cost is determined on a [LIFO] basis does not reverse when present inventory is
sold in future years if it is replaced by purchases or production of inventory
in those same future years. A LIFO inventory temporary difference becomes
taxable or deductible in the future year that inventory is liquidated and not
replaced.
For most entities, an assumption that inventory will be replaced through purchases or
production does not ordinarily present difficulty. However, if there is doubt about
the ability of an entity to continue to operate as a going concern, the entity
should evaluate available evidence to determine whether it can make this assumption
when measuring DTAs and DTLs under ASC 740. The ability to assume that inventory can
be replaced might affect the recognition of a DTA when realization depends primarily
on the reversal of a taxable temporary difference. For example, if an entity is
unable to replace inventory because of financial or operating difficulties, a
taxable temporary difference resulting from LIFO inventory accounting would reverse
at that time and not be available to offset the tax consequences of future
deductions for retirement benefits that have been accrued for financial reporting
purposes but that will become deductible many years in the future when the benefits
are paid.
5.8.6 Obsolete Inventory
For financial reporting purposes, inventory may be written down to
net realizable value (e.g., when obsolescence occurs). Generally, for tax purposes,
the benefit of such a write-down cannot be realized through deductions until
disposition of the inventory. Thus, in such circumstances, there is a deductible
temporary difference between the reported amount of inventory and its underlying tax
basis. This temporary difference should be assumed to be deductible in the period in
which the inventory deductions are expected to be claimed (i.e., in the period in
which the inventory dispositions occur).
5.8.7 Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
Under ASC 325-30, an asset is recognized for financial reporting purposes in the
amount of the cash surrender value of life insurance purchased by an entity. ASC
740-10-25-30 cites the “excess of cash surrender value of life insurance over
premiums paid” as an example of a basis difference that “is not a temporary
difference if the [cash surrender value] is expected to be recovered without tax
consequence upon the death of the insured.” If, however, the policy is expected to
be surrendered for its cash value, the entity would include in taxable income any
excess cash surrender value over the cumulative premiums paid (note that the tax
basis in the policy is generally equal to cumulative premiums paid). The resulting
taxable temporary difference should be scheduled to reverse in the year in which the
entity expects to surrender the policy.
5.8.8 Land
The financial reporting basis of the value assigned to land may differ from the tax
basis. Such a difference may result from (1) property acquired in a nontaxable
business combination, (2) differences between capitalized costs allowable under
accounting standards and those allowable under tax law, or (3) property recorded at
predecessor cost for financial reporting purposes because it was acquired through a
transaction among entities under common control. Regardless of the reason for the
difference, the entity should assume that the temporary difference will reverse in
the year in which the land is expected to be sold to an unrelated third party;
otherwise, the timing of the reversal would be indefinite.
5.8.9 Nondepreciable Assets
In some jurisdictions, certain office buildings and other real estate cannot be
depreciated under local tax law. The tax authority may permit the tax basis of such
property to be routinely increased for the approximate loss in purchasing power
caused by inflation. The tax basis, as adjusted for indexing, is used to measure the
capital gain or loss. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is recognized
on such assets. The effects of indexing for tax purposes and depreciation for
financial reporting purposes create deductible temporary differences that reverse
upon disposition of the associated assets.
5.8.10 Assets Under Construction
For financial reporting purposes, the carrying amount and tax basis of an asset under
construction for an entity’s own use may differ as a result of differences in
capitalized costs (e.g., interest capitalized under ASC 835-20 may differ from the
amount to be capitalized for tax purposes). The difference between the amount
reported for construction in progress for financial reporting purposes and its
related tax basis should be scheduled to reverse over the expected depreciable life
of the asset, which should not commence before the date on which the property is
expected to be placed into service.
5.8.11 Disposal of Long-Lived Assets by Sale
A deductible temporary difference results when, under ASC 360-10-35-37, a loss is
recognized for a write-down to fair value less costs to sell for assets to be
disposed of by sale. Because the deductions for losses cannot generally be applied
to reduce taxable income until they occur, the temporary difference should be
assumed to reverse during the period(s) in which such losses are expected to be
deductible for tax purposes.
5.8.12 Costs Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities
Under ASC 420, the fair value of certain exit or disposal costs (e.g., contract
termination) is recorded on the date the activity is initiated (e.g., contract
termination date) and is accreted to its settlement amount on the basis of the
discount rate initially used to measure the liability. Generally, an entity cannot
apply the deductions for exit or disposal activities to reduce taxable income until
they occur; therefore, the resulting deductible temporary differences should be
scheduled to reverse during the period(s) in which such losses are expected to be
deductible for tax purposes.
5.8.13 Loss Contingencies
Under ASC 450, the estimated losses on contingencies that are accrued for financial
reporting purposes when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the
amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated are not deductible for tax purposes
until paid. The resulting deductible temporary differences should be scheduled to
reverse during the periods in which the losses are expected to be deductible for tax
purposes.
5.8.14 Organizational Costs
In the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, an entity generally uses the
straight-line method to defer organizational costs and amortize them to income over
five years. Such costs are recognized as an expense for financial reporting purposes
in the period in which they are incurred unless an entity can clearly demonstrate
that the costs are associated with a future economic benefit. If the costs are
reported as an expense in the period in which they are incurred, any deductible
temporary differences should be scheduled to reverse on the basis of the future
amortization of the tax basis of the organizational asset recorded for tax
purposes.
5.8.15 Long-Term Contracts
Before the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of the completed-contract
method for tax purposes resulted in significant temporary differences for many
entities that used the percentage-of-completion method for financial reporting
purposes. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 eliminated this use of the completed-contract
method (except for small contractors that are defined under the law), requiring that
an entity determine taxable income by using the percentage-of-completion method or a
hybrid of the completed-contract and percentage-of-completion methods for contracts
entered into after February 1986.
For entities that are permitted to continue using the completed-contract method for
tax purposes, a temporary difference will result in future taxable income in the
amount of gross profit recognized for financial reporting purposes. The reversal of
these differences would be assumed to occur on the basis of the period in which the
contract is expected to be completed.
If the percentage-of-completion method is used for both tax and financial reporting
purposes, temporary differences may nevertheless result because the gross profit for
tax purposes may be computed differently from how gross profit is computed for book
purposes. To schedule the reversals of these temporary differences, an entity would
generally need to estimate the amount and timing of gross profit for tax and
financial reporting purposes.
If a hybrid method is used for tax purposes and the percentage-of-completion method
is used for financial reporting purposes, the temporary differences might be
allocated between the portions of the contract that are accounted for under the
completed-contract method and those accounted for under the percentage-of-completion
method for tax purposes. Under this approach, the amount attributable to the use of
the completed-contract method for tax purposes might be scheduled to reverse,
thereby increasing taxable income, during the year in which the contract is expected
to be completed. The amount of temporary differences attributable to differences in
the percentage-of-completion methods for financial reporting and tax purposes might
be allocated and scheduled on the basis of the estimates of future gross profit for
financial reporting and tax purposes.
5.8.16 Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations
Under ASC 715, an employer generally recognizes the estimated cost of providing
defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits to its employees over the
estimated service period of those employees. It records an asset or liability
representing the amount by which the present value of the estimated future cost of
providing the benefits either exceeds or is less than the fair value of plan assets
at the end of the reporting period.
Under U.S. tax law, however, an employer generally does not receive a deduction until
it makes a contribution to its pension plan or pays its other postretirement benefit
obligations (e.g., retiree medical costs). Because tax law generally precludes an
entity from taking deductions for these costs until the pension contribution is made
or the other postretirement benefit obligations are paid, the accounting required
under ASC 715 usually results in significant taxable or deductible temporary
differences for employers that provide such benefits.
ASC 715-30-55-4 and 55-5 explain that a taxable temporary difference related to an
overfunded pension obligation will reverse if (1) the plan is terminated to
recapture excess assets or (2) periodic pension cost exceeds future amounts funded.
For an overfunded obligation, we believe that the pattern of taxable amounts in
future years should generally be determined to be consistent with the pattern in
scenario (2). That is, we believe that the pattern of taxable amounts in future
years that will result from the temporary difference should generally be considered
the same as the pattern of estimated net periodic pension cost (as that term is
defined in ASC 715-30-20) for financial reporting for the following year and
succeeding years, if necessary, until future net periodic pension cost, on a
cumulative basis, equals the amount of the temporary difference. Under this
approach, additional employer contributions to the plan, if any, are ignored. It may
be estimated, however, that in early years, there will be net periodic pension
income (because the plan is significantly overfunded). If so, the existing
overfunded amount will not be recovered until the later years for which it is
estimated that there will be net periodic pension cost.
For an underfunded plan, the pattern of deductible amounts in future years that will
result from the temporary difference could be considered the same as the pattern by
which estimated future tax-deductible contributions are expected to exceed future
interest cost on the benefit obligation existing at the end of the reporting period.
This approach is similar to determining the pattern of reversals for other
discounted liabilities (e.g., amortizing a loan). Under this approach, each
estimated tax-deductible contribution to the plan in future years would be allocated
initially to (1) estimated future interest expense on the projected benefit
obligation existing at the end of the reporting period and then to (2) the projected
benefit obligation existing at the end of the reporting period.
5.8.17 Deferred Income and Gains
For tax purposes, certain revenue or income is taxed upon receipt of cash (e.g.,
rental income, loan, or maintenance fees received in advance). However, for
financial reporting purposes, such income is deferred and recognized in the period
in which the fee or income is earned. The amounts deferred in an entity’s balance
sheet will result in a deductible temporary difference because, for tax purposes, no
tax basis in the item exists.
Temporary differences from revenues or gains deferred for financial reporting
purposes, but not for tax purposes, should be assumed to result in deductible
amounts when the revenues or gains are expected to be earned or generated (i.e.,
when the deferred credit is expected to be settled).
5.8.18 Allowances for Doubtful Accounts
The Tax Reform Act of 1986 requires most taxpayers to use the specific charge-off
method to compute bad-debt deductions for tax purposes. For financial reporting
purposes, entities recognize loan losses in the period in which the loss is
estimated to occur. Such recognition creates a deductible temporary difference in
the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts established for financial
reporting purposes. It is expected that an allowance for doubtful accounts as of the
current balance sheet date will result in deductible amounts in the year(s) in which
such accounts (1) are expected to be determined to be worthless for tax purposes or
(2) are planned to be sold (if held for sale).
5.8.19 Property, Plant, and Equipment
An entity might find it necessary to schedule the reversals of
temporary differences related to depreciable assets for two primary reasons: (1) to
assess whether it has sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character, within
the carryback/carryforward period available under the tax law, to conclude that
realization of a DTA is more likely than not and (2) to calculate the tax rate used
to measure DTAs and DTLs by determining the enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the periods in which the DTLs or DTAs are expected to be settled
or realized. In each case, the entity must estimate the amounts and timing of
taxable income or loss expected in future years. Further, ASC 740-10-55-14 states,
in part, “For some assets or liabilities, temporary differences may accumulate over
several years and then reverse over several years. That pattern is common for
depreciable assets.”
Example 5-33
The following example illustrates the scheduling of temporary
differences for depreciable assets. Assume the following:
- An entity acquired depreciable assets for $1,000 at the beginning of 20X1.
- For financial reporting purposes, the property is depreciated on a straight-line basis over five years; for tax purposes, the modified accelerated cost recovery method is used.
-
The following table illustrates the depreciation schedules:
In December 20X1, the temporary difference of $150 (financial
statement carrying amount of $800 less tax basis of $650)
will result in a future net taxable amount. If the
originating differences are considered, the temporary
difference of $150 should be scheduled to reverse in the
following manner as of the end of 20X1:
If the entity does not consider future originating
differences to minimize the complexity of scheduling
reversal patterns, a first-in, first-out pattern would be
used and the $150 taxable temporary difference would be
scheduled as follows on December 31, 20X1:
Chapter 6 — Intraperiod Allocation
Chapter 6 — Intraperiod Allocation
6.1 Background
ASC 740 requires an entity to allocate its total annual income tax
provision among continuing operations and the other components of its financial
statements (e.g., discontinued operations, OCI, and shareholders’ equity). Although it
may appear simple, ASC 740’s model for achieving intraperiod tax allocation, which is
often referred to as the “with-and-without” approach, is one of the more challenging
aspects of income tax accounting.
6.2 Method for Allocating Income Taxes to Components of Comprehensive Income and Shareholders’ Equity
ASC 740-20
45-1 This guidance
addresses the requirements to allocate total income tax expense
or benefit. Subtopic 740-10 defines the requirements for
computing total income tax expense or benefit for an entity. As
defined by those requirements, total income tax expense or
benefit includes current and deferred income taxes. After
determining total income tax expense or benefit under those
requirements, the intraperiod tax allocation guidance is used to
allocate total income tax expense or benefit to different
components of comprehensive income and shareholders’ equity.
45-2 Income tax
expense or benefit for the year shall be allocated among:
- Continuing operations
- Discontinued operations
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-01.
- Other comprehensive income
- Items charged or credited directly to shareholders’ equity.
45-3 The tax
benefit of an operating loss carryforward or carryback (other
than for the exceptions related to the carryforwards identified
at the end of this paragraph) shall be reported in the same
manner as the source of the income or loss in the current year
and not in the same manner as the source of the operating loss
carryforward or taxes paid in a prior year or the source of
expected future income that will result in realization of a
deferred tax asset for an operating loss carryforward from the
current year. The only exception is the tax effects of
deductible temporary differences and carryforwards that are
allocated to shareholders’ equity in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 740-20-45-11(c) through (f).
- Subparagraph not used.
- Subparagraph not used.
45-4 Paragraph
740-10-45-20 requires that changes in the beginning of the year
balance of a valuation allowance caused by changes in judgment
about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years are
ordinarily allocated to continuing operations. That paragraph
also identifies certain exceptions to that allocation guidance
related to business combinations and the items specified in
paragraph 740-20-45-11(c) through (f). The effect of other
changes in the balance of a valuation allowance are allocated
among continuing operations and items other than continuing
operations using the general allocation methodology presented in
this Section.
45-5 See Section
740-20-55 for examples of the allocation of total tax expense or
benefit to continuing operations, the effect of a tax credit
carryforward, and an allocation to other comprehensive
income.
Allocation to Continuing Operations
45-6 This guidance
addresses the allocation methodology for allocating total income
tax expense or benefit to continuing operations. The amount of
income tax expense or benefit allocated to continuing operations
may include multiple components. The tax effect of pretax income
or loss from current year continuing operations is always one
component of the amount allocated to continuing operations.
45-7 The tax effect of pretax income or
loss from continuing operations should be determined by a
computation that does not consider the tax effects of items that
are not included in continuing operations.
45-8 The amount
allocated to continuing operations is the tax effect of the
pretax income or loss from continuing operations that occurred
during the year, plus or minus income tax effects of:
- Changes in circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years (see paragraph 740-10-45-20 for a discussion of exceptions to this allocation for certain items)
- Changes in tax laws or rates (see paragraph 740-10-35-4)
- Changes in tax status (see paragraphs 740-10-25-32 and 740-10-40-6)
- Tax-deductible dividends paid to shareholders.
The remainder is allocated to items other than continuing
operations in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs
740-20-45-12 and 740-20-45-14.
45-9 See Example 1
(paragraph 740-20-55-1) for an example of the allocation of
total tax expense or benefit to continuing operations.
Allocations to Items Other Than Continuing Operations
45-10 This guidance
identifies specific items outside of continuing operations that
require an allocation of income tax expense or benefit. It also
establishes the methodology for allocation. That methodology
differs depending on whether there is only one item other than
continuing operations or whether there are multiple items other
than continuing operations.
45-11 The tax
effects of the following items occurring during the year shall
be charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or
to related components of shareholders’ equity:
- Adjustments of the opening balance of retained earnings for certain changes in accounting principles or a correction of an error. Paragraph 250-10-45-8 addresses the effects of a change in accounting principle, including any related income tax effects.
- Gains and losses included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income (for example, translation adjustments accounted for under the requirements of Topic 830 and changes in the unrealized holding gains and losses of securities classified as available-for-sale as required by Topic 320).
- An increase or decrease in contributed capital (for example, deductible expenditures reported as a reduction of the proceeds from issuing capital stock).
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09.
- Deductible temporary differences and carryforwards that existed at the date of a quasi reorganization.
- All changes in the tax bases of assets and liabilities caused by transactions among or with shareholders shall be included in equity including the effect of valuation allowances initially required upon recognition of any related deferred tax assets. Changes in valuation allowances occurring in subsequent periods shall be included in the income statement.
Single Item of Allocation Other Than Continuing
Operations
45-12 If there is
only one item other than continuing operations, the portion of
income tax expense or benefit for the year that remains after
the allocation to continuing operations shall be allocated to
that item.
45-13 See Example 2
(paragraph 740-20-55-8) for an example of the allocation of
total tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and one
other item.
Multiple Items of Allocation Other Than Continuing
Operations
45-14 If there are
two or more items other than continuing operations, the amount
that remains after the allocation to continuing operations shall
be allocated among those other items in proportion to their
individual effects on income tax expense or benefit for the
year. When there are two or more items other than continuing
operations, the sum of the separately calculated, individual
effects of each item sometimes may not equal the amount of
income tax expense or benefit for the year that remains after
the allocation to continuing operations. In those circumstances,
the procedures to allocate the remaining amount to items other
than continuing operations are as follows:
- Determine the effect on income tax expense or benefit for the year of the total net loss for all net loss items.
- Apportion the tax benefit determined in (a) ratably to each net loss item.
- Determine the amount that remains, that is, the difference between the amount to be allocated to all items other than continuing operations and the amount allocated to all net loss items.
- Apportion the tax expense determined in (c) ratably to each net gain item.
Presentation of Deferred Tax Assets Relating to Losses on
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
45-15 An entity that recognizes a
deferred tax asset relating to a net unrealized loss on
available-for-sale securities may at the same time conclude that
it is more likely than not that some or all of that deferred tax
asset will not be realized. In that circumstance, the entity
shall report the offsetting entry to the valuation allowance in
the component of other comprehensive income classified as
unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt
securities because the valuation allowance is directly related
to the unrealized holding loss on the available-for-sale
securities. The entity shall also report the offsetting entry to
the valuation allowance in the component of other comprehensive
income classified as unrealized gains and losses on certain
investments in debt securities if the entity concludes on the
need for a valuation allowance in a later interim period of the
same fiscal year in which the deferred tax asset is initially
recognized.
45-16 An entity that does not need to
recognize a valuation allowance at the same time that it
establishes a deferred tax asset relating to a net unrealized
loss on available-for-sale securities may, in a subsequent
fiscal year, conclude that it is more likely than not that some
or all of that deferred tax asset will not be realized. In that
circumstance, if an entity initially decided that no valuation
allowance was required at the time the unrealized loss was
recognized but in a subsequent fiscal year decides that it is
more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be
realized, a valuation allowance shall be recognized. The entity
shall include the offsetting entry as an item in determining
income from continuing operations. The offsetting entry shall
not be included in other comprehensive income.
45-17 An entity
that recognizes a deferred tax asset relating to a net
unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities may, at the
same time, conclude that a valuation allowance is warranted and
in a subsequent fiscal year makes a change in judgment about the
level of future years’ taxable income such that all or a portion
of that valuation allowance is no longer warranted. In that
circumstance, the entity shall include any reversals in the
valuation allowance due to such a change in judgment in
subsequent fiscal years as an item in determining income from
continuing operations, even though initial recognition of the
valuation allowance affected the component of other
comprehensive income classified as unrealized gains and losses
on certain investments in debt securities. If, rather than a
change in judgment about future years’ taxable income, the
entity generates taxable income in the current year (subsequent
to the year the related deferred tax asset was recognized) that
can use the benefit of the deferred tax asset, the elimination
(or reduction) of the valuation allowance is allocated to that
taxable income. Paragraph 740-10-45-20 provides additional
information.
45-18 An entity that has recognized a
deferred tax asset relating to other deductible temporary
differences in a previous fiscal year may at the same time have
concluded that no valuation allowance was warranted. If in the
current year an entity recognizes a deferred tax asset relating
to a net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities that
arose in the current year and at the same time concludes that a
valuation allowance is warranted, management shall determine the
extent to which the valuation allowance is directly related to
the unrealized loss and the other deductible temporary
differences, such as an accrual for other postemployment
benefits. The entity shall report the offsetting entry to the
valuation allowance in the component of other comprehensive
income classified as unrealized gains and losses on certain
investments in debt securities only to the extent the valuation
allowance is directly related to the unrealized loss on the
available-for-sale securities that arose in the current
year.
6.2.1 General “With-and-Without” Rule
ASC 740-20-45-7 states that the “tax effect of pretax income . . .
from continuing operations should be determined by a computation that does not
consider the tax effects of items that are not included in continuing operations”
(in other words, the tax effect allocated to items that are not part of continuing
operations is generally their incremental tax effect).
Under a with-and-without approach, total tax expense or benefit for
the period (the “with”) is computed by adding the deferred tax expense or benefit
for the period (determined by computing the change in DTLs and DTAs during the
period) to the current tax expense or benefit for the period and other tax expense
(e.g., UTBs). The computation of total tax expense includes (1) the effects of all
taxable income or loss items, regardless of the source of the taxable income or
loss, and (2) the effect of all changes in the valuation allowance, except those
changes required by ASC 740-20-45-3 (listed above), ASC 805-740-45-2 (regarding
changes during the measurement period resulting from new information about facts and
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date), or ASC 852-740-45-3
(regarding quasi-reorganizations).
Then, tax expense or benefit related to income or loss from
continuing operations (the “without”) is computed as the tax effect of the pretax
income or loss from continuing operations (current, deferred, and other tax expense
— for example, UTBs) for the period plus or minus the tax effects of the four items
identified in ASC 740-20-45-8, as follows:
- Changes in circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years (see paragraph 740-10-45-20 for a discussion of exceptions to this allocation for certain items)
- Changes in tax laws or rates (see paragraph 740-10-35-4)
- Changes in tax status (see paragraphs 740-10-25-32 and 740-10-40-6)
- Tax-deductible dividends paid to shareholders.
The with-and-without approach is illustrated in the example
below.
Example 6-1
Company X has $3,000 of income from
continuing operations and $1,000 of loss from discontinued
operations during the current year. All of the $3,000 of
income from continuing operations qualifies for the FDII
deduction under IRC Section 250 (considered a special
deduction under ASC 740-10-55-27 through 55-30). The IRC
Section 250 deduction is calculated as the lesser of 37.5
percent1 of FDII or U.S. taxable income. There are no other
differences between book and tax income. The tax rate is 25
percent.
When determining the tax attributable to
continuing operations, X should include the effects of the
IRC Section 250 FDII special deduction without considering
the loss from discontinued operations. Accordingly, X would
perform the following “with” and “without” calculations:
While ASC 740-20 does not explicitly state how the intraperiod tax
allocation guidance should be applied when there are multiple tax-paying components,
ASC 740-10-30-5 states, in part:
Deferred taxes shall be
determined separately for each tax-paying component (an individual entity or
group of entities that is consolidated for tax purposes) in each tax
jurisdiction.
Accordingly, by analogy, entities should apply the intraperiod tax
allocation guidance to each tax-paying component; that is, they should apply it at
the tax-return level within each taxing jurisdiction.
6.2.2 Changes in Valuation Allowances
As discussed in Section 6.2.1, when performing an intraperiod tax allocation, an
entity generally must first determine income tax allocated to continuing operations.
ASC 740-10-45-20 states, in part, “[t]he effect of a change in the
beginning-of-the-year balance of a valuation allowance that results from
a change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability
of the related deferred tax asset in future years ordinarily
shall be included in income from continuing operations” (emphasis added). Causes of
changes in valuation allowances could result from, for example, (1) the expiration
of a reserved tax attribute carryforward (in which the valuation allowance is
reduced in a manner similar to the way in which a write-off of a reserved account
receivable reduces the reserve for bad debts), (2) changes in judgment about the
realizability of beginning-of-the-year DTAs because of current-year income from
continuing operations or income expected in future years regardless of component, or
(3) the generation of deductible temporary differences and carryforwards in the
current year that are not more likely than not to be realized. While a change in
valuation allowance that results from the expiration of a reserved tax attribute
carryforward would not affect total tax expense and therefore would not affect
intraperiod tax allocation, changes in valuation allowance related to the other
categories would.
Though the general rule would suggest that the effect of changes in
valuation allowances should be included in continuing operations, an entity would
not allocate changes in valuation allowances related to items (2) and (3)
to income or loss from continuing operations in the following situations:
- If the change in valuation allowance of an acquired entity’s DTA occurs within the measurement period and results “from new information about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date,” the change in valuation allowance is recorded as an increase or a decrease in goodwill in accordance with ASC 805-740-45-2.
- Reductions in the valuation allowance established at the
time the deductible temporary difference or carryforward occurred (resulting
in the initial recognition of benefits) that are related to the following
(referred to in ASC 740-20-45-11(c) and (f)) should be allocated directly to
OCI or related components of shareholders’ equity:
- A “decrease in contributed capital (for example, deductible expenditures reported as a reduction of the proceeds from issuing capital stock).”
- “Deductible temporary differences and carryforwards that existed at the date of a quasi reorganization,” with limited exceptions.
-
Any other change in the valuation allowance recognized solely because of income or losses recognized in the current year in a category other than income or loss from continuing operations (in that case, the effect of the change in valuation allowance is allocated to that other category — for example, a discontinued operation).
Regarding the last bullet point, when it is difficult for an entity
to determine whether a change in valuation allowance is solely because of one
item, the effect of any change in the valuation allowance should be allocated to
income or loss from continuing operations. This premise is based on the guidance in
ASC 740, which requires that income tax allocated to continuing operations be
determined first and that the effects of all changes in valuation allowances (with
the exception of the items listed in the first two bullet points above) that are
attributable to changes in judgments about realizability in future years (regardless
of the income category causing the change in judgment) be allocated to income or
loss from continuing operations.
Example 6-2
At the beginning of 20X1, Entity X, a
company operating in a tax jurisdiction with a 25 percent
tax rate, has a $375 DTA for a tax credit carryforward
generated by Subsidiary A. The DTA is offset by a full
valuation allowance. During 20X1, X disposes of A for a gain
of $3,000. Loss from continuing operations is $500. Income
from discontinued operations, including the $3,000 gain, is
$2,000. Because the gain on the sale resulted in income from
discontinued operations in the current year, management
expects to realize the tax credit carryforward in the
current year solely because of that income.
Therefore, the release of the valuation allowance would be
allocated to discontinued operations.
Example 6-3
At the beginning of 20X3, Entity Y, a
company operating in a tax jurisdiction with a 25 percent
tax rate, has a $2,000 tax credit carryforward generated by
Subsidiary B. The DTA is offset by a full valuation
allowance.
During 20X3, Y’s management enters into a
definitive agreement to sell B for an anticipated gain of
$8,000. However, the deal does not close until the first
quarter of 20X4; thus, the gain is not recognized until the
transaction is closed. Entity Y has income from continuing
operations. In addition, management concludes that the DTA
is realizable on the basis of the weight of all available
evidence, including projections of future taxable
income.
In this example, the release of the entire valuation
allowance would be allocated to continuing operations
because there was a change in judgment about the
realizability of the related DTA in future years (i.e.,
because the gain on the sale would not be recognized until
the following year).
6.2.3 Special Situations
6.2.3.1 Quasi-Reorganization Tax Benefits
The tax benefits of deductible temporary differences and
carryforwards as of the date of a quasi-reorganization ordinarily are reported
as a direct addition to contributed capital if the tax benefits are recognized
in subsequent years (by reducing or eliminating the valuation allowance). After
a quasi-reorganization, however, an entity may conclude that a valuation
allowance should be recognized or increased for a DTA attributable to
pre-quasi-reorganization benefits that were recognized in a prior period. This
charge to establish or increase the valuation allowance is reported as a
component of income tax expense from continuing operations.
6.2.3.2 Fresh-Start Accounting
ASC 852-10 requires an entity emerging from Chapter 11
bankruptcy protection to adopt a new reporting basis (“fresh-start accounting”)
for its assets and liabilities if certain criteria are met. In accordance with
ASC 852-10-45-21, “the effects of the adjustments on the reported amounts of
individual assets and liabilities resulting from the adoption of fresh-start
reporting [and related income tax effects] and the effects of the forgiveness of
debt shall be reflected in the predecessor entity’s final statement of
operations.” The successor’s deferred taxes as of the fresh-start reporting date
are measured in accordance with ASC 740-10-30. The recognition of a valuation
allowance against DTAs as of the fresh-start reporting date generally increases
the amount of reorganization value assigned to goodwill.
ASC 852-740-45-1 states that a reduction in a valuation allowance for a tax
benefit that was not recognizable as of the plan confirmation date should be
reported as a reduction in income tax expense. Therefore, a subsequent
adjustment (increase or decrease) to a valuation allowance established as of the
date of fresh-start reporting should be reported as either an increase or a
decrease in income tax expense.
6.2.4 Out-of-Period Items
Generally, an entity will account for the tax effects of a
transaction in the same period in which (1) the related pretax income or loss is
included in a component of comprehensive income or (2) equity is adjusted.
Out-of-period adjustments occur when a tax expense or benefit is recognized in an
annual period after the pretax effects of the original transaction were recognized.
ASC 740-20 and ASC 740-10 provide guidance on the intraperiod tax
allocation of certain out-of-period adjustments. Such adjustments include (1)
changes in valuation allowances that are attributable to changes in judgments about
future realization (see ASC 740-20-45-4), (2) changes in tax laws and tax rates (see
ASC 740-10-45-15), and (3) changes in tax status (see ASC 740-10-45-19). In each of
these instances, the related tax effects should be allocated to income or loss from
continuing operations, as stated in ASC 740-20-45-4, ASC 740-10-45-15, and ASC
740-10-45-19, respectively.
ASC 740 does not, however, provide guidance on how to allocate the
tax effects of certain other out-of-period adjustments. The following are examples
of circumstances that give rise to out-of-period adjustments for which ASC 740 does
not contain explicit guidance on how to allocate the tax benefit or expense:
- A change in the expected timing of reversal of a DTA or DTL resulting in a change in the expected benefit or expense (as may be the case when a change in tax rates is phased in over multiple years).
- Recognition of the benefit of a deduction for an incentive stock option (ISO) that becomes deductible only because of a disqualifying disposition.
- Recognition of previously unrecognized DTAs or DTLs because the outside basis differences are no longer subject to one of the exceptions in ASC 740-30.
In such cases, it is usually appropriate for an entity to analogize
to the guidance in ASC 740-20 and ASC 740-10 on out-of-period adjustments. Thus, the
entity should generally allocate the tax effects of out-of-period adjustments that
are not specifically addressed to income or loss from continuing operations. The
example below illustrates the treatment of the tax effects of out-of-period
adjustments.
Example 6-4
Change in State
Apportionment Rate
Entity A, a U.S. entity, operates in
multiple state jurisdictions and uses state apportionment
factors to allocate DTAs and DTLs to various states in
accordance with the income tax laws of each state. (See
Section 3.3.4.6.1 for a further discussion
of state apportionment.)
During a subsequent annual period, A experiences a change in
its business operations that will affect the apportionment
rate used in the state of X (i.e., there has been a change
in the state footprint, but not in the enacted tax rate).
Entity A’s deferred taxes are remeasured by using the
different apportionment rate expected to apply in the period
in which the deferred taxes are expected to be recovered or
settled. The related tax effects of the change in DTAs and
DTLs would generally be allocated to income from continuing
operations in accordance with the intraperiod allocation
guidance in ASC 740-20.
However, other Codification topics may contain guidance that
appears, in some cases, to conflict with an analogy to ASC 740-20. In those
situations, it may be acceptable to apply the presentation guidance from that other
topic. See the next section for further discussion of certain tax effects associated
with discontinued operations.
6.2.4.1 Intraperiod Allocation of Out-of-Period Items Related to Components Classified as Discontinued Operations
Guidance on the presentation of discontinued operations is
contained in ASC 205. Specifically, ASC 205-20-45-3A through 45-5 state the
following:
ASC 205-20
45-3A The
results of all discontinued operations, less applicable
income taxes (benefit), shall be reported as a separate
component of income. . . .
45-3B A gain
or loss recognized on the disposal (or loss recognized
on classification as held for sale) shall be presented
separately on the face of the statement where net income
is reported or disclosed in the notes to financial
statements (see paragraph 205-20-50-1(b)).
45-3C A gain
or loss recognized on the disposal (or loss recognized
on classification as held for sale) of a discontinued
operation shall be calculated in accordance with the
guidance in other Subtopics. For example, if a
discontinued operation is within the scope of Topic 360
on property, plant, and equipment, an entity shall
follow the guidance in paragraphs 360-10-35-37 through
35-45 and 360-10-40-5 for calculating the gain or loss
recognized on the disposal (or loss on classification as
held for sale) of the discontinued operation.
45-4
Adjustments to amounts previously reported in
discontinued operations in a prior period shall be
presented separately in the current period in the
discontinued operations section of the statement where
net income is reported.
45-5 Examples
of circumstances in which those types of adjustments may
arise include the following:
- The resolution of contingencies that arise pursuant to the terms of the disposal transaction, such as the resolution of purchase price adjustments and indemnification issues with the purchaser
- The resolution of contingencies that arise from and that are directly related to the operations of the discontinued operation before its disposal, such as environmental and product warranty obligations retained by the seller
- The settlement of employee benefit plan obligations (pension, postemployment benefits other than pensions, and other postemployment benefits), provided that the settlement is directly related to the disposal transaction. A settlement is directly related to the disposal transaction if there is a demonstrated direct cause-and-effect relationship and the settlement occurs no later than one year following the disposal transaction, unless it is delayed by events or circumstances beyond an entity’s control (see paragraph 205-20-45-1G).
ASC 205-20 notes that the income statement should include, as a
separate component, the results of operations of the discontinued operation for
the current and prior periods, less applicable income taxes. Further, ASC
205-20-45-4 does not distinguish between pretax- and income-tax-related effects
of adjustments to amounts previously recorded in discontinued operations, but it
does require those adjustments to be directly related to the discontinued
operations (including the disposal transaction). Accordingly, under ASC 205-20,
an entity may conclude that out-of-period tax effects directly related to the
operations of the discontinued operation (including the disposal transaction)
should be allocated to discontinued operations.
Further, in connection with the implementation of Interpretation
48 (most of which was codified in ASC 740), informal discussions were held with
the FASB staff regarding a situation in which the application of ASC 205 would
result in a different presentation than would the application of ASC 740.
Specifically, the FASB staff was asked whether income tax expense or benefit
arising from the remeasurement of a UTB related to a discontinued operation
should be reflected in (1) continuing operations in a manner consistent with the
general prohibition on backwards tracing implicit in ASC 740-20-45 or (2)
discontinued operations in a manner consistent with ASC 205-20. The FASB staff
indicated that it was aware of both presentations in practice and that an entity
should elect one of them as an accounting policy and apply it consistently.
Accordingly, if an entity concludes that the out-of-period tax
benefit (or expense) is directly related to the operations of the component that
is presented in discontinued operations (including the disposal transaction),
there are generally two acceptable views regarding the allocation of such tax
effects. Under one view, the entity may elect to allocate this tax expense or
benefit to discontinued operations by applying ASC 205-20 or, under an
alternative view, to income or loss from continuing operations by analogy to the
general intraperiod allocation rules for out-of-period adjustments in ASC
740-20. Under the alternative view, if the entity concludes that the tax benefit
(or expense) is not directly related to the operations of the component that is
presented in discontinued operations (including the disposal transaction), the
entity should allocate the entire tax expense or benefit to income or loss from
continuing operations (by analogy to ASC 740-20).
Out-of-period adjustments are common with respect to
discontinued operations (including the disposal transaction). The following are
three situations in which an entity may need to make such adjustments:
- As discussed in Section 3.4.17.2, an out-of-period adjustment may be required when an unrecognized book-versus-tax difference that is related directly to the operations of a discontinued operation is no longer subject to one of the exceptions in ASC 740.2
- A domestic corporation may change its legal structure or make elections for tax purposes that result in a worthless stock deduction that is directly related (either partially or entirely) to the operations of a discontinued operation.3
- In some tax jurisdictions, when a parent disposes of a component that was included in the parent’s income tax return, the parent might retain the obligation for UTBs that arose from and were directly related to the operations of the component while it was still part of the parent’s tax return (including UTBs related to the disposal transaction itself). The parent may classify the results of operations of the component in periods before the disposal as discontinued operations. After the disposal, the parent may need to adjust the amount of the UTB.
For each of these situations, the treatment of the tax effects
of out-of-period adjustments is discussed in the examples below. Any
current-year tax effects would still be allocated by using the with-and-without
approach described in Section
6.2.1.
Example 6-5
Change in an Indefinite Reinvestment Assertion
Entity X has a profitable foreign
subsidiary, Entity A. Entity X has asserted that it
intends to indefinitely reinvest A’s undistributed
earnings, and, accordingly, that the indefinite reversal
criteria in ASC 740-30-25-17 are met. Therefore, X has
not recorded a DTL in connection with the
financial-reporting-over-tax basis difference for the
investment in A (the outside basis difference). Further,
A’s functional currency is its local currency; thus, any
resulting translation differences in consolidation by X
are accounted for in OCI.
In a subsequent year, X changes its
intent and no longer asserts that it intends to
indefinitely reinvest the earnings of A. Thus, X must
recognize a DTL for the expected tax consequences of the
remittance. The resulting tax expense is recorded as an
expense in the current period. The tax expense related
to prior-year earnings is generally allocated to
continuing operations by analogy to the out-of-period
guidance in ASC 740-20 and because “backwards tracing”
is not permitted under ASC 740. The tax expense
attributable to currency exchange rate fluctuation
related to the current year, however, would be allocated
to OCI in accordance with the general with-and-without
rule. For a discussion of the accounting for the
deferred tax effects of translation, see Section 9.2.
Example 6-6
Tax Benefit From a Worthless Stock Deduction
Entity Y, a U.S. entity, owns 100
percent of H, a foreign holding company that holds three
operating companies. The three operating companies have
historically generated losses, resulting in a difference
between Y’s book basis and the U.S. tax basis in the
investment in H. This outside basis difference gives
rise to a DTA that has historically not been recognized,
since the difference was not expected to reverse in the
foreseeable future in accordance with ASC
740-30-25-9.
In 20X1, H sells one of the operating
companies (Company 1) and presents it as a discontinued
operation in the consolidated financial statements in
accordance with ASC 205-20-45-1. Concurrently with the
sale of Company 1, Y elected to treat H as a disregarded
entity for tax purposes (i.e., nontaxable status) by
“checking the box.” For tax purposes, this election is
considered a deemed liquidation. The liabilities of H
are in excess of the assets; therefore, the investment
in H is considered worthless and Y can claim a related
deduction for tax purposes in the U.S. tax jurisdiction.
The benefit of that deduction is considered out of
period from Y’s perspective because it represents the
recognition of the tax benefit of a loss in a period
after the loss arose.
The benefit recognized in connection
with the worthless stock deduction is a result of the
historical losses incurred at the three operating
companies. Without these losses in prior years, the
deemed liquidation of H would not have resulted in a tax
deduction and a benefit would not have been recognized.
The tax consequence of this benefit could be allocated
between the three operating companies, one of which —
Company 1 — is presented in discontinued operations.
Accordingly, it would be appropriate for Y to present
the benefit from the losses related to Company 1 in
discontinued operations and the benefit from losses
related to Companies 2 and 3 in income from continuing
operations.
An acceptable alternative would be for Y
to allocate the entire benefit to income from continuing
operations.
Example 6-7
Out-of-Period Tax Effects of a UTB That Originated in
Discontinued Operations
An entity recorded a UTB classified as a
noncurrent liability in connection with a tax position
related to the character (capital vs. ordinary) of the
gain from the disposal of a component. The income tax
expense for recording the UTB was reflected in
discontinued operations in accordance with the
intraperiod tax allocation guidance in ASC 740-20. In a
subsequent year, the statute of limitations expired and
the entity recognized a tax benefit when the UTB was
derecognized.
In determining where the benefit should
be allocated, the entity could apply the guidance in ASC
740-20-45, which prohibits backwards tracing of
out-of-period adjustments, to record the benefit in
continuing operations. Alternatively, the entity could
record the benefit in discontinued operations under ASC
205-20-45-4 even though this benefit may be the only
item in discontinued operations in that reporting
period. The approach chosen is considered an accounting
policy election and should be consistently applied.
6.2.4.2 Intraperiod Allocation of Out-of-Period Items Related to Changes in UTBs
In some instances, the income tax expense for recording uncertain tax
positions may have been initially allocated to OCI. For example, a UTB
related to the deductibility of costs reported as a reduction to the
proceeds from issuing capital stock may have been recorded directly to
equity under ASC 740-20-45-11(c). We believe that subsequent changes related
to all UTBs initially allocated to OCI should be recorded as a component of
continuing operations, including items described in ASC 740-20-45-11(c)–(f).
However, we are aware of other views related to the items described in ASC
740-20-45-11(c)–(f); accordingly, entities are encouraged to consult with
their accounting advisers in these situations.
6.2.5 Stranded Taxes
As a result of certain circumstances, taxes may be “stranded” in
AOCI. Stranded taxes, or anomalies, may arise on account of:
- Changes in tax rates after the pretax amount was included in OCI.
- Pretax amounts that are not tax effected because of the presence of a valuation allowance.
- A subsequent change in the valuation allowance as a result of a change in judgment about the realizability of a DTA when the initial recognition of deferred taxes and related valuation allowance were associated with a pretax amount originally recorded to OCI.
- A change in tax status.
- A change in indefinite reinvestment assertion.
Example 6-8
Entity E has a portfolio of AFS debt
securities. During 20X1, the fair value of such securities
declines to the extent that E incurs unrealized holding
losses, which it reports in OCI in accordance with ASC
740-20-45-11(b) (see Section 3.5.9.3). On
the basis of available evidence, E concludes that a full
valuation allowance is needed to reduce the DTA for the
unrealized loss on AFS debt securities to an amount that is
more likely than not to be realized as of the end of the
year. Accordingly, there is no income tax benefit recognized
in OCI related to the unrealized holding losses recognized
in 20X1.
In 20X2, E’s estimate of future income, excluding temporary
differences and carryforwards, changes. As a result, E
revises its conclusion about the realizability of the
related DTA in future years and determines that a valuation
allowance is no longer necessary at the close of 20X2.
If changes in a valuation allowance are caused by a
transaction, event, or set of circumstances that is not
directly attributable to either an increase or a decrease in
the holding of gains or losses on an AFS debt security, an
entity must analyze the cause to determine how the tax
consequence of the change should be reported. This
conclusion is based on guidance from ASC 740, as described
below.
ASC 740-10-45-20 states, in part:
The effect of a change
in the beginning-of-the-year balance of a
valuation allowance that results from a change in
circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the
realizability of the related deferred tax asset in
future years ordinarily shall be included in income from
continuing operations. . . . The effect of other changes
in the balance of a valuation allowance are allocated
among continuing operations and items other than
continuing operations as required by paragraphs
740-20-45-2 and 740-20-45-8. [Emphasis added]
In addition, ASC 740-20-45-8 specifies that the “amount
allocated to continuing operations is the tax effect of the
pretax income or loss from continuing operations that
occurred during the year, plus or minus income tax effects
of . . . [c]hanges in circumstances that cause a change in
judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in
future years.”
Further, ASC 740-20-45-3 requires that the “tax benefit of an
operating loss carryforward or carryback . . . be reported
in the same manner as the source of the income or loss in
the current year and not in the same manner as the source of
the operating loss carryforward or taxes paid in a prior
year or the source of expected future income that will
result in realization of a deferred tax asset for an
operating loss carryforward from the current year.” The only
exceptions are identified in ASC 740-20-45-11.
Accordingly, E reports the elimination of
the valuation allowance as a reduction in income tax expense
from continuing operations in 20X2 because the change is
directly attributable to a change in estimate about income
or loss in future years. Hence, there is still no income tax
benefit in OCI related to the unrealized holding losses
recognized in 20X1.
In 20X3, the fair value of the securities
increases to the degree that the unrealized loss previously
reported in OCI is eliminated and the securities are sold at
no gain or loss. OCI is increased for the market value
increase net of any related tax consequences. When the
incremental approach is applied, the gain in OCI would
result in a tax expense recognized in OCI. However, after
the securities are sold, no amounts remain in AOCI for
previously unrealized holding gains or losses because the
increase in the fair value in 20X3 equals the decrease in
fair value in 20X1. The tax expense recognized in OCI in
20X3 becomes stranded. To eliminate the stranded tax, E
would use, in accordance with its accounting policy
election, one of the approaches discussed below.
The FASB staff has informally indicated that, in the situation
described above, whether an entity should eliminate the deferred tax consequences
that remain in AOCI (a component of equity) at the end of 20X3 depends on whether
the entity is using the security-by-security approach or the portfolio approach. The
tax consequences reported under the security-by-security approach may sometimes be
different from those reported under the portfolio approach. Under ASC 220-10-50-1,
an entity is required to disclose its policy for releasing income tax effects from
AOCI.
6.2.5.1 Security-by-Security Approach
Under the security-by-security approach, the tax consequences of
unrealized gains and losses that are reported in OCI are tracked on a
security-by-security basis. Upon the sale of the security, such tax consequences
are removed from OCI and reported in continuing operations.
6.2.5.2 Portfolio Approach
The portfolio approach involves a strict period-by-period
cumulative incremental allocation of income taxes to the change in unrealized
gains and losses reflected in OCI. Under this approach, the net cumulative tax
effect is ignored. The net change in unrealized gains or losses recorded in AOCI
under this approach would be eliminated only on the date the entire inventory of
AFS debt securities is sold or otherwise disposed of.
Example 6-9
Assume the same facts as in Example 6-8. At the time
of the sale in 20X3, there is zero cumulative pretax
unrealized gain or loss on the AFS debt securities.
However, there is a stranded tax in AOCI related to the
securities sold in 20X3 because no tax effect was
originally recorded in OCI for the write-down of such
securities in 20X1 but a tax expense was recognized in
OCI for the securities’ write-up in 20X3. The
security-by-security approach and portfolio approach are
applied as follows:
Security-by-Security Approach
The stranded tax expense would be removed from AOCI and
recorded in continuing operations upon sale of the
securities in 20X3. Cumulatively, there is no tax
expense or benefit recorded in continuing operations for
these securities because the tax expense cleared from
AOCI and recognized in continuing operations in 20X3
offsets the 20X2 tax benefit recorded in continuing
operations related to the release of the valuation
allowance on the DTA associated with the same
securities.
Portfolio Approach
If it is assumed that Entity E still holds other AFS debt
securities in its portfolio, the stranded tax expense in
AOCI related to the securities sold would not be removed
from AOCI and recorded in continuing operations upon the
sale of such securities in 20X3. Cumulatively, through
the end of 20X3, there is a tax benefit recorded in
continuing operations (attributable to the release of
the valuation allowance in 20X2) and a tax expense
recorded in OCI (attributable to the write-up of the AFS
debt securities during 20X3) even though the specific
securities that gave rise to such tax effects have been
disposed of.
6.2.6 Transactions Among or With Shareholders
6.2.6.1 Tax Consequences of Transactions Among (and With) Shareholders
Certain transactions among shareholders
can affect the tax attributes of an entity itself. For example, if more than 50
percent of a company’s stock changes hands within a certain period, a limitation
on the entity’s ability to use its attribute carryforwards could be triggered.
The following are examples of such transactions:
- Heavy trading in a company’s stock by major shareholders over a period of several years.
- An investor buys 70 percent of a company and consolidates the company but does not use pushdown accounting.
- An investor buys 100 percent of a company (in a nontaxable business combination) and consolidates the company but does not use pushdown accounting.
Note that the term “nontaxable business combination,” as used in
ASC 805-740, means a business combination in which the target company’s tax
bases in its assets and liabilities carry over to the combined entity.
Certain transactions with shareholders
(i.e., transactions between a company and its shareholders) can have the same
effect. The following are examples of such transactions:
- An IPO.
- Additional stock offerings.
- Conversion of convertible debt into equity in accordance with the stated terms of the debt agreement.
- Conversion of debt into equity in a troubled debt restructuring.
- A recapitalization in which preferred stock is exchanged for common stock (i.e., no new equity is raised, on a net basis).
- A recapitalization in which new debt is incurred and the proceeds are used to purchase treasury stock.
Certain transactions among or with shareholders may also change the tax
bases of the company’s assets and liabilities. The following are examples of
such transactions:
- An investor buys 100 percent of the outstanding stock of a company (in a business combination) and consolidates the company but does not use pushdown accounting. The transaction is treated as the purchase of assets for tax purposes, and assets and liabilities are adjusted to fair value for tax purposes (which may either increase or decrease the tax basis).
- A parent company sells 100 percent of the stock of a subsidiary in an IPO. For financial reporting purposes, the carrying amounts of the subsidiary’s assets and liabilities in its separate financial statements are the historical carrying amounts reflected in the parent company’s consolidated financial statements. However, the transaction is structured so that, for tax purposes, the transaction is taxable and the subsidiary adjusts its bases in its assets and liabilities to fair value (the proceeds from the IPO) for tax purposes. Therefore, the subsidiary now has new temporary differences that are related to its assets and liabilities.
Changes in valuation allowances, write-offs of DTAs, and the tax consequences of
changes in tax bases of assets and liabilities caused by transactions among or
with a company’s shareholders may be recognized either in the income statement
or directly in equity, depending on the nature of the change.
In accordance with ASC 740-10-45-21, the following should be charged to the
income statement:
- “Changes in valuation allowances due to changed expectations about the realization of deferred tax assets caused by transactions among or with shareholders.”
- “A write-off of a preexisting deferred tax asset that an entity can no longer realize as a result of a transaction among or with its shareholders.”
In addition, in accordance with ASC 740-20-45-11(g), the following should be
charged directly to equity:
- The effects of “changes in the tax bases of assets and liabilities caused by transactions among or with shareholders.”
- The “effect of valuation allowances initially required upon recognition of any related deferred tax assets” as a result of “changes in the tax bases of assets and liabilities caused by transactions among or with shareholders.” However, subsequent changes in valuation allowances should be charged to the income statement.
ASC 740-20-45-11(g) applies to all changes in the tax bases of
assets and liabilities, including tax-deductible goodwill.
6.2.7 Other Special Considerations
6.2.7.1 Holding Gains and Losses Recognized for Both Financial Reporting and Tax Purposes
Assume that an entity has an AFS portfolio of debt securities
that is being accounted for in accordance with ASC 320-10. Thus, unrealized
gains and losses are recorded in OCI, net of any related tax consequences. For
tax purposes, the entity has elected under the tax law to include
unrealized gains and losses on securities portfolios in the
determination of taxable income or loss.
When an unrealized loss is incurred and the loss deductions are
included in the determination of taxable income or loss in the tax return, the
tax consequences for financial reporting purposes should be considered (1) in
the year the unrealized loss is incurred and (2) in the year the securities are
sold. The example below illustrates this concept.
Example 6-10
Assume the following:
- Company X acquires AFS debt securities for $12 million on January 1, 20X0.
- For financial reporting purposes, unrealized gains and losses on AFS debt securities are recorded in OCI, net of any tax consequences, in accordance with ASC 740-20-45-11(b).
- Company X elects to include unrealized gains and losses on securities portfolios in the determination of taxable income or loss (this election is permitted by the tax law).
- At the end of 20X1, the unrealized loss on AFS debt securities is $5 million, all of which was incurred during the current year.
- The tax rate for 20X1 and 20X2 is 20 percent.
- Pretax income and taxable income, excluding the unrealized loss for 20X1 and 20X2, are $5 million and zero, respectively.
- The market value of the portfolio, determined at the end of 20X1 (i.e., an unrealized loss of $5 million), does not change through the end of 20X2.
- Company X sells the AFS debt securities for $7 million and records in income a pretax loss of $5 million on the sale of the portfolio on the last day of 20X2; taxable income is zero for 20X2.
Company X must record the following journal entries:
Journal Entries Year 1
Journal Entries Year 2
6.2.7.2 Change in Tax Status to Taxable: Accounting for an Increase in Tax Basis
Upon an entity’s change in tax status, the entity may also recognize a step-up in
tax basis in certain circumstances. For example, in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction, upon a change in tax status from a nontaxable partnership to a
taxable C corporation, the entity may recognize a step-up in tax basis for its
assets in an amount equivalent to the taxable gain recognized by the former
partners. The former partners must recognize a taxable gain when the liabilities
being assumed by the corporation exceed the tax basis in the assets being
transferred to the corporation.
Generally, the expense or benefit from recognizing the DTLs and
DTAs as a result of the change in tax status should be included in income or
loss from continuing operations. ASC 740-10-45-19 states:
When deferred tax accounts are recognized or derecognized as required by
paragraphs 740-10-25-32 and 740-10-40-6 due to a change in tax status, the
effect of recognizing or derecognizing the deferred tax liability or asset
shall be included in income from continuing operations.
Conversely, any tax benefit attributable to an increase in the tax basis of an
entity’s assets resulting from a transaction with or among shareholders should
be allocated to equity. ASC 740-20-45-11(g) states:
All changes in the tax
bases of assets and liabilities caused by transactions among or with
shareholders shall be included in equity including the effect of valuation
allowances initially required upon recognition of any related deferred tax
assets. Changes in valuation allowances occurring in subsequent periods
shall be included in the income statement.
A change in tax status, in and of itself, will generally not cause an increase in
the tax basis of assets. However, when the liabilities exceed the tax basis in
the assets, under U.S. tax law, the partner is treated as having entered into a
taxable exchange with the newly formed corporation, receiving taxable
consideration (in the form of the corporation’s assumption of the partner’s
liabilities) in exchange for the assets being transferred to the corporation.
When the liabilities assumed exceed the tax basis of the assets being
transferred, the partner both realizes and recognizes a gain for U.S. income tax
purposes.
The corporation determines its initial tax basis in the assets
by using the partnership’s historical tax basis plus an
amount equal to the gain recognized by the former partners (now shareholders) on
account of the taxable exchange with the corporation. In the absence of the
taxable exchange with the shareholder, the tax basis would have been strictly
the historical basis of the assets in the hands of the partnership. Therefore,
an entity should use that historical tax basis when determining the amount of
deferred taxes required that are directly related to the change in status. The
adjustment of that initial amount of deferred taxes on account of the increase
in tax basis corresponding to the gain recognized by the partners (now
shareholders) should be recognized in equity since it is directly on account of
a transaction with or among the shareholders. See Section 6.2.6.1 for further discussion
and examples of tax consequences involving transactions with or among
shareholders.
An acceptable alternative approach also exists under which all of the tax effects arising in connection with a change in tax status (including the deferred tax effect of any incremental step-up in tax basis related to the shareholder gain) would be allocated to income or loss from continuing operations in accordance with ASC 740-10-45-19. This approach is based on the previous discussion in EITF Issue 94-10, which noted that the guidance contained
therein did not address shareholder transactions that involve a change in the
tax status of a company (such as a change from nontaxable S-corporation status
to taxable C-corporation status).
6.2.7.3 Income Tax Accounting Considerations Related to When a Subsidiary Is Deconsolidated
The deconsolidation of a subsidiary may result from a variety of circumstances,
including a sale of 100 percent of an entity’s interest in the subsidiary. The
sale may be structured as either a “stock sale” or an “asset sale.”
A stock sale occurs when a parent sells to a third party enough
shares in a subsidiary to lose control of the subsidiary, and the subsidiary’s
assets and liabilities are effectively transferred to the buyer.
An asset sale occurs when a parent sells individual assets (and liabilities) to
the buyer and retains ownership of the original legal entity. In addition, by
election, certain stock sales can be treated for tax purposes as if the
subsidiary sold its assets and was subsequently liquidated.
Upon a sale of a subsidiary, the parent entity should consider the income tax
accounting implications for its income statement and balance sheet.
6.2.7.3.1 Income Statement Considerations
ASC 810-10-40-5 provides a formula for calculating a parent entity’s gain or
loss on deconsolidation of a subsidiary, which is measured as the difference between:
- The aggregate of all of the following:
- The fair value of any consideration received
- The fair value of any retained noncontrolling investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated or the group of assets is derecognized
- The carrying amount of any noncontrolling interest in the former subsidiary (including any accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest) at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated.
- The carrying amount of the former subsidiary’s assets and liabilities or the carrying amount of the group of assets.
6.2.7.3.1.1 Asset Sale
When the net assets of a subsidiary are sold, the parent
will present the gain or loss on the net assets (excluding deferred
taxes) in pretax income and will present the reversal of any DTAs or
DTLs associated with the assets sold (the inside basis differences4) and any tax associated with the gain or loss on sale in income
tax expense (or benefit).
6.2.7.3.1.2 Stock Sale
As with an asset sale, when the shares of a subsidiary
are sold, the parent will present the gain or loss on the net assets in
pretax income. One acceptable approach to accounting for the deferred
tax effects (the inside basis differences5) is to include the elimination of such amounts as part of the
overall computation of the pretax gain or loss on the sale of the
subsidiary; under this approach, the only amount that would be included
in income tax expense (or benefit) would be the tax associated with the
gain or loss on the sale of the shares (the outside basis difference6). The rationale for this view is that any future tax benefits (or
obligations) of the subsidiary are part of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed by the acquirer with the transfer of shares in the
subsidiary and the carryover tax basis in the assets and liabilities.
Other approaches may be acceptable depending on the facts and
circumstances.
If the subsidiary being deconsolidated meets the requirements in ASC 205
for classification as a discontinued operation, the entity would also
need to consider the intraperiod guidance on discontinued operations in
addition to this guidance. For a discussion of outside basis differences
in situations in which the subsidiary is presented as a discontinued
operation, see Section 3.4.17.2.
Example 6-11
Assume the following:
- U.S. Parent consolidates U.S. Sub for financial reporting purposes.
- The statutory tax rate of U.S. Parent and U.S. Sub is 25 percent.
- U.S. Sub’s only temporary difference is $500 related to an intangible asset (book basis is greater than tax basis).
- In 20X1, U.S. Parent sells U.S. Sub for $1,000 in a stock sale.
- U.S. Sub’s operations are presented as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 205-20-45-1 for the year ended December 31, 20X1.
The carrying values of U.S. Sub’s assets and
liabilities on the date of sale are as
follows:
U.S. Parent computes its pretax gain or loss from
the sale of U.S. Sub as follows:
U.S. Parent would then need to
assess taxes due on the sale of its investment in
U.S. Sub. See Section
3.4.17.2 for additional guidance.
6.2.7.3.2 Balance Sheet Considerations
Entities with a subsidiary (or component) that meets the held-for-sale
criteria in ASC 360 should classify the assets and liabilities associated
with that component separately on the balance sheet as “held for sale.” The
presentation of deferred tax balances associated with the assets and
liabilities of the subsidiary or component classified as held for sale is
determined on the basis of the method of the expected sale (i.e., asset sale
or stock sale) and whether the entity presenting the assets as held for sale
is transferring the basis difference to the buyer.
Deferred taxes associated with the stock of the component
being sold (the outside basis difference7) should not be presented as held for sale in either an asset sale or a
stock sale since the acquirer will not assume the outside basis
difference.
6.2.7.3.2.1 Asset Sale
In an asset sale, the tax bases of the assets and
liabilities being sold will not be transferred to the buyer. Therefore,
the deferred taxes related to the assets and liabilities (the inside
basis differences8) being sold should not be presented as held for sale; rather, they
should be presented along with the consolidated entity’s other deferred
taxes.
6.2.7.3.2.2 Stock Sale
In a stock sale, the tax bases of the assets and
liabilities being sold generally are carried over to the buyer.
Therefore, the deferred taxes related to the assets and liabilities (the
inside basis differences9) being sold should be presented as held for sale and not with the
consolidated entity’s other deferred taxes.
6.2.8 Tax Benefits for Dividends Paid to Shareholders or on Shares Held by an ESOP: Recognition
In certain tax jurisdictions, an entity may receive a tax deduction
for dividend payments made to shareholders or dividends on allocated and unallocated
shares paid to the employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). ASC 740-20-45-8 specifies
that tax benefits received for these deductions should be recognized as a reduction
of income tax expense at the time of the dividend distribution. The rationale for
this conclusion is based on the belief that, in substance, a tax deduction for the
payment of those dividends represents an exemption from taxation of an equivalent
amount of earnings.
Footnotes
1
The percentage of income that can be
deducted is reduced in taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2025.
2
As discussed in Section 3.4.17.2, an
entity may expect an unrecognized outside basis difference DTL
to close through a GILTI inclusion, and the entity may have
elected to treat GILTI tax as a current-period expense when it
arises. In that case, when the tax effect is ultimately
recorded, it will represent a current-period tax expense
and be allocated in accordance with the normal intraperiod tax
allocation rules (i.e., not those applicable to
out-of-period adjustments).
3
IRC Section 165(g)(3) specifies that the
worthless stock deduction may be taken against the domestic
corporation’s ordinary income if the investee is considered an
affiliate. If the investee is not an affiliate, the deduction
would be against the domestic corporation’s capital income. This
determination may affect the amount of the deduction the
domestic corporation is able to benefit from in the current
period.
4
See Section 3.3.1 for the
meaning of “inside” and “outside” basis differences.
5
See footnote 4.
6
See footnote 4.
7
See footnote 4.
8
See footnote 4.
9
See footnote 4.
Chapter 7 — Interim Reporting
Chapter 7 — Interim Reporting
7.1 Overview
ASC 740-270
05-1 This Subtopic addresses the
accounting and disclosure for income taxes in interim periods.
The accounting requirements established in this Subtopic build
upon the general requirements for accounting for income taxes
established in Subtopic 740-10 as well as the intraperiod tax
allocation process established in Subtopic 740-20.
05-2 Subtopic 740-10 addresses
the computation of total tax expense for an entity. Subtopic
740-20 addresses the process of allocating total income tax
expense (or benefit) for a period to different components of
comprehensive income and shareholders’ equity.
05-3 Because an interim period
is a subset of a longer period, typically a year, incremental
requirements for recognition and measurement are established by
this Subtopic.
05-4 This Subtopic describes:
- The general computation of interim period income taxes (see paragraphs 740-270-30-1 through 30-9)
- The application of the general computation to specific situations (see paragraphs 740-270-30-22 through 30-28)
- The interim period income taxes requirements applicable to significant unusual or infrequently occurring items and discontinued operations (see Section 740-270-45)
- Special computations applicable to operations taxable in multiple jurisdictions (see paragraph 740-270-30-36)
- Guidelines for reflecting the effects of new tax legislation in interim period income tax provisions (see paragraphs 740-270-25-5 through 25-6)
- Disclosure requirements (see paragraph 740-270-50-1).
This Subtopic also provides Examples and illustrations in Section
740-270-55.
Overall Guidance
15-1 This Subtopic follows the
same Scope and Scope Exceptions as outlined in the Overall
Subtopic, see Subtopic 740-10-15.
General Recognition Approach
25-1 This guidance addresses the
issue of how and when income tax expense (or benefit) is
recognized in interim periods and distinguishes between elements
that are recognized through the use of an estimated annual
effective tax rate applied to measures of year-to-date operating
results, referred to as ordinary income (or loss), and specific
events that are discretely recognized as they occur.
25-2 The tax (or benefit)
related to ordinary income (or loss) shall be computed at an
estimated annual effective tax rate and the tax (or benefit)
related to all other items shall be individually computed and
recognized when the items occur.
25-3 If an entity is unable to
estimate a part of its ordinary income (or loss) or the related
tax (or benefit) but is otherwise able to make a reliable
estimate, the tax (or benefit) applicable to the item that
cannot be estimated shall be reported in the interim period in
which the item is reported.
25-4 The tax benefit of an
operating loss carryforward from prior years shall be included
in the effective tax rate computation if the tax benefit is
expected to be realized as a result of ordinary income in the
current year. Otherwise, the tax benefit shall be recognized in
the manner described in paragraph 740-270-45-4 in each interim
period to the extent that income in the period and for the year
to date is available to offset the operating loss carryforward
or, in the case of a change in judgment about realizability of
the related deferred tax asset in future years, the effect shall
be recognized in the interim period in which the change
occurs.
25-5 The effects of new tax legislation
shall not be recognized prior to enactment. The tax effect of a
change in tax laws or rates on taxes currently payable or
refundable for the current year shall be reflected in the
computation of the annual effective tax rate beginning in the
first interim period that includes the enactment date of the new
legislation. The effect of a change in tax laws or rates on a
deferred tax liability or asset shall not be apportioned among
interim periods through an adjustment of the annual effective
tax rate.
25-6 The tax effect of a change
in tax laws or rates on taxes payable or refundable for a prior
year shall be recognized as of the enactment date of the change
as tax expense (benefit) for the current year. See Example 6
(paragraph 740-270-55-44) for illustrations of accounting for
changes caused by new tax legislation.
25-7 The effect of a change in
the beginning-of-the-year balance of a valuation allowance as a
result of a change in judgment about the realizability of the
related deferred tax asset in future years shall not be
apportioned among interim periods through an adjustment of the
effective tax rate but shall be recognized in the interim period
in which the change occurs.
Recognition of the Tax Benefit of a Loss in Interim
Periods
25-8 This guidance establishes
requirements for considering whether the amount of income tax
benefit recognized in an interim period shall be limited due to
interim period losses.
25-9 The tax effects of losses
that arise in the early portion of a fiscal year shall be
recognized only when the tax benefits are expected to be
either:
- Realized during the year
- Recognizable as a deferred tax asset at the end of the year in accordance with the provisions of Subtopic 740-10.
25-10 An established seasonal
pattern of loss in early interim periods offset by income in
later interim periods shall constitute evidence that realization
is more likely than not, unless other evidence indicates the
established seasonal pattern will not prevail.
25-11 The tax effects of losses
incurred in early interim periods may be recognized in a later
interim period of a fiscal year if their realization, although
initially uncertain, later becomes more likely than not. When
the tax effects of losses that arise in the early portions of a
fiscal year are not recognized in that interim period, no tax
provision shall be made for income that arises in later interim
periods until the tax effects of the previous interim losses are
utilized.
25-12 If an entity has a
significant unusual or infrequently occurring loss or a loss
from discontinued operations, the tax benefit of that loss shall
be recognized in an interim period when the tax benefit of the
loss is expected to be either:
- Realized during the year
- Recognizable as a deferred tax asset at the end of the year in accordance with the provisions of Subtopic 740-10.
Realization would appear to be more likely than not if future
taxable income from (ordinary) income during the current year is
expected based on an established seasonal pattern of loss in
early interim periods offset by income in later interim periods.
The guidance in this paragraph also applies to a tax benefit
resulting from an employee share-based payment award within the
scope of Topic 718 on stock compensation when the deduction for
the award for tax purposes is greater than the cumulative cost
of the award recognized for financial reporting purposes.
25-13 See Example 3, Cases A and
B (paragraphs 740-270-55-26 through 55-28) for example
computations involving unusual or infrequently occurring
losses.
25-14 If recognition of a
deferred tax asset at the end of the fiscal year for all or a
portion of the tax benefit of the loss depends on taxable income
from the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, see
paragraphs 740-270-30-32 through 30-33 for guidance. If all or a
part of the tax benefit is not realized and future realization
is not more likely than not in the interim period of occurrence
but becomes more likely than not in a subsequent interim period
of the same fiscal year, the previously unrecognized tax benefit
shall be reported that subsequent interim period in the same
manner that it would have been reported if realization had been
more likely than not in the interim period of occurrence, that
is, as a tax benefit relating to continuing operations or
discontinued operations. See Subtopic 740-20 for the
requirements to allocate total income tax expense (or
benefit).
General Methodology and Use of Estimated Annual Effective Tax
Rate
30-1 This guidance establishes
the methodology, including the use of an estimated annual
effective tax rate, to determine income tax expense (or benefit)
in interim financial information.
30-2 In reporting interim
financial information, income tax provisions shall be determined
under the general requirements for accounting for income taxes
set forth in Subtopic 740-10.
30-3 Income tax expense (or
benefit) for an interim period is based on income taxes computed
for ordinary income or loss and income taxes computed for items
or events that are not part of ordinary income or loss.
30-4 Paragraph 740-270-25-2
requires that the tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income
(or loss) be computed at an estimated annual effective tax rate
and the tax (or benefit) related to all other items be
individually computed and recognized when the items occur (for
example, the tax effects resulting from an employee share-based
payment award within the scope of Topic 718 when the deduction
for the award for tax purposes does not equal the cumulative
compensation costs of the award recognized for financial
reporting purposes).
30-5 The estimated annual
effective tax rate, described in paragraphs 740-270-30-6 through
30-8, shall be applied to the year-to-date ordinary income (or
loss) at the end of each interim period to compute the
year-to-date tax (or benefit) applicable to ordinary income (or
loss).
30-6 At the end of each interim
period the entity shall make its best estimate of the effective
tax rate expected to be applicable for the full fiscal year. In
some cases, the estimated annual effective tax rate will be the
statutory rate modified as may be appropriate in particular
circumstances. In other cases, the rate will be the entity’s
estimate of the tax (or benefit) that will be provided for the
fiscal year, stated as a percentage of its estimated ordinary
income (or loss) for the fiscal year (see paragraphs
740-270-30-30 through 30-34 if an ordinary loss is anticipated
for the fiscal year).
30-7 The tax effect of a
valuation allowance expected to be necessary for a deferred tax
asset at the end of the year for originating deductible
temporary differences and carryforwards during the year shall be
included in the effective tax rate.
30-8 The estimated effective tax
rate also shall reflect anticipated investment tax credits,
foreign tax rates, percentage depletion, capital gains rates,
and other available tax planning alternatives. However, in
arriving at this estimated effective tax rate, no effect shall
be included for the tax related to an employee share-based
payment award within the scope of Topic 718 when the deduction
for the award for tax purposes does not equal the cumulative
compensation costs of the award recognized for financial
reporting purposes, significant unusual or infrequently
occurring items that will be reported separately, or for items
that will be reported net of their related tax effect in reports
for the interim period or for the fiscal year. The rate so
determined shall be used in providing for income taxes on a
current year-to-date basis.
30-9 Examples 1 through 2 (see
paragraphs 740-270-55-2 through 55-23) contain illustrations of the
computation of estimated annual effective tax rates beginning in
paragraphs 740-270-55-3; 740-270-55-12; and 740-270-55-19 through
55-20.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Example 1: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Ordinary Income (or Loss) at an Interim Date if Ordinary Income Is Anticipated for the Fiscal Year [ASC 740-270-55-2].
- Example 2: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Ordinary Income (or Loss) at an Interim Date if an Ordinary Loss Is Anticipated for the Fiscal Year [ASC 740-270-55-11].
- Example 3: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Unusual or Infrequently Occurring Items [ASC 740-270-55-24].
- Example 4: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Income (or Loss) From Discontinued Operations at an Interim Date [ASC 740-270-55-29].
The core principle of ASC 740-270 is that the interim period is integral to the entire
financial reporting year. Thus, this chapter describes the general process for
allocating an entity’s annual tax provision to its interim financial statements. A major
part of that process is estimating the entity’s AETR, which is determined and updated in
each interim reporting period.
An entity faces various challenges when estimating its AETR. For example, when estimating
this rate, an entity must also estimate its income by jurisdiction, impact of operating
losses, changes to valuation allowances, and use of tax credits. These estimates are
further complicated when a change in tax law or income tax rates occurs within a
particular interim period. An entity must also consider taxable transactions outside of
ordinary income when calculating discrete tax consequences (or benefits) and recognize
them in the interim period in which they occur and in the appropriate components of the
financial statements. This chapter discusses considerations and complexities when an
entity is accounting for income taxes in interim periods.
7.1.1 The Basic Interim Provision Model
ASC 740-270-25-2 requires entities
to compute tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss) by using an
estimated AETR for each interim period. To calculate its estimated AETR, an entity
must estimate its ordinary income and the related tax expense or benefit for the
full fiscal year. The formula to compute the estimated AETR is as follows:
The estimated AETR is then applied
to YTD ordinary income or loss to compute the YTD tax (or benefit) applicable to
ordinary income or loss as follows:
The interim tax expense (or benefit)
is the difference between current YTD tax (or benefit) and prior YTD tax (or
benefit):
The AETR should also include anticipated ITCs (see ASC 740-270-30-14 and 30-15 for
certain exclusions), FTCs, percentage depletion, capital gains rates, and other
available tax-planning alternatives.
The example below illustrates a typical computation of the AETR and
interim tax expense as determined under ASC 740-270.
Example 7-1
Assume the following:
- The entity anticipates ordinary income of $100,000 for the full fiscal year.
- All income is taxable in the United States at a 21 percent rate. The income is not taxable in any other jurisdiction.
- Estimated tax credits for the fiscal year total $4,000.
- No events that do not have tax consequences are anticipated.
- No changes in estimated ordinary income, tax rates, or tax credits occur during the year.
Computation of the estimated AETR is as follows:
Assuming that ordinary income before tax is $20,000 in each
of the first three quarters and $40,000 in the fourth
quarter, the entity computes quarterly taxes as follows:
7.2 Items Accounted for Separately From the AETR
ASC 740-270
Exclusion of Items From Estimated Annual Effective Tax
Rate
30-10 This
guidance identifies items that are always excluded from the
determination of the estimated annual effective tax rate. This
guidance also specifies the alternatives for including or
excluding certain investment tax credits in the estimated annual
effective tax rate.
Items Always Excluded From Estimated Annual Effective Tax
Rate
30-11 The effects of changes in
judgment about beginning-of-year valuation allowances and
effects of changes in tax laws or rates on deferred tax assets
or liabilities and taxes payable or refundable for prior years
(in the case of a retroactive change) shall be excluded from the
estimated annual effective tax rate calculation.
30-12 Taxes
related to an employee share-based payment award within the
scope of Topic 718 when the deduction for the award for tax
purposes does not equal the cumulative compensation costs of the
award recognized for financial reporting purposes, significant
unusual or infrequently occurring items that will be reported
separately or items that will be reported net of their related
tax effect shall be excluded from the estimated annual effective
tax rate calculation.
30-13 As these
items are excluded from the estimated annual effective tax rate,
Section 740-270-25 requires that the related tax effect be
recognized in the interim period in which they occur. See
Example 3 (paragraph 740-270-55-24) for illustrations of
accounting for these items in the interim period which they
occur.
Certain Tax
Credits
30-14 Certain
investment tax credits may be excluded from the estimated annual
effective tax rate. If an entity includes allowable investment
tax credits as part of its provision for income taxes over the
productive life of acquired property and not entirely in the
year the property is placed in service, amortization of deferred
investment tax credits need not be taken into account in
estimating the annual effective tax rate; however, if the
investment tax credits are taken into account in the estimated
annual effective tax rate, the amount taken into account shall
be the amount of amortization that is anticipated to be included
in income in the current year (see paragraphs 740-10-25-46 and
740-10-45-28).
30-15 Further, paragraphs 842-50-30-1
and 842-50-35-3 through 35-4 require that investment tax credits
related to leases that are accounted for as leveraged leases
shall be deferred and accounted for as return on the net
investment in the leveraged leases in the years in which the net
investment is positive and explains that the use of the term
years is not intended to preclude application of the accounting
described to shorter periods. If an entity accounts for
investment tax credits related to leveraged leases in accordance
with those paragraphs for interim periods, those investment tax
credits shall not be taken into account in estimating the annual
effective tax rate.
Ability to Make Estimates
30-16 This guidance addresses the
consequences of an entity’s inability to reliably estimate some
or all of the information that is ordinarily required to
determine the annual effective tax rate in interim financial
information.
30-17 Paragraph
740-270-25-3 requires that if an entity is unable to estimate a
part of its ordinary income (or loss) or the related tax (or
benefit) but is otherwise able to make a reliable estimate, the
tax (or benefit) applicable to the item that cannot be estimated
be reported in the interim period in which the item is
reported.
30-18 Estimates
of the annual effective tax rate at the end of interim periods
are, of necessity, based on evaluations of possible future
events and transactions and may be subject to subsequent
refinement or revision. If a reliable estimate cannot be made,
the actual effective tax rate for the year to date may be the
best estimate of the annual effective tax rate.
30-19 The
effect of translating foreign currency financial statements may
make it difficult to estimate an annual effective foreign
currency tax rate in dollars. For example, in some cases
depreciation is translated at historical exchange rates, whereas
many transactions included in income are translated at current
period average exchange rates. If depreciation is large in
relation to earnings, a change in the estimated ordinary income
that does not change the effective foreign currency tax rate can
change the effective tax rate in the dollar financial
statements. This result can occur with no change in exchange
rates during the current year if there have been exchange rate
changes in past years. If the entity is unable to estimate its
annual effective tax rate in dollars or is otherwise unable to
make a reliable estimate of its ordinary income (or loss) or of
the related tax (or benefit) for the fiscal year in a
jurisdiction, the tax (or benefit) applicable to ordinary income
(or loss) in that jurisdiction shall be recognized in the
interim period in which the ordinary income (or loss) is
reported.
Effect of Operating Losses
30-20 This guidance addresses changes
to the general methodology to determine income tax expense (or
benefit) in interim financial information as set forth in
paragraph 740-270-30-5 when an entity has experienced or expects
to experience operating losses.
30-21 An entity may have experienced
year-to-date ordinary income (or loss) at the end of any interim
period. These year-to-date actual results of either ordinary
income (or loss) may differ from the results expected by the
entity for either ordinary income (or loss) for the full fiscal
year. This guidance identifies the required methodology for
recording interim period income taxes for each of the four
possible relationships of year-to-date ordinary income (or loss)
and expected full fiscal year ordinary income (or loss). See
Examples 1 through 2 (paragraphs 740-270-55-2 through 55-23) for
example computations in these different situations. This
guidance also establishes income tax benefit limitations when
ordinary losses exist.
Year-to-Date Ordinary Income; Anticipated Ordinary Income
for the Year
30-22 If an
entity has ordinary income for the year to date at the end of an
interim period and anticipates ordinary income for the fiscal
year, the interim period tax shall be computed in accordance
with paragraph 740-270-30-5.
30-23 See
Example 1, Cases A and B1 (paragraphs 740-270-55-4 through 55-6)
for illustrations of the application of these requirements.
Year-to-Date Ordinary Loss; Anticipated Ordinary Income for
the Year
30-24 If an
entity has an ordinary loss for the year to date at the end of
an interim period and anticipates ordinary income for the fiscal
year, the interim period tax benefit shall be computed in
accordance with paragraph 740-270-30-5, except that the
year-to-date tax benefit recognized shall be limited to the
amount determined in accordance with paragraphs 740-270-30-30
through 30-33.
30-25 See
Example 1, Cases B2 and B3 (paragraphs 740-270-55-7 through
55-8) for illustrations of the application of these
requirements.
Year-to-Date Ordinary Income; Anticipated Ordinary Loss for
the Year
30-26 If an
entity has ordinary income for the year to date at the end of an
interim period and anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal
year, the interim period tax shall be computed in accordance
with paragraph 740-270-30-5. The estimated tax benefit for the
fiscal year, used to determine the estimated annual effective
tax rate described in paragraphs 740-270-30-6 through 30-8,
shall not exceed the tax benefit determined in accordance with
paragraphs 740-270-30-30 through 30-33.
30-27 See
Example 2, Cases A2 and C2 (paragraphs 740-270-55-16 and
740-270-55-20) for illustrations of the application of these
requirements.
Year-to-Date Ordinary Loss; Anticipated Ordinary Loss for
the Year
30-28 If an entity has an ordinary loss
for the year to date at the end of an interim period and
anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year, the interim
period tax benefit shall be computed in accordance with
paragraph 740-270-30-5. The estimated tax benefit for the fiscal
year, used to determine the estimated annual effective tax rate
described in paragraphs 740-270-30-6 through 30-8, shall not
exceed the tax benefit determined in accordance with paragraphs
740-270-30-30 through 30-33.
30-29 See
Example 2, Cases A1, B, and C1 (paragraphs 740-270-55-15,
740-270-55-17, and 740-270-55-19) for illustrations of the
application of these requirements.
Determining Income Tax Benefit Limitations
30-30 Paragraph
740-270-25-9 provides that a tax benefit shall be recognized for
a loss that arises early in a fiscal year if the tax benefits
are expected to be either of the following:
- Realized during the year
- Recognizable as a deferred tax asset at the end of the year in accordance with the requirements established in Subtopic 740-10. Paragraph 740-10-30-5(e) requires that a valuation allowance be recognized if it is more likely than not that the tax benefit of some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
30-31 The
limitations described in the preceding paragraph shall be
applied in determining the estimated tax benefit of an ordinary
loss for the fiscal year, used to determine the estimated annual
effective tax rate and the year-to-date tax benefit of a
loss.
30-32 The
reversal of existing taxable temporary differences may be a
source of evidence in determining whether a tax benefit requires
limitation. A deferred tax liability related to existing taxable
temporary differences is a source of evidence for recognition of
a tax benefit when all of the following conditions exist:
- An entity anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year or has a year-to-date ordinary loss in excess of the anticipated ordinary loss for the fiscal year.
- The tax benefit of that loss is not expected to be realized during the year.
- Recognition of a deferred tax asset for that loss at the end of the fiscal year is expected to depend on taxable income from the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences (that is, a higher deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be necessary absent the existing taxable temporary differences).
The requirement to consider the reversal of existing taxable
temporary differences is illustrated in Example 2, Case D (see
paragraph 740-270-55-21).
30-33 If the
tax benefit relates to an estimated ordinary loss for the fiscal
year, it shall be considered in determining the estimated annual
effective tax rate described in paragraphs 740-270-30-6 through
30-8. If the tax benefit relates to a year-to-date ordinary
loss, it shall be considered in computing the maximum tax
benefit that shall be recognized for the year to date.
30-34 See Example 2, Cases A1 and A2;
B; and C1 and C2 (paragraphs 740-270-55-15 through 55-17 and
740-270-55-19 through 55-20) for illustrations of computations
involving operating losses, and Example 1, Cases B2 and B3 (see
paragraphs 740-270-55-7 through 55-8) for illustrations of
special year-to-date limitation computations.
Multiple Tax Jurisdictions
30-35 This
guidance addresses possible changes to the general interim
period income tax expense methodology when an entity is subject
to tax in multiple jurisdictions.
30-36 If an
entity that is subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions pays
taxes based on identified income in one or more individual
jurisdictions, interim period tax (or benefit) related to
consolidated ordinary income (or loss) for the year to date
shall be computed in accordance with the requirements of this
Subtopic using one overall estimated annual effective tax rate
with the following exceptions:
- If in a separate jurisdiction an entity anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year or has an ordinary loss for the year to date for which, in accordance with paragraphs 740-270-30-30 through 30-33, no tax benefit can be recognized, the entity shall exclude ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and the related tax (or benefit) from the overall computations of the estimated annual effective tax rate and interim period tax (or benefit). A separate estimated annual effective tax rate shall be computed for that jurisdiction and applied to ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction in accordance with the methodology otherwise required by this Subtopic.
- If an entity is unable to estimate an annual effective tax rate in a foreign jurisdiction in dollars or is otherwise unable to make a reliable estimate of its ordinary income (or loss) or of the related tax (or benefit) for the fiscal year in a jurisdiction, the entity shall exclude ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and the related tax (or benefit) from the overall computations of the estimated annual effective tax rate and interim period tax (or benefit). The tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction shall be recognized in the interim period in which the ordinary income (or loss) is reported. The tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss) in a jurisdiction may not be limited to tax (or benefit) in that jurisdiction. It might also include tax (or benefit) in another jurisdiction that results from providing taxes on unremitted earnings, foreign tax credits, and so forth.
See Example 5, Cases A; B; and C (paragraphs 740-270-55-39
through 55-43) for illustrations of accounting for income taxes
applicable to ordinary income if an entity is subject to tax in
multiple jurisdictions.
Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to the Cumulative
Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle
30-37 Topic 250
establishes the accounting requirements related to recording the
effect of a change in accounting principle. The guidance in this
Subtopic addresses issues related to the measurement of the tax
effect in interim periods associated with those changes.
30-38 The tax
(or benefit) applicable to the cumulative effect of the change
on retained earnings at the beginning of the fiscal year shall
be computed the same as for the annual financial statements.
30-39 When an
entity makes an accounting change in other than the first
interim period of the entity’s fiscal year, paragraph
250-10-45-14, requires that financial information for the
prechange interim periods of the fiscal year shall be reported
by retrospectively applying the newly adopted accounting
principle to those prechange interim periods. The tax (or
benefit) applicable to those prechange interim periods shall be
recomputed. The revised tax (or benefit) shall reflect the
year-to-date amounts and annual estimates originally used for
the prechange interim periods, modified only for the effect of
the change in accounting principle on those year-to-date and
estimated annual amounts.
Subsequent Measurement
35-1 This
guidance addresses the accounting for interim period income tax
expense (or benefit) in periods subsequent to an entity’s first
interim period within a fiscal year. See Section 740-270-30 for
a description of and requirements related to the determination
of the estimated annual effective tax rate.
35-2 The
estimated annual effective tax rate is described in paragraphs
740-270-30-6 through 30-8. As indicated in paragraph
740-270-30-18, estimates of the annual effective tax rate at the
end of interim periods are, of necessity, based on evaluations
of possible future events and transactions and may be subject to
subsequent refinement or revision. If a reliable estimate cannot
be made, the actual effective tax rate for the year to date may
be the best estimate of the annual effective tax rate.
35-3 As
indicated in paragraph 740-270-30-6, at the end of each
successive interim period the entity shall make its best
estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for
the full fiscal year. As indicated in paragraph 740-270-30-8,
the rate so determined shall be used in providing for income
taxes on a current year-to-date basis. The rate shall be
revised, if necessary, as of the end of each successive interim
period during the fiscal year to the entity’s best current
estimate of its annual effective tax rate.
35-4 As
indicated in paragraph 740-270-30-5, the estimated annual
effective tax rate shall be applied to the year-to-date ordinary
income (or loss) at the end of each interim period to compute
the year-to-date tax (or benefit) applicable to ordinary income
(or loss). The interim period tax (or benefit) related to
ordinary income (or loss) shall be the difference between the
amount so computed and the amounts reported for previous interim
periods of the fiscal year.
35-5 One result
of the year-to-date computation is that, if the tax benefit of
an ordinary loss that occurs in the early portions of the fiscal
year is not recognized because it is more likely than not that
the tax benefit will not be realized, tax is not provided for
subsequent ordinary income until the unrecognized tax benefit of
the earlier ordinary loss is offset (see paragraphs 740-270-25-9
through 25-11). As indicated in paragraph 740-270-30-31, the
limitations described in paragraph 740-270-25-9 shall be applied
in determining the estimated tax benefit of an ordinary loss for
the fiscal year, used to determine the estimated annual
effective tax rate, and the year-to-date tax benefit of a loss.
As indicated in paragraph 740-270-30-33, if the tax benefit
relates to an estimated ordinary loss for the fiscal year, it
shall be considered in determining the estimated annual
effective tax rate described in paragraphs 740-270-30-6 through
30-8. If the tax benefit relates to a year-to-date ordinary
loss, it shall be considered in computing the maximum tax
benefit that shall be recognized for the year to date.
35-6 A change
in judgment that results in subsequent recognition,
derecognition, or change in measurement of a tax position taken
in a prior interim period within the same fiscal year is an
integral part of an annual period and, consequently, shall be
reflected as such under the requirements of this Subtopic. This
requirement differs from the requirement in paragraph
740-10-25-15 applicable to a change in judgment that results in
subsequent recognition, derecognition, or a change in
measurement of a tax position taken in a prior annual period,
which requires that the change (including any related interest
and penalties) be recognized as a discrete item in the period in
which the change occurs.
35-7 See
Example 1, Case C (paragraph 740-270-55-9) for an illustration
of how changes in estimates impact quarterly income tax
computations.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Example 1: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Ordinary Income (or Loss) at an Interim Date if Ordinary Income Is Anticipated for the Fiscal Year [ASC 740-270-55-2].
- Example 2: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Ordinary Income (or Loss) at an Interim Date if an Ordinary Loss Is Anticipated for the Fiscal Year [ASC 740-270-55-11].
- Example 5: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Ordinary Income if an Entity Is Subject to Tax in Multiple Jurisdictions [ASC 740-270-55-37].
- Example 6: Effect of New Tax Legislation [ASC 740-270-55-44].
ASC 740-270-25-2 states:
The tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss)
shall be computed at an estimated annual effective tax rate and the tax (or benefit)
related to all other items shall be individually computed and recognized when
the items occur. [Emphasis added]
The ASC master glossary defines ordinary income (or loss) as follows:
Ordinary income (or loss) refers to income (or loss) from
continuing operations before income taxes (or benefits) excluding significant
unusual or infrequently occurring items. Discontinued operations and cumulative
effects of changes in accounting principles are also excluded from this term.
The term is not used in the income tax context of ordinary income versus capital
gain. The meaning of unusual or infrequently occurring items is consistent with
their use in the definitions of the terms unusual nature and infrequency of
occurrence.[1]
Ordinary income does not include items of comprehensive income outside
of continuing operations (e.g., discontinued operations and OCI). Therefore, the tax
effects of such items are excluded from the AETR. Other tax effects of items reported in
equity are also excluded from the AETR.
Certain items or events related to continuing operations are specifically excluded from
the estimated AETR, and their related tax effects are recognized discretely (i.e.,
numerator excludes tax effect and denominator excludes any pretax book income or loss), including:
- Significant unusual or infrequent items (ASC 740-270-30-8).
- Components of pretax income that are not estimable (ASC 740-270-30-17).
- Exclusion of a jurisdiction from the AETR (ASC 740-270-30-36(a) and (b)).
- Excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies from share-based payment awards (ASC 740-270-30-4).
- Tax-exempt interest.
- Interest expense when interest is classified as income tax expense.
7.2.1 Significant Unusual or Infrequent Items
In accordance with ASC 740-270-30-8, significant unusual or
infrequently occurring (“SUI”) items that are separately reported are specifically
excluded from the definition of ordinary income and are therefore excluded from the
AETR. To qualify for exclusion from the AETR, the item must be:
- Significant.
- Unusual or infrequently occurring:
- Unusual nature — “The underlying event or transaction should possess a high degree of abnormality and be of a type clearly unrelated to, or only incidentally related to, the ordinary and typical activities of the entity, taking into account the environment in which the entity operates” (ASC master glossary).
- Infrequency of occurrence — “The underlying event or transaction should be of a type that would not reasonably be expected to recur in the foreseeable future, taking into account the environment in which the entity operates” (ASC master glossary).
- Separately reported.
An entity records the tax effects of SUI items in the period in
which the items occur and excludes those tax effects from the calculation of the
estimated AETR. The example below illustrates an interim tax provision that includes
an SUI item.
Example 7-2
Assume the following:
- The entity computes its AETR for each quarter of 20X1 on the basis of estimated results expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 20X1.
- The statutory tax rate and AETR in 20X1 is 25 percent.
- In the third quarter, a significant unusual or infrequent loss was realized in the amount of $15,000, and only $10,000 of the loss is deductible for tax purposes.
The AETR estimate of 25 percent applied to ordinary income is
not affected by the significant unusual or infrequent item.
See ASC 740-270-55-24 through 55-36 for other examples.
7.2.2 Components of Pretax Income That Are Not Estimable
Generally, an entity can reliably estimate ordinary income (or loss); however, there
may be instances in which the entity is unable to estimate part of its ordinary
income (or loss). In situations in which an entity is unable to estimate a portion
of its ordinary income (or loss), the guidance in ASC 740-270-25-3 applies:
If an
entity is unable to estimate a part of its ordinary income (or loss) or the
related tax (or benefit) but is otherwise able to make a reliable estimate, the
tax (or benefit) applicable to the item that cannot be estimated shall be
reported in the interim period in which the item is reported.
Accordingly, the pretax amount of ordinary income (or loss) that
cannot be reliably estimated and the related tax effects should be excluded from the
entity’s estimate of its AETR in all periods, and the tax effects of the item
that cannot be estimated should be recorded discretely in the interim period in
which that item is reported.
Examples of such items may include (but are not limited to)
impairment losses and foreign exchange gains or losses that would not already be
excluded from the entity’s estimate of its AETR (e.g., because they are SUI
items).
7.2.3 Exclusion of a Jurisdiction From the AETR
ASC 740-270-30-36 states that for entities subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions,
the “interim period tax (or benefit) related to consolidated ordinary income (or
loss) for the year to date shall be computed . . . using one overall estimated
annual effective tax rate.” However, ASC 740-270-30-36 contains exceptions to this
general guidance, which can lead to the exclusion of a jurisdiction from the
AETR.
7.2.3.1 Loss Jurisdiction for Which No Tax Benefit Can Be Recognized
ASC 740-270-30-36(a) states:
If in a separate jurisdiction an entity
anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year or has an ordinary loss for
the year to date for which, in accordance with paragraphs 740-270-30-30
through 30-33, no tax benefit can be recognized, the entity shall exclude
ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and the related tax (or
benefit) from the overall computations of the estimated annual effective tax
rate and interim period tax (or benefit). A separate estimated annual
effective tax rate shall be computed for that jurisdiction and applied to
ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction in accordance with the
methodology otherwise required by this Subtopic.
An entity must use judgment in determining whether a tax benefit can be
recognized. ASC 740-270-30-30 states that “a tax benefit shall be recognized for
a loss that arises early in a fiscal year if the tax benefits are expected to be
either” (1) “[r]ealized during the year” or (2) “[r]ecognizable as a deferred
tax asset at the end of the year in accordance with the requirements established
in Subtopic 740-10.” See ASC 740-270-30-32 and Example 2, Case D, in ASC
740-270-55-21 for guidance on situations in which, as ASC 740-270-30-32 states,
the “reversal of existing taxable temporary differences may be a source of
evidence in determining whether a tax benefit requires limitation.”
The examples below illustrate the guidance in ASC
740-270-30-36(a) with respect to an entity subject to tax in multiple
jurisdictions, one of which anticipates an ordinary loss for the year. In the
example below, no amount of tax benefit can be recognized for the forecasted
loss; in Example
7-4, however, a tax benefit can be recognized for a portion of
the forecasted loss.
Example 7-3
Assume the following:
- An entity operates through separate corporate entities in three countries: A, B, and C.
- The entity has no unusual or infrequently occurring items during the fiscal year and anticipates no tax credits or events that do not have tax consequences.
- The full year’s forecasted pretax income (loss) and anticipated tax expense (benefit) for the three countries are shown below.
- The entity can reliably estimate its ordinary income (loss) and tax (in dollars) in the three countries for the fiscal year.
- An ordinary loss is anticipated for the current year in Country C. Under ASC 740-270-30-30 through 30-33, no tax benefit can be recognized for this loss. Accordingly, in accordance with ASC 740-270-30-36(a), the corporate entity in Country C is excluded from the computation of the overall AETR.
Computation of the overall estimated AETR is as
follows:
Quarterly tax computations are as
follows:
This example is consistent with Example 5, Case B, in ASC
740-270-55-41.
If an entity is able to recognize any benefit (even a relatively small one)
attributable to the anticipated ordinary loss in a separate jurisdiction, the
entity cannot exclude ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and the
related tax expense from the overall computation of the estimated AETR. When
recognizing a tax benefit for any of the anticipated ordinary loss for
the fiscal year or the ordinary loss for the YTD, an entity must include the
ordinary loss in the separate jurisdiction and the related tax in the
computations of the estimated AETR and interim-period tax (or benefit). When
determining whether any tax benefit can be recognized for an ordinary loss in a
separate jurisdiction, an entity must consider local tax laws and whether a tax
benefit can be recognized for the ordinary loss (e.g., whether the entity can
use the losses in a consolidated tax return, can employ income/loss sharing or
group relief with other entities in the same jurisdiction, can carry back
current-year losses to offset prior-year income, or can recognize a benefit in a
different jurisdiction attributable to the loss jurisdiction).
Example 7-4
Assume the same facts as in Example 7-3 except that
the entity will be able to recognize a small tax benefit
of $1,000 related to the ordinary loss in Country C as a
result of a carryback claim. Because the entity can
recognize some benefit related to the current-year loss,
the income (loss) in Country C should not be removed
from the computation of the overall AETR.
Computation of the overall estimated AETR is as
follows:
Quarterly tax computations are as follows:
7.2.3.1.1 Foreign Losses Providing a Tax Benefit by Reducing a GILTI Inclusion
Questions arise about whether an entity should exclude ordinary losses in
foreign subsidiaries from the estimation of its AETR under ASC
740-270-30-36(a) if the entity concludes that it is not more likely than not
that the entity will realize the tax benefits of losses in those foreign
jurisdictions, but those losses will provide tax benefits for U.S. tax
purposes by reducing the entity’s GILTI inclusion.
We believe that there are two acceptable views.
Under one view, both the loss from the foreign subsidiary and the
corresponding U.S. tax benefit related to the reduction in the GILTI
inclusion would be contemplated in the estimation of the AETR. ASC
740-270-30-36(b) states, in part:
The tax (or benefit) related to
ordinary income (or loss) in a jurisdiction may not be limited to tax
(or benefit) in that jurisdiction. It might also include tax (or
benefit) in another jurisdiction that results from providing taxes on
unremitted earnings, foreign tax credits, and so forth.
Accordingly, because there is a benefit in the U.S. jurisdiction, ordinary
losses and the related U.S. benefit derived by reduced GILTI inclusion would
be included in the overall AETR.
Under the alternative view, however, the U.S. tax benefit related to the
reduction in GILTI inclusion would be included in the estimation of the
AETR, but the ordinary loss from the foreign subsidiary would not. ASC
740-270-30-36(a) states:
If in a separate jurisdiction an entity
anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year or has an ordinary loss
for the year to date for which, in accordance with paragraphs
740-270-30-30 through 30-33, no tax benefit can be recognized, the
entity shall exclude ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and
the related tax (or benefit) from the overall computations of the
estimated annual effective tax rate and interim period tax (or benefit).
A separate estimated annual effective tax rate shall be computed for
that jurisdiction and applied to ordinary income (or loss) in that
jurisdiction in accordance with the methodology otherwise required by
this Subtopic [ASC 740-270].
Under this second view, because the guidance in ASC 740-270-30-36 appears to
suggest application on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, the ordinary
loss from the loss jurisdiction and the related tax (or benefit) in that
separate jurisdiction would be excluded. However, the U.S. tax benefit
related to the reduction in GILTI inclusion would be included in the
estimation of the AETR unless the U.S. jurisdiction is also a loss
jurisdiction.
7.2.3.1.2 Zero-Tax-Rate Jurisdictions and Nontaxable Entities
ASC 740 does not provide explicit guidance on how to adjust a parent entity’s
consolidated estimated AETR (if at all) when a portion of its business is
conducted by entities that either are operating in a zero-tax-rate
jurisdiction or are nontaxable.
The exception in ASC 740-270-30-36(a) should not be extended
to exclude nontaxable entities or entities that are operating in a
zero-tax-rate jurisdiction from the overall computation of the AETR. We do
not believe that the exception in ASC 740-270-30-36(a) (discussed in
Section 7.2.3.1) is applicable in
such circumstances because this paragraph contains a cross-reference to the
discussion on realizability of a benefit for current-year losses in ASC
740-270-30-30 through 30-33 and does not focus on nontaxable entities or
entities operating in a zero-tax-rate jurisdiction for which no benefit
would inherently be recorded. Accordingly, such entities should generally be
reflected in the computation of an entity’s AETR regardless of whether they
have a profit or loss for the year.
Example 7-5
Entity P is a nontaxable flow-through entity that has
a wholly owned subsidiary, S, a taxable C
corporation that operates in a jurisdiction in which
the tax rate is 25 percent. Estimated annual pretax
income for P and S is $900 and $100, respectively.
Estimated annual consolidated pretax income and tax
expense are $1,000 and $25, respectively, resulting
in an estimated AETR of 2.5 percent. The YTD pretax
income of P and S is $370 and $30, respectively. The
YTD interim tax expense is $10 ($400 YTD
consolidated pretax income multiplied by 2.5
percent).
Example 7-6
Entity P operates in a jurisdiction in which the tax
rate is 25 percent and has a wholly owned
subsidiary, S, that operates in a jurisdiction in
which the tax rate is 0 percent. Estimated annual
pretax income (loss) for P and S is $1,100 and
($100), respectively. Estimated annual consolidated
pretax income and tax expense are $1,000 and $275,
respectively, resulting in an annual estimated AETR
of 27.5 percent. The YTD pretax income (loss) for P
and S is $430 and ($30), respectively. The YTD
interim tax expense is $110 ($400 YTD consolidated
pretax income multiplied by 27.5 percent).
7.2.3.2 Inability to Estimate AETR in Dollars or Unreliable Estimate of Ordinary Income (or Loss) or Related Tax Expense (or Benefit)
ASC 740-270-30-36(b) states:
If an entity is unable to estimate an annual
effective tax rate in a foreign jurisdiction in dollars or is otherwise
unable to make a reliable estimate of its ordinary income (or loss) or of
the related tax (or benefit) for the fiscal year in a jurisdiction, the
entity shall exclude ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and the
related tax (or benefit) from the overall computations of the estimated
annual effective tax rate and interim period tax (or benefit). The tax (or
benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction shall be
recognized in the interim period in which the ordinary income (or loss) is
reported. The tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss) in a
jurisdiction may not be limited to tax (or benefit) in that jurisdiction. It
might also include tax (or benefit) in another jurisdiction that results
from providing taxes on unremitted earnings, foreign tax credits, and so
forth.
ASC 740-270-30-36(b) provides additional exceptions to the general rule that the
interim period tax (or benefit) related to consolidated ordinary income (or
loss) for the YTD should be computed by using one overall estimated AETR. It
indicates that if an entity is (1) unable to estimate an AETR in a foreign
jurisdiction in dollars or (2) unable to make a reliable estimate of (a) its
ordinary income (or loss) or (b) the related tax (or benefit) for the fiscal
year, the entity should exclude that jurisdiction from the overall AETR.
An entity may not be able to reliably estimate an AETR in a
foreign jurisdiction in dollars2 if the relevant foreign exchange rate is highly volatile. The
determination of what constitutes a “reliable estimate” is a matter of
judgment.
7.2.4 Excess Tax Benefits and Deficiencies Related to Share-Based Payment Awards
When a share-based payment award is granted to an employee, the fair value of the
award is generally recognized over the vesting period, and a corresponding DTA is
recognized to the extent that the award is tax deductible. The tax deduction is
generally based on the intrinsic value at the time of exercise (for an option) or on
the fair value upon vesting of the award (for restricted stock), and it can be
either greater (excess tax benefit) or less (tax deficiency) than the compensation
cost recognized in the financial statements.
ASC 740-270-30-4, ASC 740-270-30-8, and ASC 740-270-30-12 require entities to account
for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as discrete items in the period in
which they occur (i.e., entities should exclude them from the AETR). Therefore, the
effects of expected future excesses and deficiencies should not be anticipated. The
tax effects of the expected compensation expense should be included in the AETR.
Example 7-7
If, in the first quarter, an exercise of stock options
results in a tax deficiency, but it is anticipated that in
the second quarter a large excess tax benefit will result,
an entity should still record an income tax expense related
to the tax deficiency in the first quarter. In the second
quarter, if an excess tax benefit does result, the income
tax expense recorded in the first quarter resulting from the
deficiency can be reversed as income tax benefit.
7.2.4.1 Interim Tax Effects of Awards Expected to Expire Unexercised During the Year
When estimating the AETR for the current interim period, an
entity should not include the estimated effects of the expiration of awards
expected to occur in a future interim period. For example, if share-based
payment awards are expected to expire unexercised in the second quarter because
they are “deep out of the money,” the entity should not consider the anticipated
income tax expense as a result of the write-off of the related DTAs when
estimating the AETR to compute the tax provision for the first quarter. Instead,
the entity should record the income tax expense related to the write-off of the
DTA upon expiration of an award in the period in which the awards expire
unexercised. See Chapter
10 for general guidance on the accounting for income taxes
associated with share-based payments and Section 10.2.4.2 for guidance related to
the accounting for awards that expire unexercised.
7.2.4.2 Measuring the Excess Tax Benefit or Tax Deficiency Associated With Share-Based Compensation: Tax Credits and Other Items That Affect the ETR
Entities may receive tax credits or deductions for qualifying expenditures, which
often include employee share-based compensation costs (e.g., the research and
experimentation credit and the FDII deduction) that lower the entity’s ETR and
can affect the determination of the excess tax benefit or tax deficiency that
must be (1) accounted for under ASC 718-740-35-2 and (2) treated as a discrete
item in the period in which the excess tax benefit or tax deficiency occurs.
Accordingly, the excess tax benefit or deficiency of a share-based compensation
deduction may differ from the amount computed on the basis of the applicable
jurisdiction’s statutory tax rate multiplied by the excess or deficiency of the
tax compensation deduction over an award’s corresponding compensation costs
recognized for financial reporting purposes (e.g., “direct tax effects”).
Under U.S. GAAP, there are several acceptable approaches to
determining the excess tax benefits or deficiencies that must be accounted for
discretely under ASC 718-740-35-2:
-
One acceptable approach is to consider only the direct tax effects of the share-based compensation deduction. Under this approach, an entity would multiply its applicable income tax rate, as described in ASC 740-10-30-8, by the amount of cumulative share-based compensation cost and the deduction reported on a tax return to determine the amount of the DTA and the actual tax benefit, respectively. The income tax rate for each award should be computed on the basis of the rates applicable in each tax jurisdiction, as appropriate. Under this approach, the indirect effects of the deduction are not considered. The actual tax benefit is computed by multiplying the tax deduction by the applicable income tax rate in effect in the period in which the award is settled, which, in the absence of a change in enacted tax rate or tax law, would generally equal the rate used when the associated DTA was recognized (e.g., the jurisdiction’s statutory tax rate).
-
A second acceptable approach would be to perform a full ASC 740 “with-and-without” computation. Under this approach, the entire incremental tax effect of the actual tax deduction would be compared with the entire incremental tax effect of the cumulative amount of compensation cost recognized for book purposes as if it were the actual tax deduction. The difference would be the amount of excess tax benefit or tax deficiency.
-
A third acceptable alternative would be to compare the entire incremental tax effect of the actual tax deduction with the DTA recognized to determine the excess tax benefit or tax deficiency.
Use of one of the approaches described above to measure the excess tax benefit or
tax deficiency constitutes an accounting policy that should be applied
consistently to all awards and related tax effects.
7.2.5 Tax-Exempt Interest
It is acceptable for an entity to either include or exclude tax-exempt interest
income when computing its estimated AETR. However, if tax-exempt interest income is
included in ordinary income, we believe that the resulting tax benefit (permanent
difference) should be included in the calculation of the estimated AETR. Whichever
method is elected should be consistently applied.
As described in paragraph 80 of Interpretation 18, the FASB did not provide explicit
guidance requiring a specific approach and instead stated, “the accounting practice
. . . for tax-exempt interest income in interim periods appears to be uniform.”
Comments received from respondents suggest that the common practice at the time
among financial institutions was to exclude tax-exempt interest income from the
estimated tax rate calculation.
7.2.6 Interest Expense When Interest Is Classified as Income Tax Expense
ASC 740-10-45-25 indicates that interest recognized for the underpayment of income
taxes can be classified in the statement of operations as either income tax or
interest expense, depending on the entity’s accounting policy election.
An entity that has adopted an accounting policy to include interest
expense for the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income taxes in
accordance with ASC 740-270 should not recognize interest expense through the
estimated AETR for interim reporting purposes. This is because the interest expense
relates to prior-year UTBs and is not based on taxes for current-year income and
expense amounts. This conclusion was confirmed with the SEC staff.
Footnotes
[1]
Although the phrase “unusual or infrequently occurring
items” is consistent with the definition in ASC 220 of “infrequency of
occurrence” and “unusual nature,” the reference in ASC 220 applies to
items that are not classified as a separate component of continuing
operations.
2
Although the standard refers to “dollars,” we believe
that this concept would apply to any reporting entity that has
difficulty estimating an AETR in a foreign jurisdiction in its
reporting currency.
7.3 Items Excluded in Part From the AETR
Certain items that may affect the AETR can also result in amounts recorded separately
from the AETR, such as certain changes in:
- Valuation allowances (ASC 740-270-30-7, ASC 740-270-30-11, and ASC 740-270-25-4).
- Tax laws and rates (ASC 740-270-25-5 and ASC 740-270-30-11).
- Changes in recognition and measurement of UTBs.
- Assertions related to outside basis difference exceptions.
These events often affect both beginning-of-the-year tax balances as well as taxes
related to current-year activities.
7.3.1 Valuation Allowances
ASC 740-270-30-7 states that “[t]he tax effect of a valuation allowance expected to
be necessary” at the end of the year for a DTA originating in the current year
should be included in the AETR.
A valuation allowance on beginning-of-the-year DTAs may increase or decrease during
the year. ASC 740-270-30-11 states that “[t]he effects of changes in judgment about
beginning-of-year valuation allowances . . . shall be excluded from the estimated
annual effective tax rate calculation.” However, ASC 740-270-25-4 indicates that
“[t]he tax benefit of an operating loss carryforward from prior years shall be
included in the effective tax rate computation if the tax benefit is expected to be
realized as a result of ordinary income in the current year” (emphasis
added).
The examples below illustrate this concept.
Example 7-8
Valuation Allowance on Originating DTA
Assume that during the first quarter of
fiscal year 20X1, Entity A, operating in a tax jurisdiction
with a 50 percent tax rate, generates a tax credit of $3,000
that, under tax law, will expire at the end of 20X2. At the
end of the first quarter of 20X1, available evidence about
the future indicates that taxable income of $1,000 and
$3,000 will be generated during 20X1 and 20X2, respectively.
Therefore, a valuation allowance of $1,000 [$3,000 tax
credit – ($4,000 combined forecasted taxable income of 20X1
and 20X2 × 50%)] will be necessary at the end of 20X1. The
estimated pretax book income for the full fiscal year is
$10,000. The $9,000 difference between book income and
taxable income is attributable to tax-exempt income.
Because the valuation allowance relates to the tax attribute
originating during the current year, the tax consequences of
the $1,000 valuation allowance on the credits are included
in the AETR.
The AETR and first-quarter tax expense are computed as
follows:
Thus, if pretax accounting income is $5,000 during the first
quarter of 20X1, a benefit for income taxes of $750 ($5,000
× [–15%]) would be recognized and net income of $5,750 would
be reported for that interim period.
Example 7-9
Decrease in Valuation Allowance on Beginning-of-the-Year
DTAs
Assume the following:
- At the beginning of fiscal year 20X1, Entity X has a DTA of $4,000 that relates to $20,000 of NOLs that all expire in 20X5. A full valuation allowance is recorded against the DTA because X believes, on the basis of the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the DTA will not be realized.
- Entity X has no other DTAs or DTLs.
- Entity X’s tax rate is 20 percent.
- At the beginning of the year, X estimates that it will earn $1,000 of income before tax in each of the quarters in 20X1.
- Income before tax for the first quarter of 20X1 totals $1,000.
- Income before tax for the second quarter of 20X1 totals $1,000.
- At the end of the second quarter, X estimates, on the basis of new evidence, that it will earn $30,000 of taxable income in 20X2–20X4. Accordingly, X concludes that it is more likely than not that all of its DTAs will be realized.
- The AETR is 0% ($0 projected tax expense ÷ $4,000 forecasted income).
The following table illustrates X’s tax expense (or benefit)
in each of the four quarters of 20X1:
Because X estimated that it will earn income
of $1,000 in each quarter in the current year, $800 of
valuation allowance will be reduced through the AETR ($4,000
projected annual income × 20% tax rate) in accordance with
ASC 740-270-25-4. Also in accordance with ASC 740-270-25-4,
the remaining valuation allowance of $3,200 will be reduced
discretely in the second quarter because the reduction is
resulting from changes in judgment over
the realizability of the DTA in future years.
Example 7-10
Increase in Valuation Allowance on Beginning-of-the-Year
DTAs
Assume that Entity B operates in a tax jurisdiction with a 50
percent tax rate and is computing its ETR for fiscal year
20X2 at the end of its first quarter. At the end of the
previous year, 20X1, B recorded a DTA of $4,000 for a tax
credit carryforward generated in that year that, according
to tax law, expires in 20X3, and B reduced that DTA by a
valuation allowance of $1,000 on the basis of an estimate of
taxable income of $3,000 in 20X2 and $3,000 in 20X3.
At the end of the first quarter of 20X2, assume that B’s
estimate of future taxable income expected in 20X3 is
revised from $3,000 to $2,000, and B’s estimate of taxable
income expected in 20X2 continues to be $3,000. Pretax book
income and taxable income for 20X2 are expected to be the
same, and no new tax credits are expected during the year.
Because the additional valuation allowance of $500 ($1,000
reduction in estimated 20X3 taxable income × 50%) relates to
a change in judgment about the realizability of the related
DTA in future years, the entire effect is recognized during
the first quarter of 20X2. Thus, if B had pretax accounting
income of $2,000 in the first quarter of 20X2 and its AETR
for the full fiscal year is 50 percent, it would record
income tax expense of $1,500, as computed below, and net
income of $500 for the first quarter of 20X2.
7.3.1.1 Recognition of the Tax Benefit of a Loss in an Interim Period
Under ASC 740-270-25-9, the “tax effects of losses that arise in
the early portion of a fiscal year shall be recognized only when the tax
benefits are expected to be . . . [r]ealized” either during the current year or
“as a deferred tax asset at the end of the year.” ASC 740-270-25-10 indicates
that an “established seasonal pattern of loss in early interim periods offset by
income in later interim periods” is generally sufficient to support a conclusion
that realization of the tax benefit from the early losses is more likely than
not. In addition, in accordance with ASC 740-270-30-31, limitations on the
recognition of a DTA are “applied in determining the estimated tax benefit of an
ordinary loss for the fiscal year.” This benefit is “used to determine the
estimated annual effective tax rate and the year-to-date tax benefit of a loss.”
The term “ordinary loss” in this context excludes SUI items that will be
separately reported or reported net of their related tax effects. The tax
benefit of losses incurred in early interim periods would not be recognized in
those interim periods if available evidence indicates that the income is not
expected in later interim periods.
If the tax benefits of losses that are incurred in early interim periods of a
fiscal year are not recognized in those interim periods, an entity should not
provide income tax expense on income generated in later interim periods until
the tax effects of the previous losses are offset. In accordance with ASC
740-270-30-7, the “tax effect of a valuation allowance expected to be necessary
for a deferred tax asset” at the end of a fiscal year for deductible temporary
differences and carryforwards that originate during the current fiscal year
should be spread throughout the fiscal year by an adjustment to the AETR.
7.3.2 Changes in Tax Laws and Rates Occurring in Interim Periods
Under ASC 740-270-25-5, the effects of new legislation are
recognized upon enactment, which in the U.S. federal jurisdiction is the date the
president signs a tax bill into law. The tax effects of a change in tax laws or
rates on taxes currently payable or refundable for the current year are reflected in
the computation of the AETR beginning in the first interim period that includes the
enactment date of the new legislation. The effect of a change in tax laws or rates
on a DTL or DTA is recognized as a discrete item in the interim period that includes
the enactment date and accordingly is not allocated among interim periods remaining
in the fiscal year by an adjustment of the AETR. If the effective date of a change
in tax law differs from the enactment date, affected DTAs or DTLs are remeasured in
the interim period that includes enactment; however, the remeasurement should
include only the effects of the change on items that are expected to reverse after
the effective date. For example, if an entity has two temporary differences that may
be affected by a tax law change and expects one to reverse before the effective date
of the change and the other to reverse after the effective date, the one that
reverses after the effective date would be remeasured for the change in tax law in
the interim period of enactment.
7.3.2.1 Retroactive Changes in Tax Laws
Certain changes in tax laws are applied retroactively. When provisions of a new
tax law are effective retroactively, they can affect both the current-year
measure of tax expense or benefit (either current or deferred) and the tax
expense or benefit attributable to income recognized in prior annual periods
that ended after the effective date of the retroactive legislation. The effect
(if any) on the prior annual period is recognized in the interim period (and
annual period) that includes the date of enactment. Such an effect might be
reflected as a change to current tax accounts, deferred tax accounts, or both.
Amounts pertaining to the prior annual accounting period must be recognized
entirely in the period that includes the enactment date and should not be
reflected in the current-period AETR.
When retroactive legislation is enacted in an interim period before the fourth
quarter of the annual accounting period, the effect on the current annual
accounting period is generally recognized by updating the AETR in the period of
enactment for the effect of the retrospective legislation. That updated AETR is
then applied to the YTD ordinary income through the end of the interim period
that includes the enactment date. The cumulative amount of tax expense or
benefit for the current year is then adjusted to this amount, which effectively
“catches up” the prior interim periods for the change in law. The impact on the
entity’s balance sheet should be consistent with its normal policy for adjusting
the balance sheet accounts (current and deferred) on an interim basis. For
further discussion, see Section 7.5.3.
In certain circumstances, an entity may not recognize an effect of a retroactive
change in tax law related to the current annual accounting period by updating
the AETR. For example:
- SUI items that are separately reported are specifically excluded from the definition of ordinary income and are therefore excluded from the AETR (see Section 7.2.1).
- An entity may be unable to estimate part of its ordinary income (or loss). The pretax amount of ordinary income (or loss) that cannot be reliably estimated and the related tax effects should be excluded from the entity’s estimate of its AETR in all periods, and the tax effects of the item that cannot be estimated should be recorded discretely (see Section 7.2.2).
- An entity may be unable to estimate an AETR in a foreign jurisdiction in dollars or may be unable to make a reliable estimate of its ordinary income (or loss) or of the related tax (or benefit) for the fiscal year in a jurisdiction. ASC 740-270-30-36(b) indicates that in these cases, “[t]he tax (or benefit) related to ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction shall be recognized in the interim period in which the ordinary income (or loss) is reported” (see Section 7.2.3.2).
- Entities are required to account for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payment awards as discrete items in the period in which they occur (see Section 7.2.4).
- An entity might not use the AETR approach to account for its interim income tax provision (generally because the entity cannot make a reliable estimate; see Section 7.5.1).
In these situations, an entity would be required to determine the actual effect
of retrospective legislation on income tax expense (or benefit) and balance
sheet income tax accounts.
An entity that has not yet issued its report for the interim or annual period
that ended before enactment cannot consider the enactment in preparing that
report; however, the effect that the retroactive legislation will have on the
period being reported should still be disclosed. To determine the amount to
disclose in such circumstances, the entity generally must perform computations
similar to those described above.
The example below illustrates the accounting for a change in tax
rate retroactive to interim periods of the current year.
Example 7-11
Entity C, operating in a tax jurisdiction with a 35
percent tax rate, is computing its AETR for each quarter
of 20X2. Entity C’s estimated annual ordinary pretax
income is $8,000, which it earns in equal amounts during
each quarter of fiscal year 20X2. At the end of the
previous year, C recorded a DTA of $350 for a $1,000
liability on the financial statements that is deductible
on the tax return when paid. As the payments are made,
they reduce the liability throughout the year, as shown
in the following table:
Entity C has another temporary difference related to an
accumulated hedging loss in the statement of OCI. The
following table summarizes the gain (loss) activity
during each quarter of 20X2:
The table below illustrates C’s estimated AETR
calculation for fiscal year 20X2 at the end of the first
quarter. As discussed in Section 7.2, the changes in OCI are
excluded from the AETR calculation.
Estimated AETR Calculation on March 31, 20X2
Estimated Change in DTA on March 31, 20X2
At the end of May, legislation was enacted that increased
the tax rate for 20X2 and years thereafter to 40
percent. The effect of the change in the tax rate
related to the DTA is recognized on the enactment date
as a discrete item, and the effect of the change on
taxes currently payable is recognized by adjusting the
AETR in the interim period of the change.
On the enactment date, the balance sheet liability was
$900 and the cumulative loss in OCI was $500. The
following table illustrates the calculation of the
deferred tax expense that is recorded as a discrete
amount and the amount that is recognized through the
AETR:
Estimated Change in DTA on June 30, 20X2
Estimated AETR Calculation
Because of the enacted tax rate increase, the DTA related
to the cumulative $500 loss in OCI for hedging activity
on the enactment date must also be adjusted. The $25 tax
benefit ($500 cumulative loss × 5% change in tax rate)
related to the adjustment to the DTA for the tax rate
increase is a discrete item that is part of continuing
operations and therefore affects the tax expense in the
quarter of enactment.
The following table summarizes the quarterly income tax
on the basis of the above calculations:
Quarterly ETR Calculation
Quarterly OCI Changes
The effect of the change in tax rates should be (1)
reported as a separate line item in income tax expense
from continuing operations or (2) disclosed in the
footnotes. For further discussion, see Chapter 14.
7.3.2.2 Impact of Delayed Effective Dates and the Administrative Implementation of New Legislation
ASC 740-270-55-49 states, in part:
The
effect of the new legislation shall be reflected in the computation of the
annual effective tax rate beginning in the first interim period that
includes the enactment date of the new legislation.
ASC 740-270-55-45 through 55-49 illustrate this guidance:
ASC 740-270
Legislation Effective in a Future Interim
Period
55-45 The
assumed facts applicable to this Example follow.55-46 For the
full fiscal year, an entity anticipates ordinary income
of $100,000. All income is taxable in one jurisdiction
at a 50 percent rate. Anticipated tax credits for the
fiscal year total $10,000. No events that do not have
tax consequences are anticipated.
55-47
Computation of the estimated annual effective tax rate
applicable to ordinary income is as follows.
55-48
Further, assume that new legislation creating additional
tax credits is enacted during the second quarter of the
entity's fiscal year. The new legislation is effective
on the first day of the third quarter. As a result of
the estimated effect of the new legislation, the entity
revises its estimate of its annual effective tax rate to
the following.
55-49 The effect of the new
legislation shall be reflected in the computation of the
annual effective tax rate beginning in the first interim
period that includes the enactment date of the new
legislation. Accordingly, quarterly tax computations are
as follows.
7.3.3 Changes in Judgment Related to UTBs
An entity may change its judgment regarding (1) the validity of a tax position based
on the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold or (2) the measurement of the
greatest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized in a
negotiated settlement with the taxing authority.
For interim financial reporting purposes, the accounting for a change in judgment
about a tax position taken or to be taken in the current year is different from the
accounting for a change in judgment about a tax position taken in a prior fiscal
year. To maintain consistency with the existing requirements of ASC 740-270 for
interim reporting, ASC 270, ASC 740-10-25-15, and ASC 740-270-35-6 require the
following accounting:
- The effect of a change in judgment regarding a tax position taken in a prior fiscal year is recorded entirely in the interim period in which the judgment changes (similarly to taxes on an SUI item).
- The effect of a change in judgment regarding a tax position taken in a prior interim period in the same fiscal year is allocated to the current and subsequent interim periods by inclusion in the revised AETR.
7.3.3.1 Changes in Judgment Regarding a Tax Position Taken in the Current Year
The example below demonstrates changes in judgment regarding a
tax position taken in the current year.
Example 7-12
In the first quarter of 20X7, an entity:
- Estimates that its ordinary income for fiscal year 20X7 will be $4,000 ($1,000 per quarter). Assume a tax rate of 25 percent.
-
Enters into a transaction that is expected to permanently reduce its 20X7 taxable income by $1,000; thus, its total tax expense for the year is expected to be $750, or ($4,000 - $1,000) × 25%. Assume that the transaction meets the recognition threshold and that the full $250 will be recognized under ASC 740.
Accordingly, for each quarter in 20X7 (provided that
earnings are ratable), ordinary income and income tax
expense are expected to be $1,000 and $188,
respectively.
During the second quarter of 20X7, the entity receives
new information indicating that the tax position related
to the $1,000 deduction no longer meets the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold but does meet
the minimum threshold required to avoid penalties if the
position is taken on the tax return; thus, the company
intends to still take the uncertain tax position on the
20X7 tax return. Therefore, in preparing its
second-quarter financial statements, the entity updates
its estimate of the AETR as follows:
On the basis of the new information received in the
second quarter, the entity should report the following
ordinary income and income tax expense for each quarter
during 20X7:
The effect of the change in judgment over a tax position
taken in the current fiscal year is recognized by
changing the estimated AETR to 25 percent, which does
not reflect any benefit for the tax position. Of the
$250 total change representing the loss of the tax
benefit previously thought to be more likely than not, a
$125 UTB is recognized in the second quarter and the
remaining UTB of $125 is recognized in the third and
fourth quarters.
7.3.3.2 Changes in Judgment Regarding a Tax Position Taken in the Prior Year
The example below demonstrates changes in judgment regarding a
tax position taken in the prior year.
Example 7-13
In the first quarter of 20X7, an entity estimates that
its AETR for the year will be 30 percent.
In the second quarter of 20X7, the entity receives new
information indicating that a tax position taken in 20X6
no longer meets the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold. The benefit recognized for that tax position
in the 20X6 financial statements was $400. No similar
tax positions were taken or are expected to be taken in
20X7.
Assuming that ordinary income for each of the quarters is
$1,000, the entity determines income tax expense in each
of the quarters in 20X7 as follows:
The effect of the change in judgment regarding the tax
position taken in 20X6 is recorded as a discrete item in
the second quarter of 20X7, the period in which the
judgment changed, and does not affect the AETR to be
applied to 20X7 ordinary income.
7.3.4 Changes in an Indefinite Reinvestment Assertion
An entity may change its indefinite reinvestment assertion related
to an investment in a foreign subsidiary or foreign corporate joint venture that is
essentially permanent in duration. For interim income tax reporting purposes, the
DTL related to the beginning-of-the-year outside basis difference that is expected
to reverse in the foreseeable future is recorded as a discrete item in the period of
the change in assertion. However, the amounts pertaining to the current year (e.g.,
current-year earnings) will be captured within the estimated AETR in accordance with
ASC 740-270-35-6. For the same reasons discussed in Section 6.2.4.1, the adjustment for the
beginning-of-the-year outside basis difference is (1) generally allocated to
continuing operations and (2) calculated by using the exchange rate at the beginning
of the year.
7.4 Intraperiod Tax Allocation in Interim Periods
ASC 740-270
45-1 Subtopic 740-20 establishes
requirements to allocate total income tax expense (or benefit)
of an entity for a period to different components of
comprehensive income and shareholders’ equity. That process is
referred to as intraperiod tax allocation. This Section
addresses that required allocation of income tax expense (or
benefit) in interim periods.
45-2 Section 740-20-45 describes
the method of applying tax allocation within a period. The tax
allocation computation shall be made using the estimated fiscal
year ordinary income together with unusual items, infrequently
occurring items, and discontinued operations for the
year-to-date period.
45-3 Discontinued operations
that will be presented net of related tax effects in the
financial statements for the fiscal year shall be presented net
of related tax effects in interim financial statements. Unusual
or infrequently occurring items that will be separately
disclosed in the financial statements for the fiscal year shall
be separately disclosed as a component of pretax income from
continuing operations, and the tax (or benefit) related to those
items shall be included in the tax (or benefit) related to
continuing operations. See paragraphs 740-270-25-12 through
25-14 for interim period recognition guidance when an entity has
a significant unusual or infrequently occurring loss or a loss
from discontinued operations. See paragraphs 740-270-45-7
through 45-8 for the application of interim period allocation
requirements to recognized income tax expense (or benefit) and
discontinued operations. See Example 7 (paragraph 740-270-55-52)
for an illustration of the income statement display of these
items.
45-4 Paragraph 740-20-45-3
requires that the manner of reporting the tax benefit of an
operating loss carryforward recognized in a subsequent year
generally is determined by the source of the income in that year
and not by the source of the operating loss carryforward or the
source of expected future income that will result in realization
of a deferred tax asset for the operating loss carryforward. The
tax benefit is allocated first to reduce tax expense from
continuing operations to zero with any excess allocated to the
other source(s) of income that provides the means of
realization, for example, discontinued operations, other
comprehensive income, and so forth. That requirement also
pertains to reporting the tax benefit of an operating loss
carryforward in interim periods.
45-5 Paragraph 740-270-25-11
establishes the requirement that when the tax effects of losses
that arise in the early portions of a fiscal year are not
recognized in that interim period, no tax provision shall be
made for income that arises in later interim periods until the
tax effects of the previous interim losses are utilized.
Specific Requirements Applicable to Discontinued
Operations
45-6 This guidance addresses
specific requirements for the intraperiod allocation of income
taxes in interim periods when there are discontinued
operations.
45-7 When an entity reports
discontinued operations, the computations described in
paragraphs 740-270-25-12 through 25-14, 740-270-30-11 through
30-13, and 740-270-45-2 through 45-3 shall be the basis for the
tax (or benefit) related to the income (or loss) from operations
of the discontinued operation before the date on which the
criteria in paragraph 205-20-45-1E are met.
45-8 Income (or loss) from
operations of the discontinued operation, prior to the interim
period in which the date on which the criteria in paragraph
205-20-45-1E are met occurs, will have been included in ordinary
income (or loss) of prior periods and thus will have been
included in the estimated annual effective tax rate and tax (or
benefit) calculations described in Sections 740-270-30 and
740-270-35 applicable to ordinary income. The total tax (or
benefit) provided in the prior interim periods shall not be
recomputed but shall be divided into two components, applicable
to the remaining ordinary income (or loss) and to the income (or
loss) from operations of the discontinued operation as follows.
A revised estimated annual effective tax rate and resulting tax
(or benefit) shall be computed, in accordance with Sections
740-270-30 and 740-270-35 applicable to ordinary income, for the
remaining ordinary income (or loss), on the basis of the
estimates applicable to such operations used in the original
calculations for each prior interim period. The tax (or benefit)
related to the operations of the discontinued operation shall be
the total of:
- The difference between the tax (or benefit) originally computed for ordinary income (or loss) and the recomputed amount for the remaining ordinary income (or loss)
- The tax computed in accordance with paragraphs 740-270-25-12 through 25-14; 740-270-30-11 through 30-13; and 740-270-45-2 through 45-3 for any unusual or infrequently occurring items of the discontinued operation.
See Example 4 (paragraph 740-270-55-29) for an illustration of
accounting for income taxes applicable to income (or loss) from
discontinued operations at an interim date.
The requirements within ASC 740-20 to allocate the total income tax
expense (or benefit) of an entity to different components of comprehensive income and
shareholder’s equity are applicable to interim periods (the “with-and-without”
intraperiod allocation model; see Chapter 6). ASC 740-270-45-2 states, in part, that “[t]he tax allocation
computation shall be made using the estimated fiscal year ordinary income together with
unusual items, infrequently occurring items, and discontinued operations for the
year-to-date period.”
The intraperiod allocation of tax effects in an earlier quarter may be
revised in a later quarter. For example, a tax effect may be allocated to an item other
than income from continuing operations during the first quarter of the fiscal year.
However, as a result of the occurrence of unanticipated events in a later quarter of the
same fiscal year, the allocation of the tax effect to that item could change (e.g., a
component classified as a discontinued operation might be sold in the current year,
whereas the entity’s initial expectation was that it would not be sold until the
subsequent year). The change in tax effect should be reflected as an adjustment of the
original allocation. The objective should be to properly reflect the intraperiod
allocation of tax expense for the annual period. The intraperiod tax allocation should
be adjusted at each interim date, if necessary, to achieve that goal.
This approach is consistent with the example in ASC 740-270-55-28, which illustrates the
accounting in interim periods for income taxes applicable to unusual or infrequently
occurring items. However, this conclusion does not apply to the interim-period effects
of changes in tax law or rates. As discussed in ASC 740-10-45-17, the effects of changes
in tax law or rates on prior interim periods should be included in the current interim
period as part of income from continuing operations.
Example 7-14
In the first and second quarters of 20X1, an entity generates tax
benefits from unrealized losses on an AFS debt security, which
results in the recognition of a DTA. In accordance with ASC
740-20-45-11(b), the expense related to the unrealized losses is
recorded net of tax through OCI. On the basis of the entity’s
expected future earnings, no valuation allowance on the DTA is
deemed necessary. No further tax benefits are generated in the
third and fourth quarters.
Beginning in the third quarter and through the end of the fiscal
year, unanticipated events result in continued operating losses
for the entity; by year-end, a full valuation allowance on the
DTA is necessary. Although the recognition of the benefit of the
DTA in OCI was appropriate in the first and second quarters, the
application of the intraperiod allocation approach to the YTD
income in the third quarter would result in there being no tax
benefit allocated to OCI, and a valuation allowance should be
recognized through OCI in the fourth quarter.
For the annual period, there is no impact on the intraperiod tax
allocation because the need for a valuation allowance occurred
in the same annual period in which the DTA was generated. If the
valuation allowance was not required until the subsequent year,
the change in the valuation allowance would be allocated to
income from continuing operations, in accordance with ASC
740-20-45-4.
Example 7-15
In the first quarter of 20X0, an entity is evaluating whether to
release a valuation allowance against an NOL DTA on the basis of
an expected gain on a sale of a discontinued operation (assume
that the income from the sale is of the appropriate character
for the entity to realize the DTA and is the only source of
income during the year).
When there is uncertainty about the timing of the sale, the
entity should determine, by using its best estimate, the period
in which the sale will be finalized. If management expects to
sell the component in the current year, the entity should follow
Approach 1 below. If management does not expect to sell the
component in the current year, the entity should follow Approach
2 below. Whichever approach is applied on the basis of an
entity’s facts and circumstances, the objective to properly
reflect the intraperiod allocation of tax expense for the annual
period should be met.
- Approach 1 — Allocate the anticipated benefit to discontinued operations in the quarter and YTD period in which income is available to offset the DTA (which would be the period in which the sale occurs in this example, in accordance with ASC 740-270-25-4). If management’s expectation regarding the timing of the sale of the component changes in a subsequent interim period such that the sale is now expected to occur in the subsequent year, the anticipated benefit should be recognized in continuing operations in the quarter in which it becomes apparent, on the basis of the entity’s best estimate, that the transaction will not occur in the current year.
- Approach 2 — Allocate the anticipated benefit to income from continuing operations in the first quarter and, if income from discontinued operations becomes available in a subsequent quarter and YTD period and is sufficient to offset the DTA (which would be the period in which the sale occurs in this example), reclassify the benefit to income from discontinued operations.
See Section 6.2.2 for
further guidance on accounting for changes in valuation
allowances resulting from items other than continuing
operations.
7.4.1 Recognition of the Tax Benefit of an Operating Loss Carryforward in an Interim Period
The method of intraperiod tax allocation for annual periods also applies to reporting
the tax benefit of an operating loss carryforward in interim periods. ASC
740-20-45-3 indicates that an entity determines the tax benefit of an operating loss
carryforward recognized in a subsequent year under ASC 740 in the same way that it
determines the source of the income in that year and not in the same way that it
determines the source of (1) the operating loss carryforward or (2) the “expected
future income that will result in realization of a deferred tax asset” for the
operating loss carryforward. The tax benefit is allocated first to reduce income tax
expense from continuing operations to zero with any excess benefit allocated to
other sources of income that provide a means of realization (e.g., gains from
extraordinary items and from discontinued operations).
7.5 Other Considerations
Other complexities can arise when entities are determining the appropriate amount of
income tax to recognize in an interim period. ASC 740-270 addresses some of these
complexities.
7.5.1 Inability to Make a Reliable Estimate of the AETR
ASC 740-270-30-18 states:
Estimates of the annual effective tax rate at the end of
interim periods are, of necessity, based on evaluations of possible future
events and transactions and may be subject to subsequent refinement or revision.
If a reliable estimate cannot be made, the actual effective tax rate for the
year to date may be the best estimate of the annual effective tax rate.
If a company’s AETR is highly sensitive to changes in estimates of total ordinary
income (or loss), the AETR may not be considered reliable. This may occur when, for
example, an entity is expecting marginal ordinary income (or loss) and relatively
significant permanent differences or tax credits.
In certain situations, a negative AETR may be projected (e.g., nondeductible expenses
exceed pretax loss). Often these estimates are sensitive to ordinary income and may
be an indicator that reasonable estimates cannot be made. If a reliable estimate of
the AETR cannot be made, the best estimate of the AETR may be the actual ETR for the
YTD.
7.5.2 Nonrecognized Subsequent Events
ASC 740-270-35-3 indicates that at the end of each successive interim period during
the fiscal year, an entity should revise its estimated AETR, if necessary, to
reflect its current best estimate.
Questions have arisen regarding whether an entity’s current best estimate of its AETR
should include events that occurred after the interim balance sheet date but before
its financial statements are issued or are available to be issued (i.e., a
nonrecognized subsequent event as contemplated in ASC 855).
Generally, a nonrecognized subsequent event should not be reflected in the AETR (but
should be disclosed if significant). This approach is based on ASC 855-10-25-3,
which states that nonrecognized subsequent events should not result in the
adjustment of the financial statements.
We are aware of an alternative approach in practice under which an entity’s current
best estimate of its AETR is based on information available up to the date on which
its financial statements are issued or are available to be issued, even though that
might include information that did not exist or was not relevant until after the
interim balance sheet date. Even under this approach, an entity would still be
required to exclude items for which the tax effects must be recognized in the period
in which they occur (e.g., changes in UTBs, changes in tax laws or rates, a change
in tax status, an IPO, or a business combination). Entities should consult with
their accounting advisers before applying this alternative approach.
7.5.3 Balance Sheet Effects of the Interim Provision for Income Taxes
In accordance with ASC 740-10, entities use a balance sheet approach to determine the
annual provision for income taxes. However, for interim financial statements, ASC
740-270 requires entities to determine the YTD income tax expense or benefit by
applying an estimated AETR to YTD ordinary income. Because of the inherent
disconnect between the year-end balance sheet approach of ASC 740-10 and the interim
income statement approach of ASC 740-270, questions have arisen about how to reflect
the YTD expense or benefit on the balance sheet. That is, the YTD tax expense or
benefit that an entity determines under ASC 740-270 will typically not reconcile to
the balance sheet adjustments that would be required if the year-end balance sheet
approach of ASC 740-10 were applied to the current and deferred tax accounts on an
interim basis. ASC 740-270 neither addresses this disconnect nor provides guidance
on how to record the balance sheet effects of recording the interim provision for
income taxes.
An entity should generally adjust its income tax balance sheet accounts as of interim
reporting periods in a manner that is representationally faithful to either the
balance sheet approach of ASC 740-10 (with respect to the measurement of current and
deferred taxes) or the income statement approach of ASC 740-270. For example,
adjusting current and deferred taxes by developing a “split” AETR that consists of
current and deferred components would appear to be representationally faithful to
the income statement approach of ASC 740-270. Alternatively, calculating the actual
deferred YTD tax expense (or benefit) and deriving the adjustment to current taxes
(or calculating current taxes and deriving the adjustment to deferred taxes) would
appear to be representationally faithful to the balance sheet approach of ASC 740-10
(at least with respect to one of the balance sheet components).
Other methods may also be acceptable depending on an entity’s specific facts and
circumstances, including materiality considerations.
Because the method applied to adjust the income tax balance sheet accounts for
interim reporting periods would not be disclosed in the annual financial statements,
entities should consider disclosing the method applied in their interim financial
statements.
Example 7-16
Company A is preparing interim financial statements and
calculates an estimated AETR of 25 percent that, when
applied to YTD ordinary income of $100, results in an
interim expense for income taxes of $25.
To adjust its income tax balance sheet accounts for interim
reporting purposes, A might apply one of the following methods:
- Split estimated AETR — On a forecasted basis, A estimates an 80/20 split between the current and deferred portions of the annual provision for income taxes and applies this split to the interim provision to allocate the adjustment between current and deferred balance sheet accounts.
- Calculate current taxes — Company A calculates its current taxes payable in accordance with tax law applied to YTD income and records a $40 liability. On the basis of the required AETR provision of $25, A adjusts the deferred taxes for the beginning of the year by $15 (a debit entry to the balance sheet).
- Calculate deferred taxes — Company A calculates its deferred taxes as of the interim balance sheet date and adjusts its deferred taxes for the beginning of the year by $10 (a credit entry to the balance sheet). On the basis of the required AETR provision of $25, A recognizes a current liability of $15.
Note that in most cases, none of the methods above produce
the same balance sheet and related expense or benefit that
would arise if the balance sheet approach of ASC 740-10 were
applied.
7.5.4 Required Interim Disclosures
ASC 740-270-50-1 notes that application of the interim-period
requirements for reporting income taxes may result in “significant variations in
the customary relationship between income tax expense and pretax accounting
income.” Entities must disclose the reasons behind such variations in their
interim-period financial statements if the differences are not readily apparent
from the financial statements themselves or from the nature of the business of
the entity.
In addition, for entities that are subject to SEC reporting
requirements, management should consider the requirements in SEC Regulation S-X,
Rule 10-01(a)(5), which states, in part:
The interim financial information shall include
disclosures either on the face of the financial statements or in
accompanying footnotes sufficient so as to make the interim information
presented not misleading. Registrants may presume that users of the
interim financial information have read or have access to the audited
financial statements for the preceding fiscal year and that the adequacy
of additional disclosure needed for a fair presentation may be
determined in that context.
Accordingly, if any annual disclosures have significantly
changed since the most recently completed fiscal year, management should update
them in a manner sufficient to ensure that the interim information presented is
not misleading. See Sections
14.4.1.6 and 14.4.3.3 for examples of situations in which management should
consider updating an entity’s annual disclosures during an interim period.
Chapter 8 — Accounting for Income Taxes in Separate Financial Statements
Chapter 8 — Accounting for Income Taxes in Separate Financial Statements
8.1 Introduction
Financial statements that include assets and operations of some
subcomponent of a larger consolidated reporting entity are commonly referred to as
“separate” or “carve-out” financial statements, and they are routinely required in
connection with an IPO, a spin-off, a sale, or debt covenant compliance.
When used broadly, “separate” and “carve-out” describe financial statements that are
derived from the financial statements of a larger parent company. In this context, the
words are often used interchangeably. A narrower use of the term “carve-out financial
statements” refers specifically to financial statements that are not the separate
financial statements of a legal entity subsidiary but rather of certain operations
(e.g., unincorporated divisions, branches, disregarded entities, or lesser components of
the parent reporting entity) that have been “carved out” of the parent entity or one or
more legal entity subsidiaries. In this chapter, we use “separate financial statements”
to refer to financial statements of one or more legal entity subsidiaries and “carve-out
financial statements” to refer to financial statements that are composed of the assets
and operations of divisions, branches, disregarded entities, or lesser components of the
parent entity or one of its subsidiaries.
Even though carve-out financial statements are not those of a legal
entity (i.e., they are composed of portions of a legal entity or entities that have been
“carved out”), they are commonly referred to as the financial statements of the
carve-out “entity.” See Deloitte’s Roadmap Carve-Out Financial Statements for further
discussion of carve-out financial statements.
8.2 Determining Whether an Allocation of Income Taxes Is Required in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements
ASC 740-10
Allocation of Consolidated Tax Expense to Separate Financial
Statements of Members
30-27 The consolidated amount of
current and deferred tax expense for a group that files a
consolidated tax return shall be allocated among the members of
the group when those members issue separate financial
statements. This Subtopic does not require a single allocation
method. The method adopted, however, shall be systematic,
rational, and consistent with the broad principles established
by this Subtopic. A method that allocates current and deferred
taxes to members of the group by applying this Topic to each
member as if it were a separate taxpayer meets those criteria.
In that situation, the sum of the amounts allocated to
individual members of the group may not equal the consolidated
amount. That may also be the result when there are intra-entity
transactions between members of the group. The criteria are
satisfied, nevertheless, after giving effect to the type of
adjustments (including eliminations) normally present in
preparing consolidated financial statements.
30-27A An entity is not required to
allocate the consolidated amount of current and deferred tax
expense to legal entities that are not subject to tax. However,
an entity may elect to allocate the consolidated amount of
current and deferred tax expense to legal entities that are both
not subject to tax and disregarded by the taxing authority (for
example, disregarded entities such as single-member limited
liability companies). The election is not required for all
members of a group that files a consolidated tax return; that
is, the election may be made for individual members of the group
that files a consolidated tax return. An entity shall not make
the election to allocate the consolidated amount of current and
deferred tax expense for legal entities that are partnerships or
are other pass-through entities that are not wholly owned.
30-28 Examples of
methods that are not consistent with the broad principles
established by this Subtopic include the following:
- A method that allocates only current taxes payable to a member of the group that has taxable temporary differences
- A method that allocates deferred taxes to a member of the group using a method fundamentally different from the asset and liability method described in this Subtopic (for example, the deferred method that was used before 1989)
- A method that allocates no current or deferred tax expense to a member of the group that has taxable income because the consolidated group has no current or deferred tax expense.
Question 3 of SAB Topic 1.B.1 (codified in ASC 220-10-S99-3) states:
ASC 220-10 — SEC Materials
SAB Topic 1.B, Allocation of Expenses and Related Disclosure
in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser
Business Components of Another Entity
S99-3 The following is the text of SAB Topic 1.B.1, Costs
Reflected in Historical Income Statements . . .
Question 3: What are the staff’s views with respect to the
accounting for and disclosure of the subsidiary’s income tax
expense?
Interpretive Response: Recently, a number of parent
companies have sold interests in subsidiaries, but have retained
sufficient ownership interests to permit continued inclusion of
the subsidiaries in their consolidated tax returns. The staff
believes that it is material to investors to know what the
effect on income would have been if the registrant had not been
eligible to be included in a consolidated income tax return with
its parent.
Some of these subsidiaries have calculated their tax provision on
the separate return basis, which the staff believes is the
preferable method. Others, however, have used different
allocation methods.
When the historical income statements in the filing do not
reflect the tax provision on the separate return basis, the
staff has required a pro forma income statement for the most
recent year and interim period reflecting a tax provision
calculated on the separate return basis.1
____________________
1 Paragraph 40 of Statement 109 [paragraph
740-10-30-27] states: “The consolidated amount of current and
deferred tax expense for a group that files a consolidated tax
return shall be allocated among the members of the group when
those members issue separate financial statements. . . . The
method adopted . . . shall be systematic, rational, and
consistent with the broad principles established by [Statement
109] [Subtopic 740-10]. A method that allocates current and
deferred taxes to members of the group by applying [Statement
109] [Subtopic 740-10] to each member as if it were a separate
taxpayer meets those criteria.”
To understand the accounting for income taxes in separate or carve-out
financial statements, management and practitioners must understand the legal structure
of the operations to be included in such statements. The remainder of this section
discusses some of the considerations related to whether an allocation of income taxes
would be required in separate or carve-out financial statements and, if so, which
allocation methods may be used, including considerations related to the application of
each method.
8.2.1 Separate Financial Statements Composed of One or More Taxable Legal Entities
The primary source of guidance applicable to the accounting for income taxes in
separate financial statements is ASC 740-10-30-27, which requires a group of
entities that files a consolidated tax return to allocate the “consolidated amount
of current and deferred tax expense . . . among the members of the group when those
members issue separate financial statements.” For income tax accounting purposes, a
“member” is generally a taxable legal entity (i.e., a corporation or an LLC that has
elected to be taxed as a corporation) that is included in the parent’s consolidated
tax return. Thus, if separate financial statements are being prepared that are
composed of one or more taxable legal entities that are included in the parent’s
consolidated tax return (as might be the case if the separate financial statements
are being prepared in connection with a spin-off of a subsidiary), an allocation of
current and deferred income tax expense is explicitly required under ASC
740-10-30-27.
8.2.2 Separate Financial Statements of Nontaxable Legal Entities or “Pass-Through” Entities
Separate financial statements may be composed of one or more
nontaxable entities (e.g., “pass-through” entities such as partnerships and multiple
member LLCs that have elected to be taxed as pass- throughs). Such nontaxable or
pass-through entities are not members of their parent’s consolidated income tax
return. Therefore, allocation of income tax expense is not appropriate in the
separate financial statements of a pass-through entity for jurisdictions in which
the entity is considered a nontaxable pass-through entity. This is true irrespective
of whether the separate financial statements will be included in a filing with the
SEC. See Section 14.5 for the disclosure
requirements that apply in this circumstance.
8.2.3 Separate Financial Statements of Legal Entities That Are Both Not Subject to Tax and Disregarded by the Taxing Authority
An LLC with only one member (a “single member LLC”) is a unique
legal entity structure that can, under certain circumstances, be classified for U.S.
federal income tax purposes as a regarded entity (i.e., similar to a corporation) or
can be disregarded (i.e., not respected as an entity separate from its owner but
rather treated like a division of a corporation). However, unlike a division of a
corporation, a disregarded single-member LLC generally is not severally liable for
the current and deferred income taxes of its taxable owner provided that it
maintains its separate and distinct legal existence. An entity’s determination of
whether an allocation of current and deferred income taxes is required in the
separate financial statements of a single-member LLC therefore depends, in part, on
how the single-member LLC elects to treat itself for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
A regarded single-member LLC that is subject to federal, foreign,
state, or local taxes based on income should account for such taxes in its separate
financial statements in accordance with ASC 740 (see Section 8.2.1).
In the separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax
and are disregarded by the taxing authority, there is no requirement to
allocate current and deferred taxes. However, a disregarded single-member LLC may
elect to apply the guidance discussed in Section
8.2 and allocate current and deferred taxes in its financial
statements. If an entity that is not subject to tax and is disregarded by the taxing
authority has elected to allocate amounts of consolidated current and deferred taxes
in its separate financial statements ASC 740-10-50-17A requires to disclose that
election.
The policy election to allocate taxes to legal entities that are not
subject to tax and are disregarded by the taxing authority is made on an
entity-by-entity basis and allows the inclusion of a tax provision in the separate
financial statements of a single-member LLC (a disregarded entity for tax purposes)
but not in the financial statements of a partnership (a regarded entity for tax
purposes).
The policy election applies to the separate financial statements of
a single-member LLC being filed with the SEC (regardless of whether a tax-sharing
agreement exists between the single-member LLC and its taxable parent).
If an entity maintains a tax-sharing agreement and chooses to allocate income taxes,
the allocation method used must be appropriate for financial reporting purposes
regardless of the manner in which the contractual tax-sharing agreement allocates
taxes to the single-member LLC. See Section 8.3.1 for further discussion of
acceptable allocation methods and Section 8.3.4 for further discussion of tax-sharing arrangements
that are inconsistent with the broad principles established by ASC 740.
8.2.4 Carve-Out Financial Statements (i.e., Statements Composed of One or More Unincorporated Divisions, Branches, or Lesser Components of the Parent Reporting Entity)
Because ASC 740-10-30-27 discusses only the allocation of current
and deferred income taxes to the separate financial statements of a member (i.e., a
taxable legal entity subsidiary that is included in a parent’s consolidated income
tax return), it does not explicitly address the allocation of income taxes in
carve-out financial statements. Whether an allocation of the consolidated amounts of
current and deferred income taxes is required in carve-out financial statements
depends on the ultimate use of the financial statements.
If the carve-out financial statements will be included in a filing
with the SEC, an allocation of taxes is generally required under the guidance in SAB
Topic 1.B.1 (reproduced in ASC 220-10-S99-3). Question 3 of SAB Topic 1.B.1
specifically addresses income taxes and states, in part:
The
staff believes that it is material to investors to know what the effect on
income would have been if the registrant had not been eligible to be included in
a consolidated income tax return with its parent.
In this context, “the registrant” has been interpreted in practice
to include a carve-out “entity” either because the carve-out entity will ultimately
become a registrant or because the carve-out entity represents the predecessor of
the registrant.
The allocation of income taxes in carve-out financial statements
that will be included in a filing with the SEC is required regardless of whether the
carved-out operations will be subsumed into a taxable or nontaxable entity upon
consummation of the transaction for which the carve-out financial statements are
being prepared. Only in limited circumstances has the SEC allowed the omission of a
tax provision (e.g., if the carve-out entity prepares abbreviated financial
statements — see Section
8.2.5).
If the carve-out financial statements will not be included in a
filing with the SEC, the parent entity is generally not required to allocate income
taxes to such statements, although doing so is usually preferable because it yields
more useful information.
8.2.5 Abbreviated Financial Statements
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 3-05, requires registrants to file separate preacquisition
historical financial statements for an acquired or to be acquired business that is
significant (acquiree). Similarly, under Regulation S-X, Rule 3-14, registrants may
be required to provide preacquisition financial statements for a significant
acquired or to be acquired real estate operation (real estate acquiree).
In certain circumstances, it may not be practicable for management to prepare full
carve-out financial statements of an acquiree, such as when the acquiree is a small
portion or product line of a much larger business and separate financial records
were not maintained. In such circumstances and as long as certain qualifying
conditions and presentation and disclosure requirements in Rule 3-05(e) are met,
abbreviated financial statements of an acquiree may be acceptable and would consist
only of (1) a statement of revenues and direct expenses (in lieu of a full statement
of operations), (2) a statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in lieu
of a full balance sheet), and (3) certain footnote disclosures required by Rules
3-05(e)(2)(iii) and 3-14(c)(2). In a manner consistent with the presentation and
disclosure requirements in Rule 3-05(e), a registrant may omit an allocation of
income taxes in the acquiree’s abbreviated financial statements.
See Sections 2.6.4 and 3.5 of Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC Reporting Considerations for Business Acquisitions
for further discussions of requirements related to abbreviated financial statements
under Rules 3-05 and 3-14, respectively. Also see Section 8.7.3 of this Roadmap for a discussion
of disclosures required when income taxes are not allocated in abbreviated financial
statements.
8.3 Allocating Current and Deferred Income Tax Expense in the Income Statement of Separate and Carve-Out Financial Statements
The allocation of current and deferred income tax expense required by ASC 740-10-30-27 to
separate financial statements is necessary because, in a consolidated income tax return,
the results of operations of the members are combined to determine income tax expense of
the consolidated group. Therefore, taxable income of one member of the consolidated
return may be offset by losses and credits of another member and vice versa. Because
income tax obligations are not determined at a level below the consolidated filing
group, it is necessary to make an allocation of the amount of consolidated current and
deferred income tax expense into separate or carve-out financial statements.
8.3.1 Acceptable Methods of Allocating Tax to Separate and Carve-Out Financial Statements
ASC 740-10-30-27 does not prescribe a particular method for
allocating current and deferred income tax expense to separate financial statements
of a member; rather, it requires only the use of a systematic and rational method
that is consistent with the broad principles established by ASC 740. Several income
tax allocation methods may meet the requirements of ASC 740-10-30-27, including the
commonly applied separate-return and parent-company-down approaches, both of which
are discussed below. Choosing an income tax allocation method is an accounting
policy decision, and the method should be consistently applied. See Section 8.3.2 for
considerations specific to entities that file financial statements with the SEC.
8.3.1.1 Separate-Return Method
Under the separate-return method of allocation, a group member
issuing separate financial statements determines current and deferred tax
expense or benefit for the period by applying the requirements of ASC 740 as if
the group member were required to file a separate tax return. This method can
lead to inconsistencies between conclusions reached related to the realizability
of DTAs (and the related tax expense or benefit) reflected in (1) the
consolidated financial statements and (2) the separate or carve-out financial
statements. For example, the separate financial statements may include a
valuation allowance because of insufficient taxable income on a hypothetical
separate-return basis, while in the consolidated financial statements (which
include other profitable entities), a valuation allowance may not be required.
ASC 740 acknowledges that sometimes the sum of the amounts allocated to the
individual group members under the separate-return method may not equal the
total current and deferred income tax expense or benefit of the consolidated tax
return group.
Example 8-1
Parent P’s two operating subsidiaries,
S1 and S2, are members of a consolidated tax return
group. The table below illustrates each subsidiary’s
taxable income and statutory tax rate for the period.
Assume that on a separate-return basis, S1 requires a
full valuation allowance against its DTAs and therefore
cannot recognize a benefit for its loss of $100.
However, on a consolidated basis, the group has
sufficient taxable income to realize a benefit from S1’s
loss. Income tax expense under the separate-return
method would be allocated as follows:
Note that in this example, as a result of the different
conclusions related to realizability of the benefit for
S1’s loss, the $147 of tax expense representing the “sum
of the parts” of income tax expense allocated in the
separate financial statements does not equal the $126 of
tax expense reflected in P’s consolidated financial
statements.
8.3.1.1.1 Modifications to the Separate-Return Method
Depending on the facts and circumstances, certain
modifications to the separate-return method may be considered systematic,
rational, and consistent with the broad principles of ASC 740. For example,
entities often modify the separate-return method to eliminate the effects of
inconsistent conclusions related to realizability.
Example 8-2
Assume the same facts as in Example 8-1. Under this modified
method, because the consolidated group has
sufficient taxable income in the current year to
realize the benefit for S1’s loss, S1 would
recognize a tax benefit of $21 as follows:
Under this approach, it may be necessary to limit the
amount of the benefit recorded by S1 to the amount
that is actually realizable on a consolidated basis.
For example, if state apportionment factors reduced
the amount of state tax benefit the consolidated
group could realize from S1’s loss (i.e., on a
stand-alone basis, S1 would have recorded — ignoring
valuation allowance considerations — more of a
benefit than the consolidated group could realize),
the state tax benefit recorded by S1, even under
this modified approach, may need to be limited.
Other modifications to the separate-return method might also be appropriate.
For example, it may be considered systematic, rational, and consistent with
the broad principles in ASC 740 to use consolidated state apportionment
factors in the allocation of income tax expense in the separate financial
statements of a member rather than determine a separate apportionment factor
as would be required under a pure separate-return method. However, this
modification may not be appropriate when the consolidated apportionment
factor would not be considered rational because of significant differences
between the operations of the separate or carve-out entity and the
consolidated group (e.g., a significantly different geographic or sales
footprint). To determine whether a particular modification is systematic,
rational, and consistent with the broad principles of ASC 740-10, an entity
must evaluate the facts and circumstances and apply judgment. Consultation
with the entity’s accounting advisers is suggested when modifications are
being contemplated other than for purposes related to realizability.
8.3.1.1.2 Application of the Separate-Return Method in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements That Combine Multiple Legal Entities, Multiple Divisions, or Both
When multiple members are presented in separate financial statements on a
combined basis, questions have arisen regarding the application of the
separate-return method about whether (1) a “member” refers to a single legal
entity, in which case an income tax provision would be allocated to each
distinct legal entity and then combined, or (2) the group of members that is
combined in the separate financial statements can be viewed collectively as
a single member, in which case a single tax provision would be allocated to
the combined members as a whole.
In these circumstances, we believe that there are two acceptable approaches
for applying the separate-return method to determine the amount of income
taxes to be allocated to the separate financial statements of the combined
members.
The first approach is to calculate the tax provision as if all the members
combined in the separate financial statements had been combined in such
statements in all periods presented and had historically filed a
consolidated tax return. This approach is supported by the guidance in ASC
810-10-45-10, which states:
If combined financial statements are prepared
for a group of related entities, such as a group of commonly controlled
entities, intra-entity transactions and profits or losses shall be
eliminated, and noncontrolling interests, foreign operations, different
fiscal periods, or income taxes shall be treated in the same manner
as in consolidated financial statements. [Emphasis
added]
Accordingly, calculation of an income tax provision under the separate-return
method as if all of the members were part of a consolidated return during
all periods presented (in accordance with the same principles) would appear
to be an acceptable interpretation of this guidance.
Alternatively, because most tax jurisdictions require that there be a common
parent for a consolidated tax return to be filed and no common parent is
actually included in the separate, combined financial statements, we believe
that a second acceptable approach is to calculate the tax provision by
applying the separate-return method to each member separately.1 In other words, application of the tax law to the individual members
appearing in the separate financial statements would result in a separate
tax provision calculation for each member that lacks a common parent in the
separate financial statements. These individual tax provisions would then be
combined to determine the total amount of taxes to be allocated to the
combined, separate financial statements. This approach is consistent with
the guidance in ASC 740-10-30-5, which states, in part:
Deferred taxes
shall be determined separately for each tax-paying component (an
individual entity or group of entities that is consolidated for tax
purposes) in each tax jurisdiction. [Emphasis added]
In selecting which approach to apply, an entity should consider the purpose
for the separate financial statements. For example, if they are being
prepared in connection with a spin-off or sale transaction and will be part
of a consolidated tax return prospectively, a historical presentation that
conforms to that prospective treatment may be more meaningful to financial
statement users.
We believe that both approaches would also be acceptable for
a combination of disregarded entities (e.g., certain single-member LLCs)
since they have separate legal existence that would allow for application of
a separate-return approach to each individual entity but are treated as
divisions for tax purposes, allowing for the application of a single-return
approach. We recommend that entities consult their professional accounting
advisers in these circumstances. See Section 8.2.3 for additional
discussion of single-member LLCs.
8.3.1.1.3 Application of the Separate-Return Method in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements When Tax Amounts Are Calculated on a Consolidated Tax Return Basis (e.g., the Deemed Repatriation Transition Tax, GILTI, BEAT)
The member should record income taxes as if it had not been a member of the
U.S. consolidated tax return group. However, depending on the facts and
circumstances, it may be appropriate for an entity to apply related-party
and affiliated group tax rules that are relevant regardless of whether it
makes an election to file a consolidated tax return.
8.3.1.2 Parent-Company-Down Method
Under the parent-company-down method, total current and deferred income tax
expense, as determined at the consolidated level, is allocated to separate or
carve-out financial statements by using a pro rata allocation. The pro rata
portion of consolidated tax expense allocated to the separate or carve-out
financial statements might be determined by, for example:
- Calculating the member’s or carve-out entity’s pretax income as a percentage of the total consolidated pretax income.
- Calculating the member’s or carve-out entity’s pretax income adjusted for permanent items as a percentage of the total consolidated pretax income adjusted for permanent items.
Example 8-3
This example illustrates how the parent-company-down
method would be applied when consolidated tax expense is
allocated to group members on the basis of each group
member’s relative proportion of (1) consolidated pretax
income or loss or (2) consolidated pretax income or loss
adjusted for permanent items.
Parent P, a holding company, has two consolidated
subsidiaries, S1 and S2. Parent P, S1, and S2 all
operate in a tax jurisdiction with a 20 percent tax
rate. On a consolidated basis, P has current and
deferred tax expense of $110 for 20X1 that is based on
$600 of pretax book income. The stand-alone results for
P, S1, and S2 for 20X1 are as follows:
On the basis of the assumptions above, the group members
would record the following tax expense in accordance
with the allocation method chosen:
As depicted above, total current and deferred tax expense
or benefit for the period, as determined at the
consolidated level, should equal the sum of the current
and deferred income tax expense or benefit allocated to
all members of the group for the period ($110 in this
example).
8.3.2 Preferable Allocation Method for Financial Statements Filed With the SEC
Question 3 of SAB Topic 1.B.1 (codified in ASC 220-10-S99-3) states, in part:
Some
of these subsidiaries have calculated their tax provision on the separate return
basis, which the staff believes is the preferable method. . . . When the
historical income statements in the filing do not reflect the tax provision on
the separate return basis, the staff has required a pro forma income statement
for the most recent year and interim period reflecting a tax provision
calculated on the separate return basis.
For entities that file financial statements with the SEC, the
separate-return method for allocating taxes among members of a group that file a
consolidated tax return is preferable to other methods and, if the separate-return
method is not used (including, as discussed in Section 8.3.1.1.1, when the separate-return
method is modified), a pro forma income statement is required for the most recent
annual and interim periods, including a tax provision determined by using the
separate-return method. The acceptable methods for allocating current and deferred
income taxes in carve-out financial statements are generally the same as those for
allocating income taxes in separate financial statements of a member. It would also,
therefore, be considered preferable to allocate income taxes to carve-out financial
statements by using the separate-return method if such an allocation is required
(e.g., because the carve-out financial statements will be included in a public
filing).
Most entities preparing separate and carve-out financial statements to which an
allocation of current and deferred income taxes is required will use the
separate-return method because to use a different method would require entities to
maintain a separate set of financial statements to meet the SEC’s expectation of a
pro forma income statement when the allocation is not determined on the
separate-return basis.
8.3.3 Change in Application of Tax Allocation Methods
An entity should report the change from one acceptable allocation method to another
as a change in accounting principle under ASC 250. However, in accordance with ASC
250-10-45-12, a change in accounting principle is permitted only if the entity
“justifies the use of an allowable alternative . . . on the basis that it is
preferable.”
Under ASC 250-10-45-5, an entity should “report a change . . . through retrospective
application of the new accounting principle to all prior periods, unless it is
impracticable to do so.” A change in accounting principle would affect only the
separate or carve-out financial statements. No change would be reflected in the
consolidated financial statements of the parent company. SEC registrants that are
reporting a change in accounting principle must provide a preferability letter from
their independent accountants.
8.3.4 Tax-Sharing Agreements
8.3.4.1 General
A tax-sharing agreement is a legal agreement between the members
of a consolidated group (e.g., a parent and corporate subsidiary) that typically
governs the cash payment responsibility of each party related to income taxes of
the consolidated filing group. Tax-sharing agreements should be formally
documented, and the documentation should indicate how a member of a consolidated
filing group will pay or be compensated for income tax expense or benefit
attributed to its operations. This would generally include documentation of, for
example, (1) the manner in which a member’s cash payment responsibility will be
calculated (e.g., on a consolidated or separate-return basis) and (2) how the
member will be compensated for the benefit to the consolidated group of NOLs and
tax credits attributable to its operations.
Such documentation is important because it provides information about the risks
and rewards of the parties to a legally enforceable contract. In addition, a
well-documented tax-sharing agreement helps an entity prepare separate or
carve-out financial statements (e.g., a basis for the amounts due to or from the
parent).
8.3.4.2 Tax-Sharing Agreements That Differ From the Tax Allocation Method for Financial Reporting Purposes
When the legal tax-sharing agreement that governs the cash payments and receipts
between a parent entity and the members of its consolidated filing group is not
in line with the “systematic, rational, and consistent” requirements in ASC
740-10-30-27 for allocating taxes among members of a group that file a
consolidated return, the tax-sharing agreement need not be amended to conform to
those requirements. Instead, for financial reporting purposes, an entity should
apply an acceptable method of allocating income tax expense or benefit to a
member of the consolidated filing group that prepares separate financial
statements. Any difference between (1) the income-tax-related cash flows that
are to be paid or received by a member under the legal tax-sharing agreement and
(2) the income-tax-related cash flows of the member implied by the allocation of
current and deferred income taxes by using a systematic and rational method of
allocation for financial reporting purposes is reported in the separate
financial statements of the group member as either a charge to retained earnings
(i.e., in a manner consistent with accounting for dividends generally) or a
credit to paid-in capital (i.e., in a manner consistent with accounting for
contributions from shareholders generally).
Example 8-4
Assume that a parent company, Entity P,
a holding company operating in a tax jurisdiction with a
21 percent tax rate, has two operating subsidiaries, S1
and S2, and that the legal tax-sharing agreement states
that S1 and S2 will not make a payment to or receive a
payment from P with regard to the subsidiaries’ taxable
income or loss for a given year when the consolidated
group has no tax liability (expense) or refund (benefit)
for that year.
Further assume that in 20X1, P has no
taxable income or loss, S1 has generated taxable income
of $1,000, and S2 has incurred a taxable loss of $1,000.
An allocation of income tax expense in a manner
consistent with the cash obligations of P, S1, and S2
under the tax-sharing agreement generally would not
conform with the “systematic, rational, and consistent”
requirements of ASC 740-10-30-27. Therefore, assume that
for financial reporting purposes, the group has chosen
to allocate income taxes to the separate financial
statements of S1 and S2 by using the separate-return
method and that the NOL resulting from the $1,000 loss
incurred by S2 in 20X1 does not require a valuation
allowance. Entity P records the following journal
entries in the separate financial statements of S1 and
S2 for 20X1:
Journal Entries — Consolidated Group Member S1
Journal Entries —
Consolidated Group Member S2
8.3.4.3 Allocating Benefits to a Subsidiary for Parent’s Interest Expense
There may be instances in which a tax-sharing agreement specifies certain
arrangements between the parent entity and the members of its consolidated filing
group related to the tax effects of items that may not be included in the group
members’ separate financial statements. Consider the example below.
Example 8-5
Assume that Entity P is the parent of a wholly owned
subsidiary, Company S, and that S is a member of P’s
consolidated tax return. Further assume that P issued term
debt upon acquiring S and that P deducts the interest paid
on the debt for income tax purposes. The legal tax-sharing
agreement between P and S specifies that S will receive
payments from P to the extent of the benefit to P of the
interest deductions taken by P in the consolidated tax
return related to the term debt.
Company S prepares separate financial statements, and P does
not allocate the debt and corresponding interest expense to
S for financial reporting purposes. Company S does pay
dividends to P, in part to provide cash flows for P’s debt
service obligation.
In accordance with informal discussions with the FASB staff,
the tax benefit of the interest expense determined under the
legal tax-sharing agreement and paid by P to S should be
allocated to equity in S’s separate financial statements.
Income tax expense from continuing operations should not be
credited in this situation. This conclusion is based on the
view that allocating the tax consequences attributable to
interest expense is inconsistent with the broad principles
established by ASC 740 because neither principal nor
interest for the pretax amounts has been recognized in S’s
financial statements.
8.3.5 “Return-to-Provision” Adjustments in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements
When preparing an income tax provision for financial reporting
purposes, an entity will often find it necessary to make estimates of amounts that
will ultimately be included in the filed income tax return because the financial
statements must be issued before the date on which the income tax return is due.
This can result in “return-to-provision” adjustments (also known as
return-to-accrual adjustments), which occur when estimates used for the provision in
the consolidated financial statements differ from the amounts reported on the
consolidated income tax return. An entity should carefully evaluate any resulting
differences between the consolidated tax return and consolidated tax provision to
determine whether those differences represent changes in estimates or a correction
of an error. See Section 12.6.1 for a
discussion of how to distinguish between the two.
The income tax effects of return-to-provision adjustments that are considered changes
in estimates in the consolidated financial statements are generally recorded in
separate or carve-out financial statements in the same period in which the changes
in estimates were identified in the consolidated financial statements. The income
tax effects of return-to-provision adjustments that are not considered
changes in estimates in the consolidated financial statements, however, generally
should be recorded in the historical separate or carve-out financial statements in
the periods to which they relate and not in the period identified (i.e.,
irrespective of the period in which they were accounted for in the parent’s
consolidated financial statements). Differences between the periods in which
return-to-provision adjustments are recorded in consolidated financial statements
versus when they are recorded in separate or carve-out statements could stem, for
example, from differences in materiality between the separate or carve-out financial
statements and the consolidated financial statements.
Footnotes
1
Under this approach, if a division or group of divisions is included
in the separate or carve-out financial statements, the
separate-return method would generally be applied to those divisions
in aggregate and then combined with the tax provisions of the
members.
8.4 Current and Deferred Income Taxes in the Balance Sheet of Separate and Carve-Out Financial Statements
As discussed in detail above, an allocation of current and deferred income tax expense to
separate and carve-out financial statements is often necessary. However, there is no
authoritative guidance in ASC 740-10-30-27 or elsewhere that specifically addresses how
current and deferred taxes should be reflected on the balance sheet of the separate or
carve-out financial statements. ASC 740-10-30-28 does, however, provide examples of
methods of allocating current and deferred tax expense that are not consistent with the
broad principles established by ASC 740. Such examples include allocating only current
taxes payable to a member of the group that has taxable temporary differences and
allocating deferred taxes to a member of that group by using a method fundamentally
different from the asset and liability approach described in ASC 740.
8.4.1 Requirement to Record DTAs and DTLs in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements
The recording of DTAs and DTLs in the balance sheet of carve-out financial statements
was discussed at the June 12, 2001, AICPA SEC Regulations Committee joint meeting
with the SEC staff. The following is an excerpt from those meeting minutes that expresses the SEC staff’s view:
Question: Should carveout financial statements (i.e., financial
statements of a business that is not a legal entity, e.g., a division)
reflect income tax expense and deferred tax assets/liabilities if the
reporting entity is a component of a taxable entity?
Background: The accounting literature does not clearly address the
issue of accounting for income taxes by a reporting entity that is not a
legal entity.
Paragraph 1 of SFAS 109 states that it “addresses financial accounting and
reporting for the effects of income taxes that result from an
enterprise’s activities . . . .” Paragraph 40 provides standards for
accounting for income taxes in the “separate financial statements of a
subsidiary.” It states that tax expense “shall be allocated among
the members of the group when those members issue separate
financial statements.” (Emphasis added.) SFAS 109 does not define the term
“enterprise.” However, paragraph 40 seems to apply only to legal
entities.
SAB Topic 1-B is entitled Allocation of Expenses and Related Disclosures in
Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions, or Lesser Business
Components of Another Entity. In its text, it seems to use the word
“subsidiary” as a surrogate for the larger collection of reporting entities
listed in its title. The response to Question 1 states that “the historical
income statements of a registrant should reflect all of its costs of doing
business.” However, the response then states that “income taxes . . . are
discussed separately below.” Question 3 addresses income tax expense.
Although the SAB seems to use the term “subsidiary” broadly, the discussion
of subsidiary income taxes in the response to Question 3 seems to be written
in the context of legal entities, referring to issues of whether the entity
can be included in a consolidated tax return (this is not an issue for a
component of a legal entity) with its “parent.” The response states the need
to provide a pro forma tax provision if the financial statements do not
reflect income taxes on a separate return basis. Guidance in the Staff
Training Manual (at Topic Three.IV.A.1. and Topic Seven.IV.A.4.) also
focuses on the need for pro forma tax provision information.
Although an allocation of deferred tax assets and liabilities needs to be
made to apply the separate return method, none of this guidance specifically
addresses balance sheet presentation or footnote disclosure issues. The
guidance calling for pro forma information focuses on the need for tax
provision information.
Discussion: Many accountants focus on the concept stated in SAB Topic
1-B that income statements should reflect all costs of doing business. They
present income tax provisions as part of the historical accounts reflected
in carveout financial statements. Others believe that since reporting
entities that are not legal entities do not have legal tax status, they do
not have tax liabilities or expenses. Therefore, they present income tax
information in carveout financial statements only on a pro forma basis.
Although practice does not appear to be uniform, it appears that registrants
present income taxes in carveout financial statements as part of the
historical accounts more frequently than they present them as pro forma
information. This observation is based in part on comments made by the Big 5
accounting firms in communications discussing the question of whether a
single member LLC should present a tax provision in its financial
statements. A single member LLC is treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax
purposes. In other words, it is treated no differently than a division of a
taxpayer. The majority of the firms felt that a single member LLC should
present a tax provision. The other firms did not have strong views.
Staff Comment: As stated in SAB Topic 1B, the staff believes that
financial statements are more useful to investors if they reflect all costs
of doing business. As the transactions reported in the carveout financial
statements have income tax implications to the taxable entity of which the
reporting entity is a part, the staff believes that carveout financial
statements should reflect income tax expense and deferred tax
assets/liabilities attributable to the reporting entity.
As indicated in the minutes above, the SEC staff believes that financial statements
“are more useful to investors if they reflect all costs of doing business” and that
carve-out financial statements “should reflect income tax expense and deferred tax
assets/liabilities attributable to the reporting entity.” While the staff’s views
were expressed specifically in the context of carve-out financial statements, we
believe that such views would also apply to separate financial statements of members
(i.e., taxable legal entities that are included in a parent’s consolidated tax
return).
Therefore, we generally believe that the balance sheet of separate and carve-out
financial statements should include DTAs and DTLs for temporary differences related
to the separate entity’s operations when such financial statements will be included
in a filing with the SEC. In addition, although it is not clear from the minutes
above, we believe that it is generally appropriate to record DTAs and DTLs in
separate and carve-out financial statements regardless of the method (e.g., the
separate-return method or the parent-company-down method) used to allocate current
and deferred income tax expense to the separate or carve-out financial
statements.
8.4.2 Method for Recording DTAs and DTLs on the Balance Sheet of Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements
We believe that it is generally appropriate for an entity to begin
its allocation of DTAs and DTLs on the balance sheet of separate or carve-out
financial statements by identifying stand-alone temporary differences related to,
and attributes generated by, the separate or carve-out entity. The temporary
differences would be based on the financial statement carrying amount of the assets
and liabilities included in the separate or carve-out financial statements and the
related tax bases as if the entity were required to file its own tax return.
However, because there is no available guidance on how DTAs should be reflected in
separate and carve-out financial statements, many issues arise in practice. We
discuss some of those issues in the next two sections.
8.4.3 Recognition and Presentation of DTAs Related to Temporary Differences for Which the Separate or Carve-Out Entity Has Been Paid
Under some tax-sharing arrangements, one member of the consolidated
filing group, typically a parent, will pay a separate or carve-out entity for
temporary difference DTAs in each period as they arise. We believe that in these
situations, it would not be appropriate for an entity to remove those temporary
difference DTAs from the separate or carve-out financial statements.
Temporary difference DTAs are tied to the financial reporting and
tax bases of specific assets and liabilities of the separate or carve-out entity.
The fact that the entity receives payment for temporary difference DTAs does not
change the existing basis difference or future benefit that would result from
settlement of the asset or recovery of the liability at its financial reporting
carrying amount. Therefore, derecognition of DTAs related to temporary differences
would generally not be consistent with the broad principles of ASC 740.
8.4.3.1 Recognition and Presentation of DTAs Related to Hypothetical Tax Attributes Under the Separate-Return Method
The operations of a separate or carve-out entity may result in tax credits or
NOLs in a particular year. Had the separate or carve-out entity filed its
own tax return, it may not have been able to use the tax credits in the year
in which they were generated. In these circumstances, NOL and tax credit
carryforwards (tax attributes) could result.
Under the separate-return method (without any modifications for
realizability), the separate or carve-out entity would recognize DTAs
associated with the tax attributes (carryforwards) and evaluate them for
realizability only on the basis of positive and negative evidence related to
the entity’s operations. See Section
8.5 for additional details on the assessment of whether a
valuation allowance should be recorded against the DTAs.
However, these tax attributes may be used in the income tax return of the
consolidated filing group (to offset taxable income from other operations
included in the consolidated filing group) in a period before they would
have been used by the separate or carve-out entity solely on the basis of
the separate or carve-out entity’s operations. Therefore, the tax attributes
generated by the separate or carve-out entity would not be available to
reduce future taxable income in the tax return of the consolidated tax
filing group. In these situations, the tax attribute carryforwards represent
“hypothetical DTAs” in the separate or carve-out financial statements
because they no longer legally exist within the consolidated filing group;
however, if the separate or carve-out entity had filed its own tax return,
the tax attributes would be available.
Generally, the following two approaches exist for presenting hypothetical
DTAs related to tax attribute carryforwards in the balance sheet when the
separate-return method is used; however, an entity should choose one
approach and apply it consistently:
-
Approach 1 — Under this approach, the balance sheet of the separate or carve-out financial statements would reflect the “tax return reality” that, since the tax attribute does not legally exist, it cannot be used in future periods to offset taxable income (i.e., it has been, in effect, distributed to and used by the parent and, accordingly, should be reversed through equity). Under this approach, the deferred tax benefit associated with the tax attributes would still be recognized in the income statement of the separate or carve-out financial statements (as long as no valuation allowance was needed in the separate or carve-out financial statements).In subsequent years, the entity must continue to assess its ability to realize the benefit of the hypothetical DTA on the basis of the positive and negative evidence associated with its stand-alone operations (even though it does not continue to record the hypothetical DTA in the balance sheet). Changes in the measurement of the hypothetical DTA would be recognized through an entry to deferred tax expense (or benefit) in the income statement of the separate or carve-out financial statements with an offsetting entry in APIC. Subsequent accounting is also an accounting policy election that should be applied consistently.In addition, the separate company would be required to disclose the following:
-
The reasons why the hypothetical DTA was not recorded.
-
The possible effects on future tax provisions related to future changes in the realizability of the unrecorded hypothetical DTA.
-
-
Approach 2 — Under this approach, the hypothetical DTA would be presented in the balance sheet of the separate or carve-out financial statements. This view is premised on the fact that, under the separate-return method, income taxes are allocated to the separate financial statements in accordance with ASC 740 as if the separate reporting entity had filed a separate tax return. If it had, the hypothetical DTA could not have been used by any other entity and thus would be presumed to continue to exist.If a hypothetical DTA is recorded in the separate or carve-out financial statements, the separate or carve-out entity should disclose the fact that the DTA does not legally exist and would be derecognized if the entity were to leave the consolidated tax return filing group. The example below illustrates this concept.
We believe that both approaches are acceptable regardless of
whether the separate or carve-out entity receives payment for the NOL or tax
credit carryforward.
Example 8-6
Technology Co., an SEC registrant, is a U.S. software
company with a March 31 year-end. Technology Co. has
a software services division (“the Division”) for
which it is preparing separate financial statements
that will be included in a registration statement.
The operations of the Division are included in the
U.S. federal consolidated income tax return of
Technology Co. Technology Co. will apply the
separate-return method to allocate income taxes to
the separate financial statements of the
Division.
The Division has been in operation for one year and
was profitable on a stand-alone pretax basis, but it
generated a tax loss because of accelerated
depreciation. The loss was used by Technology Co. to
reduce consolidated taxable income in the year in
which it was generated.
In applying the
separate-return method, management has determined
that the tax loss of the Division would have
resulted in an NOL carryforward of $5 million.
Therefore, the NOL carryforward represents a
hypothetical DTA because it exists under the
separate-return method, but it does not legally
exist since it has already been used by Technology
Co. in its consolidated income tax return.
Management also evaluated the positive and negative
evidence associated with the Division’s operations
and concluded that it is more likely than not that
the Division will have sufficient future taxable
income (on a stand-alone basis) to realize the
benefit of the hypothetical DTA. Because the
separate-return method is used for allocation of
income taxes to the Division, Technology Co. may
choose whether to record the hypothetical DTA in the
Division’s separate balance sheet. If Technology Co.
elects to record the hypothetical DTA, it would
record the following entry in the Division’s
separate financial statements:
If it elects not to
record the hypothetical DTA, it would record the
following entries:
In either case, management is still required to
evaluate in subsequent years whether the benefit
associated with the hypothetical DTA continues to be
realizable. If, in a future year, management
determines that the hypothetical DTA is no longer
realizable, it must record a deferred tax expense
and a credit to a valuation allowance (if the
hypothetical DTA was recorded) or to equity (if the
hypothetical DTA was not recorded).
8.4.3.2 DTAs Related to Tax Attributes Under the Modified Separate-Return Method
As discussed in the previous section, the operations of a
separate or carve-out entity may result in the generation of tax credits or
NOLs in a particular year for which the entity would not have been able to
recognize the associated tax benefit on a separate-return basis but
hasrecorded a DTA and corresponding benefit after modifying the
separate-return method to take into consideration realizability of the
attribute within the consolidated filing group (see Section 8.3.1.1.1 for
further discussion of modifying the separate-return method for
realizability). In such a case, once the parent has used the tax attribute,
realization has occurred in a manner consistent with the initial conclusion
about the recognition of the attribute in the separate financial statements
(i.e., it was recognized only because it could be used by other members of
the consolidated filing group), and the DTA should be derecognized.
8.4.4 Taxable Temporary Differences Resulting From Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries and Foreign Corporate Joint Ventures in Separate Financial Statements Prepared by Using the Separate-Return Method
ASC 740-30-25-18 indicates that a DTL should not be recognized for
an “excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis [i.e., ‘outside
basis difference’] of an investment in a foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate
joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration” unless “it becomes apparent that those temporary differences will reverse in the
foreseeable future” (emphasis added). There is, however, also a rebuttable
presumption under ASC 740-30-25-3 that all undistributed earnings will be
transferred by a subsidiary to its parent. This rebuttable presumption may be
overcome if the criteria of ASC 740-30-25-17 are met (i.e., sufficient evidence
shows that the subsidiary has invested or will invest the undistributed earnings
indefinitely).
The determination of whether a DTL should be recognized (e.g.,
whether the rebuttable presumption is or is not overcome) for an excess of the
amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a foreign
subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in
duration is first made at the parent’s level on a consolidated basis and takes into
account all of the consolidated entity’s relevant facts and circumstances.
When the investment in the foreign subsidiary or corporate joint
venture is owned by the separate reporting entity and is included in the separate
financial statements of that entity, the separate financial statements prepared by
using the separate-return method2 must also include an assertion with respect to whether the temporary
difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. Questions often arise about
whether the assertion in the separate financial statements prepared by using the
separate-return method should be the same as the assertion made in the consolidated
financial statements related to that same investment or whether, instead, the
separate reporting entity must perform an independent analysis that takes into
account only the separate reporting entity’s operations, facts, and
circumstances.
Preparing an independent analysis that takes into account only the
facts and circumstances of the separate reporting entity is consistent with the
separate-return method. However, we believe that because the separate reporting
entity is controlled by its parent, if the parent considers the separate reporting
entity’s facts and circumstances, the parent is inherently required to also consider
the consolidated filing group’s plans for reinvestment, cash needs, and so forth
when determining whether the outside basis taxable temporary difference will reverse
in the foreseeable future. Therefore, in most cases, if a separate analysis is
performed, the separate reporting entity would reach the same conclusion in both the
current and historical periods presented in the separate financial statements as
that reached by the parent regarding the corresponding periods in the consolidated
financial statements. Thus, it would generally be unnecessary for the separate
reporting entity to perform a separate analysis. The example below illustrates this
concept.
Example 8-7
Assume that U.S. Parent (USP) owns 100
percent of U.S. Subsidiary (USS, a member of USP’s
consolidated U.S. tax return), and USS is preparing separate
financial statements by using the separate-return method.
Assume further that USS owns an investment in Foreign
Corporation A and A has undistributed earnings. USP has
significant cash needs on a consolidated basis and therefore
cannot assert that the undistributed earnings of A will be
indefinitely reinvested, so it records a DTL in its
consolidated financial statements. Even if USS could
demonstrate that, on its own, it did not (and does not) have
significant cash needs in the United States, it would record
a DTL in its separate financial statements because a
decision by USP to repatriate A’s undistributed earnings to
meet USP’s consolidated cash needs would result in USS’s
incurring U.S. income tax (i.e., it would be difficult to
support a conclusion that USS’s outside basis taxable
temporary difference on its investment in A will not reverse
in the foreseeable future given USP’s cash needs and its
control over USS’s operations).
Alternatively, assume that USP has
demonstrated (and continues to demonstrate) on a
consolidated basis that it does not have significant cash
needs and therefore has asserted that the undistributed
earnings of A will be indefinitely reinvested. USS, on its
own, did not (and does not) generate sufficient cash flows
to meet its debt obligations without contributions from USP.
USP has historically provided and has the ability and intent
to continue providing the necessary contributions for the
foreseeable future. Because USP had (and continues to have)
the ability and intent to provide funding to USS, USS would
not have to record a DTL related to its investment in A in
its separate financial statements. However, USS must
carefully consider the facts and circumstances and use
significant professional judgment to determine the
appropriate period, if any, in which to record the DTL in
the separate financial statements.
If management believes that the facts and circumstances suggest that
it is appropriate for the separate or carve-out financial statements and the
consolidated financial statements to contain different conclusions, consultation
with the company’s accounting advisers is strongly encouraged.
Regardless of the conclusions reached, disclosure would be required
in the separate or carve-out financial statements of the company’s accounting for
outside basis deferred taxes on investments in foreign corporations and joint
ventures.
8.4.5 Current Taxes Payable or Receivable and UTB Liability Under the Separate-Return Method
When income tax expense is allocated to the separate reporting
entity under the separate-return method and (1) such allocation results in a current
income tax payable or receivable or (2) the allocation includes an expense related
to a UTB, questions can arise about whether and, if so, how such a current payable
or receivable and the UTB liability should be reflected in the balance sheet.3
A separate reporting entity to which income tax expense was
allocated under the separate-return method should initially reflect current income
taxes payable and UTB liabilities in the balance sheet in the same manner as if it
had prepared a separate return. This view is premised on the facts that (1) under
U.S. federal tax law, members (corporate subsidiaries) of a consolidated filing
group are severally liable for all tax positions taken in the consolidated return
and (2) while nonmembers (unincorporated divisions, branches, or disregarded
entities included in the entity’s consolidated income tax return) are not severally
liable for the current tax liability or tax positions taken in the consolidated
return because they are not regarded as separate entities for income tax purposes,
the presentation of current tax payables and UTB liabilities in the separate
financial statements of nonmembers is consistent with the separate-return method.
The separate reporting entity would then derecognize the payable or UTB liability
(1) once it makes a payment (presumably to its parent under the terms of the
tax-sharing arrangement) to settle the current tax payable or UTB liability or (2)
once the current tax payable or UTB liability is settled by the parent directly with
the taxing authority. If the current tax payable or UTB liability is settled by the
parent directly with the taxing authority, the separate reporting entity would
derecognize the liability with a corresponding entry to equity. Adjustments to the
current tax payable or UTB liability because of changes in facts and circumstances
(i.e., unrelated to payment of the obligations) would generally be accounted for in
the income tax provision.
However, in circumstances in which a tax-sharing agreement exists
between the separate reporting entity and its parent or other members of the
consolidated filing group (or both), we believe that it would also be acceptable for
the separate reporting entity to immediately adjust, through equity, the recorded
amount of current income taxes payable or UTB liabilities to reflect only the amount
the separate reporting entity would be required to pay (presumably to its parent).
For example, a tax-sharing agreement between a parent and a separate reporting
entity that is a member (corporate subsidiary) of the consolidated return group may
specify that the member is not liable for the tax consequences of tax positions
taken in the consolidated return related to its business. The tax-sharing agreement
might also specify that the separate reporting member must reimburse the parent for
income taxes paid for an amount different from that determined by using the
separate-return method. We believe that in each scenario it would be acceptable to
adjust the UTB and current taxes payable to an amount consistent with what the
separate reporting entity would ultimately have to pay (presumably to its parent)
under the tax-sharing agreement. Any such adjustment would be recorded through
equity. This view cannot be applied by analogy to temporary differences in the
separate financial statements.
Footnotes
2
It may be appropriate in some circumstances to modify the
separate-return method (see Section 8.3.1.1.1). We would not
generally expect the types of modifications to the separate-return method
that are described in that section to affect the applicability of the
guidance in this section to separate financial statements.
3
The concepts in this section are equally applicable to
income taxes payable and receivable. However, for ease of discussion
throughout the remainder of this section, we refer only to income taxes
payable.
8.5 Valuation Allowance in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements
See Chapter
5 for a general discussion of valuation allowances under ASC 740. The
manner in which valuation allowances are accounted for in separate or carve-out
financial statements depends on whether income taxes are allocated by using the
separate-return or the parent-company-down method (see Section 8.3 for further discussion of each method):
8.5.1 Separate-Return Method
If the separate-return method is used to allocate taxes in separate or carve-out
financial statements, the separate or carve-out entity’s DTAs should be assessed for
realizability on the basis of available evidence related to only the
operations of the separate or carve-out entity. Therefore, if that entity has
negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent years), it would be difficult
to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not necessary, irrespective of
the available evidence at the consolidated group level (e.g., a history of
profitable operations of the consolidated filing group level).
If, however, an entity has modified the separate-return method for
realizability of its DTAs (as discussed in Section 8.3.1.1.1), the entity may consider
evidence at the consolidated group level when determining whether a valuation
allowance is needed. An entity that files separate or carve-out financial statements
with the SEC and modifies the separate-return method (in this manner or another way)
that is also required to provide pro forma financial statements would be required to
include, in its pro forma income statement, a tax provision (and valuation allowance
assessment) determined by using the separate-return method. See Section 4.4 of Deloitte’s
Roadmap Initial Public
Offerings for more information about pro forma financial
information and when it must be presented.
8.5.2 Parent-Company-Down Method
If the parent-company-down method is used to allocate taxes in separate or carve-out
financial statements, the determination of the need for a valuation allowance in the
separate or carve-out financial statements depends on whether a valuation allowance
was recognized in the consolidated financial statements. In other words, if a
valuation allowance is required at the parent-company level, a valuation allowance
is also required in the financial statements of the stand-alone group member. If no
valuation allowance is necessary at the parent-company level, no valuation allowance
should be provided in the separate or carve-out financial statements.
8.6 Change in Status of the Separate Reporting Entity
Many circumstances can arise that result in the initial recognition or derecognition of
current and deferred income taxes in separate or carve-out financial statements. See
Section 3.5.2 for a general discussion of an entity’s
accounting for a change in status and Sections 11.2.2 and
11.7.4.2 for a discussion of recognition and derecognition of
income taxes in predecessor and successor financial statements (which may be separate or
carve-out financial statements) and separate financial statements of an acquiree.
8.7 Disclosures Required in the Separate Financial Statements of a Member of a Consolidated Tax Return
ASC 740-10
50-17 An entity
that is a member of a group that files a consolidated tax return
shall disclose in its separately issued financial statements:
- The aggregate amount of current and deferred tax expense for each statement of earnings presented and the amount of any tax-related balances due to or from affiliates as of the date of each statement of financial position presented
- The principal provisions of the method by which the consolidated amount of current and deferred tax expense is allocated to members of the group and the nature and effect of any changes in that method (and in determining related balances to or from affiliates) during the years for which the above disclosures are presented.
50-17A An entity that is both not
subject to tax and disregarded by the taxing authority that
elects to include the allocated amount of current and deferred
tax expense in its separately issued financial statements in
accordance with paragraph 740-10-30-27A shall disclose that fact
and provide the disclosures required by paragraph
740-10-50-17.
For general disclosure requirements related to the accounting for income
taxes, see Chapter 14. ASC
740-10-50-17 contains disclosure requirements specific to separate financial statements
of a member of a consolidated filing group. Further, ASC 740-10-50-17A requires an
entity that is not subject to tax and is disregarded by the taxing authority to disclose
that an allocation of income taxes has been made in the separate financial
statements.
8.7.1 Disclosures in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements to Be Included in a Filing With the SEC
The disclosures required by ASC 740-10-50-17 help financial
statement users understand how current and deferred income taxes were allocated, as
required by ASC 740-10-30-27, to a member in its separate financial statements. The
disclosures also help inform users about how that allocation method differs, if at
all, from the terms of any tax-sharing agreements of the member, its parent, and its
affiliates.
However, as SAB Topic 1.B.1 states, the disclosures do not provide information needed
to help financial statement users understand “what the effect on income would have
been if the registrant had not been eligible to be included in a consolidated income
tax return with its parent.” For example, the disclosures required by ASC
740-10-50-17 do not describe either the (1) nature of DTAs and DTLs, NOLs, and tax
credit carryforwards or (2) uncertain tax positions of the consolidated return group
that are attributable to the assets, liabilities, operations, and tax positions of
the member.
Therefore, while it is not clear in ASC 740-10-50-17, we believe
that the separate financial statements of a member that will be included in a filing
with the SEC should generally provide the disclosures required by ASC 740-10-50-17
in addition to the disclosures required by ASC 740-10-50-2 through 50-16,
particularly in situations in which a method other than the parent-company-down
approach is used to compute the tax allocation included in the financial statements.
We believe that the same is true for carve-out financial statements that will be
included in a filing with the SEC.
In addition, as discussed in Section 8.3.2, a
pro forma income statement reflecting a tax provision calculated on a
separate-return basis is required if the separate or carve-out financial statements
include an allocation of current and deferred income taxes that uses a method other
than the separate-return method.
8.7.2 Disclosures in Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements That Will Not Be Included in a Filing With the SEC
If a member’s separate or carve-out financial statements will not be included in a
filing with the SEC, the disclosures required by ASC 740-10-50-17 may be provided
in lieu of those required by ASC 740-10-50-2 through 50-16. However, we
do not believe that this is preferable for the reasons discussed above. Further,
such financial statements may need to provide income tax disclosures other than
those specifically required by ASC 740-10-50-17 when, for example, income tax
matters affecting a member or carve-out entity are critical to users’ understanding
of the financial statements. The circumstances under which additional disclosures
should be provided in such financial statements are a matter of judgment, and
consultation with accounting advisers is recommended.
8.7.3 Disclosures in Abbreviated Separate or Carve-Out Financial Statements
See Section
8.2.5 of this Roadmap, Section 5.2.3 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Carve-Out Financial
Statements, and Section 1.5 of Deloitte’s Roadmap SEC Reporting Considerations for Business
Acquisitions for further discussion of when abbreviated
financial statements may be appropriate.
When abbreviated separate or carve-out financial statements of a business acquired or
to be acquired are prepared with no income tax allocation, an entity should disclose
in the footnotes to the historical abbreviated statements that no allocation of
income tax has been made. It may also be appropriate to include an explanatory
paragraph in the independent accountant’s report that (1) indicates that no income
tax expense or benefit has been recognized in the statement of revenues and expenses
and (2) provides a reference to the appropriate footnote that further discusses the
matter.
Chapter 9 — Foreign Currency Matters
Chapter 9 — Foreign Currency Matters
9.1 Overview
The primary objective of ASC 830, which provides guidance on foreign
currency matters, is for reporting entities to present their consolidated financial
statements as though they are the financial statements of a single entity. Therefore, if
a reporting entity operates in more than one currency environment, it must translate the
financial results of those operations into a single currency (referred to as the
reporting currency). However, this process should not affect the financial results and
relationships that were created in the economic environment of those operations.
In accordance with the primary objective of ASC 830, a reporting entity must use a
“functional currency approach” in which all transactions are first measured in the
currency of the primary economic environment in which the reporting entity operates
(i.e., the functional currency) and then translated into the reporting currency.
In preparing consolidated financial statements as though they are the financial
statements of a single entity, an entity has essentially three currencies to consider:
- Local currency (abbreviated in examples below as "LC" in references to specific currency amounts) — Generally the currency of the country in which the entity operates, it is also the currency in which the financial statements are maintained for local reporting purposes and is commonly, but not always, the currency in which an entity files its tax returns.
- Functional currency (abbreviated in examples below as "FC" in references to specific currency amounts) — The ASC master glossary states that “[a]n entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates; normally, that is the currency of the environment in which an entity primarily generates and expends cash” from its activities. It is also commonly, but not necessarily, the local currency.
- Reporting currency (abbreviated in examples below as "RC" in references to specific currency amounts) — This is the currency in which the financial statements of the reporting group are prepared for consolidated financial reporting purposes.
Local currency amounts are remeasured into functional currency,
and functional currency amounts are translated into the reporting currency in
accordance with the guidance in ASC 830, as discussed in more detail below.
See Deloitte’s Roadmap Foreign Currency Matters for more information.
ASC 830-740
05-1 Topic
740 addresses the majority of differences between the financial
reporting (or book) basis and tax basis of assets and
liabilities (basis differences).
05-2 This
Subtopic addresses the accounting for specific types of basis
differences for entities operating in foreign countries. The
accounting addressed in this Subtopic is limited to the deferred
tax accounting for changes in tax or financial reporting bases
due to their restatement under the requirements of tax laws or
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United
States. These changes arise from tax or financial reporting
basis changes caused by any of the following:
- Changes in an entity’s functional currency
- Price-level related changes
- A foreign entity’s functional currency being different from its local currency.
This Subtopic addresses whether these changes, which can affect
the amount of basis differences, result in recognition of
changes to deferred tax assets or liabilities.
Overall Guidance
15-1 This
Subtopic follows the same Scope and Scope Exceptions as outlined
in the Overall Subtopic, see Section 830-10-15, with specific
qualifications noted below.
Entities
15-2 The
guidance in this Subtopic applies to all entities operating in
foreign countries.
Transactions
15-3 The
guidance in this Subtopic applies to certain specified deferred
tax accounting matters, specifically to the income tax
consequences of changes to tax or financial reporting bases from
their restatements caused by:
- Changes in an entity’s functional currency
- Price-level related changes
- A foreign entity’s functional currency being different from its local currency.
Remeasurement Changes Causing Deferred Tax Recognition
25-1 This
Section addresses basis differences that result from
remeasurement of assets and liabilities due to changes in
functional currency and price levels. These remeasurement
changes will often affect the amount of temporary differences
for which deferred taxes are recognized.
Functional Currency Related Changes
25-2 Subtopic 830-10 requires that a
change in functional currency from the reporting currency to the
local currency when an economy ceases to be considered highly
inflationary shall be accounted for by establishing new
functional currency bases for nonmonetary items. Those bases are
computed by translating the historical reporting currency
amounts of nonmonetary items into the local currency at current
exchange rates.
25-3 As a
result of applying those requirements, the functional currency
bases generally will exceed the local currency tax bases of
nonmonetary items. The differences between the new functional
currency bases and the tax bases represent temporary differences
under Subtopic 740-10, for which deferred taxes shall be
recognized. Paragraph 830-740-45-2 addresses the presentation of
the effect of recognizing these deferred taxes.
Price-Level Related Changes
25-4
Entities located in countries with highly inflationary economies
may prepare financial statements restated for general
price-level changes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States. The tax bases
of assets and liabilities of those entities are often restated
for the effects of inflation.
25-5 When
preparing financial statements restated for general price-level
changes using end-of-current-year purchasing power units,
temporary differences are determined based on the difference
between the indexed tax basis amount of the asset or liability
and the related price-level restated amount reported in the
financial statements. Example 1 (see paragraph 830-740-55-1)
illustrates the application of this guidance.
Inside Basis Differences
Within Foreign Subsidiaries That Meet the Indefinite
Reversal Criterion
25-6
Temporary differences within an entity’s foreign subsidiaries
are referred to as inside basis differences. Differences between
the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of an investment
in a foreign subsidiary are referred to as outside basis
differences.
25-7
Inside basis differences of a foreign subsidiary of a U.S.
parent where the local currency is the functional currency may
result from foreign laws that provide for the occasional
restatement of fixed assets for tax purposes to compensate for
the effects of inflation. The amount that offsets the increase
in the tax basis of fixed assets is sometimes described as a
credit to revaluation surplus, which some view as a component of
equity for tax purposes. That amount becomes taxable in certain
situations, such as in the event of a liquidation of the foreign
subsidiary or if the earnings associated with the revaluation
surplus are distributed. In this situation, it is assumed that
no mechanisms are available under the tax law to avoid eventual
treatment of the revaluation surplus as taxable income. The
indefinite reversal criteria of Subtopic 740-30 shall not be
applied to inside basis differences of a foreign subsidiary, as
indicated in paragraph 740-30-25-17, and a deferred tax
liability shall be provided on the amount of the revaluation
surplus.
25-8
Paragraph 740-10-25-24 indicates that some temporary differences
are deferred taxable income and have balances only on the income
tax balance sheet. Therefore, these differences cannot be
identified with a particular asset or liability for financial
reporting purposes. Because the inside basis difference related
to the revaluation surplus results in taxable amounts in future
years based on the provisions of the foreign tax law, it
qualifies as a temporary difference even though it may be
characterized as a component of equity for tax purposes.
Subtopic 740-30 clearly limits the indefinite reversal criterion
to the temporary differences described in paragraph
740-10-25-3(a) and shall not be applied to analogous types of
temporary differences.
Remeasurement Changes Not Resulting in Deferred Tax
Recognition
25-9 Some
remeasurement-caused changes in basis differences do not result
in recognition of deferred taxes.
25-10 As
indicated in paragraph 740-10-25-3(f), recognition is prohibited
for a deferred tax liability or asset for differences related to
assets and liabilities that, under the requirements of Subtopic
830-10, are remeasured from the local currency into the
functional currency using historical exchange rates and that
result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax
purposes.
25-11
Paragraph 830-10-45-16 provides additional guidance on
accounting for the eventual recognition of indexing related
deferred tax benefits after an entity’s functional currency
changes from the foreign currency to the reporting currency
because the foreign economy becomes highly inflationary.
Foreign Financial Statements Restated for General Price Level
Changes
30-1 In
foreign financial statements that are restated for general
price-level changes, the deferred tax expense or benefit shall
be calculated as the difference between the following two
measures:
- Deferred tax assets and liabilities reported at the end of the current year, determined in accordance with paragraph 830-740-25-5
- Deferred tax assets and liabilities reported at the end of the prior year, remeasured to units of current general purchasing power at the end of the current year.
30-2 The
remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end
of the prior year is reported together with the remeasurement of
all other assets and liabilities as a restatement of beginning
equity.
30-3
Example 1 (see paragraph 830-740-55-1) illustrates the
application of this guidance.
45-1 As
indicated in paragraph 830-20-45-3, when the reporting currency
(not the foreign currency) is the functional currency,
remeasurement of an entity’s deferred foreign tax liability or
asset after a change in the exchange rate will result in a
transaction gain or loss that is recognized currently in
determining net income. Paragraph 830-20-45-1 requires
disclosure of the aggregate transaction gain or loss included in
determining net income but does not specify how to display that
transaction gain or loss or its components for financial
reporting. Accordingly, a transaction gain or loss that results
from remeasuring a deferred foreign tax liability or asset may
be included in the reported amount of deferred tax benefit or
expense if that presentation is considered to be more useful. If
reported in that manner, that transaction gain or loss is still
included in the aggregate transaction gain or loss for the
period to be disclosed as required by that paragraph.
45-2 The
deferred taxes associated with the temporary differences that
arise from a change in functional currency discussed in
paragraph 830-740-25-3 when an economy ceases to be considered
highly inflationary shall be presented as an adjustment to the
cumulative translation adjustments component of shareholders’
equity and therefore shall be recognized in other comprehensive
income.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
9.2 Remeasurement
An entity’s functional currency is determined by considering each of the economic factors
in ASC 830-10-55. After considering these factors, management may determine that an
entity’s functional currency is the currency of the jurisdiction in which the entity
operates (i.e., the local currency). Management may also conclude, on the basis of the
facts and circumstances, that the functional currency is that of another jurisdiction
(e.g., a U.K. subsidiary of a U.S. parent might have a local currency of pounds
sterling, a functional currency of euros, and a reporting currency of U.S. dollars).
Each balance sheet and income statement account must be measured in an entity’s
functional currency for financial reporting purposes. Therefore, if an asset or
liability or transaction is denominated in a currency other than the functional currency
(e.g., local currency), it must be remeasured from that currency into the functional
currency. In addition, if an entity’s books and records are not maintained in the
functional currency, the entity must remeasure each balance sheet and income statement
account into the functional currency. Therefore, an entity’s book basis in an asset or
liability is also established in its functional currency.
ASC 830 provides the following guidance on the rate to be used in
remeasuring local currency balance sheet and income statement amounts:
Description
|
Exchange Rate
|
---|---|
Monetary assets and liabilities
|
Current exchange rate
|
Nonmonetary assets and liabilities
|
Historical exchange rate
|
Revenue and expense items
|
Weighted-average or historical exchange rate
|
See Section 4.3.1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Foreign Currency Matters for interpretative
guidance on distinguishing monetary assets and liabilities from nonmonetary assets and
liabilities.
Remeasurement of various balance sheet and income statement items by
using different exchange rates will generally cause the balance sheet to not balance;
unlike the translation adjustment, the adjustment required to bring the balance sheet
into balance is usually recorded through the income statement as a remeasurement gain or
loss, or often referred to as a transaction gain or loss.
Regardless of an entity’s functional currency for financial reporting
purposes, its tax return is generally prepared in the local currency. Therefore, an
entity’s tax basis in an asset or liability is also typically established in the local
currency. As a result, the remeasurement gains and losses noted above generally never
enter into the tax computation in the local jurisdiction and, hence, represent a
permanent difference, as discussed in more detail below.
Example 9-1
Remeasurement — Monetary
Entity S is a foreign subsidiary of Entity X.
The functional currency (FC) of S is the euro, which is not the
local currency (LC). Assume the following:
- On January 1, 20X1, S obtains a 500,000 LC loan from a third party (i.e., monetary liability) when the exchange rate is 1 LC to 1 FC.
- Entity S’s tax basis in the loan is 500,000 LC on January 1, 20X1.
- On December 31, 20X1, the exchange rate is 1 LC to 2 FC.
- For simplicity, assume that the liability balance has not changed.
On December 31, 20X1, S remeasures the liability
from its local-currency-denominated value of 500,000 LC to 1
million FC. The remeasured value results in an unrealized pretax
remeasurement loss of 500,000 FC for financial reporting
purposes. However, there is no change in book/tax basis
difference, as determined in the currency relevant for tax
purposes, since the amount required to settle the liability
(500,000 LC = 1 million FC ÷ 2) and the tax basis (500,000 LC)
has not changed. Therefore, although the fluctuations in the
exchange rate resulted in a pretax loss for financial reporting
purposes, S would not record any deferred taxes (i.e.,
remeasurement loss represents a permanent item since it is not
deductible for income tax reporting purposes).
Connecting the Dots
Temporary differences should be determined on the basis of the
currency in which the tax return will be filed. Because the tax return is
generally prepared in the local currency (and taxable income therefore is
determined in the local currency), an entity generally must also calculate the
temporary differences in the local currency to determine the amount that will
ultimately result in an increase or decrease to taxes payable in future
years.
The inherent assumption in ASC 740 regarding the accounting for
temporary differences is that assets will be recovered and liabilities will be settled
at their respective book basis, which is determined in the entity’s functional currency.
Therefore, if the functional currency is different from the local currency, changes in
the exchange rate will also change the amount of local currency revenues necessary to
recover or settle the book basis of an asset or liability; however, the local currency
tax basis will not have changed. In addition, because temporary differences (i.e., the
deductible/taxable difference between the book basis and tax basis) must be determined
in the local currency (provided that it is also the tax return currency), fluctuations
in exchanges will affect the book basis of an asset or liability when calculated in the
local currency.
The income tax accounting for nonmonetary and monetary assets and
liabilities is discussed in further detail in the next sections.
9.2.1 Nonmonetary Assets and Liabilities
When the functional currency is not the local currency, an entity is
required to remeasure, for financial reporting purposes, nonmonetary assets and
liabilities (e.g., PP&E) from the local currency into the functional currency by
using the historical exchange rate (i.e., the exchange rate that was in effect when
the transaction was executed). By using the historical exchange rate to remeasure
nonmonetary assets and liabilities, the entity achieves the same result it would
have achieved had it entered into the related transactions in its functional
currency. Therefore, fluctuations in exchange rates will neither increase nor
decrease the carrying amount of nonmonetary assets and liabilities (and will not
give rise to remeasurement gains and losses for financial reporting purposes).
Under ASC 740, it is assumed that assets will be recovered and liabilities will be
settled at their respective financial reporting carrying amounts. Therefore, if the
exchange rate changes after a nonmonetary asset or liability is acquired or
incurred, respectively, the amount of local currency needed to recover the asset or
settle the liability will also change. However, the tax basis of the asset or
liability will not change because it would have been established when the asset was
acquired or the liability was incurred (in the local currency). Therefore, changes
in the exchange rate result in a difference between the amount of local currency
needed to recover the functional-currency-denominated carrying value and the local
currency tax basis.
ASC 740-10-25-3(f) prohibits “recognition of a deferred tax liability or asset for
differences related to assets and liabilities that, under Subtopic 830-10, are
remeasured from the local currency into the functional currency using historical
exchange rates and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax
purposes.” In other words, deferred taxes are not recorded for basis differences
related to nonmonetary assets and liabilities that result from changes in exchange
rates.
Although this basis difference technically meets the definition of a temporary
difference under ASC 740, the FASB concluded that accounting for it as a temporary
difference would result in the recognition of deferred taxes on exchange gains and
losses that are not recognized in the income statement under ASC 830. For this
reason, the FASB decided to prohibit recognition of the deferred tax consequences
for those differences.
However, entities are still required to record deferred taxes for
differences between the local currency tax basis and the local currency book basis
that do not arise from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes (e.g.,
when a nonmonetary asset is depreciated over different periods or at different rates
for book and tax purposes). The deferred taxes for these types of basis differences
are determined in the local currency and then remeasured into the functional
currency at the spot rate because deferred taxes are considered a monetary asset or
liability.1 See Example 9-3
for an illustration of this concept.
Example 9-2
Temporary Differences Not Recognized Under ASC 740
Entity S is a foreign subsidiary of Entity P. The FC of S is
USD, which is not the LC. Assume the following:
- On January 1, 20X1, S purchases a piece of equipment for 500,000 LC when the exchange rate is 1 USD to 1.25 LC (i.e., FC book basis is 400,000 USD).
- The equipment is depreciable on a straight-line basis over 10 years for both financial reporting and tax purposes.
- The foreign tax basis and book basis in the asset is 500,000 LC (the amount paid to acquire the asset). Therefore, no temporary difference exists at the time of purchase.
- The exchange rate on December 31, 20X1, is 1 USD to 1.5 LC.
- The tax rate in S’s jurisdiction is 30 percent.
In this example, if S were to sell the
equipment for its functional currency book basis of $360,000
($400,000 historical cost less $40,000 of accumulated
depreciation) as of December 31, 20X1, S would not recognize
any book gain or loss in its functional currency financial
statements. However, S would realize a taxable gain of
90,000 LC in its local tax return, as illustrated in the
following table:
The difference between the local-currency-denominated
hypothetical sale proceeds and the tax basis meets the
definition of a temporary difference. However, because ASC
740-10-25-3(f) prohibits the recognition of deferred taxes
associated with differences related to nonmonetary assets
and liabilities that are caused by changes in the exchange
rate, S should not record deferred taxes for the 90,000 LC
basis difference.
In this example, there are no other differences between the
local currency book basis and the local currency tax basis
of the equipment that would give rise to deferred taxes.
Example 9-3
Temporary Differences Recognized Under ASC 740
Assume the same facts as in the example
above, except:
- The equipment is depreciated over five years for tax purposes.
- The weighted-average exchange rate during 20X1 is 1 USD to 1.35 LC.
As of December 31, 20X1, Entity S measures
the deferred taxes related to the equipment, as illustrated
in the following table (all amounts are in local
currency):
As indicated above, S recognizes a DTL of
15,000 LC (30% of 50,000 LC) as of December 31, 20X1,
related to the equipment for the difference between the
local currency book basis and local currency tax basis
caused by the difference in depreciation methods. The DTL is
then remeasured into the functional currency at the
reporting-date spot rate. In addition, S recognizes a
deferred tax expense of 15,000 LC in 20X1 as a result of the
increase in the DTL, which is then remeasured into the
functional currency at the weighted-average exchange rate in
effect during 20X1. The difference between these two amounts
results in a foreign currency transaction gain during 20X1,
as illustrated in the following table:
In accordance with ASC 830-740-45-1, S may
present the transaction gain as a deferred tax benefit (as
opposed to a transaction gain above the line) if that
presentation is considered more useful. If the transaction
gain is reported in that manner, it would still be included
in the aggregate transaction gain or loss for the period to
be disclosed as required by ASC 830-20-45-1.
9.2.2 Indexing of the Tax Basis
In addition to fluctuations in the exchange rate, basis differences may arise for
nonmonetary assets and liabilities as a result of indexing that is permitted or
required under the local tax law. Specifically, certain countries (especially those
with economies that are considered highly inflationary) may permit or require
taxpayers to adjust the tax basis of an asset or liability to take into account the
effects of inflation. The inflation-adjusted tax basis of an asset or liability
would be used to determine the future taxable or deductible amounts.
ASC 740-10-25-3(f) prohibits the recognition of a DTL or DTA for tax
consequences of “differences related to assets and liabilities that, under Subtopic
830-10, are remeasured from the local currency into the functional currency using
historical exchange rates and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes” (emphasis added).
As discussed in Section 9.2, under ASC 830, assets and liabilities are remeasured
when the local currency and the functional currency are not the same. The exception
in ASC 740-10-25-3(f) applies only with respect to nonmonetary assets and
liabilities when the parent remeasures the foreign entity’s financial statements
from the local currency into the functional currency (i.e., by using historical
exchange rates). Because DTAs and DTLs are considered to be monetary assets and
liabilities,2 the prohibition in ASC 740-10-25-3(f) would not apply to the indexation of NOL
carryforwards, if permitted by the tax law. If the foreign entity’s local currency
is the functional currency (i.e., subject to translation rather than remeasurement),
the guidance in ASC 740-10-25-3(f) does not apply. The foreign entity would
recognize the deferred tax effects of any indexing, and the parent would then
translate the resulting deferred taxes into the reporting currency. The example
below illustrates this concept.
Example 9-4
Assume that Entity X reports under U.S. GAAP
in USD and has operations in a foreign country in which the
local currency is the functional currency. Under the foreign
jurisdiction’s tax law, the tax basis of depreciable assets
increases in accordance with a particular index. That
increase is 10 percent at the end of 20X1, and X is
therefore able to deduct additional depreciation in current
and future years. Further, at the end of 20X1, the basis of
depreciable assets is 1,000 FC units for financial reporting
purposes and 1,100 FC units for tax purposes after indexing
is taken into account. In addition, the foreign tax rate is
50 percent, and the current exchange rate between the
foreign currency and the USD is 2 FC to $1.
Entity X would establish a DTA related to the indexation of
the tax basis. The DTA is measured in accordance with
foreign tax law and is determined on the basis of the
deductible temporary difference between the financial
reporting basis of the asset (1,000 FC) and the indexed tax
basis (1,100 FC). Thus, at the end of 20X1, X would record a
DTA of 50 FC ([1,100–1,000] × 50%) in the foreign currency
books of record. That DTA would be translated as $25 (50 FC
× 0.5) on the basis of the current exchange rate.
Note that in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-3(f), if the
functional currency is different from the local currency,
the DTA related to the indexed tax basis would not be
recognized.
9.2.3 Monetary Assets and Liabilities When the Reporting Currency Is the Functional Currency
As stated above, the exception in ASC 740-10-25-3(f) does not apply to assets and
liabilities that are remeasured by using current exchange rates (referred to as
“monetary assets and liabilities”). However, when a foreign entity’s functional
currency is different from the local currency (e.g., the functional currency is the
reporting currency of its parent), the foreign entity’s deferred tax accounting for
monetary assets and liabilities depends on whether the asset or liability is
denominated in the local currency or the reporting currency.
9.2.3.1 Local-Currency-Denominated Monetary Assets and Liabilities
When a monetary asset or liability is denominated in an entity’s local currency,
it must be remeasured into the entity’s functional currency each period by using
the current exchange rate for financial reporting purposes. Therefore, when the
reporting currency is the functional currency, monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in the local currency must be remeasured into the reporting currency
at the then-current exchange rate. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the
local currency and the reporting currency will result in (1) changes in the
financial-reporting carrying value of the monetary asset or liability and (2)
transaction gains and losses for financial reporting purposes.
However, although a pretax gain or loss is recognized for
financial reporting purposes, there will be no current or deferred tax expense
or benefit. This is because the exchange rate fluctuations will not result in
taxable income or loss when the asset is recovered or the liability is settled
since the local currency is used to determine taxable income (i.e., those gains
and losses exist only when the asset or liability is measured in the functional
currency). Further, these exchange rate fluctuations do not contribute to any
difference between the book and tax basis of the asset or liability when the
book basis is measured in the local currency. Therefore, there are no current or
deferred tax consequences related to the transaction gains and losses. Thus,
such gains or losses will be permanent items that affect the ETR (i.e., pretax
income or loss with no related tax expense or benefit).
Example 9-5
Local-Currency-Denominated Debt
Entity A, a foreign entity located in
Canada, has a U.S. parent that uses the USD as its
reporting currency. In accordance with ASC 830, A
determines that its functional currency is the reporting
currency of its parent (USD) and not the local currency,
the Canadian dollar (CAD). Entity A’s currency for
income tax reporting purposes is the CAD. On September
30, 20X5, A obtains a loan for CAD 100 million from its
U.S. parent when the exchange rate is USD 1 to CAD 1.25.
The exchange rate on December 31, 20X5, is USD 1 to CAD
1.33.
On September 30, 20X5, the date of the borrowing, A
records the loan at its USD-equivalent value of USD 80
million (CAD 100 million ÷ 1.25). Entity A’s tax basis
in the borrowing is the initial amount borrowed of CAD
100 million (i.e., the tax basis is the
local-currency-denominated amount).
On December 31, 20X5, A remeasures the
liability from its local-currency-denominated value of
CAD 100 million into USD by using the exchange rate in
effect on that date. The remeasured value of USD 75
million (CAD 100 million ÷ 1.33) results in an
unrealized pretax transaction gain of USD 5 million for
financial reporting purposes, which is the difference
between the financial statement carrying value (in USD)
on September 30, 20X5, and that on December 31,
20X5.
However, on December 31, 20X5, there is no unrealized
gain for tax purposes because there is no difference
between the amount required to settle the liability (CAD
100 million) and the tax basis of the liability (CAD 100
million). Since taxable income is determined by using
CAD and the loan is denominated in CAD, the balance is
unchanged from its original tax basis of CAD 100 million
and there is no unrealized gain for tax corresponding to
the gain for financial reporting. Therefore, although
the fluctuation in the exchange rate resulted in a
pretax gain for financial reporting purposes, A would
not record any deferred taxes.
Observation
As discussed above, A will have pretax gain or loss on a
separate-company basis but will not have any
corresponding tax expense or benefit. On a consolidated
basis, because the loan is denominated in CAD, there
will be an equal and offsetting pretax gain or loss for
the U.S. parent. So, on a consolidated basis, there will
be no net pretax gain or loss. While such a pretax gain
or loss will not have any tax effects for A (since A’s
tax return is filed in CAD), there will be a tax effect
related to the U.S. parent’s pretax amount since the
parent uses USD in filing its tax return. The U.S.
parent will have a deferred tax effect related to the
CAD-denominated loan since the USD amount required to
settle the loan fluctuates from the tax basis of the
liability (the USD equivalent of the CAD 100 million
when the loan is entered into). In summary, there will
be no pretax gain or loss on a consolidated basis (there
are equal and offsetting pretax amounts) and no Canadian
tax effect for A; however, there will be a tax effect
for the U.S. parent, which will affect the ETR.
9.2.3.2 Reporting-Currency-Denominated Monetary Assets and Liabilities
Unlike the local-currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities discussed
above, monetary assets or liabilities denominated in an entity’s reporting
currency do not need to be remeasured for financial reporting purposes since
they are already denominated in the functional currency. Therefore, in such
cases, currency fluctuations do not give rise to pretax transaction gains or
losses for financial reporting purposes.
However, fluctuations in the exchange rates will create a difference between the
book and tax basis of the asset or liability when the local-currency equivalent
of the reporting-currency book basis is compared with the local-currency tax
basis. Therefore, although no pretax gain or loss is recognized for financial
reporting purposes, current or deferred taxes may be required. Whether a current
or deferred tax is required in this situation depends on whether the entity will
be taxed on a realized or unrealized basis, as explained below:
- Realized basis (or “settlement approach”) — The gain or loss is included in taxable income only on the date the asset is recovered or the liability is settled. The amount of gain or loss is calculated by comparing the initial tax basis of the asset or liability with its tax basis when the asset or liability is recovered or settled, respectively. The initial tax basis of the asset or liability is generally the local-currency equivalent of the reporting-currency carrying value, determined by using the spot rate on the transaction date. The tax basis of the asset or liability upon settlement is generally the local-currency equivalent of the reporting-currency carrying value, determined by using the spot rate on the settlement/recovery date.
- Unrealized basis (or “mark-to-spot approach”) — The unrealized gain or loss is included in taxable income each year. The amount of unrealized gain or loss is calculated by comparing the initial tax basis of the asset or liability with its tax basis at the end of each year. The initial tax basis is determined in the same manner as the initial tax basis determined under the settlement approach described above. The tax basis of the asset or liability at the end of each year is generally the local-currency equivalent of the reporting-currency carrying value, determined by using the spot rate in effect at the end of the year.
If a foreign entity is taxed under the settlement approach, it
is necessary to calculate a temporary difference and related DTL or DTA as of
the end of each reporting period. The amount of deferred taxes required is equal
to the difference between the initial tax basis of the asset or liability (in
local currency) and the local-currency equivalent of the financial-statement
carrying value, determined by using the exchange rate in effect at the end of
the year and multiplied by the enacted tax rate expected to apply.
Conversely, for jurisdictions that tax unrealized foreign exchange gains or
losses under the mark-to-spot approach, there will generally be no temporary
difference since the entire unrealized amount will be included in taxable income
as it arises and a corresponding current tax expense or benefit will be
recognized.
Because any tax expense or benefit (whether current or deferred) will not have a
corresponding pretax book amount, the related tax expense or benefit will
generally affect the ETR that should be appropriately disclosed in the footnotes
to the financial statements.
Example 9-6
Reporting-Currency-Denominated Debt
Assume the same facts as in Example
9-5, except that the loan is for 100
million denominated in USD, instead of CAD, and Entity
A’s tax rate is 30 percent.
On September 30, 20X5, the date of the borrowing, A
records the loan at its USD-equivalent value of USD 100
million. Entity A’s initial tax basis in the loan is CAD
125 million, the local-currency equivalent of the amount
borrowed, which is calculated by using the exchange rate
in effect on the date of the borrowing (USD 100 million
× 1.25).
On December 31, 20X5, the financial-reporting carrying
value of the loan is still USD 100 million since the
loan is denominated in the functional currency. However,
the local-currency-equivalent value of the loan has
changed to CAD 133 million as a result of the
fluctuation in the exchange rate. Therefore, the change
in the exchange rate has created an unrealized tax loss
of CAD 8 million (equal to the difference between the
book and tax basis of the loan when converted into the
local currency).
If A is taxed under the settlement
approach, it would record a DTA of CAD 2.4 million,
which is equal to the tax effect of the difference
between the tax basis of the loan and the
local-currency-equivalent value on December 31, 20X5, or
(CAD 125 million – CAD 133 million) × 30%. The DTA would
be recognized, subject to realizability, at the average
exchange rate (to determine the amount to recognize as
an income tax benefit) and would then be remeasured at
the exchange rate in effect on December 31, 20X5; any
difference between the two amounts would be included in
the income statement. Under ASC 830-740-45-1, A may
present the transaction gain or loss that results from
remeasuring the DTA as deferred tax expense or benefit
(as opposed to foreign-currency transaction gain or
loss) if such presentation is considered more useful. If
reported in that manner, that transaction gain or loss
is still included in the aggregate transaction gain or
loss for the period, which is disclosed in accordance
with ASC 830-20-45-1.
Conversely, if A is taxed under the mark-to-spot
approach, it would recognize a taxable loss of CAD 8
million and should record a CAD 2.4 million reduction in
current tax payable and a CAD 2.4 million income tax
benefit.
Observation
In this example, there will be no pretax
income for either A or the U.S. parent, nor will there
be such income in consolidation (since A, the U.S.
parent, and the consolidated financial statements use
USD). Further, the U.S. parent in this example (unlike
the U.S. parent in Example 9-5) will have no tax effect
since the loan is denominated in USD and the U.S. parent
files its tax return in USD. However, A will have a tax
effect (either current or deferred, depending on
Canadian tax law) related to the loan, since it files
its tax return in CAD but the loan is denominated in
USD.
In summary, in both examples, there is
no consolidated pretax gain or loss. (In Example
9-5, there are equal and offsetting
pretax amounts; in this example, because the loan is
denominated in USD, there is no pretax gain or loss in
either A or the U.S. parent.) In each example, there is
a tax effect in the consolidated financial statements
(and that tax effect affects the ETR, since there is a
tax effect with no corresponding pretax amount; however,
see Section 9.7 for a possible exception).
In Example 9-5, the loan is denominated in
CAD and thus the tax effect is in the U.S. parent
because the U.S. parent bears the foreign exchange
fluctuation risk. However, in this example, the loan is
denominated in USD; therefore, the tax effect is in A
because A bears such fluctuation risk.
Footnotes
9.3 Price-Level-Adjusted Financial Statements
Entities located in countries with highly inflationary economies may prepare financial
statements restated for general price-level changes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The
tax bases of those entities’ assets and liabilities are often restated for the effects
of inflation.
When a foreign entity prepares domestic price-level-adjusted financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, the recognition exception in ASC 740-10-25-3(f) does not
apply. ASC 830-740-25-5 concludes that “[w]hen preparing financial statements restated
for general price-level changes using end-of-current-year purchasing power units,
temporary differences [under ASC 740] are determined based on the difference between the
indexed tax basis amount of the asset or liability and the related price-level restated
amount reported in the financial statements.”
In addition, ASC 830-740-30-1 concludes that the deferred tax expense or
benefit should be calculated as the difference between (1) “[d]eferred tax assets and
liabilities reported at the end of the current year, determined in accordance with
paragraph 830-740-25-5,” and (2) “[d]eferred tax assets and liabilities reported at the
end of the prior year, remeasured to units of current general purchasing power at the
end of the current year.” Further, ASC 830-740-30-2 states that the “remeasurement of
deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of the prior year is reported together
with the remeasurement of all other assets and liabilities as a restatement of beginning
equity.”
The graphic below illustrates the calculation of deferred tax expense or
benefit.
9.4 Cumulative Translation Account Overview
Under ASC 830-30, all financial statement elements must be translated from the functional
currency to the reporting currency by using a current exchange rate, which ASC
830-30-45-4 defines as “the rate as of the end of the period covered by the financial
statements or as of the dates of recognition in those statements in the case of
revenues, expenses, gains, and losses.” For practical reasons, ASC 830 permits the use
of weighted-average exchange rates or other methods that provide a reasonable
approximation of the rates in effect on the date of recognition.
The following is a summary of the exchange rates used in the translation process:
9.4.1 Recognition of Deferred Taxes for Temporary Differences Related to the CTA
As stated above, under foreign currency guidance in ASC 830, assets,
liabilities, revenues, expenses, gains, and losses of a foreign subsidiary whose
functional currency is the local currency are translated from that foreign currency
into the reporting currency by using current exchange rates. Translation adjustments
recognized as part of this process are not included in the determination of net
income but are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity (the CTA).
After a change in exchange rates, the translation process often creates basis
differences in amounts equal to the parent entity’s translation adjustment because
it changes the parent’s financial reporting amount of the investment in the foreign
entity but the parent’s tax basis in that entity generally does not change.
A DTA or DTL may be required when an entity recognizes translation
adjustments as a result of an exchange rate change if the parent entity is accruing
income taxes on its outside basis difference in a particular investment (note that a
CTA can be recorded on both the capital and undistributed earnings of the
investment, as illustrated in the example below). However, ASC 830-30-45-21 states,
in part, that if “deferred taxes are not provided for unremitted earnings of a
subsidiary, in those instances, deferred taxes shall not be provided on translation
adjustments.” In other words, if all or a portion of the earnings are not
indefinitely reinvested and the related temporary differences will reverse within
the foreseeable future (i.e., the earnings will be repatriated to the parent),
translation adjustments associated with such unremitted earnings will affect the
deferred taxes to be recorded. Conversely, if the earnings are indefinitely
reinvested and the requirements in ASC 740-30 for not recording deferred taxes on
unremitted earnings of a foreign subsidiary have been met, deferred taxes on the
translation adjustments are similarly not recorded.
Example 9-7
Assume that Entity X, a calendar-year U.S. entity whose
reporting currency is USD, has a majority-owned subsidiary,
S, located in the United Kingdom, and that S’s functional
currency is the British pound. In addition, assume that as
of December 31, 20X1, S’s net assets subject to translation
under ASC 830 are 1,100 British pounds, the exchange rate
between USD and the British pound is 1 to 1, X’s tax basis
in S’s common stock is $1,000, and S had $100 in unremitted
earnings for 20X1. Further assume that, in a manner
consistent with ASC 830-10-55-10 and 55-11, the calculation
of $100 in unremitted earnings was based on “an
appropriately weighted average exchange rate for the
period,” which was also 1 to 1.
Moreover, assume that on December 31, 20X2, S’s common stock
subject to translation is unchanged at 1,000 British pounds,
S’s undistributed earnings for 20X2 are 200 British pounds
(the total undistributed earnings as of December 31, 20X2,
are 300 British pounds), and the weighted-average exchange
rate during the year between USD and the British pound
remained at 1 to 1. As of December 31, 20X2, however, the
exchange rate is 2 to 1. Thus, X’s investment in S is
translated at $2,600, and the CTA account reflects a $1,300
pretax gain. Entity X has the intent and ability to
indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of S (inclusive
of the CTA). Thus, in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-3(a)(1),
no DTL is recognized on the portion of the outside basis
difference related to the undistributed earnings of S
(inclusive of the CTA). Further, in accordance with ASC
830-30-45-21, no deferred taxes are provided on the
translation adjustments related to the common stock.
However, if X does not have the intent and
ability to indefinitely reinvest S’s earnings (although X
believes that its original investment in S is considered
indefinite under ASC 740-30), a DTL should be recorded for
the portion of the outside basis difference related to
unremitted earnings, including the $300 translation
adjustment on the earnings (on the basis of a weighted
average of exchange rates for the period). However, X would
not have to record a DTL for the $1,000 of CTA related to
the 1,000 British pounds of common stock if the initial
investment is indefinitely reinvested.
Note that after the enactment date of the
2017 Act, undistributed earnings may not give rise to a U.S.
taxable outside basis difference because such earnings
are/were immediately includable in an entity’s U.S. taxable
income (whether as a result of (1) the entity’s deemed
repatriation tax (see IRC Section 965) or (2) deemed
repatriation as a GILTI inclusion or Subpart F inclusion in
the year earned) or are eligible for the IRC Section 245A
dividends received deduction when the entity is measuring
the U.S. DTL. However, there may still be a future tax
impact related to foreign currency fluctuations (see IRC
Section 986(c)); therefore, if X is not indefinitely
reinvested in S, the $1,300 gain recognized in CTA may
represent a taxable temporary difference.
When a DTL or DTA related to a parent entity’s cumulative foreign
currency translation adjustments is recognized, the tax consequences of foreign
currency exchange translations are generally, in accordance with the intraperiod
allocation rules, reported as a component of the CTA account in accordance with ASC
740-20-45-11(b).
See Chapter 6 for a detailed discussion of intraperiod allocation.
9.5 Hedge of a Net Investment in a Foreign Subsidiary
Entities sometimes enter into instruments (e.g., forward contracts) to
hedge their foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary. If an
instrument is designated as the hedging instrument in an eligible net investment hedge,
the gains and losses on it are initially recognized in the CTA line item of OCI in
accordance with ASC 815-35-35-1.
If such a hedging transaction creates a temporary difference but the
parent does not provide for deferred taxes related to translation adjustments, the
deferred taxes should nonetheless be recognized for the temporary difference created by
the hedging transaction. The tax consequences of hedging gains or losses that are
attributable to assets and liabilities of a foreign subsidiary or foreign corporate
joint venture are not indefinitely postponed, as contemplated in ASC 740-10-25-3(a)(1),
because the tax consequences are generally recognized upon settlement (e.g., settlement
at the end of a contract period or repayment of a loan). Therefore, usually a DTL or DTA
will result from hedging gains and losses, irrespective of whether a parent entity’s
investment in a foreign subsidiary or foreign corporate joint venture is considered
indefinite. In accordance with the intraperiod allocation rules, specifically ASC
740-20-45-11(b), the tax consequences of establishing a DTA or DTL on an asset or
liability related to a hedging transaction is typically reported as a component of
CTA.
9.6 Changes in an Entity’s Functional Currency
An entity may determine that it needs to change its functional currency as a result of
significant changes in economic facts and circumstances. For example, changes in
functional currency may result from one-time transactions, such as a merger or
acquisition, or from a longer-term shift in an entity’s operations.
In addition, when the economy in the country in which a foreign entity
operates becomes highly inflationary,3 the entity must change its functional currency to its immediate parent’s reporting
currency (e.g., USD). Likewise, when the economy in the country in which a foreign
entity operates ceases to be highly inflationary, the entity should discontinue using
its immediate parent’s reporting currency as its functional currency, provided that the
entity’s facts and circumstances have not changed in such a way that its functional
currency should now be the same as the reporting currency used for highly inflationary
accounting (e.g., analysis of the economic indicators described in ASC 830-10 results in
the determination that the entity’s functional currency should be that of its parent
regardless of the inflationary status of its local economy).
Regardless of the reason, ASC 830 requires entities to account for the effects of a
change in the functional currency by remeasuring the carrying value of their assets and
liabilities into the new functional currency. ASC 830-740 addresses the accounting for
the income tax effects related to a change in the functional currency, which differs
depending on whether the functional currency changed to or from the reporting
currency.
9.6.1 Changes From the Local Currency to the Reporting Currency
When the reporting currency is the functional currency, ASC
830-10-45-18 requires that historical exchange rates be used to remeasure
nonmonetary assets and liabilities from the local currency into the reporting
currency, and therefore the exception in ASC 740-10-25-3(f), as discussed in
Section 9.2.1, applies.
ASC 830-10-45-10 states, in part, that “[i]f the functional currency
changes from a foreign currency to the reporting currency, translation adjustments
for prior periods shall not be removed from equity and the translated amounts for
nonmonetary assets at the end of the prior period become the accounting basis for
those assets in the period of the change and subsequent periods.”
In this case, because the pretax carrying amounts of the
subsidiary’s assets and liabilities do not change when the functional currency
changes, temporary differences also do not change. Therefore, the subsidiary’s DTAs
and DTLs should not be adjusted on the date on which the functional currency changes
from local currency to the reporting currency.
However, the guidance in ASC 740-10-25-3(f) would be applied prospectively from the
date of the change. Therefore, after the functional currency is changed to the
reporting currency, the exception applies and, while the local-currency-equivalent
amount of the financial reporting carrying value (for use in determining the
temporary difference) is measured by using the spot rate as of the subsequent
reporting date, deferred tax on the temporary difference associated with the change
in exchange rates is not recognized.
In addition, an entity would continue to recognize deferred taxes
for (1) differences related to the effects of exchange rate changes associated with
reporting-currency-denominated (or any other nonlocal-currency-denominated) monetary assets and liabilities and (2) other differences
between the local-currency financial reporting carrying value and local-currency tax
basis of nonmonetary assets (e.g., differences arising when
a nonmonetary asset is depreciated over different periods for book and tax
purposes), excluding the effects of indexing. As discussed in Section 9.2.2, certain
countries (especially those that are considered highly inflationary) permit the tax
basis of assets to be indexed. ASC 830-10-45-16 states, in part:
[D]eferred tax benefits attributable to any such indexing that occurs after the
change in functional currency to the reporting currency shall be recognized when
realized on the tax return and not before. Deferred tax benefits that were
recognized for indexing before the change in functional currency to the
reporting currency are eliminated when the related indexed amounts shall be
realized as deductions for tax purposes.
Therefore, deferred tax effects (either a lesser DTL or a DTA) that
were recognized as a result of indexing before the change in functional currency to
the reporting currency are not derecognized. Rather, such effects reverse over time
as those benefits are realized on the tax return (i.e., previously recognized DTAs
should not be reversed when the functional currency is changed to the reporting
currency). Going forward, in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-3(f), no new DTAs should
be recognized for the effects of indexing that occur after the change in the
functional currency.
Because the effects of indexing are ignored for deferred tax accounting purposes when
the reporting currency is the functional currency, the current-year tax depreciation
of indexation not recognized under ASC 740 (i.e., any indexation after the reporting
currency became the functional currency) will result in a current-period tax benefit
and a favorable permanent difference. Therefore, the excess tax depreciation
(because of unrecognized indexing) will result in a lower ETR in the year in which
it is realized on the entity’s tax return. The prohibition in ASC 740-10-25-3(f)
causes the timing of recognition of the tax benefit related to indexing to shift
from the period in which the indexing occurs to the period in which the additional
tax basis is depreciated or amortized (even when the resulting deduction increases
an NOL carryforward).
Example 9-8
Entity A, a foreign entity, uses the LC as its functional
currency. Entity A’s parent is a U.S. entity that uses USD
as its reporting currency. On January 1, 20X5, A acquires a
piece of equipment for 1 million LC. The equipment is
depreciated on a straight-line basis over four years for
both book and tax purposes. The tax laws of the foreign
country in which A operates allow for a 15 percent increase
in the tax basis at the end of each year (i.e., the
depreciable tax basis includes the additional tax basis from
indexation), which is depreciated over the remaining tax
life of the equipment. Assume that A’s tax rate is 40
percent.
Entity A’s deferred taxes on the temporary difference
associated with the equipment are calculated as follows (all
amounts are in local currency):
Assume that on January 1, 20X6, the country
in which A operates becomes highly inflationary (or that A
otherwise determines that its functional currency has
changed to the reporting currency). The exchange rate on
January 1, 20X6, is 1 USD to 5 LC, the average exchange rate
for 20X6 is 1 USD to 12.5 LC, and the exchange rate on
December 31, 20X6, is 1 USD to 20 LC. Under ASC 830, A’s
functional currency would change to the reporting currency
of its parent (USD) in the period in which A determines that
the jurisdiction is highly inflationary (or otherwise
determines that its functional currency should be the
reporting currency). The USD-translated amount for the
equipment at the end of the prior period (December 31, 20X5)
becomes the accounting basis in the current period and in
subsequent periods. The following table illustrates the tax
effects when A changes its functional currency from the
local currency to the reporting currency (all amounts are in
local currency):
On December 31, 20X6, A would recognize a
DTA of 30,000 LC (temporary difference of 75,000 LC × 40%
tax rate). The change in the local currency DTA from the
beginning of the year to the end of the year would be
recognized at the average exchange rate (to determine the
amount to recognize as an income tax expense) (45,000 LC −
30,000 LC = 15,000 LC ÷ 12.5 = $1,200), and the end-of-year
local currency DTA would then be converted at the exchange
rate in effect on December 31, 20X6; any difference between
the change in the USD beginning-of-the-year DTA ($9,000 =
45,000 LC ÷ 5) and the USD end-of-year DTA ($1,500 = 30,000
LC ÷ 20) and the amount recognized as an income tax expense
($1,200) would be included in the income statement, which is
calculated as ($9,000 – $1,500) – $1,200 = $6,300. Under ASC
830-740-45-1, A may present the transaction gain or loss
that results from remeasuring the DTA (i.e., $6,300) as
deferred tax expense or benefit (rather than as a
transaction gain or loss) if such presentation is considered
more useful. If reported in that manner, the transaction
gain or loss would still be included in the aggregate
transaction gain or loss for the period, which would be
disclosed in accordance with ASC 830-20-45-1.
Because A’s functional currency changed to USD (i.e., the
reporting currency of its parent) in 20X6, it would not
recognize any deferred taxes related to the additional
indexing that occurred in 20X6 since that adjustment was
made after the functional currency changed. Further, A would
not immediately reverse the DTA that it previously recorded
in connection with the 20X5 indexing adjustments before its
functional currency changed. Rather, the DTA would be
reversed over time as those benefits (in the form of
increased tax depreciation expense) are realized on A’s tax
return. In 20X6, A claimed 37,500 LC more tax depreciation
than book depreciation. Because this additional depreciation
was realized on the return, A reverses the DTA by the
corresponding, tax-effected amount (37,500 LC × 40% =
15,000).
In addition, when determining the
local-currency-equivalent amount of the USD carrying value
of the equipment (for use in measuring the temporary
difference related to the equipment), A must use the
exchange rate in effect at the time the functional currency
changed (i.e., the historical exchange rate).4 The fact that the presumed recovery of the equipment
for its USD carrying amount implies a different
local-currency-equivalent amount (i.e., 500,000 LC ÷ 5 =
$100,000 × 20 = 2 million LC ) as the exchange rate
fluctuates is not considered because the equipment is
remeasured from the local currency into the functional
currency by using historical exchange rates (which is the
exception in ASC 740-10-25-3(f)).
Further assume that throughout 20X7, the country in which A
operates continues to be highly inflationary and that its
functional currency therefore continues to be the reporting
currency. The following table illustrates A’s tax effects in
20X7 (all amounts are in local currency):
In 20X7, A realizes total tax depreciation
of 330,625 LC on its tax return (the total of the first and
second columns in the table above). However, of the total
tax depreciation realized, 43,125 LC is related to the
effects of the indexing that occurred in 20X6.5 Because the indexing occurred after the functional
currency changed to the reporting currency, the excess
depreciation realized in 20X7 has no impact on the DTA.
Because this amount is realized on the entity’s return, it
creates a permanent difference in 20X7, which would lower
A’s ETR and current payable (provided that A reported
taxable income).
The remainder of the tax depreciation realized in 20X7
(287,500 LC) is related to the tax basis that existed before
the functional currency changed to the reporting currency.
The amount is the same as the amount calculated in 20X6 and
would remain the same in 20X8 (the last year of the asset’s
useful life for tax purposes). Because this amount is 37,500
LC higher than the depreciation expense realized for book
purposes, A reverses the DTA by the corresponding,
tax-effected amount (37,500 LC × 40% = 15,000). The
remaining temporary difference of 37,500 LC at the end of
20X7 would be reversed in 20X8.
Lastly, A does not recognize a DTA for the additional
indexing that occurred at the end of 20X7 since that
adjustment occurred after the functional currency was
changed.
9.6.2 Change in the Functional Currency When an Economy Ceases to Be Considered Highly Inflationary
When an entity has a foreign subsidiary operating in an economy that
is considered highly inflationary under ASC 830, the reporting currency will be used
as the subsidiary’s functional currency to measure foreign nonmonetary assets and
liabilities, such as inventory, land, and depreciable assets. If the rate of
inflation for the local currency significantly declines, the economy will no longer
be considered highly inflationary and the entity will need to account for the change
in its subsidiary’s functional currency from the reporting currency to the local
currency.
Deferred taxes should be recognized when the new local currency
accounting bases are established for the foreign nonmonetary assets and liabilities.
ASC 830-740-25-3 concludes that any resulting difference between the new functional
currency basis and the tax basis is a temporary difference for which intraperiod tax
allocation is required under ASC 740. Since the functional currency book basis
generally will exceed the local currency tax basis in this situation, a DTL will be
recognized at the time the change occurs. In addition, under ASC 830-740-45-2, the
deferred tax expense associated with the taxable temporary difference that arises
should be reflected as an adjustment to the cumulative translation component of OCI
rather than as a charge to income. The example below illustrates this concept.
Example 9-9
A foreign subsidiary of a U.S. entity
operating in a highly inflationary economy purchases
equipment with a 10-year useful life for 100,000 LC on
January 1, 20X1. The asset is depreciated over 10 years for
both book and tax purposes. The exchange rate on the
purchase date is 10 LC to $1, so USD-equivalent cost was
$10,000. On December 31, 20X5, the equipment has a net book
value on the subsidiary’s local books of 50,000 LC (the
original cost of 100,000 LC less accumulated depreciation of
50,000 LC) and the current exchange rate is 75 LC to 1 USD.
In the U.S. parent’s consolidated financial statements,
annual depreciation expense of $1,000 has been reported for
each of the last five years, and on December 31, 20X5, a
$5,000 amount is reported for the equipment (foreign
currency basis measured at the historical exchange rate
between USD and the foreign currency on the date of
purchase).
At the beginning of 20X6, the economy in
which the subsidiary operates ceases to be considered highly
inflationary. Accordingly, assuming the functional currency
and local currency are now the same, the foreign subsidiary
would establish a new functional currency accounting basis
for the equipment as of January 1, 20X6, by translating the
reporting currency amount of $5,000 into the functional
currency at the current exchange rate of 75 LC to 1 USD. The
new functional currency accounting basis on the date of
change would be 375,000 LC (5,000 × 75).6
A DTL, as measured under the tax laws of the
foreign jurisdiction, is recorded in the subsidiary’s local
books on January 1, 20X6. This measurement is based on the
temporary difference between the new reporting basis of the
asset of 375,000 LC and its underlying tax basis, 50,000 LC,
on that date. Thus, if a tax rate of 50 percent in the
foreign jurisdiction is assumed, a DTL of 162,500 LC
(325,000 LC × 50%) would be recorded on the local books of
record. That DTL would then be translated at the current
exchange rate between USD and the local currency and
reported as $2,167 (i.e., 162,500 LC ÷ 75) in the
consolidated financial statements with a corresponding
charge to the cumulative translation account. The foreign
subsidiary would compare the functional currency book basis
with the tax basis prospectively to determine the temporary
difference and change in the DTL recognized.
Footnotes
3
The CAQ’s International Practices Task Force (IPTF) has
developed a framework for compiling inflation data to help registrants determine
whether a particular country has met the definition in ASC 830 of highly
inflationary. The IPTF periodically issues discussion documents on this topic.
4
With respect to assets held at the
time the functional currency is changed to the
reporting currency, the “historical exchange rate”
means the rate in effect on the date of change in
the functional currency. With respect to assets
acquired after the change in functional currency,
the “historical exchange rate” means the rate used
to remeasure the local-currency cost of the asset
into the reporting-currency amount (generally, the
rate in effect when the asset was acquired).
5
The amount of depreciation expense
related specifically to the 20X6 indexing is
calculated by dividing the amount of tax basis
created as a result of the indexing (86,250 LC) by
the number of years remaining on the asset’s useful
life for tax purposes at the time the basis
increased (two years). This amount can also be
calculated by comparing the amounts of tax
depreciation expense before and after the change in
functional currency.
6
Note that the redetermination of the
new functional currency occurs only in the year in
which the economy ceases to be highly
inflationary.
9.7 Long-Term Intra-Entity Loans to Foreign Subsidiaries
In accordance with ASC 830-20-35-4, intra-entity loans to foreign
subsidiaries that are of a long-term-investment nature and whose repayment is not
foreseeable are treated as part of the overall net investment in the foreign subsidiary.
If either the parent or the subsidiary has a different functional currency than the
currency in which the loan is denominated, it will have foreign currency exposure for
financial reporting purposes related to fluctuations in the exchange rate. In a manner
consistent with the loan’s “part of the net investment” characterization, ASC
830-20-35-3(b) requires that any loan-related pretax foreign exchange gain or loss that
would have been classified as a foreign currency transaction gain or loss in the income
statement be recognized in the CTA account within OCI.
If the loan is denominated in the subsidiary’s functional currency, any gain or loss
related to fluctuations in the exchange rate will reside with the parent. If the loan is
denominated in the parent’s functional currency, any gain or loss related to
fluctuations in the exchange rate will reside with the foreign subsidiary. In either
case, as noted above, the gain or loss is recognized as part of the CTA account within
OCI rather than as a foreign exchange gain or loss in the period in which the gain or
loss arises.
Because the loan is characterized as part of the overall net investment,
questions can arise regarding the recognition of deferred taxes. The next sections
discuss in further detail the income tax accounting for a loan that is of a long-term
investment nature.
9.7.1 Deferred Tax Considerations When Intra-Entity Loans That Are of a Long-Term-Investment Nature Are Denominated in the Subsidiary’s Functional Currency
When a loan that is of a long-term-investment nature is denominated
in the subsidiary’s functional currency and the parent will have an exchange-related
gain or loss, the parent should not automatically apply the exception to the
recognition of a DTL under ASC 740-30-25-18 (related to a taxable basis difference
in a foreign subsidiary whose reversal is not foreseeable) or the exception to the
recognition of a DTA under ASC 740-30-25-9 (related to a deductible temporary
difference in any subsidiary that is not expected to reverse in the
foreseeable future). Rather, an entity must consider applicable tax law and, if the
taxable or deductible temporary difference related to the loan is expected to
reverse in the foreseeable future, the entity should generally recognize deferred
taxes (i.e., either a DTL or a DTA), setting aside “unit of account” considerations
(see additional discussion in the next section).
For example, when the loan has a fixed term but it is asserted that repayment is not
foreseeable, a representation is being made that the loan either will be extended
when it would otherwise mature or will be contributed to the equity of the
subsidiary. If either of those actions will result in the recognition of an
unrealized foreign-exchange-related gain or loss for tax purposes, an entity should
generally recognize a DTL or DTA (setting aside “unit of account” considerations).
In other words, since both the loan’s maturity date and the date on which the
related temporary difference will reverse are known, it appears that the related
temporary difference (whether taxable or deductible) will reverse in the foreseeable
future. Since the temporary difference is certain to reverse on a known date, the
exceptions that might apply when the reversal of the temporary difference is not
foreseeable should not be applied.
9.7.1.1 Unit of Account
The fact that the loan is considered under ASC 830 as part of the overall net
investment in the foreign subsidiary raises an interesting question about the
identification of the appropriate “unit of account.” For example, if the U.S.
parent has a foreign-exchange-related gain or loss (the loan is denominated in
the functional currency of the subsidiary) and there is a taxable temporary
difference related to the loan but a deductible temporary difference related to
the parent’s investment in the subsidiary’s shares (as a result of losses in the
subsidiary), the overall basis difference (viewed as a single unit of account)
might net to a deductible temporary difference (i.e., the subsidiary’s losses
exceed the loan-related exchange gain). The reverse can also occur, in which
case a taxable temporary difference related to the shares and a deductible
temporary difference related to the loan would net to an overall taxable
temporary difference for the single unit of account.
We believe that, in such instances, an entity should establish
an accounting policy to address the “opposite direction” circumstances described
above. One acceptable alternative would be for the entity to consider the loan
and share temporary differences as distinct units of account, allowing a
deferred tax to be recognized for the loan-related temporary difference
irrespective of the overall temporary difference. According to this alternative,
two distinct assets are recognized as existing under the tax law (the loan and
the shares), each with its own separate and distinct basis difference. The other
acceptable alternative would be to consider the overall temporary difference as
a single unit of account for which deferred tax would be recognized for the
loan-related temporary difference only if it is (1) in the same direction as the
overall temporary difference and (2) limited to the greater of the overall
temporary difference or the loan-related temporary difference. According to this
alternative, the loan is considered part of the net investment in the subsidiary
under ASC 830 (i.e., there is only one investment balance for book purposes).7
Note that the “unit of account” question primarily arises when the temporary
difference related to the loan is in the opposite direction of the overall
temporary difference (including the loan). This question can also arise when the
loan-related temporary difference exceeds the overall temporary difference
(including the loan). When the temporary difference related to the loan and the
overall temporary difference are in the same direction and the overall
temporary difference exceeds the loan-related amount, the DTL or DTA would be
recognized under either accounting policy.
In accordance with the intraperiod allocation rules, specifically ASC
740-20-45-11(b), deferred income tax expense or benefit related to an unrealized
exchange gain or loss with respect to the loan would generally be allocated to
the CTA account within OCI.
9.7.2 Deferred Tax Considerations When Intra-Entity Loans That Are of a Long-Term-Investment Nature Are Denominated in the Parent’s Functional Currency
When a loan is denominated in the parent’s currency, the treatment
of the loan as part of the overall net investment might raise the question of
whether the loan should be treated as equity. Also, a question might arise regarding
whether the subsidiary should consider any of the exceptions that might apply to a
parent’s investment in a foreign subsidiary (generally, ASC 740-30-25-17 prohibits
the recognition of deferred taxes when it is not foreseeable that the related
taxable or deductible temporary difference will reverse).
When an intra-entity loan that is of a long-term-investment nature
is denominated in the parent’s functional currency, the foreign subsidiary should
generally record current or deferred taxes related to the pretax foreign exchange
gain or loss unless the foreign subsidiary’s jurisdiction will not tax the foreign
exchange gain or loss at any point in time. The foreign subsidiary should neither
analogize to ASC 740-30-25-17 or ASC 740-30-25-9 nor consider the loan a component
of its equity that is therefore not subject to evaluation as a temporary difference.
It would not be appropriate for the foreign subsidiary to apply the exceptions in
ASC 740-30-25-17 and ASC 740-30-25-9 because those exceptions apply to a parent’s
outside basis difference in an investment in a foreign subsidiary (i.e., the
exceptions apply to the parent as the “investor” in a foreign subsidiary and are not
relevant to the foreign subsidiary “investee”).
In addition, although an intra-entity loan that is of a long-term-investment nature
is treated as part of the parent’s net investment in the foreign subsidiary in the
accounting for foreign currency fluctuations, it is still a loan, albeit one that
has an indefinite duration. While an intra-entity loan that is of a
long-term-investment nature might ultimately be contributed to the equity of the
foreign subsidiary, in the intervening periods, an intra-entity loan that is of a
long-term-investment nature is reflected in the books of the parent and subsidiary
as an intra-entity receivable and payable (subject to the assessment of any
uncertain tax positions). Therefore, the foreign subsidiary should not treat the
liability as a component of its equity.
Accordingly, the temporary difference related to the foreign subsidiary’s liability
will need to be determined as of each reporting date by comparing the tax basis,
which is generally equal to the original amount borrowed (in terms of the local
currency that is used to measure taxable income), with the book basis in the
liability, which is equal to the amount required to repay the loan (again,
determined in terms of the local currency and the exchange rate as of the reporting
date). The difference, which represents a transaction gain or loss for tax purposes,
will generally be included in the local tax return on either a realized basis or an
unrealized basis as discussed in Section
9.2.3.
Because the actual mechanics may vary by jurisdiction (i.e., some
jurisdictions might limit the deductibility of losses but require that all gains be
taxed), an entity must consider the actual local tax law related to whether the
foreign currency transaction gain or loss is taxable or deductible as well as the
timing of recognition of any gain or loss.
Since it is not foreseeable that the loan will be repaid, it is
expected that the loan would be extended upon its scheduled maturity or contributed
to equity. If those events are not considered taxable transactions in the foreign
subsidiary’s jurisdiction, it would be appropriate to apply ASC 740-10-25-30, which
states that basis differences that do “not result in taxable or deductible amounts
in future years when the related asset or liability for financial reporting is
recovered or settled . . . may not be temporary differences for which a deferred tax
liability or asset is recognized” (e.g., corporate-owned life insurance that can be
recovered tax free upon the death of the insured in accordance with the intent of
the policy owner).
While the preceding discussion focuses on a foreign subsidiary (i.e., a foreign
corporation that is controlled and consolidated by the parent), the same potential
for tax consequences would apply to loans made to a disregarded entity (i.e., an
entity that is treated as a branch of the parent) or to loans between brother-sister
entities. However, in the case of a loan made to a disregarded entity, the parent
should also consider the FTC consequences of any current or deferred tax recognized
by the foreign subsidiary.
A U.S. parent should also be aware that any gain or loss recognized by a foreign
subsidiary might be treated as Subpart F income under the IRC.
Footnotes
7
Companies that have elected a policy to view the note
and shares as one unit of account may still be able to disaggregate the
outside basis difference into the underlying components. See Section 3.4.12A
for further discussion of disaggregation.
9.8 Changes in U.S. Deferred Income Taxes Related to a Foreign Branch CTA
As discussed in Section 3.3.6.3, a branch is subject to taxation in two countries;
therefore, it will generally have in-country temporary differences and U.S. temporary
differences. Further, because a foreign branch of a U.S. parent operates in a foreign
country, its functional currency as determined under ASC 830 may be, and often is,
different from the U.S. parent’s functional currency. For example, the branch’s
functional currency may be the local currency, while the U.S. parent’s functional
currency is USD. When the U.S. parent uses the 1991 proposed regulations under IRC
Section 987,8 the branch’s taxable income or loss is calculated in the branch’s functional
currency and then translated into USD by using the average exchange rate for the taxable
year. Because the U.S. tax bases of the branch’s assets and liabilities are maintained
in the branch’s functional currency, the U.S. temporary differences and DTAs and DTLs
related to such assets and liabilities must be calculated in the functional currency;
then, the appropriate exchange rate must be used to translate the DTAs and DTLs into
USD. Therefore, exchange rate changes will cause the financial reporting carrying value
of the U.S. parent’s DTAs or DTLs related to the U.S. temporary differences to
fluctuate.
When exchange rate fluctuations cause fluctuations in the carrying value of DTAs or DTLs
related to U.S. temporary differences, each of the following views is acceptable for
recording the offsetting entry:
- View A — The offsetting adjustment should be recognized in the CTA account. The exchange rate fluctuation’s effect on the carrying value of the assets, including the change in the DTA or DTL, would be captured in CTA as part of the translation of the investment in the branch. Therefore, the foreign currency exchange rate effect on the DTA or DTL would be part of the tax effect of such translation adjustment, which should be recorded in CTA in accordance with ASC 740-20-45-11(b) and ASC 830-20-45-5.
- View B — The offsetting adjustment should be recognized in the U.S. parent’s income statement. Although the branch is considered a foreign entity under ASC 830, the DTAs or DTLs related to the U.S. temporary differences represent assets and liabilities of the parent entity rather than those of the branch being translated. Accordingly, the DTAs or DTLs represent the U.S. parent’s assets or liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than its functional currency. Exchange rate fluctuations will increase or decrease the amount of the parent’s functional currency cash flows upon recovery or settlement of the DTA or DTL; therefore, in accordance with ASC 830-20-35-1, such fluctuations would be reported as foreign currency transaction gains or losses in the determination of net income. Alternatively, under ASC 830-740-45-1, the U.S. parent may classify the transaction gain or loss in deferred tax benefit or expense rather than in pretax income if that presentation is considered more useful.
The selected method should be applied consistently to all DTAs and DTLs related to U.S.
temporary differences denominated in a foreign currency.
Example 9-10
Assume that a U.S. parent company (Parent Co.) establishes a
branch (Branch Co.) in the United Kingdom. In accordance with
ASC 830, management determines that the functional currency of
Parent Co. is USD, and that of Branch Co. is the British pound.
Parent Co. is subject to tax in the United States at 21 percent,
and Branch Co. is subject to tax in the United Kingdom at 20
percent. In addition, the taxes paid by Branch Co. in the United
Kingdom are fully creditable in the United States without
limitation, and Parent Co. intends to elect to claim FTCs in the
year in which the foreign temporary difference reverses.
Assume the following:
- In 20X6, Branch Co. had pretax book income of £200,000.
- For U.S. and U.K. income tax reporting purposes, Branch Co. has a taxable temporary difference of £100,000 because of accelerated depreciation.
- Branch Co. had no other U.K. or U.S. temporary differences.
- The exchange rates in effect during 20X6 were as follows:
- January 1 £1 = $1.5
- December 31 £1 = $1.2
- Weighted average £1 = $1.3
Parent Co. uses the 1991 proposed regulations to determine its
IRC Section 987 gain/loss.
Parent Co. calculates the currency adjustment for the DTAs and
DTLs associated with the U.S. temporary differences as
follows:
To record the currency adjustment of $100, Parent Co. would make
the following journal entries:
Journal Entry 1: Views A and B
Journal Entry 2: View A
Journal Entry 2: View B
Footnotes
8
On December 7, 2016, the IRS and the U.S. Treasury issued new
final and temporary regulations under IRC Section 987 (the “2016 Regulations”)
with a prospective effective date. The IRS subsequently issued additional
guidance that further deferred the prospective effective date of the regulations
and withdrew a portion of the temporary regulations. For reporting periods
including and after the issuance of the 2016 Regulations, entities will
generally need to adjust their computation of deferred taxes related to IRC
Section 987. In November 2023, the IRS and the U.S. Treasury released proposed
regulations under IRC Section 987 and related rules that would (1) retain the
basic approach in the final regulations issued in 2016 and 2019 and (2) add
various significant elections.
Chapter 10 — Share-Based Payments
Chapter 10 — Share-Based Payments
10.7.1 Tax Effects of Replacement
Awards Issued in a Business Combination That Ordinarily
Would Result in a Tax Deduction
10.7.2 Tax Effects of Replacement
Awards Issued in a Business Combination That Would Not
Ordinarily Result in Tax Deductions
10.7.3 Exchange of Vested Acquiree
Employee Awards for Unvested Share Awards of Acquirer in a
Business Combination
10.1 Background and Scope
ASC 718-740
Overview and Background
05-1 Topic 740
addresses the majority of tax accounting issues and
differences between the financial reporting (or book) basis
and tax basis of assets and liabilities (basis
differences).
05-2 This
Subtopic addresses the accounting for current and deferred
income taxes that results from share-based payment
arrangements, including employee stock ownership plans.
05-3 This Subtopic specifically
addresses the accounting requirements that apply to the
following:
-
The determination of the basis differences which result from tax deductions arising in different amounts and in different periods from compensation cost recognized in financial statements
-
The recognition of tax benefits when tax deductions differ from recognized compensation cost
-
The presentation required for income tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements.
05-4 Income tax
regulations specify allowable tax deductions for instruments
issued under share-based payment arrangements in determining
an entity’s income tax liability. For example, under tax
law, allowable tax deductions may be measured as the
intrinsic value of an instrument on a specified date. The
time value component, if any, of the fair value of an
instrument generally may not be tax deductible. Therefore,
tax deductions may arise in different amounts and in
different periods from compensation cost recognized in
financial statements. Similarly, the amount of expense
reported for an employee stock ownership plan during a
period may differ from the amount of the related income tax
deduction prescribed by income tax rules and
regulations.
Scope and Scope Exceptions
15-1 This
Subtopic follows the same Scope and Scope Exceptions as
outlined in the Overall Subtopic, see Section 718-10-15,
with specific transaction qualifications noted below.
15-2 The guidance in this Subtopic
applies to share-based payment transactions.
Understanding the tax law relevant to share-based payment awards is critical to
understanding the proper accounting for the income tax effects of such awards. An
entity must carefully consider the specific facts and circumstances of its
share-based payment awards to determine the appropriate income tax treatment for
them, and consultation with the entity’s tax advisers is encouraged. Taxation of
transfers of property (including shares) to employees and vendors in connection with
performance of services and delivery of goods is generally governed by IRC Section
83. This chapter summarizes U.S. tax law related to share-based payment awards under
IRC Section 83.
10.1.1 Nonvested Shares
Under IRC Section 83, the grantee of a nonvested share award is
generally taxed on the date the grantee becomes substantially vested in the
share for income tax purposes (which may be different from the vesting date for
accounting purposes). The fair market value of the share on the income tax
vesting date is treated as ordinary income for the grantee, and the employer
generally will receive a corresponding tax deduction.
10.1.2 Share Options
For share options, taxation depends on whether the transfer of shares resulting
from exercise of the option is considered a qualifying transfer under IRC
Sections 421 and 422.
For the transfer of shares resulting from the exercise of an option to be
considered a qualifying transfer, the following must be true of the option and
option plan:
-
The option plan is approved by the stockholders of the company.
-
The option is granted within 10 years of adoption of the plan or, if earlier, the date on which the stockholders approve the plan.
-
The maximum term of the option is 10 years from the grant date. For employees who own more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of the employer or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, the maximum term is 5 years.
-
The option price is not less than the fair market value of the stock at the time the option is granted. For employees who own more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of the employer or of its parent or subsidiary, the option price must not be less than 110 percent of the fair market value.
-
The option is transferable only in the event of death.
-
The employee is employed by the employer (or its parent or subsidiary) for the entire period up to three months before the exercise date of the option.
Share options that meet these criteria are commonly referred to
as incentive stock options (ISOs) or statutory stock options, and shares
transferred or issued in connection with the exercise of such options are
referred to as statutory option stock. Options that do not meet these criteria
are commonly referred to as nonqualified stock options (NQSOs). ISOs may be
issued only to employees, whereas NQSOs may be issued to nonemployees.
To continue being considered as a qualifying transfer, the
transfer of shares resulting from the exercise of an option must meet the
criteria above, and the individual acquiring statutory option stock may not
dispose of it within two years of the grant date or within one year of the
exercise date. If these requirements are violated, a disqualifying disposition
occurs, and the transfer is no longer considered a qualifying transfer. Also,
the maximum amount of ISOs that may first become exercisable by an employee in a
calendar year is $100,000. That maximum is determined by reference to the fair
market value of the shares underlying the option on the grant date (i.e., the
fair value of the shares, not the fair value of the option, on the
grant date). Generally, options to acquire shares that exceed the annual maximum
should be treated as NQSOs.
10.1.2.1 Qualifying Transfers
Qualifying transfers receive favorable tax treatment from the perspective of
the employee. These transfers are not taxable to the employee (or former
employee) for “regular” tax purposes until the statutory option stock has
been disposed of (although there may be AMT consequences — see the next
paragraph). Upon disposition of the stock, the employee will be subject to
long-term capital gains tax for the difference between the proceeds received
upon disposal and the exercise price, as long as the employee has held the
stock for the required periods. If the employee holds the stock for the
required periods, the employer does not receive a tax deduction related to
the ISO.
Under the tax law, an individual must recognize a “tax
preference” item upon exercise of an ISO that is equal to the difference
between the exercise price and the fair market value of the underlying
shares on the exercise date. This tax preference item may cause the
individual to owe AMT. Generally, the AMT may be avoided by selling the ISO
shares in the same calendar year in which they were purchased (a
disqualifying disposition; the tax consequences are noted below). An
employer does not receive a tax deduction corresponding with an employee’s
AMT liability upon exercise of an ISO.
10.1.2.2 Nonqualifying Transfers
If the transfer is considered nonqualifying because the
terms of the award preclude it from being considered an ISO, the intrinsic
value of the option on the date of exercise is included in the employee’s
ordinary income and the employer receives a corresponding tax deduction.
If the transfer is considered nonqualifying because of a disqualifying
disposition, the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the
stock on the exercise date over the strike price or (2) the actual gain on
sale is included in the employee’s ordinary income as compensation in the
year of the disqualifying disposition. The employer receives a tax deduction
for the amount of income included by the employee.
10.1.3 Restricted Share Units and Share Appreciation Rights
Share-settled RSUs and share appreciation rights (SARs) are both
generally taxed when the shares are transferred in settlement of the award.
Taxation of share-settled RSUs is the same as that for deferred compensation,
resulting in ordinary income for the employee equal to the value of shares when
distributed and a corresponding tax deduction for the employer. RSUs are not
considered legally issued shares and therefore do not represent actual property
interests (e.g., equity in the company). Unlike nonvested shares, RSUs can be
structured to defer income beyond the vesting date.
Taxation of SARs is similar to that of NQSOs. Like NQSOs, SARs
result in income on “exercise” or settlement. The employee has ordinary income
on the basis of the fair value of the cash or shares transferred at settlement,
and the employer receives a corresponding tax deduction.
10.1.4 Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Employees may also have the option to acquire stock of their
employer in accordance with an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP). In a manner
similar to ISOs, the acquisition of stock in connection with an ESPP that meets
the criteria in IRC Section 423 also generally does not result in income to the
employee at the time the stock is purchased. Therefore, the employer would not
ordinarily receive a tax deduction related to shares purchased under an ESPP
unless a disqualifying disposition occurs. The maximum amount of stock that can
be purchased under an ESPP is $25,000 per year.
10.2 Deferred Tax Effects of Share-Based Payments
ASC 718-740
Determination of Temporary Differences
25-1 This guidance addresses how
temporary differences are recognized for share-based payment
arrangement awards that are classified either as equity or
as liabilities under the requirements of paragraphs
718-10-25-7 through 25-19A. Incremental guidance is also
provided for issues related to employee stock ownership
plans.
Instruments Classified as Equity
25-2 The
cumulative amount of compensation cost recognized for
instruments classified as equity that ordinarily would
result in a future tax deduction under existing tax law
shall be considered to be a deductible temporary difference
in applying the requirements of Subtopic 740-10. The
deductible temporary difference shall be based on the
compensation cost recognized for financial reporting
purposes. Compensation cost that is capitalized as part of
the cost of an asset, such as inventory, shall be considered
to be part of the tax basis of that asset for financial
reporting purposes.
25-3 Recognition of compensation
cost for instruments that ordinarily do not result in tax
deductions under existing tax law shall not be considered to
result in a deductible temporary difference. A future event
can give rise to a tax deduction for instruments that
ordinarily do not result in a tax deduction. The tax effects
of such an event shall be recognized only when it occurs. An
example of a future event that would be recognized only when
it occurs is an employee’s sale of shares obtained from an
award before meeting a tax law’s holding period requirement,
sometimes referred to as a disqualifying disposition, which
results in a tax deduction not ordinarily available for such
an award
Instruments Classified as Liabilities
25-4 The
cumulative amount of compensation cost recognized for
instruments classified as liabilities that ordinarily would
result in a future tax deduction under existing tax law also
shall be considered to be a deductible temporary difference.
The deductible temporary difference shall be based on the
compensation cost recognized for financial reporting
purposes.
Initial Measurement
30-1 The
deferred tax benefit (or expense) that results from
increases (or decreases) in the recognized share-based
payment temporary difference, for example, an increase that
results as additional service is rendered and the related
cost is recognized or a decrease that results from
forfeiture of an award, shall be recognized in the income
statement.
10.2.1 Equity-Classified Awards That Ordinarily Result in a Tax Deduction
ASC 718-740-25-2 indicates that the “cumulative amount of
compensation cost recognized for instruments classified as equity that ordinarily would result in a future tax deduction
under existing tax law shall be considered to be a deductible temporary
difference in applying [ASC 740]” (emphasis added). This represents the
first of two key exceptions to ASC 740’s balance sheet model contained in ASC
718 (see Section
10.2.10 for discussion of the second). Because the accounting for
an equity award under ASC 718 does not result in a difference in the basis of an
asset or liability recognized for income tax or financial reporting purposes
(i.e., because the offsetting entry to compensation cost is equity of the
issuer), no temporary basis difference would exist, and therefore no deferred
taxes would be recorded for such an award. ASC 718-740-25-2, however, requires
that the cumulative amount of compensation cost itself be considered a
deductible temporary difference for which a DTA is recorded. Likewise,
recognition of compensation cost for share-based payments that “ordinarily do
not result in tax deductions” do not give rise to deferred taxes, as
indicated in ASC 718-740-25-3, but the recognition of a DTA may be required if a
future event gives rise to a tax deduction that ordinarily would not be
available for such instruments. See Section 10.2.7 for additional
information.
As described in Section 10.1, examples of awards that
ordinarily would result in a future tax deduction under U.S. tax law include
nonvested shares, SARs, RSUs, and NQSOs.
The example below illustrates the basic deferred income tax
effects of deductible, equity-classified share-based payment awards in
situations in which the amount of cumulative compensation cost and the ultimate
amount of the associated tax deduction are equal.
Example 10-1
Assume the following:
-
Company A grants 100 equity-classified NQSOs on its $0.01 par value common stock to its employees in 20X1.
-
The strike price of the options is equal to the fair value of A’s common stock of $5 on the grant date. The fair value of the options on the grant date is $4.
-
The options vest at the end of the fourth year of service (cliff vesting).
-
The options are exercised immediately after the completion of the four-year vesting period, when the share price is $9, and A receives a tax deduction when the options are exercised.
-
Company A has a 21 percent tax rate in all years.
Because the $400 of compensation cost
(100 awards × $4 fair-value-based measure) that will
result in a future tax deduction is recognized over the
requisite service period, a temporary difference arises,
and A records a DTA in accordance with ASC 718-740. This
DTA is equal to the book compensation cost multiplied by
A’s applicable tax rate. The effect of forfeitures is
ignored for simplicity in this example. Therefore, the
following journal entries are made at the end of each
service year to recognize the compensation cost and tax
benefits associated with the options:
Journal Entries
(Years 1–4)
Upon exercise of the options, the fair
value of the company’s stock is $9, resulting in a tax
deduction1 of $400 for income tax purposes, or ($9 – $5) ×
100 option awards.
Journal Entry:
Pretax Entries Upon Exercise of Options
Journal Entries: Tax
Effects of Exercise of Options
Because the cumulative compensation cost
and the amount of the tax deduction upon exercise of the
options are equal, there is no net impact to income tax
expense or benefit as a result of the exercise.
10.2.2 Liability-Classified Awards That Ordinarily Result in a Tax Deduction
As indicated in ASC 718-740-25-4, the accounting for
liability-classified awards that would ordinarily result in a tax deduction is
the same as that for equity-classified awards. That is, the cumulative amount of
compensation cost recognized for financial reporting purposes represents a
deductible temporary difference for which a DTA is recorded. While ASC 718-740
does not make a distinction between equity and liability-classified awards
(e.g., a SAR that requires settlement in cash) for this purpose, the deferred
tax accounting for liability awards does not represent an exception to the
balance sheet model under ASC 740 because the cumulative amount of compensation
cost recorded for financial reporting purposes under ASC 718 does result
in a temporary difference (i.e., a liability recorded for financial reporting
purposes with no corresponding liability for tax purposes).
10.2.3 Determining Deductibility of Awards Under IRC Section 162(m)
IRC Section 162(m) may limit the deductibility of an ordinarily
deductible share-based payment award issued by an entity that is a “publicly
held corporation” under that section’s requirements. The definition of a
publicly held corporation includes entities that must register securities or
file reports under Sections 12 or 15(d), respectively, of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. IRC Section 162(m) specifically limits the deductibility
of compensation paid to a company’s CEO and CFO as well as its three other
highest paid officers (referred to collectively as “covered employees”) for tax
years ending on or before December 31, 2026. For tax years ending after December
31, 2026, the limitation applies to the CEO, the CFO, the next three most highly
compensated executive officers, and the next five highest compensated
individuals (i.e., covered employees are not limited to officers). Further, such
individuals do not automatically retain covered employee status in each
subsequent taxable year.
Under IRC Section 162(m), only the first $1 million in compensation (whether cash
or share based renumeration) paid to a covered employee is deductible for tax
purposes in any given year. Once an individual becomes a covered employee, he or
she remains a covered employee in each taxable year during the period of
employment and thereafter, including after termination and death. Before the
enactment of the 2017 Act, compensation that was performance based was
generally not subject to this limitation, which lessened the impact of IRC
Section 162(m) on the deductibility of executive compensation given that
performance-based compensation is common for covered employees.
In addition, IRC Section 162(m) applies differently to (1)
compensation arrangements entered into before November 2, 2017 (that have not
been materially modified on or after that date2), and (2) compensation arrangements entered into on or after November 2,
2017. That is, only compensation stemming from a written, binding contract
entered into after November 2, 2017 (or a preexisting contract modified on or
after this date), is subject to the revised terms of IRC Section 162(m) as
amended by the 2017 Act. Compensation arrangements that were in place before
this date are effectively “grandfathered,” and the legacy requirements apply.
Therefore, it is important for an entity to consult with its tax advisers
regarding the deductibility of executive compensation for covered employees to
determine how the limitations in IRC Section 162(m) apply.
Because IRC Section 162(m) applies to all types of compensation
issued to covered employees, it may be difficult to determine the extent to
which the share-based component of the covered employees’ compensation is
limited by IRC Section 162(m). We are aware of three approaches that have been
commonly applied in practice both before and since enactment of the 2017 Act
regarding the accounting for deferred taxes in cases in which compensation is
expected to be limited by IRC Section 162(m). These approaches are as
follows:
-
Deductible compensation is allocated to cash compensation first — A DTA would not be recorded for share-based compensation if cash compensation is expected to exceed the limit.
-
Deductible compensation is allocated to earliest compensation recognized for financial statement purposes — Because stock-based compensation is typically expensed over a multiple-year vesting period but deductible when fully vested or exercised, and cash-based compensation is generally deductible in the period in which it is expensed for financial statement purposes, stock-based compensation is generally considered the earliest compensation recognized for financial statement purposes, and a DTA for share-based compensation would be recorded up to the deductible limit.
-
Limitation is allocated pro rata between stock-based compensation and cash compensation — A partial DTA may result on the basis of the expected ratio of share-based compensation to cash compensation.
The choice of which approach to apply is a policy election that should be applied
consistently.
See Section
10.3 for guidance on the accounting for shared-based compensation
that has been determined not to be deductible.
10.2.4 Excess Tax Benefits and Tax Deficiencies
ASC 718-740
Treatment of Tax Consequences When Actual Deductions
Differ From Recognized Compensation Cost
35-2 This Section addresses the
accounting required in a period when the deduction for
compensation expense to be recognized in a tax return
for share-based payment arrangements differs in amounts
and timing from the compensation cost recorded in the
financial statements. The tax effect of the difference,
if any, between the cumulative compensation cost of an
award recognized for financial reporting purposes and
the deduction for an award for tax purposes shall be
recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the
income statement. The tax effect shall be recognized in
the income statement in the period in which the amount
of the deduction is determined, which typically is when
an award is exercised or expires, in the case of share
options, or vests, in the case of nonvested stock
awards. The appropriate period depends on the type of
award and the incremental guidance under the
requirements of Subtopic 740-270 on income taxes —
interim reporting.
35-3
Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No.
2016-09.
35-4 See
Examples 1, Case A (paragraph 718-20-55-10); 8
(paragraph 718-20-55-71); 15, Case A (paragraph
718-20-55-123); and Example 1 (paragraph 718-30-55-1),
which provide illustrations of accounting for the income
tax effects of various awards.
The tax deduction that arises for an equity-classified
share-based payment award will frequently differ from the amount of compensation
cost recorded for financial reporting purposes. Such a difference is referred to
as an excess tax benefit (when the amount of the tax deduction is greater than
the compensation cost recognized for financial reporting purposes) or as a tax
deficiency (when the amount of the tax deduction is less than the compensation
cost recognized for financial reporting purposes). In accordance with ASC
718-740-35-2, the excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies are recognized as
decreases or increases to current tax expense in the income statement in the
period in which the excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies arise. This results
in a permanent difference between the amount of cumulative compensation for
financial reporting purposes and the tax deduction taken for income tax purposes
and has an impact on an entity’s ETR in the period in which the excess or
deficiency arises. The example below illustrates an excess tax benefit and a tax
deficiency for a deductible equity-classified award. See Section 10.3 for further
discussion of permanent differences associated with share-based payments.
Example 10-2
Assume the following:
-
Company A grants 100 NQSOs on its $0.01 par value common stock to its employees in 20X1.
-
The strike price of the options is equal to the fair value of A’s common stock of $5 on the grant date. The fair value of the options on the grant date is $4.
-
The options vest at the end of the fourth year of service (cliff vesting).
-
The options are exercised immediately after the completion of the four-year vesting period, when the share price is $10, and A receives a tax deduction when the options are exercised.
-
Company A has a 25 percent tax rate in all years.
Because the $400 of compensation cost
(100 awards × $4 fair-value-based measure) that will
result in a future tax deduction is recognized over the
requisite service period, a temporary difference arises,
and A records a DTA in accordance with ASC 740. This DTA
is equal to the book compensation cost multiplied by A’s
applicable tax rate. The effect of forfeitures is
ignored for simplicity in this example. Therefore, the
following journal entries are made at the end of each
service year to recognize the compensation cost and tax
benefits associated with the options:
Journal Entries
(Years 1–4)
Upon exercise of the options, the fair
value of the company’s stock is $10, resulting in a tax
deduction3 of $500 for income tax purposes, or ($10 – $5) ×
100 option awards.
Journal Entry:
Pretax Entries Upon Exercise of Options
Journal Entry: Tax
Effects of Exercise of Options
If the share price at the time of
exercise was instead $8, a tax deficiency would be
recognized as follows:
Journal Entry: Upon
Exercise of Options
10.2.4.1 Excess Tax Benefits and Tax Deficiencies in Interim Financial Statements
ASC 740-270-30-4, ASC 740-270-30-8, and ASC 740-270-30-12
require entities to account for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as
discrete items in the period in which they occur (i.e., entities should
exclude them from the AETR). Therefore, the effects of expected future
excesses and deficiencies should not be anticipated. However, the tax
effects of the expected compensation expense should be included in the AETR.
See Chapter 7
for further guidance on the accounting for income taxes associated with
share-based payments in interim financial statements.
10.2.4.2 Tax Deficiency Resulting From Expiration of an Award
When a fully vested NQSO award has expired unexercised, the tax effects are
accounted for as if the tax deduction taken is zero. Thus, the DTA recorded
in the financial statements would be reduced to zero through a charge to
deferred income tax expense. See ASC 718-20-55-23.
Example 10-3
A company grants 1,000 “at-the-money” fully vested
NQSOs, each of which has a grant-date
fair-value-based measure of $4. The company’s
applicable tax rate is 25 percent. Further assume
that no valuation allowance has been established for
the DTA and that the awards subsequently expire
unexercised. The company would record the following
journal entries:
Journal Entries: Upon Grant
Journal Entry: Upon Expiration
10.2.5 Deferred Tax Effects of a Change in Share Price on Equity-Classified Awards
The DTA associated with stock-based compensation is computed on
the basis of the cumulative amount of stock-based compensation cost recorded in
the financial statements and is not affected by the grantor’s current stock
price. Such DTAs should not be remeasured or written off because of a decline in
the grantor’s stock price, even if it has declined so significantly that (1) an
award’s exercise is unlikely to occur or (2) the intrinsic value on the exercise
date will most likely be less than the cumulative compensation cost recorded in
the financial statements (i.e., a tax deficiency exists).
10.2.6 Deferred Tax Effects of a Change in Share Price on Liability-Classified Awards
The primary difference between the deferred income tax
accounting for equity-classified awards and that for liability-classified awards
under ASC 718 is that the measurement of the DTA associated with
liability-classified awards inherently takes into account the grantor’s current
stock price in each period. This is because liability-classified awards are
remeasured to their fair-value-based amount each period until settlement. The
DTA (and corresponding deferred income tax benefit) is recognized in the same
manner as the compensation cost (i.e., either immediately or over the remaining
service period, depending on the vested status of the award). Because the DTA
and the associated compensation cost are remeasured in each reporting period,
the tax benefit of the liability-classified award will, upon settlement, equal
the DTA. Accordingly, the settlement of a liability-classified award generally
will not result in an excess tax benefit or a tax deficiency as described in
Section 10.2.4 for equity-classified
awards.
The example below illustrates the differences between the income
tax accounting for deductible equity-classified versus liability-classified
awards issued in the form of SARs (including an excess tax benefit).
Example 10-4
On January 1, 20X1, Company A grants 1,000 SARs to one
employee. The SARs vest at the end of the second year of
service (cliff vesting). The fair-value-based measures
of the SARs are as follows:
-
$10 on January 1, 20X1.
-
$15 on December 31, 20X1.
-
$14 on December 31, 20X2.
-
$18 on December 31, 20X3.
For simplicity, the effects of forfeitures have been
ignored. Company A’s applicable tax rate is 21 percent.
There are no interim reporting requirements. In Scenario
1 (see table below), A is required to settle the SARs
with shares (equity-classified award). Note that the
income tax accounting for an equity-classified SAR is
the same as the accounting for an equity-classified
NQSO. In Scenario 2 (see table below), A is required to
settle the SARs with cash (liability-classified award).
The award is settled on May 15, 20X4, and the value of
the shares (Scenario 1) and cash (Scenario 2) delivered
upon settlement is $16.
10.2.7 Deferred Tax Effects of a Change in Tax Status of an Award
If an entity has non-tax-deductible awards (e.g., ISOs) that are expected to be
subject to disqualifying dispositions, it should follow the guidance under ASC
718-740-25-3, which explains that an entity cannot record a tax benefit in the
income statement until the disqualifying disposition of an award occurs.
Therefore, no DTA and related tax benefit can be recognized in connection with
such an award until a disqualifying disposition occurs.
When a disqualifying disposition occurs, a tax deduction is
available to be taken in the employer’s tax return. The benefit of any tax
deduction resulting from the disqualifying disposition would be recorded as a
reduction of current-period tax expense in the income statement.
Example 10-5
A company grants a fully vested ISO with a grant-date
fair-value-based measure of $100, which is recorded in
the income statement as compensation cost. Since the
award is an ISO, no corresponding DTA or tax benefit is
recorded because the award does not ordinarily result in
a tax deduction for the company.
Assume that a disqualifying disposition
occurs and results in the company’s taking a tax
deduction of $120 in its tax return. If the company’s
applicable tax rate is 25 percent, the company would
record a $30 current income tax benefit in the income
statement ($120 tax deduction taken on the income tax
return × 25% tax rate).
Example 10-6
Assume the same facts as in the example
above except that the disqualifying disposition results
in a tax deduction of only $80. If the company’s
applicable tax rate is 25 percent, the company would
record a tax benefit of $20 as a reduction of current
income tax expense in the income statement ($80 tax
deduction taken on the income tax return × 25% tax
rate).
10.2.8 Deferred Tax Effects of Changes in Tax Rates
When enacted changes occur in the tax law that cause a change in
an entity’s tax rate, a DTA related to temporary differences arising from
tax-deductible share-based payment awards should be adjusted in the period in
which the change in the applicable tax rate is enacted into law. To determine
the amount of the new DTA, an entity should multiply the new tax rate by the
existing temporary difference for outstanding tax-deductible share-based payment
awards measured as of the enactment date of the rate change. The difference
between the new DTA and the existing DTA should be recorded as a deferred tax
benefit or expense and allocated to income from continuing operations
discretely. See Section
3.5.1 for a broader discussion of the accounting for deferred tax
effects of changes in rates.
10.2.9 Deferred Tax Effects of IRC Section 83(b) Elections and “Early” Exercises of NQSOs
The grantee of a nonvested share may, within 30 days of that
grant, make an election under IRC Section 83(b) to be taxed when the award is
granted (i.e., when the property is transferred for IRC Section 83 purposes)
rather than when it vests for tax purposes (commonly referred to as an 83(b)
election). In that case, the grantee will have ordinary income equal to the fair
market value of the stock on the date the award is granted and the employer will
receive a corresponding tax deduction. Any subsequent appreciation realized by
the employee upon sale of those shares is taxed at capital gains rates.4
Similarly, a grantee of an NQSO may be permitted to exercise the
option before it is vested (commonly referred to as an “early exercise”). The
stock received upon an early exercise represents a nonvested share for which the
grantee may make an 83(b) election. In this scenario, the grantee will have
ordinary income equal to the intrinsic value of the option on the date of the
early exercise (which, for options issued at the money, will be zero if early
exercised on the grant date) and the employer will receive a corresponding tax
deduction. Such awards often include an employer call feature that allows the
issuer to repurchase the option share if the employee leaves before the end of
the requisite service period.
When an employee makes an 83(b) election upon receipt of a
nonvested share, a DTL should be recorded for the amount of the tax benefit on
the basis of the tax deduction that the employer receives. For example, if an
employee receives an equity-classified nonvested share with a grant-date fair
value of $10 and makes an 83(b) election, the employee will be taxed on ordinary
income of $10 and the employer will receive a tax deduction of $10. Assuming a
tax rate of 21 percent, the employer would record a current tax benefit (and
reduced income tax payable) of $2.10 to account for the tax deduction. The
employer would also record a DTL and deferred tax expense of $2.10 in the period
of the grant. The DTL will then be reversed in proportion to the amount of
expense recorded over the requisite service period, resulting in a normal
rate.
10.2.10 Deferred Tax Effects When Compensation Cost Is Capitalized
Under U.S. GAAP, compensation cost may be capitalized for
employees who spend time on production of inventory or construction of fixed
assets. This results in an asset for financial reporting purposes with no
corresponding tax basis and, under ASC 740, would ordinarily represent a taxable
temporary difference and corresponding DTL. However, in accordance with ASC
718-740-25-2 (for instruments classified as equity) and ASC 718-740-25-4 (for
instruments classified as liabilities), the “cumulative amount of compensation
cost recognized for instruments . . . that ordinarily would result in a future
tax deduction under existing tax law shall be considered to be a deductible
temporary difference.” If the cost of an award that will ordinarily result in a
tax deduction for tax purposes is capitalized (e.g., as part of inventory or a
fixed asset), the capitalized cost also becomes part of the tax basis of the
asset. This represents the second of two key exceptions to ASC 740’s balance
sheet model contained in ASC 718 (see Section 10.2.1 for a discussion of the
first). As a result of this exception, the book and tax basis of the capitalized
compensation cost initially are considered to be equal and no DTL is recorded.
If depreciation is taken for financial reporting purposes before a tax deduction
(or capitalization) for income tax purposes, a temporary difference will arise.
Upon generating a tax deduction (or upon capitalization) for income tax
purposes, an entity should recognize any excess tax benefit or tax deficiency in
the income statement. Any capitalized cost of an award that would not ordinarily
result in a future tax deduction would not be treated as part of the tax basis
of the asset in accordance with ASC 718-740-25-3.
Example 10-7
In year 1, Company A grants fully vested NQSOs to the
employees involved in the construction of a fixed asset,
resulting in the capitalization of $1,500 of share-based
compensation cost. Other key facts include the following:
-
The asset is placed into service at the beginning of year 2 and has a 10-year life.
-
Awards are fully vested on the grant date.
-
Company A will receive a tax deduction for the intrinsic value of the option when it is exercised.
-
Company A’s tax rate is 25 percent.
-
The employees exercise the options with an intrinsic value of $4,000 at the end of year 3.
-
None of the compensation cost is capitalized for income tax purposes upon exercise.
Journal Entry: Grant Date in Year 1
On the grant date, the share-based compensation cost
related to the NQSOs increases the carrying amount of
A’s fixed asset under construction by $1,500. The
offsetting entry is a credit to APIC.
In year 2, A records $150 of
depreciation expense and has a $1,350 remaining book
basis in the portion of the equipment’s carrying amount
related to the share-based compensation cost. In
accordance with ASC 718-740-25-2, A’s corresponding tax
basis is presumed to be $1,500, which is not depreciated
for tax-return purposes. As a result, A recognizes a
$37.50 DTA: ($1,500 tax basis – $1,350 book basis) × 25%
tax rate.
Journal Entries: Year 2
Journal Entries: Year 3
Record Depreciation and DTA (Same as Year 2)
Record Exercise of Options
When accounting for the impact of
exercising the options, A must (1) record a reduction in
income taxes payable and corresponding reduction of
current tax expense of $1,000 resulting from the
exercise ($4,000 × 25%), (2) reverse the $75 DTA
generated in years 2 and 3, and (3) establish a DTL for
the basis difference resulting from the exercise:
($1,200 remaining book basis − $0 remaining tax basis) ×
25% tax rate = $300 DTL. Note that this results in the
entire excess tax benefit’s being recorded immediately
in the income statement upon exercise.
In years 4 through 11, A would continue
to record depreciation expense. In addition, A would
reduce the DTL and record a corresponding tax deduction
in the deferred tax expense over the same period.
Journal Entries: Years 4 Through 11
10.2.11 Deferred Tax Effects of Awards Issued to Employees of Consolidated Partnerships
When share-based payment awards of a public corporation (“PubCo”) are issued to the
employees of a consolidated operating partnership (“LLC”), compensation cost is
recognized in both the consolidated financial statements of PubCo and in the
stand-alone financial statements of LLC. The compensation cost is recognized for the
share-based payment awards as a debit-to-stock compensation expense and a credit to
equity (APIC) (i.e., a “net zero” impact on both consolidated and stand-alone equity
of the reporting entities).
Assuming that PubCo is entitled to a future tax deduction (as a result of its
attributable share of LLC’s tax deduction) when the options are exercised, PubCo
would recognize a DTA in accordance with ASC 718-740-25-2 for its portion of the
cumulative amount of compensation cost that would ordinarily result in future tax
deductions for PubCo under existing law. Such DTA would be recognized separately and
apart from any deferred taxes PubCo records for its outside basis difference in its
investment in LLC. See Section 3.4.15 for a
discussion of the two acceptable approaches for recording the deferred tax
consequences of an investment in a pass-through entity: the outside basis approach
and the look-through approach.
Footnotes
1
The tax deduction represents the
difference between the company’s share price on
the date of exercise and the exercise price stated
in the award multiplied by the number of options
awarded.
2
The 2017 Act contains explicit wording indicating that
material modifications made to a compensation agreement on or after
November 2, 2017, will cause the agreement to become subject to the
updated requirements of IRC Section 162(m). An analysis of applicable
laws is necessary in order to assess whether an arrangement constitutes
a written binding contract as of November 2, 2017. Judgment may be
required in the determination of whether a modification is material.
Further, if a modified compensation agreement is related to a
share-based payment award, companies will need to consider whether the
modification guidance in ASC 718-20 should be applied.
3
See footnote 1.
4
Because RSUs do not represent actual property interests
(e.g., equity in the company), an employee receiving RSUs does not have
an opportunity to make an IRC Section 83(b) election on the grant
date.
10.3 Permanent Differences Resulting From Share-Based Payment Awards
As indicated in ASC 718-740-25-3, recognition of compensation cost
for share-based payments that “ordinarily do not result in tax deductions” do not
give rise to deferred taxes for financial accounting purposes. In addition, excess
tax benefits and tax deficiencies result in permanent differences between the amount
of cumulative compensation cost recorded for equity-classified share-based payments
and the amount of the corresponding tax deduction taken for tax purposes as
discussed in Section
10.2.4.1. Other circumstances that result in permanent differences
are discussed in the next sections.
10.3.1 Equity- and Liability-Classified Awards That Do Not Ordinarily Result in a Tax Deduction
ASC 718-740-25-3 indicates that the cumulative amount of
compensation cost for awards that would not ordinarily result in a future tax
deduction under existing tax law does not represent a deductible temporary
difference. No deferred taxes would be recorded for these awards unless a change
in circumstances occurs. A common example of this type of an award is an ISO
(see Section 10.1).
When an entity issues an ISO, it will record compensation cost as the award is
earned but will not receive a tax deduction upon the holder’s exercise of the
award (i.e., a tax deduction will result only if the holder subsequently
disposes of the shares in a disqualifying disposition). Thus, the resulting book
expense is considered a permanent book-to-tax difference and will have the
effect of increasing the issuing entity’s ETR.
10.3.2 Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards
ASC 718-740
Tax Benefits of
Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards to
Employees
45-8 An income tax benefit from
dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to
retained earnings and are paid to grantees for any of
the following equity classified awards shall be
recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the
income statement:
-
Nonvested equity shares
-
Nonvested equity share units
-
Outstanding equity share options.
As discussed further in Section 3.10 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Share-Based Payment
Awards, the terms of some share-based payment awards
permit holders to receive a dividend during the vesting period and, in some
instances, to retain the dividend even if the award fails to vest. Such awards
are commonly referred to as “dividend-protected awards.” Dividend payments made
to grantees for dividend-protected awards should be charged to retained earnings
to the extent that the awards are expected to vest. If an employee is entitled
to retain dividends paid on shares that fail to vest, the dividend payment for
dividend-protected awards that are not expected to vest should be charged to
compensation cost.
For income tax purposes, dividends paid on such awards may
result in a tax deduction and corresponding income tax benefit. The income tax
benefit resulting from payment of dividends on (1) nonvested equity shares, (2)
nonvested equity share units, and (3) outstanding equity share options should be
recorded as an income tax benefit in the income statement. If the dividend is
charged against retained earnings for pretax accounting purposes, a permanent
difference will result.
10.4 “Recharge Payments” Made by Foreign Subsidiaries
Generally, a U.S. parent company is not entitled to a share-based compensation tax
deduction (in the United States) for awards granted by the parent to employees of a
foreign subsidiary. Likewise, in most jurisdictions, the foreign subsidiary that
does not bear the cost of the compensation (i.e., because the foreign parent who
issued the award to the foreign subsidiary’s employees is bearing the cost) will not
be able to deduct the award in the foreign jurisdiction. Accordingly, some
arrangements may specify that a foreign subsidiary will make a “recharge payment” to
the U.S. parent company that is equal to the intrinsic value of the stock option
upon its exercise so that the foreign subsidiary is entitled to take a local tax
deduction equal to the amount of the recharge payment. Under such an arrangement,
the U.S. parent company is not taxed on the payment made by the foreign subsidiary
with respect to the parent company’s stock.
At its July 21, 2005, meeting, the FASB Statement 123(R) Resource
Group agreed that in this case, the direct tax effects of share-based compensation
awards should be accounted for under the ASC 718 income tax accounting model.
Because the U.S. parent company does not receive a tax deduction on its U.S. tax
return for awards granted to employees of the foreign subsidiary, the foreign
subsidiary’s applicable tax rate is used to measure (1) DTAs and (2) excess tax
benefits and tax deficiencies recorded by the foreign subsidiary in accordance with
ASC 718. Any indirect effects of the recharge payment are not accounted for under
ASC 718. For example, if payment of the recharge results in an increase in an
outside basis deductible temporary difference or a reduction in an outside basis
taxable temporary difference, the corresponding deferred tax benefit will be
recognized in the income statement at the time the recharge payment is made and the
tax deduction actually occurs for income tax reporting purposes.
10.5 Cost-Sharing Arrangements
Related entities in different tax jurisdictions may enter into cost-sharing
agreements under which one party is reimbursed for a portion of certain costs it
incurred in undertaking shared development activities associated with intangible
property. A jurisdiction may permit or require the resident entity to include
stock-based compensation cost in the joint cost pool that is reimbursed (commonly
referred to as the all costs rule).
The guidance in this section is applicable for entities that are allocating
stock-based compensation to related parties under a qualified cost-sharing
arrangement. See Section 4.6.3 for a
discussion of uncertain tax positions associated with transfer pricing.
The issue of accounting for income taxes related to cost-sharing arrangements in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction was discussed at the FASB Statement 123(R) Resource
Group’s July 21, 2005, meeting. The discussion document for the meeting states, in part:
Related companies that plan to share the cost of developing intangible
property may choose to enter into what is called a cost-sharing agreement
whereby one company bears certain expenses on behalf of another company and
is reimbursed for those expenses. U.S. tax regulations specify the expenses
that must be included in a pool of shared costs; such expenses include costs
related to stock-based compensation awards granted in tax years beginning
after August 26, 2003.
The tax regulations provide two methods for determining the amount and timing
of share-based compensation that is to be included in the pool of shared
costs: the “exercise method” and the “grant method.” Under the exercise
method, the timing and amount of the allocated expense is based on the
intrinsic value that the award has on the exercise date. Companies that
elect to follow the grant method use grant-date fair values that are
determined based on the amount of U.S. GAAP compensation costs that are to
be included in a pool of shared costs. Companies must include such costs in
U.S. taxable income regardless of whether the options are ultimately
exercised by the holder and result in an actual U.S. tax deduction.
The example below, adapted5 from the discussion document, illustrates the accounting for income taxes
associated with the allocation of share-based payment awards under a cost-sharing
arrangement in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction.
Example 10-8
Company A, which is located in the United
States, enters into a cost-sharing arrangement with its
subsidiary, Company B, which is located in Switzerland.
Under the arrangement, the two companies share costs
associated with the R&D of certain technology. Company B
reimburses Company A for 30 percent of the R&D costs
incurred by Company A. The U.S. tax rate is 25 percent.
Cumulative book compensation for a fully vested option
issued to a U.S. employee is $100 for the year ending on
December 31, 20X6. The award is exercised during 20X7, when
the intrinsic value of the option is $150.
The tax accounting impact is as follows:
Exercise Method
On December 31, 20X6, Company A records $18
as the DTA related to the option (rounded for $100 book
compensation expense × 70% not subject to reimbursement ×
25% tax rate). When, in 20X7, the option is exercised, any
net tax benefit that exceeds the DTA is an excess tax
benefit and is recorded in the income statement. The company
is entitled to a U.S. tax deduction resulting in a benefit
(net of the inclusion) of $26 (rounded for $150 intrinsic
value when the option is exercised × 70% not reimbursed ×
25%). Accordingly, $8 ($26 – $18) would be recorded in the
income statement as an excess tax benefit.
Grant Method
The cost-sharing impact is an increase of
currently payable U.S. taxes each period; however, in
contrast to the exercise method, the cost-sharing method
should have no direct impact on the carrying amount of the
U.S. DTA related to share-based compensation. If there was
$100 of stock-based compensation during 20X6, the impact on
the December 31, 20X6, current tax provision would be $8
(rounded for $100 book compensation expense × 30% reimbursed
× 25%). If the stock-based charge under ASC 718 is
considered a deductible temporary difference, a DTA also
should be recorded in 20X6 for the financial statement
expense, in the amount of $25 ($100 book compensation
expense × 25%). The net impact on the 20X6 income statement
is a tax benefit of $17 ($25 – $8). At settlement, the
excess tax deduction of $13 would be recorded in the income
statement.
An entity should consider the impact of cost-sharing arrangements when measuring, on
the basis of the tax election it has made or plans to make, the initial and
subsequent deferred tax effects associated with its stock compensation costs. If
regulations in a particular jurisdiction vary significantly from those in the U.S.
federal tax jurisdiction described above, the entity should consult with its
accounting advisers regarding the appropriate accounting treatment.
Footnotes
5
The original example included in the discussion document for the FASB Statement 123(R) Resource Group’s July 21, 2005, meeting was
developed before the issuance of ASU 2016-09. The example has been modified
herein to reflect the guidance in ASC 718-740-35-2, as amended by ASU
2016-09, which indicates that all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies
should be recorded in the income statement.
10.6 Accounting Considerations for Valuation Allowances Related to Share-Based Payment DTAs
ASC 718-740
30-2
Subtopic 740-10 requires a deferred tax asset to be
evaluated for future realization and to be reduced by a
valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the available
evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Differences between the deductible temporary difference
computed pursuant to paragraphs 718-740-25-2 through 25-3
and the tax deduction that would result based on the current
fair value of the entity’s shares shall not be considered in
measuring the gross deferred tax asset or determining the
need for a valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset
recognized under these requirements.
ASC 718-740-30-2 prohibits an entity from considering the current
price of the grantor’s stock in the measurement of the DTA and adjusting the gross
amount of the DTA to reflect the current price.
When an entity is evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, it
should apply the guidance in ASC 740-10-30-17 through 30-23. That is, whether the
entity needs to record a valuation allowance depends on whether it is more likely
than not that there will be sufficient taxable income to realize the DTA. See
Chapter 5 for a
broader discussion of valuation allowance considerations.
Therefore, even if the award is deep out-of-the-money to a degree
that its exercise is unlikely or the award’s intrinsic value on the exercise date is
most likely to be less than its grant-date fair value, the
entity should not record a valuation allowance unless and until it is more
likely than not that future taxable income will not be sufficient to realize the
related DTAs.
See Section 5.3.2.2.2 for a discussion of the
effects of excess tax deductions for equity-classified share-based payment awards on
the assessment of future taxable income.
Example 10-9
On January 1, 20X6, an entity grants 1,000 “at-the-money”
employee share options, each with a grant-date
fair-value-based measure of $7. The awards vest at the end
of the third year of service (cliff vesting), have an
exercise price of $23, and expire after the fifth year from
the grant date. The entity’s applicable tax rate is 25
percent. On December 31, 20Y0, the entity’s share price is
$5. The entity has generated taxable income in the past and
expects to continue to do so in the future.
In each reporting period, the entity would
record compensation cost on the basis of the number of
awards expected to vest, the grant-date fair-value-based
measure of the award, and the amount of services rendered.
Contemporaneously, a DTA would be recorded on the basis of
the amount of compensation cost recorded at the entity’s
applicable tax rate. On December 31, 20Y0, even though the
likelihood that the employee will exercise the award is
remote (i.e., the award is “deep out-of-the-money”) and the
DTA therefore will not be realized, the entity would not be
allowed to write off any part of the gross DTA or to provide
a valuation allowance against the DTA until the award
expires unexercised (January 1, 20Y1) assuming there is
sufficient future taxable income to realize that DTA on
December 31, 20Y0. The entity would be able to record a
valuation allowance against the DTA only when it is more
likely than not that the entity will not generate sufficient
taxable income to realize the DTA.
10.7 Deferred Tax Effects of Replacement Awards Issued in a Business Combination
See Sections 11.6.3 and
11.6.4 for a discussion of the accounting
for the deferred tax effects of replacement awards issued in a business combination.
Chapter 11 — Business Combinations
Chapter 11 — Business Combinations
11.1 Introduction
ASC 805-740
05-1 This
Subtopic provides incremental guidance on accounting for
income taxes related to business combinations and to
acquisitions by not-for-profit entities. This Subtopic
requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and
deferred tax assets (and related valuation allowances, if
necessary) for the deferred tax consequences of differences
between the tax bases and the recognized values of assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination
or in an acquisition by a not-for-profit entity.
05-2 The
recognition and measurement requirements related to
accounting for income taxes in this Subtopic are exceptions
to the recognition and measurement principles that are
otherwise required for business combinations and
acquisitions by not-for-profit entities, as established in
Sections 805-20-25 and 805-20-30.
Overall Guidance
15-1 This
Subtopic follows the same Scope and Scope Exceptions as
outlined in the Overall Subtopic, see Section 805-10-15.
25-1 This Section
provides general guidance on the recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities in connection with a business
combination. It also addresses certain
business-combination-specific matters relating to goodwill,
replacement awards, and the allocation of consolidated tax
expense after an acquisition.
25-2 An
acquirer shall recognize a deferred tax asset or deferred
tax liability arising from the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in a business combination and shall
account for the potential tax effects of temporary
differences, carryforwards, and any income tax uncertainties
of an acquiree that exist at the acquisition date, or that
arise as a result of the acquisition, in accordance with the
guidance in Subtopic 740-10 together with the incremental
guidance provided in this Subtopic.
25-3 As of the
acquisition date, a deferred tax liability or asset shall be
recognized for an acquired entity’s taxable or deductible
temporary differences or operating loss or tax credit
carryforwards except for differences relating to the portion
of goodwill for which amortization is not deductible for tax
purposes, leveraged leases, and the specific acquired
temporary differences identified in paragraph
740-10-25-3(a). Taxable or deductible temporary differences
arise from differences between the tax bases and the
recognized values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed
in a business combination. Example 1 (see paragraph
805-740-55-2) illustrates this guidance. An acquirer shall
assess the need for a valuation allowance as of the
acquisition date for an acquired entity’s deferred tax asset
in accordance with Subtopic 740-10.
25-4 Guidance on tax-related
matters related to the portion of goodwill for which
amortization is not deductible for tax purposes is in
paragraphs 805-740-25-8 through 25-9; guidance on accounting
for the acquisition of leveraged leases in a business
combination is in Subtopic 842-50; and guidance on the
specific acquired temporary differences identified in
paragraph 740-10-25-3(a) is referred to in that
paragraph.
25-5 The tax
bases used in the calculation of deferred tax assets and
liabilities as well as amounts due to or receivable from
taxing authorities related to prior tax positions at the
date of a business combination shall be calculated in
accordance with Subtopic 740-10.
25-6 In a
taxable business combination, the consideration paid is
assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for
financial reporting and tax purposes. However, the amounts
recognized for particular assets and liabilities may differ
for financial reporting and tax purposes. As required by
paragraph 805-740-25-3, deferred tax liabilities and assets
are recognized for the deferred tax consequences of those
temporary differences. For example, a portion of the amount
of goodwill for financial reporting may be allocated to some
other asset for tax purposes, and amortization of that other
asset may be deductible for tax purposes. If a valuation
allowance is recognized for that deferred tax asset at the
acquisition date, recognized benefits for those tax
deductions after the acquisition date shall be applied in
accordance with paragraph 805-740-45-2.
25-7 See
Examples 1 through 3 (paragraphs 805-740-55-2 through 55-8)
for illustrations of the recognition of deferred tax assets
and related valuation allowances at the date of a nontaxable
business combination.
A business combination occurs when one substantive legal entity obtains control of a
group of assets that meets the ASC master glossary’s definition of a business. A
business combination can be legally structured in a variety of ways and as discussed
further below, the determination of whether a legal entity (or group of assets)
being acquired meets the definition of a business is often a conclusion that
requires significant judgment as well as a good understanding of the components of
the transaction.
The main difference between the accounting for an acquisition of a
business (i.e., a business combination) and that for an acquisition of a group of
assets that is not a business (i.e., an asset acquisition) is the existence of
goodwill. As discussed further in Section
11.8, the accounting for income tax consequences differs between an asset
acquisition and a business combination as well.
The underlying premise of accounting for a business combination (which is addressed
by ASC 805) is that when an entity obtains a controlling financial interest in a
business, it becomes accountable for all of the acquiree’s assets and liabilities.
This results in an accounting recognition event for which the entity should
recognize the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values on the
acquisition date. This is true regardless of whether the acquirer obtains 100
percent or lesser controlling financial interest in a business. That is, the
acquisition method of accounting, whereby acquired assets and liabilities are
recorded at fair value by the acquirer, is applied whenever an entity obtains
control of a business.
ASC 805 has two key principles, known as the “recognition principle”
and the “measurement principle.” According to the recognition principle, for
financial reporting purposes, an acquirer must “recognize, separately from goodwill,
the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling
interest in the acquiree.” Under the measurement principle, for financial reporting
purposes, the acquirer must then measure “the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their
acquisition-date fair values.”1 The application of these principles will have an impact on the accounting for
income taxes since, depending on how the transaction is structured for tax purposes,
deductible and taxable temporary differences might need to be recorded in connection
with the accounting for the business combination or asset acquisition.
Before an entity can apply the acquisition method, it must determine
whether a transaction meets the definition of a business combination. The ASC master
glossary defines a business combination as “[a] transaction or other event in which
an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses.” Typically, a business
combination occurs when an entity purchases the equity interests or the net assets
of one or more businesses in exchange for cash, equity interests of the acquirer, or
other consideration. However, the definition of a business combination applies to
more than just purchase transactions; it incorporates all transactions or events in
which an entity or individual obtains control of a business.
Control has the same meaning as “controlling financial interest,” and an entity
applies the guidance in ASC 810-10 to determine whether it has obtained a
controlling financial interest in a business. Under ASC 810-10, an entity determines
whether it has obtained a controlling financial interest by applying the VIE model
or the voting interest entity model.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 to clarify the definition of
a business because the previous definition in ASC 805 was often applied so broadly
that transactions that were more akin to asset acquisitions were being accounted for
as business combinations. The ASU introduced a screen for determining when a set of
activities and assets is not a business. An entity uses the screen to assess whether
substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is
concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets.
If so, the set is not a business. The screen is intended to reduce the number of
transactions that an entity must further evaluate to determine whether they are
business combinations or asset acquisitions.
To be considered a business, an acquired group of assets must (1)
pass the screen and (2) include an input and a substantive process that together
significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. Under the previous
definition of a business, it was not always clear whether an element was an input or
a process or whether a process had to be substantive to affect the determination.
Therefore, the ASU provided a framework to help entities evaluate whether both an
input and a substantive process are present.
See Chapter
1 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for additional
guidance on the determination of whether an acquired group of assets meets the
definition of a business.
Once it has been concluded that a business combination has occurred and the amount of
consideration to acquire the business has been determined, the next step in applying
the acquisition method is recognizing and measuring the identifiable assets,
liabilities, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. Acquired assets and
liabilities are generally initially measured at their acquisition-date fair value.
However, certain assets or liabilities are exceptions to the recognition principle,
the measurement principle, or both, and are measured in accordance with other U.S.
GAAP. These would include income taxes that are recognized and measured in
accordance with ASC 740, which is discussed throughout this chapter.
11.1.1 Measurement Period
Because it may take time for an entity to obtain the information necessary to
recognize and measure all the items exchanged in a business combination, the
acquirer is allowed a period in which to complete its accounting for the
acquisition. That period — referred to as the measurement period — ends as soon
as the acquirer (1) receives the information it had been seeking about facts and
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date or (2) learns that it
cannot obtain further information. However, the measurement period cannot be
more than one year after the acquisition date. During the measurement period,
the acquirer recognizes provisional amounts for the items for which the
accounting is incomplete, including income taxes. Adjustments to any of these
items will affect the amount of goodwill recognized or bargain purchase
gain.
ASC 805 originally required that if a measurement-period
adjustment was identified, the acquirer retrospectively revised comparative
information for prior periods, including making any change in depreciation,
amortization, or other income effects as if the accounting for the business
combination had been completed as of the acquisition date. However, revising
prior periods to reflect measurement-period adjustments added cost and
complexity to financial reporting, and many believed that it did not
significantly improve the usefulness of the information provided to users. To
address those concerns, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16 in September 2015. Under
the ASU, an acquirer is now required to recognize adjustments to provisional
amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting
period in which the adjustment amounts are determined rather than
retrospectively, including the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation or
amortization, or other income effects (if any) as a result of the change to the
provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed as of
the acquisition date.
The measurement period is not intended to allow for subsequent
adjustments of the amounts recognized as part of the business combination that
result from the uncertainties and related risks the acquirer assumed in the
combination. For example, adjustments that are due to decisions made by the
combined company or changes in facts and circumstances or economic conditions
that occurred after the acquisition date are not measurement-period adjustments;
rather, they are included in the determination of net income in the period in
which they are made. See Section 11.4 for additional information.
11.1.2 Asset Acquisitions
An asset acquisition is an acquisition of an asset, or a group
of assets, that does not meet the definition of a business; such an acquisition
therefore does not meet the definition of a business combination. The accounting
for these transactions is addressed in the “Acquisition of Assets Rather Than a
Business” subsections of ASC 805-50, but many of the same considerations apply
to the accounting for income taxes as a business combination.
For financial reporting purposes, asset acquisitions are accounted for by using a
cost accumulation model (i.e., the cost of the acquisition, including certain
transaction costs, is allocated to the assets acquired on the basis of relative
fair values, with some exceptions). By contrast, a business combination is
accounted for by using a fair value model (i.e., the assets and liabilities are
generally recognized at their fair values, and the difference between the
consideration paid, excluding transaction costs, and the fair values of the
assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill). As a result, there are
differences between the accounting for an asset acquisition and the accounting
for a business combination.
A significant difference in an asset acquisition is that there
is no goodwill recorded. That is, the cost paid to acquire the assets and
liabilities is allocated entirely to the assets and liabilities acquired. This
includes acquired DTLs and DTAs that result from an asset acquisition. This adds
complexities to the calculation of acquired DTAs and DTLs in asset acquisitions
since there is no goodwill to record as an offset to acquired DTAs and DTLs
(resulting in the need to use the simultaneous equations method to determine the
DTAs or DTLs). For a discussion and illustration of the simultaneous equations
method, see ASC 740-10-25-51 and ASC 740-10-55-171 through 55-182. In addition,
see Section 11.8
for a discussion of the accounting for income tax consequences of asset
acquisitions.
11.1.3 Taxable Versus Nontaxable Business Combination
Once recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets, liabilities, and any
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree has occurred (for financial reporting
purposes under the principles of U.S. GAAP), ASC 805-740 requires recognition of
a DTL or DTA as of the acquisition date for the taxable and deductible temporary
differences between (1) the financial reporting values of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed and (2) the tax bases of those assets and liabilities.
Determining the appropriate tax bases of those assets and liabilities depends in
part on whether the transaction is treated as taxable or nontaxable.
Generally, the difference between a taxable business combination
and a nontaxable business combination is that the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in a taxable business combination are typically recorded
at fair value for both income tax and financial reporting purposes;
however, in a nontaxable business combination, the predecessor’s tax bases
are carried forward for assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
A taxable business combination will usually occur when the
purchase transaction is structured as an asset purchase wherein the acquirer
purchases the specific assets and liabilities of the acquiree but does not
assume ownership of the target’s stock. This type of transaction allows the
acquirer to step up the tax basis of the assets and liabilities to their fair
value. By contrast, a nontaxable business combination will typically be the
result in a stock purchase wherein the acquirer will assume the acquiree’s tax
basis of the assets and liabilities. However, certain elections under the tax
code related to the establishment of the tax bases of assets and liabilities
acquired may be available that will allow an acquirer to treat a stock purchase
in a manner similar to an asset purchase (e.g., IRC Section 338(h)(10)).
Connecting the Dots
Asset acquisitions or business combinations under U.S. GAAP could be
asset purchases or stock purchases for tax purposes. It is critical that
an entity understand the structure and accounting for a given
transaction under ASC 805 and the tax code, including what tax elections
may apply, when determining the deferred tax consequences of the
transaction.
In both taxable and nontaxable business combinations, the
amounts assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed for
financial statement purposes may differ from the amounts assigned or carried
forward for tax purposes. A DTL or DTA is recognized for each of these temporary
differences with certain exceptions (e.g., recognition of deferred taxes on
goodwill), as described throughout this Roadmap.
An entity would apply the recognition and measurement criteria
of ASC 740 (or other authoritative literature) to record acquired DTAs and DTLs
instead of the general measurement principles of ASC 805 (i.e., they are not
recorded at fair value).
Specific guidance on certain temporary differences that may occur in both taxable
and nontaxable business combinations is addressed in other sections of this
chapter as follows:
- Reacquired rights (Section 11.3.4.2).
- Contingent liabilities (Section 11.3.5.1.1).
- Contingent consideration (Section 11.3.6.2.1.1).
Footnotes
1
As discussed further in this chapter, there are certain
exceptions to the measurement principle.
11.2 General Principles of Income Tax Accounting for a Business Combination
Understanding the details of a business combination transaction is important to
understanding the related impacts on income tax accounting. For example, depending
on the nature of the transaction, certain elements may be accounted for as part of
purchase accounting or as separate transactions in the postcombination financial
statements of the acquirer or in the precombination financial statements of the
acquiree.
11.2.1 Identifying Parts of the Business Combination
ASC 805-20-25-6 states:
At the acquisition date, the acquirer shall classify or
designate the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as
necessary to subsequently apply other GAAP. The acquirer shall make
those classifications or designations on the basis of the contractual
terms, economic conditions, its operating or accounting policies, and
other pertinent conditions as they exist at the acquisition date.
Under ASC 805-20-25-6, DTAs and DTLs recognized in a business combination should
reflect the tax attributes of the acquired entity as well as the structure of
the combined entity as it exists on the acquisition date. Accordingly, the tax
effects of income tax elections, changes in tax status, tax planning, and
subsequent business integration steps that occur post-closing are generally
accounted for separately and apart from the business combination (i.e., on “day
2”). However, some income tax elections, changes in tax status, tax planning,
and subsequent business integration steps may be so integral to the business
combination transaction that they should be included in the application of the
acquisition method of accounting to the business combination.
While ASC 805-10-25-20 through 25-22 provide general guidance an
entity should consider when determining whether a transaction is part of the
business combination (see Section 1.1.9 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations), there is no
direct guidance addressing whether the tax effects of income tax elections, tax
planning, and subsequent business integration steps that occur post-closing are
so integral to the business combination transaction that they should be included
in the acquisition accounting.
Accordingly, an entity must apply significant judgment on the basis of its facts
and circumstances and should consider the following questions, which are neither
mutually exclusive nor individually conclusive, when determining whether to
include income tax elections, changes in tax status, tax planning, or other
subsequent business integration steps that occur post-closing in its application
of the acquisition method of accounting to the business combination.
-
Was the income tax election, change in tax status, tax planning, or subsequent business integration step a factor in the negotiations of the business combination (e.g., were any adjustments to the purchase price considered during negotiations with the previous owners in contemplation of, or as consideration for, any of the income tax elections, tax planning, or subsequent business integration steps), or was the income tax election, tax planning, or subsequent business integration step identified post-closing?
-
Was the effective date of the income tax election, tax planning, or subsequent business integration step concurrent with or retroactive to the acquisition date, or will it only become effective post-closing?
-
Was the income tax election, tax planning, or subsequent business integration step primarily within the control of the acquirer or seller, or were there uncertainties or regulatory hurdles related to the income tax election, tax planning, or business integration step as of the closing?
-
Would the income tax election, tax planning, or subsequent business integration step be expected of every market participant, or would it be based on the acquirer’s specific facts and circumstances?
-
Were the tax benefits of the income tax election, tax planning, or subsequent business integration step obtained without interaction with the government, or was the acquirer required to (1) make a separate payment directly to the governmental taxing authority or (2) forego tax attributes to obtain the tax benefits?
11.2.2 Change in Tax Status as a Result of Acquisition
An entity’s taxable status may change as a result of a business combination. For
example, an S corporation could lose its nontaxable status when acquired by a C
corporation. When an entity’s status changes from nontaxable to taxable, DTAs
and DTLs should be recognized for any temporary differences in existence on the
recognition date (unless one of the recognition exceptions in ASC 740-10-25-3 is
applicable). Entities should initially measure such recognizable temporary
differences in accordance with ASC 740-10-30. See Section 3.5.2 for further discussion of recognizing and
measuring changes in tax status.
If the loss of the acquiree’s nontaxable status directly results
from an acquisition, temporary differences in existence on the acquisition date
should be recognized as part of the business combination acquisition accounting
(i.e., through goodwill during the measurement period) under ASC 805-740-25-3
and 25-4. If, because of the acquisition, the acquired entity no longer meets
the requirements to be considered a nontaxable entity, all the basis differences
in the entity that would be considered taxable or deductible temporary
differences would be recognized on the acquisition date. If a valuation
allowance is established as part of the acquisition accounting (including
amounts recorded as part of the measurement period), all subsequent changes to
the valuation allowance are recorded in accordance with ASC 740, typically in
income from continuing operations. See Section 11.5.1 for more information. Also
see Section 3.5.2
for additional financial reporting considerations related to a change in tax
status.
11.2.3 The Applicable Tax Rate
Because the combined entity and predecessor may have different
tax characteristics, an entity must determine which tax rate to use to establish
initial DTAs and DTLs when accounting for the tax impacts of a business
combination.
ASC 740-10-30-5 states, in part, that “[d]eferred taxes shall be
determined separately for each tax-paying component (an individual entity or
group of entities that is consolidated for tax purposes) in each tax
jurisdiction.” In addition, under ASC 740-10-30-8, an acquired entity’s deferred
taxes should be measured by “using the enacted tax rate(s) expected to apply to
taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax liability or asset is
expected to be settled or realized.”
If, in periods after the business combination, the combined entity expects to
file a consolidated tax return, the enacted tax rates for the combined entity
should be used in measuring the deferred taxes of the acquirer and the acquiree.
The effect of tax law or rate changes that occur after the acquisition date
should be reflected in income from continuing operations in the period in which
the change in tax law or rate occurs (e.g., not as part of the business
combination).
In some cases, the process of establishing the enacted rate(s) expected to apply
is not straightforward. Among other situations, complexities arise during tax
holidays and when an entity adds state jurisdictions to the acquirer’s state tax
profile as a result of the acquisition.
11.2.3.1 Tax Holidays
Deferred taxes are not recognized for the expected taxable or deductible amounts of temporary differences that are related to assets or liabilities that are expected to be recovered or settled during a tax holiday. Paragraph 183 in the Basis for Conclusions of FASB Statement 109 states:
The Board considered whether a deferred tax asset ever should be
recognized for the expected future reduction in taxes payable during
a tax holiday. In most jurisdictions that have tax holidays, the tax
holiday is “generally available” to any enterprise (within a class
of enterprises) that chooses to avail itself of the holiday. The
Board views that sort of exemption from taxation for a class of
enterprises as creating a nontaxable status (somewhat analogous to
S-corporation status under U.S. federal tax law) for which a
deferred tax asset should not be recognized.
Therefore, deferred taxes are recognized for the expected taxable or
deductible amounts of temporary differences that are expected to reverse
outside of the tax holiday. In some situations, a temporary difference
associated with a particular asset or liability may reverse during both the
tax holiday and periods in which the entity is taxed at the enacted rates.
Accordingly, it may be necessary to use scheduling to determine the
appropriate deferred taxes to record in connection with the business
combination.
For additional information on the effect of tax holidays on the applicable
tax rate, see Section 3.3.4.5.
11.2.3.2 State Tax Footprint
The acquirer’s state tax footprint for an entity can change because of a
business combination. For example, an acquirer that is operating in Nevada
with no deferred state taxes but substantial temporary differences acquires
a target company in California. As a result of this acquisition, the
acquirer is now required to file a combined California tax return with the
target company. Therefore, the acquirer must record deferred taxes for
California state tax when no state taxes were previously recognized. When
calculating the impact of this change on the state tax footprint, an entity
must account for the income tax effects of its assets and liabilities before
the combination separately from those that were acquired as part of the
business combination.
Any change in the measurement of existing deferred tax items
of the acquirer as a result of this acquisition are recorded “outside” of
the acquisition accounting as a component of income tax expense. The initial
recognition of deferred tax items of the target company by the acquirer is
accounted for as part of the business combination.
11.3 Recognition and Measurement of Temporary Differences Related to Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
As noted in Section 11.1, the recognition principle and the measurement
principle of ASC 805 require an entity to “recognize, separately from goodwill, the
identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling
interest in the acquiree” and to measure “the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their
acquisition-date fair values.” These recognition and measurement principles may
differ for financial reporting and tax purposes (i.e., an asset may be recorded at
fair value for book purposes versus at carryover basis for tax purposes). In both
taxable and nontaxable business combinations, DTAs and DTLs might need to be
recorded for any deductible and taxable temporary differences (i.e., basis
differences) that arise in connection with the accounting for the business
combination or asset acquisition. The sections below discuss how to account for
basis differences resulting from a business combination and provide examples of
common scenarios in which additional considerations are necessary.
11.3.1 Basis Differences
A basis difference arises when there is a difference between the financial
reporting amount of an asset or liability and its tax basis, as determined by
reference to the relevant tax laws in each tax jurisdiction. There are two
categories of basis differences: “inside” basis differences and “outside” basis
differences. (For more information about inside and outside basis differences,
see Section 3.3.1.)
The sections below describe the accounting for inside and
outside basis differences that arise in a business combination.
11.3.1.1 Inside Basis Difference
An inside basis difference is a temporary difference between the carrying
amount, for financial reporting purposes, of individual assets and
liabilities and their tax bases that will give rise to a tax deduction or
taxable income when the related asset is recovered or liability is settled.
Deferred taxes are always recorded on taxable and deductible temporary
differences unless one of the exceptions in ASC 740-10-25-3 applies.
11.3.1.2 Outside Basis Difference
An outside basis difference is the difference between the carrying amount of
an entity’s investment (e.g., an investment in a consolidated subsidiary)
for financial reporting purposes and the underlying tax basis in that
investment (e.g., the tax basis in the subsidiary’s stock).
Deferred taxes are always recorded for taxable and
deductible temporary differences unless a specific exception applies. The
exception that may apply under ASC 740 depends on whether the outside basis
difference results in a DTL or a DTA. DTLs are recorded on all outside basis
differences that are taxable temporary differences unless one of the
exceptions described in Section 3.3.2
is applicable. ASC 740-30-25-9 states that no DTAs should be recorded on the
excess of tax over financial reporting basis in subsidiaries and corporate
joint ventures unless it is “apparent that the temporary difference will
reverse in the foreseeable future” (e.g., generally within the next 12
months).
Example 11-1
Inside Basis Difference
Assume the following:
-
Acquiring Company (AC) purchases Target Company’s (TC’s) stock for $1,000 in cash in a nontaxable business combination. TC meets the definition of a business under ASC 805.
-
TC has two subsidiaries (S1 and S2), each of which was acquired in a previous taxable stock acquisition.
-
S1’s and S2’s assets consist of buildings and equipment, which have fair values of $750 and $250, respectively.
-
All of the entities are domestic corporations with respect to AC.
-
The tax rate is 21 percent.
TC’s only assets are its shares of S1 and S2, as
illustrated in the following table:
The journal entries recording the accounting for the
initial acquisition are as follows:
To record AC’s investment in TC:
Note that while pushdown accounting
is not required by ASC 805, journal entries have
been recorded (i.e., pushed down) to the
subsidiaries’ books because, in accordance with ASC
740-10-30-5, “[d]eferred taxes shall be determined
separately for each tax-paying component . . . in
each tax jurisdiction.” See Section 11.7.3 for
further discussion.
Example 11-2
Outside Basis Difference
Assume the same facts as in
Example 11-1. In addition to
performing the inside basis difference assessment
described in that example, Acquiring Company (AC)
must determine whether there is a basis difference
in its investment in Target Company (TC) and TC’s
subsidiaries and whether that difference (if any) is
a taxable temporary difference for which the
establishment of a DTL would be required. If
recorded, the DTL would adjust the goodwill recorded
in Example
11-1 in connection with the business
combination. The initial outside basis differences
are as follows:
As illustrated in the table above, there is no
difference between AC’s book and tax basis in its
investment in TC for AC to assess as of the
acquisition date. AC does, however, have differences
to assess with respect to TC’s investment in S1 and
S2. The following are two potential conclusions that
AC could reach in assessing the outside basis difference:
-
Because S1 and S2 are domestic subsidiaries of AC, AC could determine that it would liquidate S1 and S2 into TC to eliminate the outside basis differences in a tax-free manner. Accordingly, in applying the provisions of ASC 740-30-25-7, AC could conclude that the outside basis differences in S1’s and S2’s stock are not temporary differences. See Section 3.4.3 for further discussion of a tax-free liquidation or merger of a subsidiary.
-
AC could determine that to dispose of S1 and S2, AC would choose to have TC sell their stock rather than sell their assets to maximize after-tax proceeds. Accordingly, the outside basis differences in S1’s and S2’s stock would both be taxable temporary differences and the DTLs would be recorded in the business combination accounting, which would affect the goodwill recorded in Example 11-1.
11.3.2 Goodwill
As previously noted, the acquisition method of accounting
requires the acquirer to recognize and measure all separately identifiable
assets and liabilities acquired or assumed in connection with a business
combination. Even in a taxable business combination, there may be instances in
which the financial statement carrying amount of goodwill differs from its tax
basis. For example, certain intangibles are subsumed into goodwill for book
purposes but are bifurcated into separate intangible assets for tax purposes,
resulting in a basis difference in the goodwill and intangible assets.
Conversely, book basis is allocated to some assets and liabilities in the
acquisition that do not have tax basis (e.g., payment liabilities or lease
assets and liabilities). In other instances, assets or liabilities may be valued
differently for book and tax purposes (e.g., reacquired rights). Any of these
scenarios could result in differences between the book basis and tax basis of
goodwill.
As discussed further in Section
11.3.4, deferred taxes may need to be recorded as part of
purchase accounting for these acquired assets and liabilities. For financial
reporting purposes, the difference between the acquisition price and the fair
value of the acquired assets and liabilities will be recorded as goodwill (or on
rare occasions as a bargain purchase gain). A business combination may also
result in an entity’s acquiring goodwill for tax purposes. Special accounting
consideration (discussed further below) is required when an entity is
determining how to account for the tax effects of acquired goodwill.
ASC 805-740
Goodwill
25-8 Guidance
on the financial accounting for goodwill is provided in
Subtopic 350-20. For tax purposes, amortization of
goodwill is deductible in some tax jurisdictions. In
those tax jurisdictions, the reported amount of goodwill
and the tax basis of goodwill are each separated into
two components as of the acquisition date for purposes
of deferred tax calculations. The first component of
each equals the lesser of goodwill for financial
reporting or tax-deductible goodwill. The second
component of each equals the remainder of each, that is,
the remainder, if any, of goodwill for financial
reporting or the remainder, if any, of tax-deductible
goodwill.
25-9 Any
difference that arises between the book and tax basis of
that first component of goodwill in future years is a
temporary difference for which a deferred tax liability
or asset is recognized based on the requirements of
Subtopic 740-10. If that second component is an excess
of tax-deductible goodwill over the reported amount of
goodwill, the tax benefit for that excess is a temporary
difference for which a deferred tax asset is recognized
based on the requirements of that Subtopic (see Example
4 [paragraph 805-740-55-9]). However, if that second
component is an excess of goodwill for financial
reporting over the tax-deductible amount of goodwill, no
deferred taxes are recognized either at the acquisition
date or in future years.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
-
Example 1: Nontaxable Business Combination [ASC 805-740-55-2].
-
Example 4: Tax Deductible Goodwill Exceeds Financial Reporting Goodwill [ASC 805-740-55-9].
ASC 805-740-25-3 indicates that recognition of deferred taxes on
differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of goodwill
depends on whether goodwill amortization is deductible for tax purposes and on
which approach an entity applies to determine whether amortization of goodwill
is deductible for tax purposes. We are aware of two acceptable approaches in
practice:
- Approach 1 — Under this approach, for financial reporting purposes, deferred taxes generally should not be recognized for book and tax basis differences related to the portion of goodwill for which deductions are not allowed for the amortization or impairment of goodwill (e.g., goodwill subject to antichurning rules in the United States).
- Approach 2 — Under this approach, deferred taxes could be recognized even if the goodwill amortization is not deductible for tax purposes as long as the tax basis in the goodwill would be deductible upon cessation or sale of a business with which it is associated. This view is based on ASC 740-10-25-50, which addresses the tax basis of an asset used in the determination of temporary differences.
In tax jurisdictions where goodwill is deductible, goodwill for financial
reporting purposes and tax-deductible goodwill must be separated as of the
acquisition date into two components, in accordance with ASC 805-740-25-8 and
25-9 (see illustration below).
The first component of goodwill (“component 1 goodwill”) equals the lesser of (1)
goodwill for financial reporting purposes or (2) tax-deductible goodwill. Any
difference that arises between the book and tax basis of component 1 goodwill in
future periods is a temporary difference for which a DTA or DTL is
recognized.
The second component of goodwill (“component 2 goodwill”) equals (1) total
goodwill (the greater of financial reporting goodwill or tax-deductible
goodwill) less (2) the calculated amount of component 1 goodwill.
If component 2 goodwill is an excess of tax-deductible goodwill
over financial reporting goodwill, an entity must recognize a DTA related to the
excess as of the acquisition date in accordance with ASC 740. The entity should
use an iterative calculation to determine this DTA because goodwill and the DTA
are established simultaneously as of the acquisition date. ASC 805-740-55-9
through 55-13 provide the “simultaneous equations method” for this purpose.
Using this method, an entity simultaneously determines the amount of goodwill to
record for financial reporting purposes and the amount of the DTA. The example
below illustrates the application of the simultaneous equations method.
However, in accordance with ASC 805-740-25-9, if component 2 goodwill is an
excess of financial reporting goodwill over tax-deductible goodwill, no DTL
should be recorded.
Further, in certain business combinations, the acquired entity may have
tax-deductible goodwill from a prior acquisition for which it received
carry-over tax basis. The acquired tax-deductible goodwill should be included in
the acquisition date allocation between component 1 goodwill and component 2
goodwill.
Example 11-3
Assume the following:
-
Acquisition date of January 1, 20X9.
-
Financial reporting goodwill of $800, before initial tax adjustments.
-
Tax goodwill of $1,000.
-
Annual tax amortization of $500 per year.
-
No other temporary differences.
-
Tax rate of 25 percent.
-
Income before taxes in year 1 is $10,000, in year 2 is $11,000, and in year 3 is $12,000.
On Acquisition
Date:
-
Preliminary calculation of goodwill components:
-
Calculation of the DTA:
-
DTA = [0.25 ÷ (1 – 0.25)] × $200.
-
DTA = $67.
-
-
Journal entry to record the DTA:
Accounting in Years
1–3:
-
Calculation of taxes payable:
-
Calculation of deferred taxes:2Goodwill is not amortized for financial reporting purposes. Each year, a DTL must be calculated and recognized for the difference between component 1 financial reporting goodwill and component 1 tax goodwill. This DTL will reverse when the company impairs, sells, or disposes of the related assets.
-
Realization of the tax benefit:A tax benefit will be realized for the tax deduction associated with goodwill.Journal Entries for Years 1 and 2:
-
P&L snapshot:
11.3.2.1 Pre-FASB Statement 141(R) Transactions
Given the long-term nature of goodwill balances, some goodwill may have been generated in connection with business combinations that were accounted for under FASB Statement 141 before the issuance of FASB Statement 141(R) (codified in ASC 805), which amended paragraph 262 of FASB Statement 109 to require that the tax benefit associated with component 2 tax-deductible goodwill (an excess of tax-deductible goodwill over financial reporting goodwill) be recognized as of the acquisition date. Before the amendments made by Statement 141(R), the tax benefit associated with component 2
tax-deductible goodwill was recognized only when realized on the tax return.
This tax benefit was applied first to reduce goodwill related to the
acquisition to zero, then to reduce other noncurrent intangible assets
related to the acquisition to zero, and lastly to reduce income tax
expense.
After the effective date of Statement 141(R) (codified in ASC 805), the tax benefit associated with component 2 tax-deductible goodwill should continue to be recognized when realized on the tax return for business combinations previously accounted for in accordance with FASB Statement 141 (i.e., business combinations consummated in periods before the effective date of Statement 141(R)).
Paragraph 77 of Statement 141(R) states, in part, “For business combinations in which the acquisition date was before the effective date of this Statement, the acquirer shall apply the requirements of Statement 109, as amended by this Statement, prospectively” (emphasis added). Therefore, an entity would still need to apply the guidance in paragraphs 262 and 263 of Statement 109 (before the Statement 141(R) amendments) to any component 2 tax-deductible goodwill from business combinations accounted for under Statement 141. That is, for business combinations consummated before the effective date of ASC 805 (Statement 141(R)), goodwill would continue to be adjusted as the tax benefit associated with component 2 goodwill is realized on the tax return. Paragraph 262 of Statement 109, before being amended by Statement 141(R),
stated:
Amortization of goodwill is deductible for tax
purposes in some tax jurisdictions. In those tax jurisdictions, the
reported amount of goodwill and the tax basis of goodwill are each
separated into two components as of the combination date for
purposes of deferred tax calculations. The first component of each
equals the lesser of (a) goodwill for financial reporting or (b)
tax-deductible goodwill. The second component of each equals the
remainder of each, that is, (1) the remainder, if any, of goodwill
for financial reporting or (2) the remainder, if any, of
tax-deductible goodwill. Any difference that arises between the book
and tax basis of that first component of goodwill in future years is
a temporary difference for which a deferred tax liability or asset
is recognized based on the requirements of this Statement. No
deferred taxes are recognized for the second component of goodwill.
If that second component is an excess of tax-deductible goodwill
over the reported amount of goodwill, the tax benefit for that
excess is recognized when realized on the tax return, and that tax
benefit is applied first to reduce to zero the goodwill related to
that acquisition, second to reduce to zero other noncurrent
intangible assets related to that acquisition, and third to reduce
income tax expense.
Paragraph 263 of Statement 109, before being amended by Statement 141(R), included an example that illustrated the accounting for the tax consequences of goodwill when amortization of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The example below has been adapted from paragraph 263 of Statement 109 (as published before the amendments of Statement 141(R)) and illustrates the accounting that a reporting entity should apply to tax benefits associated with component 2 tax-deductible goodwill from business combinations originally accounted for under Statement 141. As described above, this accounting method applies even after the effective date of Statement 141(R).
Example 11-4
Assume the following:
-
As of the acquisition date (i.e., January 1, 20X8), the financial reporting amount and tax basis amount of goodwill are $600 and $800, respectively.
-
For tax purposes, amortization of goodwill will result in tax deductions of $400 in each of years 1 and 2. Those deductions result in current tax benefits in years 20X8 and 20X9.
-
For simplicity, the consequences of other temporary differences are ignored for years 20X8–2X11.
-
The entity has a calendar year-end and will adopt FASB Statement 141(R) on January 1, 20X9.
-
Income before income taxes is $1,000 in each of years 20X8–2X11.
-
The tax rate is 25 percent for all years.
Income taxes payable for years 20X8–2X11 are:
As of the combination date, goodwill is separated
into two components as follows:
A DTL is recognized for the tax amortization of
goodwill for years 20X8 and 20X9 for the excess of
the financial reporting amount over the tax basis of
the first component of goodwill. Although there is
no difference between the book and tax basis of
component 1 goodwill as of the business combination
date (both $600), a difference does arise as of the
reporting date. This difference results from (1) the
reduction of book goodwill by the realized benefits
on component 2 goodwill (the calculation is
explained below) and (2) the tax amortization of the
component 1 tax-deductible goodwill. When the second
component of goodwill is realized on the tax return
for years 20X8 and 20X9, the tax benefit is
allocated to reduce financial reporting
goodwill.
The second component of goodwill is
deductible at $100 per year in years 20X8 and 20X9.
Those tax deductions provide $25 ($100 at 25
percent) of tax benefits that are realized in years
20X8 and 20X9. The realized benefits reduce the
first component of goodwill and produce a deferred
tax benefit by reducing the taxable temporary
difference related to that component of goodwill.
Thus, the total tax benefit (TTB) allocated to
reduce the first component of goodwill in years 20X8
and 20X9 is the sum of (1) the $25 realized tax
benefit allocated to reduce goodwill and (2) the
deferred tax benefit from reducing the DTL related
to goodwill. The TTB is determined as follows:
TTB = realized tax benefit plus (tax rate times
TTB)
TTB = $25 + (0.25 × TTB)
TTB = $33
Goodwill for financial reporting purposes for years
20X8–2X11 is:
The DTL for the first component of goodwill and the
related amount of deferred tax expense (benefit) for
years 20X8–2X11 are:
Income for financial reporting for years 20X8–2X11
is:
11.3.2.2 Amortization of Goodwill
As discussed in Section 11.3.2, in jurisdictions in which goodwill is
deductible under the tax law, goodwill for financial reporting purposes and
tax-deductible goodwill should be separated as of the acquisition date into
two components in accordance with ASC 805-740-25-8 and 25-9. The first
component of goodwill (“component 1 goodwill”) equals the lesser of (1)
goodwill for financial reporting purposes or (2) tax-deductible goodwill.
The second component of goodwill (“component 2 goodwill”) equals (1) total
goodwill (the greater of financial reporting goodwill or tax-deductible
goodwill) less (2) the calculated amount of component 1 goodwill.
When tax-deductible goodwill exceeds goodwill for financial reporting
purposes, entities have alternatives for allocating tax amortization between
component 1 goodwill and component 2 goodwill. However, these alternatives
will have the same net effect on the consolidated financial statements.
The following two approaches are acceptable for allocating tax amortization
between component 1 goodwill and component 2 goodwill:
-
Approach 1 — Allocate the tax amortization first to any amount of tax-deductible goodwill greater than goodwill for financial reporting purposes (i.e., allocate first to component 2 goodwill). Under this approach, the entity will first reduce any DTA recognized in the acquisition accounting before recognizing a DTL.
-
Approach 2 — Allocate the tax amortization on a pro rata basis between component 1 goodwill and component 2 goodwill. Under this approach, the entity will reduce the DTA recognized in the acquisition accounting for the tax amortization allocated to component 2 goodwill and at the same time recognize a DTL for the tax amortization allocated to component 1 goodwill.
The example below demonstrates the two approaches and their
similar effects on the financial statements.
Example 11-5
Assume that Entity X acquires Entity
Y in a taxable business combination. The acquisition
results in goodwill for financial reporting purposes
of $1 million and tax-deductible goodwill of $1.3
million. Entity X’s tax rate is 25 percent. Because
tax-deductible goodwill exceeds goodwill for
financial reporting purposes, X recognizes a DTA of
$100,000 as part of the business combination
accounting (see Section
11.3.2 for guidance on calculating this
amount), with an offset to goodwill for financial
reporting purposes (i.e., final goodwill for
financial reporting purposes is $900,000 on the
acquisition date). Assume for tax purposes that the
tax-deductible goodwill is amortized over 10 years
and that X has not recognized any goodwill
impairments. In this example, component 1 goodwill
would be $900,000 (i.e., the lesser of goodwill for
financial reporting purposes and tax-deductible
goodwill) and component 2 goodwill would be $400,000
(i.e., the difference between total tax-deductible
goodwill of $1.3 million and component 1 goodwill of
$900,000).
The following journal entries would be recorded to
recognize the first year of tax amortization:
-
Approach 1 — The tax amortization of $130,000 ($1,300,000 ÷ 10 years) would be allocated to the component 2 goodwill. Therefore, component 2 goodwill would be reduced to $270,000 ($400,000 – $130,000) and the DTA recognized as of the acquisition date would be reduced by $32,500 ($130,000 × 25%).
-
Approach 2 — The tax amortization of $130,000 ($1,300,000 ÷ 10 years) would be allocated on a pro rata basis between the component 1 goodwill and the component 2 goodwill. Component 2 goodwill would be reduced to $360,000, which is calculated as $400,000 – ($400,000 ÷ $1,300,000 × $130,000), and the DTA associated with component 2 goodwill would be reduced by $10,000, or ($400,000 ÷ $1,300,000 × $130,000) × 25%. Component 1 goodwill would be reduced to $810,000, which is calculated as $900,000 – ($900,000 ÷ $1,300,000 × $130,000), which would create a DTL of $22,500, or ($900,000 ÷ $1,300,000 × $130,000) × 25%, for the taxable temporary difference between goodwill for financial reporting purposes and tax-deductible goodwill.
While amortization of the goodwill is reflected in
both approaches, Approach 2 seemingly creates a DTL
with the allocation. However, the goodwill remains
one asset for financial reporting purposes and,
correspondingly, the related deferred taxes should
be considered on a net basis in the assessment of
the need for a valuation allowance (i.e., the ending
DTA in year 1 would be $67,500).
11.3.2.3 Private Company Alternative
The accounting for goodwill by a private company may differ from the
accounting for goodwill by a public company. Under ASC 350-20-15-4, a
private company may elect a simplified, alternative approach to subsequently
account for goodwill (the “goodwill accounting alternative”). Under this
approach, the company can amortize financial reporting goodwill related to
each business combination on a straight-line basis, generally over a period
of 10 years.
A private company that elects the goodwill accounting alternative should
consider several things when preparing its provision for income taxes. Those
considerations vary, in part, depending on whether the goodwill is
deductible for tax purposes:
-
Non-tax-deductible goodwill — The accounting alternative does not change the prohibition on the recognition of a DTL for goodwill that is not deductible for tax purposes. The amortization of goodwill for financial reporting purposes will typically create a reconciling item related to the ETR (i.e., an unfavorable permanent difference).
-
Tax-deductible goodwill — The amortization of financial reporting goodwill will result in either an increase or a decrease to deferred taxes depending on how it compares with the related tax amortization in the period.
When both tax-deductible and non-tax-deductible goodwill are
present, an entity must determine the amount of financial reporting goodwill
amortization attributable to the components of goodwill that were originally
determined in acquisition accounting. (See Section 11.3.2 for more information
about the recognition of deferred taxes on the basis of the components of
goodwill.) When an entity is determining the amount of financial reporting
goodwill amortization attributable to the components of goodwill, it should
consider whether it has already established a policy for such attribution in
connection with a past impairment and, if so, should apply that policy
consistently. One method that is commonly used in such circumstances is a
pro rata allocation. (See the next section for an example illustrating a pro
rata allocation.) Under a pro rata allocation approach for goodwill
amortization, an entity would proportionally allocate the amortization to
tax-deductible and nondeductible goodwill on the basis of the proportion of
each. Other approaches may also be acceptable. Further complexities arise
when the goodwill in a reporting unit is associated with multiple
acquisitions or spans multiple taxing jurisdictions.
11.3.2.4 Impairment Testing
ASC 350-20 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment
at least annually or between annual tests if certain events or circumstances
occur. It further states that the “annual goodwill impairment test may be
performed any time during the fiscal year provided the test is performed at
the same time every year. Different reporting units may be tested for
impairment at different times.” Entities should evaluate their own facts and
circumstances in assessing whether to establish different reporting dates
for different reporting units.
When tested, goodwill is tested for impairment at the
reporting unit level. The ASC master glossary defines a reporting unit as
“[t]he level of reporting at which goodwill is tested for impairment. A
reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating
segment (also known as a component).”
Entities have the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a
reporting unit to determine whether the quantitative impairment test is
necessary. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an entity should
consider (1) the expected impact of the event or change in circumstances on
the fair value of the reporting unit and (2) the amount by which fair value
exceeds carrying value as of the date of the last impairment test. When the
fair value of a reporting unit is only marginally higher than its carrying
value, any expected decrease in the fair value of the reporting unit as a
result of a subsequent event or change in circumstances should generally
result in the conclusion that the entity needs to perform an impairment
test.
Accordingly, an entity should perform its annual or interim
goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit
with its carrying amount. The entity should recognize an impairment charge
for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s
fair value; however, the loss recognized would not exceed the total amount
of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, an entity should
consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying
amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if
applicable. ASC 350-20-35-8B states, in part, the following related to
impairment of tax-deductible goodwill:
If a reporting unit has tax deductible goodwill, recognizing a
goodwill impairment loss may cause a change in deferred taxes that
results in the carrying amount of the reporting unit immediately
exceeding its fair value upon recognition of the loss. In those
circumstances, the entity shall calculate the impairment loss and
associated deferred tax effect in a manner similar to that used in a
business combination in accordance with the guidance in paragraphs
805-740-55-9 through 55-13. The total loss recognized shall not
exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting
unit.
Application of the above guidance generally involves the use of the
simultaneous equations method, as discussed in Section 11.3.2, to eliminate any excess carrying value
attributable to the incremental DTA generated by the impairment charge. See
additional discussion in Section
11.3.2.4.3 and Example
11-6 for an illustration of the application of this guidance.
If, however, an entity has determined that a full valuation allowance is
needed on the incremental DTA generated by an impairment charge for
tax-deductible goodwill, application of the simultaneous equations method is
not necessary because the impairment would not create any excess carrying
value.
11.3.2.4.1 Assumptions Related to a Reporting Unit Bought or Sold in a Taxable or Nontaxable Business Combination
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires
some assumptions about the sale of the reporting unit to a market
participant. ASC 350-20-35-25 states that an entity’s assumption about
whether a reporting unit would be bought or sold in a taxable or
nontaxable business combination in its quantitative goodwill impairment
test is a matter of judgment and will depend on facts and
circumstances.
ASC 350-20-35-26 provides the following considerations to help entities
make this determination:
-
Whether the assumption is consistent with those that marketplace participants would incorporate into their estimates of fair value
-
The feasibility of the assumed structure
-
Whether the assumed structure results in the highest and best use and would provide maximum value to the seller for the reporting unit, including consideration of related tax implications.
In addition, under ASC 350-20-35-27, an entity must also consider the
following factors (not all-inclusive) when assessing whether it is
appropriate to assume a nontaxable transaction:
-
Whether the reporting unit could be sold in a nontaxable transaction
-
Whether there are any income tax laws and regulations or other corporate governance requirements that could limit an entity’s ability to treat a sale of the unit as a nontaxable transaction.
11.3.2.4.2 Assigning Deferred Taxes to a Reporting Unit
When performing the quantitative goodwill impairment
test, an entity should assign deferred taxes to its reporting units in
determining their carrying value.
ASC 350-20-35-7 states that the deferred taxes related
to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit should be included
in the carrying value of the reporting unit. This is true regardless of
whether the entity assumes, in its determination of the fair value of
the reporting unit, that the reporting unit would be bought or sold in a
taxable or nontaxable business combination (see ASC 350-20-35-25 through
35-27). In determining whether to assign DTAs associated with NOL and
tax credit carryforwards to a reporting unit, an entity should consider
the following guidance from ASC 350-20-35-39 and 35-40:
35-39 For the purpose of
testing goodwill for impairment, acquired assets and assumed
liabilities shall be assigned to a reporting unit as of the
acquisition date if both of the following criteria are met:
-
The asset will be employed in or the liability relates to the operations of a reporting unit.
-
The asset or liability will be considered in determining the fair value of the reporting unit.
Assets or liabilities that an entity considers
part of its corporate assets or liabilities shall also be
assigned to a reporting unit if both of the preceding criteria
are met. Examples of corporate items that may meet those
criteria and therefore would be assigned to a reporting unit are
environmental liabilities that relate to an existing operating
facility of the reporting unit and a pension obligation that
would be included in the determination of the fair value of the
reporting unit. This provision applies to assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in a business combination and to those
acquired or assumed individually or with a group of other
assets.
35-40 Some assets or
liabilities may be employed in or relate to the operations of
multiple reporting units. The methodology used to determine the
amount of those assets or liabilities to assign to a reporting
unit shall be reasonable and supportable and shall be applied in
a consistent manner. For example, assets and liabilities not
directly related to a specific reporting unit, but from which
the reporting unit benefits, could be assigned according to the
benefit received by the different reporting units (or based on
the relative fair values of the different reporting units). In
the case of pension items, for example, a pro rata assignment
based on payroll expense might be used. A reasonable allocation
method may be very general. For use in making those assignments,
the basis for and method of determining the fair value of the
acquiree and other related factors (such as the underlying
reasons for the acquisition and management’s expectations
related to dilution, synergies, and other financial
measurements) shall be documented at the acquisition date.
If an entity has recorded a valuation allowance
pertaining to a DTA of a specific jurisdiction or character that has
been allocated to a reporting unit, the associated valuation allowance
would also be allocated to that reporting unit. An entity that files a
consolidated tax return and has recorded a valuation allowance for DTAs
at an entity (or jurisdiction) level should allocate the valuation
allowance on the basis of the DTAs and DTLs of the entity (or
jurisdiction) assigned to each reporting unit. While various methods of
allocating such valuation allowance may be acceptable (e.g., assigning
it on a pro rata basis to all affected DTAs or assigning it on the basis
of which DTAs are more likely than not to be realized), entities should
ensure that the method chosen results only in an actual allocation of
the consolidated valuation allowance for the entity (or jurisdiction)
(i.e., an entity should not perform an independent assessment of each
reporting unit’s DTAs on a “separate return” basis because the
assessment may or may not equal the consolidated totals for the entity
[or jurisdiction]).
11.3.2.4.3 Determining the Deferred Tax Effects of a Goodwill Impairment
The initial accounting for an acquisition of a business
is affected by whether the transaction is structured as a taxable or
nontaxable transaction and whether the acquisition results in
tax-deductible and nondeductible goodwill. (See Sections 11.1.3
and 11.3.2
for further discussion of the initial accounting in a business
combination.) ASC 350-20-35-41 states, in part, that, for financial
reporting purposes, “goodwill acquired in a business combination shall
be assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition
date.”
ASC 350-20-35-1 states, in part, that “goodwill shall be
tested at least annually for impairment at a level of reporting referred
to as a reporting unit” (emphasis added). Under
U.S. GAAP, a reporting unit is defined as “an operating segment or one
level below an operating segment.”
However, ASC 740-10-30-5 states, in part, that
“[d]eferred taxes shall be determined separately for each tax-paying
component . . . in each tax jurisdiction.”
A reporting unit’s goodwill balance subject to impairment testing may
comprise both tax-deductible and nondeductible goodwill. One common
method used to allocate the goodwill impairment among the legal entities
that constitute the reporting unit is pro rata allocation. Under this
approach, an entity proportionately allocates the impairment to
tax-deductible and nondeductible goodwill on the basis of the proportion
of each in the reporting unit. Other approaches may also be acceptable;
however, the approach an entity selects is an accounting policy election
that, like all such elections, should be applied consistently.
The example below illustrates the application of the pro
rata allocation approach, although we are aware of other approaches in
practice. Note that this approach involves consolidated financial
statements. When one or more of the legal entities within a reporting
unit prepare separate-company financial statements, the allocations may
differ between the separate and consolidated financial statements.
Entities are encouraged to consult with their income tax accounting
advisers when determining an appropriate approach.
Example 11-6
Tax-Deductible Goodwill
Background
Assume the following:
- Company A has $1,500 of goodwill from an acquisition that is allocated to Reporting Unit RU.
- All of the goodwill is tax deductible over 15 years.
- The tax rate is 25 percent.
- As of the date of the goodwill impairment test
for RU:
- The tax basis of goodwill is $1,000, and RU has a DTL of $125.
- RU has a carrying value of $1,775, a fair value of $1,500, and a preliminary goodwill impairment of $275.
As a result of the change in
deferred taxes related to the goodwill, RU has a
carrying value of $1,569, which exceeds the fair
value.
Assume that there is no book/tax difference on
the other assets.
Analysis Under ASC
350-20-35-8B
The impairment loss is increased
by $92, which is calculated by using the
simultaneous equations method: 25% ÷ (1 – 25%) ×
275 = 92. The additional impairment loss is offset
by the deferred tax benefit.
Note that
the total goodwill impairment of $367 can also be
calculated as 275 ÷ (1 – 25%).
Tax-Deductible and Nondeductible Goodwill
Background
Assume the same facts as those
above, except that Company A has $5,000 of
goodwill from an acquisition that is allocated to
Reporting Unit RU. Of this amount, $1,500 of the
goodwill is tax deductible over 15 years.
In addition, assume the
following:
- On the date of the goodwill impairment test, RU has a carrying value of $5,300, a fair value of $4,300, and a preliminary goodwill impairment of $1,000.
- RU has both tax deductible and nondeductible goodwill, and the pro rata approach is used to allocate goodwill impairment for deferred tax purposes (component 1 is 30% and component 2 is 70%).
- Assume that there is no book/tax difference on the other assets.
Analysis Under ASC 350-20-35-8B
The impairment loss is increased
by $81, which is calculated by using the
simultaneous equations method: $1,000÷1 – (25% ×
30%) = $1,081. The additional impairment loss is
offset by the deferred tax benefit. Allocation of
the total goodwill impairment between component 1
and 2 goodwill is as follows:
-
Component 1 impairment: $1,081 × 30% = $324.
-
Component 2 impairment: $1,081 × 70% = $757.
11.3.2.5 Disposal of Goodwill
In accordance with ASC 350-20, when all or a portion of a reporting unit that
constitutes a business is disposed of, all or a portion of the goodwill
allocated to that reporting unit needs to be included in the carrying amount
of the reporting unit (or disposal group) when an entity is determining the
gain or loss on disposal. Given the intricacies involved with determining
the deferred tax accounting for goodwill (e.g., calculating component 1 and
component 2 goodwill), additional complexities may arise when a reporting
unit (or portion thereof) that has goodwill is disposed of.
An acquired business that generates goodwill will often be integrated into an
existing reporting unit (or reporting units) of the acquirer. The reporting
unit to which the assets and liabilities of the acquiree are assigned may be
composed of multiple legal entities that were either acquired in previous
business combinations or formed by the acquirer. Although the goodwill
generated in the business combination will continue to be associated with
the reporting unit to which it is allocated, the goodwill may not be
specifically associated with the assets and liabilities from the business
combination that generated the goodwill. For example, if an acquired
business is significantly integrated with other subsidiaries of a reporting
unit and a subsidiary within the reporting unit is subsequently disposed of,
the acquirer may need to allocate a portion of the total goodwill of the
reporting unit to the disposal group regardless of how the goodwill was
generated.
Under ASC 350-20-40-3, an entity determines the amount of
goodwill to be included in the carrying amount of the disposal group by
allocating goodwill from the larger reporting unit to the part of the
reporting unit being sold on the basis of relative fair value. However, for
a reporting unit that contains goodwill that is tax deductible, ASC
350-20-40 does not provide guidance on how to determine what portion of the
goodwill being disposed of represents component 1 goodwill and what portion
represents component 2 goodwill. Further, because the allocation is made at
the reporting unit level, the character of the goodwill to be included in
the carrying amount of the disposal group (i.e., component 1 or component 2)
will not always be determinable from the character of the goodwill
recognized in the financial statements of the specific entity to be disposed
of. Accordingly, several methods have developed in practice for determining
the deferred tax consequences in these types of situations.
One such approach is the pro rata method, under which the
character of the goodwill to be included in the carrying amount of the
disposal group is determined on a pro rata basis by reference to the
character of goodwill within the larger reporting unit.
A second approach is to determine the character of the
goodwill to be retained by reference to the character of the goodwill of the
component being disposed of, even though ASC 350-20-40-1 through 40-7
suggest that acquired goodwill loses its entity-specific character when an
entity is performing an impairment test or determining the amount of
goodwill to be allocated to a disposal group when part of a reporting unit
is sold.
A third approach is to interpret ASC 350-20-40-1 through
40-7 as simply requiring the reporting entity to retain a portion of its
investment in the disposed-of subsidiary within the reporting unit and then
classify that portion as goodwill in its consolidated financial statements
until the goodwill is recovered in accordance with ASC 350. Under this
alternative, a DTL would be recorded because the residual outside basis
difference would represent a taxable temporary difference for which no
exception exists. The recognition of a DTL for the residual outside basis is
also consistent with the fact that the corresponding tax basis in the
“investment” is deducted upon the sale of the disposed-of entity’s stock for
income tax purposes.
A fourth approach is to treat any goodwill retained by the reporting unit as
a permanent difference (i.e., not a temporary difference). Under this
approach, any goodwill remaining in the reporting unit is effectively
characterized as internally generated goodwill that must be capitalized.
Accordingly, ASC 740-10-25-3(d) would preclude the reporting entity from
recognizing a DTL on goodwill retained for financial reporting purposes but
not deductible for tax purposes. ASC 740-10-25-3(d) prohibits “recognition
of a deferred tax liability [or asset] related to goodwill (or the portion
thereof) for which amortization is not deductible for tax purposes.”
All of the approaches described above may be considered
acceptable when a portion of the goodwill originally related to the
component to be disposed of is retained. Regardless of the method selected,
an entity should consistently apply its chosen approach to all dispositions
of businesses within a reporting unit and provide adequate footnote
disclosures that describe the accounting method used and the effects of
applying that method.
While complexities are likely to be encountered when any of
the approaches described above are applied, the second approach, in
particular, will need to be supplemented by additional policies when the
amount being allocated to the component being disposed of exceeds the amount
recognized on the books of that specific component. Entities are encouraged
to consult with their accounting advisers in these situations.
Note that each approach described above assumes that a
subsidiary has been fully integrated into a reporting unit before disposal.
If a subsidiary has not been previously integrated into a reporting unit,
entities should apply ASC 350-20-40-4, which requires that the current
carrying amount of the acquired goodwill (i.e., the actual
subsidiary-specific goodwill) be included in the carrying amount of the
subsidiary to be disposed of. In these types of situations, which are
expected to be infrequent, entities are encouraged to consult with their
accounting advisers.
The example below illustrates the methods described above
applied to the disposal of goodwill.
Example 11-7
USP acquires 100 percent of the
voting common stock of S1 for $1,000 in a nontaxable
acquisition accounted for as a business combination.
Accordingly, USP’s outside tax basis in the stock of
S1 is $1,000. USP recognizes $100 of goodwill in the
acquisition of S1. Since the transaction results in
carryover tax basis, there is no corresponding tax
basis in the goodwill (i.e., all goodwill is
component 2 goodwill). USP assigns all the assets
and liabilities of S1, including goodwill, to
Reporting Unit 1.
As of the acquisition date of S1,
Reporting Unit 1 consists of multiple legal
entities, some of which were acquired and others of
which were formed by USP. The goodwill recognized in
these acquisitions and assigned to Reporting Unit 1
consists of a combination of tax-deductible and
non-tax-deductible goodwill. When tax-deductible
goodwill has been acquired, it has been amortized in
accordance with tax law after the acquisition.
As of the acquisition date of S1, the GAAP and tax
values of the goodwill are as follows:
Before the acquisition of S1, there
is a $136.5 DTL associated with component 1 goodwill
((800 - 150) × 21%). After S1 is integrated into
Reporting Unit 1, USP decides to sell S1 for
consideration of $1,000. For simplicity, assume that
the book basis in the assets of S1, exclusive of
goodwill and related deferred taxes, if any, is $900
and there is no tax gain or loss on the sale. Assume
that no goodwill impairments have been recognized
under ASC 350 between the date of the acquisition of
S1 and its disposition and there has been no
amortization of the goodwill for financial or tax
reporting purposes. Further assume that, in
accordance with ASC 350-20-40-1 through 40-7, $70 of
Reporting Unit 1 goodwill will be derecognized upon
the sale of S1 and will affect the determination of
the gain or loss on disposal for financial reporting
purposes. Accordingly, upon the disposition of S1,
only $70 of the goodwill recognized in connection
with the acquisition of S1 will be derecognized,
while $30 of the total goodwill recognized in
connection with the acquisition of S1 will be
retained as continuing goodwill of Reporting Unit
1.
Application of the Four Approaches
Derecognized
Goodwill
Goodwill Remaining After Disposal
As shown above, the total goodwill remaining in
Reporting Unit 1 is the same regardless of the
approach used. The allocation between component 1
and component 2 goodwill under the different
approaches is not constant.
Under approach 1, the reduction for
the derecognized goodwill was allocated pro rata to
Reporting Unit 1's component 1 and component 2
goodwill. As a result, there is a $4.7 reduction in
the goodwill DTL (136.5 – [(777.6 – 150) × 21%]).
Such reduction in DTL would be included as part of
the disposal group, increasing the gain on the
sale.
Under approach 2, all of the goodwill on S1's books
is considered component 2, and the remaining $30
would still represent component 2 goodwill,
resulting in no change to the recorded DTL.
Under approach 3, USP retains a
portion of its investment in S1 within the reporting
unit and classifies that portion as goodwill until
the goodwill is recovered in accordance with ASC
350. A DTL would be recorded because the residual
outside basis difference would represent a taxable
temporary difference for which no exception exists.
As a result, there is a $6.3 increase in the
goodwill DTL ([830 – 150] × 21% – 136.5), resulting
in a $6.3 increase to deferred tax expense.
Under approach 4, the $30 of goodwill remaining in
Reporting Unit 1 is effectively characterized as
internally generated goodwill that P must
capitalize. Accordingly, ASC 740-10-25-3(d)
precludes P from recognizing a DTL on goodwill
retained for financial reporting purposes that is
not deductible for tax purposes. As in approach 2
(in this fact pattern), there is no change to the
goodwill DTL.
11.3.3 Bargain Purchase
In some limited situations, the fair value of assets acquired (net of assumed
liabilities) exceeds the consideration paid to acquire the business. A bargain
purchase occurs when the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of:
-
The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred, including the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held interest (if any) in the acquiree (i.e., a business combination achieved in stages).
-
The fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree.
These instances are expected to be infrequent and require an acquirer to
reconsider whether all acquired assets have been separately recognized and
properly measured. However, after the acquirer confirms that the fair value of
acquired net assets exceeds the consideration paid, the acquirer recognizes the
excess (i.e., the bargain purchase element) as a gain on the acquisition
date.
When an entity has been acquired, the acquirer calculates the
gain on the bargain purchase after the deferred taxes on the inside basis
differences are recorded on the acquired entity’s assets and liabilities (see
Section 11.3.1
for more information about inside and outside basis differences). The resulting
bargain purchase gain recognized by the acquiring entity is recognized in
earnings in accordance with ASC 805-30-25-2. Because the amount of the bargain
purchase gain does not result in a step-up in the tax basis of the investment in
the acquiree, a difference typically arises between the investment in the
acquiree for financial reporting purposes and the investment in the acquiree for
tax purposes. If deferred taxes are recorded on the outside basis difference
caused by the bargain purchase gain, we believe that the corresponding tax
effects would similarly be recorded in earnings as a component of income tax
expense.
Example 11-8
Taxable Business Combination — Bargain
Purchase
AC pays $800 to acquire TC, a domestic
corporation, in a taxable business combination. The fair
value of the identifiable assets is $1,000. AC
recognizes a $158 gain on the bargain purchase. Assume a
21 percent tax rate.
For the inside basis difference, a DTL of $42 is recorded
on the difference between the book basis ($1,000) and
tax basis ($800) of the acquired assets.
The journal entries for the acquisition, gain on the
bargain purchase, and resulting deferred taxes are as
follows:
TC’s Journal
Entry
AC’s Journal
Entry
Regarding the outside basis difference, the carrying
amount of AC’s investment in TC for financial reporting
purposes will increase by $158 and there will be a
corresponding increase in TC’s equity as a result of the
recognition of the $158 gain.
The following table illustrates AC’s investment in
TC:
In accordance with ASC 740-30-25-7, AC could determine
that the outside basis difference in TC’s stock is not a
taxable temporary difference because (1) the tax law
provides a means by which the reported amount of that
investment can be recovered tax free and (2) AC expects
it will ultimately use that means. See Section 3.4.3 for
further discussion of tax-free liquidation or merger of
a subsidiary.
Example 11-9
Nontaxable Business Combination — No Bargain Purchase
Gain Recognized as a Result of the DTL
AC pays $900 to acquire the stock of TC,
a domestic corporation, in a nontaxable business
combination. The fair value of the identifiable assets
is $1,000. Assume that the tax bases of the identifiable
assets are $400 and that the tax rate is 21 percent.
The following are TC’s and AC’s journal entries recording
the acquisition and resulting deferred taxes:
TC’s Journal
Entry
AC’s Journal
Entry
The gain on the bargain purchase is calculated after
deferred taxes are recorded. AC does not recognize a
gain on the bargain purchase because the fair value of
the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
(net amount of $874) does not exceed the consideration
transferred. There is no bargain purchase after the DTL
is recorded for the difference between the book basis of
$1,000 and tax basis of $400 for the assets
acquired.
Example 11-10
Nontaxable Business Combination — Bargain
Purchase
Assume the same facts as in the previous
example except that the tax bases of the identifiable
assets are $700 rather than $400.
A DTL of $63 is recorded for the difference between the
book basis of $1,000 and tax basis of $700 for the
assets acquired. The journal entries recording the
acquisition gain on the bargain purchase and resulting
deferred taxes are as follows:
TC’s Journal
Entry
AC’s Journal
Entry
These journal entries show that AC recognizes a $37 gain
on the bargain purchase. As a result of AC’s recognition
of a $37 gain, AC’s investment in TC will increase by
$37, with a corresponding increase in TC’s equity. Thus,
an outside basis difference will arise between the book
basis of $937 and tax basis of $900 for TC’s stock. AC
determines that the outside basis difference in TC’s
stock is a taxable temporary difference and records a
DTL.
AC’s Journal
Entry
The DTL represents a $37 basis difference at a tax rate
of 21 percent. Goodwill is not affected because the
outside basis difference is related to the bargain
purchase gain recognized and therefore is unrelated to
the business combination accounting.
11.3.4 Other Assets Acquired
Although recognition and measurement of income taxes related to goodwill acquired
in a business combination are considered among the most significant exceptions
to the basic principles of acquisition accounting, special consideration must
also be made for other types of assets acquired.
11.3.4.1 Other Intangibles
Deferred taxes are not recognized for differences between goodwill for
financial statement purposes and nondeductible goodwill for tax purposes.
However, deferred income taxes are always recognized for differences between
the carrying amounts and tax bases of all acquired identifiable intangible
assets (e.g., customer lists, trademarks, and core deposit intangibles of
financial institutions), regardless of whether they are indefinite-lived or
finite-lived. The FASB concluded that goodwill is a residual asset that is
uniquely different from other types of long-term intangible assets that may
not be deductible in certain tax jurisdictions. Therefore, the exception to
recording deferred taxes on nondeductible goodwill is not carried over to
indefinite-lived intangible assets.
11.3.4.2 Reacquired Rights
In a business combination, the acquirer may reacquire a right that it
previously granted to the acquiree (e.g., a license or franchise). ASC
805-20-30-20 stipulates that reacquired rights are intangible assets that
the acquirer must recognize apart from goodwill.
An acquirer measures the value of the reacquired right in a business
combination in accordance with the fair value measurement guidance in ASC
820, with one exception: The value of the intangible asset is limited to its
remaining contractual term (i.e., the contractual term that remains until
the next renewal date), regardless of whether market participants would
assume renewal or extension of the existing terms of the arrangement.
Because renewals are not taken into consideration in the determination of
the fair value, the reacquired right’s tax basis and its financial reporting
basis as of the acquisition date will generally differ and a DTA should be
recognized for the difference between the assigned value for financial
reporting and tax purposes.
Subsequently, for financial reporting purposes, an entity
must amortize the intangible assets related to reacquired rights on the
basis of their remaining contractual terms. See the example below.
An acquiring entity must also determine whether the terms of the contract
give rise to a reacquired right that is favorable or unfavorable in relation
to similar market transactions for similar rights. If the terms of the
contract do give rise to such a reacquired right, the acquirer recognizes a
settlement gain or loss. ASC 805-10-55-21(b) provides guidance on
calculating the settlement gain or loss, stating that it should be recorded
as the lesser of:
-
The amount by which the contract is favorable or unfavorable from the perspective of the acquirer when compared with pricing for current market transactions for the same or similar items. . . .
-
The amount of any stated settlement provisions in the contract available to the counterparty to whom the contract is unfavorable. . . . [See Example 11-12.]
An acquirer may subsequently sell a reacquired right to a third party. The
carrying amount of the recognized intangible asset (i.e., reacquired right)
would then be included in the gain or loss on sale.
Example 11-11
Company B sells products in Europe under a license
agreement with Company A. Company A acquires B for
$100 million in a taxable business combination. As
of the acquisition date, the license agreement has a
remaining contractual term of three years and can be
renewed at the end of the current term and
indefinitely every five years thereafter. Assume
that the pricing of the license agreement is
at-market and that the agreement does not have
explicit settlement provisions. The tax rate is 21
percent. Company A has calculated the following
values for the license agreement:
-
$7.5 million — Value of the license for the remaining three-year contractual term.
-
$20 million — Fair value of the license agreement, calculated in accordance with the principles of ASC 820, which takes into account future renewals by market participants.
-
$60 million — Other tangible assets.
The following illustrates the book and tax bases of
the assets:
In this example, A would recognize
an intangible asset for $7.5 million and would
amortize this amount over the remaining three-year
contractual term for financial reporting purposes.
Company A recognizes a DTA related to the license
agreement’s tax-over-book basis of $2.625 million,
or ($20 million – $7.5 million) × 21%. In accordance
with ASC 805-740-25-3 and ASC 805-740-25-9, no DTL
is recorded for the book-over-tax-basis goodwill of
$9.875 million ($29.875 million – $20 million).
Example 11-12
Assume the same facts as in the
example above, except that under the terms of the
license agreement, Company B pays a license fee that
is below-market in relation to that of its
competitors with similar licensing agreements. In
addition, Company A now calculates the value of the
license, for the remaining three-year contractual
term, to be $10 million. (Note that this amount is
greater than the $7.5 million value calculated in
the example above for an at-market contract, because
the expense related to the license is less than the
market rate.)
Company A would record an intangible asset of $7.5
million for the reacquired license (the at-market
value for similar agreements) and would recognize a
$2.5 million settlement loss in the income
statement. In effect, the settlement loss represents
additional consideration A would be required to give
B to terminate the existing agreement, which was
unfavorable to A.
The following illustrates the book and tax bases of
the assets:
Company A recognizes a DTA related
to the license agreement’s tax-over-book basis of
$2.625 million, which is calculated as ($20 million
– $7.5 million) × 21%, of which $2.1 million is a
DTA recorded in the acquisition accounting (as a
reduction to goodwill). The remaining component of
the DTA of $525,000 is associated with the $2.5
million financial reporting loss ($2.5 million ×
21%) that was recognized in the statement of
operations by the acquirer (i.e., separately and
apart from acquisition accounting). Therefore, in
evaluating the DTA for realizability after the
acquisition date, an entity should remember that the
character of the DTA originated in part from a
finite-lived intangible asset and in part from an
expense recorded in the statement of operations.
In addition, ASC 805-740-25-3 and ASC 805-740-25-9
prohibit the recognition of a DTL for the
book-over-tax-basis goodwill.
11.3.4.3 R&D Assets
Under ASC 350-30-35-17A, acquired R&D assets will be separately
recognized and measured at their acquisition-date fair values. ASC
350-30-35-17A states that an R&D asset acquired in a business
combination must be considered an indefinite-lived intangible asset until
completion or abandonment of the associated R&D efforts. Once the
R&D efforts are complete or abandoned, an entity should apply the
guidance in ASC 350 to determine the useful life of the R&D assets and
should amortize these assets accordingly in the financial statements. If the
project is abandoned, the asset would be written off if it has no
alternative use.
In accordance with ASC 740, deferred taxes should be recorded for temporary
differences related to acquired R&D assets as of the business
combination’s acquisition date. As with all acquired assets and assumed
liabilities, an entity must compare the amount recorded for an R&D
intangible asset with its tax basis to determine whether a temporary
difference exists. If the tax basis of the R&D intangible asset is zero,
as it will be in a typical nontaxable business combination, a DTL will be
recorded for that basis difference. (See Section 5.3.1.3 for guidance on using these DTLs to evaluate
DTAs for realization.)
11.3.4.4 Leveraged Leases Acquired
For accounting guidance on acquiring a leveraged lease in a
business combination, see Section 4.3.11.14 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business
Combinations.
Under ASC 842-50-30-2, the initial recognition of a leveraged lease acquired
in a business combination is unchanged from the guidance in ASC 840. That
is, the acquiring entity should record an acquired leveraged lease on the
basis of the remaining future cash flows while giving appropriate
recognition to the estimated future tax effects of those cash flows.
Example 4 in ASC 842-50-55-27 through 55-33 illustrates the accounting for a
leveraged lease acquired in a business combination.
For additional information about ASC 842, see Deloitte’s
Roadmap Leases.
11.3.4.5 Obtaining Tax Basis Step-Up of Acquired Assets Through Direct Transaction With Governmental Taxing Authority
In some tax jurisdictions, an acquirer may pay the taxing authority to obtain
a step-up in the tax basis of the net assets of the acquired business. Such
a transaction is not with the acquiree and is not in exchange for the
business acquired. Accordingly, the resulting step-up in tax basis should
not be accounted for as part of the recording of deferred taxes under the
acquisition method of accounting.
Rather, the acquisition of tax basis from the tax authority should be
accounted for as a transaction that is separate and apart from the business
combination in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-53. That guidance indicates
that the deferred tax effects of a payment to a taxing authority to obtain a
step-up in tax basis are generally accounted for directly in income (net of
the amount of the payment). See ASC 740-10-55-202 through 55-204 for an
example of such a transaction.
ASC 740-10-25-54 lists factors that may help an entity
determine whether the step-up in tax basis is related to the business
combination that caused the initial recognition of goodwill or to a separate
transaction. If the step-up is related to the business combination in which
the book goodwill was originally recognized, the entity would not record a
DTA for the step-up in basis except to the extent that the newly deductible
goodwill amount exceeds the remaining balance of book goodwill. If the
step-up is related to a subsequent transaction, however, the entity would
record a DTA. The factors in ASC 740-10-25-54 are not all-inclusive,
however, and an entity must apply judgment when making this
determination.
11.3.5 Liabilities Assumed
Recognition and measurement principles of certain liabilities assumed in a
business combination may differ for financial reporting and tax purposes,
resulting in deferred taxes. In addition, certain liabilities may be accounted
for under exceptions to the general principles of ASC 805, requiring additional
consideration when an entity is determining the appropriate tax accounting
consequences.
11.3.5.1 Contingencies
Under ASC 805-20-25-19, a contingency should be recognized at its
acquisition-date fair value if the acquisition-date fair value can be
determined during the measurement period.
ASC 805-20-35-3 does not prescribe a specific method for measuring and
accounting for contingencies after the acquisition date for financial
reporting purposes; rather, it states that the acquirer should “develop a
systematic and rational basis for subsequently measuring and accounting for
. . . contingencies depending on their nature.” A contingency could result
in a temporary difference on the acquisition date.
For tax purposes, the acquirer is generally precluded from
recognizing a contingency until the contingency has become fixed and
determinable with reasonable accuracy or, in some jurisdictions, until it
has been settled. This could result in a basis difference between the assets
and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and tax purposes on the
acquisition date.
When assessing whether a DTA or DTL should be recognized on the acquisition
date, the acquirer should determine the expected tax consequences that would
result if the contingency was settled at its initial reported amount in the
financial statements. In other words, the acquirer should determine the tax
consequences as if the contingency was settled at the amount reported in the
financial statements as of the acquisition date. The tax consequences will,
in part, depend on how the business combination is structured for tax
purposes (i.e., taxable or nontaxable business combination).
After the acquisition, the acquirer should account for the tax consequences
resulting from a change in the fair value of an acquired contingency and
recognize the deferred tax consequences of such change as a component of
income tax expense (i.e., outside of the business combination), unless the
change qualifies as a measurement-period adjustment under ASC
805-10-25-13.
11.3.5.1.1 Taxable Business Combination
11.3.5.1.1.1 Recognition and Initial Measurement
In a taxable business combination, the settlement of a contingency
will generally affect the tax basis of goodwill. Therefore, the
acquirer should assume that the contingency will be settled at its
acquisition-date fair value and should include this amount in the
calculation of tax-deductible goodwill when performing the
acquisition-date comparison of tax-deductible goodwill with
financial reporting goodwill. If the amount of the hypothetical
tax-deductible goodwill (i.e., tax-deductible goodwill that includes
the amount associated with the contingency) exceeds the amount of
financial reporting goodwill, a DTA should be recorded. However, if
the financial reporting goodwill continues to exceed the
hypothetical tax-deductible goodwill, no DTL is recorded for the
excess (because of the exception in ASC 805-740-25-9). See Section 11.3.2 for further discussion of the
acquisition-date comparison of financial reporting goodwill with
tax-deductible goodwill.
11.3.5.1.1.2 Subsequent Measurement
In a taxable business combination, a subsequent increase or decrease
in the value of the contingency will result in an adjustment to the
tax bases of the acquired assets. A DTA or DTL would be recorded
through the tax provision for the expected tax consequences.
If the revised value exceeds the amount initially
recorded as a liability, a DTA will be recorded in connection with
expected additional tax-deductible goodwill. For financial reporting
purposes, the additional tax-deductible goodwill is treated as
unrelated to the acquisition (i.e., it is attributed to the expense
recognized); therefore, a DTA results in the recording of a benefit
to the acquirer’s income tax provision rather than a reduction in
financial reporting goodwill.
If the contingency is settled for an amount less
than the liability recorded on the books, there is a favorable
adjustment to pretax book income. This pretax book income is
eliminated from taxable income (e.g., by a Schedule M adjustment for
U.S. federal tax). This adjustment to pretax book income is treated,
in substance, as an accelerated deduction of component 1 amortizable
goodwill (see Section 11.3.2 for a discussion of goodwill
components). In this case, a DTL is recognized and the related
income tax expense is recorded (see Example 11-13).
11.3.5.1.2 Nontaxable Business Combination
11.3.5.1.2.1 Recognition and Initial Measurement
In a nontaxable business combination, the settlement of a contingency
may result in a tax deduction or taxable income (e.g., a legal
dispute between an acquired entity and a third party is settled,
resulting in a payment from the third party to the acquired entity).
If the settlement of the contingency will result in either a tax
deduction or taxable income, deferred taxes should be recorded as
part of the acquisition accounting.
11.3.5.1.2.2 Subsequent Measurement
In a nontaxable business combination, if it was
determined that the settlement of the contingency would result in
either a tax deduction or taxable income, a subsequent change in the
value of the contingency would result in a corresponding change to
the previously recorded DTA or DTL. Any change recorded to either
the DTA or DTL would be recognized as a component of income tax
expense (i.e., outside of the business combination). See the example
below.
Example 11-13
Taxable Business Combination
AC acquires the stock of TC for $45 million in
a taxable business combination on June 30,
20X9 (e.g., a stock acquisition with a taxable
election under IRC Section 338). In connection
with the acquisition, AC recognizes a contingent
liability at a fair value of $650,000. AC’s
applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
The goodwill for financial reporting purposes
is $4 million (including the fair value of the
contingent liability). Tax-deductible goodwill is
$3.5 million, excluding the fair value of the
contingent liability.
For tax purposes, AC has determined that once
the contingency is settled, it will be added to
tax-deductible goodwill. Therefore, AC includes
the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent
liability in tax-deductible goodwill when
comparing acquisition-date tax-deductible goodwill
with financial reporting goodwill.
Tax-deductible goodwill is compared with
financial reporting goodwill as follows:
Because hypothetical
tax-deductible goodwill exceeds financial
reporting goodwill, AC records a DTA by using the
following iterative calculation, as described in
Section
11.3.2:
DTA = [0.25 ÷ (1 – 0.25)] ×
$150,000
DTA = $50,000
June 30, 20X9
The following journal entries are recorded on
June 30, 20X9:
AC
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
September 30, 20X9
On September 30, 20X9, AC remeasures the
contingent liability and determines its fair value
to be $300,000, a decrease of $350,000 ($650,000 –
$300,000). AC has determined that the adjustment
to the contingent liability will decrease
tax-deductible goodwill if settled at its adjusted
financial reporting basis. Therefore, AC reduces
the DTA recorded on the acquisition date and
records a DTL. The acquisition-date comparison of
financial reporting goodwill with tax-deductible
goodwill should not be reperformed after the
acquisition date.
The following journal entry is recorded on
September 30, 20X9 (for simplicity, the effects of
tax-deductible goodwill amortization are excluded
from this example):
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
December 31, 20X9
On December 31, 20X9, AC
settles the contingent liability for $1 million.
The $700,000 increase in the obligation gives rise
to an operating expense for financial reporting
purposes and a deferred tax benefit of $175,000
($700,000 × 25% tax rate). At settlement, AC
adjusts its tax-deductible goodwill for the $1
million amount. Deferred taxes are adjusted
accordingly.
The following journal entry is recorded on
December 31, 20X9 (for simplicity, the effects of
tax-deductible goodwill amortization are excluded
from this example):
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
Example 11-14
Nontaxable Business Combinations
AC acquires the stock of TC for $45 million in
a nontaxable business combination on June
30, 20X9. In connection with the acquisition, AC
recognizes a contingent liability at a fair value
of $650,000. The tax basis of the contingent
liability is zero. For this example, assume that
there are no differences between the carryover tax
basis and book basis of the identifiable assets
acquired. AC has determined that it will receive a
tax deduction when the contingency is settled.
AC’s applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
Because AC has determined that the contingent
liability has a tax basis of zero and will result
in a tax deduction when settled, a temporary
difference exists.
June 30, 20X9
The following journal entries are recorded on
June 30, 20X9:
AC
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
September 30, 20X9
On September 30, 20X9, AC remeasures the
contingent liability and determines its fair value
to be $300,000, a decrease of $350,000 ($650,000 –
$300,000). AC has determined that the adjustment
to the contingent liability will decrease the tax
deduction allowed at settlement.
The following journal entry is recorded on
September 30, 20X9:
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
December 31, 20X9
On December 31, 20X9, AC settles the contingent
liability for $1 million. The $700,000 increase in
the obligation gives rise to an operating expense
for financial reporting purposes. AC is entitled
to a tax deduction at settlement.
The following journal entry is recorded on
December 31, 20X9:
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
11.3.5.2 Environmental Liabilities
A specific type of contingency that can be encountered as
part of a business combination is an environmental remediation liability.
There are unique tax considerations related to situations in which an
acquirer purchases the assets of an entity that has preexisting contingent
environmental liabilities. Presumably, the acquirer has factored the costs
of any known remediation requirements into the amount that it would pay for
the property when determining the property’s fair value in a business
combination.
For financial reporting purposes, the asset requiring
environmental remediation is recorded at fair value, full remediation is
assumed, and a liability is recorded to recognize the estimated costs of
remediation. However, for tax purposes, the asset is recorded at its
unremediated value (the fair value less the estimated costs of remediation).
Therefore, the acquirer will record a DTL for the taxable temporary
difference between the amount recorded for financial reporting purposes and
the tax basis of the asset.
Further, U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.338–5(b)(2)(iii)
gives the following example illustrating when to adjust the tax basis for
the contingent environmental liability:
T, an accrual basis taxpayer, is a chemical
manufacturer. In Year 1, T is obligated to remediate environmental
contamination at the site of one of its plants. Assume that all the
events have occurred that establish the fact of the liability and
the amount of the liability can be determined with reasonable
accuracy but economic performance has not occurred with respect to
the liability within the meaning of section 461(h). P acquires all
of the stock of T in Year 1 and makes a section 338 election for T.
Assume that, if a corporation unrelated to T had actually purchased
T’s assets and assumed T’s obligation to remediate the
contamination, the corporation would not satisfy the economic
performance requirements until Year 5. . . . The incurrence of the
liability in Year 5 under the economic performance rules is an
increase in the amount of liabilities properly taken into account in
the basis and results in the redetermination of AGUB [adjusted
grossed-up basis].
Therefore, in a taxable business combination, the settlement
of a contingent environmental liability will generally increase
tax-deductible goodwill. Therefore, as described in Section 11.3.5.1, the
acquirer should assume that the contingent environmental liability will be
settled at its acquisition-date fair value and should include this amount in
the calculation of tax-deductible goodwill when performing the
acquisition-date comparison with financial reporting goodwill. If the amount
of the hypothetical tax-deductible goodwill (i.e., tax-deductible goodwill
that includes the amount associated with the contingency) exceeds the amount
of financial reporting goodwill, a DTA should be recorded. However, if the
financial reporting goodwill exceeds the hypothetical tax-deductible
goodwill, no DTL is recorded for the excess (because of the exception in ASC
805-740-25-9). See Section
11.3.2 for further discussion of the acquisition-date
comparison of financial reporting goodwill with tax-deductible goodwill.
Example 11-15
AC acquires the stock of TC for $45
million in a taxable business combination on June
30, 20X9 (e.g., a stock acquisition with a taxable
election under IRC Section 338). As part of the
acquisition, AC recognizes a contingent
environmental liability with a fair value of $1
million in connection with contaminated land. For
financial reporting purposes, the land is recognized
at its fair value (full remediation is assumed) of
$5 million; however, for tax purposes, the land is
recognized at only $4 million (i.e., the tax basis
is based on unremediated fair value). The remaining
assets of TC have a fair value of $37 million with
an equal tax basis. AC’s applicable tax rate is 25
percent.
Goodwill for both financial
reporting and tax purposes is calculated below:
AC will recognize a DTL of $250,000
for the taxable temporary difference between the tax
basis of the land and the amount recorded for
financial reporting purposes, or ($5,000,000 –
$4,000,000) × 25%.
For tax purposes, AC has determined
that once the contingent environmental liability is
settled, it will be added to tax-deductible
goodwill. Therefore, AC includes the
acquisition-date fair value of the contingent
environmental liability in tax-deductible goodwill
when comparing acquisition-date tax-deductible
goodwill with financial reporting goodwill.
Tax-deductible goodwill is compared
with financial reporting goodwill as follows:
Because hypothetical tax-deductible
goodwill exceeds financial reporting goodwill, AC
records a DTA by using the following iterative
calculation, as further described in Section
11.3.2:
DTA = [0.25 ÷ (1 – 0.25)] ×
$750,000
DTA = $250,000
June 30,
20X9
The following journal entries are
recorded on June 30, 20X9:
AC
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the
journal entries to TC’s books)
11.3.6 Other Considerations
Other special considerations in connection with the recognition, measurement, and
subsequent measurement of income taxes related to a business combination include
those regarding transaction costs incurred, the settlement of preexisting
relationships, assets that were previously subject to intra-entity sale
guidance, and indemnification assets. As previously noted, it is important to
fully understand the components of a business combination to appropriately apply
the guidance.
11.3.6.1 Transaction Costs
Significant acquisition-related costs are often incurred in connection with a
business combination, and the accounting for such costs may differ for
financial and tax reporting purposes. To determine the appropriate
accounting for acquisition-related costs, entities may need to also consider
(among other factors) the timing of the expenditures (i.e., before or after
the business combination is consummated) and which entity incurs the costs
(i.e., the acquiree or the acquirer).
11.3.6.1.1 Transaction Costs Incurred by the Acquirer
In accordance with ASC 805-10, acquisition-related costs incurred by the
acquirer in connection with a business combination (e.g., deal fees for
attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and valuation experts) must
be expensed as incurred for financial reporting purposes unless they are
subject to other U.S. GAAP (e.g., costs related to the issuance of debt
or equity securities).
When acquisition-related costs are incurred, it may not
be clear whether they will ultimately be deductible for income tax
reporting purposes. For example, certain acquisition-related costs may
have to be capitalized for income tax reporting purposes when incurred
and become immediately deductible if the business combination is not
consummated. If the business combination is consummated, the capitalized
costs may be added (1) to the basis of the assets acquired in a taxable
asset acquisition or (2) to the basis in the stock of the acquired
entity in a nontaxable stock acquisition. Because acquisition-related
costs are not considered part of the acquisition and are expensed as
incurred for financial reporting purposes, the related deferred taxes
(if any) will be recorded as a component of income tax expense (i.e.,
outside of the business combination). In addition, the portion of
tax-deductible goodwill related to acquisition costs should not be
included in the determination of component 1 and component 2
goodwill.
When acquisition-related costs are incurred in a period
before a business combination is consummated and those costs are
capitalized for tax purposes, a book/tax basis difference results. The
acquirer will need to assess whether that basis difference represents a
deductible temporary difference for which a DTA should be recorded. In
making this determination, the acquirer may use either of the following
two approaches.3
-
Approach 1 — If the costs that were capitalized for tax purposes will become deductible in the event the business combination does not occur, a deductible temporary difference exists, and a DTA should be recorded when the expense is recognized for financial reporting purposes. If the business combination is ultimately consummated, the acquirer would need to reassess the DTA to determine whether recognition continues to be appropriate. For example, if the business combination occurs and is a taxable asset acquisition, the capitalized costs would be added to the basis of the net assets acquired, and a DTA would generally result. Alternatively, if the business combination is consummated and is a nontaxable stock acquisition, the capitalized costs would be added to the basis of the stock acquired, and an outside basis deductible temporary difference would typically be created. However, the entity would need to evaluate whether an exception to recognition of the outside basis DTA is applicable (i.e., the entity would need to evaluate ASC 740-30-25-9). If recognition is no longer appropriate, the DTA should be reversed to the income statement.
-
Approach 2 — The acquirer can record a DTA if, on the basis of (1) the probability that the business combination will be consummated and (2) the expected tax structure of the business combination, the acquisition-related expenses would result in a future tax deduction. Approach 2 requires the acquirer, in determining whether to record all or a portion of the DTA for the acquisition expenses, to make assumptions about how the transaction would be structured from a tax perspective and about the probability that the business combination would be consummated. As a result of this approach, the entity would conform its financial reporting to its “expectation” as of each reporting date (i.e., the DTA may be recognized and subsequently derecognized if expectations change from one reporting period to the next).
11.3.6.1.2 Transaction Costs Incurred by the Target
Like acquisition-related costs incurred by the acquirer, precombination
transaction costs incurred by the target are generally expensed as
incurred for financial reporting purposes. It may not be clear at the
time the costs are incurred whether they will ultimately be deductible
for income tax reporting purposes. In some jurisdictions, capitalized
transaction costs incurred by the target may result in a tax deduction
(1) if the business combination is not consummated or (2) if the
business combination is consummated and is treated as a taxable asset
sale. However, if the business combination is consummated in the form of
a nontaxable stock sale, the target’s capitalized transaction costs may
not be deductible or amortizable.
When the target incurs precombination transaction costs
and those costs are capitalized for tax purposes, the target will also
need to assess whether that temporary difference is a deductible
temporary difference for which a DTA should be recorded. We believe that
the target may use either of the aforementioned approaches available to
the acquirer to account for the expected tax consequences of the
precombination transaction costs.
Example 11-16
Taxable Business Combination
AC acquires TC in a taxable business combination
for $1,000 and incurs $200 of costs related to the
acquisition. The identifiable assets have a fair
value of $700. For financial reporting purposes,
AC expenses the $200 of acquisition-related costs.
For income tax reporting purposes, AC adds the
$200 of acquisition-related costs to the total
amount that is allocated to assets, resulting in
tax-deductible goodwill of $500. Assume that the
tax rate is 21 percent.
AC would record the following journal entries on
the acquisition date:
The tax impact of the
acquisition-related costs is reflected in the
income statement because the excess amount of
tax-deductible goodwill over financial reporting
goodwill relates solely to the acquisition-related
costs that are expensed for financial reporting
purposes. As a result, neither (1) the
acquisition-date comparison of tax-deductible
goodwill with financial reporting goodwill nor (2)
the iterative calculation described in ASC
805-740-25-8 and 25-9 and Section
11.3.2 is required.
Example 11-17
Nontaxable
Business Combination
AC acquires TC in a
nontaxable business combination for $1,000
and incurs $200 of costs related to the
acquisition. The identifiable assets have a fair
value of $700 and a tax basis of $250. For
financial reporting purposes, AC expenses the $200
of acquisition-related costs. For tax purposes, AC
adds the $200 of acquisition-related costs to the
basis of TC’s stock. Assume a 21 percent tax
rate.
AC would record the following
journal entries on the acquisition date:
Unlike the acquisition-related
expenses in the taxable business combination in
Example
11-16, such expenses in the current
example may not be tax-affected in a nontaxable
business combination. The acquisition-related
costs are included in the outside tax basis of
AC’s investment in TC. Therefore, the DTA would
have to be assessed in accordance with ASC
740-30-25-9. As long as it is not apparent that
the temporary difference will reverse in the
foreseeable future, no DTA is recorded.
11.3.6.2 Contingent Consideration
Many business combinations include contingent consideration features whereby
the amount of consideration the buyer ultimately pays for the business will
depend on the outcome of future events (for example, the earnings generated
by the business for a period after the acquisition). ASC 805 requires the
buyer to initially measure the contingent consideration at fair value and
include the incurred liability as part of the purchase price for the
acquired business. However, as discussed further below, there can be
complexities regarding the initial and subsequent accounting for the tax
impacts of contingent consideration.
11.3.6.2.1 The Income Tax Measurement Consequences of Contingent Consideration in a Business Combination
Differences exist between the accounting for contingent
consideration in a business combination under U.S. GAAP and the tax
treatment under the tax code. For financial reporting purposes, the
acquirer is required to recognize contingent consideration as part of
the consideration transferred in the business combination. The
obligation is recorded at its acquisition-date fair value and classified
as a liability or as equity depending on the nature of the
consideration. The accounting consequences of the classification of
contingent consideration are as follows:
-
Contingent consideration classified as equity is not remeasured.
-
Contingent consideration classified as a liability is remeasured at fair value on each reporting date. All post-measurement-period adjustments are recorded through earnings unless the arrangement is a hedging instrument under ASC 815, in which case the changes in fair value must be initially recognized in OCI (see ASC 805-30-35-1).
For tax purposes, however, the acquirer is generally
precluded from recognizing contingent consideration as part of the
consideration transferred until the contingency has become fixed and
determinable with reasonable accuracy or, in some jurisdictions, until
it has been settled. This could result in a difference in the total
consideration recognized for financial reporting and tax purposes on the
acquisition date.
To determine whether a DTA or DTL should be recognized on the acquisition
date, the acquirer should determine the expected tax consequences that
would result if the contingent consideration was settled at its initial
reported amount in the financial statements as of the acquisition date.
The tax consequences will, in part, depend on how the business
combination is structured for tax purposes (i.e., as a taxable or
nontaxable business combination).
11.3.6.2.1.1 Taxable Business Combination — Initial Measurement
In a taxable business combination, the settlement of
contingent consideration will generally increase the tax basis of
goodwill. The acquirer should assume that the contingency will be
settled at its acquisition-date fair value and should include this
amount in the calculation of tax-deductible goodwill when performing
the acquisition-date comparison of tax-deductible goodwill with
financial reporting goodwill. If the amount of the hypothetical
tax-deductible goodwill (i.e., tax-deductible goodwill that includes
the amount associated with the contingent consideration) exceeds the
amount of financial reporting goodwill, a DTA should be recorded.
However, if the financial reporting goodwill exceeds the
hypothetical tax-deductible goodwill, no DTL is recorded for the
excess (because of the exception in ASC 805-740-25-9). See Section
11.3.2 for further discussion of the acquisition-date
comparison of financial reporting goodwill with tax-deductible
goodwill.
11.3.6.2.1.2 Taxable Business Combination — Subsequent Measurement
A subsequent increase or decrease in the fair value
of the contingent consideration liability will result in an
adjustment to the hypothetical tax bases of the acquired assets. As
a result, a book-to-tax basis difference may arise. A DTA or DTL
would be recorded through the tax provision for the expected tax
consequences of the change in the liability-classified contingent
consideration.
If the revised fair value exceeds the amount originally recorded as a liability, a
DTA will be recorded in connection with expected additional
tax-deductible goodwill. For financial reporting purposes, this
additional tax-deductible goodwill is treated as unrelated to the
acquisition (i.e., it is considered to be newly arising after the
business combination as a result of the expense recognized);
therefore, the DTA results in recognition of a tax provision benefit
to continuing operations rather than a reduction in financial
reporting goodwill.
If the revised fair value is adjusted to an amount
that is less than the liability originally
recorded on the books, a DTL will be recorded to the extent that the
adjustment results in a reduction to the hypothetical tax basis of
component 1 goodwill. Component 1 goodwill is established on the
acquisition date and not adjusted for subsequent changes to the fair
value of the liability. Therefore, a DTL would be recognized for the
difference between component 1 book goodwill and the revised
hypothetical tax basis of component 1 goodwill (i.e., ASC
740-10-25-3(d) would not apply). See Section 11.3.2 for a
discussion of goodwill components. For financial reporting purposes,
this reduction to tax-deductible goodwill is also treated as
unrelated to the acquisition; therefore, the DTL results in
recognition of a tax provision expense to continuing operations
rather than an adjustment to financial reporting goodwill (see
Example 11-18).
Generally, any deferred tax consequences resulting from the
resolution of equity-classified contingent consideration (i.e.,
changes in deferred taxes related to differences between the initial
reported amount of equity-classified contingent consideration and
the amount at settlement) are charged or credited directly to equity
in accordance with ASC 740-20-45-11(g).
11.3.6.2.1.3 Nontaxable Business Combination — Initial Measurement
In a nontaxable business combination, the settlement of contingent
consideration will generally increase the tax basis in the stock of
the acquired company (i.e., it increases the outside tax basis; for
more information about “inside” and “outside” basis differences, see
Section 3.3.1). If the hypothetical tax
basis in the shares (i.e., tax basis that includes the amount
associated with the contingent consideration) exceeds the financial
reporting basis of the shares acquired, the acquirer should consider
the provisions of ASC 740-30-25-9 regarding the possible limitations
on recognizing a DTA. However, if the financial reporting basis of
the shares acquired exceeds the hypothetical tax basis, the acquirer
should consider the provisions of ASC 740-10-25-3(a) and ASC
740-30-25-7 regarding the possible exceptions to recognizing a DTL.
See Section 11.3.1.2 for further discussion of
recognizing DTAs and DTLs related to outside basis differences.
11.3.6.2.1.4 Nontaxable Business Combination — Subsequent Measurement
In a nontaxable business combination, an increase or a decrease in
the fair value of the contingent consideration for financial
reporting purposes would result in an adjustment to the original
hypothetical tax basis of the acquired company’s stock. In many
cases, an exception to recording deferred taxes on outside basis
differences will apply (e.g., see ASC 740-10-25-3(a) and ASC
740-30-25-7 and 25-8 for DTLs and ASC 740-30-25-9 for DTAs). See
Example 11-19.
Example 11-18
Taxable Business Combination
AC acquires the stock of TC for $45 million and
a contingent payment (classified as a liability)
with a fair value of $5 million in a
taxable business combination on June 30,
20X9 (e.g., a stock acquisition with a taxable
election under IRC Section 338). The identifiable
assets have a fair value of $45 million and an
initial tax basis of $45 million. AC’s applicable
tax rate is 21 percent.
June 30, 20X9
The following journal entries are recorded on
June 30, 20X9:
AC
TC (to reflect “push-down”
of the journal entries to TC’s books)
AC determines that the expected tax
consequences of settling the $5 million contingent
consideration liability would be to increase the
tax basis of its identifiable assets and goodwill
to equal the book amounts. Therefore, no deferred
taxes are recorded on the acquisition date because
AC identifies no difference when performing the
acquisition-date comparison of hypothetical
tax-deductible goodwill with financial reporting
goodwill.
September 30, 20X9
On September 30, 20X9, subsequent facts and
circumstances indicate that the contingent
consideration has a fair value of $3 million.
AC
The $2 million decrease would reduce the
hypothetical tax-deductible component 1 goodwill
by $2 million. Accordingly, a $420,000 DTL is
recognized ($2 million × 21%), with an offsetting
journal entry to deferred tax expense.
December 31, 20X9
On December 31, 20X9, AC settles the contingent
consideration for $11 million (fair value).
AC
The $8 million increase gives rise to an equal
amount of tax-deductible goodwill that corresponds
to the $8 million pretax book expense.
Accordingly, a $1.26 million DTA is recognized
along with a decrease of the $420,000 DTL that was
recognized on September 30, 20X9. The offsetting
journal entry is to recognize deferred tax expense
of $1.68 million.
Example 11-19
Nontaxable Business Combination
AC acquires the stock of TC for $45 million and
a contingent payment (classified as a liability)
with a fair value of $5 million in a
nontaxable business combination on June 30,
20X9. The identifiable assets have a fair value of
$45 million and a carryover tax basis of $45
million. AC’s applicable tax rate is 21
percent.
June 30, 20X9
The following journal entries are recorded on
June 30, 20X9:
AC
TC (to reflect “push-down”
of the journal entries to TC’s books)
AC determines that the expected tax
consequences of settling the $5 million contingent
liability would be to increase the tax basis of
its investment in TC. As demonstrated below, after
considering the future tax consequences of
settling the contingent consideration liability,
there is no difference between the book basis and
the hypothetical tax basis of its investment in
TC, so no deferred taxes are recorded on the
acquisition date.
However, if, after the contingent liability is
considered, the hypothetical tax basis had
exceeded the book basis, AC would have needed to
consider ASC 740-30-25-9 before recognizing a DTA
on the outside basis difference. If, after the
contingent consideration liability is considered,
the hypothetical tax basis had still been less
than the book basis, AC would have needed to
consider ASC 740-10-25-3(a) and ASC 740-30-25-7
before recognizing a DTL on the outside basis
difference.
September 30, 20X9
On September 30, 20X9, subsequent facts and
circumstances indicate that the contingent
consideration has a fair value of $3 million.
AC
Because the future settlement of the contingent
consideration will affect the outside tax basis of
the shares, AC considers ASC 740-10-25-3(a) and
ASC 740-30-25-7 and concludes that no associated
DTL should be recorded. Therefore, there is book
income without a corresponding tax expense,
resulting in an impact to the ETR.
December 31, 20X9
On December 31, 20X9, AC settles the contingent
consideration for $11 million (fair value).
AC
Because the settlement of the contingent
consideration affects the outside tax basis of the
shares, AC considers ASC 740-30-25-9 and concludes
that no associated DTA should be recorded.
Therefore, there is book expense without a
corresponding tax benefit, resulting in an impact
to the ETR.
11.3.6.3 Business Combinations Achieved in Stages
A business combination is achieved in stages when an acquirer holds a
noncontrolling interest in an investment (e.g., an equity method investment)
in the acquired entity (the “original investment”) before obtaining control
of the acquired entity. When the acquirer obtains control of the acquired
entity, it remeasures the original investment at fair value. The acquirer
adds the fair value of the original investment to the total amount of
consideration transferred in the business combination (along with the fair
value of any noncontrolling interest still held by third parties) to
determine the target’s opening equity (which in turn affects the measurement
of goodwill). The gain or loss resulting from the fair value remeasurement
is reported in the statement of operations (separately and apart from the
acquisition accounting). Any gains or losses previously recognized in OCI
that are associated with the original investment are reclassified and
included in the calculation of the gain or loss.
For the acquirer, the remeasurement of the original investment in a business
combination achieved in stages at fair value will result in an increase or a
decrease in the financial reporting basis of the investment. Generally, the
tax basis of the investment will not be affected, and an outside basis
difference will therefore be created. (For further guidance on outside basis
differences, see Section 3.3.1.)
11.3.6.3.1 DTLs for Domestic Subsidiaries Acquired in Stages
If the acquiree is a domestic subsidiary, the acquirer may not be
required to recognize a DTL for an outside basis difference once the
acquirer obtains control of the acquiree. ASC 740-30-25-7 states that
the acquirer should assess whether the outside basis difference of an
investment in a domestic subsidiary is a taxable temporary difference.
If the tax law provides a means by which the tax basis of the investment
can be recovered in a tax-free transaction and the acquirer expects that
it will ultimately use that means to recover its investment, a DTL
should not be recognized for the outside basis difference. Therefore,
under these circumstances, the acquiring entity should reverse any DTL
previously recognized for the outside basis difference, including any
DTL associated with the remeasurement of the original investment. This
reversal of the DTL should be recognized in the acquirer’s statement of
operations in the same period that includes the business
combination.
The gain or loss resulting from the remeasurement of the
original investment at fair value is reported in the statement of
operations (separately and apart from the acquisition accounting). The
corresponding tax effect of the remeasurement should also be recorded as
a component of the income tax provision unless an exception applies
(e.g., ASC 740-30-25-9, ASC 740-10-25-3, or ASC 740-30-25-7). See the
example below.
Example 11-20
In year 1, AC purchased 20 percent of TC, a
domestic investee, for $100. In year 2, AC records
$100 of equity method earnings. Accordingly, at
the end of year 2, AC has a $200 book basis and
$100 tax basis in its equity method investment and
records a DTL of $21 on the outside basis
difference. Assume that the tax rate is 21
percent.
AC’s journal entries are as follows:
Year 1
Year 2
In a nontaxable business combination, AC
purchases the remaining 80 percent of TC for
$2,000. The fair value of all the identifiable
assets is $2,000, and their tax basis is $500.
AC remeasures its 20 percent investment in TC as
$500 (for simplicity, any control premium is
ignored) and recognizes $300 of gain.
AC records the following journal entries for the
remeasurement of its original investment in
TC:
AC records a DTL on the remeasurement gain
because it determines that the outside basis
difference is a taxable temporary difference
(i.e., the exception in ASC 740-30-25-7 does not
apply).
AC records the following journal entries for the
acquisition and resulting deferred taxes:
AC
TC (to reflect “push-down” of the journal
entries to TC’s books)
A DTL of $315 is recorded on the inside basis
difference attributable to the asset acquired,
since the book basis of the assets acquired is
greater than the tax basis ($2,000 – $500). No DTL
is recorded on the book-greater-than-tax basis
($815 – $0) in goodwill, in accordance with ASC
805-740-25-9.
If, at any time after the acquisition, AC (1)
reassesses the outside basis difference in its
investment in TC and concludes that the tax law
provides a means by which the reported amount of
its investment can be recovered tax free, and (2)
expects that it will ultimately use that means,
the DTL on the outside basis difference would be
reversed as an adjustment to income tax
expense.
Example 11-21
Assume the same facts as in the
example above, except that in applying ASC
740-30-25-7, AC determines that its outside basis
difference in TC is not a taxable temporary
difference and therefore records no deferred
taxes.
AC records the following journal entries for the
remeasurement of its original investment in
TC:
Because AC determines that its
outside basis difference in TC (a domestic
investee) is not a taxable temporary difference
under ASC 740-30-25-7, AC reverses the previously
recorded DTL for the outside basis difference,
which is calculated as ($200 book basis – $100 tax
basis) × 21% tax rate, and records no DTL for the
outside basis difference created from the
remeasurement gain.
AC records the following journal entries for the
acquisition and resulting deferred taxes:
AC
TC (to Reflect “Pushdown” of
the Journal Entries to TC’s Books)
A DTL of $315, or ($2,000 –
$500) × 21%, is still recorded on the inside basis
difference of the assets acquired, since the
exception in ASC 740-30-25-7 is related only to
the outside basis differences.
If TC were a partnership for U.S. tax
purposes and AC purchased its interest via a
separate subsidiary so that TC’s partnership
status postacquisition was preserved, the
exception in ASC 740-30-25-7 would generally not
apply because an investor in a flow-through entity
typically cannot recover its investment in a
tax-free manner. Rather, the outside basis
difference would reverse through normal operations
and would therefore be a taxable temporary
difference. In addition, deferred taxes would not
be recorded on the underlying assets inside TC
since TC is a nontaxable entity.
11.3.6.4 Accounting for the Settlement of a Preexisting Relationship
If a business combination effectively results in the settlement of a
preexisting relationship between an acquirer and an acquiree, the acquirer
would recognize a gain or loss. ASC 805-10-55-21 indicates how such a gain
or loss should be measured:
-
For a preexisting noncontractual relationship, such as a lawsuit, fair value
-
For a preexisting contractual relationship, the lesser of the following:
-
The amount by which the contract is favorable or unfavorable from the perspective of the acquirer when compared with pricing for current market transactions for the same or similar items. An unfavorable contract is a contract that is unfavorable in terms of current market terms. It is not necessarily a loss contract in which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.
-
The amount of any stated settlement provisions in the contract available to the counterparty to whom the contract is unfavorable. If this amount is less than the amount in (b)(1), the difference is included as part of the business combination accounting.
-
Note that if a preexisting contract is otherwise cancelable
without penalty, no settlement gain or loss would be recognized. The
acquirer’s recognition of an asset or liability related to the relationship
before the business combination will affect the calculation of the
settlement (see the example below).
When a business combination results in the settlement of a noncontractual
relationship, such as a lawsuit or threatened litigation, the gain or loss
should be recognized and measured at fair value. This settlement gain or
loss may differ from any amount previously recorded under the contingency
guidance in ASC 450.
The examples below have been adapted from ASC 805-10-55-30
through 55-32 to illustrate the tax effects of a preexisting relationship
between parties to a business combination.
Example 11-22
AC acquires TC in a taxable business
combination. The acquisition includes a supply
contract under which AC purchases electronic
components from TC at fixed rates over a five-year
period. Currently, the fixed rates are higher than
the rates at which AC could purchase similar
electronic components from another supplier. The
supply contract allows AC to terminate the contract
before the end of the initial five-year term only by
paying a $6 million penalty. With three years
remaining under the supply contract, AC pays $50
million to acquire TC.
This amount is the fair value of TC and is based on
what other market participants would be willing to
pay for the entity (inclusive of the above-market
contract). The total fair value of TC includes $8
million related to the fair value of the supply
contract with AC. The $8 million represents a $3
million component that is “at-market” because the
pricing is comparable to pricing for current market
transactions for the same or similar items (e.g.,
selling effort, customer relationships) and a $5
million component for pricing that is unfavorable to
AC because it exceeds the price of current market
transactions for similar items. TC has no other
identifiable assets or liabilities that are related
to the supply contract, and AC has not recognized
any assets or liabilities in connection with the
supply contract before the business combination. The
remaining fair value of $42 million relates to
machine equipment. The tax rate is 21 percent.
Assume a taxable transaction in a
jurisdiction that allows for tax-deductible
goodwill.
AC will record the following journal entries on the
acquisition date:
In applying ASC 805-10-55-21(b), AC recognizes a loss
of $5 million (the lesser of the $6 million stated
settlement amount in the supply contract or the
amount by which the contract is unfavorable to the
acquirer) separately from the business combination.
The $3 million at-market component of the contract
is part of goodwill.
The $5 million loss on the supply contract is
recognized as an expense in the statement of
operations for financial reporting purposes (e.g.,
separately and apart from the acquisition
accounting). Typically, the supply contract will not
be viewed as a separate transaction for tax purposes
and will be included in tax-deductible goodwill,
resulting in a temporary difference. This will give
rise to a DTA and a tax provision credit as a result
of tax affecting the $5 million loss recognized in
the statement of operations. The resulting DTA would
be reversed when the goodwill is deducted on the tax
return (as long as there are no realization
concerns).
Note that if this transaction was structured as a
nontaxable business combination (i.e., AC
acquires the stock of TC), the basis difference that
arises related to the $5 million loss would not give
rise to a DTA as discussed in the preceding
paragraph (i.e., because it would now be related to
an excess tax over financial reporting basis in a
subsidiary and be subject to the exception in ASC
740-30-25-9).
Example 11-23
Assume the same facts as in the
example above (e.g., a taxable business combination and
tax-deductible goodwill), except that AC had
recorded a $6 million liability and a $1.26 million
DTA related to the supply contract with TC before
the business combination.
AC will record the following journal
entries on the acquisition date:
In applying ASC 805-10-55-21(b), AC
recognizes a $1 million settlement gain on the
contract (the $5 million measured loss on the
contract less the $6 million loss previously
recognized), along with the corresponding tax
effects, separately from the business combination.
The $3 million at-market component of the contract
is part of goodwill.
Because the transaction is
structured as a taxable business combination, the
tax impact on the total $5 million loss related to
the supply contract is treated the same as in the
example above (i.e., the supply contract will not be
viewed as a separate transaction for tax purposes
and will be included in tax-deductible goodwill,
resulting in a temporary difference and
corresponding DTA and tax provision credit).
11.3.6.5 Recognition of Changes in Indemnification Assets Under a Tax Indemnification Arrangement
Business combinations commonly involve tax indemnification arrangements
between the former parent and the acquirer of a subsidiary in which the
parent partly or fully indemnifies the acquirer for tax uncertainties
related to uncertain tax positions taken by the subsidiary in periods before
the sale of the subsidiary.
ASC 805 addresses the accounting for indemnifications in a
business combination. Specifically, ASC 805-20-25-27 states, in part, that
the “acquirer shall recognize an indemnification asset at the same time that
it recognizes the indemnified item, measured on the same basis as the
indemnified item, subject to the need for a valuation allowance for
uncollectible amounts.” ASC 805-20-30-19 further elaborates on
indemnifications provided for uncertain tax positions:
[A]n indemnification may relate to an asset or a
liability, for example, one that results from an uncertain tax
position that is measured on a basis other than acquisition-date
fair value. . . . [I]n those circumstances, the indemnification
asset shall be recognized and measured using assumptions consistent
with those used to measure the indemnified item, subject to
management’s assessment of the collectibility of the indemnification
asset and any contractual limitations on the indemnified amount.
Therefore, if the subsidiary (after the acquisition) has
UTBs determined in accordance with ASC 740 and if the related tax positions
are indemnified by the former parent, the acquirer (or potentially the
subsidiary itself if it is the legal counterparty to the indemnification
agreement) could recognize an indemnification asset on the basis of the
indemnification agreement and the guidance in ASC 805-20-25-27 and ASC
805-20-30-19. The guidance in ASC 805-20-35-4 also addresses the subsequent
measurement of indemnification assets.
Example 11-244
Company P sells its subsidiary (Company S) to an
unrelated party in January 20X9. Before the sale, P
and S were separate companies and filed separate
income tax returns. In connection with the sale, P
and S enter into an indemnification agreement in
which P will partially indemnify S for the
settlement of S’s uncertain tax positions related to
periods before the sale (i.e., P and S will share 40
percent and 60 percent of the settlement,
respectively). Specifically, if S settles an
uncertain tax position with the tax authority for
$100, S would be reimbursed $40 by P. However, S
remains the primary obligor for its tax positions
since it filed separate returns before the sale.
Assume that, upon the sale, S has recorded a
liability of $100 for UTBs. On the basis of its
specific facts and circumstances, S determines that
recording a receivable (i.e., an indemnification
asset) for the indemnification agreement is
appropriate in accordance with ASC 805. At the time
of the acquisition and subsequently, S concluded
that, in the absence of collectibility concerns, the
indemnification receivable should be accounted for
under the same accounting model as that used for the
related liability and subsequently adjusted for any
changes in the liability. Company S also concluded
that the indemnification receivable should not be
recorded net of the related UTBs because it does not
meet the criteria for offsetting in ASC 210-20. (See
Section 2.8 for an example
illustrating the accounting for the guarantor side
of the indemnification agreement.) Therefore, at the
time of the acquisition, S recorded an
indemnification receivable (an “indemnification
asset”) of $40, which equals the amount that it
expects to recover from P as a result of the
indemnification agreement.
The potential payments to be received under the
indemnification agreement are not income-tax-related
items because the amounts are not due to or from a
tax jurisdiction. Rather, they constitute a
contractual agreement between the two parties
regarding each party’s ultimate tax obligations. If
S settled its uncertain tax positions with the tax
authority, and P was unable to pay S the amount due
under the indemnification agreement, S’s liability
to the tax authority would not be altered or
removed.
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule
5-03(b)(11),5 notes that a company should include “only
taxes based on income” in the income statement line
item under the caption “income tax expense.”
Accordingly, any adjustment to the indemnification
asset should be included in an “above the line”
income statement line item. If S determined that P
was unable to pay its $40 obligation, S would impair
the indemnification asset and record the associated
expense outside of “income tax expense.”
Similar issues may arise when a subsidiary is spun
off from its parent. See Section
4.6.6 for considerations involving UTBs
in a spin-off transaction.
For additional considerations related to income tax indemnifications upon the
sale of a subsidiary that previously filed a separate tax return, meaning
that the acquiring entity may not be directly liable for the acquiree’s tax
obligations upon acquisition, see Section 2.8.
11.3.6.6 Acquired Current Taxes Payable
In general, acquired liabilities are recorded at fair value on the
acquisition date as prescribed under ASC 805-20-25-1. However, this
requirement only applies to liabilities that exist as of the acquisition
date.
In some business combinations, income taxes are due as a result of a
requirement to prepare a stub-period tax return for the acquired entity.
Those income taxes payable would be included as a liability acquired by the
acquirer and recorded in purchase accounting. After the acquisition, any tax
on income generated would not be included as a liability assumed by the
acquirer and would be recorded as a component of postacquisition income tax
expense.
11.3.6.7 GILTI Considerations in a Business Combination
As discussed in Section 3.4.10, GILTI earned by a CFC
must be included currently in the gross income of the CFC’s U.S.
shareholder. Under U.S. tax law, GILTI is recognized by the U.S. shareholder
on the last day of the CFC’s tax year. Furthermore, a CFC’s tax year, for
U.S. purposes, may not end as a result of an acquisition of its U.S.
shareholder. Therefore, an acquirer of a CFC may be obligated to pay tax
under the GILTI regime on income earned by an acquired entity before the
acquisition. For example, if a U.S. entity (the acquirer) acquires another
U.S. entity (the target) that wholly owns a foreign subsidiary (the CFC) and
the target immediately joins the acquirer’s U.S. consolidated income tax
return group, the tested income for the CFC’s full year may need to be
included in the acquirer’s tax return.
Entities should consider the acquired GILTI obligation related to
preacquisition earnings in determining the amount of assets and liabilities
to recognize in applying acquisition accounting. Given the complexities that
can arise, consultation with appropriate accounting advisers is
encouraged.
Example 11-25
Assume the following:
- U.S. Parent (USP), a calendar-year entity, acquires U.S. Target (UST), another calendar-year entity, on July 1, 20X2.
- USP and UST will file a U.S. consolidated income tax return.
- UST owns 100 percent of the stock of CFC (Target CFC), a controlled foreign corporation with a calendar year-end for GAAP and tax purposes.
- As of June 30, 20X2, Target CFC is profitable and is expected to have annual tested income that will result in a GILTI inclusion for the year. UST estimated and had accrued a GILTI tax liability of $100 related to Target CFC’s preacquisition earnings.
- USP has other profitable CFCs and expects its GILTI tax to increase by $100 because of Target CFC’s preacquisition earnings.
In applying the acquisition method of accounting, USP
recognizes, separately from goodwill, the
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
of UST and Target CFC. In this case, USP should
recognize the $100 of GILTI income tax payable
related to Target CFC’s preacquisition earnings as
part of the liabilities assumed in connection with
the acquisition. Such accounting treatment is
appropriate because the tax liability becomes an
obligation of USP upon acquisition. Recognition of
the liability in the application of acquisition
accounting would be appropriate irrespective of the
entity’s GILTI accounting policy election (see
Section
3.4.10.1 for additional discussion of
an entity’s GILTI accounting policy election).
Footnotes
2
In the calculation of deferred
taxes in this example, it is assumed that
allocation is consistent with Approach 2 described
in Section
11.3.2.2.
3
The approach an entity selects is an accounting
policy election that, like all such elections, should be applied
consistently.
4
Entities should not use this
example as a basis for recording an
indemnification receivable since they would need
additional facts to reach such a conclusion.
Rather, entities must evaluate their own facts and
circumstances and use significant judgment when
determining the appropriateness of such a
receivable. Any receivable recorded should be
adjusted to reflect collection risk as
appropriate.
5
Rule 5-03 applies to
commercial and industrial companies only; however,
Regulation S-X, Rules 6-07 and 7-04, provide
similar guidance and apply to registered
investment companies and insurance companies,
respectively.
11.4 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes in Business Combinations
Uncertain tax positions related to a business combination and subsequent changes to
those positions require special consideration under ASC 805 during the initial
measurement period and after a business combination.
ASC 805-740
Other Presentation Matters
45-1
This Section addresses how an acquirer recognizes changes in
valuation allowances and tax positions related to an
acquisition and the accounting for tax deductions for
replacement awards.
Changes in Tax Positions
45-4
The effect of a change to an acquired tax position, or those
that arise as a result of the acquisition, shall be
recognized as follows:
-
Changes within the measurement period that result from new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date shall be recognized through a corresponding adjustment to goodwill. However, once goodwill is reduced to zero, the remaining portion of that adjustment shall be recognized as a gain on a bargain purchase in accordance with paragraphs 805-30-25-2 through 25-4.
-
All other changes in acquired income tax positions shall be accounted for in accordance with the accounting requirements for tax positions established in Subtopic 740-10.
The recognition and measurement guidance in ASC 740 is applicable to a business
combination accounted for in accordance with ASC 805. ASC 805-740-25-5 states, “The
tax bases used in the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as
amounts due to or receivable from taxing authorities related to prior tax positions
at the date of a business combination shall be calculated in accordance with
Subtopic 740-10.” In addition, the effect of subsequent changes to acquired
uncertain tax positions established in the business combination should be recorded
in accordance with the presentation and classification guidance in ASC 740 unless
that change relates to new information about facts and circumstances that existed as
of the acquisition date and occurs within the measurement period (as described in
ASC 805-10-25-13 through 25-19).
The measurement period applies to the potential tax effects of (1) uncertainties
associated with temporary differences and carryforwards of an acquired entity that
exist as of the acquisition date in a business combination or (2) income tax
uncertainties related to a business combination (e.g., an uncertainty related to the
tax basis of an acquired asset that will ultimately be agreed to by the tax
authority) acquired or arising in a business combination.
ASC 805-740-45-4(a) states that if the change occurs in the measurement period and
relates to “new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the
acquisition date,” it is reflected with a “corresponding adjustment to goodwill.”
However, if goodwill is reduced to zero, the remaining portion will be reflected as
a bargain purchase gain.
If the adjustment to the acquired tax position balance directly results from an event
that occurred after the business combination’s acquisition date, regardless of
whether the adjustment is identified during or after the measurement period, the
entire adjustment is recognized as an adjustment to income tax expense in accordance
with ASC 740 and is not an adjustment to goodwill.
After the measurement period, changes in the acquired tax position balances because
of additional information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the
acquisition date would need to be assessed to determine whether the adjustment is a
correction of an error.
11.4.1 Changes in Uncertain Income Tax Positions Acquired in a Business Combination
Before ASC 805 (formerly FASB Statement 141(R)), the acquirer generally recorded subsequent adjustments to uncertain tax positions arising from a business combination through goodwill, in accordance with EITF Issue 93-7, regardless of
whether such adjustments occurred during the allocation period or thereafter. If
goodwill attributable to the acquisition was reduced to zero, the acquirer then
reduced other noncurrent intangible assets related to that acquisition to zero
and recorded any remaining credit as a reduction of income tax expense.
An acquirer must record all changes to acquired uncertain tax positions arising from a business combination consummated before the adoption of Statement 141(R)
in accordance with ASC 805-740-45-4, which requires that changes to an acquired
tax position, or those that arise as a result of the acquisition (other than
changes occurring during the measurement period that are related to facts and
circumstances as of the acquisition date), be accounted for in accordance with
ASC 740-10 (generally as an adjustment to income tax expense).
11.5 Valuation Allowances
In accordance with the guidance in ASC 740-10 and ASC 805-740, an acquirer recognizes
DTAs and DTLs associated with the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in a
business combination. The acquirer also assesses whether a valuation allowance is
required against some or all of the acquired DTAs when it is not more likely than
not that such DTAs will be realized. This is generally done as part of purchase
accounting. The business combination may also cause a change in judgment about the
realizability of the acquirer’s DTAs.
Special consideration is required of a reporting entity when it is accounting for
changes in a valuation allowance as of or after a business combination under ASC
805-740. The reporting entity should carefully consider the reason for the change in
the valuation allowance, the DTAs to which the change in valuation allowance relates
(i.e., whether they are the acquiree’s or the acquirer’s), and whether the
information that caused the change in judgment existed before the acquisition
date.
ASC 805-740
30-1 An acquirer shall measure a
deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability arising from
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business
combination in accordance with Subtopic 740-10. Discounting
deferred tax assets or liabilities is prohibited for
temporary differences (except for leveraged leases, see
Subtopic 842-50) related to business combinations as it is
for other temporary differences.
30-2 See Example 1
(paragraph 805-740-55-2) for an illustration of the
measurement of deferred tax assets and a related valuation
allowance at the date of a nontaxable business
combination.
30-3 The tax law in some tax
jurisdictions may permit the future use of either of the
combining entities’ deductible temporary differences or
carryforwards to reduce taxable income or taxes payable
attributable to the other entity after the business
combination. If the combined entity expects to file a
consolidated tax return, an acquirer may determine that as a
result of the business combination its valuation for its
deferred tax assets should be changed. For example, the
acquirer may be able to utilize the benefit of its tax
operating loss carryforwards against the future taxable
profit of the acquiree. In such cases, the acquirer reduces
its valuation allowance based on the weight of available
evidence. However, that reduction does not enter into the
accounting for the business combination but is recognized as
an income tax benefit (or credited directly to contributed
capital [see paragraph 740-10-45-20]).
35-1 An acquirer may have a
valuation allowance for its own deferred tax assets at the
time of a business combination. The guidance in this Section
addresses measurement of that valuation allowance and the
potential need to distinguish the separate pasts of the
acquirer and the acquired entity in the measurement of
valuation allowances together with expected future results
of operations. Guidance on the subsequent measurement of
deferred tax assets or liabilities arising from the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination,
and any income tax uncertainties of an acquiree that exist
at the acquisition date, or that arise as a result of the
acquisition, is provided in Subtopic 740-10.
35-2 Changes in the
acquirer’s valuation allowance, if any, that result from the
business combination shall reflect any provisions in the tax
law that restrict the future use of either of the combining
entities’ deductible temporary differences or carryforwards
to reduce taxable income or taxes payable attributable to
the other entity after the business combination.
35-3 Any changes in the
acquirer’s valuation allowance shall be accounted for in
accordance with paragraph 805-740-30-3. For example, the tax
law may limit the use of the acquired entity’s deductible
temporary differences and carryforwards to subsequent
taxable income of the acquired entity included in a
consolidated tax return for the combined entity. In that
circumstance, or if the acquired entity will file a separate
tax return, the need for a valuation allowance for some
portion or all of the acquired entity’s deferred tax assets
for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards is
assessed based on the acquired entity’s separate past and
expected future results of operations.
Other Presentation Matters
45-1 This Section addresses
how an acquirer recognizes changes in valuation allowances
and tax positions related to an acquisition and the
accounting for tax deductions for replacement awards.
Changes in Valuation Allowances
45-2 The effect of a change
in a valuation allowance for an acquired entity’s deferred
tax asset shall be recognized as follows:
-
Changes within the measurement period that result from new information about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date shall be recognized through a corresponding adjustment to goodwill. However, once goodwill is reduced to zero, an acquirer shall recognize any additional decrease in the valuation allowance as a bargain purchase in accordance with paragraphs 805-30-25-2 through 25-4. See paragraphs 805-10-25-13 through 25-19 and 805-10-30-2 through 30-3 for a discussion of the measurement period in the context of a business combination.
-
All other changes shall be reported as a reduction or increase to income tax expense (or a direct adjustment to contributed capital as required by paragraphs 740-10-45-20 through 45-21).
45-3 Example 2 (see
paragraph 805-740-55-4) illustrates this guidance relating
to accounting for a change in an acquired entity’s valuation
allowance.
Change in Acquirer’s Valuation Allowance as a Result of a
Business Combination
50-1 Paragraph 805-740-30-3
describes a situation where an acquirer reduces its
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as a result of a
business combination. Paragraph 740-10-50-9(h) requires
disclosure of adjustments of the beginning-of-the-year
balance of a valuation allowance because of a change in
circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the
realizability of the related deferred tax asset in future
years. That would include, for example, any acquisition-date
income tax benefits or expenses recognized from changes in
the acquirer’s valuation allowance for its previously
existing deferred tax assets as a result of a business
combination.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
-
Example 2: Valuation Allowance at Acquisition Date Subsequently Reduced [ASC 805-740-55-4].
11.5.1 Accounting for Changes in the Acquirer’s and Acquiree’s Valuation Allowances as of and After the Acquisition Date
The table below summarizes the differences between accounting
for changes in the acquiring entity’s valuation allowance and accounting for the
acquired entity’s valuation allowances as of and after the acquisition date.
Changes in Valuation Allowance as a Result of Facts and
Circumstances That:
| ||
---|---|---|
Existed as of the Acquisition Date
|
Occurred After the Acquisition Date
| |
Valuation allowance on the acquiring entity’s DTAs that
existed as of the acquisition date
|
Generally, ASC 805-740-35-3 requires that changes in
assumptions about the realizability of an
acquirer’s valuation allowance as a result of
a business combination be recorded separately from
business combination accounting. Accordingly, all
changes to an acquirer’s valuation allowance as the
result of a business combination, whether as of the
acquisition date or subsequently, should be recognized
in income tax expense (or credited directly to
contributed capital [see ASC 740-10-45-20]).
| |
Valuation allowance on the acquired entity’s DTAs that
existed as of the acquisition date
|
Record as part of the business combination (adjustment to
goodwill) only if the change occurred in the measurement
period and resulted from new information about facts and
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.
If, as a result of the adjustment, goodwill is reduced
to zero, any additional amounts should be recognized as
a bargain purchase in accordance with ASC 805-30-25-2
through 25-4. All other changes should generally be
recorded as an adjustment to income tax expense (see ASC
805-740-45-2).
|
Generally, record as an adjustment to income tax expense
(see ASC 805-740-45-2).
|
Under ASC 805, a valuation allowance established against acquired DTAs is
recorded as part of acquisition accounting (i.e., establishing the valuation
allowance would generally result in an increase to goodwill). By contrast, under
ASC 805-740-30-3, a change in the acquirer’s valuation allowance as a result of
the business combination is recognized as a component of income tax expense
(i.e., it is accounted for separately from the business combination). In
addition, the impact of a change in a valuation allowance related to acquired
DTAs as a result of facts and circumstances that occurred after the acquisition
date is recognized as a component of income tax expense separately from the
business combination.
Although a change in judgment related to an acquiring entity’s
valuation allowance may appear to be linked to the business combination (e.g.,
the addition of an extra source of income to support realizability of DTAs), the
impact should generally be recorded to income tax expense or benefit in the
period of the change in judgment. For example, in some tax jurisdictions, tax
law permits the use of deductible temporary differences or carryforwards of an
acquiring entity to reduce future taxable income if consolidated tax returns are
filed after the acquisition. Assume that as a result of a business combination,
it becomes more likely than not that an acquiring entity’s preacquisition tax
benefits will be realized. ASC 805-740-30-3 requires that changes in assumptions
about the realizability of an acquirer’s valuation
allowance, as a result of the business combination, be recorded separately from
the business combination accounting. If, as of the acquisition date, realization
of the acquiring entity’s tax benefits becomes more likely than not, reductions
in the acquiring entity’s valuation allowance should be recognized as an income
tax benefit (or credited directly to contributed capital — see ASC 740-10-45-20
and related guidance in Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3). Similarly, any subsequent changes to
the acquiring entity’s valuation allowance will not be recorded as part of
acquisition accounting (i.e., no adjustments to goodwill).
11.5.2 Assessing the Need for a Valuation Allowance as of and After the Acquisition Date
It may be complex for a reporting entity to determine whether DTAs — whether
those of the acquiree or those of the acquirer — are more likely than not to be
realized when the entity undertakes an acquisition. ASC 740-10-30-18 indicates
that the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences is one of
four possible sources of taxable income that may be available to an entity for
realizing a tax benefit for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards
under the tax law. In some cases, acquired DTLs may represent a source of
taxable income that supports the realizability of some or all of the benefit of
either (1) the acquired DTAs or (2) the acquirer’s DTAs but is not sufficient to
support both. In this circumstance, the guidance in ASC 805 and ASC 740 is not
clear about whether the acquired DTLs should be first considered a source of
taxable income in the evaluation of realizability of the acquired DTAs or the
acquirer’s existing DTAs.
There are two acceptable methods that entities can use to determine how the
source of taxable income from the future reversal of acquired DTLs should be
allocated in the evaluation of the realizability of the acquired DTAs and the
acquirer’s existing DTAs. The method an acquirer selects is an accounting policy
decision that should be applied consistently. The acquirer should also provide
appropriate disclosures, including information about benefits or expenses
recognized for changes in its valuation allowance made in accordance with ASC 805-740-50-1.
-
Method 1: Assess acquired DTAs first — The acquirer first considers the acquired DTLs to be a source of taxable income for realization of the acquired DTAs. ASC 805-20-30-1 states that the “acquirer shall measure the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at their acquisition-date fair values.” Allocating the source of taxable income from the acquiree’s DTLs first to the realization of the acquiree’s DTAs is consistent with this principle. Any net residual source of taxable income from the acquiree’s DTLs remaining after the acquiree’s DTAs are taken into account would be considered a potential source of taxable income for the realization of the benefit of the acquirer’s existing DTAs. Any change in the acquirer’s valuation allowance is recognized in income tax expense.
-
Method 2: Assess on the basis of tax law ordering — Allocation of the source of taxable income from the acquiree’s DTLs is based on the tax law in the given jurisdiction. To determine whether the acquiree’s DTAs or the acquirer’s DTAs will be used to reduce taxable income that results from the reversal of the DTLs, the acquirer schedules the reversal of all temporary differences of both the acquirer and the acquiree on the basis of the applicable tax law. If such scheduling does not result in a determination, the acquirer should develop a systematic, rational, and consistent method for scheduling the reversal of the temporary differences. Under this method, a net DTL could be recorded through purchase accounting, and the entity could simultaneously recognize an income tax benefit for the release of the acquirer’s valuation allowance. The net DTL that is reflected in the acquisition accounting will commonly result in an increase of an asset (generally goodwill).Under this method, it is assumed that the fair value measurement principle is not applied to DTAs and DTLs and that scheduling of the combined group’s DTLs and DTAs is a normal part of that valuation analysis by an acquirer. It is also assumed that immediately after the business combination, the valuation allowance determination is performed by using the combined group’s postacquisition positive and negative evidence (i.e., not solely the acquiree’s positive and negative evidence).
Example 11-26
This example illustrates the application of each method
in a valuation allowance assessment.
Assume the following:
-
AC purchased TC in a nontaxable transaction.
-
AC will file a consolidated tax return that will include TC.
-
Before the acquisition, AC has a $1,000 NOL DTA with a $1,000 valuation allowance.
-
After the application of acquisition accounting, TC has a $600 NOL DTA and a $600 DTL.
-
Other than the $600 DTL, there are no other sources of taxable income for realizing the benefit of the consolidated group’s DTAs.
-
In accordance with tax law, the oldest available NOLs must be used first. There are no other limitations on the use of attributes.
The following table shows the years when the NOL
carryforwards will expire:
The following table shows the years when the DTL will
reverse:
Application of Method 1
TC records a DTA of $600 and a DTL of $600 as part of the
acquisition accounting. There is no impact on AC’s
deferred tax balances. AC’s final consolidated financial
statements will reflect a $1,600 DTA, a $600 DTL, and a
$1,000 valuation allowance.
Application of Method 2
Per tax law, AC’s older NOL DTAs must be used first;
however, a portion of AC’s NOL DTAs will expire in 20X1
and 20X2 before the full reversal of the DTL. The $300
of taxable income that will result from reversal of the
acquired DTL in 20X1 and 20X2 will be allocated as a
source of income to support the realizability of AC’s
NOL DTA. The $300 of taxable income that will result
from reversal of the acquired DTL in 20X3 and 20X4 will
be allocated as a source of income to support the
realizability of TC’s NOL DTA.
The purchase price allocation for TC will therefore
include a $600 DTA, a $600 DTL, and a $300 valuation
allowance as part of the acquisition accounting. AC will
reverse $300 of valuation allowance and record a
corresponding income tax benefit of $300. AC’s final
consolidated financial statements will reflect a $1,600
DTA, a $600 DTL, and a $1,000 valuation allowance.
11.6 Share-Based Payments
In a business combination, share-based payment awards held by
employees of the acquiree are often exchanged for share-based payment awards of the
acquirer. ASC 805 refers to the new awards as “replacement awards.” This exchange
may or may not be required as part of the acquisition or as part of the acquiree’s
stock compensation plan. When the exchange is required as part of the acquisition,
the acquirer must analyze the terms of both the preexisting and the replacement
awards to determine what portion of the replacement awards is related to past
service and therefore part of the consideration transferred in the business
combination. The portion of replacement awards that is related to future services
should be recognized as compensation cost in the postcombination period. Additional
complexities arise when the terms of the replacement awards are different from those
of the original awards. See Deloitte’s Roadmap Share-Based Payment Awards for
additional discussion about the accounting for equity awards issued in connection
with a business combination.
Similarly, ASC 805-740 includes specific income tax accounting guidance related to
these types of awards. Because a portion of the fair value of the replacement award
may be considered part of the consideration transferred in the business combination,
initial and subsequent accounting for the income tax effects of the awards may be
complex.
ASC 805-740
Replacement Awards Classified as Equity
25-10 Paragraph 805-30-30-9
identifies the types of awards that are referred to as
replacement awards in the Business Combinations Topic. For a
replacement award classified as equity that ordinarily would
result in postcombination tax deductions under current tax
law, an acquirer shall recognize a deferred tax asset for
the deductible temporary difference that relates to the
portion of the fair-value-based measure attributed to a
precombination exchange of goods or services and therefore
included in consideration transferred in the business
combination.
25-11 For a replacement award
classified as equity that ordinarily would not result in tax
deductions under current tax law, an acquirer shall
recognize no deferred tax asset for the portion of the
fair-value-based measure attributed to precombination
vesting and thus included in consideration transferred in
the business combination. A future event, such as an
employee’s disqualifying disposition of shares under a tax
law, may give rise to a tax deduction for instruments that
ordinarily do not result in a tax deduction. The tax effects
of such an event shall be recognized only when it
occurs.
Tax Deductions for Replacement Awards
45-5 Paragraph
805-30-30-9 identifies the types of awards that are referred
to as replacement awards in this Topic. After the
acquisition date, the deduction reported on a tax return for
a replacement award classified as equity may be different
from the fair-value-based measure of the award. The tax
effect of that difference shall be recognized as income tax
expense or benefit in the income statement of the
acquirer.
11.6.1 Tax Benefits of Tax-Deductible Share-Based Payment Awards Exchanged in a Business Combination
The appropriate income tax accounting for tax-deductible share-based payment
awards exchanged in a business combination depends on the timing of the exchange
relative to the acquisition date.
11.6.1.1 Income Tax Accounting as of the Acquisition Date
For share-based payment awards that (1) are exchanged in a
business combination and (2) ordinarily result in a tax deduction under
current tax law (e.g., NQSOs), an acquirer should record a DTA as of the
acquisition date for the tax benefit of the fair-value-based measure6 of the acquirer’s replacement award included in the consideration
transferred, generally with a corresponding reduction of goodwill. For
guidance on calculating the amount of the fair-value-based measure to
include in the consideration transferred, see Section 10.2 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Share-Based Payment
Awards.
11.6.1.2 Income Tax Accounting After the Acquisition Date
For the portion of the fair-value-based measure of the acquirer’s replacement
award that is attributed to postcombination service and therefore included
in postcombination compensation cost, a DTA is recorded over the remaining
service period (i.e., as the postcombination compensation cost is recorded)
for the tax benefit of the postcombination compensation cost.
In accordance with ASC 718, the DTA for awards classified as equity is not
subsequently adjusted to reflect changes in the entity’s share price. In
contrast, for awards classified as a liability, the DTA is remeasured, along
with the compensation cost, in every reporting period until settlement.
11.6.1.3 Income Tax Accounting Upon Exercise of the Share-Based Payment Awards
ASC 805-740-45-5 states, in part, that “the deduction reported on a tax
return for a replacement award classified as equity may be different from
the fair-value-based measure of the award. The tax effect of that difference
shall be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement
of the acquirer.”
The examples below, adapted from ASC 805-30-55, illustrate the income tax accounting for tax benefits received from tax-deductible share-based payment awards that are exchanged in a business combination after the effective date of FASB Statement 141(R).
Example 11-27
The par value of the common stock issued and cash
received for the option’s exercise price are not
considered in this example.
Assume the following:
-
Company A has a calendar year-end and therefore adopted FASB Statement 141(R) on January 1, 20X1.
-
The acquisition date of the business combination is June 30, 20X1.
-
Company A was obligated to issue the replacement awards under the terms of the acquisition agreement.
-
The replacement awards in this example are awards that would typically result in a tax deduction (e.g., NQSOs).
-
Company A’s applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
Company A issues replacement awards of $110
(fair-value-based measure) on the acquisition date
in exchange for Company B’s awards of $100
(fair-value-based measure) on the acquisition date.
The exercise price of the replacement awards issued
by A is $15. No postcombination services are
required for the replacement awards, and B’s
employees had rendered all of the required service
for the acquiree awards as of the acquisition
date.
The amount attributable to precombination service is
the fair-value-based measure of B’s awards ($100) on
the acquisition date; that amount is included in the
consideration transferred in the business
combination. The amount attributable to
postcombination service is $10, which is the
difference between the total value of the
replacement awards ($110) and the portion
attributable to precombination service ($100).
Because no postcombination service is required for
the replacement awards, A immediately recognizes $10
as compensation cost in its postcombination
financial statements. See the following journal
entries.
Journal Entry: June 30, 20X1
Journal Entry: June 30, 20X1
On September 30, 20X1, all
replacement awards issued by A are exercised when
the market price of A’s shares is $150. Given the
exercise of the replacement awards, A will realize a
tax deduction of $135 ($150 market price of A’s
shares less the $15 exercise price). The tax benefit
of the tax deduction is $33.75 ($135 × 25% tax
rate). Therefore, an excess tax benefit of $6.25
(tax benefit of the tax deduction of $33.75 less the
previously recorded DTA of $27.50) is recorded to
current income tax expense. See the following
journal entry.
Journal Entry: September 30, 20X1
Example 11-28
The par value of the common stock issued and cash
received for the option’s exercise price are not
considered in this example.
Assume the following:
-
Company A has a calendar year-end and therefore adopted FASB Statement 141(R) on January 1, 20X1.
-
The acquisition date of the business combination is June 30, 20X1.
-
Company A was obligated to issue the replacement awards under the terms of the acquisition agreement.
-
The replacement awards in this example are awards that would typically result in a tax deduction (e.g., NQSOs).
-
Company A’s applicable tax rate is 25 percent.
Company A exchanges replacement awards that require
one year of postcombination service for share-based
payment awards of Company B for which employees had
completed the requisite service period before the
business combination. The fair-value-based measure
of both awards is $100 on the acquisition date. The
exercise price of the replacement awards is $15.
When originally granted, B’s awards had a requisite
service period of four years. As of the acquisition
date, B’s employees holding unexercised awards had
rendered a total of seven years of service since the
grant date. Even though B’s employees had already
rendered the requisite service for the original
awards, A attributes a portion of the replacement
award to postcombination compensation cost in
accordance with ASC 805-30-30-12 because the
replacement awards require one year of
postcombination service. The total service period is
five years — the requisite service period for the
original acquiree award completed before the
acquisition date (four years) plus the requisite
service period for the replacement award (one
year).
The portion attributable to precombination service
equals the fair-value-based measure of the acquiree
award ($100) multiplied by the ratio of the
precombination service period (four years) to the
total service period (five years). Thus, $80 ($100 ×
[4 years/5 years]) is attributed to the
precombination service period and therefore is
included in the consideration transferred in the
business combination. The remaining $20 is
attributed to the postcombination service period and
therefore is recognized as compensation cost in A’s
postcombination financial statements, in accordance
with ASC 718. See the following journal entries.
Journal Entries:
June 30, 20X1
Journal Entries: December 31, 20X1
On June 30, 20X2, all replacement
awards issued by A vest and are exercised when the
market price of A’s shares is $150. Given the
exercise of the replacement awards, A will realize a
tax deduction of $135 ($150 market price of A’s
shares less the $15 exercise price). The tax benefit
of the tax deduction is $33.75 ($135 × 25% tax
rate). Therefore, an excess tax benefit of $8.75
(tax benefit of the tax deduction of $33.75 less the
previously recorded DTA of $25 [$20 + $2.5 + $2.5])
is recorded to current income tax expense. See the
following journal entries.
Journal Entries: June 30, 20X2
Journal Entries:
June 30, 20X2
11.6.2 Settlement of Share-Based Payment Awards Held by the Acquiree’s Employees
As described above, in a business combination, the acquiring company often issues
replacement share-based payment awards to the acquiree’s employees. In other
situations, however, the acquiring company may choose to cash-settle the awards
instead. If the awards are unvested at the time of the business combination, the
acquiring company’s discretionary decision to cash-settle the awards will
typically result in its recognition of an accounting cost for the unvested
portion in the postacquisition period (see ASC 805-30-55-23 and 55-24). However,
since the tax deduction may be included in the acquiree’s final tax return, an
entity may have questions about when and how to account for the corresponding
tax benefit in the acquirer’s financial statements. Consider the following
example:
Example 11-29
On December 1, 20X1, Company A enters into an agreement
to acquire Company B, in which A offers to purchase all
issued and outstanding shares of B. Under the terms of
the purchase agreement, A is required to cash-settle all
outstanding employee awards held by B’s employees.
Company A agrees to pay each holder of the awards,
through B’s payroll system, a cash payment due on
settlement no later than five business days after the
closing of the purchase agreement. As a result, vesting
will be accelerated for all of B’s unvested employee
awards that A will cash-settle.
During negotiations of the purchase agreement, A agrees
to the cash-settlement provision because it wants to (1)
compensate B’s employees and (2) establish
postacquisition compensation arrangements that would be
consistent with A’s existing compensation arrangements.
Because no postcombination services are required by
holders of B’s awards that will be cash-settled, and
because the decision to accelerate the awards is made at
A’s discretion, the accelerated unrecognized
compensation cost of B’s awards will be accounted for as
if A had decided to accelerate the vesting of B’s awards
immediately after the purchase-agreement closing.
Therefore, A will allocate the fair value of these
awards to postcombination compensation cost because all
the awards that were outstanding and cash-settled were
unvested before the close of the acquisition.
Company B will file a short-period income tax return for
the period of January 1, 20X1, through December 1, 20X1,
because it was purchased by A. Under the agreement, on
December 6, 20X1, B cash-settles all awards outstanding.
The settlement of B’s awards is tax deductible in B’s
short-period tax return for the period ended December 1,
20X1, because B cash-settles the awards within
two-and-a-half months of the end of B’s taxable period
ending December 1, 20X1. The income tax deduction for
the cash-settled awards reduces taxable income and
creates an NOL carryforward in B’s income tax return for
the short period ended December 1, 20X1. This NOL
carryforward is available to reduce A’s postcombination
taxable income.
Because the cash settlement of B’s awards is deductible
for tax purposes in B’s precombination consolidated tax
return and payment does not occur until December 6,
20X1, A’s tax-basis acquisition accounting balance sheet
will reflect not only the NOL but also an employee
compensation liability as of the close of the
acquisition on December 1, 20X1. Company A is accounting
for the compensation cost associated with the
cash-settled awards attributable to postcombination
services as a transaction that is separate from the
business combination. As a result, A will have
postcombination compensation cost for which the related
tax deduction will be claimed on B’s precombination tax
return.
Each of the following alternatives is acceptable in
accounting for the tax consequences (deduction claimed
by B) of the postcombination compensation expense that
is recognized separately and apart from the business combination:
-
Alternative 1 — Recognize all tax consequences in purchase accounting — Recognizing the tax consequences of the postcombination compensation cost in purchase accounting is consistent with B’s deduction of the compensation cost on its income tax return for the precombination short period. Company A’s acquisition tax-basis balance sheet reflects the tax consequences related to the deduction claimed by B. As a result, the acquisition balance sheet includes a DTA related to the NOL carryforward created by the deduction claimed on B’s tax return. In addition, the acquisition balance sheet will also include a DTL representing the taxable temporary difference related to A’s assumed obligation to settle B’s awards, which is included in A’s tax return but is not recognized for book purposes until after the combination.
-
Alternative 2 — Recognize tax consequences separately from purchase accounting — Under this alternative, because ASC 805 requires entities to recognize the compensation cost in the postcombination financial statements, it is assumed that the tax effects of the postcombination compensation cost also arise separately from the business combination in A’s postcombination financial statements. Accordingly, there is no DTA or DTL established in B’s acquisition balance sheet. Rather, it is assumed that A receives a tax deduction that creates a DTA (to the extent that such deduction increased an NOL carryforward) or reduction in taxes payable (to the extent that such deduction reduced taxes payable) separately from the business combination, which results in a tax benefit for A in the postcombination financial statements.
Although the balance sheet presentation of each
alternative would differ, the same amount of goodwill
and tax effects would be reflected in the
postcombination income statement.
11.6.3 Tax Effects of Replacement Awards Issued in a Business Combination That Would Not Ordinarily Result in Tax Deductions
Under ASC 805-740-25-11, an acquirer should not record a DTA as of the
acquisition date for the tax benefits of the fair-value-based measure of its
replacement share-based payment awards included in the consideration transferred
that do not ordinarily result in a tax deduction (e.g., ISOs).
11.6.4 Tax Effects of a Disqualifying Disposition in a Business Combination
Because of events that occur after the acquisition date (e.g., a disqualifying
disposition), the acquirer may receive a tax deduction associated with
replacement awards that would not ordinarily result in tax deductions. The tax
effects of such events are recognized only when they occur and would be recorded
in the income tax provision.
Footnotes
6
This guidance uses the term “fair-value-based
measure”; however, ASC 718 also permits the use of “calculated
value” or “intrinsic value” in specified circumstances. This
guidance would also apply in situations in which calculated value or
intrinsic value is permitted.
11.7 Other Considerations
Entities should be mindful of other tax considerations that are not
directly related to or within the scope of the accounting literature on business
combinations, including those that address deconsolidation, a planned sale or
disposal of a business (either of which could trigger discontinued operations
presentation in the financial statements), the election of an acquiree to apply
pushdown accounting, and other reorganizations or mergers in contemplation of an IPO
or related transaction.
11.7.1 Deconsolidation
Although this chapter focuses on business combinations, entities must also
evaluate special considerations when accounting for transactions that cause
deconsolidation of subsidiaries. The deconsolidation of a subsidiary may result
from a variety of circumstances, including a sale of 100 percent of an entity’s
interest in the subsidiary. The sale may be structured as either a “stock sale”
or an “asset sale.” A stock sale occurs when a parent sells all of its shares in
a subsidiary to a third party and the subsidiary’s assets and liabilities are
transferred to the buyer.
An asset sale occurs when a parent sells individual assets (and liabilities) to
the buyer and retains ownership of the original legal entity. In addition, by
election, certain stock sales can be treated for tax purposes as if the
subsidiary sold its assets and was subsequently liquidated.
Upon a sale of a subsidiary, the parent entity should consider the income tax
accounting implications for its income statement and balance sheet.
11.7.1.1 Income Statement Considerations
ASC 810-10-40-5 provides a formula for calculating a parent entity’s gain or
loss on deconsolidation of a subsidiary, which is measured as the difference between:
-
The aggregate of all of the following:
-
The fair value of any consideration received
-
The fair value of any retained noncontrolling investment in the former subsidiary or group of assets at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated or the group of assets is derecognized
-
The carrying amount of any noncontrolling interest in the former subsidiary (including any accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest) at the date the subsidiary is deconsolidated.
-
-
The carrying amount of the former subsidiary’s assets and liabilities or the carrying amount of the group of assets.
11.7.1.1.1 Asset Sale
When the net assets of a subsidiary are sold, the parent
will present the gain or loss on the net assets (excluding deferred
taxes) in pretax income and will present the reversal of any DTAs or
DTLs associated with the assets sold (the inside basis differences7) and any tax associated with the gain or loss on sale in income
tax expense (or benefit).
11.7.1.1.2 Stock Sale
As with an asset sale, when the shares of a subsidiary
are sold, the parent will present the gain or loss on the net assets in
pretax income. One acceptable approach to accounting for the reversal of
deferred taxes (the inside basis differences8) is to include the reversal in the computation of the pretax gain
or loss on the sale of the subsidiary; under this approach, the only
amount that would be included in income tax expense (or benefit) would
be the tax associated with the gain or loss on the sale of the shares
(the outside basis difference9). The rationale for this view is that any future tax benefits (or
obligations) of the subsidiary are part of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed by the acquirer with the transfer of shares in the
subsidiary and the carryover tax basis in the assets and liabilities.
Other approaches may be acceptable depending on the facts and
circumstances.
If the subsidiary being deconsolidated meets the
requirements in ASC 205-20 for classification as a discontinued
operation, the entity would need to consider the intraperiod guidance on
discontinued operations in addition to this guidance. In addition, see
Section
3.4.17.2 for a discussion of outside basis differences in
situations in which the subsidiary is presented as a discontinued
operation.
11.7.1.2 Balance Sheet Considerations
Entities with a subsidiary (or component) that meets the held-for-sale
criteria in ASC 360 should classify the assets and liabilities associated
with that component separately on the balance sheet as “held for sale.” The
presentation of deferred tax balances associated with the assets and
liabilities of the subsidiary or component classified as held for sale is
determined on the basis of the method of the expected sale (i.e., asset sale
or stock sale) and whether the entity presenting the assets as held for sale
is transferring the basis difference to the buyer.
Deferred taxes associated with the stock of the component
being sold (the outside basis differences10) should not be presented as held for sale in either an asset sale or a
stock sale since the acquirer will not assume the outside basis
difference.
11.7.1.2.1 Asset Sale
In an asset sale, the tax bases of the assets and
liabilities being sold will not be transferred to the buyer. Therefore,
the deferred taxes related to the assets and liabilities (the inside
basis differences11) being sold should not be presented as held for sale; rather, they
should be presented along with the consolidated entity’s other deferred
taxes.
11.7.1.2.2 Stock Sale
In a stock sale, the tax bases of the assets and
liabilities being sold generally are carried over to the buyer.
Therefore, the deferred taxes related to the assets and liabilities (the
inside basis differences12) being sold should be presented as held for sale and not with the
consolidated entity’s other deferred taxes.
11.7.2 Discontinued Operations
When an entity contemplates sale or disposition of a portion of its business,
this might cause the portion of the business to be presented as discontinued
operations. In this scenario, specific accounting considerations apply. Guidance
on discontinued operations is presented in other sections of this Roadmap:
-
See Section 3.4.17.2 for a discussion of recognition of a DTA related to a subsidiary presented as a discontinued operation.
-
See Section 7.2 for interim reporting implications of intraperiod tax allocation for discontinued operations.
11.7.3 Pushdown Accounting Considerations
As previously noted, when an entity obtains control of a business, a new basis of
accounting is established in the acquirer’s financial statements for the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed. Sometimes the acquiree will prepare separate
financial statements after its acquisition. Use of the acquirer’s basis of
accounting in the preparation of an acquiree’s separate financial statements is
called pushdown accounting.
In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, which
became effective upon issuance. This ASU gives an acquiree the option to apply
pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements when it has undergone a
change in control. See Appendix A of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for
additional discussion regarding pushdown accounting.
11.7.3.1 Applicability of Pushdown Accounting to Income Taxes and Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
ASC 740-10-30-5 indicates that deferred taxes must be “determined separately
for each tax-paying component . . . in each tax jurisdiction.” ASC 805-50
does not require an entity to apply pushdown accounting for separate
financial statement reporting purposes. However, to properly determine the
temporary differences and to apply ASC 740 accurately, an entity must push
down, to each tax-paying component, the amounts assigned to the individual
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes. That is, because
the cash inflows from assets acquired or cash outflows from liabilities
assumed will be reflected on the tax return of the respective tax-paying
component, the acquirer has a taxable or deductible temporary difference
related to the entire amount recorded under the acquisition method (compared
with its tax basis), regardless of whether such fair value adjustments are
actually pushed down and reflected in the acquiree’s statutory or separate
financial statements.
An entity can either record the amounts in its subsidiary’s books (i.e.,
actual pushdown accounting) or maintain the records necessary to adjust the
consolidated amounts to what they would have been had the amounts been
recorded on the subsidiary’s books (i.e., notional pushdown accounting). The
latter method can often make recordkeeping more complex.
Further, to the extent the reporting entity’s functional currency differs
from the currency in which an acquiree files its tax return, an entity must
convert the entire amount recorded under the acquisition method for a
particular asset or liability to the currency in which the tax-paying
component files its tax return (the “tax currency”) to properly determine
the (1) temporary difference associated with the particular asset or
liability and (2) the corresponding DTA or DTL (i.e., deferred taxes are
calculated in the tax currency and then translated or remeasured in
accordance with ASC 830).
Example 11-30
Assume the following:
-
A U.S. parent acquires the stock of U.S. Target (UST), which owns Entity A, a foreign corporation operating in Jurisdiction X, in which the income tax rate is 25 percent.
-
Entity A must file statutory financial statements with X that are prepared in accordance with A’s local GAAP; the acquisition does not affect these financial statements or A’s tax basis in its assets and liabilities in X.
-
As a result of the acquisition, A will record a fair value adjustment of $10 million related to its intangible assets, which will be amortized for U.S. GAAP purposes over 10 years, the estimated useful life of the intangible assets, which was not recognized for statutory purposes.
-
Entity A’s functional currency and local currency is the euro. As of the date of acquisition, the conversion rate from USD to the euro was 1 USD = 1 euro. At the end of year 1, the conversion rate was 1.20 USD = 1 euro.
Entity A will record its intangible assets as part of
its statutory-to-U.S.-GAAP adjustments
(“stat-to-GAAP adjustments”) and will not be
entitled to any amortization deduction for local
income tax reporting purposes. However, the cash
flows related to such intangible assets will be
reported on A’s local income tax return
prospectively, and such cash flows will be taxable
in X. Thus, A must recognize a $2.5 million DTL as
part of its stat-to-GAAP adjustments related to the
excess of the intangible assets’ U.S. GAAP reporting
basis over its income tax basis. This DTL will
reverse as the intangible assets are amortized for
U.S. GAAP financial statement reporting purposes.
The year-end stat-to-GAAP adjustments and related
currency conversions (in thousands) are as
follows:
Example 11-31
Assume the same facts as in the
example above, except that Entity A has NOL
carryforwards and, on the reporting date, has
significant objectively verifiable negative
evidence. Entity A has determined that the only
available source of future taxable income is the
reversal of existing DTLs.
Entity A’s statutory books at the end of year 1 (in
thousands) are as follows:
Parent’s books, for A’s original business combination
journal entries, at the end of year 1 (in thousands)
are as follows:
Entity A’s DTL that is recorded on the parent’s books
represents an available future source of income in
the assessment of the realization of A’s DTAs.
Accordingly, A’s net DTA (before valuation
allowance) at the end of year 2 is €250 ([a] + [b]
in the tables above) or $300 (€250 × 1.2);
therefore, on the basis of the evidence, a full
valuation allowance will be needed. Regardless of
whether the journal entries are actually or
notionally pushed down, A’s net DTA to be assessed
for realizability should be the same.
11.7.4 Other Forms of Mergers
11.7.4.1 Successor Entity’s Accounting for the Recognition of Income Taxes When the Predecessor Entity Is Nontaxable
In connection with a transaction such as an IPO, the
historical partners in a partnership (the “legacy partners”) may establish a
C corporation that will invest in the partnership at the time of the
transaction. In the case of an IPO, the C corporation is typically
established to serve as the IPO vehicle (i.e., it is the entity that will
ultimately issue its shares to the public) and therefore ultimately becomes
an SEC registrant. These transactions have informally been referred to in
the marketplace as “Up-C” transactions.
The legacy partners typically control the C corporation even
after the IPO (i.e., the legacy partners sell an economic interest to the
public while retaining shares with voting control but no economic interest).
The C corporation uses the IPO proceeds to purchase an economic interest in
the partnership along with a controlling voting interest. Accordingly, the C
corporation consolidates the partnership for book purposes. Because the C
corporation is taxable, it will need to recognize deferred taxes related to
its investment in the partnership. This outside basis difference is created
because the C corporation (1) receives a tax basis in the partnership units
that is equal to the amount paid for the units (i.e., fair value) but (2)
has carryover basis in the assets of the partnership for U.S. GAAP reporting
(because the transaction is a transaction among entities under common
control). See Appendix
B of Deloitte’s Roadmap Business Combinations for
further discussion of the accounting for common-control transactions.
Typically, the original partnership is the C corporation’s predecessor entity
and the C corporation is the successor entity (and the registrant). After
the transaction becomes effective, the registrant’s initial financial
statements reflect the predecessor entity’s operations through the effective
date and the successor entity’s post-effective operations in a single set of
financial statements (i.e., the predecessor and successor financial
statements are presented on a contiguous basis). Since no step-up in basis
occurs for financial statement purposes because of the common-control nature
of the transaction, the income statement and balance sheet are presented
without use of a “black line.” The equity statement, however, reflects the
recognition of a noncontrolling interest as of the effective date and
prospectively in the registrant’s post-effective financial statements. In
addition, the C corporation must recognize deferred taxes upon investing in
the partnership, which occurs on the effective date.
In such situations, questions often arise about whether (1) the predecessor
entity’s tax status has changed in such a way that the deferred tax benefit
or expense related to the recognition of the deferred tax accounts would be
accounted for in the income statement or (2) there has been a contribution
of assets among entities under common control, in which case the recognition
of the corresponding deferred tax accounts would be accounted for in
equity.
While the formation of the new C corporation has resulted in
a change in the reporting entity, we do not believe that the predecessor
entity’s tax status has changed. In fact, in the situation described above,
the predecessor entity was formerly structured as a partnership and
continues to exist as a partnership after the effective date (i.e., the
legacy partners continue to own an interest in the same entity, which
remains a “flow-through” entity to them both before and after the effective
date) even though the successor entity’s financial statements are presented
on a contiguous basis with the predecessor entity’s financial statements,
albeit with the introduction of a noncontrolling interest.
Accordingly, we believe that the recognition of taxes on the
C corporation’s investment in the partnership should be recorded as a direct
adjustment to equity, as if the former partners in that partnership
contributed their investments (along with the corresponding tax basis) to
the C corporation (see Section 12.4.1
for a discussion of why these adjustments are recorded as equity
transactions). The additional step-up in tax basis received by the C
corporation upon its investment in the partnership (and in the flow-through
tax basis of the underlying assets and liabilities of the partnership) after
the effective date would similarly be reflected in equity in accordance with
ASC 740-20-45-11(g), which states:
All changes in the tax bases of assets and
liabilities caused by transactions among or with
shareholders shall be included in equity including the
effect of valuation allowances initially required upon recognition
of any related deferred tax assets. Changes in valuation allowances
occurring in subsequent periods shall be included in the income
statement. [Emphasis added]
Example 11-32
F1 and F2 own LP, a partnership with net assets whose
book basis is $2,000 and fair value is $20,000. F1
and F2 have a collective tax basis of $1,000 in
their units of the partnership and a collective DTL
of $210. (Assume that the tax rate is 21 percent and
that the outside basis temporary difference will
reverse through LP’s normal operating
activities.)
F1 and F2 form Newco, a C corporation, which sells
nonvoting shares to the public in exchange for IPO
proceeds of $12,000. Newco records the following
journal entry:
Newco then uses the IPO proceeds to purchase 60
percent of the units of LP from F1 and F2. Because
Newco and LP are entities under common control,
Newco records a $2,000 investment in LP’s assets (at
F1’s and F2’s historical book basis as if the net
assets were contributed) along with a noncontrolling
interest of $800 (representing the units of LP still
held by F1 and F2) and a corresponding reduction in
equity of $10,800 for the deemed distribution to F1
and F2. This leaves $1,200 that is attributable to
the controlling interest (which also reflects the
book basis of Newco’s investment in the assets of
LP). Newco records the following journal entry:
If it is assumed that Newco is
subject to a 21 percent tax rate and that Newco’s
tax basis in the units has remained consistent with
F1’s and F2’s historical tax basis in LP, Newco will
also record a DTL of $126, which is calculated as
($1,200 book basis – $600 tax basis) × 21%, with an
offset to equity, as follows:
In other words, F1 and F2 have effectively
contributed their 60 percent investment in LP (along
with 60 percent of their corresponding DTL related
to LP) to Newco.
Because the sale of units of LP to
Newco is a taxable transaction, F1 and F2 would have
taxable income of $11,400 ($12,000 proceeds less tax
basis of the interest sold [60% of $1,000]),
resulting in taxes payable of $2,280 ($11,400 × 20%
capital gains rate). F1 and F2 would also eliminate
the portion of their collective DTL that was
effectively contributed to Newco, which is
calculated as ($2,000 book basis – $1,000 tax basis)
× 60% × 20%. Newco would receive a tax basis in the
units of LP that is equal to its purchase price of
$12,000 and would record a DTA of $2,268, which is
calculated as ($12,000 tax basis – $1,200 book
basis) × 21%, ignoring realizability
considerations.
In accordance with ASC 740-20-45-11(g), Newco’s
change in deferred taxes as a result of a change in
its tax basis in its investment in LP would be
recorded directly in equity as follows:
11.7.4.2 Accounting for the Elimination of Income Taxes Allocated to a Predecessor Entity When the Successor Entity Is Nontaxable
In connection with certain transactions such as an IPO, a
parent may plan to contribute the “unincorporated” assets, liabilities, and
operations of a division or disregarded entity to a new company (i.e., a
“newco”) at or around the time of the transaction. The newco is typically
established to serve as the IPO vehicle (i.e., it is the entity that will
ultimately issue its shares to the public) and therefore ultimately becomes
an SEC registrant. In some instances, income taxes will be allocated in the
financial statements of the predecessor division or disregarded entity in
periods before the IPO, but the successor newco will be a nontaxable entity
after the IPO. See Deloitte’s Roadmap Initial
Public Offerings for additional guidance around the
identification of and reporting by predecessor and successor entities.
Typically, the division or disregarded entity is determined to be the newco’s
predecessor entity and the newco is determined to be the successor entity.
After the transaction is effective, the successor’s initial financial
statements reflect the predecessor entity’s operations through the effective
date and the successor entity’s operations after the effective date in a
single set of financial statements (i.e., the predecessor and successor
financial statements are presented on a contiguous basis). Since no step-up
in basis occurs for financial statement purposes because of the
common-control nature of the transaction, the income statement and balance
sheet are typically presented without the use of a “black line.”
If the predecessor entity’s financial statements have been
filed publicly, those financial statements would generally include an income
tax provision because SAB Topic 1.B.1 requires that both members (i.e.,
corporate subsidiaries) and nonmembers (i.e., divisions or disregarded
entities) of a group that are part of a consolidated tax return include an
allocation of taxes when those members or nonmembers issue separate
financial statements.13 When the successor entity is nontaxable (e.g., a master limited
partnership), however, the successor entity will need to eliminate (upon
effectiveness) any deferred taxes that were previously allocated to the
predecessor entity.14
In situations in which deferred income taxes that were allocated to the
predecessor entity are eliminated in the successor entity’s financial
statements when the successor entity is nontaxable, questions often arise
about whether (1) the predecessor entity’s tax status has changed in the
manner discussed in ASC 740-10-25-32 such that the deferred tax
benefit/expense from the elimination of the deferred tax accounts would be
accounted for in the income statement, as prescribed by ASC 740-10-45-19, or
(2) the deferred taxes were effectively retained by the contributing entity,
suggesting that the deferred taxes should be eliminated through equity.
As noted above, while the predecessor entity has received an allocation of
the parent’s consolidated income tax expense, the predecessor entity
typically comprises unincorporated or disregarded entities that are not
individually considered to be taxpayers under U.S. tax law (i.e., the
historical owner was, and continues to be, the taxpayer). Accordingly, we do
not believe that the predecessor entity’s tax status has changed in the
manner discussed in ASC 740-10-25-32. Rather, we believe that the parent has
retained the previously allocated deferred taxes (which is consistent with
removing the deferred taxes through equity). Alternatively, the removal of
the net deferred tax accounts, particularly in the case of a net DTL, might
be analogous to the extinguishment (by forgiveness) of intra-entity debt.
ASC 470-50-40-2 provides guidance on such situations, noting that
“extinguishment transactions between related entities may be in essence
capital transactions.” Accordingly, we believe that it is appropriate to
reflect the elimination of deferred income taxes that were allocated to the
predecessor entity as a direct adjustment to the successor entity’s equity
on the effective date of the transaction.
The elimination of deferred taxes via an adjustment to
equity is also consistent with an SEC staff speech by Associate Chief
Accountant Leslie Overton in the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance at
the 2001 AICPA Conference on Current SEC Developments. Ms. Overton discussed
a fact pattern in which the staff believed that certain operations that
would be left behind upon a spin-off (i.e., retained by the parent) still
needed to be included in the historical carve-out financial statements of
the predecessor entity to best illustrate management’s track record with
respect to the business operations being spun. However, Ms. Overton
concluded her speech by noting that “[a]ssets and operations that are
included in the carve-out financial statements, but not transferred to Newco
should be reflected as a distribution to the Parent at the date Newco is
formed.”
11.7.4.3 Change in Tax Status as a Result of a Common-Control Merger
A common-control merger occurs when two legal entities that
are controlled by the same parent company are merged into a single entity.
Such a transaction is not a business combination because there was not a
change in control of the entities involved (i.e., they are controlled by the
same entity before and after the merger). The accounting for a change in an
entity’s taxable status through a common-control merger may differ from the
method described in the previous section. For example, an S corporation
could lose its nontaxable status when acquired by a C corporation in a
transaction accounted for as a merger of entities under common control. When
an entity’s status changes from nontaxable to taxable, the entity should
recognize DTAs and DTLs for any temporary differences that exist as of the
recognition date (unless these temporary differences are subject to one of
the recognition exceptions in ASC 740-10-25-3). The entity should initially
measure those recognizable temporary differences in accordance with ASC
740-10-30 and record the effects in income from continuing operations under
the guidance in ASC 740-10-45-19.
Although the transaction was between parties under common control, the
combined financial statements should not be adjusted to include income taxes
of the S corporation before the date of the common-control merger. ASC
740-10-25-32 states that DTAs and DTLs should be recognized “at the date
that a nontaxable entity becomes a taxable entity.” Therefore, any periods
presented in the combined financial statements before the common-control
merger should not be adjusted for income taxes of the S corporation.
However, it may be appropriate for an entity to present pro forma financial
information, including the income tax effects of the S corporation (as if it
had been a C corporation), in the historical combined financial statements
for all periods presented. For more information on financial reporting
considerations, see Section 14.7.1.
Footnotes
7
See Section 11.3.1 for the
meaning of “inside” and “outside” basis differences.
8
See footnote 7.
9
See footnote 7.
10
See Section
11.3.1 for the meaning of “inside” and “outside”
basis differences.
11
See footnote 10.
12
See footnote 10.
13
See Section 8.3 for guidance on
acceptable methods of allocating income taxes to members of a group
and Section
8.2.3 for a discussion of the allocation of income
taxes to single member LLCs.
14
If the parent actually contributes a member
(corporate subsidiary) to a nontaxable successor entity and the
successor entity will continue to own that C corporation, previously
allocated deferred taxes would not be eliminated and this guidance
would not be applicable. However, such situations are rare.
11.8 Asset Acquisitions
As described in Section 11.1, an entity may
acquire a group of assets that do not meet the definition of a business under ASC
805. Acquisitions of this nature are considered “asset acquisitions” and do not
follow the measurement principles of a business combination under ASC 805. For
financial reporting purposes, such transactions are generally recognized under a
cost accumulation model. However, the tax bases of assets acquired could be
different from the cost bases for a variety of reasons. As a result, temporary
differences arise. The accounting for these differences differs from the accounting
for a business combination described throughout this chapter. The primary difference
is that no goodwill is recorded in an asset acquisition. Instead, the cost basis of
an asset may be adjusted to account for recognition of deferred taxes.
ASC 740-10-25-51 prohibits immediate income statement recognition
when the amount paid for an asset accounted for as an asset acquisition differs from
the tax basis in that asset. Instead, a simultaneous equations method is used to
determine the measurement of the asset and a related DTL or DTA in such a manner
that there is no income statement impact (i.e., the financial reporting measurement
of the asset and the DTA or DTL taken together equal the consideration transferred
for the asset in such a way that there is no effect on earnings).
ASC 740-10-55-171 through 55-182 provide illustrative examples of how an entity can
apply the simultaneous equations method when accounting for asset acquisitions that
are not accounted for as business combinations.
See Example 25 in ASC 740-10-55-170 through
55-182 in Appendix A.
ASC 740-10
25-49 The
following guidance addresses the accounting when an asset is
acquired outside of a business combination and the tax basis
of the asset differs from the amount paid.
25-50
The tax basis of an asset is the amount used for tax
purposes and is a question of fact under the tax law. An
asset’s tax basis is not determined simply by the amount
that is depreciable for tax purposes. For example, in
certain circumstances, an asset’s tax basis may not be fully
depreciable for tax purposes but would nevertheless be
deductible upon sale or liquidation of the asset. In other
cases, an asset may be depreciated at amounts in excess of
tax basis; however, such excess deductions are subject to
recapture in the event of sale.
25-51
The tax effect of asset purchases that are not business
combinations in which the amount paid differs from the tax
basis of the asset shall not result in immediate income
statement recognition. The simultaneous equations method
shall be used to record the assigned value of the asset and
the related deferred tax asset or liability. (See Example
25, Cases A and B [paragraphs 740-10-55-171 through 55-182]
for illustrations of the simultaneous equations method.) For
purposes of applying this requirement, the following
applies:
-
An acquired financial asset shall be recorded at fair value, an acquired asset held for disposal shall be recorded at fair value less cost to sell, and deferred tax assets shall be recorded at the amount required by this Topic.
-
An excess of the amounts assigned to the acquired assets over the consideration paid shall be allocated pro rata to reduce the values assigned to noncurrent assets acquired (except financial assets, assets held for disposal, and deferred tax assets). If the allocation reduces the noncurrent assets to zero, the remainder shall be classified as a deferred credit. (See Example 25, Cases C and D [paragraphs 740-10-55-183 through 55-191] for illustrations of transactions that result in a deferred credit.) The deferred credit is not a temporary difference under this Subtopic.
-
A reduction in the valuation allowance of the acquiring entity that is directly attributable to the asset acquisition shall be accounted for in accordance with paragraph 805-740-30-3. Subsequent accounting for an acquired valuation allowance (for example, the subsequent recognition of an acquired deferred tax asset by elimination of a valuation allowance established at the date of acquisition of the asset) would be in accordance with paragraphs 805-740-25-3 and 805-740-45-2.
25-52
The net tax benefit (that is, the difference between the
amount paid and the deferred tax asset recognized) resulting
from the purchase of future tax benefits from a third party
which is not a government acting in its capacity as a taxing
authority shall be recorded using the same model described
in the preceding paragraph. (See Example 25, Case F
[paragraph 740-10-55-199] for an illustration of a purchase
of future tax benefits.)
25-53
Transactions directly between a taxpayer and a government
(in its capacity as a taxing authority) shall be recorded
directly in income (in a manner similar to the way in which
an entity accounts for changes in tax laws, rates, or other
tax elections under this Subtopic). (See Example 26
[paragraph 740-10-55-202] for an illustration of a
transaction directly with a governmental taxing
authority.)
25-54 An entity shall determine
whether a step up in the tax basis of goodwill relates to
the business combination in which the book goodwill was
originally recognized or whether it relates to a separate
transaction. In situations in which the tax basis step up
relates to the business combination in which the book
goodwill was originally recognized, no deferred tax asset
would be recorded for the increase in basis except to the
extent that the newly deductible goodwill amount exceeds the
remaining balance of book goodwill. In situations in which
the tax basis step up relates to a separate transaction, a
deferred tax asset would be recorded for the entire amount
of the newly created tax goodwill in accordance with this
Subtopic. Factors that may indicate that the step up in tax
basis relates to a separate transaction include, but are not
limited to, the following:
-
A significant lapse in time between the transactions has occurred.
-
The tax basis in the newly created goodwill is not the direct result of settlement of liabilities recorded in connection with the acquisition.
-
The step up in tax basis is based on a valuation of the goodwill or the business that was performed as of a date after the business combination.
-
The transaction resulting in the step up in tax basis requires more than a simple tax election.
-
The entity incurs a cash tax cost or sacrifices existing tax attributes to achieve the step up in tax basis.
-
The transaction resulting in the step up in tax basis was not contemplated at the time of the business combination.
25-55 Paragraph superseded by
Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-09.
Related Implementation Guidance and
Illustrations
- Example 26: Direct Transaction With Governmental Taxing Authority [ASC 740-10-55-202].
ASC 740-10 — SEC Materials — SEC Staff Guidance
S25-1
See paragraph 740-10-S99-3, SEC Observer Comment: Accounting
for Acquired Temporary Difference in Certain Purchase
Transactions that Are Not Accounted for as Business
Combinations, for SEC Staff views on accounting for such
transactions.
S99-3 The following is the text of
SEC Observer Comment: Accounting for Acquired Temporary
Differences in Certain Purchase Transactions that Are Not
Accounted for as Business Combinations.
Paragraph 740-10-25-50 provides guidance
on the accounting for acquired temporary differences in
purchase transactions that are not business combinations.
The SEC staff would object to broadly extending this
guidance to adjust the basis in an asset acquisition to
situations different from those illustrated in Examples 25
through 26 (see paragraphs 740-10-55-170 through 55-204)
without first having a clear and complete understanding of
those specific fact patterns.
ASC 740-10
35-5 A
deferred credit may arise under the accounting required by
paragraph 740-10-25-51 when an asset is acquired outside of
a business combination. Any deferred credit arising from the
application of such accounting requirements shall be
amortized to income tax expense in proportion to the
realization of the tax benefits that gave rise to the
deferred credit.
Chapter 12 — Other Investments and Special Situations
Chapter 12 — Other Investments and Special Situations
12.1 Introduction
This chapter provides income tax accounting and disclosure guidance
related to noncontrolling interests, equity method investments (including specific
exceptions in ASC 740 related to corporate joint ventures and changes in ownership of
investees), qualifying investments accounted for by using the proportional amortization
method, regulated entities, and distinguishing a change in estimate from a correction of
an error. The book-versus-tax-differences chapter of this Roadmap (Chapter 3) provides helpful
guidance on the respective definitions of inside and outside basis differences (see
Section 3.3.1) and the
recognition criteria for deferred taxes.
12.2 Income Tax Credits
12.2.1 Accounting for Temporary Differences Related to ITCs
ASC 740-10
25-45 An investment credit
shall be reflected in the financial statements to the
extent it has been used as an offset against income
taxes otherwise currently payable or to the extent its
benefit is recognizable under the provisions of this
Topic.
25-46 While it shall be
considered preferable for the allowable investment
credit to be reflected in net income over the productive
life of acquired property (the deferral method),
treating the credit as a reduction of federal income
taxes of the year in which the credit arises (the
flow-through method) is also acceptable.
Pending Content (Transition
Guidance: ASC 323-740-65-2)
25-46
While it shall be considered preferable for the
allowable investment credit to be reflected in net
income over the productive life of acquired
property (the deferral method), treating the
credit as a reduction of federal income taxes of
the year in which the credit arises (the
flow-through method) is also acceptable. For
investments that meet the conditions in paragraph
323-740-25-1 for which an entity has elected to
apply the proportional amortization method, the
flow-through method shall be used.
The guidance in ASC 740-10-25-46 on ITCs specifies that an
entity can use either the deferral method or the flow-through method to account
for the receipt of an ITC. The ITC guidance originated in APB Opinion 2 in
response to a U.S. federal tax law enacted in 1962. More specifically, APB
Opinion 2 noted that the tax law provided for an ITC generally “equal to a
specified percentage of the cost of certain depreciable assets acquired and
placed in service.” Since then, the U.S. tax law has evolved and the number and
types of tax credits has significantly increased, including many that are still
considered to be ITCs under the IRC.
Because the ASC master glossary does not define ITCs, entities must use judgment
to determine whether a credit qualifies for ITC accounting. We believe that in
making this determination, an entity should evaluate the characteristics of the
credit within the context of the original guidance in APB Opinion 2.
Accordingly, to be characterized as an ITC, the credit must first qualify as an
income tax credit within the scope of ASC 740. That is, it cannot be a
refundable tax credit or a transferable tax credit that an entity has elected to
account for outside the scope of ASC 740. Second, the credit should be received
as a result of the placement into service of an asset that is acquired or
constructed. The amount of an ITC is generally equal to a specified percentage
of the acquired or constructed asset (i.e., receipt of the credit should not be
tied to production). In addition, the benefit received should be in the form of
a tax credit that provides a reduction to taxes payable as opposed to a tax
deduction that is factored into the determination of taxable income. The
characterization of a tax credit under the tax law may also be considered a
factor in the evaluation of the treatment of the tax credit. Given the
significant judgment involved in the determination of whether a tax credit
qualifies for ITC accounting, consultation with an entity’s tax and accounting
advisers is encouraged. Once an income tax credit has been determined to be an
ITC, an entity can elect to use either the deferral method or the flow-through
method, as discussed below.
Under the deferral method, the ITC would result in a reduction
to income taxes payable (or an increase in a DTA if the credit is carried
forward to future years, subject to assessment for realization) that is
recognized either as a reduction to the carrying value of the related asset or
as a deferred credit (i.e., the credit is treated as deferred income). The
benefit of the ITC is either reflected in net income as a reduction to
depreciation expense or recognized as deferred income over the productive life
of the related property (rather than as a reduction to income tax expense).1 Under this method, in a manner consistent with the guidance in ASC
740-10-25-20(f), temporary differences may be created either when the financial
statement carrying amount of the acquired property is reduced or deferred income
is recorded. In some cases, receipt of the credit results in a statutory
reduction in the tax basis of the related asset, which may affect the temporary
basis difference.
Under the flow-through method, the ITC would result in (1) a reduction to income
taxes payable for the year in which the credit arises (or an increase in a DTA
if the credit is carried forward to future years, subject to assessment for
realization) and (2) an immediate reduction to income tax expense. When this
method is applied, temporary differences are generally created only if a
statutory reduction in tax basis occurs.
The following two approaches are acceptable for recording the tax effect of
temporary differences created by ITCs:
-
Gross-up approach — Under this approach, there is no immediate income statement recognition because the DTA or DTL is recorded as an adjustment to the carrying value of the acquired property (or as a deferred credit). The simultaneous equations method is used to calculate the final book basis of the acquired property and the DTA or DTL. (For the FASB’s guidance on, and an illustration of, the simultaneous equations method, see ASC 740-10-25-51 and ASC 740-10-55-171 through 55-182.)
-
Income statement approach — Under this approach, the DTA or DTL is recorded with an offset to income tax expense.
Both approaches are discussed below in greater detail. Note that the approach an
entity selects is an accounting policy election that should be applied
consistently. In addition, since this guidance applies only to the accounting
for ITCs, an entity should not analogize to other situations. In circumstances
other than those related to ITCs, consultation with accounting advisers is
recommended.
Example 12-1
ITC With No Statutory Reduction to Tax Basis
Assume the following:
-
Entity A invests in a qualifying asset for $1,000 that entitles A to an ITC for 25 percent of the purchase price, and it records the following initial entry:Entry 1ATo record the initial purchase.
-
In accordance with the tax law, there is no associated reduction in the tax basis of the related asset.
-
Entity A’s applicable tax rate is 21 percent.
Deferral Method
Under the deferral method, A recognizes the reduction in
taxes payable and records the offsetting credit as a
reduction in the carrying value of the asset, as shown
in the following journal entry:
Entry 1B
If there is no corresponding adjustment to the tax basis
of the qualifying asset (per the tax law), a deductible
temporary difference of $250 arises. The accounting
treatment for the DTA depends on whether A has elected
the gross-up approach or the income statement
approach.
Gross-Up Approach
Under the gross-up approach, A’s application of a
simultaneous equation yields a DTA of $66 (rounded) and
a reduction to the recorded amount of the qualifying
asset of $66 (rounded). Thus, the qualifying asset
should be recorded at $684 ($1,000 purchase price less
the $250 ITC less the $66 DTA). Entity A will record all
of the entries above as well as the following entry to
account for the qualifying asset, the ITC, and the
initial basis difference in the qualifying asset:
Entry 1C
Income Statement
Approach
Under the income
statement approach, A records a DTA of $53 as a
component of income tax expense. Entity A will record
Entry 1B above and the following entry to account for
the initial basis difference in the qualifying
asset:
Entry 1D
Flow-Through Method
Under the flow-through method, A recognizes the reduction
in taxes payable and records the offsetting credit as a
current income tax benefit, as shown in the following
journal entry:
Entry 1E
Because there is no adjustment to the book basis of the
qualifying asset and it is assumed that there is no
adjustment to the tax basis of the qualifying asset (per
the tax law), no deductible temporary difference arises.
Therefore, the gross-up and income statement approaches
are not applicable.
Example 12-2
ITC With Statutory Reduction to Tax Basis
Assume the same facts as in the example above, except
that in accordance with the tax law, there is an
associated reduction in the tax basis of the related
property equal to 50 percent of the ITC (i.e., $125).
Entity A records the same initial entry as follows:
Entry 2A
Deferral Method
Under the deferral method, A recognizes the reduction in
taxes payable and records the offsetting credit as a
reduction in the carrying value of the asset, as shown
in the following journal entry:
Entry 2B
Because the corresponding adjustment to the tax basis of
the qualifying asset (per the tax law) differs from that
of the adjustment made to the carrying value of the
qualifying asset, a deductible temporary difference of
$125 arises ($750 book basis vs. $875 tax basis). The
accounting treatment for the related DTA depends on
whether A has elected the gross-up approach or the
income statement approach.
Gross-Up Approach
Under the gross-up approach, A’s application of a
simultaneous equation yields a DTA of $33 (rounded) and
a reduction to the recorded amount of the qualifying
asset of $33 (rounded). Thus, the qualifying asset
should be recorded at $717 ($1,000 purchase price less
the $250 ITC less the $33 DTA determined herein). Entity
A will record the entries above and the following entry
to account for the initial basis difference in the
qualifying asset:
Entry 2C
Income Statement Approach
Under the income statement approach, A
records DTA of $26 as a component of tax expense. Entity
A will record Entry 2B and the following entry to
account for the qualifying asset, the ITC, and the
initial basis difference in the qualifying asset:
Entry 2D
Flow-Through Method
Under the flow-through method, A recognizes the reduction
in taxes payable and records the offsetting credit as a
current income tax benefit, as shown in the following
journal entry:
Entry 2E
Although there is no adjustment to the book basis of the
qualifying asset under this approach, the tax basis of
the qualifying asset (per the tax law) differs from the
book basis of the qualifying asset, and an initial
taxable temporary difference of $125 arises ($1,000 book
basis vs. $875 tax basis). The accounting treatment for
the related DTL depends on whether A has elected the
gross-up approach or the income statement approach.
Gross-Up Approach
Under the gross-up approach, A’s application of a
simultaneous equation yields a DTL of $33 (rounded) and
an increase to the recorded amount of the qualifying
asset of $33 (rounded). Thus, the qualifying asset
should be recorded at $1,033 ($1,000 purchase price plus
the $33 DTL determined herein). Entity A will record
Entry 2E and the following entry to account for the
initial basis difference in the qualifying asset:
Entry 2F
Income Statement Approach
Under the income statement approach, A
would not use the simultaneous equations method. Rather,
A would apply its tax rate of 21 percent to the taxable
temporary difference of $125, resulting in the
recognition of a DTL of $26 with the offset to deferred
tax expense. Entity A will record Entry 2E and the
following entry to account for the qualifying asset, the
ITC, and the initial basis difference in the qualifying
asset:
Entry 2G
12.2.2 Accounting for Transferable Tax Credits
As mentioned in Chapter 2.7, certain credits can be sold.
A transferable credit allows an eligible taxpayer to elect to transfer (i.e.,
sell) the credit, or some portion thereof, to an unrelated taxpayer. In
situations in which an entity does not have sufficient taxable income to use all
or a portion of the income tax credit or in which using it might take multiple
tax years, the entity might achieve a better economic benefit (i.e., present
value benefit) by selling or transferring the credit.
Regardless of an entity’s intent, we believe that a transferable
credit should remain within the scope of ASC 740 if it (1) can be used only to
reduce an income tax liability either for the entity that generated it or the
entity to which it is transferred and (2) would never be refundable by the
government. While we believe that it is most appropriate to account for the
credits under ASC 740, on the basis of feedback received from the FASB staff, we
believe that it would also be acceptable for an entity to account for the
transferable credits in a manner similar to refundable credits (i.e., which are
not within the scope of ASC 740) since the company generating the credit does
not need taxable income to monetize the credit.
In addition to the accounting policy decision discussed above,
there are considerations related to the realizability assessment of the related
DTA and certain interim reporting considerations. The impacts of the accounting
policy elections are summarized in the decision tree below.
An entity that purchases a transferable credit should generally record a DTA for
the amount of tax credits purchased and a deferred credit for the difference
between the amount paid and the DTA recognized in accordance with ASC 740 (such
deferred credit does not represent a DTL). The deferred credit will be reversed
and recognized as an income tax benefit in proportion to the deferred tax
expense recognized on realization of the associated DTA (i.e., as the credits
are used on the tax return).
12.2.2.1 Accounting Considerations for Valuation Allowances Related to Transferable Credits
If an entity elects to account for a transferable tax credit in accordance
with ASC 740, the entity would recognize a DTA for the carryforward and
assess it for realizability. On the basis of a technical inquiry with the
FASB staff, we understand that it would be most appropriate to reflect any
proceeds and resulting gain or loss on the sale as a component of the tax
provision. Under this approach, and on the basis of the same FASB staff
inquiry, we understand that the valuation allowance could be determined by
either (1) factoring the expected sales proceeds into the assessment of the
realizability of the related DTA or (2) not factoring in the expected sales
when assessing the realizability of the related DTA. We believe that if the
expected sales proceeds are factored into the assessment of the
realizability of the DTA, the DTA (net of valuation allowance) would be
recognized in an amount equal to the amount expected to be realized (i.e.,
the expected sales proceeds). Any difference between the expected sales
proceeds and the actual sales proceeds would be recognized as a component of
income tax expense.
If the expected sales proceeds are not factored into the assessment, an
entity would exclude the expected proceeds, including any discount on the
sale of the credits, when assessing the realizability of the DTA, with the
gain or loss on sale recognized at the time of sale as a component of income
tax expense.
Alternatively, we believe that the sale could be treated no
differently than the sale of any other asset, with gain or loss recognized
in pretax earnings for any difference between the proceeds received and the
recorded carrying value of the DTA for the income tax credit that was
recognized in accordance with the guidance in ASC 740 on recognition and
measurement.2
See Section 12.2.2.2 for considerations related to the interim
reporting of this gain or loss.
12.2.2.2 Impact of Credits on Interim Reporting
In accordance with ASC 740-270-30-8, an entity’s AETR should
“reflect anticipated investment tax credits, foreign tax rates, percentage
depletion, capital gains rates, and other available tax planning
alternatives.” Therefore, regardless of the policy elections described in
Section 12.2.2, an entity would
generally include the effects of the credits in its annual AETR, including
gains and losses projected to occur during the year, if reasonably estimable
(i.e., the denominator would include the reasonably estimable gains or
losses that will affect pretax earnings for the year, and the numerator
would include the reasonably estimable net realizable amount of the tax
credits, along with gains or losses associated with the sale of the credit
that will affect the income tax provision).
Footnotes
1
We are also aware of an alternative view under which the
deferred credit would be reversed through the income tax provision.
2
If an entity’s policy is to reflect gain or loss in
pretax earnings, it would not be appropriate to consider the
expected sales proceeds when assessing realizability of the related
DTA.
12.3 Equity Method Investee Considerations
When an investor owns less than 50 percent of the voting capital, but is
able to exercise significant influence, it generally applies the equity method of
accounting unless an exception applies (i.e., the investor elects the fair value option
under ASC 825-10, or specialized industry accounting requires carrying the investment at
fair value).
In general, under the equity method of accounting, an investor initially
recognizes its investment in an investee (including a joint venture) at cost in
accordance with ASC 805-50-30. In addition, an investor that applies the equity method
of accounting should comply with the requirements of ASC 323-10-35-4, which states, in
part:
Under the equity method, an investor shall recognize its
share of the earnings or losses of an investee in the periods for which they are
reported by the investee in its financial statements rather than in the period in
which an investee declares a dividend. An investor shall adjust the carrying amount
of an investment for its share of the earnings or losses of the investee after the
date of investment and shall report the recognized earnings or losses in income. An
investor’s share of the earnings or losses of an investee shall be based on the
shares of common stock and in-substance common stock held by that investor.
12.3.1 Deferred Tax Consequences of an Investment in an Equity Method Investment
When accounting for income taxes, investors in an equity method
investment should generally recognize the deferred tax consequences for an outside
basis difference unless an exception applies. An entity may need to use judgment,
however, if it applies the equity method to a more-than-50-percent-owned investment
(e.g., because the entity is a VIE and the investor is not the primary beneficiary
or because of other participating rights held by other shareholders) given that the
guidance in ASC 740-30-25-5(b) specifically refers to an investment in a
50-percent-or-less owned investee. In such a case, other guidance might also be
relevant if, for example, the equity method investor could unilaterally determine
whether dividends are granted by the equity method investee or could unilaterally
execute steps that would allow the investment to be recovered in a tax-free
manner.
See Section 3.4 for guidance on the definition
of an outside basis difference. See Section
3.4.1 for guidance on the definition of foreign and domestic
investments. Also see Section 3.4.17.1 for
considerations related to VIEs.
12.3.1.1 Potential DTL: Domestic Investee
Equity investors that hold less than a majority of the voting
capital of an investee do not possess majority voting power and, therefore,
generally cannot control the timing and amounts of dividends, in-kind
distributions, taxable liquidations, or other transactions and events that may
result in tax consequences for investors. Therefore, for a 50
percent-or-less-owned investee, whenever the carrying amount of the equity
investment for financial reporting purposes exceeds the tax basis in the stock
or equity units of a domestic investee, a DTL is generally recognized in the
balance sheet of the investor (in the absence of the exception in ASC
740-30-25-18(b)). An entity should consider the guidance in ASC 740-10-55-24
when measuring the DTL. The DTL is measured by reference to the expected means
of recovery. For example, if recovery is expected through a sale or other
disposition, the capital gain rate may be appropriate. Conversely, if recovery
is expected through dividend distributions, the ordinary tax rate may be
appropriate.
12.3.1.2 Potential DTL: Foreign Investee
ASC 740-30-25-5(b) requires equity investors that hold less than a majority of
the voting capital of a foreign investee to recognize a DTL for the excess
amount for financial reporting purposes over the tax basis of a foreign equity
method investee that is not a corporate joint venture that is essentially
permanent in duration. The indefinite reversal criterion in ASC 740-30-25-17
applies only to a consolidated foreign subsidiary or a foreign corporate joint
venture that is essentially permanent in duration. A related topic is discussed
in Section 3.4.4.
12.3.1.3 Potential DTA: Foreign and Domestic Investee
ASC 740-30-25-9 does not apply to 50-percent-or-less-owned
foreign or domestic investees that are not corporate joint ventures that are
permanent in duration. Therefore, equity investors that hold a noncontrolling
interest in an investment that is not a corporate joint venture that is
essentially permanent in duration should generally record a DTA for the excess
tax basis of an equity investee over the amount for financial reporting
purposes. As with all DTAs, in accordance with ASC 740-10-30-18, realization of
the related DTA “depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the
carryback, carryforward period available under the tax law.” If realization of
all or a portion of the DTA is not more likely than not, a valuation allowance
is necessary.
12.3.2 Tax Effects of Investor Basis Differences Related to Equity Method Investments
In certain situations, there may be a difference between the cost of an equity method
investment and the investor’s share of the investee’s individual assets and
liabilities. ASC 323-10-35-13 requires entities to account for the “difference
between the cost of an [equity method] investment and the amount of underlying
equity in net assets of an investee . . . as if the investee were a consolidated
subsidiary.” Entities therefore determine any difference between the cost of an
equity method investment and the investor’s share of the fair values of the
investee’s individual assets and liabilities by using the acquisition method of
accounting in accordance with ASC 805. Differences of this nature are known as
“investor basis differences” and result from the requirement that investors allocate
the cost of the equity method investment to the individual assets and liabilities of
the investee. Like business combinations, investor basis differences may give rise
to deferred tax effects. To accurately account for its equity method investment, an
investor would consider these inside basis differences in addition to any outside
basis difference in its investment.
In accordance with ASC 323-10-45-1, equity method investments are
presented as a single consolidated amount. Accordingly, tax effects attributable to
the investor basis differences become a component of this single consolidated amount
and are not presented separately in the investor’s financial
statements as individual current assets and liabilities or DTAs and DTLs. The
example below illustrates this concept.
Further, the investor’s share of investee income or loss needs to be adjusted for
investor basis differences, including those associated with income taxes.
Example 12-3
Investor Y purchases a 40 percent interest
in Investee Z for $2 million cash and applies the equity
method of accounting. Investor Y does not record any
deferred taxes on its equity method investment in Z because
Y’s book and tax basis in its investment are both $2
million.
Prospectively, Y’s share of Z’s income or loss needs to be
adjusted for investor basis differences, including those
associated with income taxes. Accordingly, as of the
acquisition date, Y assigns its cost to Z’s underlying
assets and liabilities. The table below shows the book
values and fair values of Z’s net assets (along with Y’s
proportionate share) as of the investment acquisition date.
Investee Z did not record any DTAs or DTLs in its own
financial statements for these investor basis
differences.
The statutory tax rate of Y and Z is 25
percent.
Since equity method goodwill is treated as
if it were goodwill acquired in a business combination,
there is no DTL associated with this basis difference.
Because the total amount of the basis difference between the
cost of Y’s investment ($2 million) and its proportionate
share of the book value of Z’s net assets ($1.4 million) has
not changed, the DTL recognized in the memo accounts
increases the basis difference attributable to equity method
goodwill in an amount equal to the DTL.
See Example
4-10 in Section
4.5 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Equity Method Investments and Joint
Ventures for the above example’s predecessor, which illustrates
the initial recognition of basis differences. See Example 5-13 in Section 5.1.5.2 of Deloitte’s Roadmap
Equity Method Investments
and Joint Ventures for an expanded version of the above
example that illustrates the subsequent measurement of basis differences.
12.3.3 Change in Investment From a Subsidiary to an Equity Method Investee
ASC 740-30-25-15 provides guidance on situations in which an
investment in common stock of a subsidiary changes in such a manner that it is no
longer considered a subsidiary (e.g., the extent of ownership in the investment
changes so that it becomes an equity method investment). In these cases, an entity
must recognize a deferred tax expense (or benefit) in the current period to
recognize a DTL (or DTA) related to the equity method investment when the subsidiary
becomes an equity method investment. The example below illustrates this concept.
Example 12-4
Assume that Entity X had $1,000 of
unremitted earnings from its investment in a foreign
subsidiary, FI, and that management has determined that all
earnings were indefinitely reinvested and that the related
temporary difference would not reverse in the foreseeable
future. Therefore, no DTL has been recorded. Further assume
that at the beginning of 20X1, FI sold previously owned
capital stock to an unrelated third-party investor such that
X no longer has a controlling financial interest in Fl.
However, because of its retained equity interest in FI, X
was required to use the equity method of accounting in
accordance with ASC 323. As a result, X accrues deferred
taxes on its outside basis difference in FI.
See Section
11.3.6.3 for further discussion of the tax consequences of business
combinations achieved in stages.
12.3.4 Accounting for an ITC Received From an Investment in a Partnership Accounted for Under the Equity Method
APB Opinion 2 (codified in ASC 740-10-25-46) discusses direct
investments in acquired depreciable property that generate ITCs. Since that guidance
was introduced, however, the types of vehicles through which entities take advantage
of ITCs have evolved. For example, entities often invest in partnerships whose
operations include investments in assets that qualify for ITCs, which can then be
passed through directly to the investors.
While ASC 740 addresses the accounting by an entity that directly owns an asset that
generates an ITC, it does not explicitly address the accounting by a reporting
entity that is an investor in a flow-through entity that owns the asset that
generates the credit that is then passed through to the investor. In the latter
case, the reporting entity must first consider whether it is required under ASC 810
(including the VIE subsections of ASC 810-10) to consolidate the flow-through entity
in which it has invested. If consolidation of the investee is not required, the
reporting entity would most often account for the investment by using the equity
method.
There are two acceptable approaches (“Approach 1” and “Approach 2”)
on how a reporting entity that accounts for its investment in a flow-through entity
under the equity method should account for the tax benefits received in the form of
ITCs. The approach an entity selects is an accounting policy election that should be
applied consistently. (See Section 12.2 for a
discussion of the accounting for temporary differences related to ITCs.)
12.3.4.1 Approach 1 — Account for ITCs as an Income Tax Benefit
Under Approach 1, the investor would account for the tax benefits received in the form of ITCs as an income tax benefit. This method is consistent with accounting for the tax benefits under the flow-through method. It is also consistent with ASC 323-740-55-8 (formerly Exhibit 94-1A of EITF Issue 94-1), which contains an
example of the application of the equity method to a QAHP investment that does
not qualify for the proportional amortization method. In that example, the tax
credits are recorded in the income tax provision in the year that they are
received.
12.3.4.2 Approach 2 — Apply a Model Similar to the Deferral Method
Approach 2 is premised on the guidance originally contained in paragraph 3 of APB Opinion 4 on an ITC that was passed through to a lessee under
an operating lease for leased property. More specifically, paragraph 3 of APB
Opinion 4 provided an example in which the asset generating the ITC was not
carried on the lessee’s balance sheet; rather, the ITC was passed through to the
lessee in a manner similar to the way it would be passed through to an investor
in a flow-through entity.3 In the example, the Interpretation indicated that the “lessee should
account for the credit by whichever method is used for purchased property” and
then provided clarification on how to apply the deferral method if that
method is selected, suggesting that the lessee could use either the deferral
method or the flow-through method even in a situation in which the underlying
asset that generated the credit was not actually reflected in the reporting
entity’s financial statements.
Under Approach 2, the tax benefits from the ITCs would be
deferred and amortized over the useful life of the related assets, resulting in
a cost reduction that would be reflected as an adjustment in the equity method
earnings (i.e., “above the line”). That is, the deferral method would yield an
increase in the equity method earnings because less depreciation would flow
through to the investor.4
Changing Lanes
ASC 740-10-25-46, as amended by ASU 2023-02, requires an entity to use a
different policy for investments accounted for under the proportional
amortization method even if the deferral method is used for other
investments. That is, if an investor in a flow-through entity generates
ITCs and uses the proportional amortization method to account for that
investment, the investor must use the flow-through method to account for
the ITCs generated by the investee. If the investor has other
investments that are not accounted for under the proportionate
amortization method and previously used the deferral method to account
for ITCs, it should continue to use that method for such investments.
12.3.5 Presentation of Tax Effects of Equity in Earnings of an Equity Method Investee
The investor’s income tax provision equals the sum of current and deferred tax
expense, including any tax consequences of the investor’s equity in earnings and
temporary differences attributable to its investment in an equity method
investee.
Because it is the investor’s tax provision, not the investee’s, the tax consequences
of the investor’s equity in earnings and temporary differences attributable to its
investment in the investee should be recognized in income tax expense and not be
offset against the investor’s equity in earnings.
Footnotes
3
See also paragraph 11 of APB Opinion 2.
4
Alternatively, under the deferral method, instead of
reducing the cost basis of the qualifying asset or assets, an entity
could recognize a deferred credit. In this scenario, the recovery of the
deferred credit would result in a reduction to the income tax provision
over the life of the qualifying asset or assets.
12.4 Noncontrolling Interests
The ASC master glossary defines a noncontrolling interest as the
“portion of equity (net assets) in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or
indirectly, to a parent.” Consequently, noncontrolling interests are presented only
in the consolidated financial statements of a parent whose holdings include a
controlling interest in one or more subsidiaries it partially owns. The objective of
accounting for noncontrolling interests is to present users of the consolidated
financial statements with a clear depiction of the portion of a subsidiary’s net
assets, net income, and net comprehensive income that is attributable to equity
holders other than the parent.
12.4.1 Accounting for the Tax Effects of Transactions With Noncontrolling Shareholders
A parent accounts for changes in its ownership interest in a subsidiary over
which it maintains control (“control-to-control” transactions) as equity
transactions. The parent cannot recognize a gain or loss in consolidated net
income or comprehensive income for such transactions and is not permitted to
step up a portion of the subsidiary’s net assets to fair value to the extent of
any additional interests acquired (i.e., no additional acquisition method
accounting). As part of the equity transaction accounting, the entity must also
reallocate the subsidiary’s AOCI between the parent and the noncontrolling
interest.
The direct tax effects of control-to-control transactions are
generally charged or credited to shareholders’ equity (see ASC 740-20-45-11) by
using the with-and-without approach to intraperiod tax allocation (see Chapter 6). In this
context, the tax effects of amounts reported in shareholders’ equity would
generally be considered direct effects. For some transactions, however, there
may be both direct and indirect tax effects. It is important to properly
distinguish between the direct and indirect tax effects of a transaction since
the accounting for each may be different. For example, as a result of a parent’s
change, or expected change, in ownership of a foreign subsidiary, it may become
apparent that the temporary difference related to the investment will reverse in
the foreseeable future. This would be considered an indirect effect and recorded
in continuing operations rather than in shareholders’ equity. Similarly, a
parent’s change in ownership in a domestic subsidiary that causes a change in
its ability and intent to recover the investment in a tax-free manner would be
an indirect tax effect and recorded in continuing operations (see ASC
740-30-25-3). However, there may be other circumstances in which determining
what constitutes a direct and indirect effect of a transaction may not be
straight-forward. In such cases, entities will need to use significant judgment
and are encouraged to consult with their accounting advisers for assistance.
Example 12-5
Parent Entity A owns 80 percent of its
foreign subsidiary, which operates in a zero-rate tax
jurisdiction. The subsidiary has a net book value of
$100 million as of December 31, 20X9. Entity A’s tax
basis of its 80 percent investment is $70 million.
Assume that the carrying amounts of the interest of the
parent (A) and noncontrolling interest holder (Entity B)
in the subsidiary are $80 million and $20 million,
respectively. The $10 million difference between A’s
book basis and tax basis in the subsidiary is primarily
attributable to undistributed earnings of the foreign
subsidiary. In accordance with ASC 740-30-25-17, A has
not historically recorded a DTL for the taxable
temporary difference because A has specific plans to
reinvest such earnings in the subsidiary indefinitely.
Further, it was not apparent that the temporary
difference would reverse in the foreseeable future.
On January 1, 20Y0, A sells 12.5 percent of its 80
percent interest in the foreign subsidiary to a
nonaffiliated entity, Entity C, for total proceeds of
$20 million. As summarized in the table below, this
transaction (1) dilutes A’s interest in the subsidiary
to 70 percent and decreases its carrying amount by $10
million (12.5% × $80 million) to $70 million, and (2)
increases the total carrying amount of the
noncontrolling interest holders (B and C) by $10 million
to $30 million.
Below is A’s journal
entry on January 1, 20Y0, before consideration of income
tax accounting:
Entity A’s current tax payable and tax
expense from its taxable gain on the sale of its
investment in the subsidiary is $2,812,500, which is
computed as follows: [$20 million selling price – ($70
million tax basis × 12.5% portion sold)] × 25% tax rate.
For simplicity, assume that there is no other income in
the taxpaying component. The amount consists of the
following direct and indirect tax effects:
- The direct tax effect of the sale is $2.5 million. This amount is associated with the difference between the selling price and book basis of the interest sold by A (i.e., the gain on the sale reported in equity) and is computed as follows: [$20 million selling price – ($80 million book basis × 12.5% portion sold)] × 25% tax rate. The gain on the sale of A’s interest is recorded in shareholders’ equity; therefore, the direct tax effect would ordinarily be allocated to shareholders’ equity as a result of the application of the with-and-without approach to intraperiod allocation.
- The indirect tax effect of the sale is $312,500. This amount is associated with the preexisting taxable temporary difference (i.e., the outside basis difference resulting from undistributed earnings of the subsidiary) of the interest sold for which a DTL was not recognized because it was not apparent that the temporary difference would reverse in the foreseeable future. Entity A would compute this amount as follows: [($80 million book basis – $70 million tax basis) × 12.5% portion sold] × 25% tax rate. The partial sale of the subsidiary results in a change in A’s conclusion regarding the reversal of the temporary difference associated with the interest sold by A. This is considered an indirect tax effect and recognized as income tax expense in continuing operations.
Below is A’s journal
entry on January 1, 20Y0, to account for the income tax
effects of the sale of its interest in the foreign
subsidiary:
In addition, as a result of the sale, A
should reassess whether it is apparent that the
remaining temporary differences associated with its 70
percent ownership interest will reverse in the
foreseeable future and, if so, recognize a DTL. This
reassessment and the recording of any DTL may occur in a
period preceding the actual sale of its ownership
interest, since a liability should be recorded when A’s
assertion regarding indefinite reinvestment changes.
12.4.2 Noncontrolling Interests in Pass-Through Entities: Income Tax Financial Reporting Considerations
ASC 810-10-45-18 through 45-21 require consolidating entities to report earnings
attributed to noncontrolling interests as part of consolidated earnings and not
as a separate component of income or expense. Thus, the income tax expense
recognized by the consolidating entity will include the total income tax expense
of the consolidated entity. When there is a noncontrolling interest in a
consolidated entity, the amount of income tax expense that is consolidated will
depend on whether the noncontrolling interest is a pass-through (i.e., a U.S.
partnership) or taxable entity (e.g., a U.S. C corporation).
ASC 810 does not affect how entities determine income tax expense under ASC 740.
Typically, no income tax expense is attributable to a pass-through entity;
rather, such expense is attributable to its owners. Therefore, a consolidating
entity with an interest in a pass-through entity should recognize income taxes
only on its controlling interest in the pass-through entity’s pretax income. The
income taxes on the pass-through entity’s pretax income attributed to the
noncontrolling interest holders should not be included in the consolidated
income tax expense.
Example 12-6
Entity X has a 90 percent controlling interest in
Partnership Y (an LLC). Partnership Y is a pass-through
entity and is not subject to income taxes in any
jurisdiction in which it operates. Entity X’s pretax
income for 20X3 is $100,000. Partnership Y has pretax
income of $50,000 for the same period. Entity X has a
tax rate of 25 percent. For simplicity, this example
assumes that there are no temporary differences.
Given the facts above, X
would report the following in its consolidated income
statement for 20X3:
In this example, ASC 810 does not affect how X determines
income tax expense under ASC 740, since X recognizes
income tax expense only for its controlling interest in
the income of Y. However, ASC 810 does affect the ETR of
X. Given the impact of ASC 810, X’s ETR is 24.2 percent
($36,250/$150,000). Provided that X is a public entity
and that the reconciling item is significant, X should
disclose the tax effect of the amount of income from Y
attributed to the noncontrolling interest in its
numerical reconciliation from expected to actual income
tax expense.
12.5 Regulated Entities
ASC 980-740
Income Taxes Applicable to Regulated Entities
25-1 For regulated
entities that meet the criteria for application of paragraph
980-10-15-2, this Subtopic specifically:
- Prohibits net-of-tax accounting and reporting
- Requires recognition of a deferred tax liability for tax benefits that are flowed through to customers when temporary differences originate and for the equity component of the allowance for funds used during construction
- Requires adjustment of a deferred tax liability or asset for an enacted change in tax laws or rates.
25-2 If, as a
result of an action by a regulator, it is probable that the
future increase or decrease in taxes payable for (b) and (c) in
the preceding paragraph will be recovered from or returned to
customers through future rates, an asset or liability shall be
recognized for that probable future revenue or reduction in
future revenue pursuant to paragraphs 980-340-25-1 and
980-405-25-1. That asset or liability also shall be a temporary
difference for which a deferred tax liability or asset shall be
recognized.
25-3 Example 1 (see
paragraph 980-740-55-8) illustrates recognition of an asset for
the probable revenue to recover future income taxes.
25-4 Example 2 (see
paragraph 980-740-55-13) illustrates adjustment of a deferred
tax liability when the liability represents amounts already
collected from customers.
12.5.1 Regulated Entities Subject to ASC 980
Regulated entities preparing financial statements under U.S. GAAP would apply ASC
740 when determining the tax amounts to record. In addition, ASC 980-740 relies
on the general standards of accounting for the effects of regulation in ASC 980
and, in a manner consistent with those standards, requires recognition of (1) an
asset when a DTL is recognized if it is probable that future revenue will be
provided for the payment of those DTLs and (2) a liability when a DTA is
recognized if it is probable that a future reduction in revenue will result when
that DTA is realized.
ASC 980-740-25-1 prohibits net-of-tax accounting on the basis that commingling
assets and liabilities with their related tax effects confuses the relationship
among the various classifications in financial statements. Therefore, in
accordance with ASC 980-740-25-1, regulated entities should adjust the reported
net-of-tax amount of construction in progress and plant in service to the pretax
amount.
12.6 Special Situations
12.6.1 Distinguishing a Change in Estimate From a Correction of an Error
A change in a prior-year tax provision can arise from either a change in
accounting estimate or the correction of an error.
The primary source of guidance on accounting changes and error corrections is ASC
250. ASC 250-10-20 defines a change in accounting estimate as a “change that has
the effect of adjusting the carrying amount of an existing asset or liability .
. . . Changes in accounting estimates result from new information.” A change in
a prior-year tax provision is a change in accounting estimate if it results from
new information, a change in facts and circumstances, or later identification of
information that was not reasonably knowable or readily accessible as of the
prior reporting period. In addition, ASC 740-10-25-14 and ASC 740-10-35-2 state
that the subsequent recognition and measurement of a tax position should “be
based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances, and
information available at the reporting date” and that subsequent changes in
management’s judgment should “result from the evaluation of new information and
not from a new evaluation or new interpretation by management of information
that was available in a previous financial reporting period.”
In contrast, ASC 250-10-20 defines an error in previously issued
financial statements (an “error”) as an “error in recognition, measurement,
presentation, or disclosure in financial statements resulting from mathematical
mistakes, mistakes in the application of [GAAP], or oversight or misuse of facts
that existed at the time the financial statements were prepared. A change from
an accounting principle that is not generally accepted to one that is generally
accepted is a correction of an error.” In determining whether the change is a
correction of an error, an entity should consider whether the information was or
should have been “reasonably knowable” or “readily accessible” from the entity’s
books and records in a prior reporting period and whether the application of
information at that time would have resulted in different reporting. The
determination of when information was or should have been reasonably knowable or
readily accessible will depend on the entity’s particular facts and
circumstances.
Distinguishing between a change in accounting estimate and a
correction of an error is important because they are accounted for and reported
differently. In accordance with ASC 250-10-45-23, an error correction is
typically accounted for by restating prior-period financial statements.
However, ASC 250-10-45-17 specifies that a change in accounting estimate is
accounted for prospectively “in the period of change if the change affects that
period only or in the period of change and future periods if the change affects
both.” Under ASC 250-10-50-4, if the change in estimate affects several future
periods, an entity must disclose the “effect on income from continuing
operations, net income (or other appropriate captions of changes in the
applicable net assets or performance indicator), and any related per-share
amounts of the current period.”
If the change to the prior-period tax provision is determined to be an error, the
entity should look to ASC 250 for guidance on how to report the correction of
the error. Additional guidance is also provided by SAB Topics 1.M (SAB 99) and 1.N (SAB 108).
An entity must often use judgment in discerning whether a change
in a prior-year tax provision results from a correction of an error or a change
in estimate.
The following are examples of changes that should be accounted for as changes in
accounting estimate:
- A change in judgment (as a result of a change in facts or circumstances or the occurrence of an event) regarding the sustainability of a tax position or the need for a valuation allowance.
- The issuance of a new administrative ruling.
- Obtaining additional information on the basis of the experience of other taxpayers with similar circumstances.
- Adjusting an amount for new information that would not have been readily accessible from the entity’s books and records as of the prior reporting date. For example, to close its books on a timely basis, an entity may estimate certain amounts that are not readily accessible. In this case, as long as the entity had a reasonable basis for its original estimate, the subsequent adjustment is most likely a change in estimate.
- Developing, with the assistance of tax experts, additional technical insight into the application of the tax law with respect to prior tax return positions involving very complex or technical tax issues. Because both tax professionals and the tax authorities are continually changing and improving their understanding of complex tax laws, such circumstances typically constitute a change in estimate rather than an error.
- Making a retroactive tax election that affects positions taken on prior tax returns if the primary factors motivating such a change can be tied to events that occurred after the balance sheet date.
- Deciding to pursue a tax credit or deduction retroactively that was previously considered not to be economical but that becomes prudent because of a change in facts and circumstances. Such a decision is a change in estimate if the entity evaluated the acceptability of the tax position as of the balance sheet date and analyzed whether the tax position was economical but concluded that it was not prudent to pursue this benefit. The decision would not be considered a change in estimate if the entity did not consider or otherwise evaluate the acceptability of the tax position as of the balance sheet date.
The following are examples of changes that should be accounted for as error corrections:
- Intentionally misstating a tax accrual.
- Discovering a mathematical error in a prior-year income tax provision.
- Oversight or misuse of facts or failure to use information that was reasonably knowable and readily accessible as of the balance sheet date.
- Misapplying a rule or requirement or the provisions of U.S. GAAP. One example is a situation in which an entity fails to record a DTA, a DTL, a tax benefit, or a liability for UTBs that should have been recognized in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of the facts and circumstances that existed as of the reporting date that were reasonably knowable when the financial statements were issued.
- Adjusting an amount for new information that would have been readily accessible from the entity’s books and records as of the prior reporting period. In assessing whether information was or should have been “readily accessible,” an entity should consider the nature, complexity, relevance, and frequency of occurrence of the item.
12.7 Investments Accounted for Under the Proportional Amortization Method
See Appendixes
C and D
of Deloitte’s Roadmap Equity
Method Investments and Joint Ventures for interpretative
guidance on investments accounted for under the proportional amortization method in
accordance with ASC 323-740.
Chapter 13 — Presentation of Income Taxes
Chapter 13 — Presentation of Income Taxes
13.1 Background
This chapter discusses the presentation guidance addressed in ASC
740-10-45, the Other Presentation Matters section of ASC 740-10. The guidance addressed
in the Other Presentation Matters sections of other ASC 740 subtopics is discussed
elsewhere in this Roadmap. The ASC 200 topics of the Codification also comprise several
presentation-related topics; however, those topics are not discussed in this chapter
because, although they provide general guidance on presentation that may apply to income
tax accounting, they do not provide specific guidance on the classification and
presentation of income tax accounts.
13.2 Statement of Financial Position Classification of Income Tax Accounts
ASC 740-10
45-1 This Section provides guidance
on statement of financial position, income statement and
statement of shareholder equity classification, and presentation
matters applicable to all the following:
- Statement of financial position classification of income tax accounts
- Income statement presentation of certain measurement changes to income tax accounts
- Income statement classification of interest and penalties
- Presentation matters related to investment tax credits under the deferral method.
- Statement of shareholder equity reclassification of certain income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income.
45-2 See Subtopic
740-20 for guidance on the intraperiod allocation of total
income tax expense (or benefit).
Statement of Financial Position Classification of Income Tax
Accounts
45-3 Topic 210
provides general guidance for classification of accounts in
statements of financial position. The following guidance
addresses classification matters applicable to income tax
accounts and is incremental to the general guidance.
Deferred Tax Accounts
45-4 In a
classified statement of financial position, an entity shall
classify deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent
amounts.
45-5 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
45-6 For a
particular tax-paying component of an entity and within a
particular tax jurisdiction, all deferred tax liabilities and
assets, as well as any related valuation allowance, shall be
offset and presented as a single noncurrent amount. However, an
entity shall not offset deferred tax liabilities and assets
attributable to different tax-paying components of the entity or
to different tax jurisdictions.
45-7 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
45-8 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
45-9 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
45-10 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
Tax Accounts, Other Than Deferred
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
45-10A Except as
indicated in paragraphs 740-10-45-10B and 740-10-45-12, an
unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax
benefit, shall be presented in the financial statements as a
reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss
carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit
carryforward.
45-10B To the
extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or
a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date
under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any
additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance
of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction
does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not
intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the
unrecognized tax benefit shall be presented in the financial
statements as a liability and shall not be combined with
deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax
asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and
deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and shall be
made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting
date.
45-11 An entity
that presents a classified statement of financial position shall
classify an unrecognized tax benefit that is presented as a
liability in accordance with paragraphs 740-10-45-10A through
45-10B as a current liability to the extent the entity
anticipates payment (or receipt) of cash within one year or the
operating cycle, if longer.
45-12 An
unrecognized tax benefit presented as a liability shall not be
classified as a deferred tax liability unless it arises from a
taxable temporary difference. Paragraph 740-10-25-17 explains
how the recognition and measurement of a tax position may affect
the calculation of a temporary difference.
Offsetting
45-13 The offset of
cash or other assets against the tax liability or other amounts
owing to governmental bodies is not acceptable except as noted
in paragraphs 210-20-45-6 and 740-10-45-10A through 45-10B.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, which requires entities to
present DTAs and DTLs as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU simplifies
the old guidance, which required entities to separately present DTAs and DTLs as current
and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU is currently effective for all
entities.
For other balance sheet items, such as income taxes payable/receivable, ASC 210-10
provides guidance on the classification in the statement of financial position.
Typically, income taxes payable would be presented as a current liability because it
would be expected to be settled within a relatively short period, usually 12 months (ASC
210-10-45-9).
For public companies, ASC 210-10-S99-1(20) and ASC 210-10-S99-1(26) indicate that the SEC
prescribed certain balance sheet captions in SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 5-02, related to
income taxes, as follows:
- “Other current liabilities. State separately, in the balance sheet or in a note thereto, any item in excess of 5 percent of total current liabilities. Such items may include, but are not limited to, accrued payrolls, accrued interest, taxes, indicating the current portion of deferred income taxes, and the current portion of long-term debt. Remaining items may be shown in one amount.”
- “Deferred credits. State separately in the balance sheet amounts for (a) deferred income taxes, (b) deferred tax credits, and (c) material items of deferred income.”
On the basis of informal discussions with the SEC staff, a liability for
UTBs should be classified as an “other current liability” or “other long-term liability”
to comply with SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 5-02.1
Because the SEC staff does not consider this liability a “contingent liability,”
disclosures for contingencies would not be required. However, an entity must follow the
disclosure requirements outlined in ASC 740-10-50. See Chapter 14 for more information.
See below for further guidance on circumstances in which a UTB liability should be
recorded as a current liability.
13.2.1 Presentation of Deferred Federal Income Taxes Associated With Deferred State Income Taxes
ASC 740-10-55-20 states:
State income taxes are deductible for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and therefore a deferred state income tax liability or asset
gives rise to a temporary difference for purposes of determining a deferred U.S.
federal income tax asset or liability, respectively. The pattern of deductible
or taxable amounts in future years for temporary differences related to deferred
state income tax liabilities or assets should be determined by estimates of the
amount of those state income taxes that are expected to become payable or
recoverable for particular future years and, therefore, deductible or taxable
for U.S. federal tax purposes in those particular future years.
It is not appropriate to net the federal effect of a state DTL or DTA against the
state deferred tax. ASC 740 generally requires separate identification of temporary
differences and related deferred taxes for each tax-paying component of an entity in
each tax jurisdiction, including U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign tax
jurisdictions. ASC 740-10-45-6 states the following regarding the offsetting of DTAs
and DTLs:
For a particular tax-paying component of an entity and within a
particular tax jurisdiction, all deferred tax liabilities and assets, as well as
any related valuation allowance, shall be offset and presented as a single
noncurrent amount. However, an entity shall not offset deferred tax
liabilities and assets attributable to different tax-paying components of
the entity or to different tax jurisdictions. [Emphasis added]
For example, assume that Company A has a state DTL of $100 related
to a fixed asset and that this DTL represents taxes that will need to be paid when
the fixed asset is recovered at its financial reporting carrying amount. The future
state taxes will result in a $100 deduction on the U.S. federal income tax return,
and a DTA of $21 ($100 deduction × 21% tax rate) should be recognized for that
future deduction. In this example, A should report a $100 state DTL and separately
report a $21 federal DTA. It would not be appropriate to report a “net of federal
tax benefit” state DTL of $79.
In addition to improper presentation of DTAs and DTLs in the balance sheet,
improperly netting the federal effect of state deferred taxes against the state
deferred taxes themselves can result in, among other things, (1) an improper
assessment of whether a valuation allowance is necessary in a particular
jurisdiction or (2) improper disclosures related to DTAs and DTLs.
13.2.2 Balance Sheet Classification of the Liability for UTBs
ASC 740-10-45-11 states that an entity should “classify an unrecognized tax benefit
that is presented as a liability in accordance with paragraphs 740-10-45-10A through
45-10B as a current liability to the extent the entity anticipates payment (or
receipt) of cash within one year or the operating cycle, if longer.” ASC
740-10-45-12 states that an “unrecognized tax benefit presented as a liability shall
not be classified as a deferred tax liability unless it arises from a taxable
temporary difference.”
On the basis of this guidance, an entity will generally classify a liability
associated with a UTB as a noncurrent liability because the period between the
filing of the tax return and the final resolution of an uncertain tax position with
the tax authority will generally extend over several years. An entity should
classify as a current liability only those cash payments that management expects to
make within the next 12 months to settle liabilities for UTBs.
In addition, an entity should reclassify a liability from noncurrent to current only
when a change in the balance of the liability is expected to result from a payment
of cash within one year or the operating cycle, if longer. For example, the portion
of the liability for a UTB that is expected to reverse because of the expiration of
the statute of limitations within the next 12 months would not be reclassified as a
current liability. See Section 14.4.1 for more
information on the disclosure requirements related to UTBs.
13.2.3 Interaction of UTBs and Tax Attributes
U.S. tax law requires that an entity’s taxable income be reduced by any available NOL
carryforwards and carrybacks in the absence of an affirmative election to forgo the
NOL carryback provisions. The Internal Revenue Service cannot require a taxpayer to
cash-settle a disallowed uncertain tax position if sufficient NOLs or other tax
carryforwards are available to eliminate the additional taxable income. Similarly, a
taxpayer may not choose when to use its NOL carryforwards; rather, the taxpayer must
apply NOL carryforwards and carrybacks in the first year in which taxable income
arises. NOLs that are available but not used to reduce taxable income may not be
carried to another period.
Assume that an entity takes, or expects to take, a $200 deduction in the U.S. federal
tax jurisdiction related to a UTB in its current-year tax return and for which the
entity records a UTB of $40 (20 percent tax rate × $200) in its financial
statements. This UTB would be settled as of the reporting date without the payment
of cash because of the application of available tax NOL carryforwards of $1,000 in
the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction for which the entity has recognized a $200
DTA.
As discussed in ASC 740-10-45-10A and 45-10B, the entity’s balance
sheet should reflect the UTB as a reduction of the entity’s NOL carryforward DTAs.
Under ASC 740-10-45-10A, an entity must present a UTB, or a portion of a UTB, in its
balance sheet “as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for [an NOL] carryforward, a
similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward” except when:
- An NOL or other carryforward is not available under the governing tax law to settle taxes that would result from the disallowance of the tax position.
- The entity does not intend to use the DTA for this purpose (provided that the tax law permits a choice).
If either of these conditions exists, an entity should present a UTB as a liability
and not net the UTB with a DTA.
The assessment of whether to net the UTB with a DTA should be performed as of the
reporting date (i.e., on a hypothetical-return basis). The entity should not
evaluate whether the DTA will expire or be used before the UTB is settled. However,
the entity must consider whether there are any limitations on the use of the DTA in
the relevant tax jurisdiction.
Therefore, if the uncertain tax position of $200 is not sustained, the entity may use
its $1,000 NOL carryforward to offset such a position, thus resulting in a $40
reduction to the existing NOL carryforward DTA of $200. That is, the entity would
present a net DTA of $160.
13.2.4 Balance Sheet Presentation of UTBs Resulting From Transfer Pricing Arrangements
Another common example of a UTB that may affect two separate jurisdictions is related
to transfer pricing. See Section 4.6.3 for a detailed
discussion of the application of transfer pricing arrangements under ASC 740.
In some cases, if two governments follow the Organisation for Economic Co-operation
and Development’s transfer pricing guidelines to resolve substantive issues related
to transfer pricing transactions between units of the same entity, an asset could be
recognized in one jurisdiction because of the application of competent-authority
procedures and a liability could be recognized for UTBs from another tax
jurisdiction that arose because of transactions between the entity’s affiliates that
were not being considered at arm’s length.
In this case, an entity should present the liability for UTBs and the tax benefit on
a gross basis in its balance sheet. In addition, a public entity would include only
the gross liability for UTBs in the tabular reconciliation disclosure. However, in
the disclosure required by ASC 740-10-50-15A(b), the public entity would include the
liability for UTBs and the tax benefit on a net basis in the amount of UTBs that, if
recognized, would affect the ETR.
For more information on UTBs related to transfer pricing
arrangements, see Section 4.6.3.
Footnotes
1
Rule 5-02 applies to commercial and industrial companies only. However,
Regulation S-X, Rules 6-04, 7-03, and 9-03,contain similar guidance and apply to
registered investment companies, insurance companies, and bank holding
companies, respectively.
13.3 Income Statement
13.3.1 Classification of Interest and Penalties in the Financial Statements
ASC 740-10-45-25 permits an entity, on the basis of its
accounting policy election, to classify interest (on an underpayment of income
taxes) in the financial statements as either income taxes or interest expense
and to classify penalties (related to a tax position that does not meet the
minimum statutory threshold to avoid payment of penalties) in the financial
statements as either income taxes or another expense classification.
An SEC registrant that changes its financial statement classification of interest
and penalties should provide the disclosures specified by ASC 250-10-50-1
through 50-3. Such a change in accounting principle should be retrospectively
applied beginning with the first interim period in the year of adoption. In
addition, the SEC staff has indicated that a preferability letter is required
for classification changes.
An entity’s balance sheet classification related to the accruals for interest and
penalties (as part of accrued liabilities or as part of the liability for UTBs)
must be consistent with the income statement classification (above the line or
below the line). For example, an entity that classifies interest as a component
of interest expense should classify the related accrual for interest as a
component of accrued expenses. Likewise, an entity that classifies interest as a
component of income tax expense should classify the related accrual for interest
as a component of the liability for UTBs; however the amounts are classified,
they should be presented separately from the UTB in the tabular rollforward
required by ASC 740-10-50-15A.
13.3.2 Capitalization of Interest Expense
Interest expense recognized on the underpayment of income tax is not eligible for
capitalization under ASC 835-20. ASC 835-20-30-2 indicates that the amount of
interest cost to be capitalized is the amount that theoretically could have been
avoided if expenditures for the asset had not been made. An entity has two
alternatives: (1) repay existing borrowings or (2) invest in an asset. The entity
could avoid interest cost by choosing to repay a borrowing instead of investing in
an asset. Once the decision to invest in the asset is made, the relationship between
the investment in the asset and the incurrence of interest cost makes the interest
cost analogous to a direct cost in the asset (i.e., the two alternatives are
linked).
The liability for UTBs recognized under ASC 740 is not a result of the investment
alternatives above; rather, it is a result of a difference in the amount of benefit
recognized in the financial statements compared with the amount taken, or expected
to be taken, in a tax return. The liability for UTBs is not a borrowing, as
contemplated in ASC 835-20, and should not be considered a financing activity.
Therefore, the related interest expense should not be capitalized but should be
expensed as incurred.
13.3.3 Interest Income on UTBs
ASC 740 does not discuss the recognition and measurement of interest income on UTBs;
however, an entity should recognize and measure interest income to be received on an
overpayment of income taxes in the first period in which the interest would begin
accruing according to the provisions of the relevant tax law.
It is preferable for a public entity to present interest income
attributable to an overpayment of income taxes as an element of nonoperating income,
separately stated in the income statement or in a note to the financial statements
as interest on refund claims due from tax authorities.
On the basis of informal discussions with the SEC staff, we understand that the staff
currently does not have a view on this matter and may not object to an entity’s
including interest income attributable to overpayment of income taxes as an element
of its provision for income taxes. Accordingly, the SEC staff has advised us that if
an entity’s accounting policy is to include interest income attributable to
overpayment of income taxes within the provision for income taxes, this policy must
be prominently disclosed and transparent to financial statement users. The SEC staff
has also indicated that it believes that a public entity that has an accounting
policy to include interest income or expense on overpayments and underpayments of
income taxes should consistently display such amounts as income tax in the balance
sheets, statements of operations, statements of cash flows, and other supplemental
disclosures. Further, we believe that companies should present interest income in a
manner consistent with the policy election related to interest expense on UTBs.
See Section 14.4.4.1 for more information
regarding disclosures related to interest income.
13.3.4 Presentation of Professional Fees
Entities often incur costs for professional services (e.g., attorney
and accountant fees) related to the implementation of tax strategies,2 the resolution of tax contingencies, assistance with the preparation of the
income tax provision in accordance with ASC 740, or other tax-related matters.
It is not appropriate for an entity to include such costs as income tax expense or
benefit in the financial statements. ASC 740 defines income tax expense (or benefit)
as the sum of current tax expense (benefit) and deferred tax expense (benefit),
neither of which would include fees paid to professionals in connection with tax
matters.
Further, SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b)(11),3 specifies that an entity should include only taxes based on income within the
income tax expense caption in the income statement. Therefore, it is inappropriate
to include professional fees within the income tax caption.
Footnotes
2
If a tax-planning strategy is identified to support
realization of DTAs, the entity should consider the cost of implementing the
strategy (inclusive of professional fees) when measuring the incremental
benefit such a strategy would provide.
3
Rule 5-03 applies to commercial and industrial companies
only. However, Regulation S-X, Rules 6-07 and Rule 7-04, contain similar
guidance and apply to registered investment companies and insurance
companies, respectively.
Chapter 14 — Disclosure of Income Taxes
Chapter 14 — Disclosure of Income Taxes
14.1 Overview
This chapter outlines the income tax accounting disclosures that
entities are required to provide in the notes to, and on the face of, the financial
statements. Appendix D
provides disclosure examples that may be helpful as the requirements outlined in
this chapter are considered. Disclosure requirements related to certain special
areas are addressed in other chapters of this Roadmap as follows:
- Chapter 7 — interim tax reporting.
- Chapter 8 — separate or carve-out financial statements (including abbreviated separate or carve-out financial statements).
- Chapter 11 — the effects of a business combination on an entity’s valuation allowance.
- Chapter 12 — noncontrolling interests, equity method investments, and QAHP investments, including specific exceptions in ASC 740 related to corporate joint ventures and changes in ownership of investees.
Changing Lanes
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, which establishes new
income tax disclosure requirements within ASC 740 in addition to modifying
and eliminating certain existing requirements. The ASU’s amendments are
intended to enhance the transparency and decision-usefulness of such
disclosures. Under the new guidance, PBEs must consistently categorize and
provide greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation.
The ASU also includes additional disaggregation requirements related to
income taxes paid. The ASU’s disclosure requirements apply to all entities
subject to ASC 740. PBEs must apply the amendments to annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2024 (2025 for calendar-year-end PBEs).
Entities other than PBEs have an additional year to adopt the guidance.
The disclosure guidance in this chapter reflects the requirements in
ASC 740 before the adoption of ASU 2023-09. For more information about the enhanced
disclosure requirements under the ASU, see Appendix B.
14.2 Balance Sheet
ASC 740-10
50-2 The
components of the net deferred tax liability or asset
recognized in an entity’s statement of financial position
shall be disclosed as follows:
- The total of all deferred tax liabilities measured in paragraph 740-10-30-5(b)
- The total of all deferred tax assets measured in paragraph 740-10-30-5(c) through (d)
- The total valuation allowance recognized for deferred tax assets determined in paragraph 740-10-30-5(e).
The net change during the year in the total valuation
allowance also shall be disclosed.
50-3 An entity
shall disclose both of the following:
- The amounts and expiration dates of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes
- Any portion of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for which subsequently recognized tax benefits will be credited directly to contributed capital (see paragraph 740-20-45-11).
50-4 In the
event that a change in an entity’s tax status becomes
effective after year-end in Year 2 but before the financial
statements for Year 1 are issued or are available to be
issued (as discussed in Section 855-10-25), the entity’s
financial statements for Year 1 shall disclose the change in
the entity’s tax status for Year 2 and the effects of that
change, if material.
50-5 An
entity’s temporary difference and carryforward information
requires additional disclosure. The additional disclosure
differs for public and nonpublic entities.
Public Entities
50-6 A public
entity shall disclose the approximate tax effect of each
type of temporary difference and carryforward that gives
rise to a significant portion of deferred tax liabilities
and deferred tax assets (before allocation of valuation
allowances).
50-7 See
paragraph 740-10-50-16 for disclosure requirements
applicable to a public entity that is not subject to income
taxes.
Nonpublic Entities
50-8 A
nonpublic entity shall disclose the types of significant
temporary differences and carryforwards but may omit
disclosure of the tax effects of each type.
14.2.1 Deferred Taxes
ASC 740-10-50-6 requires that a public entity disclose “the approximate tax effect of
each type of temporary difference and carryforward that gives rise to a significant
portion of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets (before allocation of
valuation allowances).”
14.2.1.1 Required Level of Detail
When disclosing the tax effect of each type of temporary difference or
carryforward as required by ASC 740-10-50-6, an entity should separately
disclose deductible and taxable temporary differences. An entity can determine
individual disclosure items by looking at financial statement captions (e.g.,
PP&E) or by subgroup (e.g., tractors, trailers, and terminals for a trucking
company) or individual asset. An entity should look to the level of detail in
its general accounting records (e.g., by property subgroup) but is not required
to quantify temporary differences by individual asset. The level of detail used
should not affect an entity’s net deferred tax position but will affect its
footnote disclosure of gross DTAs and DTLs.
14.2.1.2 Definition of “Significant” With Respect to Disclosing the Tax Effect of Each Type of Temporary Difference and Carryforward That Gives Rise to DTAs and DTLs
Neither the ASC master glossary nor SEC Regulation S-X defines “significant,” as
used in ASC 740-10-50-6. However, the SEC staff has indicated that to meet this
requirement, public entities should disclose all components that equal or exceed
5 percent of the gross DTA or DTL.
14.2.2 Other Balance Sheet Disclosure Considerations
14.2.2.1 Disclosure of Temporary Difference or Carryforward That Clearly Will Never Be Realized
ASC 740-10-50-6 requires that a public entity disclose “the approximate tax
effect of each type of temporary difference and carryforward that gives rise to
a significant portion of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets
(before allocation of valuation allowances).” Questions have arisen about
whether it is appropriate to write off a DTA and its related valuation allowance
when an entity believes that realization is not possible in future tax returns
(e.g., situations in which an entity with a foreign loss carryforward
discontinues operations in a foreign jurisdiction in which the applicable tax
law does not impose an expiration period for loss carryforward benefits).
Paragraph 156 of the Basis for Conclusions of FASB Statement 109
states:
Some respondents to the Exposure Draft stated
that disclosure of the amount of an enterprise’s total deferred tax
liabilities, deferred tax assets, and valuation allowances is of little
value and potentially misleading. It might be misleading, for example, to
continue to disclose a deferred tax asset and valuation allowance of equal
amounts for a loss carryforward after operations are permanently terminated
in a particular tax jurisdiction. The Board believes that it need not and
should not develop detailed guidance for when to cease disclosure of the
existence of a worthless asset. Some financial statement users, on the other
hand, stated that disclosure of the total liability, asset, and valuation
allowance as proposed in the Exposure Draft is essential for gaining some
insight regarding management’s decisions and changes in decisions about
recognition of deferred tax assets. Other respondents recommended
significant additional disclosures such as the extent to which net deferred
tax assets are dependent on (a) future taxable income exclusive of reversing
temporary differences or even (b) each of the four sources of taxable
income cited in paragraph 21. After reconsideration, the Board concluded
that disclosure of the total amounts as proposed in the Exposure Draft is an
appropriate level of disclosure.
Therefore, while an entity is generally required to disclose the
total amount of its DTLs, DTAs, and valuation allowances, there is no detailed
guidance for when to cease disclosure of the existence of a worthless tax
benefit, and the entity needs to use judgment. As noted above, it is appropriate
to write off the DTA if the entity will not continue operations in that
jurisdiction. However, if operations are to continue, it is not appropriate to
write off the DTA and valuation allowance regardless of management’s assessment
about future realization.
14.2.2.2 Disclosure of Outside Basis Differences
If an entity has two foreign subsidiaries operating in different
tax jurisdictions and has a “taxable” outside basis difference (i.e., an outside
basis difference for which, in the absence of the exception in ASC 740-30-25-1
through 25-6, the accrual of a DTL would be required) related to one subsidiary
and a “deductible” outside basis difference related to the other, it is not
acceptable for the entity to net the outside basis differences to meet the
disclosure requirements of ASC 740-30-50-2. The disclosures required by ASC
740-30-50-2(b) for the cumulative amount of the temporary difference and by ASC
740-30-50-2(c) for unrecognized DTLs related to foreign subsidiaries should
include only subsidiaries with “taxable” outside basis differences.
14.3 Income Statement
ASC 740-10
50-9 The
significant components of income tax expense attributable to
continuing operations for each year presented shall be disclosed
in the financial statements or notes thereto. Those components
would include, for example:
- Current tax expense (or benefit)
- Deferred tax expense (or benefit) (exclusive of the effects of other components listed below)
- Investment tax credits
- Government grants (to the extent recognized as a reduction of income tax expense)
- The benefits of operating loss carryforwards
- Tax expense that results from allocating certain tax benefits directly to contributed capital
- Adjustments of a deferred tax liability or asset for enacted changes in tax laws or rates or a change in the tax status of the entity
- Adjustments of the beginning-of-the-year balance of a valuation allowance because of a change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax asset in future years. For example, any acquisition-date income tax benefits or expenses recognized from changes in the acquirer’s valuation allowance for its previously existing deferred tax assets as a result of a business combination (see paragraph 805-740-30-3).
50-10 The amount of
income tax expense (or benefit) allocated to continuing
operations and the amounts separately allocated to other items
(in accordance with the intraperiod tax allocation provisions of
paragraphs 740-20-45-2 through 45-14 and 852-740-45-3) shall be
disclosed for each year for which those items are presented.
50-11 The reported
amount of income tax expense may differ from an expected amount
based on statutory rates. The following guidance establishes the
disclosure requirements for such situations and differs for
public and nonpublic entities.
Public Entities
50-12 A public
entity shall disclose a reconciliation using percentages or
dollar amounts of the reported amount of income tax expense
attributable to continuing operations for the year to the amount
of income tax expense that would result from applying domestic
federal statutory tax rates to pretax income from continuing
operations. The statutory tax rates shall be the regular tax
rates if there are alternative tax systems. The estimated amount
and the nature of each significant reconciling item shall be
disclosed.
Nonpublic Entities
50-13 A nonpublic
entity shall disclose the nature of significant reconciling
items but may omit a numerical reconciliation.
All Entities
50-14 If not
otherwise evident from the disclosures required by this Section,
all entities shall disclose the nature and effect of any other
significant matters affecting comparability of information for
all periods presented.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Income-Tax-Related Disclosures [ASC 740-10-55-79].
- Example 29: Disclosure Related to Components of Income Taxes Attributable to Continuing Operations [ASC 740-10-55-212].
14.3.1 Rate Reconciliation
Reporting entities often pay income taxes in multiple jurisdictions other than the
domestic federal jurisdiction (e.g., domestic state and local jurisdictions, foreign
federal and foreign local or provincial jurisdictions), and the applicable income
tax rates vary in each jurisdiction. Further, tax laws often differ from financial
accounting standards; therefore, permanent differences can arise between pretax
income for financial reporting purposes and taxable income.
Thus, a reporting entity’s income tax expense cannot generally be determined for a
period by simply applying the domestic federal statutory tax rate to the reporting
entity’s pretax income from continuing operations for financial reporting purposes.
See ASC 740-10-50-12 and 50-13 above.
The disclosure requirement addressed by ASC 740-10-50-12 and 50-13 is often referred
to as the “rate reconciliation” disclosure requirement. ASC 740 does not require a
reporting entity to include a specific number or type of reconciling items in the
rate reconciliation. Reconciling items will vary depending on the reporting entity’s
facts and circumstances. However, the SEC staff frequently comments on rate
reconciliation disclosures that are not clear and transparent. A reporting entity
should evaluate its reconciling items to ensure that they clearly communicate to
financial statement users the events and circumstances affecting the reporting
entity’s ETR.
14.3.1.1 Evaluating Significance of Reconciling Items in the Rate Reconciliation
ASC 740-10-50 does not define the term “significant.” However,
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(2), states that as part of the reconciliation,
public entities should disclose all reconciling items that individually make up
5 percent or more of the computed amount (i.e., income before tax multiplied by
the applicable domestic federal statutory tax rate).
Reconciling items may be aggregated in the disclosure if they are individually
less than 5 percent of the computed amount. Reconciling items that are
individually equal to or greater than 5 percent of the computed amount should
not be netted against other offsetting reconciling items into a single line item
that is itself less than 5 percent.
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(2), states, in part, that
public entities can omit this reconciliation in the following circumstances:
[When] no individual reconciling item amounts to more than
five percent of the amount computed by multiplying the income before tax by
the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate, and the total difference
to be reconciled is less than five percent of such computed amount, no
reconciliation need be provided unless it would be significant in appraising
the trend of earnings.
Because SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), does not apply to non-PBEs, such entities must often use judgment in
determining whether they need to disclose the nature of a particular reconciling
item or items.
14.3.1.2 Appropriate Federal Statutory Rate for Use in the Rate Reconciliation of a Foreign Reporting Entity
ASC 740-10-50-12 indicates that the federal statutory income tax
rate a foreign reporting entity (i.e., the parent of the consolidated group that
is not domiciled in the United States) should use when preparing the rate
reconciliation disclosure should be based on application of “domestic federal
statutory tax rates to pretax income from continuing operations.” SEC Regulation
S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(2), states, in part:
Where the reporting
person is a foreign entity, the income tax rate in that person’s country of
domicile should normally be used in making the above computation, but
different rates should not be used for subsidiaries or other segments of a
reporting entity.
As noted, the appropriate rate for public entities is normally
the federal rate in the reporting entity’s jurisdiction of domicile. That rate
should be applied to pretax income from continuing operations of all
subsidiaries or other segments of the reporting entity, even if most of the
operations are located outside that jurisdiction.1 SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(2), also notes that if the rate used
differs from the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate (e.g., because the
reporting entity is domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction), “the rate used and the
basis for using such rate shall be disclosed.”
Question 1 in paragraph 5 of SAB Topic
6.I (codified in ASC 740-10-S99-1(5)) provides an exception
to the general rule and states:
Question 1: Occasionally, reporting
foreign persons may not operate under a normal income tax base rate such as
the current U.S. Federal corporate income tax rate. What form of disclosure
is acceptable in these circumstances?
Interpretive Response:
In such instances, reconciliations between year-to-year effective rates or
between a weighted average effective rate and the current effective rate of
total tax expense may be appropriate in meeting the requirements of Rule
4-08(h)(2). A brief description of how such a rate was determined would be
required in addition to other required disclosures. Such an approach would
not be acceptable for a U.S. registrant with foreign operations. Foreign
registrants with unusual tax situations may find that these guidelines are
not fully responsive to their needs. In such instances, registrants should
discuss the matter with the staff.
The use of a rate other than the federal rate in the reporting entity’s
jurisdiction of domicile could be subject to challenge and, accordingly,
consultation is encouraged in these situations.
While SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), does not apply to
non-PBEs, we believe that it would generally be appropriate for such entities to
determine the domestic federal statutory rate in a manner consistent with how
public reporting entities determine it.
14.3.1.3 Computing the “Foreign Rate Differential” in the Rate Reconciliation
The unit of account for various reconciling items is not always clear. For
example, an entity with foreign operations will commonly include a reconciling
item referred to as a “foreign rate differential.” Because it is often unclear
what the foreign rate differential reconciling line should include, diversity in
practice exists.
We believe that a line in the rate reconciliation described as
the foreign rate differential should generally include only the effects on an
entity’s ETR of differences between the domestic federal statutory tax rate and
the statutory income tax rate in the applicable foreign jurisdiction(s),
multiplied by pretax income from continuing operations in each respective
foreign jurisdiction.
14.3.2 Other Income Statement Disclosure Considerations
ASC 740-10-50-9 requires an entity to disclose significant
components of income tax expense or benefit that are attributable to continuing
operations for each year presented in the financial statements.
14.3.2.1 Disclosure of the Components of Deferred Tax Expense
One of the components required to be disclosed in ASC 740-10-50-9 is deferred tax
expense (or benefit). In many circumstances, certain changes between the
beginning-of-year and end-of-year deferred tax balances do not affect the total
deferred tax expense or benefit. Examples of such circumstances include, but are
not limited to, the following:
- If a business combination has occurred during the year, DTLs and DTAs, net of any related valuation allowance, are recorded as of the acquisition date as part of acquisition accounting. There would be no offsetting effect to the income tax provision.
- If a single asset is purchased (other than as part of a business combination) and the amount paid is different from the tax basis attributable to the asset, the tax effect should be recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the related asset in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-51.
- For consolidated subsidiaries in foreign jurisdictions for which the functional currency is the same as the parent’s reporting currency but income taxes are assessed in the local currency, deferred tax balances should be remeasured in the functional currency as transaction gains or losses or, if considered more useful, as deferred tax benefit or expense, as described in ASC 830-740-45-1.
- For consolidated subsidiaries in foreign jurisdictions for which the local currency is the functional currency and income taxes are assessed in the local currency, deferred tax balances should be translated into the parent’s reporting currency through the CTA account. The revaluations of the deferred tax balances are not identified separately from revaluations of other assets and liabilities.
In addition, other changes in deferred tax balances might result in an increase
or a decrease in the total tax provision but are allocated to a component of
current-year activity other than continuing operations (e.g., discontinued
operations and the items in ASC 740-20-45-11 such as OCI).
14.3.2.2 Disclosure of the Tax Effect of a Change in Tax Law, Rate, or Tax Status
ASC 740-10-50-9(g) requires an entity to disclose the tax
consequences of adjustments to a DTL or DTA for enacted changes in tax laws or
rates or a change in the entity’s tax status. An entity may provide such
disclosures on the face of its income statement as a separate line item
component (e.g., a subtotal) that, in the aggregate, equals the total amount of
income tax expense (benefit) allocated to income (loss) from continuing
operations for each period presented. However, the entity should not present the
effects of these changes on the face of the income statement or in the footnotes
in terms of per-share earnings (loss) amounts available to common shareholders
because such disclosure would imply that the normal earnings per share (EPS)
disclosures required by ASC 260 are not informative or are misleading.
Footnotes
1
This would apply to (or include)
a tax inversion.
14.4 UTB-Related Disclosures
ASC 740-10
[All Entities]
50-15 All entities
shall disclose all of the following at the end of each annual
reporting period presented: . . .
c. The total amounts of interest and penalties
recognized in the statement of operations and the total
amounts of interest and penalties recognized in the
statement of financial position
d. For positions for which it is reasonably possible
that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will
significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of
the reporting date:
1. The nature of the
uncertainty
2. The nature of the event that
could occur in the next 12 months that would cause the
change
3. An estimate of the range of the
reasonably possible change or a statement that an
estimate of the range cannot be made.
e. A description of tax years that remain subject to
examination by major tax jurisdictions.
[Public Entities]
50-15A Public
entities shall disclose both of the following at the end of each
annual reporting period presented:
- A tabular reconciliation of the total
amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning
and end of the period, which shall include at a
minimum:
- The gross amounts of the increases and decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior period
- The gross amounts of increases and decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during the current period
- The amounts of decreases in the unrecognized tax benefits relating to settlements with taxing authorities
- Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations.
- The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
See Example 30 (paragraph 740-10-55-217) for an illustration of
disclosures about uncertainty in income taxes.
Related Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
- Example 30: Disclosure Relating to Uncertainty in Income Taxes [ASC 740-10-55-217].
14.4.1 The Tabular Reconciliation of UTBs
ASC 740-10-50-15A(a) requires public entities to disclose a “tabular reconciliation
of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the
period.” In some cases, the beginning and ending amounts in the tabular disclosure
equal the amount recorded as a liability for the UTBs in the balance sheet. However,
that is not always the case, since the reconciliation must include, on a
comprehensive basis, all UTBs that are recorded in the balance sheet, not just the
amount that is classified as a liability. In other words, the reconciliation should
include an amount recorded as a liability for UTBs and amounts that are recorded as
a reduction in a DTA, a current receivable, or an increase in a DTL. (See
Section 13.2.3 for an example of a UTB recorded as a
reduction in a DTA.)
An entity’s policy election for interest and penalties under ASC 740-10-45-25 does
not affect the disclosures under ASC 740-10-50-15A.
Interest and penalties that are classified as part of income tax expense in the
statement of operations, and that are therefore classified as a component of the
liability for UTBs in the statement of financial position, should not be included by
public entities in the tabular reconciliation of UTBs under ASC
740-10-50-15A(a).
14.4.1.1 Items Included in the Tabular Disclosure of UTBs From Uncertain Tax Positions May Also Be Included in Other Disclosures
ASC 740-10-50-15A(a) indicates that the tabular reconciliation of the total
amounts of UTBs should include the “gross amounts of the increases and decreases
in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior
period” or a current period. Increases and decreases in the estimate that occur
in the same year can be reflected on a net basis in the tabular reconciliation.
However, if these changes in estimate are significant, it may be appropriate to
disclose them on a gross basis elsewhere in the footnotes to the financial
statements. For example, if a public entity does not recognize any tax benefit
for a significant position taken in the second quarter (and therefore recognizes
a liability for the full benefit) but subsequently recognizes the full benefit
in the fourth quarter (and therefore derecognizes the previously recorded
liability), the entity would be expected to disclose the significant change in
estimate in the footnotes to the financial statements.
14.4.1.2 Periodic Disclosures of UTBs
Both ASC 740-10-50-15 and 50-15A appear to require entities to provide
disclosures at the end of each annual reporting period presented. Accordingly,
entities should present the information required by ASC 740-10-50-15 and 50-15A
for each applicable period. For example, if a public entity were to present
three years of income statements and two years of balance sheets, the
disclosures listed in ASC 740-10-50-15 and 50-15A would be required for each
year in which an income statement is presented.
14.4.1.3 Presentation of Changes Related to Exchange Rate Fluctuations in the Tabular Reconciliation
Exchange rate fluctuations are not changes in judgment regarding recognition or
measurement and are not considered as part of the settlement when a tax position
is settled. Therefore, in the tabular reconciliation, increases or decreases in
UTBs caused by exchange rate fluctuations should not be combined with other
types of changes; rather, they should be presented as a separate line item (a
single line item is appropriate).
14.4.1.4 Disclosure of Fully Reserved DTAs in the Reconciliation of UTBs
Public entities with NOLs and a full valuation allowance are
required to include in their tabular disclosure amounts for positions that, if
recognized, would manifest themselves as DTAs that would be reduced by a
valuation allowance because it is more likely than not that some portion or all
of the DTAs will not be realized. The general recognition and measurement
provisions should be applied first; the remaining balance should then be
evaluated for realizability in accordance with ASC 740-10-30-5(e).
Example 14-1
A public entity has a $1 million NOL carryforward. Assume
a 25 percent tax rate. The entity records a $250,000
DTA, for which management applies a $250,000 valuation
allowance because it does not believe it is more likely
than not that the entity will have income of the
appropriate character to realize the NOL. Management
concludes that the tax position that gave rise to the
NOL will more likely than not be realized on the basis
of its technical merits. The entity concludes that the
benefit should be measured at 90 percent. The entity
would need to reduce the DTA for the NOL and the related
valuation allowance to $225,000, which represents 90
percent of the benefit. In addition, the entity would
include a UTB of $25,000 in the tabular disclosure under
ASC 740-10-50-15A(a).
14.4.1.5 Disclosure of the Settlement of a Tax Position When the Settlement Amount Differs From the UTB
In some cases, cash that will be paid as part of the settlement
of a tax position differs from the UTB related to that position. The difference
between the UTB and the settlement amount should be disclosed in line 1 of the
reconciliation, which includes the gross amounts of increases and decreases in
the total amount of UTBs related to positions taken in prior periods. The cash
that will be paid to the tax authority to settle the tax position would then be
disclosed in line 2 of the reconciliation, which contains amounts of decreases
in UTBs related to settlements with tax authorities.
Example 14-2
Entity A has recorded a UTB of $1,000 as of December 31,
20X7 (the end of its fiscal year). During the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 20X8, Entity A settles the tax
position with the tax authority and makes a settlement
payment of $800 (recognizing a $200 benefit related to
the $1,000 tax position). Entity A’s tabular
reconciliation disclosure as of December 31, 20X8, would
show a decrease of $200 in UTBs from prior periods (line
1) and a decrease of $800 in UTBs related to settlements
(line 2). A “current taxes payable” for the settlement
amount of $800 should be recorded until that amount is
paid to the tax authority.
14.4.1.6 Consideration of Tabular Disclosure of UTBs in an Interim Period
ASC 740-10-50-15A(a) requires public entities to provide a “tabular
reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at the
beginning and end of the period.”
Although such disclosure is not specifically required in an interim period, if a
significant change from the prior annual disclosure occurs, management should
consider whether a tabular reconciliation or other qualitative disclosures would
inform financial statement users about the occurrence of significant changes or
events that have had a material impact since the end of the most recently
completed fiscal year. Management should consider whether to provide such
disclosure in the notes to the financial statements if it chooses not to provide
a tabular reconciliation.
Management of entities subject to SEC reporting requirements should consider Form
10-Q’s disclosure requirements, which include providing disclosures about
significant changes from the most recent fiscal year in estimates used in
preparation of the financial statements.
14.4.1.7 Presentation in the Tabular Reconciliation of a Federal Benefit Associated With Unrecognized State and Local Income Tax Positions
The recognition of a UTB may indirectly affect deferred taxes. For example, a DTA
for a federal benefit may be created if the UTB is related to a state tax
position. If an evaluation of the tax position results in an entity’s increasing
its state tax liability, the entity should record a DTA for the corresponding
federal benefit. However, the UTB related to a state or local income tax
position should be presented by a public entity on a gross basis in the tabular
reconciliation required by ASC 740-10-50-15A(a).
Example 14-3
Entity P, a public entity, records a
liability for a $1,000 UTB related to a position taken
in a state tax return. Its federal tax rate is 21
percent. The additional state income tax liability
associated with the unrecognized state tax deduction
results in a state income tax deduction on the federal
tax return, creating a federal benefit of $210 ($1,000 ×
21%). Entity P would include only the gross $1,000
unrecognized state tax benefit in the tabular
reconciliation. However, in accordance with ASC
740-10-50-15A(b), P would include $790 in the amount of
UTBs that, if recognized, would affect the ETR.
14.4.1.8 Presentation in the Tabular Reconciliation of the Interaction of UTBs Between Different Jurisdictions
As noted previously, public entities are required to
disclose a tabular reconciliation (or rollforward) of the “total” amount of
UTBs. This total would include the direct effects of an uncertain tax
position. The evaluation of what is and what is not a direct effect often
involves judgment and depends on how the unit of account is determined for
the particular uncertain tax position. For example, when evaluating the
impact of a transfer pricing position on the tabular reconciliation of UTBs,
an entity should generally present the amount of UTB liability in one
jurisdiction gross of the offsetting UTB receivable in the other
jurisdiction because each represents a separate unit of account with a
separate taxing authority.
Example 14-4
Subsidiary 1 of Entity P, a public entity, records
$500,000 of revenue in Jurisdiction A. Revenue is
generated through the licensing of intellectual
property (IP) to P’s Subsidiary 2, which operates in
Jurisdiction B. Entity P determines that upon
examination by the taxing authority for Jurisdiction
A, the taxing authority will conclude that the
licensing revenue recorded was understated on the
basis of its interpretation of Jurisdiction A’s
arm’s-length pricing requirement. After considering
the ASC 740 recognition and measurement guidance, P
recorded a UTB liability for the tax position taken
in Jurisdiction A.
Because the UTB liability is recorded by Subsidiary 2
under the licensing agreement, P also evaluated
whether a corresponding adjustment was needed for
the tax position taken in Jurisdiction B. After
considering the recognition and measurement criteria
discussed in Section
4.6.3, P determined that management has
recognized a UTB receivable in Jurisdiction B.
In the tabular rollforward of UTBs,
P should reflect the total amount of UTB liability
associated with Jurisdiction A in the table without
considering the offsetting impact associated with
the UTB receivable related to Jurisdiction B.
Although related to the same position (i.e., the
same IP licensing agreement), the UTB receivable is
a separate unit of account that the Jurisdiction B
taxing authorities would evaluate independently;
therefore, it should not be netted in the tabular
rollforward of UTBs.
14.4.2 Disclosure of UTBs That, if Recognized, Would Affect the ETR
ASC 740-10-50-15A(b) requires public entities to disclose the “total amount of
unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax
rate.”
The disclosure under ASC 740-10-50-15A(b) is required if recognition
of the tax benefit would affect the ETR from “continuing operations” determined in
accordance with ASC 740. However, the SEC staff expects public entities to provide
supplemental disclosure of amounts that significantly affect other items outside
continuing operations (e.g., goodwill or discontinued operations).
14.4.2.1 Example of UTBs That, if Recognized, Would Not Affect the ETR
Certain UTBs, if recognized, would not affect the ETR and would
be excluded from the ASC 740-10-50-15A(b) disclosure requirements. The example
below illustrates a situation involving such UTBs.
Example 14-5
An entity expenses $10,000 of repair and
maintenance costs for book and tax purposes. Upon
analyzing the tax position, the entity believes, on the
basis of the technical merits, that the IRS will more
likely than not require the entity to capitalize and
depreciate the cost over 10 years. The entity has a 25
percent applicable tax rate. The entity would recognize
a $2,250 ($9,000 × 25%) DTA for repair cost not
allowable in the current period ($1,000 would be
allowable in the current period for depreciation
expense) and a liability for the UTB. Because of the
impact of deferred tax accounting, the disallowance of
the shorter deductibility period would not affect the
ETR but would accelerate the payment of cash to the tax
authority to an earlier period. Therefore, the entity
recognizes a liability for a UTB and a DTA, both
affecting the balance sheet, with no net impact on
overall tax expense.
14.4.3 Disclosure of UTBs That Could Significantly Change Within 12 Months of the Reporting Date
ASC 740-10-50-15(d) requires an entity to disclose information “[f]or positions for
which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits
will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date.”
Sometimes, the total amount of a UTB will change without affecting
the income statement (e.g., a UTB may be expected to be settled in an amount equal
to its carrying value). In other cases, a change in the total amount of a UTB will
affect the income statement (e.g., the tax benefit will be recognized because the
applicable statute of limitations has expired). Further, UTBs may be attributable to
either permanent differences, which generally affect the income statement if
adjusted, or temporary differences, which generally do not affect the income
statement if adjusted.
The ASC 740-10-50-15(d) disclosure is intended to provide financial statement users
with information about future events (such as settlements with the tax authority or
the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations) that may result in
significant changes to the entity’s total UTBs within 12 months of the reporting
date. “Total UTBs” would be those reflected in the tabular reconciliation required
by ASC 740-10-50-15A. The disclosure should not be limited to UTBs for which it is
reasonably possible that the significant changes will affect the income statement or
to UTBs associated with permanent differences.
While ASC 740-10-50-15(d) does not require disclosure of whether a reasonably
possible change in UTB will affect tax expense, an entity may consider disclosing
the amounts of the expected change that will affect tax expense and the amounts that
will not.
Example 14-6
An entity identifies an uncertain tax
position and measures the UTB at $40 million as of the
reporting date of year 1. The tax authorities are aware of
the uncertain tax position, and the entity expects that it
is reasonably possible to settle the amount in the fourth
quarter of year 2 for between $20 million and $60 million
and that the potential change in UTB would be significant.
In this example, the entity’s ASC 740-10-50-15(d) financial
statement disclosure for year 1 should report that because
of an anticipated settlement with the tax authorities, it is
reasonably possible that the amount of UTBs may increase or
decrease by $20 million.
Example 14-7
An entity identifies an uncertain tax
position and measures the UTB at $40 million as of the
reporting date of year 1. The tax authorities are aware of
the uncertain tax position, and while the entity expects to
settle the amount for $40 million in the fourth quarter of
year 2, it is reasonably possible that the entity could
sustain the position. The uncertain tax position is a binary
position with only zero or $40 million as potential
outcomes. In this example, provided that the change in UTB
would be significant, the entity’s ASC 740-10-50-15(d)
financial statement disclosure for year 1 should state that
it is reasonably possible that a decrease of $40 million in
its UTB obligations could occur within 12 months of the
reporting date because of an anticipated settlement with the
tax authorities.
Example 14-8
On January 1 of year 1, an entity (1) incurs
$10 million of costs related to maintaining equipment and
(2) claims a deduction for repairs and maintenance for the
entire amount of the costs incurred in its tax return filed
for year 1. It is more likely than not that the tax law
requires the costs to be capitalized and depreciated over a
five-year period. As of the reporting date in year 1, the
entity recognizes an $8 million liability for a UTB
associated with the deductions taken for tax purposes in
year 1. Management believes that the $8 million liability
will be reduced by $2 million per year over the next four
years as the entity forgoes claiming depreciation for the
asset previously deducted. In this example, provided that
the change in UTB would be significant, the entity’s ASC
740-10-50-15(d) financial statement disclosure for year 1
should state that it is reasonably possible that a decrease
of $2 million will occur within 12 months of the reporting
date. The entity should continue to disclose such
information in subsequent years until the liability balance
is reduced to zero (provided that the entity does not
believe that it is reasonably possible that a more
accelerated reversal of the UTB will result from an audit of
the year of deduction).
While ASC 740-10-50-15(d) does not require
disclosure of whether a reasonably possible change in UTB
will affect tax expense, an entity may consider disclosing
the amounts of the expected change that will affect tax
expense and the amounts that will not.
14.4.3.1 Disclosure of Expiration of Statute of Limitations
A scheduled expiration of the statute of limitations within 12
months of the reporting date is subject to the disclosure requirements in ASC
740-10-50-15(d). If the statute of limitations is scheduled to expire within 12
months of the date of the financial statements and management believes that it
is reasonably possible that the expiration of the statute will cause the total
amounts of UTBs to significantly decrease, the entity should disclose the
required information.
14.4.3.2 Disclosure Requirements for Effectively Settled Tax Positions
There are no specific disclosure requirements for tax positions
determined to be effectively settled as described in ASC 740-10-25-10. However,
for positions expected to be effectively settled, an entity should not overlook
the requirements in ASC 740-10-50-15(d). Under those requirements, the entity
must disclose tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total
amounts of UTBs will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the
reporting date.
Example 14-9
A calendar-year-end entity is undergoing
an audit of its 20X4 tax year. The 20X4 tax year
includes tax positions that did not meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. Therefore,
the entity recognizes a liability for the UTBs
associated with those tax positions. The entity believes
that the tax authority will complete its audit of the
20X4 tax year during 20X8. It also believes that it is
reasonably possible that the tax positions within that
tax year will meet the conditions to be considered
effectively settled. When preparing its ASC
740-10-50-15(d) disclosure as of December 31, 20X7, the
entity should include the estimated decrease of its UTBs
for the tax positions taken in 20X4 that it believes
will be effectively settled.
14.4.3.3 Interim Disclosure Considerations Related to UTBs That Will Significantly Change Within 12 Months
The ASC 740-10-50-15(d) disclosure is required as of the end of
each annual reporting period presented. However, material changes since the end
of the most recent fiscal year-end should be disclosed in the interim financial
statements in a manner consistent with SEC Regulation S-X, Article 10.
Therefore, in updating the ASC 740-10-50-15(d) disclosure for interim financial
reporting, an entity must consider changes in expectations from year-end as well
as any events not previously considered at year-end that may occur within 12
months of the current interim reporting date and that could have a material
effect on the entity. This effectively results in a “rolling” 12-month
disclosure. For example, an entity that is preparing its second-quarter
disclosure for fiscal year 20X7 should consider any events that may occur in the
period from the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal year 20X7 to the end of
the second quarter of fiscal year 20X8 to determine the total amounts of UTBs
for which a significant increase or decrease is reasonably possible within 12
months of the reporting date.
14.4.4 Separate Disclosure of Interest Income, Interest Expense, and Penalties
ASC 740-10
Interest and Penalty Recognition Policies
50-19 An entity shall disclose its
policy on classification of interest and penalties in
accordance with the alternatives permitted in paragraph
740-10-45-25 in the notes to the financial statements.
ASC 740-10-50-15(c) states that entities must disclose “[t]he total
amounts of interest and penalties recognized in the statement of operations and the
total amounts of interest and penalties recognized in the statement of financial
position.” Interest income, interest expense, and penalties should be disclosed
separately. Accordingly, an entity should disclose interest income, interest
expense, and penalties gross without considering any tax effects. In accordance with
ASC 740-10-50-19, an entity should also disclose its policy for classification of
interest and penalties.
14.4.4.1 Interest Income on UTBs
The SEC staff has advised us
that if an entity’s accounting policy is to include interest income attributable
to overpayment of income taxes within the provision for income taxes, this
policy must be prominently disclosed and transparent to financial statement
users. Public entities should consider presenting the following disclosure of
the components of the income tax provision, either on the face of the statements
of operations or in a note to the financial statements:
Interest expense and interest income in the table above should
not include any related tax effects since those amounts should be included in
the deferred tax expense (benefit) line.
This disclosure is also recommended for nonpublic entities,
since it may help financial statement users understand the effect of interest
expense and income.
14.4.5 Disclosure of Liabilities for UTBs in the Contractual Obligations Table
In November 2020, the SEC issued a final rule that amends Regulation S-K to
(1) eliminate Item 301, “Selected Financial Data”; (2) simplify the requirements in
Item 302 on supplementary financial information; and (3) modernize, simplify, and
enhance the requirements in Item 303 on MD&A.
As a result, registrants are no longer required to include in the
MD&A section a tabular disclosure of all known contractual obligations, such as
long-term debt, capital and operating lease obligations, purchase obligations, and
other liabilities recorded in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, Item 303(b)
specifies that the registrant must provide an analysis of “material cash
requirements from known contractual and other obligations.”
A registrant that chooses to disclose contractual obligations in a
tabular format within the MD&A section should include the liability for UTBs in
the tabular disclosure if it can make reasonably reliable estimates about the period
of cash settlement of the liabilities. For example, if any liabilities for UTBs are
classified as a current liability in a registrant’s balance sheet, the registrant
should include that amount in the “Less than 1 year” column of its contractual
obligations table. Similarly, the contractual obligations table should include any
noncurrent liabilities for UTBs for which the registrant can make a reasonably
reliable estimate of the amount and period of related future payments (e.g.,
uncertain tax positions subject to an ongoing examination by the respective tax
authority for which settlement is expected to occur after the next operating
cycle).
Often, however, the timing of future cash outflows associated with some liabilities
for UTBs is highly uncertain. In such cases, a registrant (1) might be unable to
make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the
respective tax authority (e.g., UTBs for which the statute of limitations might
expire without examination by the respective tax authority) and (2) could exclude
liabilities for UTBs from the contractual obligations table or disclose such amounts
within an “other” column added to the table. If any liabilities for UTBs are
excluded from the contractual obligations table or included in an “other” column, a
footnote to the table should disclose the amounts excluded and the reason for the
exclusion.
14.4.6 Disclosing the Effects of Income Tax Uncertainties in a Leveraged Lease Entered Into Before the Adoption of ASC 842
On the effective date of ASC 842, leases previously classified as
leveraged leases under ASC 840 will be subject to the guidance in ASC 842-50. The
legacy accounting requirements are grandfathered in for leases that were entered
into and accounted for as leveraged leases before the effective date of ASC 842. A
leveraged lease modified on or after the effective date of ASC 842 would be
accounted for as a new lease under the lessor model in ASC 842. Entities are not
permitted to account for any new or subsequently amended lease arrangements as
leveraged leases after the effective date of ASC 842. For additional information on
the impact of ASC 842 on leveraged lease accounting, see Section 9.5.2 of Deloitte’s Roadmap Leases.
ASC 840-30-35-42 indicates that a change or projected change in the timing of cash
flows related to income taxes generated by a leveraged lease is a change in an
important assumption that affects the periodic income recognized by the lessor for
that lease. Accordingly, the lessor should apply the guidance in ASC 840-30-35-38
through 35-41 and ASC 840-30-35-45 through 35-47 whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that a change in timing of cash flows related to income taxes
generated by a leveraged lease has occurred or is projected to occur.
In addition, ASC 840-30-35-44 states, in part, “Tax positions shall
be reflected in the lessor’s initial calculation or subsequent recalculation based
on the recognition, derecognition, and measurement criteria in paragraphs
740-10-25-6, 740-10-30-7, and 740-10-40-2.”
The tax effects of leveraged leases are within the scope of ASC 740. Accordingly, a
lessor in a leveraged lease should apply the disclosure provisions of ASC 740-10-50
that would be relevant to the income tax effects for leveraged leases, including
associated uncertainties and effects of those uncertainties.
Lessors in a leveraged lease should also be mindful of the SEC observer’s comment in EITF Issue 86-43 (codified in ASC 840-30), which indicates that when an entity
applies the leveraged lease guidance in ASC 840-30-35-38 through 35-41 because the
after-tax cash flows of the leveraged lease have changed as a result of a change in
tax law, the cumulative effect on pretax income and income tax expense, if material,
should be reported as separate line items in the income statement. Because ASC
840-30-35-42 through 35-44 clarify that the timing of the cash flows related to
income taxes generated by a leveraged lease is an important assumption — just as a
change in tax rates had always been — this guidance should be applied by
analogy.
14.5 Public Entities Not Subject to Income Taxes
ASC 740-10
50-16 A public
entity that is not subject to income taxes because its income is
taxed directly to its owners shall disclose that fact and the
net difference between the tax bases and the reported amounts of
the entity’s assets and liabilities.
14.5.1 Tax Bases in Assets
The disclosure requirement described in ASC 740-10-50-16 above applies to any
public entity for which income is taxed directly to its owners, including
regulated investment companies (mutual funds), public partnerships, and
Subchapter S corporations with public debt.
The reference to “tax bases” in ASC 740-10-50-16 is meant to include the
partnership’s or other entity’s tax basis in its (net) assets. The FASB’s
rationale for this information is based on the belief that financial statement
users would benefit from knowing the approximate tax consequence in the event
the flow-through entity changes its tax status and becomes a taxable entity in
the future.
14.6 Disclosure of the Components of Income (or Loss) Before Income Tax Expense (or Benefit) as Either Foreign or Domestic
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), requires public companies to include in their financial
statements a disclosure of the domestic and foreign components of income (or loss)
before income tax expense (or benefit).
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), defines foreign income or loss as
income or loss generated from a registrant’s “foreign operations, i.e.,
operations that are located outside of the registrant’s home country.”
Conversely, domestic income or loss is income or loss generated from a registrant’s
operations located inside the registrant’s home country.
While providing this disclosure is often straightforward, it may be
difficult in certain circumstances to determine (1) the source of the income or loss
(i.e., foreign or domestic) or (2) the period or manner in which to reflect the income
or loss in the disclosure. In particular, it can be challenging to classify income as
foreign or domestic when a portion of a registrant’s pretax income or loss is generated
by a branch or when intra-entity transactions occur between different tax-paying
components2 within the consolidated group.
14.6.1 Branches
A U.S. parent may create an entity in a foreign jurisdiction that is regarded
(e.g., as a corporation) in its foreign jurisdiction but then cause that foreign
corporation to elect to be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(commonly referred to as a branch). Because the foreign corporation is
disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. parent includes the
foreign entity’s taxable income or loss in its U.S. federal taxable income. The
foreign corporation’s profits are taxed simultaneously in the foreign
jurisdiction in which it operates (i.e., the foreign corporation will file a tax
return in the foreign jurisdiction in which it operates) and in the United
States (because the entity’s taxable income or loss will be included in the U.S.
parent’s U.S. federal taxable income). Taxes paid by the foreign corporation in
the foreign jurisdiction may be deducted on the U.S. parent’s return or claimed
as an FTC, subject to certain limitations.
The foreign corporation is treated like a branch of its U.S. parent for U.S.
income tax purposes, which does not change the fact that the profits of the
foreign entity are generated from operations located outside the United States.
The profits and losses of the foreign entity are considered foreign income or
loss in the disclosure of domestic and foreign components of pretax income or
loss in the U.S. parent’s financial statements.
14.6.2 Intra-Entity Transactions
Intra-entity transactions between different tax-paying components within the
consolidated group often result in tax consequences in each member’s respective
taxing jurisdiction in the period in which the transaction occurs. However, the
pretax effects of these transactions are eliminated in consolidation for accounting
purposes. Accounting for the tax consequences of an intra-entity transaction depends
on the nature of the transaction.
14.6.2.1 Intra-Entity Transactions Not Subject to ASC 740-10-25-3(e)
We believe that the primary purpose of the disclosure of the
components of pretax income or loss as either domestic or foreign is to give the
users of financial statements an ability to relate the domestic and foreign tax
provisions to their respective pretax amounts. Therefore, when an intra-entity
transaction results in taxable income in one component and deductible losses in
another component, and those pretax amounts are eliminated in consolidation, we
believe that the disclosure of the foreign and domestic components of pretax
income or loss is generally more meaningful if the components are presented on a
pre-elimination basis since the pre-elimination amounts correspond more closely
to the actual amounts of domestic and foreign tax expense and benefit.
However, because SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), is not
explicit and simply requires disclosure of “the components of income (loss)
before income tax expense (benefit),” we believe that a post-elimination
presentation, with appropriate disclosure in the income tax rate reconciliation,
would also be acceptable.
Consider the example below.
Example 14-10
Assume the following facts:
- Company P is an SEC registrant and is domiciled and operates in the United States, which has a 21 percent tax rate.
- Company S is a wholly owned foreign subsidiary of P and is domiciled and operates in Jurisdiction B, which has a 50 percent tax rate.
- Company P’s consolidated financial statements are prepared under U.S. GAAP and include S.
- Companies P and S enter into a cost-sharing arrangement under which S reimburses P for 50 percent of certain costs incurred by P to further the development of Product X, which S licenses to third parties.
- None of the amounts paid qualify for capitalization.
- For the year 20X5, P records $200 of development expense before reimbursement by S. Company S reimburses P for 50 percent of the costs. Accordingly, P recognizes a net development expense of $100 under the cost-sharing arrangement, and S records $100 of development expense.
- Company P increases its income tax expense by $21 for the cost-sharing expense reimbursement in 20X5, and S receives an income tax benefit of $50 from the cost-sharing expense reimbursement.
The cost-sharing payment is eliminated
in P’s 20X5 consolidated financial statements. However,
the income tax expense incurred by P and the income tax
benefit received by S are recognized in P’s consolidated
financial statements in 20X5. Therefore, provided that P
discloses the pre-elimination amounts of the domestic
and foreign components of pretax income or loss, P’s
pretax income would reflect the $100 net development
expense in the disclosure of domestic income or loss and
would similarly include $100 of development expense in
the disclosure of foreign income or loss. That is, the
cost-sharing arrangement has the effect of moving $100
of expense from domestic to foreign. This disclosure
corresponds to an applicable amount of domestic and
foreign tax expense and benefit, respectively, which is
also recognized and disclosed in 20X5.
14.6.2.2 Intra-Entity Transactions Subject to ASC 740-10-25-3(e)
ASC 740-10-25-3(e) and ASC 810-10-45-8 require deferral of the recognition of
income taxes paid on intra-entity profits from the sale of inventory for which
intra-entity profits are eliminated in consolidation. For these types of
transactions, we believe that it is appropriate to include an allocation of the
consolidated pretax income or loss to the foreign and domestic components in the
year in which the inventory is sold outside the consolidated group.
Consider the example below.
Example 14-11
Assume the same facts as in Example
14-10, but instead of entering into a
cost-sharing agreement:
- During 20X5, Company P sells inventory with a historical cost basis for both book and tax purposes of $200 to Company S for $300, and the inventory is on hand at year-end.
- Company P pays tax of $21 in the United States on this intra-entity profit of $100.
- The inventory is sold outside the consolidated group at a price of $350 in the following year (20X6).
In 20X5 the $100 gain on the intra-entity sale is
eliminated in consolidation, and the related tax is
deferred under ASC 740-10-25-3(e) and ASC 810-10-45-8.
The intra-entity gain of $100 that is eliminated in 20X5
should not be included in the disclosure of the 20X5
pretax domestic and foreign income or loss.
In 20X6, when the inventory is sold
outside the consolidated group, a profit before income
taxes of $150 is recorded in the consolidated financial
statements ($100 of which is related to profits
previously taxed in the United States, and $50 of which
is related to profits taxed in Jurisdiction B). In 20X6,
$100 of income from the sale should be reported as
domestic income, and $50 of income from the sale should
be reported as foreign income. This corresponds to an
applicable amount of domestic and foreign tax expense,
which is also recognized and disclosed in 20X6.
Footnotes
2
As described in ASC 740-10-30-5, a tax-paying component is “an
individual entity or group of entities that is consolidated for tax purposes.”
14.7 Pro Forma Financial Statements
14.7.1 Change in Tax Status to Taxable: Pro Forma Financial Reporting Considerations
In certain situations, an entity may be required to disclose, in the financial
statements included in an SEC filing, pro forma information regarding a change
in tax status. The objective of providing such information is to enable
investors to understand and evaluate the continuing impact of a transaction (or
a group of transactions) by showing how the transaction might have affected the
registrant’s historical financial position and results of operations if the
transaction had been consummated on an earlier date. If a transaction (or a
group of transactions) includes a change in tax status, the impact of that
change should be reflected in the pro forma financial information.
One example would be an entity (e.g., an S corporation) that changes its tax
status in connection with an IPO. The financial statements presented in the
registration statement for the periods in which the entity was a nontaxable
entity are not restated for the effect of income tax. Rather, the entity must
provide pro forma disclosures to illustrate the effect of income tax on those
years.
Therefore, there may be certain income tax reporting
considerations for an entity that changes its status from nontaxable to taxable.
Paragraph
3410.1 of the SEC Financial Reporting Manual (FRM) states
that if a registrant was formerly an S corporation, a partnership, or a similar
tax exempt enterprise, it should present pro forma tax and EPS data for the
following periods:
- If necessary adjustments include more than adjustments for taxes, limit pro forma presentation to latest fiscal year and interim period
- If necessary adjustments include only taxes, pro forma presentation for all periods presented is encouraged, but not required.
The pro forma information should be prepared in accordance with
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 11-02. The tax rate used for the pro forma calculations
should normally equal the “statutory rate in effect during the periods for which
the pro forma statements of comprehensive income are presented,” as stated in
Section
3270 of the FRM. However, Section 3270 of the FRM also
indicates that “[c]ompanies are allowed to use different rates if they are
factually supportable and disclosed.”
If an entity chooses to provide pro forma information for all
periods presented under the option in paragraph 3410.1(b) of the FRM, the entity
should continue to present this information in periods after the entity becomes
taxable to the extent that the earlier comparable periods are presented.
With respect to the pro forma financial information, any
undistributed earnings or losses of an S corporation are viewed as distributions
to the owners immediately followed by a contribution of capital to the new
taxable entity. ASC 505-10-S99-3 states that these earnings or losses should
therefore be reclassified to paid-in capital.
See Deloitte’s Roadmap Initial Public
Offerings for additional guidance on pro forma financial
information.
14.8 Statement of Cash Flows
Under ASC 230-10-50-2, the supplemental cash flow information for income
taxes paid is required when an indirect method is used. Such disclosure can be included
in the company’s statement of cash flows or in a footnote. See Appendix D for a sample of this
required disclosure.
14.9 Additional Disclosure Requirements
An entity that becomes a public registrant may be required to
provide additional disclosures about its income taxes that were not required in
prior financial statements. In addition to providing the disclosures described
below, public entities must present, under SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 12-09, a
“[l]ist, by major classes, [of] all valuation and qualifying accounts and reserves
not included in specific schedules,” including valuation allowances related to DTAs.
This information can be disclosed either in the footnotes to the financial
statements or in a supplemental Schedule II in an entity’s annual filings. It should
also include a rollforward of such accounts, showing additions charged to costs and
expenses, additions charged to other accounts, and deductions throughout the
year.
14.10 Disclosures Outside the Financial Statements — MD&A
The filings of public entities must include MD&A. Discussion and analysis of
income taxes is an important part of an entity’s MD&A since income taxes can be
a significant factor in the entity’s operating results. Such discussion should
address the following (if material):
- Critical accounting estimates — The determination of income tax expense, DTAs and DTLs, and UTBs inherently involves several critical accounting estimates of current and future taxes to be paid. Management should provide information about the nature of these estimates in MD&A.
- Liquidity and capital resources — The SEC staff expects registrants to disclose (1) the amount of cash and short-term investments held by foreign subsidiaries that would not be available to fund domestic operations unless the funds were repatriated and (2) whether additional tax expense would need to be recognized if the funds are repatriated. Although we expect scenarios such as these to be less prevalent than they have been historically, an entity may still be subject to income tax on its foreign investments (e.g., foreign exchange gains or losses on distributions and withholding taxes).
- Contractual obligations — See Section 14.4.5.
In addition to discussing the results of operations, SEC Regulation
S-K, Item 303(a), requires entities to provide certain forward-looking information
related to “material events and uncertainties known to management that are
reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be necessarily
indicative of future operating results or of future financial condition.”
Many tax-related events and uncertainties may need to be elaborated on in MD&A.
For instance, before the enactment of tax law proposals or changes to existing tax
rules, an SEC registrant should consider whether the potential changes represent an
uncertainty that management reasonably expects could have a material effect on the
registrant’s results of operations, financial position, liquidity, or capital
resources. If so, the registrant should consider disclosing information about the
scope and nature of any potential material effects of the changes.
After the enactment of a new tax law, registrants should consider disclosing, when
material, the anticipated current and future impact of the law on their results of
operations, financial position, liquidity, and capital resources. In addition,
registrants should consider providing disclosures in the critical accounting
estimates section of MD&A to the extent that the changes could materially affect
existing assumptions used in estimating tax-related balances.
The SEC staff also expects registrants to provide early-warning disclosures to help
users understand various risks and how those risks potentially affect the financial
statements. Examples of such risks include situations in which (1) the registrant
may have to repatriate foreign earnings to meet current liquidity demands, resulting
in a tax payment (e.g., withholding taxes) that may not be accrued for; (2) the
historical effective tax rate is not sustainable and may change materially; (3) the
valuation allowance on net DTAs may change materially; and (4) tax positions taken
during the preparation of returns may ultimately not be sustained. Early-warning
disclosures give investors insight into management’s underlying assumptions as well
as the conditions and risks an entity faces before a material change or decline in
performance is reported.
Appendix A — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
Appendix A — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
This Roadmap contains the implementation guidance and illustrative
examples from ASC 740-10, ASC
740-20, ASC
740-270, ASC
805-740, ASC
830-740, and ASC
323-740, as included in the FASB Accounting Standards
Codification. This guidance is not all-inclusive; an entity should also consider its
specific facts and circumstances.
ASC 740-10 — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
General
55-1 This Section is an integral part of the requirements
of this Subtopic. This Section provides additional guidance and
illustrations that address the application of accounting
requirements to specific aspects of accounting for income taxes,
including disclosures. The guidance and illustrations that
follow, unless stated otherwise, assume that the tax law
requires offsetting net deductions in a particular year against
net taxable amounts in the 3 preceding years and then in the 15
succeeding years. These assumptions about the tax law are for
illustrative purposes only. This Subtopic requires that the
enacted tax law for a particular tax jurisdiction be used for
recognition and measurement of deferred tax liabilities and
assets.
Implementation Guidance
55-2 The guidance is organized as follows:
- Application of accounting requirements for income taxes to specific situations
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
- Income tax related disclosures.
Application of Accounting Requirements for Income Taxes to
Specific Situations
Recognition and Measurement of Tax Positions — a Two-Step
Process
55-3 The application of the requirements of this Subtopic
related to tax positions requires a two-step process that
separates recognition from measurement. The first step is
determining whether a tax position has met the recognition
threshold; the second step is measuring a tax position that
meets the recognition threshold. The recognition threshold is
met when the taxpayer (the reporting entity) concludes that,
consistent with paragraphs 740-10-25-6 through 25-7 and
740-10-25-13, it is more likely than not that the taxpayer will
sustain the benefit taken or expected to be taken in the tax
return in a dispute with taxing authorities if the taxpayer
takes the dispute to the court of last resort.
55-4 Relatively few disputes are resolved through
litigation, and very few are taken to the court of last resort.
Generally, the taxpayer and the taxing authority negotiate a
settlement to avoid the costs and hazards of litigation. As a
result, the measurement of the tax position is based on
management’s best judgment of the amount the taxpayer would
ultimately accept in a settlement with taxing authorities.
55-5 The recognition and measurement requirements of this
Subtopic related to tax positions require that the entity
recognize the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50
percent likely of being realized upon settlement.
55-6 See Examples 1 through 12 (paragraphs 740-10-55-81
through 55-123) for illustrations of this guidance.
Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets and Deferred Tax
Liabilities
55-7 Subject to certain specific exceptions identified in
paragraph 740-10-25-3, a deferred tax liability is recognized
for all taxable temporary differences, and a deferred tax asset
is recognized for all deductible temporary differences and
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation
allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
See Example 12 (paragraph 740-10-55-120) for an illustration of
this guidance.
55-8 To the extent that evidence about one or more sources
of taxable income is sufficient to eliminate any need for a
valuation allowance, other sources need not be considered.
Detailed forecasts, projections, or other types of analyses are
unnecessary if expected future taxable income is more than
sufficient to realize a tax benefit.
55-9 The terms forecast and projection refer
to any process by which available evidence is accumulated and
evaluated for purposes of estimating whether future taxable
income will be sufficient to realize a deferred tax asset.
Judgment is necessary to determine how detailed or formalized
that evaluation process should be. Furthermore, information
about expected future taxable income is necessary only to the
extent positive evidence available from other sources (see
paragraph 740-10-30-18) is not sufficient to support a
conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed. The
requirements of this Subtopic do not require either a financial
forecast or a financial projection within the meaning of those
terms in the Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagements
and Related Attest Engagements Interpretations [AT], AT section
301, Financial Forecasts and Projections issued by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
55-10 See Example 12 (paragraph 740-10-55-120) for an
illustration of a situation where detailed analyses are not
necessary.
55-11 See Example 13 (paragraph 740-10-55-124) for an
illustration of determining a valuation allowance for deferred
tax assets.
Offset of Taxable and Deductible Amounts
55-12 The tax law determines whether future reversals of
temporary differences will result in taxable and deductible
amounts that offset each other in future years. The tax law also
determines the extent to which deductible temporary differences
and carryforwards will offset the tax consequences of income
that is expected to be earned in future years. For example, the
tax law may provide that capital losses are deductible only to
the extent of capital gains. In that case, a tax benefit is not
recognized for temporary differences that will result in future
deductions in the form of capital losses unless those deductions
will offset any of the following:
- Other existing temporary differences that will result in future capital gains
- Capital gains that are expected to occur in future years
- Capital gains of the current year or prior years if carryback (of those capital loss deductions from the future reversal years) is expected.
Pattern of Taxable or Deductible Amounts
55-13 The particular years in which temporary differences
result in taxable or deductible amounts generally are determined
by the timing of the recovery of the related asset or settlement
of the related liability. However, there are exceptions to that
general rule. For example, a temporary difference between the
tax basis and the reported amount of inventory for which cost is
determined on a last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis does not reverse
when present inventory is sold in future years if it is replaced
by purchases or production of inventory in those same future
years. A LIFO inventory temporary difference becomes taxable or
deductible in the future year that inventory is liquidated and
not replaced.
55-14 For some assets or liabilities, temporary
differences may accumulate over several years and then reverse
over several years. That pattern is common for depreciable
assets. Future originating differences for existing depreciable
assets and their subsequent reversals are a factor to be
considered when assessing the likelihood of future taxable
income (see paragraph 740-10-30-18(b)) for realization of a tax
benefit for existing deductible temporary differences and
carryforwards.
The Need to Schedule Temporary Difference Reversals
55-15 Reversal patterns of existing temporary differences
may need to be scheduled under the requirements of this Subtopic
as follows:
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17.
- Deferred tax assets are recognized without reference to offsetting, and then an assessment is made about the need for a valuation allowance. Paragraph 740-10-30-18 lists four possible sources of taxable income that may be available to realize such deferred tax assets. In many cases it may be possible to determine without scheduling that expected future taxable income (see paragraph 740-10-30-18(b)) will be adequate to eliminate the need for a valuation allowance. Disclosure of the amounts and expiration dates (or a reasonable aggregation of expiration dates) of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is required only on a tax basis and does not require scheduling.
- The adoption of a tax rate convention for measuring deferred taxes when graduated tax rates are a significant factor will, in many cases, eliminate the need for the scheduling. In addition, alternative minimum tax rates and laws are a factor only in considering the need for a valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset for alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards. When there is a phased-in change in tax rates, however, scheduling will often be necessary. See paragraphs 740-10-55-24; 740-10-55-31 through 55-33; and Examples 14 through 16 (paragraphs 740-10-55-129 through 55-138).
55-16 Paragraph 740-10-30-18 lists four possible sources
of taxable income that may be available to realize a future tax
benefit for deductible temporary differences and carryforwards.
One source is future taxable income exclusive of reversing
temporary differences and carryforwards. Future originating
temporary differences and their subsequent reversal are implicit
in estimates of future taxable income. Where it can be easily
demonstrated that future taxable income will more likely than
not be adequate to realize future tax benefits of existing
deferred tax assets, scheduling of reversals of existing taxable
temporary differences would be unnecessary.
55-17 In other cases it may be easier to demonstrate that
no valuation allowance is needed by considering the reversal of
existing taxable temporary differences. Even in that case, the
extent of scheduling will depend on the relative magnitudes
involved. For example, if existing taxable temporary differences
that will reverse over a long number of future years greatly
exceed deductible differences that are expected to reverse over
a short number of future years, it may be appropriate to
conclude, in view of a long (for example, 15 years) carryforward
period for net operating losses, that realization of future tax
benefits for the deductible differences is thereby more likely
than not without the need for scheduling.
55-18 A general understanding of reversal patterns is, in
many cases, relevant in assessing the need for a valuation
allowance. Judgment is crucial in making that assessment. The
amount of scheduling, if any, that will be required will depend
on the facts and circumstances of each situation.
55-19 The following concepts however,
underlie the determination of reversal patterns for existing
temporary differences:
- The particular years in which temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts generally are determined by the timing of the recovery of the related asset or settlement of the related liability (see paragraph 740-10-55-13).
- The tax law determines whether future reversals of temporary differences will result in taxable and deductible amounts that offset each other in future years (see paragraph 740-10-55-14).
55-20 State income taxes are deductible for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and therefore a deferred state income tax
liability or asset gives rise to a temporary difference for
purposes of determining a deferred U.S. federal income tax asset
or liability, respectively. The pattern of deductible or taxable
amounts in future years for temporary differences related to
deferred state income tax liabilities or assets should be
determined by estimates of the amount of those state income
taxes that are expected to become payable or recoverable for
particular future years and, therefore, deductible or taxable
for U.S. federal tax purposes in those particular future
years.
55-21 An entity may have claimed certain deductions, such
as repair expenses, on its income tax returns. However, the
entity may have recognized a liability (including interest) for
the unrecognized tax benefit of those tax positions. If
scheduling of future taxable or deductible differences is
necessary, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits should be
considered. Accrual of a liability for unrecognized tax benefits
of expenses, such as repairs, has the effect of capitalizing
those expenses for tax purposes. Those capitalized expenses are
considered to result in deductible amounts in the later years,
for example, as depreciation expense. If the liability for
unrecognized tax benefits is based on an overall evaluation of
the technical merits of the tax position, scheduling should
reflect the evaluations made in determining the liability for
unrecognized tax benefits that was recognized. The effect of
those evaluations may indicate a source of taxable income (see
paragraph 740-10-30-18(c)) for purposes of assessing the need
for a valuation allowance for deductible temporary differences.
Those evaluations may also indicate lower amounts of taxable
income in other years. A deductible amount for any accrued
interest related to unrecognized tax benefits would be scheduled
for the future year in which that interest is expected to become
deductible.
55-22 Minimizing
complexity is an appropriate consideration in selecting a method
for determining reversal patterns. The methods used for
determining reversal patterns should be systematic and logical.
The same method should be used for all temporary differences
within a particular category of temporary differences for a
particular tax jurisdiction. Different methods may be used for
different categories of temporary differences. If the same
temporary difference exists in two tax jurisdictions (for
example, U.S. federal and a state tax jurisdiction), the same
method should be used for that temporary difference in both tax
jurisdictions. The same method for a particular category in a
particular tax jurisdiction should be used consistently from
year to year. A change in method is a change in accounting
principle under the requirements of Topic 250. Two examples of a
category of temporary differences are those related to
liabilities for deferred compensation and investments in direct
financing and sales-type leases.
Measurement of Deferred Tax Liabilities and Assets
55-23 The tax rate or rates that are used to measure
deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets are the enacted
tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years that
the liability is expected to be settled or the asset recovered.
Measurements are based on elections (for example, an election
for loss carryforward instead of carryback) that are expected to
be made for tax purposes in future years. Presently enacted
changes in tax laws and rates that become effective for a
particular future year or years must be considered when
determining the tax rate to apply to temporary differences
reversing in that year or years. Tax laws and rates for the
current year are used if no changes have been enacted for future
years. An asset for deductible temporary differences that are
expected to be realized in future years through carryback of a
future loss to the current or a prior year (or a liability for
taxable temporary differences that are expected to reduce the
refund claimed for the carryback of a future loss to the current
or a prior year) is measured using tax laws and rates for the
current or a prior year, that is, the year for which a refund is
expected to be realized based on loss carryback provisions of
the tax law. See Examples 14 through 16 (paragraphs
740-10-55-129 through 55-138) for illustrations of this
guidance.
55-24 Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured
using enacted tax rates applicable to capital gains, ordinary
income, and so forth, based on the expected type of taxable or
deductible amounts in future years. For example, evidence based
on all facts and circumstances should determine whether an
investor’s liability for the tax consequences of temporary
differences related to its equity in the earnings of an investee
should be measured using enacted tax rates applicable to a
capital gain or a dividend. Computation of a deferred tax
liability for undistributed earnings based on dividends should
also reflect any related dividends received deductions or
foreign tax credits, and taxes that would be withheld from the
dividend.
State and Local Income Taxes
55-25 If deferred tax assets or liabilities for a state or
local tax jurisdiction are significant, this Subtopic requires a
separate deferred tax computation when there are significant
differences between the tax laws of that and other tax
jurisdictions that apply to the entity. In the United States,
however, many state or local income taxes are based on U.S.
federal taxable income, and aggregate computations of deferred
tax assets and liabilities for at least some of those state or
local tax jurisdictions might be acceptable. In assessing
whether an aggregate calculation is appropriate, matters such as
differences in tax rates or the loss carryback and carryforward
periods in those state or local tax jurisdictions should be
considered. Also, the provisions of paragraph 740-10-45-6 about
offset of deferred tax liabilities and assets of different tax
jurisdictions should be considered. In assessing the
significance of deferred tax expense for a state or local tax
jurisdiction, it is appropriate to consider the deferred tax
consequences that those deferred state or local tax assets or
liabilities have on other tax jurisdictions, for example, on
deferred federal income taxes.
55-26 Local (including
franchise) taxes based on income are within the scope of this
Topic. A tax, to the extent it is based on capital, is a
non-income-based tax. As indicated in paragraph 740-10-15-4(a),
if there is an amount of a franchise tax based on income, that
amount is considered an income tax. Any additional amount
incurred is considered a non-income-based tax. An example that
illustrates this guidance is presented in Example 17 (see
paragraph 740-10-55-139).
Special Deductions — Tax Deduction on Qualified Production
Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of
2004
55-27 The following discussion and Example 18 (see
paragraph 740-10-55-145) refer to and describe a provision
within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004; however, they
shall not be considered a definitive interpretation of any
provision of the Act for any purpose.
55-28 On October 22, 2004, the Act was signed into law by
the president. This Act includes a tax deduction of up to 9
percent (when fully phased-in) of the lesser of qualified
production activities income, as defined in the Act, or taxable
income (after the deduction for the utilization of any net
operating loss carryforwards). This tax deduction is limited to
50 percent of W-2 wages paid by the taxpayer.
55-29 The qualified production activities deduction’s
characteristics are similar to special deductions discussed in
paragraph 740-10-25-37 because the qualified production
activities deduction is contingent upon the future performance
of specific activities, including the level of wages.
Accordingly, the deduction should be accounted for as a special
deduction in accordance with that paragraph.
55-30 The special deduction should be considered by an
entity in measuring deferred taxes when graduated tax rates are
a significant factor and assessing whether a valuation allowance
is necessary as required by paragraph 740-10-25-37. Example 18
(see paragraph 740-10-55-145) illustrates the application of the
requirements of this Subtopic for the impact of the qualified
production activities deduction upon enactment of the Act in
2004.
Alternative Minimum Tax
55-31 Temporary differences such as depreciation
differences are one reason why tentative minimum tax may exceed
regular tax. Temporary differences, however, ultimately reverse
and, absent a significant amount of preference items, total
taxes paid over the entire life of the entity will be based on
the regular tax system. Preference items are another reason why
tentative minimum tax may exceed regular tax. If preference
items are large enough, an entity could be subject, over its
lifetime, to the alternative minimum tax system; and the
cumulative amount of alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards would expire unused. No one can know beforehand
which scenario will prevail because that determination can only
be made after the fact. In the meantime, this Subtopic requires
procedures that provide a practical solution to that
problem.
55-32 Under the requirements of this Subtopic, an entity
shall:
- Measure the total deferred tax liability and asset for regular tax temporary differences and carryforwards using the regular tax rate
- Measure the total deferred tax asset for all alternative minimum tax credit carryforward
- Reduce the deferred tax asset for alternative minimum tax credit carryforward by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of that deferred tax asset will not be realized.
55-33 Paragraph 740-10-30-18 identifies four sources of
taxable income that shall be considered in determining the need
for and amount of a valuation allowance. No valuation allowance
is necessary if the deferred tax asset for alternative minimum
tax credit carryforward can be realized in any of the following
ways:
- Under paragraph 740-10-30-18(a), by reducing a deferred tax liability from the amount of regular tax on regular tax temporary differences to not less than the amount of tentative minimum tax on alternative minimum taxable temporary differences
- Under paragraph 740-10-30-18(b), by reducing taxes on future income from the amount of regular tax on regular taxable income to not less than the amount of tentative minimum tax on alternative minimum taxable income
- Under paragraph 740-10-30-18(c), by loss carryback
- Under paragraph 740-10-30-18(d), by a tax-planning strategy such as switching from tax-exempt to taxable interest income.
Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforwards and Carrybacks
Recognition of a Tax Benefit for Carrybacks
55-34 An operating loss, certain deductible items that are
subject to limitations, and some tax credits arising but not
utilized in the current year may be carried back for refund of
taxes paid in prior years or carried forward to reduce taxes
payable in future years. A receivable, to the extent it meets
the recognition requirements of this Subtopic for tax positions,
is recognized for the amount of taxes paid in prior years that
is refundable by carryback of an operating loss or unused tax
credits of the current year.
Recognition of a Tax Benefit for Carryforwards
55-35 A deferred tax asset, to the extent it meets the
recognition requirements of this Subtopic for tax positions, is
recognized for an operating loss or tax credit carryforward.
This requirement pertains to all investment tax credit
carryforwards regardless of whether the flow-through or deferral
method is used to account for investment tax credits.
55-36 In assessing the need for a valuation allowance,
provisions in the tax law that limit utilization of an operating
loss or tax credit carryforward are applied in determining
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of
the deferred tax asset will not be realized by reduction of
taxes payable on taxable income during the carryforward period.
Example 19 (see paragraph 740-10-55-149) illustrates recognition
of the tax benefit of an operating loss in the loss year and in
subsequent carryforward years when a valuation allowance is
necessary in the loss year.
55-37 An operating loss or tax credit carryforward from a
prior year (for which the deferred tax asset was offset by a
valuation allowance) may sometimes reduce taxable income and
taxes payable that are attributable to certain revenues or gains
that the tax law requires be included in taxable income for the
year that cash is received. For financial reporting, however,
there may have been no revenue or gain and a liability is
recognized for the cash received. Future sacrifices to settle
the liability will result in deductible amounts in future years.
Under those circumstances, the reduction in taxable income and
taxes payable from utilization of the operating loss or tax
credit carryforward gives no cause for recognition of a tax
benefit because, in effect, the operating loss or tax credit
carryforward has been replaced by temporary differences that
will result in deductible amounts when a nontax liability is
settled in future years. The requirements for recognition of a
tax benefit for deductible temporary differences and for
operating loss carryforwards are the same, and the manner of
reporting the eventual tax benefit recognized (that is, in
income or as required by paragraph 740-20-45-3) is not affected
by the intervening transaction reported for tax purposes.
Example 20 (see paragraph 740-10-55-156) illustrates recognition
of the tax benefit of an operating loss in the loss year and in
subsequent carryforward years when a valuation allowance is
necessary in the loss year.
Reporting the Tax Benefit of Operating Loss Carryforwards or
Carrybacks
55-38 Except as noted in paragraph 740-20-45-3, the manner
of reporting the tax benefit of an operating loss carryforward
or carryback is determined by the source of the income or loss
in the current year and not by the source of the operating loss
carryforward or taxes paid in a prior year or the source of
expected future income that will result in realization of a
deferred tax asset for an operating loss carryforward from the
current year. Deferred tax expense (or benefit) that results
because a change in circumstances causes a change in judgment
about the future realization of the tax benefit of an operating
loss carryforward is allocated to continuing operations (see
paragraph 740-10-45-20). Thus, for example:
- The tax benefit of an operating loss carryforward that
resulted from a loss on discontinued operations in a
prior year and that is first recognized in the financial
statements for the current year:
- Is allocated to continuing operations if it offsets the current or deferred tax consequences of income from continuing operations
- Is allocated to a gain on discontinued operations if it offsets the current or deferred tax consequences of that gain
- Is allocated to continuing operations if it results from a change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about future realization of a tax benefit.
- The current or deferred tax benefit of a loss from
continuing operations in the current year is allocated
to continuing operations regardless of whether that loss
offsets the current or deferred tax consequences of a
gain on discontinued operations that:
- Occurred in the current year
- Occurred in a prior year (that is, if realization of the tax benefit will be by carryback refund)
- Is expected to occur in a future year.
Tax-Planning Strategies
55-39 Expectations about future taxable income incorporate
numerous assumptions about actions, elections, and strategies to
minimize income taxes in future years. For example, an entity
may have a practice of deferring taxable income whenever
possible by structuring sales to qualify as installment sales
for tax purposes. Actions such as that are not tax-planning
strategies, as that term is used in this Topic because they are
actions that management takes in the normal course of business.
For purposes of applying the requirements of this Subtopic, a
tax-planning strategy is an action that management ordinarily
might not take but would take, if necessary, to realize a tax
benefit for a carryforward before it expires. For example, a
strategy to sell property and lease it back for the expressed
purpose of generating taxable income to utilize a carryforward
before it expires is not an action that management takes in the
normal course of business. A qualifying tax-planning strategy is
an action that:
- Is prudent and feasible. Management must have the ability to implement the strategy and expect to do so unless the need is eliminated in future years. For example, management would not have to apply the strategy if income earned in a later year uses the entire amount of carryforward from the current year.
- An entity ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused. All of the various strategies that are expected to be employed for business or tax purposes other than utilization of carryforwards that would otherwise expire unused are, for purposes of this Subtopic, implicit in management’s estimate of future taxable income and, therefore, are not tax-planning strategies as that term is used in this Topic.
- Would result in realization of deferred tax assets. The effect of qualifying tax-planning strategies must be recognized in the determination of the amount of a valuation allowance. Tax-planning strategies need not be considered, however, if positive evidence available from other sources (see paragraph 740-10-30-18) is sufficient to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not necessary.
55-40 Paragraph 740-10-30-19 indicates
that tax-planning strategies include elections for tax purposes.
The following are some examples of elections under current U.S.
federal tax law that, if they meet the criteria for tax-planning
strategies, should be considered in determining the amount, if
any, of valuation allowance required for deferred tax assets:
- The election to file a consolidated tax return
- The election to claim either a deduction or a tax credit for foreign taxes paid
- The election to forgo carryback and only carry forward a net operating loss.
55-41 Because the effects of known
qualifying tax-planning strategies must be recognized (see
Example 22 [paragraph 740-10-55-163]), management should make a
reasonable effort to identify those qualifying tax-planning
strategies that are significant. Management’s obligation to
apply qualifying tax-planning strategies in determining the
amount of valuation allowance required is the same as its
obligation to apply the requirements of other Topics for
financial accounting and reporting. However, if there is
sufficient evidence that taxable income from one of the other
sources of taxable income listed in paragraph 740-10-30-18 will
be adequate to eliminate the need for any valuation allowance, a
search for tax-planning strategies is not necessary.
55-42 Tax-planning strategies may shift estimated future
taxable income between future years. For example, assume that an
entity has a $1,500 operating loss carryforward that expires at
the end of next year and that its estimate of taxable income
exclusive of the future reversal of existing temporary
differences and carryforwards is approximately $1,000 per year
for each of the next several years. That estimate is based, in
part, on the entity’s present practice of making sales on the
installment basis and on provisions in the tax law that result
in temporary deferral of gains on installment sales. A
tax-planning strategy to increase taxable income next year and
realize the full tax benefit of that operating loss carryforward
might be to structure next year’s sales in a manner that does
not meet the tax rules to qualify as installment sales. Another
strategy might be to change next year’s depreciation procedures
for tax purposes.
55-43 Tax-planning strategies also may shift the estimated
pattern and timing of future reversals of temporary differences.
For example, if an operating loss carryforward otherwise would
expire unused at the end of next year, a tax-planning strategy
to sell the entity’s installment sale receivables next year
would accelerate the future reversal of taxable temporary
differences for the gains on those installment sales. In other
circumstances, a tax-planning strategy to accelerate the future
reversal of deductible temporary differences in time to offset
taxable income that is expected in an early future year might be
the only means to realize a tax benefit for those deductible
temporary differences if they otherwise would reverse and
provide no tax benefit in some later future year(s). Examples of
actions that would accelerate the future reversal of deductible
temporary differences include the following:
- An annual payment that is larger than an entity’s usual annual payment to reduce a long-term pension obligation (recognized as a liability in the financial statements) might accelerate a tax deduction for pension expense to an earlier year than would otherwise have occurred.
- Disposal of obsolete inventory that is reported at net realizable value in the financial statements would accelerate a tax deduction for the amount by which the tax basis exceeds the net realizable value of the inventory.
- Sale of loans at their reported amount (that is, net of an allowance for bad debts) would accelerate a tax deduction for the allowance for bad debts.
55-44 A significant expense might need to be incurred to
implement a particular tax-planning strategy, or a significant
loss might need to be recognized as a result of implementing a
particular tax-planning strategy. In either case, that expense
or loss (net of any future tax benefit that would result from
that expense or loss) reduces the amount of tax benefit that is
recognized for the expected effect of a qualifying tax-planning
strategy. For that purpose, the future effect of a differential
in interest rates (for example, between the rate that would be
earned on installment sale receivables and the rate that could
be earned on an alternative investment if the tax-planning
strategy is to sell those receivables to accelerate the future
reversal of related taxable temporary differences) is not
considered.
55-45 Example 21 (see paragraph 740-10-55-159) illustrates
recognition of a deferred tax asset based on the expected effect
of a qualifying tax-planning strategy when a significant expense
would be incurred to implement the strategy.
55-46 Under this Subtopic, the requirements for
consideration of tax-planning strategies pertain only to the
determination of a valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset.
A deferred tax liability ordinarily is recognized for all
taxable temporary differences. The only exceptions are
identified in paragraph 740-10-25-3. Certain seemingly taxable
temporary differences, however, may or may not result in taxable
amounts when those differences reverse in future years. One
example is an excess of cash surrender value of life insurance
over premiums paid (see paragraph 740-10-25-30). Another example
is an excess of the book over the tax basis of an investment in
a domestic subsidiary (see paragraph 740-30-25-7). The
determination of whether those differences are taxable temporary
differences does not involve a tax-planning strategy as that
term is used in this Topic.
55-47 Example 22 (see paragraph 740-10-55-163) provides an
example where an entity has identified multiple tax-planning
strategies.
55-48 Under current U.S. federal tax law, approval of an
entity’s change from taxable C corporation status to nontaxable
S corporation status is automatic if the criteria for S
corporation status are met. If an entity meets those criteria
but has not changed to S corporation status, a strategy to
change to nontaxable S corporation status would not permit an
entity to not recognize deferred taxes because a change in tax
status is a discrete event. Paragraph 740-10-25-32 requires that
the effect of a change in tax status be recognized at the date
that the change in tax status occurs, that is, at the date that
the change is approved by the taxing authority (or on the date
of filing the change if approval is not necessary). For example,
as required by paragraph 740-10-25-34, if an election to change
an entity’s tax status is approved by the taxing authority (or
filed, if approval is not necessary) early in Year 2 and before
the financial statements are issued or are available to be
issued (as discussed in Section 855-10-25) for Year 1, the
effect of that change in tax status shall not be recognized in
the financial statements for Year 1.
Examples of Temporary Differences
55-49 The following
guidance presents examples of temporary differences. These
examples are intended to be illustrative and not all-inclusive.
Any references to various tax laws shall not be considered
definitive interpretations of such laws for any purpose.
Premiums and Discounts
55-50 Differences between the recognition for financial
accounting purposes and income tax purposes of discount or
premium resulting from determination of the present value of a
note should be treated as temporary differences in accordance
with this Topic.
Beneficial Conversion Features
55-51 The issuance of convertible debt with a beneficial
conversion feature results in a basis difference for purposes of
applying this Topic. The recognition of a beneficial conversion
feature effectively creates two separate instruments-a debt
instrument and an equity instrument-for financial statement
purposes while it is accounted for as a debt instrument, for
example, under the U.S. Federal Income Tax Code. Consequently,
the reported amount in the financial statements (book basis) of
the debt instrument is different from the tax basis of the debt
instrument. The basis difference that results from the issuance
of convertible debt with a beneficial conversion feature is a
temporary difference for purposes of applying this Topic because
that difference will result in a taxable amount when the
reported amount of the liability is recovered or settled. That
is, the liability is presumed to be settled at its current
carrying amount (reported amount). The recognition of deferred
taxes for the temporary difference of the convertible debt with
a beneficial conversion feature should be recorded as an
adjustment to additional paid-in capital. Because the beneficial
conversion feature (an allocation to additional paid-in capital)
created the basis difference in the debt instrument, the
provisions of paragraph 740-20-45-11(c) apply and therefore the
establishment of the deferred tax liability for the basis
difference should result in an adjustment to the related
components of shareholders’ equity.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
815-40-65-1)
Editor's Note: Paragraph 740-10-55-51
will be superseded upon transition, together with
its heading:
Beneficial Conversion Features
55-51 Paragraph superseded by Accounting
Standards Update No. 2020-06.
LIFO Inventory of Subsidiary
55-52 An entity may use the LIFO method to value
inventories for tax purposes which may result in LIFO inventory
temporary differences, that is, for the excess of the amount of
LIFO inventory for financial reporting over its tax basis.
55-53 Even though a deferred tax liability for the LIFO
inventory of a subsidiary will not be settled if that subsidiary
is sold before the LIFO inventory temporary difference reverses,
recognition of a deferred tax liability is required regardless
of whether the LIFO inventory happens to belong to the parent
entity or one of its subsidiaries.
Accrued Postretirement Benefit Cost and the Effect of the
Nontaxable Subsidy Arising From the Medicare Prescription
Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003
55-54 The following guidance and Example 23 (see paragraph
740-10-55-165) refer to provisions of the Medicare Prescription
Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003; however, they
shall not be considered definitive interpretations of the Act
for any purpose. That Example provides a simple illustration of
this guidance.
55-55 As indicated in paragraph 715-60-05-9, on December
8, 2003, the president signed the Medicare Prescription Drug,
Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 into law. The Act
introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare (Medicare
Part D) as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree
health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at
least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. An employer’s
eligibility for the 28 percent subsidy depends on whether the
prescription drug benefit available under its plan is at least
actuarially equivalent to the Medicare Part D benefit.
55-56 The Act excludes receipt of the subsidy from the
taxable income of the employer for federal income tax purposes.
That provision affects the accounting for the temporary
difference related to the employer’s accrued postretirement
benefit cost under the requirements of this Topic.
55-57 In the periods in which the subsidy affects the
employer’s accounting for the plan, it shall have no effect on
any plan-related temporary difference accounted for under this
Topic because the subsidy is exempt from federal taxation. That
is, the measure of any temporary difference shall continue to be
determined as if the subsidy did not exist. Example 23 (see
paragraph 740-10-55-165) provides a simple illustration of this
guidance.
Changes in Accounting Methods for Tax Purposes
55-58 The following guidance refers to provisions of the
Tax Reform Act of 1986 and the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act
of 1987; however, it shall not be considered a definitive
interpretation of the Acts for any purpose.
55-59 A change in tax law may require a change in
accounting method for tax purposes, for example, the uniform
cost capitalization rules required by the Tax Reform Act of
1986. For calendar-year taxpayers, inventories on hand at the
beginning of 1987 are revalued as though the new rules had been
in effect in prior years. That initial catch-up adjustment is
deferred and taken into taxable income over not more than four
years. This deferral of the initial catch-up adjustment for a
change in accounting method for tax purposes gives rise to two
temporary differences.
55-60 One temporary difference is related to the
additional amounts initially capitalized into inventory for tax
purposes. As a result of those additional amounts, the tax basis
of the inventory exceeds the amount of the inventory for
financial reporting. That temporary difference is considered to
result in a deductible amount when the inventory is expected to
be sold. Therefore, the excess of the tax basis of the inventory
over the amount of the inventory for financial reporting as of
December 31, 1986, is considered to result in a deductible
amount in 1987 when the inventory turns over. As of subsequent
year-ends, the deductible temporary difference to be considered
would be the amount capitalized for tax purposes and not for
financial reporting as of those year-ends. The expected timing
of the deduction for the additional amounts capitalized in this
example assumes that the inventory is not measured on a LIFO
basis; temporary differences related to LIFO inventories reverse
when the inventory is sold and not replaced as provided in
paragraph 740-10-55-13.
55-61 The other temporary difference is related to the
deferred income for tax purposes that results from the initial
catch-up adjustment. As stated above, that deferred income
likely will be included in taxable income over four years.
Ordinarily, the reversal pattern for this temporary difference
should be considered to follow the tax pattern and would also be
four years. This assumes that it is expected that inventory sold
will be replaced. However, under the tax law, if there is a
one-third reduction in the amount of inventory for two years
running, any remaining balance of that deferred income is
included in taxable income for the second year. If such
inventory reductions are expected, then the reversal pattern
will be less than four years.
55-62 Paragraph 740-10-35-4 requires recognition of the
effect of a change in tax law or rate in the period that
includes the enactment date. For example, the Tax Reform Act of
1986 was enacted in 1986. Therefore, the effects are recognized
in a calendar-year entity’s 1986 financial statements.
55-63 The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987
requires family-owned farming businesses to use the accrual
method of accounting for tax purposes. The initial catch-up
adjustment to change from the cash to the accrual method of
accounting is deferred. It is included in taxable income if the
business ceases to be family-owned (for example, it goes
public). It also is included in taxable income if gross receipts
from farming activities in future years drop below certain 1987
levels as set forth in the tax law. The deferral of the initial
catch-up adjustment for that change in accounting method for tax
purposes gives rise to a temporary difference because an
assumption inherent in an entity’s statement of financial
position is that the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
will be recovered and settled. Under the requirements of this
Topic, deferred tax liabilities may not be eliminated or reduced
because an entity may be able to delay the settlement of those
liabilities by delaying the events that would cause taxable
temporary differences to reverse. Accordingly, the deferred tax
liability is recognized. If the events that trigger the payment
of the tax are not expected in the foreseeable future, the
reversal pattern of the related temporary difference is
indefinite.
Built-in Gains of Nontaxable S Corporations
55-64 An entity may change from taxable C corporation
status to nontaxable S corporation status. An entity that makes
that status change shall continue to recognize a deferred tax
liability to the extent that the entity would be subject to a
corporate-level tax on net unrecognized built-in gains.
55-65 A C corporation that has temporary differences as of
the date of change to S corporation status shall determine its
deferred tax liability in accordance with the tax law. Since the
timing of realization of a built-in gain can determine whether
it is taxable, and therefore significantly affect the deferred
tax liability to be recognized, actions and elections that are
expected to be implemented shall be considered. For purposes of
determining that deferred tax liability, the lesser of an
unrecognized built-in gain (as defined by the tax law) or an
existing temporary difference is used in the computations
described in the tax law to determine the amount of the tax on
built-in gains. Example 24 (see paragraph 740-10-55-168)
illustrates this guidance.
Unrecognized Gains or Losses From Involuntary
Conversions
55-66 Gain or loss
resulting from an involuntary conversion of a nonmonetary asset
to monetary assets that is not recognized for income tax
reporting purposes in the same period in which the gain or loss
is recognized for financial reporting purposes is a temporary
difference for which a deferred tax liability or deferred tax
asset should be recognized as required by this Subtopic.
Treatment of Certain Payments to Taxing Authorities
55-67 An entity may make payments to taxing authorities
for different reasons. The following guidance addresses certain
of these payments.
Payment Made to Taxing Authority to Retain Fiscal Year
55-68 The following guidance refers to provisions of the
Tax Reform Act of 1986 and the Revenue Act of 1987; however, it
shall not be considered a definitive interpretation of the Acts
for any purpose.
55-69 The guidance addresses how a payment should be
recorded in the financial statements of an entity for a payment
to a taxing authority to retain their fiscal year.
55-70 On December 22, 1987, the Revenue Act of 1987 was
enacted, which allowed partnerships and S corporations to elect
to retain their fiscal year rather than adopt a calendar year
for tax purposes as previously required by the Tax Reform Act of
1986. Entities that elected to retain a fiscal year are required
to make an annual payment in a single installment each year that
approximates the income tax that the partners-owners would have
paid on the short-period income had the entity switched to a
calendar year. The payment is made by the entity and is not
identified with individual partners-owners. Additionally the
amount is not adjusted if a partner-owner leaves the entity.
55-71 In this fact pattern, partnerships and S
corporations should account for the payment as an asset since
the payment is viewed as a deposit that is adjusted annually and
will be realized when the entity liquidates, its income declines
to zero, or it converts to a calendar year-end.
Payment Made Based on Dividends Distributed
55-72 The following guidance refers to provisions which
may be present in the French tax structure; however, it shall
not be considered a definitive interpretation of the historical
or current French tax structure for any purpose.
55-73 The French income tax structure is based on the
concept of an integrated tax system. The system utilizes a tax
credit at the shareholder level to eliminate or mitigate the
double taxation that would otherwise apply to a dividend. The
tax credit is automatically available to a French shareholder
receiving a dividend from a French corporation. The precompte
mobilier (or precompte) is a mechanism that provides for the
integration of the tax credit to the shareholder with the taxes
paid by the corporation. The precompte is a tax paid by the
corporation at the time of a dividend distribution that is equal
to the difference between a tax based on the regular corporation
tax rate applied to the amount of the declared dividend and
taxes previously paid by the corporation on the income being
distributed. In addition, if a corporation pays a dividend from
earnings that have been retained for more than five years, the
corporation loses the benefit of any taxes previously paid in
the computation of the precompte.
55-74 Paragraph 740-10-15-4(b) sets forth criteria for
determining whether a tax that is assessed on an entity based on
dividends distributed is, in effect, a withholding tax for the
benefit of recipients of the dividend to be recorded in equity
as part of the dividend distribution in that entity’s separate
financial statements. A tax that is assessed on a corporation
based on dividends distributed that meets the criteria in that
paragraph, such as the French precompte tax, should be
considered to be in effect a withholding of tax for the
recipient of the dividend and recorded in equity as part of the
dividend paid to shareholders.
Excise Tax on Withdrawal of Excess Pension Plan Assets
55-75 An employer that withdraws excess plan assets from
its pension plan may be subject to an excise tax. If the excise
tax is independent of taxable income, that is, it is a tax due
on a specific transaction regardless of whether there is any
taxable income for the period in which the transaction occurs,
it is not an income tax and the employer should recognize it as
an expense (not classified as income taxes) in the period of the
withdrawal.
Other Direct Payments to Taxing Authorities
55-76 Example 26 (see paragraph 740-10-55-202) illustrates
a transaction directly with a governmental taxing authority.
55-77 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-78 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
Income Tax Related Disclosures
55-79 Paragraph 740-10-50-9 requires disclosure of the
significant components of income tax expense attributable to
continuing operations. The sum of the amounts disclosed for the
components of tax expense should equal the amount of tax expense
that is reported in the statement of earnings for continuing
operations. Insignificant components that are not separately
disclosed should be combined and disclosed as a single amount so
that the sum of the amounts disclosed will equal total income
tax expense attributable to continuing operations. Separate
disclosure of the tax benefit of operating loss carryforwards
and tax credits and tax credit carryforwards that have been
recognized as a reduction of current tax expense and deferred
tax expense is required. There are a number of ways to satisfy
that disclosure requirement. Three acceptable approaches,
referred to as the gross method, the net method, and the
statutory tax rate reconciliation method, are illustrated in
Example 29 (see paragraph 740-10-55-212).
55-80 Income tax expense is defined as the sum of current
and deferred tax expense, and the amount to be disclosed under
any of the above approaches is only the amount by which total
income tax expense from continuing operations has been reduced
by tax credits or an operating loss carryforward. For example,
assume that a tax benefit is recognized for an operating loss or
tax credit carryforward by recognizing a deferred tax asset in
Year 1, with no valuation allowance required because of an
existing deferred tax liability. Further, assume that the
carryforward is realized on the tax return in Year 2. For
financial reporting in Year 2:
- Current tax expense will be reduced for the tax benefit of the operating loss or tax credit carryforward realized on the tax return.
- Deferred tax expense will be larger (or a deferred tax benefit will be smaller) by the same amount.
In those circumstances, the operating loss or tax credit
carryforward affects only income tax expense (the sum of current
and deferred tax expense) in Year 1 when a tax asset (with no
valuation allowance) is recognized. There is no effect on income
tax expense in Year 2 because the separate effects on current
and deferred tax expense offset each other. Accordingly, the
requirement for separate disclosure of the effects of tax
credits or an operating loss carryforward is not applicable for
Year 2. However, that disclosure requirement applies to
financial statements for Year 1 that are presented for
comparative purposes.
Illustrations
Example 1: The Unit of Account for a Tax
Position
55-81 This Example illustrates the initial and subsequent
determination by an entity of the unit of account for a tax
position. Paragraph 740-10-25-13 requires an entity to determine
an appropriate unit of account for an individual tax position.
The following Cases illustrate:
- The determination of the unit of account (Case A)
- A change in the unit of account (Case B).
55-82 Cases A and B share all of the following
assumptions.
55-83 An entity anticipates claiming a $1 million research
and experimentation credit on its tax return for the current
fiscal year. The credit comprises equal spending on 4 separate
projects (that is, $250,000 of tax credit per project). The
entity expects to have sufficient taxable income in the current
year to fully utilize the $1 million credit. Upon review of the
supporting documentation, management believes it is more likely
than not that the entity will ultimately sustain a benefit of
approximately $650,000. The anticipated benefit consists of
approximately $200,000 per project for the first 3 projects and
$50,000 for the fourth project.
Case A: Determining the Unit of Account — A Prerequisite to
Recognition Assessment
55-84 This Case illustrates an entity’s initial
determination of the unit of account for a tax position.
55-85 In its evaluation of the appropriate amount to
recognize, management first determines the appropriate unit of
account for the tax position. Because of the magnitude of
expenditures in each project, management concludes that the
appropriate unit of account is each individual research project.
In reaching this conclusion, management considers both the level
at which it accumulates information to support the tax return
and the level at which it anticipates addressing the issue with
taxing authorities. In this Case, upon review of the four
projects including the magnitude of expenditures, management
determines that it accumulates information at the project level.
Management also anticipates the taxing authority will address
the issues during an examination at the level of individual
projects.
55-86 In evaluating the projects for recognition,
management determines that three projects meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. However, due to the
nature of the activities that constitute the fourth project, it
is uncertain that the tax benefit related to this project will
be allowed. Because the tax benefit related to that fourth
project does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold, it should not be recognized in the financial
statements, even though tax positions associated with that
project will be included in the tax return. The entity would
recognize a $600,000 financial statement benefit related to the
first 3 projects but would not recognize a financial statement
benefit related to the fourth project.
Case B: Change in the Unit of Account
55-87 This Case illustrates a change in an entity’s
initial determination of the unit of account for a tax
position.
55-88 In Year 2, the entity increases its spending on
research and experimentation projects and anticipates claiming
significantly larger research credits in its Year 2 tax return.
In light of the significant increase in expenditures, management
reconsiders the appropriateness of the unit of account and
concludes that the project level is no longer the appropriate
unit of account for research credits. This conclusion is based
on the magnitude of spending and anticipated claimed credits and
on previous experience and is consistent with the advice of
external tax advisors. Management anticipates the taxing
authority will focus the examination on functional expenditures
when examining the Year 2 return and thus needs to evaluate
whether it can change the unit of account in subsequent years’
tax returns.
55-89 Determining the unit of account requires evaluation
of the entity’s facts and circumstances. In making that
determination, management evaluates the manner in which it
prepares and supports its income tax return and the manner in
which it anticipates addressing issues with taxing authorities
during an examination. The unit of account should be
consistently applied to similar positions from period to period
unless a change in facts and circumstances indicates that a
different unit of account is more appropriate. Because of the
significant change in the tax position in Year 2, management’s
conclusion that the taxing authority will likely examine tax
credits in the Year 2 tax return at a more detailed level than
the individual project is reasonable and appropriate.
Accordingly, the entity should reevaluate the unit of account
for the Year 2 financial statements based on the new facts and
circumstances.
Example 2: Administrative Practices — Asset
Capitalization
55-90 The guidance in paragraph 740-10-25-7(b) on
evaluating a taxing authority’s widely understood administrative
practices and precedents shall be taken into account when
assessing the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
established in paragraph 740-10-25-6. This Example illustrates
such consideration.
55-91 An entity has established a capitalization threshold
of $2,000 for its tax return for routine property and equipment
purchases. Assets purchased for less than $2,000 are claimed as
expenses on the tax return in the period they are purchased. The
tax law does not prescribe a capitalization threshold for
individual assets, and there is no materiality provision in the
tax law. The entity has not been previously examined. Management
believes that based on previous experience at a similar entity
and current discussions with its external tax advisors, the
taxing authority will not disallow tax positions based on that
capitalization policy and the taxing authority’s historical
administrative practices and precedents.
55-92 Some might deem the entity’s capitalization policy a
technical violation of the tax law, since that law does not
prescribe capitalization thresholds. However, in this situation
the entity has concluded that the capitalization policy is
consistent with the demonstrated administrative practices and
precedents of the taxing authority and the practices of other
entities that are regularly examined by the taxing authority.
Based on its previous experience with other entities and
consultation with its external tax advisors, management believes
the administrative practice is widely understood. Accordingly,
because management expects the taxing authority to allow this
position when and if examined, the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold has been met.
Example 3: Administrative Practices — Nexus
55-93 The guidance in paragraph 740-10-25-7(b) on
evaluating a taxing authority’s widely understood administrative
practices and precedents shall be taken into account when
assessing the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold
established in paragraph 740-10-25-6. This Example illustrates
such consideration.
55-94 An entity has been incorporated in Jurisdiction A
for 50 years; it has filed a tax return in Jurisdiction A in
each of those 50 years. The entity has been doing business in
Jurisdiction B for approximately 20 years and has filed a tax
return in Jurisdiction B for each of those 20 years. However,
the entity is not certain of the exact date it began doing
business, or the date it first had nexus, in Jurisdiction B.
55-95 The entity understands that if a tax return is not
filed, the statute of limitations never begins to run;
accordingly, failure to file a tax return effectively means
there is no statute of limitations. The entity has become
familiar with the administrative practices and precedents of
Jurisdiction B and understands that Jurisdiction B will look
back only six years in determining if there is a tax return due
and a deficiency owed. Because of the administrative practices
of the taxing authority and the facts and circumstances, the
entity believes it is more likely than not that a tax return is
not required to be filed in Jurisdiction B at an earlier date
and that a liability for tax exposures for those periods is not
required.
Example 4: Valuation Allowance and Tax-Planning
Strategies
55-96 Paragraph 740-10-30-20 requires that entities
determine the amount of available future taxable income from a
tax-planning strategy based on the application of the
recognition and measurement requirements of this Subtopic for
tax positions. This Example illustrates the recognition aspect
of that requirement.
55-97 An entity has a wholly owned subsidiary with certain
deferred tax assets as a result of several years of losses from
operations. Management has determined that it is more likely
than not that sufficient future taxable income will not be
available to realize those deferred tax assets. Therefore,
management recognizes a full valuation allowance for those
deferred tax assets both in the separate financial statements of
the subsidiary and in the consolidated financial statements of
the entity.
55-98 Management has identified certain tax-planning
strategies that might enable the realization of those deferred
tax assets. Management has determined that the strategies will
meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid penalties and that
it is not more likely than not that the strategies would be
sustained upon examination based on the technical merits.
Accordingly, those strategies may not be used to reduce the
valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets. Only a
tax-planning strategy that meets the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold would be considered in evaluating the
sufficiency of future taxable income for realization of deferred
tax assets.
Example 5: Highly Certain Tax Positions
55-99 This Example illustrates the recognition and
measurement criteria of this Subtopic to tax positions where the
tax law is unambiguous. The recognition and measurement criteria
of this Subtopic applicable to tax positions begin in paragraph
740-10-25-5 for recognition and paragraph 740-10-30-7 for
measurement.
55-100 An entity has taken a tax position that it believes
is based on clear and unambiguous tax law for the payment of
salaries and benefits to employees. The class of salaries being
evaluated in this tax position is not subject to any limitations
on deductibility (for example, executive salaries are not
included), and none of the expenditures are required to be
capitalized (for example, the expenditures do not pertain to the
production of inventories); all amounts accrued at year-end were
paid within the statutorily required time frame subsequent to
the reporting date. Management concludes that the salaries are
fully deductible.
55-101 All tax positions are subject to the requirements
of this Subtopic. However, because the deduction is based on
clear and unambiguous tax law, management has a high confidence
level in the technical merits of this position. Accordingly, the
tax position clearly meets the recognition criterion and should
be evaluated for measurement. In determining the amount to
measure, management is highly confident that the full amount of
the deduction will be allowed and it is clear that it is greater
than 50 percent likely that the full amount of the tax position
will be ultimately realized. Accordingly, the entity would
recognize the full amount of the tax position in the financial
statements.
Example 6: Measurement With Information About the Approach
to Settlement
55-102 This Example demonstrates an application of the
measurement requirements of paragraph 740-10-30-7 for a tax
position that meets the paragraph 740-10-25-6 requirements for
recognition. Measurement in this Example is based on identified
information about settlement.
55-103 In applying the recognition criterion of this
Subtopic for tax positions, an entity has determined that a tax
position resulting in a benefit of $100 qualifies for
recognition and should be measured. The entity has considered
the amounts and probabilities of the possible estimated outcomes
as follows.
55-104 Because $60 is the largest amount of benefit that
is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon
settlement, the entity would recognize a tax benefit of $60 in
the financial statements.
Example 7: Measurement With More Limited Information About
the Approach to Settlement
55-105 As in the preceding Example, this Example also
demonstrates an application of the measurement requirements of
paragraph 740-10-30-7 for a tax position determined to meet
recognition requirements. While measurement in this Example is
also based on identified information about settlement, the
information is more limited than in the preceding Example.
55-106 In applying the recognition criterion of this
Subtopic for tax positions an entity has determined that a tax
position resulting in a benefit of $100 qualifies for
recognition and should be measured. There is limited information
about how a taxing authority will view the position. After
considering all relevant information, management’s confidence in
the technical merits of the tax position exceeds the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, but management also
believes it is likely it would settle for less than the full
amount of the entire position when examined. Management has
considered the amounts and the probabilities of the possible
estimated outcomes.
55-107 Because $75 is the largest amount of benefit that
is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon
settlement, the entity would recognize a tax benefit of $75 in
the financial statements.
Example 8: Measurement of a Tax Position After Settlement
of a Similar Position
55-108 This Example demonstrates an application of the
measurement requirements of paragraph 740-10-30-7 for a tax
position that meets the paragraph 740-10-25-6 requirements for
recognition. Measurement in this Example is based on settlement
of a similar tax position with the taxing authority.
55-109 In applying the recognition criterion of this
Subtopic for tax positions, an entity has determined that a tax
position resulting in a benefit of $100 qualifies for
recognition and should be measured. In a recent settlement with
the taxing authority, the entity has agreed to the treatment for
that position for current and future years. There are no
recently issued relevant sources of tax law that would affect
the entity’s assessment. The entity has not changed any
assumptions or computations, and the current tax position is
consistent with the position that was recently settled. In this
case, the entity would have a very high confidence level about
the amount that will be ultimately realized and little
information about other possible outcomes. Management will not
need to evaluate other possible outcomes because it can be
confident of the largest amount of benefit that is greater than
50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement without that
evaluation.
Example 9: Differences Relating to Timing of
Deductibility
55-110 This Example demonstrates an application of the
measurement requirements of paragraph 740-10-30-7 for a tax
position that meets the paragraph 740-10-25-6 requirements for
recognition. Measurement in this Example is based on the timing
of the deduction.
55-111 In Year 1, an entity acquired a separately
identifiable intangible asset for $15 million that has an
indefinite life for financial statement purposes and is,
therefore, not subject to amortization. Based on some
uncertainty in the tax code, the entity decides for tax purposes
to deduct the entire cost of the asset in Year 1. While the
entity is certain that the full amount of the intangible is
ultimately deductible for tax purposes, the timing of
deductibility is uncertain under the tax code. In applying the
recognition criterion of this Subtopic for tax positions, the
entity has determined that the tax position qualifies for
recognition and should be measured. The entity believes it is 25
percent likely it would be able to realize immediate deduction
upon settlement, and it is certain it could sustain a 15-year
amortization for tax purposes. Thus, the largest Year 1 benefit
that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon
settlement is the tax effect of $1 million (the Year 1 deduction
from straight-line amortization of the asset over 15 years).
55-112 At the end of Year 1, the entity should reflect a
deferred tax liability for the tax effect of the temporary
difference created by the difference between the financial
statement basis of the asset ($15 million) and the tax basis of
the asset computed in accordance with the guidance in this
Subtopic for tax positions ($14 million, the cost of the asset
reduced by $1 million of amortization). The entity also should
reflect a tax liability for the tax-effected difference between
the as-filed tax position ($15 million deduction) and the amount
of the deduction that is considered more likely than not of
being sustained ($1 million). The entity should evaluate the tax
position for accrual of statutory penalties as well as interest
expense on the difference between the amounts reported in the
financial statements and the tax position taken in the tax
return.
Example 10: Change in Timing of Deductibility
55-113 This Example demonstrates an application of the
measurement requirements of paragraph 740-10-30-7 for a tax
position that meets the paragraph 740-10-25-6 requirements for
recognition. Measurement in this Example is based on a change in
timing of deductibility.
55-114 In 20X1 an entity took a tax position in which it
amortizes the cost of an acquired asset on a straight-line basis
over three years, while the amortization period for financial
reporting purposes is seven years. After one year, the entity
has deducted one-third of the cost of the asset in its income
tax return and one-seventh of the cost in the financial
statements and, consequently, has a deferred tax liability for
the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of
the asset.
55-115 In accordance with the requirements of this
Subtopic, the entity evaluates the tax position as of the
reporting date of the financial statements. In 20X2, the entity
determines that it is still certain that the entire cost of the
acquired asset is fully deductible, so the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold has been met according to paragraph
740-10-25-6. However, in 20X2, the entity now believes based on
new information that the largest benefit that is greater than 50
percent likely of being realized upon settlement is
straight-line amortization over 7 years.
55-116 In this Example, the entity would recognize a
liability for unrecognized tax benefits based on the difference
between the three- and seven-year amortization. In 20X2, no
deferred tax liability should be recognized, as there is no
longer a temporary difference between the financial statement
carrying value of the asset and the tax basis of the asset based
on this Subtopic’s measurement requirements for tax positions.
Additionally, the entity should evaluate the need to accrue
interest and penalties, if applicable under the tax law.
Example 11: Information Becomes Available Before Issuance
of Financial Statements
55-117 Paragraphs 740-10-25-6 and 740-10-25-8 require that
tax positions be recognized and measured based on information
available at the reporting date. This Example demonstrates the
effect of information becoming available after the reporting
date but before the financial statements are issued or are
available to be issued (as discussed in Section 855-10-25).
55-118 Entity A has evaluated a tax position at its most
recent reporting date and has concluded that the position meets
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. In evaluating
the tax position for recognition, Entity A considered all
relevant sources of tax law, including a court case in which the
taxing authority has fully disallowed a similar tax position
with an unrelated entity (Entity B). The taxing authority and
Entity B are aggressively litigating the matter. Although Entity
A was aware of that court case at the recent reporting date,
management determined that the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold had been met. After the reporting date, but before the
financial statements are issued or are available to be issued
(as discussed in Section 855-10-25), the taxing authority
prevailed in its litigation with Entity B, and Entity A
concludes that it is no longer more likely than not that it will
sustain the position.
55-119 Paragraph 740-10-40-2 provides the guidance that an
entity shall derecognize a previously recognized tax position in
the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not
that the tax position would be sustained upon examination, and
paragraphs 740-10-25-14; 740-10-35-2; and 740-10-40-2 establish
that subsequent recognition, derecognition, and measurement
shall be based on management’s best judgment given the facts,
circumstances, and information available at the reporting date.
Because the resolution of Entity B’s litigation with the taxing
authority is the information that caused Entity A to change its
judgment about the sustainability of the position and that
information was not available at the reporting date, the change
in judgment would be recognized in the first quarter of the
current fiscal year.
Example 12: Basic Deferred Tax Recognition
55-120 This Example illustrates the
guidance in paragraphs 740-10-55-7 through 55-9 relating to
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities, including
when a detailed analysis of sources of taxable income may not be
necessary in considering the need for a valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets. In this Example, an entity has $2,400 of
deductible temporary differences and $1,500 of taxable temporary
differences at the end of Year 3 (the current year).
55-121 A deferred tax liability is recognized at the end
of Year 3 for the $1,500 of taxable temporary differences, and
deferred tax asset is recognized for the $2,400 of deductible
temporary differences. All available evidence, both positive and
negative, is considered to determine whether, based on the
weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed for
some portion or all of the deferred tax asset. If evidence about
one or more sources of taxable income (see paragraph
740-10-30-18) is sufficient to support a conclusion that a
valuation allowance is not needed, other sources of taxable
income need not be considered. For example, if the weight of
available evidence indicates that taxable income will exceed
$2,400 in each future year, a conclusion that no valuation
allowance is needed can be reached without considering the
pattern and timing of the reversal of the temporary differences,
the existence of qualifying tax-planning strategies, and so
forth.
55-122 Similarly, if the deductible temporary differences
will reverse within the next 3 years and taxable income in the
current year exceeds $2,400, nothing needs to be known about
future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary
differences because the deferred tax asset could be realized by
carryback to the current year. A valuation allowance is needed,
however, if the weight of available evidence indicates that some
portion or all of the $2,400 of tax deductions from future
reversals of the deductible temporary differences will not be
realized by offsetting any of the following:
- The $1,500 of taxable temporary differences and $900 of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences
- $2,400 of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences
- $2,400 of taxable income in the current or prior years by loss carryback to those years
- $2,400 of taxable income in one or more of the circumstances described above and as a result of a qualifying tax-planning strategy (see paragraphs 740-10-55-39 through 55-48).
Paragraph 740-10-55-8 provides guidance on when a detailed
analysis of sources of taxable income may not be necessary in
considering the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax
assets.
55-123 Detailed analyses are not necessary, for example,
if the entity earned $500 of taxable income in each of Years 1–3
and there is no evidence to suggest it will not continue to earn
that level of taxable income in future years. That level of
future taxable income is more than sufficient to realize the tax
benefit of $2,400 of tax deductions over a period of at least 19
years (the year(s) of the deductions, 3 carryback years, and 15
carryforward years) in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction.
Example 13: Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax
Assets
55-124 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
740-10-55-7 through 55-9 relating to recognition of a valuation
allowance for a portion of a deferred tax asset in one year and
a subsequent change in circumstances that requires adjustment of
the valuation allowance at the end of the following year. This
Example has the following assumptions:
- At the end of the current year (Year 3), an entity’s only temporary differences are deductible temporary differences in the amount of $900.
- Pretax financial income, taxable income, and taxes paid for each of Years 1-3 are all positive, but relatively negligible, amounts.
- The enacted tax rate is 40 percent for all years.
55-125 A deferred tax asset in the amount of $360 ($900 at
40 percent) is recognized at the end of Year 3. If management
concludes, based on an assessment of all available evidence (see
guidance in paragraphs 740-10-30-17 through 30-24), that it is
more likely than not that future taxable income will not be
sufficient to realize a tax benefit for $400 of the $900 of
deductible temporary differences at the end of the current year,
a $160 valuation allowance ($400 at 40 percent) is recognized at
the end of Year 3.
55-126 Assume that pretax financial income and taxable
income for Year 4 turn out to be as follows.
55-127 The $50 pretax loss in Year 4 is additional
negative evidence that must be weighed against available
positive evidence to determine the amount of valuation allowance
necessary at the end of Year 4. Deductible temporary differences
and carryforwards at the end of Year 4 are as follows.
55-128 The $360 deferred tax asset recognized at the end
of Year 3 is increased to $380 ($950 at 40 percent) at the end
of Year 4. Based on an assessment of all evidence available at
the end of Year 4, management concludes that it is more likely
than not that $240 of the deferred tax asset will not be
realized and, therefore, that a $240 valuation allowance is
necessary. The $160 valuation allowance recognized at the end of
Year 3 is increased to $240 at the end of Year 4. The $60 net
effect of those 2 adjustments (the $80 increase in the valuation
allowance less the $20 increase in the deferred tax asset)
results in $60 of deferred tax expense that is recognized in
Year 4.
Example 14: Phased-In Change in Tax Rates
55-129 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-10-55-23 for determination of the tax rate for measurement
of a deferred tax liability for taxable temporary differences
when there is a phased-in change in tax rates. At the end of
Year 3 (the current year), an entity has $2,400 of taxable
temporary differences, which are expected to result in taxable
amounts of approximately $800 on the future tax returns for each
of Years 4–6. Enacted tax rates are 35 percent for Years 1–3, 40
percent for Years 4–6, and 45 percent for Year 7 and
thereafter.
55-130 The tax rate that is used to measure the deferred
tax liability for the $2,400 of taxable temporary differences
differs depending on whether the tax effect of future reversals
of those temporary differences is on taxes payable for Years
1–3, Years 4–6, or Year 7 and thereafter. The tax rate for
measurement of the deferred tax liability is 40 percent whenever
taxable income is expected in Years 4–6. If tax losses are
expected in Years 4–6, however, the tax rate is:
- 35 percent if realization of a tax benefit for those tax losses in Years 4–6 will be by loss carryback to Years 1–3
- 45 percent if realization of a tax benefit for those tax losses in Years 4–6 will be by loss carryforward to Year 7 and thereafter.
Example 15: Change in Tax Rates
55-131 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-10-55-23 for determination of the tax rate for measurement
of a deferred tax asset for deductible temporary differences
when there is a change in tax rates. This Example has the
following assumptions:
- Enacted tax rates are 30 percent for Years 1–3 and 40 percent for Year 4 and thereafter.
- At the end of Year 3 (the current year), an entity has $900 of deductible temporary differences, which are expected to result in tax deductions of approximately $300 on the future tax returns for each of Years 4–6.
55-132 The tax rate is 40 percent if the entity expects to
realize a tax benefit for the deductible temporary differences
by offsetting taxable income earned in future years.
Alternatively, the tax rate is 30 percent if the entity expects
to realize a tax benefit for the deductible temporary
differences by loss carryback refund.
55-133 Further assume for this Example both of the
following:
- The entity recognizes a $360 ($900 at 40 percent) deferred tax asset to be realized by offsetting taxable income in future years.
- Taxable income and taxes payable in each of Years 1–3 were $300 and $90, respectively.
55-134 Realization of a tax benefit of at least $270 ($900
at 30 percent) is assured because carryback refunds totaling
$270 may be realized even if no taxable income is earned in
future years. Recognition of a valuation allowance for the other
$90 ($360 – $270) of the deferred tax asset depends on
management’s assessment of whether, based on the weight of
available evidence, a portion or all of the tax benefit of the
$900 of deductible temporary differences will not be realized at
40 percent tax rates in future years.
55-135 Alternatively, if enacted tax rates are 40 percent
for Years 1–3 and 30 percent for Year 4 and thereafter,
measurement of the deferred tax asset at a 40 percent tax rate
could only occur if tax losses are expected in future Years
4–6.
Example 16: Graduated Tax Rates
55-136 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-10-55-23 for determination of the average graduated tax rate
for measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets by an
entity for which graduated tax rates ordinarily are a
significant factor. At the end of Year 3 (the current year), an
entity has $1,500 of taxable temporary differences and $900 of
deductible temporary differences, which are expected to result
in net taxable amounts of approximately $200 on the future tax
returns for each of Years 4–6. Enacted tax rates are 15 percent
for the first $500 of taxable income, 25 percent for the next
$500, and 40 percent for taxable income over $1,000. This
Example assumes that there is no income (for example, capital
gains) subject to special tax rates.
55-137 The deferred tax liability and asset for those
reversing taxable and deductible temporary differences in Years
4–6 are measured using the average graduated tax rate for the
estimated amount of annual taxable income in future years. Thus,
the average graduated tax rate will differ depending on the
expected level of annual taxable income (including reversing
temporary differences) in Years 4–6. The average tax rate will
be:
- 15 percent if the estimated annual level of taxable income in Years 4–6 is $500 or less
- 20 percent if the estimated annual level of taxable income in Years 4–6 is $1,000
- 30 percent if the estimated annual level of taxable income in Years 4–6 is $2,000.
55-138 Temporary differences usually do not reverse in
equal annual amounts as in the Example above, and a different
average graduated tax rate might apply to reversals in different
future years. However, a detailed analysis to determine the net
reversals of temporary differences in each future year usually
is not warranted. It is not warranted because the other variable
(that is, taxable income or losses exclusive of reversing
temporary differences in each of those future years) for
determination of the average graduated tax rate in each future
year is no more than an estimate. For that reason, an aggregate
calculation using a single estimated average graduated tax rate
based on estimated average annual taxable income in future years
is sufficient. Judgment is permitted, however, to deal with
unusual situations, for example, an abnormally large temporary
difference that will reverse in a single future year, or an
abnormal level of taxable income that is expected for a single
future year. The lowest graduated tax rate should be used
whenever the estimated average graduated tax rate otherwise
would be zero.
Example 17: Determining Whether a Tax Is an Income
Tax
55-139 The guidance in
paragraph 740-10-55-26 addressing when a tax is an income tax is
illustrated using the following example.
55-140 A state’s
franchise tax on each corporation is set at the greater of 0.25
percent of the corporation’s net taxable capital and 4.5 percent
of the corporation’s net taxable earned surplus. Net taxable
earned surplus is a term defined by the tax statute for federal
taxable income.
55-141 In this Example,
the amount of franchise tax equal to the tax on the
corporation’s net taxable earned surplus is an income tax.
55-142 Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are required to be recognized under this
Subtopic for the temporary differences that exist as of the date
of the statement of financial position using the tax rate to be
applied to the corporation’s net taxable earned surplus (4.5
percent).
55-143 The portion of
the total computed franchise tax that exceeds the amount equal
to the tax on the corporation’s net taxable earned surplus
should not be presented as a component of income tax expense
during any period in which the total computed franchise tax
exceeds the amount equal to the tax on the corporation’s net
taxable earned surplus.
55-144 While the tax
statutes of states or other jurisdictions differ, the accounting
described in paragraphs 740-10-55-140 through 55-143 would be
appropriate if the tax structure of another state or
jurisdiction was essentially the same as in this Example.
Example 18: Special Deductions
55-145 Paragraph 740-10-55-27 introduces guidance relating
to a special deduction for qualified production activities that
may be available to an entity under the American Jobs Creation
Act of 2004.
55-146 This Example illustrates how an entity with a
calendar year-end would apply paragraphs 740-10-25-37 and
740-10-35-4 to the qualified production activities deduction at
December 31, 2004. In particular, this Example illustrates the
methodology used to evaluate the qualified production activities
deduction’s effect on determining the need for a valuation
allowance on an entity’s existing net deferred tax assets. This
Example intentionally is not comprehensive (for example, it
excludes state and local taxes).
55-147 This Example has the following assumptions:
- Expected taxable income (excluding the qualified production activities deduction and net operating loss carryforwards) for 2005: $21,000
- Expected qualified production activities income for 2005: $50,000
- Net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2004, which expire in 2005: $20,000
- Expected W-2 wages for 2005: $10,000
- Assumed statutory income tax rate: 35%
- Qualified production activities deduction: 3% of the lesser of qualified production activities income or taxable income (after deducting the net operating loss carryforwards); limited to 50% of W-2 wages: $30.
55-148 Based on these assumptions, the entity would not
recognize a valuation allowance for the net operating loss
carryforwards at December 31, 2004, because expected taxable
income in 2005 (after deducting the qualified production
activities deduction) exceeds the net operating loss
carryforwards, as follows.
Example 19: Recognizing Tax Benefits of Operating
Loss
55-149 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
740-10-55-35 through 55-36 for recognition of the tax benefit of
an operating loss in the loss year and in subsequent
carryforward years when a valuation allowance is necessary in
the loss year. This Example has the following assumptions:
- The enacted tax rate is 40 percent for all years.
- An operating loss occurs in Year 5.
- The only difference between financial and taxable income results from use of accelerated depreciation for tax purposes. Differences that arise between the reported amount and the tax basis of depreciable assets in Years 1–7 will result in taxable amounts before the end of the loss carryforward period from Year 5.
-
Financial income, taxable income, and taxes currently payable or refundable are as follows.
- At the end of Year 5, profits are not expected in Years 6 and 7 and later years, and it is concluded that a valuation allowance is necessary to the extent realization of the deferred tax asset for the operating loss carryforward depends on taxable income (exclusive of reversing temporary differences) in future years.
55-150 The deferred tax liability for the taxable
temporary differences is calculated at the end of each year as
follows.
55-151 The deferred tax asset and related valuation
allowance for the loss carryforward are calculated at the end of
each year as follows.
55-152 Total tax expense for each period is as
follows.
55-153 In Year 5, $2,800 of the loss is carried back to
reduce taxable income in Years 2–4, and $1,120 of taxes paid for
those years is refunded. In addition, a $1,520 deferred tax
liability is recognized for $3,800 of taxable temporary
differences, and a $2,400 deferred tax asset is recognized for
the $6,000 loss carryforward. However, based on the conclusion
described in paragraph 740-10-55-149(e), a valuation allowance
is recognized for the amount by which that deferred tax asset
exceeds the deferred tax liability.
55-154 In Year 6, a portion of the deferred tax asset for
the loss carryforward is realized because taxable income is
earned in that year. The remaining balance of the deferred tax
asset for the loss carryforward at the end of Year 6 equals the
deferred tax liability for the taxable temporary differences. A
valuation allowance is not needed.
55-155 In Year 7, the remaining balance of the loss
carryforward is realized, and $760 of taxes are payable on net
taxable income of $1,900. A $2,040 deferred tax liability is
recognized for the $5,100 of taxable temporary differences.
Example 20: Interaction of Loss Carryforwards and Temporary
Differences
55-156 This Example
illustrates the guidance in paragraph 740-10-55-37 for the
interaction of loss carryforwards and temporary differences that
will result in net deductible amounts in future years. This
Example has the following assumptions:
- The financial loss and the loss reported on the tax return for an entity’s first year of operations are the same.
- In Year 2, a gain of $2,500 from a transaction that is a sale for tax purposes but does not meet the sale recognition criteria for financial reporting purposes is the only difference between pretax financial income and taxable income.
55-157 Financial and taxable income in this Example are as
follows.
55-158 The $4,000
operating loss carryforward at the end of Year 1 is reduced to
$1,500 at the end of Year 2 because $2,500 of it is used to
reduce taxable income. The $2,500 reduction in the loss
carryforward becomes $2,500 of deductible temporary differences
that will reverse and result in future tax deductions when the
sale occurs (that is, control of the asset transfers to the
buyer-lessor). The entity has no deferred tax liability to be
offset by those future tax deductions, the future tax deductions
cannot be realized by loss carryback because no taxes have been
paid, and the entity has had pretax losses for financial
reporting since inception. Unless positive evidence exists that
is sufficient to overcome the negative evidence associated with
those losses, a valuation allowance is recognized at the end of
Year 2 for the full amount of the deferred tax asset related to
the $2,500 of deductible temporary differences and the remaining
$1,500 of operating loss carryforward.
Example 21: Tax-Planning Strategy With Significant
Implementation Cost
55-159 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-10-55-44 for recognition of a deferred tax asset based on
the expected effect of a qualifying tax-planning strategy when a
significant expense would be incurred to implement the strategy.
This Example has the following assumptions:
- A $900 operating loss carryforward expires at the end of next year.
- Based on historical results and the weight of other available evidence, the estimated level of taxable income exclusive of the future reversal of existing temporary differences and the operating loss carryforward next year is $100.
- Taxable temporary differences in the amount of $1,200 ordinarily would result in taxable amounts of approximately $400 in each of the next 3 years.
- There is a qualifying tax-planning strategy to accelerate the future reversal of all $1,200 of taxable temporary differences to next year.
- Estimated legal and other expenses to implement that tax-planning strategy are $150.
- The enacted tax rate is 40 percent for all years.
55-160 Without the tax-planning strategy, only $500 of the
$900 operating loss carryforward could be realized next year by
offsetting $100 of taxable income exclusive of reversing
temporary differences and $400 of reversing taxable temporary
differences. The other $400 of operating loss carryforward would
expire unused at the end of next year. Therefore, the $360
deferred tax asset ($900 at 40 percent) would be offset by a
$160 valuation allowance ($400 at 40 percent), and a $200 net
deferred tax asset would be recognized for the operating loss
carryforward.
55-161 With the tax-planning strategy, the $900 operating
loss carryforward could be applied against $1,300 of taxable
income next year ($100 of taxable income exclusive of reversing
temporary differences and $1,200 of reversing taxable temporary
differences). The $360 deferred tax asset is reduced by a $90
valuation allowance recognized for the net-of-tax expenses
necessary to implement the tax-planning strategy. The amount of
that valuation allowance is determined as follows.
55-162 In summary, a $480 deferred tax liability is
recognized for the $1,200 of taxable temporary differences, a
$360 deferred tax asset is recognized for the $900 operating
loss carryforward, and a $90 valuation allowance is recognized
for the net-of-tax expenses of implementing the tax-planning
strategy.
Example 22: Multiple Tax-Planning Strategies
Available
55-163 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
740-10-55-39 through 55-48 relating to tax-planning strategies.
An entity might identify several qualifying tax-planning
strategies that would either reduce or eliminate the need for a
valuation allowance for a deferred tax asset. For example,
assume that an entity’s required valuation allowance would be
reduced $5,000 based on Strategy A, $7,000 based on Strategy B,
and $12,000 based on both strategies. The entity may not
recognize the effect of one of those strategies in the current
year and postpone recognition of the effect of the other
strategy to a later year.
55-164 The entity should recognize the effect of both
tax-planning strategies and reduce the valuation allowance by
$12,000 at the end of the current year. Paragraph 740-10-30-19
provides guidance on tax-planning strategies and establishes the
requirement that strategies meeting the criteria set forth in
that paragraph shall be considered in determining the required
valuation allowance.
Example 23: Effects of Subsidy on Temporary
Difference
55-165 Paragraph 740-10-55-54 introduces guidance relating
to a nontaxable subsidy that may be available to an entity under
the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization
Act of 2003. This Example illustrates that guidance.
55-166 Before the accounting for the effects of the Act,
an employer’s carrying amount of accrued postretirement benefit
cost (the amount recognized in the statement of financial
position) is $100 for a noncontributory, unfunded prescription
drug benefit plan with only inactive participants who are not
yet eligible to collect benefits. Assuming a tax rate of 35
percent and no corresponding tax basis for the accrued
postretirement benefit cost, the employer would report a $35
deferred tax asset related to that $100 deductible temporary
difference. Because the employer has a policy of amortizing
gains and losses under paragraph 715-60-35-29, upon recognition
of a $28 actuarial gain resulting from the estimate of the
expected subsidy, neither the carrying amount of accrued
postretirement benefit cost nor the deferred tax asset would
change. Subsequently, ignoring interest on the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation (which includes interest on
the subsidy), as the actuarial gain related to the subsidy is
amortized as a component of net periodic postretirement benefit
cost, the carrying amount of accrued postretirement cost would
be reduced. However, the associated temporary difference and
deferred tax asset would remain unchanged. That is, after the
gain related to the subsidy is amortized in its entirety, the
carrying amount of accrued postretirement benefit cost would be
$72, and the deferred tax asset would remain at $35.
55-167 For purposes of simplicity, this
Example ignores complexities regarding the amount and timing of
the subsidies reflected in the carrying amount of accrued
postretirement benefit cost arising from any of the
following:
- Netting gains and losses and application of the corridor amortization approach described in paragraph 715-60-35-29
- Recognition of additional subsidies through amortization of prior service costs that include effects of the subsidy
- Reduction in future service and interest costs.
Those complexities must be considered in determining the
temporary difference on which the deferred tax effects under
this Topic will be based.
Example 24: Built-In Gains of S Corporation
55-168 This Example
illustrates an entity’s change from taxable C corporation status
to nontaxable S corporation status, in accordance with the
guidance provided in paragraph 740-10-55-65. This Example has
the following assumptions:
-
An entity’s S corporation election is effective for calendar-year 1990 and that at the conversion date its assets comprise marketable securities, finished goods inventory, and depreciable assets as follows.
- The entity has no tax loss or credit carryforwards available to offset the built-in gains.
- The depreciable assets will be recovered by use in operations (and, therefore, will not result in a taxable amount pursuant to the tax law applied to built-in gains).
- The marketable securities will be sold in the same year that the inventory is sold, the $50 built-in gain on the inventory is reduced by the $10 built-in loss on the marketable securities, and $40 would be taxed in the year that the inventory turns over and the securities are sold. Accordingly, the entity should continue to display in its statement of financial position a deferred tax liability for that $40 net taxable amount.
55-169 At subsequent financial statement dates until the
end of the 10 years following the conversion date, the entity
should remeasure the deferred tax liability for net built-in
gains based on the provisions of the tax law. Deferred tax
expense (or benefit) should be recognized for any change in that
deferred tax liability.
Example 25: Purchase Transactions That Are Not Accounted
for as Business Combinations
55-170 Paragraph 740-10-25-51 addresses the accounting
when an asset is acquired outside of a business combination and
the tax basis of the asset differs from the amount paid. The
following Cases illustrate the required accounting for purchase
transactions that are not accounted for as business combinations
in the following circumstances:
- The amount paid is less than the tax basis of the asset (Case A).
- The amount paid is more than the tax basis of the asset (Case B).
- The transaction results in a deferred credit (Case C).
- A deferred credit is created by a financial asset (Case D).
- Subparagraph not used.
- The result is a purchase of future tax benefits (Case F).
Case A: Amount Paid Is Less Than Tax Basis of Asset
55-171 This Case illustrates an asset purchase that is not
a business combination in which the amount paid differs from the
tax basis of the asset (tax basis is greater).
55-172 As an incentive for acquiring specific types of
equipment in certain sectors, a foreign jurisdiction permits a
deduction, for tax purposes, of an amount in excess of the cost
of the acquired asset. To illustrate, assume that Entity A
purchases a machine for $100 and its tax basis is automatically
increased to $150. Upon sale of the asset, there is no recapture
of the extra tax deduction. The tax rate is 35 percent.
55-173 In accordance with paragraph 740-10-25-51, the
amounts assigned to the equipment and the related deferred tax
asset should be determined using the simultaneous equations
method as follows (where FBB is Final Book Basis; CPP is Cash
Purchase Price; and DTA is Deferred Tax Asset):
Equation A (determine the final book basis
of the equipment):
FBB – [Tax Rate × (FBB – Tax Basis)] = CPP
Equation B (determine the amount assigned to
the deferred tax asset):
(Tax Basis – FBB) × Tax Rate = DTA.
55-174 In this Case, the following variables are known:
- Tax Basis = $150
- Tax Rate = 35 percent
- CPP = $100.
55-175 The unknown variables (FBB and DTA) are solved as follows:
Equation A: FBB = $73
Equation B: DTA = $27.
55-176 Accordingly, the entity would record the following
journal entry.
Case B: Amount Paid Is More Than Tax Basis of Asset
55-177 This Case illustrates an asset purchase that is not
a business combination in which the amount paid differs from the
tax basis of the asset (tax basis is less).
55-178 Assume that an entity pays $1,000,000 for the stock
of an entity in a nontaxable acquisition (that is, carryover
basis for tax purposes). The acquired entity’s sole asset is a
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) license that has a tax
basis of zero. Since the acquisition of the entity is in
substance the acquisition of an FCC license, no goodwill is
recognized. A deferred tax liability would need to be recorded
for the temporary difference (in this Case, the entire
$1,000,000 plus the tax-on-tax effect from increasing the
carrying amount of the FCC license acquired) related to the FCC
license. The tax rate is 35 percent.
55-179 In accordance with paragraph 740-10-25-51, the
amounts assigned to the FCC license and the related deferred tax
liability should be determined using the simultaneous equations
method as follows (where FBB is Final Book Basis; CPP is Cash
Purchase Price; and DTL is Deferred Tax Liability):
Equation A (determine the FBB of the FCC license):
FBB – [Tax Rate × (FBB – Tax Basis)] = CPP
Equation B (determine the amount assigned to
the DTL):
(FBB – Tax Basis) × Tax Rate = DTL.
55-180 In this Case, the following variables are known:
- Tax Basis = $0
- Tax Rate = 35 percent
- CPP = $1,000,000.
55-181 The unknown variables (FBB and DTL) are solved as follows:
Equation A: FBB = $1,538,462
Equation B: DTL = $538,462.
55-182 Accordingly, the entity would record the following
journal entry.
Case C: Transaction Results In Deferred Credit
55-183 This Case provides an illustration of a transaction
that results in a deferred credit.
55-184 Entity A buys a machine for $50 with a tax basis of
$200. The tax rate is 35 percent.
55-185 In accordance with paragraph 740-10-25-51, the
amounts assigned to the machine and the deferred tax asset
should be determined using the simultaneous equations method as
follows (where FBB is Final Book Basis; CPP is Cash Purchase
Price; and DTA is Deferred Tax Asset):
Equation A (determine the FBB of the machine):
FBB – [Tax Rate × (FBB – Tax Basis)] = CPP
Equation B (determine the amount assigned to
the DTA):
(Tax Basis – FBB) × Tax Rate = DTA.
55-186 In this Case, the following variables are known:
- Tax Basis = $200
- Tax Rate = 35 percent
- CPP = $50.
55-187 The unknown variables (FBB and DTA) are solved as follows:
Equation A: FBB = $(31). However, because the FBB
cannot be less than zero, the FBB is recorded at
zero.
Equation B: DTA = $70.
55-188 The excess of the amount assigned to the deferred
tax asset over the cash purchase price paid for the machine is
recorded as a deferred credit. Accordingly, the entity would
record the following journal entry.
Case D: Deferred Credit Created by Financial Asset
55-189 This Case provides an illustration of a deferred
credit created by the acquisition of a financial asset.
55-190 Entity A acquires the stock of another corporation
for $250. The principal asset of the corporation is a marketable
equity security with a readily determinable fair value of $200
and a tax basis of $500. The tax rate is 35 percent. The
acquired entity has no operations and so the acquisition is
accounted for as an asset purchase and not as a business
combination.
55-191 In accordance with paragraph 740-10-25-51, the
acquired financial asset should be recognized at fair value, and
a deferred tax asset should be recorded at the amount required
by this Subtopic. The excess of the fair value of the financial
asset and the deferred tax asset recorded over the cash purchase
price should be recorded as a deferred credit. Accordingly, the
entity would record the following journal entry.
Case E: Simultaneous Equations Method and Reduction in
Preexisting Valuation Allowance
55-192 Paragraph not used.
55-193 Paragraph not used.
55-194 Paragraph not used.
55-195 Paragraph not used.
55-196 Paragraph not used.
55-197 Paragraph not used.
55-198 Paragraph not used.
Case F: Purchase of Future Tax Benefits
55-199 This Case provides an illustration of the purchase
of future tax benefits.
55-200 A foreign entity that has nominal assets other than
its net operating loss carryforwards is acquired by a foreign
subsidiary of a U.S. entity for the specific purpose of
utilizing the net operating loss carryforwards (this type of
transaction is often referred to as a tax loss acquisition). It
is presumed that this transaction does not constitute a business
combination, since the acquired entity has no operations and is
merely a shell entity. As a result of the time value of money
and because the target entity is in financial difficulty and has
ceased operations, the foreign subsidiary is able to acquire the
shell entity at a discount from the amount corresponding to the
gross deferred tax asset for the net operating loss
carryforwards. Assume, for example, that $2,000,000 is paid for
net operating loss carryforwards having a deferred tax benefit
of $5,000,000 for which it is more likely than not that the full
benefit will be realized. The tax rate is 35 percent.
55-201 In accordance with paragraph 740-10-25-51, the
amount assigned to the deferred tax asset should be recorded at
its gross amount (in accordance with this Subtopic) and the
excess of the amount assigned to the deferred tax asset over the
purchase price should be recorded as a deferred credit as
follows.
Example 26: Direct Transaction With
Governmental Taxing Authority
55-202 Guidance is provided on various types of payments
made to taxing authorities in paragraphs 740-10-55-67 through
55-75. This Example illustrates one possible payment
situation.
55-203 In this Example,
tax laws in a foreign country enable corporate taxpayers to
elect to step up the tax basis for certain fixed assets
($1,000,000) to fair value ($2,000,000) in exchange for a
current payment to the government of 3 percent of the step-up
($30,000). An entity would be expected to avail itself of this
election (and make the upfront payment) as long as it believed
that it was likely that it would be able to utilize the
additional deductions (at a tax rate of 35 percent) that were
created as a result of the step-up to reduce future taxable
income and that the timing and amount of the resulting future
tax savings justified the current payment. (For purposes of this
Example, it is assumed that the transaction that accomplishes
this step-up for tax purposes does not create a taxable
temporary difference. A taxable temporary difference would
exist, for example, if the tax benefit associated with the
transaction with the governmental taxing authority becomes
taxable in certain situations, such as those described in
paragraph 830-740-25-7.)
55-204 In this Example, the tax effects of transactions
directly with a taxing authority are recorded directly in income
as follows.
55-205 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-206 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-207 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-208 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-209 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-210 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
55-211 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2015-17.
Example 29: Disclosure Related to Components of Income
Taxes Attributable to Continuing Operations
55-212 Paragraph 740-10-55-79 provides guidance on
satisfying the required disclosure of the significant components
of income taxes and identifies three acceptable approaches
illustrated in this Example:
- The gross method (Case A)
- The net method (Case B)
- The statutory tax rate reconciliation method (Case C).
55-213 Cases A, B, and C share the following
assumptions:
- An entity has $1,588 of taxable income and $100 of investment tax credits for the current year. The $100 deferred tax asset for $295 of operating loss carryforwards was fully reserved at the beginning of the current year.
- Pretax financial income from continuing operations is $5,000.
- Income tax expense from continuing operations is $1,500.
- Effective tax rate is 30%.
- Statutory tax rate is 34%.
Case A: Gross Method
55-214 The first acceptable approach, illustrated as
follows, to disclosure of components of income tax expense from
continuing operations is referred to as the gross method.
Case B: Net Method
55-215 The second acceptable approach, illustrated as
follows, to disclosure of components of income tax expense from
continuing operations is referred to as the net method.
Case C: Statutory Tax Rate Reconciliation Method
55-216 The third acceptable approach, illustrated as
follows, to disclosure of components of income tax expense from
continuing operations is referred to as the statutory tax rate
reconciliation method.
Example 30: Disclosure Relating to Uncertainty in Income
Taxes
55-217 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-10-50-15 for disclosures about uncertainty in income taxes.
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax
returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various
states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions,
the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state
and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax
authorities for years before 20X1. The Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the Company’s
U.S. income tax returns for 20X2 through 20X4 in the
first quarter of 20X7 that is anticipated to be
completed by the end of 20X8. As of December 31, 20X7,
the IRS has proposed certain significant adjustments to
the Company’s transfer pricing and research credits tax
positions. Management is currently evaluating those
proposed adjustments to determine if it agrees, but if
accepted, the Company does not anticipate the
adjustments would result in a material change to its
financial position. However, the Company anticipates
that it is reasonably possible that an additional
payment in the range of $80 to $100 million will be made
by the end of 20X8. A reconciliation of the beginning
and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as
follows.
At December 31, 20X7, 20X6, and 20X5, there are $60,
$55, and $40 million of unrecognized tax benefits that
if recognized would affect the annual effective tax
rate.
The Company recognizes interest accrued related to
unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and
penalties in operating expenses. During the years ended
December 31, 20X7, 20X6, and 20X5, the Company
recognized approximately $10, $11, and $12 million in
interest and penalties. The Company had approximately
$60 and $50 million for the payment of interest and
penalties accrued at December 31, 20X7, and 20X6,
respectively.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
740-10-65-9)
55-217
This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-10-50-15 for disclosures about uncertainty in
income taxes.
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files
income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction, and various states and foreign
jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is
no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and
local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax
authorities for years before 20X1. The Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of
the Company's U.S. income tax returns for 20X2
through 20X4 in the first quarter of 20X7 that is
anticipated to be completed by the end of 20X8. A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount
of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows.
At December 31, 20X7, 20X6, and 20X5, there
are $60, $55, and $40 million of unrecognized tax
benefits that if recognized would affect the
annual effective tax rate.
The Company recognizes interest accrued
related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest
expense and penalties in operating expenses.
During the years ended December 31, 20X7, 20X6,
and 20X5, the Company recognized approximately
$10, $11, and $12 million in interest and
penalties. The Company had approximately $60 and
$50 million for the payment of interest and
penalties accrued at December 31, 20X7, and 20X6,
respectively.
Example 31: Disclosure Relating to Realizability Estimates
of Deferred Tax Asset
55-218 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
275-10-50-8 for disclosure relating to the realizability
estimates of a deferred tax asset.
55-219 In this Example, Entity A develops, manufactures,
and markets limited-use vaccines. The entity has a dominant
share of the narrow market it serves. As of December 31, 19X4,
the entity has no temporary differences and has aggregate loss
carryforwards of $12 million that originated in prior years and
that expire in varying amounts between 19X5 and 19X7. As of
December 31, 19X4, the entity has a deferred tax asset of $4.8
million that represents the benefit of the remaining $12 million
in loss carryforwards, and it has concluded at that date that a
valuation allowance is unnecessary. The loss carryforwards arose
during the entity’s development stage when it incurred high
levels of research and development expenses prior to commencing
sales. While the entity has earned, on average, $6 million
income before tax (taxable income before carryforwards) in each
of the last 5 years, future profitability in this competitive
industry depends on continually developing new products. The
entity has a number of promising new vaccines under development,
but it is aware that other entities recently began testing
vaccines that would compete with the vaccines being developed by
the entity as well as products that will compete with the
vaccines that are currently generating the entity’s profits.
Rapid introduction of competing products or failure of the
entity’s development efforts could reduce estimates of future
profitability in the near term, which could affect the entity’s
ability to fully utilize its loss carryforward.
55-220 Illustrative disclosure for the entity follows.
The entity has recorded a deferred tax asset
of $4.8 million reflecting the benefit of $12 million in loss
carryforwards, which expire in varying amounts between 19X5 and
19X7. Realization is dependent on generating sufficient taxable
income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although
realization is not assured, management believes it is more
likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be
realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered
realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if
estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward
period are reduced.
55-221 In addition to other disclosures, information as to
the amount of loss carryforwards and their expiration dates and
the amount of any valuation allowance with respect to the
recorded deferred tax asset is required under This Subtopic.
55-222 The disclosure in this Example informs users
that:
- Realization of the deferred tax asset depends on achieving a certain minimum level of future taxable income within the next three years
- Although management currently believes that achievement of the required future taxable income is more likely than not, it is at least reasonably possible that this belief could change in the near term, resulting in establishment of a valuation allowance.
Example 32: Definition of a Tax Position
55-223 Entity A has sales in Jurisdiction S but no
physical presence. Management has reviewed the nexus rules for
filing a return in Jurisdiction S and must determine whether
filing a tax return in Jurisdiction S is required. In evaluating
the tax position to file a tax return, management should
consider all relevant sources of tax law. The evaluation of
nexus has to be made for all jurisdictions where Entity A might
be subject to income taxes. Each of these evaluations is a
separate tax position that is subject to the recognition,
measurement, and disclosure requirements of this Subtopic.
Example 33: Definition of a Tax Position
55-224 Entity S converted to an S Corporation from a C
Corporation effective January 1, 20X0. In 20X7, Entity S
disposed of assets subject to built-in gains and reported a tax
liability on its 20X7 tax returns. Tax positions to consider
related to the built-in gains tax include, but are not limited
to:
- Whether other assets were sold subject to the built-in gains tax
- Whether the income associated with the calculation of the taxable amount of the built-in gains is correct
- Whether the basis associated with the built-in gains calculation is correct.
It should be noted that whether or not Entity S is subject to the
built-in gains tax also is a tax position subject to the
provisions of this Subtopic.
Example 34: Definition of a Tax Position
55-225 Entity N, a tax-exempt not-for-profit entity,
enters into transactions that may be subject to income tax on
unrelated business income. Tax positions to consider include but
are not limited to:
- Entity N’s characterization of its activities as related or unrelated to its exempt purpose
- Entity N’s allocation of revenue between activities that relate to its exempt purpose and those that are allocated to unrelated business income
- The allocation of Entity N’s expenses between activities that relate to its exempt purpose and those that are allocated to unrelated business activities.
Even if Entity N were not subject to income taxes on unrelated
business income, it still has a tax position of whether it
qualifies as a tax-exempt not-for-profit entity.
Example 35: Attribution of Income Taxes to the Entity or
Its Owners
55-226 Entity A, a partnership with two partners—Partner 1
and Partner 2—has nexus in Jurisdiction J. Jurisdiction J
assesses an income tax on Entity A and allows Partners 1 and 2
to file a tax return and use their pro rata share of Entity A’s
income tax payment as a credit (that is, payment against the tax
liability of the owners). Because the owners may file a tax
return and utilize Entity A’s payment as a payment against their
personal income tax, the income tax would be attributed to the
owners by Jurisdiction J’s laws whether or not the owners file
an income tax return. Because the income tax has been attributed
to the owners, payments to Jurisdiction J for income taxes
should be treated as a transaction with the owners. The result
would not change even if there were an agreement between Entity
A and its two partners requiring Entity A to reimburse Partners
1 and 2 for any taxes the partners may owe to Jurisdiction J.
This is because attribution is based on the laws and regulations
of the taxing authority rather than on obligations imposed by
agreements between an entity and its owners.
Example 36: Attribution of Income Taxes to the Entity or
Its Owners
55-227 If the fact pattern in paragraph 740-10-55-226
changed such that Jurisdiction J has no provision for the owners
to file tax returns and the laws and regulations of Jurisdiction
J do not indicate that the payments are made on behalf of
Partners 1 and 2, income taxes are attributed to Entity A on the
basis of Jurisdiction J’s laws and are accounted for based on
the guidance in this Subtopic.
Example 37: Attribution of Income Taxes to the Entity or
Its Owners
55-228 Entity S, an S Corporation, files a tax return in
Jurisdiction J. An analysis of the laws and regulations of
Jurisdiction J indicates that Jurisdiction J can hold Entity S
and its owners jointly and severally liable for payment of
income taxes. The laws and regulations also indicate that if
payment is made by Entity S, the payments are made on behalf of
the owners. Because the laws and regulations attribute the
income tax to the owners regardless of who pays the tax, any
payments to Jurisdiction J for income taxes should be treated as
a transaction with its owners.
Example 38: Financial Statements of a Group of Related
Entities
55-229 Entity A, a partnership with 2 partners, owns a 100
percent interest in Entity B and is required to issue
consolidated financial statements. Entity B is a taxable entity
that has unrecognized tax positions and a related liability for
unrecognized tax benefits. Because entities within a
consolidated or combined group should consider the tax positions
of all entities within the group regardless of the tax status of
the reporting entity, Entity A should include in its financial
statements the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of both
Entity A and Entity B, including those relating to the
implementation of this Subtopic to Entity B. This is required
even though Entity A is a pass-through entity.
Pending Content (Transition
Guidance: ASC 740-10-65-9)
Example
39: Rate Reconciliation Between Income Tax Expense
(or Benefit) and Statutory
Expectations
55-230 The following Cases illustrate
the rate reconciliation disclosure for a public
business entity (Case A) and for an entity other
than a public business entity (Case B).
Case A: Public Business Entity
55-231 The following illustrates the
specific categories and the reconciling items
disclosed by a public business entity in its
tabular rate reconciliation in accordance with
paragraphs 740-10-50-12A through 50-12B. The
entity is domiciled in the United States and
presents comparative financial statements. For the
disclosure of foreign tax effects in accordance
with paragraph 740-10-50-12A(b)(2), it is assumed
that the 5 percent threshold, computed by
multiplying the income (or loss) from continuing
operations before income taxes by the applicable
statutory federal (national) income tax rate of
the United States, is met:
- For Ireland, both at the jurisdiction level and for certain individual reconciling items of the same nature within Ireland
- For the United Kingdom, for certain individual reconciling items of the same nature within the United Kingdom, but not at the jurisdiction level
- For Switzerland and Mexico, at the jurisdiction level, but not for any individual reconciling items of the same nature within each jurisdiction.
Case B: Entity Other Than Public Business
Entity
55-232 The following illustrates
significant reconciling items disclosed by an
entity other than a public business entity in
accordance with paragraph 740-10-50-13.
55-233 The difference between Entity W’s
effective tax rate and its statutory tax rate is
primarily attributed to tax credits, state taxes,
and foreign taxes. More specifically, the foreign
tax effects of Entity W’s operations in Ireland
had a decreasing effect on its effective tax rate,
while the foreign tax effects of Entity W’s
operations in France had an increasing effect on
its effective tax rate. Entity W received federal
research and development tax credits, which
decreased its effective tax rate, while state
taxes in California increased its effective tax
rate.
ASC 740-20 — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
Illustrations
Example 1: Allocation to Continuing Operations
55-1 Paragraph 740-20-45-8 states that the amount of
income tax expense or benefit allocated to continuing operations
is the tax effect of pretax income or loss from continuing
operations that occurred during the year plus or minus certain
adjustments.
55-2 The adjustments include the tax effects of:
- Changes in circumstances that cause a change in judgment about the realization of deferred tax assets in future years
- Changes in tax laws or rates
- Changes in tax status
- Tax-deductible dividends paid to shareholders.
55-3 The allocation of income tax expense between pretax
income from continuing operations and other items shall include
deferred taxes.
55-4 This Example illustrates allocation of current and
deferred tax expense. The assumptions are as follows:
- Tax rates are 40 percent for Years 1, 2, and 3 and 30 percent for Year 4 and subsequent years. No valuation allowances are required for deferred tax assets.
-
At the end of Year 1, there is a $500 taxable temporary difference relating to the entity’s contracting operations and a $200 deductible temporary difference related to its other operations. Determination of the entity’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of Year 1 is as follows.
- During Year 2, the entity decides that it will sell its contracting operations in Year 3. As a result, all temporary differences related to the contracting operations (the $500 taxable temporary difference that existed at the end of Year 1, plus an additional $200 taxable temporary difference that arose during Year 2) are now considered to result in taxable amounts in Year 3 because the contracting operations will be sold in Year 3.
- At the end of Year 2, the entity also has $300 of deductible temporary differences ($100 of the temporary difference that existed at the end of Year 1, plus an additional $200 that arose during Year 2) from continuing operations.
- For Year 2, the entity has $50 of pretax reported income from continuing operations and $200 of pretax reported income from discontinued operations.
-
Determination of the entity’s deferred tax asset and liability at the end of Year 2 is as follows.
55-5 Total deferred tax expense for Year 2 is $100 ($170 –
$70). The deferred tax benefit of the deductible temporary
differences related to the entity’s continuing operations during
Year 2 is determined as follows.
55-6 The deferred tax expense for taxable temporary
differences related to the entity’s discontinued operations
during Year 2 is determined as follows.
55-7 Total tax expense and tax expense allocated to
continuing and discontinued operations for Year 2 are determined
as follows.
Example 2: Allocations of Income Taxes to Continuing
Operations and One Other Item
55-8 If there is only one item other than continuing
operations, the portion of income tax expense or benefit for the
year that remains after the allocation to continuing operations
is allocated to that item. If there are two or more items other
than continuing operations, the amount that remains after the
allocation to continuing operations is allocated among those
other items in proportion to their individual effects on income
tax expense or benefit for the year.
55-9 The following Cases both present allocations of
income tax to continuing operations when there is only one item
other than income from continuing operations:
- Loss from continuing operations with an extraordinary gain (Case A)
- Income from continuing operations with a loss from discontinued operations (Case B).
Case A: Loss From Continuing Operations With a
Gain on Discontinued Operations (Tax Benefit Realizable)
55-10 This Case
illustrates allocation of income tax expense if there is only
one item other than income from continuing operations. The
assumptions are as follows:
- The entity’s pretax financial income and taxable income are the same.
- The entity’s ordinary loss from continuing operations is $500.
- The entity also has a gain on discontinued operations of $900 that is a capital gain for tax purposes.
- The tax rate is 40 percent on ordinary income and 30 percent on capital gains. Income taxes currently payable are $120 ($400 at 30 percent).
- The entity has determined that the deferred tax asset that would have resulted from the loss from continuing operations if the gain on discontinued operations had not occurred would be expected to be realized (that is, a valuation allowance would not have been needed).
55-11 Income tax expense
is allocated between the pretax loss from operations and the
gain on discontinued operations as follows.
55-12 The effect of the
$500 loss from continuing operations was to offset an equal
amount of capital gains that otherwise would be taxed at a 30
percent tax rate. However, the guidance in paragraph 740-20-45-7
requires that an entity determine the tax effects of pretax
income from continuing operations by a computation that does not
consider the tax effects of items that are not included in
continuing operations. The entity has determined that, absent
the capital gain from discontinued operations, a valuation
allowance would not have been needed on the deferred tax asset
resulting from the $500 loss from continuing operations. Thus,
$200 ($500 at 40 percent) of tax benefit is allocated to
continuing operations. The $320 incremental effect of the gain
on discontinued operations is the difference between $120 of
total tax expense and the $200 tax benefit allocated to
continuing operations.
Case A1: Loss From Continuing Operations With a Gain on
Discontinued Operations (Tax Benefit Not Realizable)
55-12A This Case
illustrates allocation of income tax expense if there is only
one item other than income from continuing operations. The
assumptions are the same as in Case A except that the entity has
determined that the deferred tax asset that would have resulted
from the loss from continuing operations if the gain on
discontinued operations had not occurred would not be expected
to be realized (that is, a valuation allowance would have been
needed).
55-12B Income tax
expense is allocated between the pretax loss from operations and
the gain on discontinued operations as follows.
55-12C The effect of the
$500 loss from continuing operations was to offset an equal
amount of capital gains that otherwise would be taxed at a 30
percent tax rate. However, the guidance in paragraph 740-20-45-7
requires that an entity determine the tax effects of pretax
income from continuing operations by a computation that does not
consider the tax effects of items that are not included in
continuing operations. The entity has determined that, absent
the capital gain from discontinued operations, a valuation
allowance would have been needed on the deferred tax asset
resulting from the $500 loss from continuing operations. Thus,
zero tax benefit is allocated to continuing operations. The $120
incremental income tax expense related to the gain on
discontinued operations is the difference between $120 of total
tax expense and the zero tax benefit allocated to continuing
operations.
Case B: Income From Continuing Operations With a Loss From
Discontinued Operations
55-13 This Case further illustrates the general
requirement to determine the tax effects of pretax income from
continuing operations by a computation that does not consider
the tax effects of items that are not included in continuing
operations.
55-14 To illustrate,
assume that in the current year an entity has $1,000 of income
from continuing operations and a $1,000 loss from discontinued
operations. At the beginning of the year, the entity has a
$2,000 net operating loss carryforward for which the deferred
tax asset, net of its valuation allowance, is zero, and the
entity did not reduce that valuation allowance during the year.
No tax expense should be allocated to income from continuing
operations because the $2,000 loss carryforward is sufficient to
offset that income. Thus, no tax benefit is allocated to the
loss from discontinued operations.
Example 3: Allocation of the Benefit of a Tax Credit
Carryforward
55-15 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
740-20-45-7 through 45-8 for allocation of the tax benefit of a
tax credit carryforward that is recognized as a deferred tax
asset in the current year. The assumptions are as follows:
- The entity’s pretax financial income and taxable income are the same.
- Pretax financial income for the year comprises $300 from continuing operations and $400 from a gain on discontinued operations.
- The tax rate is 40 percent. Taxes payable for the year are zero because $330 of tax credits that arose in the current year more than offset the $280 of tax otherwise payable on $700 of taxable income.
- A $50 deferred tax asset is recognized for the $50 ($330 – $280) tax credit carryforward. Based on the weight of available evidence, management concludes that no valuation allowance is necessary.
55-16 Income tax expense or benefit is allocated between
pretax income from continuing operations and the gain on
discontinued operations as follows.
55-17 Absent the gain on discontinued operations and
assuming it was not the deciding factor in reaching a conclusion
that a valuation allowance is not needed, the entire tax benefit
of the $330 of tax credits would be allocated to continuing
operations. The presence of the gain on discontinued operations
does not change that allocation.
Example 4: Allocation to Other Comprehensive
Income
55-18 Income taxes are sometimes allocated directly to
shareholders’ equity or to other comprehensive income. This
Example illustrates the allocation of income taxes for
translation adjustments under the requirements of Subtopic
830-30 to other comprehensive income. In this Example, FC
represents units of foreign currency.
55-19 A foreign subsidiary has earnings of FC 600 for Year
2. Its net assets (and unremitted earnings) are FC 1,000 and FC
1,600 at the end of Years 1 and 2, respectively.
55-20 The foreign currency is the functional currency. For
Year 2, translated amounts are as follows.
55-21 A $260 translation adjustment ($1,200 + $660 -
$1,600) is reported in other comprehensive income and
accumulated in shareholders’ equity for Year 2.
55-22 The U.S. parent expects that all of the foreign
subsidiary’s unremitted earnings will be remitted in the
foreseeable future, and under the requirements of Subtopic
740-30, a deferred U.S. tax liability is recognized for those
unremitted earnings.
55-23 The U.S. parent accrues the deferred tax liability
at a 20 percent tax rate (that is, net of foreign tax credits,
foreign tax credit carryforwards, and so forth). An analysis of
the net investment in the foreign subsidiary and the related
deferred tax liability for Year 2 is as follows.
55-24 For Year 2, $132 of deferred taxes are charged
against earnings, and $52 of deferred taxes are reported in
other comprehensive income and accumulated in shareholders’
equity.
ASC 740-270 — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
General
55-1 This Section, which is an integral part of the
requirements of this Subtopic, provides Examples of applying the
required accounting for interim period income taxes to some
specific situations. In general, the Examples illustrate matters
unique to accounting for income taxes at interim dates. The
Examples do not include consideration of the nature of tax
credits and events that do not have tax consequences or
illustrate all possible combinations of circumstances.
Illustrations
Example 1: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to
Ordinary Income (or Loss) at an Interim Date if Ordinary
Income Is Anticipated for the Fiscal Year
55-2 The following Cases illustrate the guidance in
Sections 740-270-30 and 740-270-35 for accounting for income
taxes applicable to ordinary income (or loss) at an interim date
if ordinary income is anticipated for the fiscal year:
- Ordinary income in all interim periods (Case A)
- Ordinary income and losses in interim periods (Case B)
- Changes in estimates (Case C).
55-3 Cases A and B share all of the following
assumptions:
- For the full fiscal year, an entity anticipates ordinary income of $100,000. All income is taxable in one jurisdiction at a 50 percent rate. Anticipated tax credits for the fiscal year total $10,000. No events that do not have tax consequences are anticipated. No changes in estimated ordinary income, tax rates, or tax credits occur during the year.
-
Computation of the estimated annual effective tax rate applicable to ordinary income is as follows.
- Tax credits are generally subject to limitations, usually based on the amount of tax payable before the credits. In computing the estimated annual effective tax rate, anticipated tax credits are limited to the amounts that are expected to be realized or are expected to be recognizable at the end of the current year in accordance with the provisions of Subtopic 740-10. If an entity is unable to estimate the amount of its tax credits for the year, see paragraphs 740-270-30-17 through 30-18.
Case A: Ordinary Income in All Interim Periods
55-4 The entity has ordinary income in all interim
periods. Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
Case B: Ordinary Income and Losses in Interim Periods
55-5 The following Cases illustrate ordinary income and
losses in interim periods:
- Year-to-date ordinary income (Case B1)
- Year-to-date ordinary losses, realization more likely than not (Case B2)
- Year-to-date ordinary losses, realization not more likely than not (Case B3).
Case B1: Year-to-Date Ordinary Income
55-6 The entity has ordinary income and losses in interim
periods; there is not an ordinary loss for the fiscal year to
date at the end of any interim period. Quarterly tax
computations are as follows.
Case B2: Year-to-Date Ordinary Losses, Realization More Likely
Than Not
55-7 The entity has ordinary income and losses in interim
periods, and there is an ordinary loss for the year to date at
the end of an interim period. Established seasonal patterns
provide evidence that realization in the current year of the tax
benefit of the year-to-date loss and of anticipated tax credits
is more likely than not. Quarterly tax computations are as
follows.
Case B3: Year-to-Date Ordinary Losses, Realization Not More
Likely Than Not
55-8 The entity has ordinary income and losses in interim
periods, and there is a year-to-date ordinary loss during the
year. There is no established seasonal pattern and it is more
likely than not that the tax benefit of the year-to-date loss
and the anticipated tax credits will not be realized in the
current or future years. Quarterly tax computations are as
follows.
Case C: Changes in Estimates
55-9 During the fiscal year, all of an entity’s operations
are taxable in one jurisdiction at a 50 percent rate. No events
that do not have tax consequences are anticipated. Estimates of
ordinary income for the year and of anticipated credits at the
end of each interim period are as shown below. Changes in the
estimated annual effective tax rate result from changes in the
ratio of anticipated tax credits to tax computed at the
statutory rate. Changes consist of an unanticipated strike that
reduced income in the second quarter, an increase in the capital
budget resulting in an increase in anticipated investment tax
credit in the third quarter, and better than anticipated sales
and income in the fourth quarter. The entity has ordinary income
in all interim periods. Computations of the estimated annual
effective tax rate based on the estimate made at the end of each
quarter are as follows.
55-10 Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
Example 2: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to
Ordinary Income (or Loss) at an Interim Date if an
Ordinary Loss Is Anticipated for the Fiscal
Year
55-11 The following Cases illustrate the guidance in
Section 740-270-30 for accounting for income taxes applicable to
ordinary income (or loss) at an interim date if an ordinary loss
is anticipated for the fiscal year:
- Realization of the tax benefit of the loss is more likely than not (Case A)
- Realization of the tax benefit of the loss is not more likely than not (Case B)
- Partial realization of the tax benefit of the loss is more likely than not (Case C)
- Reversal of net deferred tax credits (Case D).
55-12 Cases A, B, and C share the following
assumptions.
- For the full fiscal year, an entity anticipates an ordinary loss of $100,000. The entity operates entirely in one jurisdiction where the tax rate is 50 percent. Anticipated tax credits for the fiscal year total $10,000. No events that do not have tax consequences are anticipated.
-
If there is a recognizable tax benefit for the loss and the tax credits pursuant to the requirements of Subtopic 740-10, computation of the estimated annual effective tax rate applicable to the ordinary loss would be as follows.
55-13 Cases A, B, and C state varying assumptions with
respect to assurance of realization of the components of the net
tax benefit. When the realization of a component of the benefit
is not expected to be realized during the current year or
recognizable as a deferred tax asset at the end of the current
year in accordance with the provisions of Subtopic 740-10, that
component is not included in the computation of the estimated
annual effective tax rate.
Case A: Realization of the Tax Benefit of the Loss Is More Likely
Than Not
55-14 The following Cases illustrate when realization of
the tax benefit of the loss is more likely than not:
- Ordinary losses in all interim periods (Case A1)
- Ordinary income and losses in interim periods (Case A2).
Case A1: Ordinary Losses in All Interim Periods
55-15 The entity has ordinary losses in all interim
periods. The full tax benefit of the anticipated ordinary loss
and the anticipated tax credits will be realized by carryback.
Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
Case A2: Ordinary Income and Losses in Interim Periods
55-16 The entity has
ordinary income and losses in interim periods and for the year
to date. The full tax benefit of the anticipated ordinary loss
and the anticipated tax credits will be realized by carryback.
The full tax benefit of the maximum year-to-date ordinary loss
can also be realized by carryback. Quarterly tax computations
are as follows.
Case B: Realization of the Tax Benefit of the Loss Is Not More
Likely Than Not
55-17 In Cases A1 and A2, if neither the tax benefit of
the anticipated loss for the fiscal year nor anticipated tax
credits were recognizable pursuant to Subtopic 740-10, the
estimated annual effective tax rate for the year would be zero
and no tax (or benefit) would be recognized in any quarter. That
conclusion is not affected by changes in the mix of income and
loss in interim periods during a fiscal year. However, see
paragraph 740-270-30-18.
Case C: Partial Realization of the Tax Benefit of the Loss Is
More Likely Than Not
55-18 The following Cases illustrate when partial
realization of the tax benefit of the loss is more likely than
not:
- Ordinary losses in all interim periods (Case C1)
- Ordinary income and losses in interim periods (Case C2).
Case C1: Ordinary Losses in All Interim Periods
55-19 The entity has an ordinary loss in all interim
periods. It is more likely than not that the tax benefit of the
loss in excess of $40,000 of prior income available to be offset
by carryback ($20,000 of tax at the 50 percent statutory rate)
will not be realized. Therefore the estimated annual effective
tax rate is 20 percent ($20,000 benefit more likely than not to
be realized divided by $100,000 estimated fiscal year ordinary
loss). Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
Case C2: Ordinary Income and Losses in Interim Periods
55-20 The entity has ordinary income and losses in interim
periods and for the year to date. It is more likely than not
that the tax benefit of the anticipated ordinary loss in excess
of $40,000 of prior income available to be offset by carryback
($20,000 of tax at the 50 percent statutory rate) will not be
realized. Therefore the estimated annual effective tax rate is
20 percent ($20,000 benefit more likely than not to be realized
divided by $100,000 estimated fiscal year ordinary loss), and
the benefit that can be recognized for the year to date is
limited to $20,000 (the benefit that is more likely than not to
be realized). Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
Case D: Reversal of Net Deferred Tax Credits
55-21 The entity anticipates a fiscal year ordinary loss.
The loss cannot be carried back, and future profits exclusive of
reversing temporary differences are unlikely. Net deferred tax
liabilities arising from existing net taxable temporary
differences are present. A portion of the existing net taxable
temporary differences relating to those liabilities will reverse
within the loss carryforward period. Computation of the
estimated annual effective tax rate to be used (see paragraphs
740-270-30-32 through 30-33) is as follows.
55-22 Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
55-23 Note that changes in the timing of the loss by
quarter would not change this computation.
Example 3: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to
Unusual or Infrequently Occurring Items
55-24 The following Cases illustrate accounting for income
taxes applicable to unusual or infrequently occurring items when
ordinary income is expected for the fiscal year:
- Realization of the tax benefit is more likely than not at date of occurrence (Case A)
- Realization of the tax benefit not more likely than not at date of occurrence (Case B).
55-25 Cases A and B illustrate the computation of the tax
(or benefit) applicable to unusual or infrequently occurring
items when ordinary income is anticipated for the fiscal year.
These Cases are based on the assumptions and computations
presented in paragraph 740-270-55-3 and Example 1, Cases A and B
(see paragraphs 740-270-55-4 through 55-8), plus additional
information supplied in Cases A and B of this Example. The
computation of the tax (or benefit) applicable to the ordinary
income is not affected by the occurrence of an unusual or
infrequently occurring item; therefore, each Case refers to one
or more of the illustrations of that computation in Example 1,
Cases A and B (see paragraphs 740-270-55-4 through 55-8), and
does not reproduce the computation and the assumptions. The
income statement display for tax (or benefit) applicable to
unusual or infrequently occurring items is illustrated in
Example 7 (see paragraph 740-270-55-52).
Case A: Realization of the Tax Benefit Is More Likely Than Not at
Date of Occurrence
55-26 As explained in paragraph 740-270-55-25, this Case
is based on the computations of tax applicable to ordinary
income that are illustrated in Example 1, Case A (see paragraph
740-270-55-4). In addition, the entity experiences a
tax-deductible unusual or infrequently occurring loss of $50,000
(tax benefit $25,000) in the second quarter. Because the loss
can be carried back, it is more likely than not that the tax
benefit will be realized at the time of occurrence. Quarterly
tax provisions are as follows.
55-27 Note that changes in assumptions would not change
the timing of the recognition of the tax benefit applicable to
the unusual or infrequently occurring item as long as
realization is more likely than not.
Case B: Realization of the Tax Benefit Not More Likely Than Not
at Date of Occurrence
55-28 As explained in paragraph 740-270-55-25, this Case
is based on the computations of tax applicable to ordinary
income that are illustrated in Example 1, Cases A and B1 (see
paragraphs 740-270-55-4 through 55-6). In addition, the entity
experiences a tax-deductible unusual or infrequently occurring
loss of $50,000 (potential benefit $25,000) in the second
quarter. The loss cannot be carried back, and available evidence
indicates that a valuation allowance is needed for all of the
deferred tax asset. As a result, the tax benefit of the unusual
or infrequently occurring loss is recognized only to the extent
of offsetting ordinary income for the year to date. Quarterly
tax provisions under two different assumptions for the
occurrence of ordinary income are as follows.
Example 4: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to Income
(or Loss) From Discontinued Operations at an Interim
Date
55-29 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
740-270-45-7. An entity anticipates ordinary income for the year
of $100,000 and tax credits of $10,000. The entity has ordinary
income in all interim periods. The estimated annual effective
tax rate is 40 percent, computed as follows.
55-30 Quarterly tax computations for the first two
quarters are as follows.
55-31 In the third quarter a decision is made to
discontinue the operations of Division X, a segment of the
business that has recently operated at a loss (before income
taxes). The pretax income (and losses) of the continuing
operations of the entity and of Division X through the third
quarter and the estimated fourth quarter results are as
follows.
55-32 No changes have occurred in continuing operations
that would affect the estimated annual effective tax rate.
Anticipated annual tax credits of $10,000 included $2,000 of
credits related to the operations of Division X. The revised
estimated annual effective tax rate applicable to ordinary
income from continuing operations is 45 percent, computed as
follows.
55-33 Quarterly computations of tax applicable to ordinary
income from continuing operations are as follows.
55-34 Tax benefit applicable to Division X for the first
two quarters is computed as follows.
55-35 The third quarter tax benefits applicable to both
the loss from operations and the provision for loss on disposal
of Division X are computed based on estimated annual income with
and without the effects of the Division X losses. Current year
tax credits related to the operations of Division X have not
been recognized. It is assumed that the tax benefit of those
credits will not be realized because of the discontinuance of
Division X operations. Any reduction in tax benefits resulting
from recapture of previously recognized tax credits resulting
from discontinuance or current year tax credits applicable to
the discontinued operations would be reflected in the tax
benefit recognized for the loss on disposal or loss from
operations as appropriate. If, because of capital gains and
losses, and so forth, the individually computed tax effects of
the items do not equal the aggregate tax effects of the items,
the aggregate tax effects are allocated to the individual items
in the same manner that they will be allocated in the annual
financial statements. The computations are as follows.
55-36 The resulting revised quarterly tax provisions are
summarized as follows.
Example 5: Accounting for Income Taxes Applicable to
Ordinary Income if an Entity Is Subject to Tax in
Multiple Jurisdictions
55-37 The following Cases illustrate the guidance in
paragraph 740-270-30-36 for accounting for income taxes
applicable to ordinary income if an entity is subject to tax in
multiple jurisdictions:
- Ordinary income in all jurisdictions (Case A)
- Ordinary loss in a jurisdiction; realization of the tax benefit not more likely than not (Case B)
- Ordinary income or tax cannot be estimated in one jurisdiction (Case C).
55-38 Cases A, B, and C assume that an entity operates
through separate corporate entities in two countries. Applicable
tax rates are 50 percent in the United States and 20 percent in
Country A. The entity has no unusual or infrequently occurring
items during the fiscal year and anticipates no tax credits or
events that do not have tax consequences. (The effect of foreign
tax credits and the necessity of providing tax on undistributed
earnings are ignored because of the wide range of tax planning
alternatives available.) For the full fiscal year the entity
anticipates ordinary income of $60,000 in the United States and
$40,000 in Country A. The entity is able to make a reliable
estimate of its Country A ordinary income and tax for the fiscal
year in dollars. Computation of the overall estimated annual
effective tax rate in Cases B and C is based on additional
assumptions stated in those Cases.
Case A: Ordinary Income in All Jurisdictions
55-39 Computation of the overall estimated annual
effective tax rate is as follows.
55-40 Quarterly tax computations are as follows.
Case B: Ordinary Loss in a Jurisdiction; Realization of the Tax
Benefit Not More Likely Than Not
55-41 In this Case, the entity operates through a separate
corporate entity in Country B. Applicable tax rates in Country B
are 40 percent. Operations in Country B have resulted in losses
in recent years and an ordinary loss is anticipated for the
current fiscal year in Country B. It is expected that the tax
benefit of those losses will not be recognizable as a deferred
tax asset at the end of the current year pursuant to Subtopic
740-10; accordingly, no tax benefit is recognized for losses in
Country B, and interim period tax (or benefit) is separately
computed for the ordinary loss in Country B and for the overall
ordinary income in the United States and Country A. The tax
applicable to the overall ordinary income in the United States
and Country A is computed as in Case A of this Example.
Quarterly tax provisions are as follows.
Case C: Ordinary Income or Tax Cannot Be Estimated in One
Jurisdiction
55-42 In this Case, the entity operates through a separate
corporate entity in Country C. Applicable tax rates in Country C
are 40 percent in foreign currency. Depreciation in that country
is large and exchange rates have changed in prior years. The
entity is unable to make a reasonable estimate of its ordinary
income for the year in Country C and thus is unable to
reasonably estimate its annual effective tax rate in Country C
in dollars. Accordingly, tax (or benefit) in Country C is
separately computed as ordinary income (or loss) occurs in
Country C. The tax applicable to the overall ordinary income in
the United States and Country A is computed as in Case A of this
Example. Quarterly computations of tax applicable to Country C
are as follows.
55-43 Quarterly tax provisions are as follows.
Example 6: Effect of New Tax Legislation
55-44 The following
Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs 740-270-25-5
through 25-6 for accounting in interim periods for the effect of
new tax legislation on income taxes when legislation is
effective in a future interim period.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2019-12.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2019-12.
Legislation Effective in a Future Interim
Period
55-45 The assumed facts
applicable to this Example follow.
55-46 For the full fiscal year, an entity anticipates
ordinary income of $100,000. All income is taxable in one
jurisdiction at a 50 percent rate. Anticipated tax credits for
the fiscal year total $10,000. No events that do not have tax
consequences are anticipated.
55-47 Computation of the estimated annual effective tax
rate applicable to ordinary income is as follows.
55-48 Further, assume that new legislation creating
additional tax credits is enacted during the second quarter of
the entity’s fiscal year. The new legislation is effective on
the first day of the third quarter. As a result of the estimated
effect of the new legislation, the entity revises its estimate
of its annual effective tax rate to the following.
55-49 The effect of the
new legislation shall be reflected in the computation of the
annual effective tax rate beginning in the first interim period
that includes the enactment date of the new legislation.
Accordingly, quarterly tax computations are as follows.
55-50 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2019-12.
55-51 Paragraph
superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2019-12.
Example 7: Illustration of Income Taxes in Income Statement
Display
55-52 The following illustrates the location in an income
statement display of the various tax amounts computed under this
Subtopic.
ASC 805-740 — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
General
55-1 This Section is an integral part of the requirements
of this Subtopic. This Section provides illustrations that
address the application of accounting requirements to specific
aspects of accounting for income taxes in connection with
business combinations. The illustrations that follow make
various assumptions about the tax law. These assumptions about
the tax law are for illustrative purposes only.
Illustrations
Example 1: Nontaxable Business Combination
55-2 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
805-740-25-2 through 25-3 and 805-740-30-1 relating to the
recognition and measurement of a deferred tax liability and
deferred tax asset in a nontaxable business combination. The
assumptions are as follows:
- The enacted tax rate is 40 percent for all future years, and amortization of goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
- A wholly owned entity is acquired for $20,000, and the entity has no leveraged leases.
- The tax basis of the net assets acquired (other than goodwill) is $5,000, and the recognized value is $12,000. Future recovery of the assets and settlement of the liabilities at their assigned values will result in $20,000 of taxable amounts and $13,000 of deductible amounts that can be offset against each other. Therefore, no valuation allowance is necessary.
55-3 The amounts recorded to account for the business
combination transaction are as follows.
Example 2: Valuation Allowance at Acquisition Date
Subsequently Reduced
55-4 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
805-740-25-3 and 805-740-45-2 relating to the recognition of a
deferred tax asset and the related valuation allowance for
acquired deductible temporary differences at the date of a
nontaxable business combination and in subsequent periods when
the tax law limits the use of an acquired entity’s deductible
temporary differences and carryforwards to subsequent taxable
income of the acquired entity in a consolidated tax return. The
assumptions are as follows:
- The enacted tax rate is 40 percent for all future years.
- The purchase price is $20,000, and the assigned value of the net assets acquired is also $20,000.
- The tax basis of the net assets acquired is $60,000. The $40,000 ($60,000 – $20,000) of deductible temporary differences at the combination date is primarily attributable to an allowance for loan losses. Provisions in the tax law limit the use of those future tax deductions to subsequent taxable income of the acquired entity.
-
The acquired entity’s actual pretax results for the two preceding years and the expected results for the year of the business combination are as follows.
55-5 The acquired entity’s pretax financial income and
taxable income for Year 3 (after the business combination) and
Year 4 are as follows.
55-6 At the end of Year 4, the remaining balance of
acquired deductible temporary differences is $15,000 ($40,000 –
$25,000). The deferred tax asset is $6,000 ($15,000 at 40
percent). Based on an assessment of all available evidence at
the end of Year 4, management concludes that no valuation
allowance is needed for that $6,000 deferred tax asset.
Elimination of the $6,000 valuation allowance results in a
$6,000 deferred tax benefit that is reported as a reduction of
deferred income tax expense because the reversal of the
valuation allowance occurred after the measurement period (see
paragraph 805-740-45-2). Tax benefits realized in Years 3 and 4
attributable to reversals of acquired deductible temporary
differences are reported as a zero current income tax expense.
The consolidated statement of earnings would include the
following amounts attributable to the acquired entity for Year 3
(after the business combination) and Year 4.
Example 3: Acquirer’s Taxable Temporary Differences
Eliminate Need for Acquiree Valuation
Allowance
55-7 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraph
805-740-25-3 if there is an elimination of the need for a
valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset for an acquired
loss carryforward based on offset against taxable temporary
differences of the acquiring entity in a nontaxable business
combination. This Example assumes that the tax law permits use
of an acquired entity’s deductible temporary differences and
carryforwards to reduce taxable income or taxes payable
attributable to the acquiring entity in a consolidated tax
return. The other assumptions are as follows:
- The enacted tax rate is 40 percent for all future years.
- The purchase price is $20,000. The tax basis of the identified net assets acquired is $5,000, and the assigned value is $12,000, that is, there are $7,000 of taxable temporary differences. The acquired entity also has a $16,000 operating loss carryforward, which, under the tax law, may be used by the acquiring entity in the consolidated tax return.
- The acquiring entity has temporary differences that will result in $30,000 of net taxable amounts in future years.
- All temporary differences of the acquired and acquiring entities will result in taxable amounts before the end of the acquired entity’s loss carryforward period.
55-8 In assessing the
need for a valuation allowance, future taxable income exclusive
of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards (see
paragraph 740-10-30-18(b)) need not be considered because the
$16,000 operating loss carryforward will offset the acquired
entity’s $7,000 of taxable temporary differences and another
$9,000 of the acquiring entity’s taxable temporary differences.
The amounts recorded to account for the purchase transaction are
as follows.
Example 4: Tax Deductible Goodwill Exceeds Financial
Reporting Goodwill
55-9 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
805-740-25-8 through 25-9 on accounting for the tax consequences
of goodwill when tax-deductible goodwill exceeds the goodwill
recorded for financial reporting at the acquisition date. The
assumptions are as follows:
- At the acquisition date, the reported amount of goodwill for financial reporting purposes is $600 before taking into consideration the tax benefit associated with goodwill and the tax basis of goodwill is $900.
- The tax rate is 40 percent for all years.
55-10 As of the acquisition date, the
goodwill for financial reporting purposes is adjusted for the
tax benefit associated with goodwill by using the following
simultaneous equations method. In the following equation, the
Preliminary Temporary Difference variable is the excess of tax
goodwill over book goodwill, before taking into consideration
the tax benefit associated with goodwill, and the Deferred Tax
Asset variable is the resulting deferred tax asset.
(Tax Rate ÷ [1-Tax Rate]) × Preliminary
Temporary Difference = Deferred Tax Asset
55-11 In this Example, the following variables are known:
Tax rate = 40 percent
Preliminary Temporary Difference = $300 ($900 −
$600)
55-12 The unknown variable (Deferred Tax Asset) equals
$200, and the goodwill for financial reporting purposes would be
adjusted with the following entry.
55-13 Goodwill for financial reporting would be
established at the acquisition date at $400 ($600 less the $200
credit adjustment).
ASC 830-740 — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
Example 1: Illustration of Foreign Financial Statements
Restated for General Price-Level Changes
55-1 This Example illustrates the guidance in paragraphs
830-740-25-5 and 830-740-30-1 through 30-2. An entity has one
asset, a nonmonetary asset that is not depreciated for financial
reporting or tax purposes. The local currency is FC. Units of
current purchasing power are referred to as CFC. The enacted tax
rate is 40 percent. The asset had a price-level-adjusted
financial reporting amount of CFC 350 and an indexed basis for
tax purposes of CFC 100 at December 31, 19X2, both measured
using CFC at December 31, 19X2. The entity has a taxable
temporary difference of CFC 250 (CFC 350 – CFC 100) and a
related deferred tax liability of CFC 100 (CFC 250 × 40 percent)
using CFC at December 31, 19X2.
55-2 General price levels increase by 50 percent in 19X3,
and indexing allowed for 19X3 for tax purposes is 25 percent. At
December 31, 19X3, the asset has a price-level-adjusted
financial reporting amount of CFC 525 (CFC 350 × 150 percent)
and an indexed basis for tax purposes of CFC 125 (CFC 100 × 125
percent), using CFC at December 31, 19X3. The entity has a
taxable temporary difference of CFC 400 (CFC 525 – CFC 125) and
a related deferred tax liability of CFC 160 (CFC 400 × 40
percent) at December 31, 19X3, using CFC at December 31, 19X3.
The deferred tax liability at December 31, 19X2 is restated to
units of current general purchasing power as of December 31,
19X3. The restated December 31, 19X2 deferred tax liability is
CFC 150 (CFC 100 × 150 percent). For 19X3, the difference
between CFC 160 and CFC 150 is reported as deferred tax expense
in income from continuing operations. The difference between the
deferred tax liability of CFC 100 at December 31, 19X2 and the
restated December 31, 19X2 deferred tax liability of CFC 150 is
reported in 19X3 as a restatement of beginning equity.
55-3 The following is a tabular presentation of this
Example.
ASC 323-740 — Implementation Guidance and Illustrations
55-1 This Section is an integral part of the requirements
of this Subtopic.
Illustrations
Example 1: Application of Accounting Guidance to a Limited
Partnership Investment in a Qualified Affordable Housing
Project
55-2 This Example illustrates the application of the cost,
equity, and proportional amortization methods of accounting for
a limited liability investment in a qualified affordable housing
project.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
323-740-65-2)
Editor’s Note: Paragraph 323-740-55-2
will be amended upon transition, together with the
Subsection and pgroup headings noted
below.
Proportional Amortization Method
Illustrations
Example 1: Application of the
Proportional Amortization Method to a Limited
Partnership Investment
55-2 This Example illustrates the
application of the proportional amortization
method of accounting for a limited liability
investment in a low-income-housing tax credit
structure, which is a type of investment that may
be eligible to be accounted for using the
proportional amortization method.
55-3 The following are
the terms for this Example.
55-4 This Example has the following assumptions:
- All cash flows (except initial investment) occur at the end of each year.
- Depreciation expense is computed, for book and tax purposes, using the straight-line method with a 27.5 year life (the same method is used for simplicity).
- The investor made a $100,000 investment for a 5 percent limited partnership interest in the project at the beginning of the first year of eligibility for the tax credit.
- The partnership finances the project cost of $4,000,000 with 50 percent equity and 50 percent debt.
- The annual tax credit allocation (equal to 4 percent of the project’s original cost) will be received for a period of 10 years.
- The investor’s tax rate is 40 percent.
- The project will operate with break-even pretax cash flows including debt service during the first 15 years of operations.
- The project’s taxable loss will be equal to depreciation expense. The cumulative book loss (and thus the cumulative depreciation expense) recognized by the investor is limited to the $100,000 investment.
- Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-01.
- It is assumed that all requirements are met to retain allocable tax credits so there will be no recapture of tax credits.
- The investor expects that the estimated residual value of the investment will be zero.
- All of the conditions described in paragraph 323-740-25-1 are met to qualify the investment for the use of the proportional amortization method.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
323-740-65-2)
55-4 This Example has the following
assumptions:
-
All cash flows (except initial investment) occur at the end of each year.
-
Depreciation expense is computed, for book and tax purposes, using the straight-line method with a 27.5 year life (the same method is used for simplicity).
-
The investor made a $100,000 investment for a 5 percent limited partnership interest in the project at the beginning of the first year of eligibility for the tax credit.
-
The partnership finances the project cost of $4,000,000 with 50 percent equity and 50 percent debt.
-
The annual tax credit allocation (equal to 4 percent of the project's original cost) will be received for a period of 10 years.
-
The investor's tax rate is 40 percent.
-
The project will operate with break-even pretax cash flows including debt service during the first 15 years of operations.
-
The project's taxable loss will be equal to depreciation expense. The cumulative book loss (and thus the cumulative depreciation expense) recognized by the investor is limited to the $100,000 investment.
-
Subparagraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-01.
-
It is assumed that all requirements are met to retain allocable tax credits so there will be no recapture of tax credits.
-
The investor expects that the estimated residual value of the investment will be zero.
-
All of the conditions described in paragraph 323-740-25-1 are met to apply the proportional amortization method, and the entity has elected to use the proportional amortization method to account for its tax equity investments in this tax credit program in accordance with paragraph 323-740-25-4.
55-5 An analysis of the proportional amortization method
follows.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
323-740-65-2)
55-5 An analysis of the proportional
amortization method follows.
55-6 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2014-01.
55-7 A detailed analysis of the cost method with
amortization follows.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
323-740-65-2)
55-7 Paragraph superseded by Accounting
Standards Update No. 2023-02.
55-8 A detailed analysis
of the equity method follows.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
323-740-65-2)
55-8 Paragraph superseded by Accounting
Standards Update No. 2023-02.
55-9 This Example is but one method for recognition and
measurement of impairment of an investment accounted for by the
equity method. Inclusion of this method in this Example does not
indicate that it is a preferred method.
Pending Content (Transition Guidance: ASC
323-740-65-2)
55-9 Paragraph superseded by Accounting
Standards Update No. 2023-02.
55-10 Paragraph superseded by Accounting Standards Update
No. 2014-01.
Appendix B — FASB Issues ASU on Income Tax Disclosures
Appendix B — FASB Issues ASU on Income Tax Disclosures
B.5 Sample Rate
Reconciliation Disclosure for a PBE
B.1 Overview
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, which establishes new income tax
disclosure requirements in addition to modifying and eliminating certain existing
requirements. Under the new guidance, entities must consistently categorize and provide
greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation. They must also further
disaggregate income taxes paid.
The ASU’s disclosure requirements apply to all entities subject to ASC
740. As the FASB notes in ASC 740-10-50-11A (added by the ASU), the “objective of these
disclosure requirements is for an entity, particularly an entity operating in multiple
jurisdictions, to disclose sufficient information to enable users of financial
statements to understand the nature and magnitude of factors contributing to the
difference between the effective tax rate and the statutory tax rate.”
PBEs must apply the ASU’s guidance to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024
(2025 for calendar-year-end PBEs). Entities other than PBEs have an additional year to
adopt the ASU.
B.2 Key Provisions of the ASU
B.2.1 Rate Reconciliation
The ASU amends ASC 740-10-50-12 to require a PBE to disclose a
reconciliation “between the amount of reported income tax expense (or benefit)
from continuing operations and the amount computed by multiplying the income (or
loss) from continuing operations before income taxes by the applicable statutory
federal (national) income tax rate of the jurisdiction (country) of domicile.”
If the PBE “is not domiciled in the United States, the federal (national) income
tax rate in that entity’s jurisdiction (country) of domicile shall normally be
used in the reconciliation.” The amendments prohibit the use of different income
tax rates for subsidiaries or segments. Further, PBEs that use an income tax
rate in the rate reconciliation that is other than the U.S. income tax rate must
disclose the rate used and the basis for using it.
The ASU also adds ASC 740-10-50-12A, which requires entities to
annually disaggregate the income tax rate reconciliation between the following
eight categories by both percentages and reporting currency amounts:
- State and local income tax, net of federal (national) income tax effect
- Foreign tax effects
- Effect of changes in tax laws or rates enacted in the current period
- Effect of cross-border tax laws
- Tax credits
- Changes in valuation allowances
- Nontaxable or nondeductible items
- Changes in unrecognized tax benefits.
Categories 2, 4, 5, and 7 must be further disaggregated on the
basis of a quantitative threshold of 5 percent “of the amount computed by
multiplying the income (or loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
by the applicable statutory federal (national) income tax rate.” If a
reconciling item is not within any of the eight categories but meets the
conditions for disaggregation on the basis of the 5 percent threshold, it must
be “disaggregated by nature.”
Connecting the Dots
A reporting entity that is domiciled in the United
States is required to separately disclose any reconciling item whose tax
effect is greater than 1.05 percent (21% × 5%) of income from continuing
operations. If a reconciling item does not fit into one of the
prescribed categories and does not meet the conditions for
disaggregation on the basis of the 5 percent threshold, it would be
aggregated with other such reconciling items in an “Other Adjustments”
category. See Case A in ASC 740-10-55-231 (reproduced in Appendix A) for an illustration of such
a rate reconciliation.
An entity should present all reconciling items on a gross basis,
except for UTBs and certain cross-border tax effects and the related tax
credits, which the entity may choose to present net (i.e., UTBs net of the
underlying position taken and the tax effect of certain cross-border tax laws
net of the related tax credits). See additional discussion in Section B.2.1.3.2 and
Section
B.2.1.3.6 related to the effects of cross-border tax laws and
changes in UTBs, respectively. Further, the presentation of changes in UTBs
related to state and local income taxes and foreign tax effects may be combined
with federal (national) changes, as further discussed below.
Lastly, the ASU adds ASC 740-10-50-12C, which states that a PBE must “provide an
explanation, if not otherwise evident, of individual reconciling items required
by paragraph 740-10-50-12A, such as the nature, effect, and underlying causes of
the reconciling items and the judgment used in categorizing the reconciling
items.” Each of the eight categories is further discussed below.
B.2.1.1 State and Local Income Taxes
This category reflects income taxes imposed at the state and
local income tax level within the jurisdiction (country) of domicile.
Changes in state and local UTBs may be excluded and reported in the separate
category for changes in UTBs. While the state and local income taxes
category does not require further disaggregation on the basis of a
quantitative threshold of 5 percent, ASC 740-10-50-12B states, in part, that
PBEs must “provide a qualitative description of the states and local
jurisdictions that make up the majority (greater than 50 percent) of the
effect of the state and local income tax category.” Accordingly, a PBE
starts with the state and local jurisdiction that has the largest effect
and, if that jurisdiction did not represent greater than 50 percent of the
impact of the category, the PBE adds the state or local jurisdiction that
has the next largest effect, and so on, until the aggregated effect is
greater than 50 percent.
B.2.1.2 Foreign Tax Effects
This category includes reconciling items attributable to the
impact of income taxes imposed by foreign jurisdictions (i.e., jurisdictions
outside the country of domicile). Changes in foreign UTBs may be excluded
and reported in the separate category for changes in UTBs. Further
disaggregation of reconciling items within the foreign tax effects category
is required by jurisdiction and by nature on the basis of the 5 percent
threshold discussed above.
Connecting the Dots
As shown in Case A in ASC 740-10-55-231 (reproduced
in Appendix A), if the taxes
imposed by a particular foreign jurisdiction create reconciling
items with respect to the jurisdiction that, in the aggregate,
exceed the 5 percent threshold, that jurisdiction should be
disclosed separately as a reconciling item within the category. Any
individual reconciling item within that jurisdiction that also
exceeds the 5 percent threshold should be separately disclosed by
nature (i.e., by jurisdiction and by nature). However, ASC
740-10-50-12A specifies that “[w]ithin any foreign jurisdiction
(regardless of whether it meets the 5 percent threshold), the
reconciling item shall be separately disclosed by nature if [it]
meets the 5 percent threshold.” This may happen when a particular
foreign jurisdiction has a reconciling item or items that
individually trigger the 5 percent threshold but are offset by other
reconciling items that have an opposite impact on the rate
reconciliation (i.e., the net impact of a foreign jurisdiction is
below the 5 percent threshold in the aggregate).
B.2.1.3 Impacts of Federal (National) Income Taxes
The remaining categories (effect of changes in tax laws or
rates enacted in the current period, effect of cross-border tax laws, tax
credits, changes in valuation allowances, nontaxable or nondeductible items,
and changes in UTBs) include only reconciling items attributable to the
impact of federal (national) income taxes for the jurisdiction (country) of
domicile. For example, changes in valuation allowances related to a federal,
state, or foreign jurisdiction must be disclosed in the changes in valuation
allowances category, the state and local income tax (net of federal
[national] income tax effect) category, or the foreign tax effects category,
respectively. Although the changes in UTBs category includes reconciling
items attributable to the tax effect of positions taken on federal
(national) income taxes, an entity may also choose to include reconciling
items attributable to the impact of positions taken at the state and local
level as well as the foreign level, as further discussed below.
B.2.1.3.1 Effect of Changes in Tax Laws or Rates Enacted in the Current Period
This category includes the cumulative tax effects of a
change in enacted tax laws or rates on current or DTAs and liabilities
as of the enactment date.
B.2.1.3.2 Effects of Cross-Border Tax Laws
This category “reflects the effect of incremental income taxes imposed by
the jurisdiction (country) of domicile on income earned in foreign
jurisdictions.” For a U.S.-domiciled PBE, this category includes the
incremental tax impacts of the GILTI, BEAT, and FDII rules.
Connecting the Dots
We expect that the incremental impact of the
rules under Subpart F of the IRC and the branch income rules
would also be included in this category.
Further, PBEs are permitted but not required to
reflect the effect of incremental taxes presented in this
category net of their related FTCs (e.g., an entity would be
permitted to present the effects of GILTI taxes net of
associated FTCs). Alternatively, PBEs may report the impacts of
the incremental taxes separately from the related tax credits,
which would be presented in the tax credits category. See
Example
B-1 and Example B-2 for
illustrations of the presentation of the effects of cross-border
tax laws.
B.2.1.3.3 Tax Credits
This category includes the impacts of federal income tax
credits (e.g., R&D tax credits, or energy-related tax credits) that
are not reflected as part of the effects of cross-border tax laws.
B.2.1.3.4 Changes in Valuation Allowances
This category reflects the initial recognition and subsequent changes to
the federal (national) valuation allowance that occur during the current
year.
B.2.1.3.5 Nontaxable or Nondeductible Items
This category consists of items that are either nontaxable or
nondeductible. The FASB acknowledged in paragraph BC29 of the ASU that
entities may need to apply judgment when assessing (1) “how to
categorize certain income tax effects that do not clearly fall into a
single category” or that have “characteristics of multiple categories”
and (2) “the nature of reconciling items for further disaggregation. . .
. For example, an entity may decide to include the tax effects of
share-based payment awards (such as nondeductible expenses, shortfalls,
and windfalls) in [this] category” even though windfalls might not be
viewed as belonging to this category. In such a case, the entity should
consider whether, in accordance with ASC 740-10-50-12C, it must describe
the types of tax effects related to share-based payments that it has
included in this category. See Section B.2.1.6 for
a discussion of the application of judgment under the ASU’s disclosure
requirements.
B.2.1.3.6 Changes in UTBs
This category includes reconciling items resulting from
changes in judgment related to tax positions taken in prior annual
reporting periods. When a UTB is recorded in the current annual
reporting period for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in the
same reporting period, such benefit and its related tax position may be
presented on a net basis in the category in which the tax position is
presented.
Connecting the Dots
If an entity intends to claim $100 of federal
R&D tax credits on its “as-filed” tax return but, after
considering the recognition and measurement guidance in ASC 740,
determines that it can only recognize $75 of benefit for such
tax credits, the entity may report in the rate reconciliation a
net $75 benefit in the tax credits category. It would report any
subsequent changes in the recognition or measurement of such
credits in the changes in UTBs category. Alternatively, an
entity may present the $100 of federal R&D tax credits in
the tax credits category and the related $25 UTB in the changes
in UTBs category.
B.2.1.4 Statutory Tax Rate
The ASU adjusts ASC 740-10-50-12 to align with the requirements in SEC
Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(2). In paragraph BC38 of the ASU, the FASB
notes that if “an entity (a) is domiciled in a jurisdiction with an income
tax rate significantly lower than the U.S. statutory income tax rate or (b)
operates at or around break even, the entity would be expected to apply
judgment in determining the appropriateness of using a different statutory
income tax rate and evaluating the materiality of reconciling items.”
B.2.1.5 Materiality
The Board decided against clarifying in ASC 740 whether an entity should
consider materiality when evaluating the required disclosures, including
identifying reconciling items that meet the quantitative threshold. Instead,
the Board notes in paragraph BC22 of the ASU that it “observed that the
guidance in paragraph 105-10-05-6, which states that the provisions of the
Codification need not be applied to immaterial items, is applicable to the
amendments in [the ASU and that] an entity does not need to separately
disclose the required specific categories or reconciling items if they are
immaterial, even if the quantitative threshold is met.”
B.2.1.6 Application of Judgment
In the ASU’s Basis for Conclusions, the FASB acknowledges that entities will
need to use judgment when applying certain of the ASU’s disclosure
requirements. The Board states in paragraph BC29 that when applying such
judgment, an entity “should assess whether the disclosure objective in
paragraph 740-10-50-11A is met [and] consider whether an accompanying
explanation is needed in accordance with paragraph 740-10-50-12C.” An entity
may be required to use judgment in situations in which, for example, it (1)
evaluates certain reconciling items that may not clearly fall into a single
category or might have characteristics of multiple categories or (2)
operates at or near the break-even point.
B.2.1.7 Entities Other Than PBEs
Entities other than PBEs are required to qualitatively
disclose the nature and effect of the specific categories of reconciling
items listed in ASC 740-10-50-12A(a) as well as individual jurisdictions
that result in a significant difference between the statutory tax rate and
the ETR. A numerical reconciliation is not required.
B.2.2 Income Taxes Paid
Income taxes paid must be disaggregated by foreign, domestic,
and state taxes, with further disaggregation by jurisdiction on the basis of a
quantitative threshold of 5 percent “of total income taxes paid (net of refunds
received).”1 Further, comparative information for all periods presented is not required
for the disclosures related to income taxes paid in an individual jurisdiction
under ASC 740-10-50-23.
B.2.3 Disaggregation of Pretax Income and Expense
The ASU adds ASC 740-10-50-10A and 50-10B, which, in a manner
consistent with existing disclosure requirements for PBEs under SEC Regulation
S-X, Rule 4-08(h), require all entities to disclose for each annual reporting period:
- “Income (or loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (or benefit) disaggregated between domestic and foreign.”
- “Income tax expense (or benefit) from continuing operations disaggregated by federal (national), state, and foreign. . . . Income taxes on foreign earnings that are imposed by the jurisdiction of domicile shall be included in the amount for that jurisdiction of domicile (that is, the jurisdiction imposing the tax).”
B.2.4 Indefinitely Reinvested Foreign Earnings
The ASU removes the requirement in ASC 740-30-50-2(b) to
disclose the “cumulative amount of each type of temporary difference [when in
accordance with ASC 740-30-50-2] a deferred tax liability is not recognized
because of the exceptions to comprehensive recognition of deferred taxes related
to subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures.”
Connecting the Dots
While removing the requirement in ASC 740-30-50-2(b), the ASU does not
remove the guidance in ASC 740-30-50-2(c) under which an entity must (1)
disclose the “amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability for
temporary differences related to investments in foreign subsidiaries and
foreign corporate joint ventures that are essentially permanent in
duration” or (2) provide “a statement that [such] determination is not
practicable.”
B.2.5 Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The ASU eliminates the requirement in ASC 740-10-50-15(d) that
entities must disclose details of tax positions for which it is reasonably
possible that the total amount of UTBs will significantly increase or decrease
in the next 12 months.
Connecting the Dots
In paragraph BC90 of the ASU, the Board notes that an
entity must still apply the guidance in ASC 275-10-50-8 when considering
whether it must provide additional disclosures related to UTBs.
B.2.6 Reconciliation With ASC Master Glossary
The ASU replaces the term “public entity” throughout ASC 740
with the term “public business entity” as defined in the ASC master
glossary.
Footnotes
1
The FASB notes in paragraph BC59 of the ASU that the 5 percent threshold
for disaggregation is consistent with the requirement in SEC Regulation
S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(1).
B.3 Effective Dates and Transition
The amendments would be effective for PBEs for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2024 (2025 for calendar-year-end PBEs), and interim
periods for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025. The effective date for
entities other than PBEs would be one year later. Early adoption would be
permitted.
B.3.1 Effective Dates
The ASU’s amendments are effective for PBEs for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2024 (2025 for calendar-year-end PBEs). Entities other than PBEs
have an additional year to adopt the guidance. Early adoption is permitted.
B.3.2 Transition
Entities may apply the amendments prospectively or may elect retrospective
application.
B.4 Presentation of the Effects of Cross-Border Tax Laws
The examples below illustrate acceptable approaches for presenting
the effects of cross-border tax laws under the ASU.
Example B-1
Entity A is a U.S. parent entity. Entity A
has no income or loss on a stand-alone basis, no FTC
limitation, and consolidates Entity B for financial
reporting purposes. Entity B is a foreign subsidiary
(operating in Jurisdiction Y). Entity B generated pretax
income of $1,000 and has no permanent or temporary
differences in Jurisdiction Y. Jurisdiction Y has a tax rate
of 10 percent. All of B’s income results in a Subpart F
inclusion for A.
Approach 1 (Subpart
F/FTC Gross Presentation)
Approach 2 (Subpart
F/FTC Net Presentation)
We note that if B is a disregarded entity, presentation of
the rate reconciliation is expected to be substantially
similar to the example above.
Example B-2
Assume the same facts as Example B-1, except that
instead of Entity B’s income resulting in a Subpart F
inclusion for Entity A, its income results in a GILTI
inclusion for A, subject to a 50 percent deduction.
Approach 1 (GILTI/FTC
Gross Presentation)
Approach 2 (GILTI/FTC
Net Presentation)
Appendix C — Glossary of Terms in the ASC 740 Topic and Subtopics
Appendix C — Glossary of Terms in the ASC 740 Topic and Subtopics
This appendix includes certain defined terms from the glossaries of ASC 740-10-20,
ASC 740-20-20, ASC 740-30-20, ASC 740-270-20, ASC 718-740-20, ASC 805-740-20, ASC
830-740-20, ASC 323-740-20, and the ASC master glossary.
ASC 740 Topics and Subtopics — Glossary
Acquiree
The business or businesses that the acquirer obtains control
of in a business combination. This term also includes a
nonprofit activity or business that a not-for-profit
acquirer obtains control of in an acquisition by a
not-for-profit entity.
Acquirer
The entity that obtains control of the acquiree. However, in
a business combination in which a variable interest entity
(VIE) is acquired, the primary beneficiary of that entity
always is the acquirer.
Acquisition by a Not-for-Profit Entity
A transaction or other event in which a
not-for-profit acquirer obtains control of one or more
nonprofit activities or businesses and initially recognizes
their assets and liabilities in the acquirer’s financial
statements. When applicable guidance in Topic 805 is applied
by a not-for-profit entity, the term business combination
has the same meaning as this term has for a for-profit
entity. Likewise, a reference to business combinations in
guidance that links to Topic 805 has the same meaning as a
reference to acquisitions by not-for-profit entities.
Acquisition Date
The date on which the acquirer obtains control of the
acquiree.
Alternative Minimum Tax
A tax that results from the use of an alternate determination
of a corporation’s federal income tax liability under
provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.
Asset Group
An asset group is the unit of accounting for a long-lived
asset or assets to be held and used, which represents the
lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely
independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and
liabilities.
Award
The collective noun for multiple instruments with the same
terms and conditions granted at the same time either to a
single grantee or to a group of grantees. An award may
specify multiple vesting dates, referred to as graded
vesting, and different parts of an award may have different
expected terms. References to an award also apply to a
portion of an award.
Benefit
See Tax (or Benefit).
Business
Paragraphs 805-10-55-3A through 55-6 and 805-10-55-8 through
55-9 define what is considered a business.
Business Combination
A transaction or other event in which an acquirer obtains
control of one or more businesses. Transactions sometimes
referred to as true mergers or mergers of equals also are
business combinations. See also Acquisition by a
Not-for-Profit Entity.
Carrybacks
Deductions or credits that cannot be utilized on the tax
return during a year that may be carried back to reduce
taxable income or taxes payable in a prior year. An
operating loss carryback is an excess of tax deductions over
gross income in a year; a tax credit carryback is the amount
by which tax credits available for utilization exceed
statutory limitations. Different tax jurisdictions have
different rules about whether excess deductions or credits
may be carried back and the length of the carryback
period.
Carryforwards
Deductions or credits that cannot be utilized on the tax
return during a year that may be carried forward to reduce
taxable income or taxes payable in a future year. An
operating loss carryforward is an excess of tax deductions
over gross income in a year; a tax credit carryforward is
the amount by which tax credits available for utilization
exceed statutory limitations. Different tax jurisdictions
have different rules about whether excess deductions or
credits may be carried forward and the length of the
carryforward period. The terms carryforward, operating loss
carryforward, and tax credit carryforward refer to the
amounts of those items, if any, reported in the tax return
for the current year.
Commencement Date of the Lease (Commencement Date)
The date on which a lessor makes an underlying asset
available for use by a lessee. See paragraphs 842-10-55-19
through 55-21 for implementation guidance on the
commencement date.
Component of an Entity
A component of an entity comprises operations and cash flows
that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for
financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity. A
component of an entity may be a reportable segment or an
operating segment, a reporting unit, a subsidiary, or an
asset group.
Conduit Debt Securities
Certain limited-obligation revenue bonds, certificates of
participation, or similar debt instruments issued by a state
or local governmental entity for the express purpose of
providing financing for a specific third party (the conduit
bond obligor) that is not a part of the state or local
government’s financial reporting entity. Although conduit
debt securities bear the name of the governmental entity
that issues them, the governmental entity often has no
obligation for such debt beyond the resources provided by a
lease or loan agreement with the third party on whose behalf
the securities are issued. Further, the conduit bond obligor
is responsible for any future financial reporting
requirements.
Consolidated Financial Statements
The financial statements of a consolidated group of entities
that include a parent and all its subsidiaries presented as
those of a single economic entity.
Contract
An agreement between two or more parties that creates
enforceable rights and obligations.
Contract Asset
An entity’s right to consideration in exchange for goods or
services that the entity has transferred to a customer when
that right is conditioned on something other than the
passage of time (for example, the entity’s future
performance).
Corporate Joint Venture
A corporation owned and operated by a small group of entities
(the joint venturers) as a separate and specific business or
project for the mutual benefit of the members of the group.
A government may also be a member of the group. The purpose
of a corporate joint venture frequently is to share risks
and rewards in developing a new market, product or
technology; to combine complementary technological
knowledge; or to pool resources in developing production or
other facilities. A corporate joint venture also usually
provides an arrangement under which each joint venturer may
participate, directly or indirectly, in the overall
management of the joint venture. Joint venturers thus have
an interest or relationship other than as passive investors.
An entity that is a subsidiary of one of the joint venturers
is not a corporate joint venture. The ownership of a
corporate joint venture seldom changes, and its stock is
usually not traded publicly. A noncontrolling interest held
by public ownership, however, does not preclude a
corporation from being a corporate joint venture.
Current Tax Expense (or Benefit)
The amount of income taxes paid or payable (or refundable)
for a year as determined by applying the provisions of the
enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of
deductions over revenues for that year.
Customer
A party that has contracted with an entity to obtain goods or
services that are an output of the entity’s ordinary
activities in exchange for consideration.
Deductible Temporary Difference
Temporary differences that result in deductible amounts in
future years when the related asset or liability is
recovered or settled, respectively. See Temporary
Difference.
Deferred Tax Asset
The deferred tax consequences attributable to deductible
temporary differences and carryforwards. A deferred tax
asset is measured using the applicable enacted tax rate and
provisions of the enacted tax law. A deferred tax asset is
reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of
evidence available, it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be
realized.
Deferred Tax Consequences
The future effects on income taxes as measured by the
applicable enacted tax rate and provisions of the enacted
tax law resulting from temporary differences and
carryforwards at the end of the current year.
Deferred Tax Expense (or Benefit)
The change during the year in an entity’s deferred tax
liabilities and assets. For deferred tax liabilities and
assets acquired in a purchase business combination during
the year, it is the change since the combination date.
Income tax expense (or benefit) for the year is allocated
among continuing operations, discontinued operations, and
items charged or credited directly to shareholders’
equity.
Deferred Tax Liability
The deferred tax consequences attributable to taxable
temporary differences. A deferred tax liability is measured
using the applicable enacted tax rate and provisions of the
enacted tax law.
Employee
An individual over whom the grantor of a share-based
compensation award exercises or has the right to exercise
sufficient control to establish an employer-employee
relationship based on common law as illustrated in case law
and currently under U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
Revenue Ruling 87-41. A reporting entity based in a foreign
jurisdiction would determine whether an employee-employer
relationship exists based on the pertinent laws of that
jurisdiction. Accordingly, a grantee meets the definition of
an employee if the grantor consistently represents that
individual to be an employee under common law. The
definition of an employee for payroll tax purposes under the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code includes common law employees.
Accordingly, a grantor that classifies a grantee potentially
subject to U.S. payroll taxes as an employee also must
represent that individual as an employee for payroll tax
purposes (unless the grantee is a leased employee as
described below). A grantee does not meet the definition of
an employee solely because the grantor represents that
individual as an employee for some, but not all, purposes.
For example, a requirement or decision to classify a grantee
as an employee for U.S. payroll tax purposes does not, by
itself, indicate that the grantee is an employee because the
grantee also must be an employee of the grantor under common
law.
A leased individual is deemed to be an employee of the lessee
if all of the following requirements are met:
- The leased individual qualifies as a common law employee of the lessee, and the lessor is contractually required to remit payroll taxes on the compensation paid to the leased individual for the services provided to the lessee.
- The lessor and lessee agree in writing to all of the
following conditions related to the leased
individual:
- The lessee has the exclusive right to grant stock compensation to the individual for the employee service to the lessee.
- The lessee has a right to hire, fire, and control the activities of the individual. (The lessor also may have that right.)
- The lessee has the exclusive right to determine the economic value of the services performed by the individual (including wages and the number of units and value of stock compensation granted).
- The individual has the ability to participate in the lessee’s employee benefit plans, if any, on the same basis as other comparable employees of the lessee.
- The lessee agrees to and remits to the lessor funds sufficient to cover the complete compensation, including all payroll taxes, of the individual on or before a contractually agreed upon date or dates.
A nonemployee director does not satisfy this definition of
employee. Nevertheless, nonemployee directors acting in
their role as members of a board of directors are treated as
employees if those directors were elected by the employer’s
shareholders or appointed to a board position that will be
filled by shareholder election when the existing term
expires. However, that requirement applies only to awards
granted to nonemployee directors for their services as
directors. Awards granted to those individuals for other
services shall be accounted for as awards to
nonemployees.
Note: The following definition is Pending Content; see
the Transition Guidance in 220-40-65-1.
Employee
An individual over whom a reporting entity exercises or has
the right to exercise sufficient control to establish an
employer-employee relationship based on common law as
illustrated in case law and currently under U.S. Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) Revenue Ruling 87-41. A reporting
entity based in a foreign jurisdiction would determine
whether an employee-employer relationship exists based on
the pertinent laws of that jurisdiction. Accordingly, an
individual meets the definition of an employee if the
reporting entity consistently represents that individual to
be an employee under common law. The definition of an
employee for payroll tax purposes under the U.S. Internal
Revenue Code includes common law employees. Accordingly, a
reporting entity that classifies an individual potentially
subject to U.S. payroll taxes as an employee also must
represent that individual as an employee for payroll tax
purposes (unless the individual is a leased employee as
described below). An individual that meets the definition of
an employee includes, but is not limited to, a full-time,
part-time, temporary, or seasonal employee. An individual
does not meet the definition of an employee solely because
the reporting entity represents that individual as an
employee for some, but not all, purposes. For example, a
requirement or decision to classify an individual as an
employee for U.S. payroll tax purposes does not, by itself,
indicate that the individual is an employee because the
individual also must be an employee of the reporting entity
under common law.
A leased individual is deemed to be an employee of the lessee
if all of the following requirements are met:
-
The leased individual qualifies as a common law employee of the lessee, and the lessor is contractually required to remit payroll taxes on the compensation paid to the leased individual for the services provided to the lessee.
-
The lessor and lessee agree in writing to all of the following conditions related to the leased individual:
-
The lessee has the exclusive right to grant compensation to the individual for the employee service to the lessee.
-
The lessee has a right to hire, fire, and control the activities of the individual. (The lessor also may have that right.)
-
The lessee has the exclusive right to determine the economic value of the services performed by the individual (including wages and the number of units and value of stock compensation granted).
-
The individual has the ability to participate in the lessee's employee benefit plans, if any, on the same basis as other comparable employees of the lessee.
-
The lessee agrees to and remits to the lessor funds sufficient to cover the complete compensation, including all payroll taxes, of the individual on or before a contractually agreed upon date or dates.
-
A nonemployee director does not satisfy this definition of
employee. Nevertheless, nonemployee directors acting in
their role as members of a board of directors are treated as
employees if those directors were elected by the employer's
shareholders or appointed to a board position that will be
filled by shareholder election when the existing term
expires. However, that requirement applies only to awards
and other compensation granted to nonemployee directors for
their services as directors. Awards granted and compensation
paid to those individuals for other services shall be
accounted for as awards and compensation to
nonemployees.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
An employee stock ownership plan is an employee benefit plan
that is described by the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as a stock
bonus plan, or combination stock bonus and money purchase
pension plan, designed to invest primarily in employer
stock. Also called an employee share ownership plan.
Event
A happening of consequence to an entity. The term encompasses
both transactions and other events affecting an entity.
Exchange Rate
The ratio between a unit of one currency and the amount of
another currency for which that unit can be exchanged at a
particular time.
Fair Value
Definition 1
The amount at which an asset (or liability) could be bought
(or incurred) or sold (or settled) in a current transaction
between willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or
liquidation sale.
Definition 2
The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date.
Foreign Currency
A currency other than the functional currency of the entity
being referred to (for example, the dollar could be a
foreign currency for a foreign entity). Composites of
currencies, such as the Special Drawing Rights, used to set
prices or denominate amounts of loans, and so forth, have
the characteristics of foreign currency.
Foreign Entity
An operation (for example, subsidiary, division, branch,
joint venture, and so forth) whose financial statements are
both:
- Prepared in a currency other than the reporting currency of the reporting entity
- Combined or consolidated with or accounted for on the equity basis in the financial statements of the reporting entity.
Note: The following definition is Pending Content; see
the Transition Guidance in 805-60-65-1.
Formation Date
The formation date of a joint venture is the date on which an
entity initially meets the definition of a joint venture,
which is not necessarily the legal entity formation date.
The formation date is the measurement date for the formation
transaction. If multiple arrangements are accounted for as a
single transaction that establishes the formation of a joint
venture, the formation date is the measurement date for all
arrangements that form part of the single formation
transaction.
Functional Currency
An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates;
normally, that is the currency of the environment in which
an entity primarily generates and expends cash. (See
paragraphs 830-10-45-2 through 830-10-45-6 and 830-10-55-3
through 830-10-55-7.)
Gains and Losses Included in Comprehensive Income but
Excluded From Net Income
Gains and losses included in comprehensive income but
excluded from net income include certain changes in fair
values of investments in marketable equity securities
classified as noncurrent assets, certain changes in fair
values of investments in industries having specialized
accounting practices for marketable securities, adjustments
related to pension liabilities or assets recognized within
other comprehensive income, and foreign currency translation
adjustments. Future changes to generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) may change what is included in this
category.
Goodwill
An asset representing the future economic benefits arising
from other assets acquired in a business combination or an
acquisition by a not-for-profit entity that are not
individually identified and separately recognized. For ease
of reference, this term also includes the immediate charge
recognized by not-for-profit entities in accordance with
paragraph 958-805-25-29.
Note: The following definition is Pending Content; see
the Transition Guidance in 805-60-65-1.
Goodwill
An asset representing the future economic benefits arising
from other assets acquired in a business combination,
acquired in an acquisition by a not-for-profit entity, or
recognized by a joint venture upon formation that are not
individually identified and separately recognized. For ease
of reference, this term also includes the immediate charge
recognized by not-for-profit entities in accordance with
paragraph 958-805-25-29.
Income Taxes
Domestic and foreign federal (national), state, and local
(including franchise) taxes based on income.
Income Taxes Currently Payable (Refundable)
See Current Tax Expense (or Benefit).
Income Tax Expense (or Benefit)
The sum of current tax expense (or benefit) and deferred tax
expense (or benefit).
Infrequency of Occurrence
The underlying event or transaction should
be of a type that would not reasonably be expected to recur
in the foreseeable future, taking into account the
environment in which the entity operates (see paragraph
220-20-60-1).
Intrinsic Value
The amount by which the fair value of the underlying stock
exceeds the exercise price of an option. For example, an
option with an exercise price of $20 on a stock whose
current market price is $25 has an intrinsic value of $5. (A
nonvested share may be described as an option on that share
with an exercise price of zero. Thus, the fair value of a
share is the same as the intrinsic value of such an option
on that share.)
Inventory
The aggregate of those items of tangible personal property
that have any of the following characteristics:
- Held for sale in the ordinary course of business
- In process of production for such sale
- To be currently consumed in the production of goods or services to be available for sale.
The term inventory embraces goods awaiting sale (the
merchandise of a trading concern and the finished goods of a
manufacturer), goods in the course of production (work in
process), and goods to be consumed directly or indirectly in
production (raw materials and supplies). This definition of
inventories excludes long-term assets subject to
depreciation accounting, or goods which, when put into use,
will be so classified. The fact that a depreciable asset is
retired from regular use and held for sale does not indicate
that the item should be classified as part of the inventory.
Raw materials and supplies purchased for production may be
used or consumed for the construction of long-term assets or
other purposes not related to production, but the fact that
inventory items representing a small portion of the total
may not be absorbed ultimately in the production process
does not require separate classification. By trade practice,
operating materials and supplies of certain types of
entities such as oil producers are usually treated as
inventory.
Investor
A business entity that holds an investment in voting stock of
another entity.
Lease
A contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to
control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment
(an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for
consideration.
Legal Entity
Any legal structure used to conduct activities or to hold
assets. Some examples of such structures are corporations,
partnerships, limited liability companies, grantor trusts,
and other trusts.
Lessee
An entity that enters into a contract to obtain the right to
use an underlying asset for a period of time in exchange for
consideration.
Lessor
An entity that enters into a contract to provide the right to
use an underlying asset for a period of time in exchange for
consideration.
Leveraged Lease
From the perspective of a lessor, a lease that was classified
as a leveraged lease in accordance with the leases guidance
in effect before the effective date and for which the
commencement date is before the effective date.
Local Currency
The currency of a particular country being referred to.
Market Participants
Buyers and sellers in the principal (or most advantageous)
market for the asset or liability that have all of the
following characteristics:
- They are independent of each other, that is, they are not related parties, although the price in a related-party transaction may be used as an input to a fair value measurement if the reporting entity has evidence that the transaction was entered into at market terms
- They are knowledgeable, having a reasonable understanding about the asset or liability and the transaction using all available information, including information that might be obtained through due diligence efforts that are usual and customary
- They are able to enter into a transaction for the asset or liability
- They are willing to enter into a transaction for the asset or liability, that is, they are motivated but not forced or otherwise compelled to do so.
Measurement Date
The date at which the equity share price and other pertinent
factors, such as expected volatility, that enter into
measurement of the total recognized amount of compensation
cost for an award of share-based payment are fixed.
Merger of Not-for-Profit Entities
A transaction or other event in which the governing bodies of
two or more not-for-profit entities cede control of those
entities to create a new not-for-profit entity.
Noncontrolling Interest
The portion of equity (net assets) in a subsidiary not
attributable, directly or indirectly, to a parent. A
noncontrolling interest is sometimes called a minority
interest.
Nonpublic Entity
An entity that does not meet any of the following
criteria:
- Its debt or equity securities are traded in a public market, including those traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market (including securities quoted only locally or regionally).
- It is a conduit bond obligor for conduit debt securities that are traded in a public market (a domestic or foreign stock exchange or an over-the-counter market, including local or regional markets).
- Its financial statements are filed with a regulatory agency in preparation for the sale of any class of securities.
Not-for-Profit Entity
An entity that possesses the following characteristics, in
varying degrees, that distinguish it from a business
entity:
- Contributions of significant amounts of resources from resource providers who do not expect commensurate or proportionate pecuniary return
- Operating purposes other than to provide goods or services at a profit
- Absence of ownership interests like those of business entities.
Entities that clearly fall outside this definition include
the following:
- All investor-owned entities
- Entities that provide dividends, lower costs, or other economic benefits directly and proportionately to their owners, members, or participants, such as mutual insurance entities, credit unions, farm and rural electric cooperatives, and employee benefit plans.
Operating Segment
A component of a public entity. See Section 280-10-50 for
additional guidance on the definition of an operating
segment
Orderly Transaction
A transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a
period before the measurement date to allow for marketing
activities that are usual and customary for transactions
involving such assets or liabilities; it is not a forced
transaction (for example, a forced liquidation or distress
sale).
Ordinary Income (or Loss)
Ordinary income (or loss) refers to income (or loss) from
continuing operations before income taxes (or benefits)
excluding significant unusual or infrequently occurring
items. Discontinued operations and cumulative effects of
changes in accounting principles are also excluded from this
term. The term is not used in the income tax context of
ordinary income versus capital gain. The meaning of unusual
or infrequently occurring items is consistent with their use
in the definitions of the terms unusual nature and
infrequency of occurrence.
Parent
An entity that has a controlling financial interest in one or
more subsidiaries. (Also, an entity that is the primary
beneficiary of a variable interest entity.)
Probable
The future event or events are likely to occur.
Public Business Entity
A public business entity is a business entity meeting any one
of the criteria below. Neither a not-for-profit entity nor
an employee benefit plan is a business entity.
- It is required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to file or furnish financial statements, or does file or furnish financial statements (including voluntary filers), with the SEC (including other entities whose financial statements or financial information are required to be or are included in a filing).
- It is required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act), as amended, or rules or regulations promulgated under the Act, to file or furnish financial statements with a regulatory agency other than the SEC.
- It is required to file or furnish financial statements with a foreign or domestic regulatory agency in preparation for the sale of or for purposes of issuing securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer.
- It has issued, or is a conduit bond obligor for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-the-counter market.
- It has one or more securities that are not subject to contractual restrictions on transfer, and it is required by law, contract, or regulation to prepare U.S. GAAP financial statements (including notes) and make them publicly available on a periodic basis (for example, interim or annual periods). An entity must meet both of these conditions to meet this criterion.
An entity may meet the definition of a public business entity
solely because its financial statements or financial
information is included in another entity’s filing with the
SEC. In that case, the entity is only a public business
entity for purposes of financial statements that are filed
or furnished with the SEC.
Public Entity
An entity that meets any of the following criteria:
- Its debt or equity securities are traded in a public market, including those traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market (including securities quoted only locally or regionally).
- It is a conduit bond obligor for conduit debt securities that are traded in a public market (a domestic or foreign stock exchange or an over-the-counter market, including local or regional markets).
- Its financial statements are filed with a regulatory agency in preparation for the sale of any class of securities.
Related Parties
Related parties include:
- Affiliates of the entity
- Entities for which investments in their equity securities would be required, absent the election of the fair value option under the Fair Value Option Subsection of Section 825-10-15, to be accounted for by the equity method by the investing entity
- Trusts for the benefit of employees, such as pension and profit-sharing trusts that are managed by or under the trusteeship of management
- Principal owners of the entity and members of their immediate families
- Management of the entity and members of their immediate families
- Other parties with which the entity may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests
- Other parties that can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or that have an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests.
Reporting Currency
The currency in which a reporting entity prepares its
financial statements.
Reporting Unit
The level of reporting at which goodwill is tested for
impairment. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one
level below an operating segment (also known as a
component).
Revenue
Inflows or other enhancements of assets of an entity or
settlements of its liabilities (or a combination of both)
from delivering or producing goods, rendering services, or
other activities that constitute the entity’s ongoing major
or central operations.
Security
A share, participation, or other interest in property or in
an entity of the issuer or an obligation of the issuer that
has all of the following characteristics:
- It is either represented by an instrument issued in bearer or registered form or, if not represented by an instrument, is registered in books maintained to record transfers by or on behalf of the issuer.
- It is of a type commonly dealt in on securities exchanges or markets or, when represented by an instrument, is commonly recognized in any area in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment.
- It either is one of a class or series or by its terms is divisible into a class or series of shares, participations, interests, or obligations.
Share-Based Payment Arrangements
An arrangement under which either of the following conditions
is met:
- One or more suppliers of goods or services (including employees) receive awards of equity shares, equity share options, or other equity instruments.
- The entity incurs liabilities to suppliers that meet
either of the following conditions:
- The amounts are based, at least in part, on the price of the entity’s shares or other equity instruments. (The phrase at least in part is used because an award may be indexed to both the price of the entity’s shares and something other than either the price of the entity’s shares or a market, performance, or service condition.)
- The awards require or may require settlement by issuance of the entity’s shares.
The term shares includes various forms of ownership interest
that may not take the legal form of securities (for example,
partnership interests), as well as other interests,
including those that are liabilities in substance but not in
form. Equity shares refers only to shares that are accounted
for as equity.
Also called share-based compensation arrangements.
Share-Based Payment Transactions
A transaction under a share-based payment arrangement,
including a transaction in which an entity acquires goods or
services because related parties or other holders of
economic interests in that entity awards a share-based
payment to an employee or other supplier of goods or
services for the entity’s benefit. Also called share-based
compensation transactions.
Share Option
A contract that gives the holder the right, but not the
obligation, either to purchase (to call) or to sell (to put)
a certain number of shares at a predetermined price for a
specified period of time.
Significant Influence
Paragraphs 323-10-15-6 through 15-11 define significant
influence.
Special Drawing Rights
Special Drawing Rights on the International Monetary Fund are
international reserve assets whose value is based on a
basket of key international currencies.
Subsidiary
An entity, including an unincorporated entity such as a
partnership or trust, in which another entity, known as its
parent, holds a controlling financial interest. (Also, a
variable interest entity that is consolidated by a primary
beneficiary.)
Taxable Income
The excess of taxable revenues over tax deductible expenses
and exemptions for the year as defined by the governmental
taxing authority.
Taxable Temporary Difference
Temporary differences that result in taxable amounts in
future years when the related asset is recovered or the
related liability is settled. See Temporary Difference.
Tax Consequences
The effects on income taxes — current or deferred — of an
event.
Tax (or Benefit)
Tax (or benefit) is the total income tax expense (or
benefit), including the provision (or benefit) for income
taxes both currently payable and deferred.
Tax-Planning Strategy
An action (including elections for tax purposes) that meets
certain criteria (see paragraph 740-10-30-19) and that would
be implemented to realize a tax benefit for an operating
loss or tax credit carryforward before it expires.
Tax-planning strategies are considered when assessing the
need for and amount of a valuation allowance for deferred
tax assets.
Tax Position
A position in a previously filed tax return or a position
expected to be taken in a future tax return that is
reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets
and liabilities for interim or annual periods. A tax
position can result in a permanent reduction of income taxes
payable, a deferral of income taxes otherwise currently
payable to future years, or a change in the expected
realizability of deferred tax assets. The term tax position
also encompasses, but is not limited to:
- A decision not to file a tax return
- An allocation or a shift of income between jurisdictions
- The characterization of income or a decision to exclude reporting taxable income in a tax return
- A decision to classify a transaction, entity, or other position in a tax return as tax exempt
- An entity’s status, including its status as a pass-through entity or a tax-exempt not-for-profit entity.
Temporary Difference
A difference between the tax basis of an asset or liability
computed pursuant to the requirements in Subtopic 740-10 for
tax positions, and its reported amount in the financial
statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts
in future years when the reported amount of the asset or
liability is recovered or settled, respectively. Paragraph
740-10-25-20 cites examples of temporary differences. Some
temporary differences cannot be identified with a particular
asset or liability for financial reporting (see paragraphs
740-10-05-10 and 740-10-25-24 through 25-25), but those
temporary differences do meet both of the following
conditions:
- Result from events that have been recognized in the financial statements
- Will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years based on provisions of the tax law.
Some events recognized in financial statements do not have
tax consequences. Certain revenues are exempt from taxation
and certain expenses are not deductible. Events that do not
have tax consequences do not give rise to temporary
differences.
Tentative Minimum Tax
An intermediate calculation used in the determination of a
corporation’s federal income tax liability under the
alternative minimum tax system in the United States. See
Alternative Minimum Tax.
Time Value
The portion of the fair value of an option that exceeds its
intrinsic value. For example, a call option with an exercise
price of $20 on a stock whose current market price is $25
has intrinsic value of $5. If the fair value of that option
is $7, the time value of the option is $2 ($7 – $5).
Transaction Gain or Loss
Transaction gains or losses result from a change in exchange
rates between the functional currency and the currency in
which a foreign currency transaction is denominated. They
represent an increase or decrease in both of the
following:
- The actual functional currency cash flows realized upon settlement of foreign currency transactions
- The expected functional currency cash flows on unsettled foreign currency transactions.
Translation Adjustments
Translation adjustments result from the process of
translating financial statements from the entity’s
functional currency into the reporting currency.
Underlying Asset
An asset that is the subject of a lease for which a right to
use that asset has been conveyed to a lessee. The underlying
asset could be a physically distinct portion of a single
asset.
Unrecognized Tax Benefit
The difference between a tax position taken or expected to be
taken in a tax return and the benefit recognized and
measured pursuant to Subtopic 740-10.
Unusual Nature
The underlying event or transaction should
possess a high degree of abnormality and be of a type
clearly unrelated to, or only incidentally related to, the
ordinary and typical activities of the entity, taking into
account the environment in which the entity operates (see
paragraph 220-20-60-1).
Valuation Allowance
The portion of a deferred tax asset for which it is more
likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.
Variable Interest Entity
A legal entity subject to consolidation according to the
provisions of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of
Subtopic 810-10.
Appendix D — Sample Disclosures of Income Taxes
Appendix D — Sample Disclosures of Income Taxes
D.1 Background
The sample disclosures in this appendix reflect the accounting and
disclosure requirements outlined in SEC Regulation S-K, SEC Regulation S-X, and ASC
740 that are effective as of the date of this publication. SEC registrants should also
consider pronouncements that were issued or effective subsequently that may be
applicable to the financial statements, as well as other professional literature such as
AICPA audit and accounting guides.
Changing Lanes
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, which establishes new income
tax disclosure requirements within ASC 740 in addition to modifying and
eliminating certain existing requirements. The ASU’s amendments are intended to
enhance the transparency and decision-usefulness of such disclosures. Under the
new guidance, PBEs must consistently categorize and provide greater
disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation. The ASU also includes
additional disaggregation requirements related to income taxes paid. The ASU’s
disclosure requirements apply to all entities subject to ASC 740. PBEs must
apply the amendments to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 (2025
for calendar-year-end PBEs). Entities other than PBEs have an additional year to
adopt the guidance.
For more information about ASU 2023-09, see Appendix B.
Note that the disclosure samples below have not been updated to reflect the ASU’s
requirements.
D.2 Use of These Sample Disclosures
Portions of certain sample disclosures in this document are based on actual disclosures
from public filings. Details that would identify the registrants have been removed,
including dollar amounts and specific references to the business.
The sample disclosures are intended to provide general information only. While entities
may use them to help assess whether they are compliant with U.S. GAAP and SEC
requirements, they are not all-inclusive and additional disclosures may be deemed
necessary by entities or their auditors. Further, the sample disclosures are not a
substitute for understanding reporting requirements or for the exercise of judgment.
Entities are presumed to have a thorough understanding of the requirements and should
refer to accounting literature and SEC regulations as necessary.
D.3 MD&A — General
Before the enactment of tax law proposals or changes to existing tax rules, SEC
registrants should consider whether the potential changes represent an uncertainty that
management reasonably expects could have a material effect on the results of operations,
financial position, liquidity, or capital resources. If so, registrants should consider
disclosing information about the scope and nature of any potential material effects of
the changes.
After the enactment of a new tax law, registrants should consider disclosing, when
material, the anticipated current and future impact of the law on their results of
operations, financial position, liquidity, and capital resources. In addition,
registrants should consider disclosures in the critical accounting estimates section of
MD&A to the extent that the changes could materially affect existing assumptions
used in estimating tax-related balances.
The SEC staff expects registrants to provide early-warning disclosures to help users
understand various risks and how these risks potentially affect the financial
statements. Examples of such risks include situations in which (1) the registrant may
have to repatriate foreign earnings to meet current liquidity demands, resulting in a
tax payment that may not be accrued for; (2) the historical ETR is not sustainable and
may change materially; (3) the valuation allowance on net DTAs may change materially;
and (4) tax positions taken during the preparation of returns may ultimately not be
sustained. Early-warning disclosures give investors insight into the underlying
assumptions made by management and conditions and risks facing an entity before a
material change or decline in performance is reported.
D.4 MD&A — Results of Operations
Sample Disclosure
Results of
Operations
Our ETR for fiscal years 20X3, 20X2, and 20X1
was XX percent, XX percent, and XX percent, respectively. Our
tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in
foreign jurisdictions and the relative amounts of income we earn
in those jurisdictions, which we expect to be fairly consistent
in the near term. It is also affected by discrete items that may
occur in any given year but are not consistent from year to
year. In addition to state income taxes, the following items had
the most significant impact on the difference between our
statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of XX percent and our
ETR:
20X3
- A $XXX (XX percent) reduction resulting from changes in UTBs for tax positions taken in prior periods, related primarily to favorable developments in an IRS position. Note that a detailed explanation of the change and the amount previously recorded as a UTB would be expected.
- A $XXX (XX percent) increase resulting from multiple unfavorable foreign audit assessments. Note that a detailed explanation of the change and the amount previously recorded as a UTB would be expected.
- A $XXX (XX percent) reduction resulting from rate differences between U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions. No taxes were provided for those undistributed foreign earnings that are indefinitely reinvested. Note that a discussion of the countries significantly affecting the overall effective rate would be expected.
- A $XXX (XX percent) increase from noncash impairment charges for goodwill that is nondeductible for tax purposes.
20X2
The notes accompanying the 20X3 items above also
apply to the 20X2 items listed below.
- A $XXX (XX percent) increase resulting from the resolution of U.S. state audits.
- A $XXX (XX percent) increase resulting from a European Commission penalty, which was not tax deductible.
- A $XXX (XX percent) reduction resulting from rate differences between U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions.
20X1
The notes accompanying the 20X3 items above also
apply to the 20X1 items listed below.
- A $XXX (XX percent) reduction resulting from the reversal of previously accrued taxes from an IRS settlement.
- A $XXX (XX percent) reduction resulting from rate differences between U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions.
For more information, see SEC Regulation
S-K, Item 303.
SEC Regulation S-K, Item
303(b)(2)(ii), requires registrants to “[d]escribe any known trends
or uncertainties that have had or that are reasonably likely to have a material
favorable or unfavorable impact on net sales or revenues or income from continuing
operations.” The sample disclosures below present various descriptions registrants might
provide under this requirement.
Sample Disclosure
Early Warning of Possible
Valuation Allowance Recognition in Future Periods
As of December 31, 20X1, we had approximately
$XX million in net DTAs. These DTAs include approximately $XX
million related to NOL carryforwards that can be used to offset
taxable income in future periods and reduce our income taxes
payable in those future periods. Many of these NOL carryforwards
will expire if they are not used within certain periods. At this
time, we consider it more likely than not that we will have
sufficient taxable income in the future that will allow us to
realize these DTAs. However, it is possible that some or all of
these NOL carryforwards could ultimately expire unused,
especially if our Component X restructuring initiative is not
successful. Therefore, unless we are able to generate sufficient
taxable income from our Component Y operations, a substantial
valuation allowance to reduce our U.S. DTAs may be required,
which would materially increase our expenses in the period the
allowance is recognized and materially adversely affect our
results of operations and statement of financial condition.
Sample Disclosure
Early Warning of Possible
Valuation Allowance Reversal in Future Periods
We recorded a valuation allowance against all of
our DTAs as of both December 31, 20X2, and December 31, 20X1. We
intend to continue maintaining a full valuation allowance on our
DTAs until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal
of all or some portion of these allowances. However, given our
current earnings and anticipated future earnings, we believe
that there is a reasonable possibility that within the next 12
months, sufficient positive evidence may become available to
allow us to reach a conclusion that a significant portion of the
valuation allowance will no longer be needed. Release of the
valuation allowance would result in the recognition of certain
DTAs and a decrease to income tax expense for the period the
release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of the
valuation allowance release are subject to change on the basis
of the level of profitability that we are able to actually
achieve.
Connecting the Dots
Companies should specify the positive and negative evidence they
evaluated, the jurisdiction, and the potential amount of valuation allowance
that may be recorded or reversed.
Sample Disclosure
Change in Tax Laws Affecting
Future Periods
Changes in tax laws and rates may affect
recorded DTAs and DTLs and our ETR in the future. In January
20X4, Country X made significant changes to its tax laws,
including certain changes that were retroactive to our 20X3 tax
year. Because a change in tax law is accounted for in the period
of enactment, the retroactive effects cannot be recognized in
our 20X3 financial results and instead will be reflected in our
20X4 financial results. We estimate that a benefit of
approximately $XXX will be accounted for as a discrete item in
our tax provision for the first quarter of 20X4. In addition, we
expect this tax law change to favorably affect our estimated
AETR for 20X4 by approximately X percentage points as compared
to 20X3.
Sample Disclosure
Global Minimum Corporate Tax
Rate
On October 8, 2021, the OECD announced that
members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and
Profit Shifting (the “Inclusive Framework”) agreed to a
two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges associated
with the digitalization of the economy. On December 20, 2021,
the OECD released the Pillar Two model rules, which define the
global minimum tax and call for the taxation of large
corporations at a minimum rate of 15 percent. The OECD has since
issued commentary and additional administrative guidance related
to the Inclusive Framework agreement.
Certain jurisdictions in which the Company
operates, have enacted Pillar Two legislation that became
effective on January 1, 2024. While the Company is in scope of
the enacted legislation, we do not expect Pillar Two to have a
material impact on our current year financial results. Although
we are unable to predict when and how the Inclusive Framework
agreement will be enacted into law in other jurisdictions, it is
possible that its implementation could have a material effect on
the liability for corporate taxes and consolidated ETR in the
United States. We will continue to monitor regulatory
developments to assess potential impacts on our consolidated
financial statements as additional guidance is released.
D.5 MD&A — Critical Accounting Estimates1
Sample Disclosure
Our income tax expense, DTAs and DTLs, and
liabilities for UTBs reflect management’s best estimate of
current and future taxes to be paid. We are subject to income
taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions.
Significant judgments and estimates are required in the
determination of the consolidated income tax expense.
Deferred income taxes arise from temporary
differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and
their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will
result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. In
evaluating our ability to recover our DTAs in the jurisdiction
from which they arise, we consider all available positive and
negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of DTLs,
projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and
results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable
income, we begin with historical results adjusted for the
results of discontinued operations and incorporate assumptions
about the amount of future state, federal, and foreign pretax
operating income adjusted for items that do not have tax
consequences. The assumptions about future taxable income
require the use of significant judgment and are consistent with
the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying
businesses. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical
results provide, we consider three years of cumulative operating
income (loss).
As of December 31, 20X3, we have federal and
state income tax NOL carryforwards of $XXX and $XXX, which will
expire on various dates from 20X4 through 20Y8 as follows:
We believe that it is more likely than not that
the benefit from certain state NOL carryforwards will not be
realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a
valuation allowance of $XX on the DTAs related to these state
NOL carryforwards. If our assumptions change and we determine
that we will be able to realize these NOLs, the tax benefits
related to any reversal of the valuation allowance on DTAs as of
December 31, 20X3, will be accounted for as follows:
Approximately $XXX will be recognized as a reduction of income
tax expense and $XXX will be recorded as an increase in
equity.
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves
dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax
laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our
global operations. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an
uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely
than not that the position will be sustained upon examination,
including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation
processes, on the basis of the technical merits.
We (1) record UTBs as liabilities in accordance
with ASC 740 and (2) adjust these liabilities when our judgment
changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not
previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these
uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment
that is materially different from our current estimate of the
UTB liabilities. These differences will be reflected as
increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in
which new information is available.
We believe that it is reasonably possible that
an increase of up to $XX in UTBs related to state exposures may
be necessary within the coming year. In addition, we believe
that it is reasonably possible that approximately $XX of our
currently remaining UTBs, each of which is individually
insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 20X4 as a result
of a lapse of the statute of limitations.
We consider the earnings of certain non-U.S.
subsidiaries to be indefinitely invested outside the United
States on the basis of estimates that future domestic cash
generation will be sufficient to meet future domestic cash needs
and our specific plans for reinvestment of those subsidiary
earnings. We have not recorded a DTL related to the U.S. federal
and state income taxes and foreign withholding taxes on
approximately $XX of undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries indefinitely invested outside the United States. If
we decide to repatriate the foreign earnings, we would need to
adjust our income tax provision in the period we determined that
the earnings will no longer be indefinitely invested outside the
United States.
For more information, see SEC Interpretation Release Nos.
33-8350, 34-48960, and FR-72 as well as Regulation S-K, Item
303(b)(3).
At the 2023 AICPA & CIMA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB
Developments, the SEC staff noted that critical accounting estimates are intended to
provide the quantitative and qualitative information investors need to understand
estimation uncertainty and the impact an estimate has had or is reasonably likely to
have on a registrant’s financial condition or results of operations. The SEC staff
further highlighted several questions a registrant should consider when preparing its
critical accounting estimate disclosures, including:
- Can the investor understand from the disclosure why that particular estimate is critical?
- Does the critical accounting estimate include both qualitative and quantitative information?
- Is it likely that an investor would find it difficult to understand the estimation uncertainty in the absence of any quantification?
- Does the disclosure adequately provide information incremental to the registrant’s accounting policy disclosures in footnotes?
See Deloitte’s December 10, 2023, Heads Up on the conference for additional
interpretive guidance.
Footnotes
1
At the 2013 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB
Developments (the “AICPA Conference”), in remarks related to disclosures about
valuation allowances on DTAs, the SEC staff discouraged registrants from
providing “boilerplate” information and instead recommended that they discuss
registrant-specific factors (e.g., limitations on their ability to use NOLs and
FTCs). The SEC staff also stated that it has asked registrants to disclose the
effect of each source of taxable income on their ability to realize a DTA,
including the relative magnitude of each source of taxable income. In addition,
the staff recommended that registrants consider disclosing the material negative
evidence they evaluated, since such disclosures could provide investors with
information about uncertainties related to a registrant’s ability to recover a
DTA. For additional information, see Deloitte’s December 16, 2013, Heads Up on
the AICPA Conference.
D.6 MD&A — Liquidity and Capital Resources2
Sample Disclosure
As of December 31, 20XX, the company has
accumulated undistributed earnings of approximately $XXX million
generated by foreign subsidiaries. Because $XXX million of such
earnings have previously been subject to (1) the one-time
transition tax on foreign earnings required by the 2017 Act or
(2) the GILTI tax, any additional taxes due with respect to the
repatriation of such earnings or the excess of the amount for
financial reporting over the tax basis of our foreign
investments would generally be limited to the tax effect of
currency gains or losses recognized on repatriation, foreign
withholding, and state taxes. We intend, however, to
indefinitely reinvest these earnings and expect future U.S. cash
generation to be sufficient to meet future U.S. cash needs.
For more information, see SEC Interpretation Release Nos.
33-8350, 34-48960, and FR-72 as well as SEC Regulation S-K, Item 303(b)(1).
Connecting the Dots
The SEC staff expects registrants to disclose the amount of cash and short-term
investments held by foreign subsidiaries that would not be available to fund
domestic operations unless the funds were repatriated. A registrant may disclose
this information in the Cash and Investments section of its MD&A.
Footnotes
2
At the 2011 AICPA Conference, Nili Shah, deputy chief accountant
in the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance, and Mark Shannon, associate chief
accountant in the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance, discussed certain
income tax matters in relation to registrants’ significant foreign operations.
Ms. Shah indicated that when a registrant with significant amounts of cash and
short-term investments overseas has asserted that such amounts are indefinitely
reinvested in its foreign operations, the SEC staff would expect the registrant
to provide the following disclosures in an MD&A liquidity analysis: (1) the
amount of cash and short-term investments held by foreign subsidiaries that is
not available to fund domestic operations unless the funds were repatriated; (2)
a statement that the company would need to accrue and pay taxes if repatriated;
and (3) if true, a statement that the company does not intend to repatriate
those funds.
At the 2013 AICPA Conference, the SEC staff also reminded
registrants when making the assertion of indefinitely reinvested foreign
earnings, companies are required to disclose (1) the amount of the unrecognized
DTL or (2) a statement that estimating an unrecognized tax liability is not
practicable. In addition, the staff indicated that it evaluates the indefinite
reinvestment assertion in taking into account registrants’ potential liquidity
needs and the availability of funds in U.S. and foreign jurisdictions.
D.7 MD&A — Contractual Obligations
Although registrants are no longer required to include in the MD&A section a tabular
disclosure of all known contractual obligations, they may choose to continue to disclose
this information.
Sample Disclosure
The table below contains information about our
contractual obligations that affect our short- and long-term
liquidity and capital needs. The table also includes information
about payments due under specified contractual obligations and
is aggregated by type of contractual obligation. It includes the
maturity profile of our consolidated long-term debt, operating
leases, and other long-term liabilities.
In the table above, the UTBs, including interest
and penalties, are related to temporary differences. The years
for which the temporary differences related to the UTBs will
reverse have been estimated in the schedule of obligations
above. In addition, approximately $XX of UTBs have been recorded
as liabilities, and we are uncertain about whether or, if so,
when such amounts may be settled. We also recorded a liability
for potential penalties of $XX and interest of $XX for the UTBs
not included in the table above.
Sample Disclosure
The following table presents certain payments
due under contractual obligations with minimum firm commitments
as of December 31, 20X3:
Our other noncurrent liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet include UTBs and related interest and
penalties. As of December 31, 20X3, we had gross UTBs of $XX and
an additional $XX for interest and penalties classified as
noncurrent liabilities. At this time, we are unable to make a
reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in
individual years in connection with these tax liabilities;
therefore, such amounts are not included in the above
contractual obligation table.
D.8 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
D.8.1 Note A — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
D.8.1.1 Income Taxes
Sample Disclosure
We account for income taxes under the
asset and liability method, which requires the
recognition of DTAs and DTLs for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been included in the
financial statements. Under this method, we determine
DTAs and DTLs on the basis of the differences between
the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is
recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.
We recognize DTAs to the extent that we
believe that these assets are more likely than not to be
realized. In making such a determination, we consider
all available positive and negative evidence, including
future reversals of existing taxable temporary
differences, projected future taxable income,
tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if
permitted under the tax law, and results of recent
operations. If we determine that we would be able to
realize our DTAs in the future in excess of their net
recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the DTA
valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision
for income taxes.
We record uncertain tax positions in
accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step
process in which (1) we determine whether it is more
likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained
on the basis of the technical merits of the position and
(2) for those tax positions that meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize
the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50
percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement
with the related tax authority.
D.8.1.2 Classification of Interest and Penalties
Sample Disclosure
We recognize interest and penalties
related to UTBs on the income tax expense line in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Accrued interest and penalties are included on the
related tax liability line in the consolidated balance
sheet.
Sample Disclosure
We recognize interest and penalties
related to UTBs on the interest expense line and other
expense line, respectively, in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest
and penalties are included on the related liability
lines in the consolidated balance sheet.
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-19.
D.8.1.3 ITC Recognition Policy
Sample Disclosure
We earn ITCs from the state of X’s
economic development program. We use the deferral method
of accounting for ITCs.
Sample Disclosure
We use the flow-through method to
account for ITCs earned on eligible scientific R&D
expenditures. Under this method, the ITCs are recognized
as a reduction to income tax expense in the year they
are earned.
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-20.
D.8.2 Note B — Statement of Cash Flows (Before Adoption of ASU 2023-09)
Sample Disclosure
Supplemental cash flows and noncash
investing and financing activities are as follows:
Connecting the Dots
Under ASC 230-10-50-2, the supplemental cash flow
information for income taxes paid is required when an indirect method is
used. Such disclosure can be included in the company’s statement of cash
flows or in a footnote.
D.8.3 Note C — Acquisitions
Sample Disclosure
The preliminary purchase price allocation
resulted in goodwill of $XX million, which is not deductible
for income tax purposes. Goodwill consists of the excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired
assets and represents the estimated economic value
attributable to future operations.
The purchase price allocation is preliminary
and subject to revision. At this time, except for the items
noted below, we do not expect material changes to the value
of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed in conjunction
with the transaction. Specifically, the following assets and
liabilities are subject to change:
- Intangible customer contracts.
- Payments due from and to related parties.
- Deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
As management receives additional
information during the measurement period, these assets and
liabilities may be adjusted.
Under the acquisition method of accounting
for business combinations, if we identify changes to
acquired DTA valuation allowances or liabilities related to
uncertain tax positions during the measurement period, and
they are related to new information obtained about facts and
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, those
changes are considered a measurement-period adjustment, and
we record the offset to goodwill. We record all other
changes to DTA valuation allowances and liabilities related
to uncertain tax positions in current-period income tax
expense. This accounting applies to all of our acquisitions,
regardless of acquisition date.
Sample Disclosure
Goodwill of $XX million was assigned to the
X and Y segments in the amounts of $XX million and $XX
million, respectively, and is deductible for tax purposes.
The amounts of intangible assets and goodwill have been
assigned to the X and Y segments on the basis of the
respective profit margins of the acquired customer
contracts. The transaction was taxable for income tax
purposes, and all assets and liabilities have been recorded
at fair value for both book and income tax purposes.
Therefore, no deferred taxes have been recorded.
See ASC 805-10-50-5 for more information on financial effects of
adjustments related to business combinations that occurred in the current or
previous reporting periods, and see ASC 805-30-50-1(d) for the total amount of
goodwill that is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
D.8.4 Note D — Income Taxes3
Sample Disclosure
For financial reporting purposes, income
before income taxes includes the following components:
The expense (benefit) for income taxes
consists of:
Sample Disclosure
For financial reporting purposes, income
before income taxes includes the following components:
The provision for income taxes for 20X3,
20X2, and 20X1 consists of the following:
D.8.4.1 Components of Income Tax Expense or Benefit
Sample Disclosure
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-9, which requires disclosure of other
items, such as the effects of changes in tax law or in valuation allowances,
that may be disclosed elsewhere (i.e., in the reconciliation of the ETR).
Sample Disclosure
If presented, the other tax expense (benefit) line above would include items
affecting the expense that neither meet the definition of a deferred tax item
(see ASC 740-10-30-4) nor the definition of a current tax item (see ASC
740-10-20). If material, the components of the other tax expense (benefit)
should be separately described below the table. For additional information, see
ASC 740-10-50-9.
D.8.4.2 Rate Reconciliation (Before Adoption of ASU 2023-09)
Sample Disclosure
Reconciliation between the ETR on income
from continuing operations and the statutory tax rate is
as follows:
For more information, see Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), and ASC
740-10-50-12 through 50-14.
Connecting the Dots
SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h)(2), indicates that for
entities subject to SEC reporting requirements, the reconciliation
should disclose all components of the income tax expense or benefit that
constitute 5 percent or more of income tax expense or benefit from
continuing operations, determined by using the statutory tax rate.
Entities that are not subject to SEC reporting requirements are
permitted to omit this reconciliation but must disclose the nature of
significant reconciling items.
Sample Disclosure
The differences between income taxes
expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
of 21 percent and the reported income tax (benefit)
expense are summarized as follows:
D.8.4.3 Unrecognized DTL Related to Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries4
Sample Disclosure
As of December 31, 2018, the company has
accumulated undistributed earnings generated by foreign
subsidiaries of approximately $XXX million. We have not
recognized a DTL for these unremitted earnings and
related translation adjustments. Because $XXX million of
such earnings have previously been subject to (1) the
one-time transition tax on foreign earnings required by
the 2017 Act or (2) the GILTI tax, the amount of outside
basis difference in our foreign subsidiaries is not
material. In addition, any additional taxes due with
respect to the reversal of the outside basis difference
as a result of a repatriation would generally be limited
to the tax effect of currency gains or losses, capital
gains, foreign withholding, and state taxes. The amount
of unrecognized DTL is not material.
D.8.4.4 Components of the Net DTA or DTL
Sample Disclosure
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-2, ASC 740-10-50-6, ASC 740-10-50-8, and
ASC 740-10-50-16.
D.8.4.5 Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforwards
Sample Disclosure
We have income tax NOL carryforwards
related to our international operations of approximately
$XXX. We have recorded a DTA of $XXX reflecting the
benefit of $XXX in loss carryforwards. Such DTAs expire
as follows:
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-3.
D.8.4.6 Valuation Allowance5 and Risks and Uncertainties
Sample Disclosure
Management assesses the available
positive and negative evidence to estimate whether
sufficient future taxable income will be generated to
permit use of the existing DTAs. A significant piece of
objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative
loss incurred over the three-year period ended December
31, 20X3. Such objective evidence limits the ability to
consider other subjective evidence, such as our
projections for future growth.
On the basis of this evaluation, as of
December 31, 20X3, a valuation allowance of $XXX has
been recorded to recognize only the portion of the DTA
that is more likely than not to be realized. The amount
of the DTA considered realizable, however, could be
adjusted if additional objectively verifiable positive
evidence materializes in future reporting periods, such
as a demonstrated operating profitability.
Sample Disclosure
Management assesses the available
positive and negative evidence to estimate whether
sufficient future taxable income will be generated to
permit use of the existing DTAs. A significant piece of
objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative
loss incurred over the three-year period ended December
31, 20X3.
Such objective evidence limits the
ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as
our projections for future growth. We have determined
that the reversal of future taxable temporary
differences corresponding to our DTLs will provide a
sufficient source of income for realization of our DTAs.
On the basis of this evaluation, as of
December 31, 20X3, no valuation allowance has been
recorded against our DTAs. In the absence of future
taxable income, reductions in our DTLs may result in the
need for a valuation allowance in a subsequent
period.
For more information, see ASC 275-10-50-8.
Sample Disclosure
We have federal and state income tax NOL
carryforwards of $XXX and $XXX, which will expire on
various dates in the next 15 years as follows:
We believe that it is more likely than
not that the benefit from certain state NOL
carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of
this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance of
$XXX on the DTAs related to these state NOL
carryforwards. If or when recognized, the tax benefits
related to any reversal of the valuation allowance on
DTAs as of December 31, 20X3, will be accounted for as
follows: Approximately $XXX will be recognized as a
reduction of income tax expense and $XXX will be
recorded as an increase in equity.
The federal, state, and foreign NOL
carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included
UTBs. The DTAs recognized for those NOLs are presented
net of these UTBs.
Because of the change of ownership
provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of a
portion of our domestic NOL and tax credit carryforwards
may be limited in future periods. Further, a portion of
the carryforwards may expire before being applied to
reduce future income tax liabilities.
D.8.4.7 Valuation Allowance Reversal6
Sample Disclosure
As of December 31, 20X3, our DTAs were
primarily the result of U.S. NOL, capital loss, and tax
credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance of $XXX and
$XXX was recorded against our gross DTA balance as of
December 31, 20X3, and December 31, 20X2, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 20X3, and December 31,
20X2, we recorded a net valuation allowance release of
$XXX (comprising a full-year valuation release of $XXX
related to the X segment, partially offset by an
increase to the valuation allowance of $XXX related to
the Y segment) and $XXX, respectively, on the basis of
management’s reassessment of the amount of its DTAs that
are more likely than not to be realized.
As of each reporting date, management
considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that
could affect its view of the future realization of DTAs.
As of December 31, 20X3, in part because in the current
year we achieved three years of cumulative pretax income
in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction, management
determined that there is sufficient positive evidence to
conclude that it is more likely than not that additional
deferred taxes of $XXX are realizable. It therefore
reduced the valuation allowance accordingly.
As of December 31, 20X3, and December
31, 20X2, we have NOL carryforwards of $XXX and $XXX,
respectively, which, if unused, will expire in years
20Y6 through 20Z2. We have capital loss carryforwards
totaling $XXX and $XXX as of December 31, 20X3, and
December 31, 20X2, respectively, which, if unused, will
expire in years 20X4 through 20X8. In addition, as of
December 31, 20X3, and December 31, 20X2, we have
qualified affordable housing tax credit carryforwards
totaling $XXX and $XXX, respectively, which, if unused,
will expire in years 20X8 through 20Z3, and alternative
minimum tax credits of $XXX and $XXX, respectively, that
may be carried forward indefinitely. Certain tax
attributes are subject to an annual limitation as a
result of the acquisition of our Subsidiary A, which
constitutes a change of ownership as defined under IRC
Section 382.
D.8.4.8 Tax Holidays
Sample Disclosure
We operate under tax holidays in other
countries, which are effective through December 31,
20X3, and may be extended if certain additional
requirements are satisfied. The tax holidays are
conditional upon our meeting certain employment and
investment thresholds. The impact of these tax holidays
decreased foreign taxes by $XXX, $XXX, and $XXX for
20X3, 20X2, and 20X1, respectively. The benefit of the
tax holidays on net income per share (diluted) was $.XX,
$.XX, and $.XX for 20X3, 20X2, and 20X1,
respectively.
For more information, see SAB Topic 11.C.
D.8.4.9 Unrecognized Tax Benefits
D.8.4.9.1 Tabular Reconciliation of UTBs
Sample Disclosure
Below is a tabular reconciliation of
the total amounts of UTBs; this tabular
reconciliation disclosure is not required for
nonpublic entities.
Sample Disclosure
The table below illustrates a
selection of reconciling items that may be reported
separately or aggregated on the basis of the
specific facts and circumstances. The list is not
intended to be all-inclusive. If reported
separately, the descriptions should be appropriately
titled so that the user of the financial statements
will understand the nature of the reconciling item
being reported.
D.8.4.9.2 UTBs That, if Recognized, Would Affect the ETR
Sample Disclosure
Included in the balance of UTBs as
of December 31, 20X3; December 31, 20X2; and
December 31, 20X1, are $XXX, $XXX, and $XXX,
respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized,
would affect the ETR. Also included in the balance
of UTBs as of December 31, 20X3; December 31, 20X2;
and December 31, 20X1, are $XXX, $XXX, and $XXX,
respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized,
would result in adjustments to other tax accounts,
primarily deferred taxes.
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-15A(b).
D.8.4.9.3 Total Amounts of Interest and Penalties Recognized in the Statement of Operations and Total Amounts of Interest and Penalties Recognized in the Statements of Financial Position
Sample Disclosure
We recognize interest accrued
related to UTBs and penalties as income tax expense.
We accrued penalties of $XX and interest of $XX
during 20X3 and in total, as of December 31, 20X3,
recognized a liability related to the UTBs noted
above for penalties of $XX and interest of $XX.
During 20X2, we accrued penalties of $XX and
interest of $XX and in total, as of December 31,
20X2, recognized a liability for penalties of $XX
and interest of $XX. During 20X1, we accrued
penalties of $XX and interest of $XX.
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-15(c).
D.8.4.9.4 Tax Positions for Which It Is Reasonably Possible That the Total Amounts of UTBs Will Significantly Increase or Decrease Within 12 Months of the Reporting Date
Sample Disclosure
We believe that it is reasonably
possible that a decrease of up to $XX in UTBs
related to state exposures may be necessary within
the coming year. In addition, we believe that it is
reasonably possible that approximately $XX of
current other remaining UTBs, each of which is
individually insignificant, may be recognized by the
end of 20X4 as a result of a lapse of the statute of
limitations. As of December 31, 20X2, we believed
that it was reasonably possible that a decrease of
up to $XX in UTBs related to state tax exposures
would have occurred during the year ended December
31, 20X3. During the year ended December 31, 20X3,
UTBs related to those state exposures actually
decreased by $XX as illustrated in the table
above.
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-15(d).
D.8.4.9.5 Description of Tax Years That Remain Subject to Examination by Major Tax Jurisdictions
Sample Disclosure
We are subject to taxation in the
United States and various states and foreign
jurisdictions. As of December 31, 20X3, tax years
for 20X0, 20X1, and 20X2 are subject to examination
by the tax authorities. With few exceptions, as of
December 31, 20X3, we are no longer subject to U.S.
federal, state, local, or foreign examinations by
tax authorities for years before 20X0. Tax year 20W9
was open as of December 31, 20X2.
For more information, see ASC 740-10-50-15(e).
D.8.4.10 Subsequent-Events Disclosure
Sample Disclosure
In January 20X4, we received notice of a
tax incentive award of $XX that will allow us to
monetize approximately $XX of state R&D tax credits.
In exchange for this award, we pledged to hire more
employees and maintain the additional head count through
at least December 31, 20X8. Failure to do so could
result in our being required to repay some or all of
these incentives.
For more information, see ASC 855-10-50-2.
Connecting the Dots
Disclosure of a nonrecognized subsequent event is required only when the
financial statements would be considered misleading without such
disclosure.
Footnotes
3
At the 2010 AICPA Conference, Jill Davis, associate chief
accountant in the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance, stated that one of
the requirements in SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08(h), is to disclose the
components of income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) as either
domestic or foreign. Ms. Davis indicated that some registrants’ disclosures
about these components have been limited in circumstances in which the
registrants had a very low income tax expense because a substantial amount
of profits were derived from countries with little or no tax. She explained
that the disclosures provided should allow an investor to easily determine
the ETR for net income attributable to domestic operations and foreign
operations and stated that the lack of such disclosure may result in SEC
staff comments. For additional information, see SEC Regulation S-X, Rule
4-08(h), “General Notes to Financial Statements: Income Tax Expense.”
4
See footnote 1.
5
At the 2011 AICPA Conference, Mark Shannon advised that
entities must consider all available evidence, both positive and
negative, in determining whether a valuation allowance is needed to
reduce a DTA to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Mr. Shannon said that some registrants are placing less weight on recent
losses when weighing the positive and negative evidence because they
view the current economic downturn as an aberration, as given in an
example in ASC 740-10-30-22. He stated that while each company’s facts
and circumstances could differ, in general it would be difficult to
conclude the economic downturn is an aberration. He also reminded
participants that overcoming such negative evidence would require
significant objective positive evidence. At the 2012 AICPA Conference,
Mr. Shannon reiterated these comments. He also emphasized the importance
of evidence that is objectively verifiable and noted that it carries
more weight than evidence that is not.
6
At the 2012 AICPA Conference, Mark Shannon noted that
registrants who have returned to profitability may be considering
whether they should reverse a previously recognized valuation allowance.
He indicated that factors to consider in making this determination
include (1) the magnitude and duration of past losses and (2) the
magnitude and duration of current profitability as well as changes in
the factors that drove losses in the past and those currently driving
profitability. Nili Shah further noted that registrants should assess
the sustainability of current profits as well as their track record of
accurately forecasting future financial results. She pointed out that
registrants’ disclosures should include a discussion of the factors or
reasons that led to a reversal of a valuation allowance that effectively
answers the question “why now.” Such disclosures would include a
comprehensive analysis of all available positive and negative evidence
and how the entity weighed each piece of evidence in its assessment. She
also reminded registrants that the same disclosures would be expected
when there is significant negative evidence and a registrant concludes
that a valuation allowance is necessary.
D.9 Interim Disclosures
Sample Disclosure
Our ETR from continuing operations was XX
percent and XX percent for the quarter and nine months ended
September 30, 20X2, respectively, and XX percent and XX percent
for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 20X1,
respectively. The following items caused the quarterly or YTD
ETR to be significantly different from our historical annual
ETR:
- During the third quarter and nine months ended September 30, 20X2, we recorded an income tax benefit of approximately $XX million as a result of a favorable settlement of uncertain tax positions in Jurisdiction X, which reduced the ETR by XX percent and XX percent, respectively.
- During the nine months ended September 30, 20X1, we recorded an income tax benefit of approximately $XX million related to an increase in tax rates in Country X enacted in the third quarter, which increased the ETR by XX percent.
Sample Disclosure
We have historically calculated the provision for income taxes
during interim reporting periods by applying an estimate of the
AETR for the full fiscal year to “ordinary” income or loss
(pretax income or loss excluding unusual or infrequently
occurring discrete items) for the reporting period. We have used
a discrete ETR method to calculate taxes for the fiscal three-
and six-month periods ended June 30, 20X2. We determined that
since small changes in estimated “ordinary” income would result
in significant changes in the estimated AETR, the historical
method would not provide a reliable estimate for the fiscal
three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 20X2.
For more information on variations in customary income tax expense relationships, see ASC
740-270-50-1.
D.10 Separate Company Financial Statements
Sample Disclosure
Our company is included in the consolidated tax
return of Parent P. We calculate the provision for income taxes
by using a separate-return method. Under this method, we are
assumed to file a separate return with the tax authority,
thereby reporting our taxable income or loss and paying the
applicable tax to or receiving the appropriate refund from P.
Our current provision is the amount of tax payable or refundable
on the basis of a hypothetical, current-year separate return. We
provide deferred taxes on temporary differences and on any
carryforwards that we could claim on our hypothetical return and
assess the need for a valuation allowance on the basis of our
projected separate-return results.
Any difference between the tax provision (or
benefit) allocated to us under the separate-return method and
payments to be made to (or received from) P for tax expense is
treated as either dividends or capital contributions.
Accordingly, the amount by which our tax liability under the
separate-return method exceeds the amount of tax liability
ultimately settled as a result of using incremental expenses of
P is periodically settled as a capital contribution from P to
us.
For more information on entities with separately issued financial
statements that are members of a consolidated tax return, see ASC 740-10-50-17(b) and
50-17A.
Appendix E — Differences Between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards
Appendix E — Differences Between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards
E.1 Background
ASC 740 is the primary source of guidance on the accounting for
income taxes under U.S. GAAP, and IAS 12 is the primary source of such guidance
under IFRS® Accounting Standards.1
In general, the income tax accounting frameworks in both U.S. GAAP
and IFRS Accounting Standards require the application of a balance sheet model, and
share the same basic objectives related to the recognition of (1) the amount of
taxes payable or refundable for the current year and (2) DTAs and DTLs for future
tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial
statements or tax returns.
However, differences remain between the accounting for income taxes
under U.S. GAAP and that under IFRS Accounting Standards. The table below summarizes
some of the significant differences and is followed by more detailed explanations of
each difference as well as cross-references to other sections of the Roadmap.2 Note that this appendix should be used in conjunction with the Roadmap’s
detailed interpretive guidance and with A13 of Deloitte’s iGAAP publication.
Subject
|
U.S. GAAP
|
IFRS Accounting Standards
|
---|---|---|
Initial recognition exception
|
No “initial recognition” exception under
U.S. GAAP.
|
Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable
or deductible temporary differences that arise from the
initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a
transaction that (1) is not a business combination, (2) does
not affect accounting profit or taxable income when the
transaction occurs, and (3) does not give rise to equal
taxable and deductible temporary differences when the
transaction occurs. Changes in this unrecognized DTA or DTL
are not subsequently recognized.
The above guidance reflects amendments made to IAS 12 by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB®)
in May 2021 to clarify that the initial recognition
exception does not apply to transactions that create
offsetting taxable and deductible temporary differences. The
amendments became effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2023, with earlier
application permitted.
Before the adoption of the amendments:
Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable
or deductible temporary differences that arise from the
initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a
transaction that (1) is not a business combination and (2)
does not affect accounting profit or taxable income when the
transaction occurs. Changes in this unrecognized DTA or DTL
are not subsequently recognized.
|
Recognition of DTAs
| DTAs are recognized in full and reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the DTAs will not be realized. |
DTAs are recognized at the amount that is
probable (generally interpreted to mean more likely than
not3) to be realized on a net basis (i.e., the DTA is
written down, and an allowance is not recorded).
|
Tax laws and rates used for measuring DTAs
and DTLs
|
Enacted tax laws and rates are used.
|
Enacted or “substantively” enacted tax laws
or rates are used.
|
Uncertain tax positions
| ASC 740 prescribes a two-step recognition and measurement approach under which an entity calculates the amount of tax benefit to recognize in the financial statements by (1) assessing whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination and (2) measuring a tax position that reaches the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement. |
If an entity concludes that it is probable
that the taxing authority will accept an uncertain tax
treatment (including both the technical merit of the
treatment and the amounts included in the tax return),
recognition and measurement are consistent with the
positions as taken in the tax filings. If the entity
concludes that it is not probable that the taxing authority
will accept the tax treatment as filed, the entity is
required to reflect the uncertainty by using (1) the most
likely amount or (2) the expected value. “Probable” is
defined as “more likely than not.”
|
Tax consequences of intra-entity inventory
sales
|
Tax effects of intra-entity transfers of
inventory are deferred until the related inventory is sold
or disposed of, and no deferred taxes are recognized for the
difference between the carrying value of the inventory in
the consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of
the inventory in the buyer’s tax jurisdiction.
|
No such exception for intra-entity transfers
of inventory exists. Any current and deferred tax expense
from intra-entity transfers (inventory or otherwise) is
recognized at the time of the transfer. Deferred taxes are
recognized for the difference between the carrying value of
the transferred asset in the consolidated financial
statements and the tax basis of the transferred asset in the
buyer’s tax jurisdiction, measured by using the statutory
tax rate of the buyer’s tax jurisdiction (subject to
realization criteria in IAS 12 if a DTA is recognized on the
basis difference).
|
Foreign nonmonetary assets or liabilities
for which the functional currency is not the local
currency
|
No deferred tax is recognized on basis
differences resulting from (1) changes in exchange rates
(i.e., the difference between the carrying amount for
financial reporting purposes, which is determined by using
the historical rate of exchange, and the tax basis, which is
determined by using the exchange rate on the balance sheet
date) or (2) the indexing of basis for income tax
purposes.
|
No similar guidance in IAS 12.
|
Special deductions (e.g., tax benefits for
statutory depletion or special deductions for certain health
benefit entities, small life insurance companies, or
domestic production activities)
|
An entity is not permitted to anticipate tax
benefits for special deductions when measuring the DTL for
taxable temporary differences at the end of the current
year. Instead, the entity should recognize such tax benefits
for financial reporting purposes no earlier than the year in
which they are available to reduce taxable income on the
entity’s tax returns. In addition, the future tax effects of
special deductions may nevertheless affect (1) the average
graduated tax rate to be used for measuring DTAs and DTLs
when graduated tax rates are a significant factor and (2)
the need for a valuation allowance for DTAs.
|
No similar guidance in IAS 12.
|
Share-based compensation
|
For awards that ordinarily give rise to a
tax deduction under existing tax law, deferred taxes are
computed on the basis of compensation expense that is
recognized for financial reporting purposes. Tax benefits in
excess of or less than the related DTA are recognized in the
income statement in the period in which the amount of the
deduction is determined (typically when an award vests or,
in the case of options, is exercised or expires).
|
For awards that ordinarily give rise to a
tax deduction, deferred taxes are computed on the basis of
the hypothetical tax deduction for the share-based payment
corresponding to the percentage earned to date (i.e., the
intrinsic value of the award on the reporting date
multiplied by the percentage vested). Recognition of
deferred taxes could be recorded through either profit or
loss or equity.
|
Subsequent changes in deferred taxes (e.g.,
because of changes in tax laws, rates, status, or valuation
allowance)
|
Generally allocated to continuing operations
with limited exceptions (i.e., backwards tracing is
generally prohibited, regardless of whether the associated
tax expense or benefit was originally recognized outside of
continuing operations [e.g., in equity]).
|
IAS 12 requires that the income tax expense
or benefit is recognized in the same manner in which the
asset or liability was originally recorded. That is, if the
deferred taxes were originally recorded outside of profit or
loss (e.g., in equity), subsequent changes to the beginning
balance will be recorded in the same manner (i.e., backwards
tracing is permitted).
|
Deferred taxes for outside basis differences — investment in
a subsidiary or a corporate joint venture that is
essentially permanent in duration
|
A DTL is generally not recognized for
financial reporting basis in excess of tax basis in foreign
subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures that are
essentially permanent in duration unless the
difference is expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.
For financial reporting basis in excess of tax basis in
domestic subsidiaries or corporate joint ventures, a DTL is
generally not recognized if the basis difference arose in
fiscal years on or before December 15, 1992, unless the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.
However, a DTL must be recognized if the basis difference
arose in fiscal years after December 15, 1992, “unless the
tax law provides a means by which the investment in a
domestic subsidiary can be recovered tax free” and the
entity expects that it will ultimately use that means.
A DTA is recorded with respect to investments in a subsidiary
or corporate joint venture (domestic or foreign) that is
essentially permanent in duration only if it is apparent
that the temporary difference will reverse in the
foreseeable future.
Note that according to paragraph 64 of ASU 2015-10, “[t]his
exception to recognizing deferred taxes is not applicable
for partnerships (or other pass-through entities).”
|
A DTL is generally recognized for financial reporting basis
in excess of tax basis of any form of investee (foreign or
domestic, subsidiaries, branches, associates, and interests
in joint arrangements) unless both of the following
conditions are satisfied: (1) the parent is able to control
the timing of the temporary difference’s reversal and (2) it
is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse
in the foreseeable future.
A DTA is generally recognized for tax basis
in excess of financial reporting basis of any form of
investee to the extent that it is probable (generally
interpreted to mean more-likely-than-not) that (1) the
temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future
and (2) taxable income will be available against which the
temporary difference can be used.
Note that there is no similar prohibition on applying the
guidance to partnerships, although meeting the criteria may
be difficult because of the flow-through nature of
partnerships.
|
Deferred taxes for outside basis differences — equity method
investee that is not a corporate joint venture (foreign and
domestic) that is essentially permanent in duration
|
A DTL is recognized on the excess of the financial reporting
basis over the tax basis of the investment.
A DTA is recognized for the excess of the tax basis of the
investment over the amount for financial reporting and must
be assessed for realizability (in most jurisdictions, the
loss would be capital in character).
|
A DTL is recognized on excess book over tax basis unless both
of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) the holder of
the investment can control the timing of the reversal and
(2) it is probable that the difference will not reverse in
the foreseeable future.
A DTA is recognized only to the extent that
(1) it is probable that the temporary difference will
reverse in the foreseeable future and (2) there will be
taxable income against which the temporary difference can be
used.
|
Other exceptions to the basic principle that deferred tax is
recognized for all temporary differences — leveraged
leases
|
For a leveraged lease (commencing before the adoption of ASU
2016-02) exemption, no deferred tax is recognized under ASC
740. See ASC 840-30 for information about the tax
consequences of leveraged leases.
ASC 842 does not include guidance on leveraged leases.
Entities are not permitted to account for any new or
subsequently amended lease arrangements as leveraged leases
after the effective date of ASC 842.
|
IFRS Accounting Standards do not address
leveraged leases, thus there is no similar exception.
|
Reconciliation of actual and expected tax
rate
|
Required for public companies only; expected
tax expense is computed by applying the domestic federal
statutory rates to pretax income from continuing
operations.
Nonpublic companies must disclose the nature
of the reconciling items but are not required to provide the
amounts.
|
Required for all entities applying IFRS
Accounting Standards. Entities compute expected tax expense
by applying the applicable tax rate(s) to accounting profit
and must disclose the basis on which any applicable tax rate
is computed.
|
Interim reporting
|
Entities are generally required to compute tax (or benefit)
for each interim period by using one overall estimated AETR.
The estimated AETR is computed by dividing the estimated
annual tax (or benefit) into the estimated annual pretax
ordinary income (or loss).
Entities then apply the estimated AETR to YTD pretax ordinary
income or loss to compute the YTD tax (or benefit). The
interim tax expense (or benefit) is the difference between
the YTD tax (or benefit) and prior YTD tax (or benefit).
|
To the extent practicable, a separate
estimated average annual effective income tax rate is
determined for each tax jurisdiction and applied
individually to the interim-period pretax income of each
jurisdiction. Similarly, if different income tax rates apply
to different categories of income (such as capital gains or
income earned in particular industries), to the extent
practicable, a separate rate is applied to each individual
category of interim period pretax income.
|
Allocation of consolidated tax expense to the separate
financial statements of group members
| The consolidated amount of current and deferred tax
expense for a group that files a consolidated tax return is
allocated among the members of the group when those members
issue separate financial statements by using a method that
is systematic, rational, and consistent with the broad
principles of ASC 740. See Section 8.3 for further discussion of acceptable
methods. |
No similar guidance in IAS 12.
|
Footnotes
1
The IASB issued
the
IFRS for SMEs® Standard (the “SMEs
Standard”) in July 2009. The SMEs Standard is a stand-alone standard and
does not require preparers of private-entity financial statements to
explicitly refer to full IFRS Accounting Standards. Section 29 of the SMEs
Standard is the primary source of guidance on accounting for income taxes
for entities applying the SMEs Standard. This appendix does not address the
differences between Section 29 and IAS 12; accordingly, it also does not
address the differences in the accounting for income taxes that might exist
between U.S. GAAP and the SMEs Standard.
2
Differences are based on
comparison of authoritative literature under U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting
Standards and do not necessarily include interpretations of such
literature.
3
While IAS 12 is silent with regard
to the meaning of “probable” in the context of
paragraph 24 of IAS 12, IAS 37 defines the term as
“more likely than not.” The footnote to paragraph 23
of IAS 37 acknowledges that this definition is not
necessarily applicable to other IFRS Accounting
Standards. However, in the absence of any other
guidance, the term probable should be considered to
mean more likely than not. In March 2009, the IASB
issued an exposure draft containing proposals for an
IFRS Standard that would replace IAS 12. Although a
replacement standard was not finalized, the exposure
draft provided useful guidance on the meaning of
“probable” because it used the term “more likely
than not” and noted in the Basis for Conclusions
that it was consistent with the term “probable” as
used in IAS 37 and IFRS 3.
E.2 Initial Recognition Exception
In May 2021, the IASB issued Deferred Tax Related to Assets and
Liabilities Arising From a Single Transaction — Amendments to IAS 12. The
amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1,
2023, with earlier application permitted. If an entity applies the amendments in an
earlier period, it must disclose that fact. First-time adopters should apply the
guidance on the date of their transition to IFRS Accounting Standards.
The amendments apply to transactions that occur on or after the
beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. In addition, at the beginning of
such period, the entity recognizes:
- A DTA (if it is probable that
taxable income will be available for realizing the deductible temporary
difference) and a DTL for all deductible and taxable temporary differences
associated with:
- Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
- Decommissioning, restoration, and similar liabilities and the corresponding amounts recognized as part of the cost of the related asset.
- The cumulative effect of initially applying the amendments as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other component of equity as appropriate) on that date.
The IASB concluded that applying the amendments’ transition guidance
would be less complex and costly than applying a full retrospective approach. Under that
guidance, entities must recognize deferred tax for all temporary differences related to
leases and decommissioning obligations at the beginning of the earliest comparative
period and apply the amendments to transactions other than leases and decommissioning
obligations on or after the beginning of the earliest comparative period.
E.2.1 Before Adoption of the Amendments to IAS 12
Before adoption of the May 2021 amendments to IAS 12, deferred taxes
are not recognized on temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition
of an asset or a liability in a transaction that (1) is not a business combination
and (2) does not affect accounting profit or taxable income. Changes in the
temporary differences also are not recognized. One example given in IAS 12 is that
of an asset for which there is no deduction against taxable profits for
depreciation. If the entity intends to recover the value of the asset through use,
the tax base of the asset is nil. Therefore, a taxable temporary difference equal to
the cost of the asset arises on initial recognition. However, IAS 12 does not permit
a DTL to be recognized, because the initial recognition of the asset is not part of
a business combination and does not affect either accounting profit or taxable
income. Further, no deferred tax is recognized as a result of depreciating the
asset.
The prohibition against recognition is based on the argument that if
a DTL were recognized, the equivalent amount would have to be (1) added to the
asset’s carrying amount in the statement of financial position or (2) recognized in
profit or loss on the date of initial recognition, which would make the financial
statements “less transparent.” The exception is based on pragmatism and the desire
to avoid such financial statement effects rather than on any particular concepts.
Note that the exception has a particular effect in jurisdictions where some or all
of the initial expenditure on assets is disallowed for tax purposes.
Unlike IFRS Accounting Standards, there is no “initial recognition”
exception under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, unless an exception applies, deferred taxes
are recognized for temporary differences on assets and liabilities. However, under
U.S. GAAP, there is guidance on temporary differences for assets and liabilities not
acquired in a business combination. See Section 3.3.
E.2.2 After Adoption of the Amendments to IAS 12
After adoption of the May 2021 amendments to IAS 12, deferred taxes
are not recognized on temporary differences that arise from the initial recognition
of an asset or a liability in a transaction that (1) is not a business combination,
(2) does not affect accounting profit or taxable income, and (3) does not give rise
to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences.
For some transactions, such as leases and decommissioning
obligations, simultaneous recognition of an asset and a liability is required under
IFRS Accounting Standards. Such recognition for financial statement reporting
purposes may, depending upon the applicable tax law, also give rise to equal amounts
of taxable and deductible temporary differences.
Before the amendments, there were different views about whether IAS
12 required recognition of deferred taxes for these offsetting temporary differences
or whether the initial recognition exception applied. If an entity applied the
initial recognition exception and did not recognize deferred taxes, subsequent
amortization of the assets and liabilities recognized for financial statement
reporting purposes resulted in permanent differences that affected the entity’s ETR
to the extent that amortization of those assets and liabilities into profit and loss
occurred over different periods and did not offset.
The amendments clarify that (1) the initial recognition exception
does not apply to transactions that create offsetting taxable and deductible
temporary differences and (2) entities should recognize any resulting DTA and
DTL.
The assessment of the recoverability of DTAs does not affect the determination of
whether there are equal and offsetting taxable and deductible temporary differences.
In addition, the IASB noted that an entity might recognize different amounts of DTAs
and DTLs for equal and offsetting deductible and taxable temporary differences if
different tax rates apply to the measurement of the associated DTAs or DTLs. The
IASB concluded that in such cases, the initial recognition exception should not
apply and that any difference must be reported in profit and loss.
E.3 Recognition of DTAs
Under U.S. GAAP, ASC 740-10-30-5(e) states that DTAs are recognized in full and then
reduced “by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it
is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.” The valuation allowance will
“reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be
realized.” See Section 3.3.4 for additional
guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, DTAs are recognized only to the
extent that it is probable that they will be realized.
Therefore, under both sets of standards, DTAs are recognized at an
amount that is determined to be realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis. The only
difference is presentation (i.e., a valuation allowance is used under U.S. GAAP but
not under IFRS Accounting Standards).
E.4 Tax Laws or Rates for Measuring DTAs and DTLs
Under U.S. GAAP, DTAs and DTLs are measured by using the enacted tax
laws or rates only. ASC 740-10-25-47 states that “[t]he effect of a change in tax
laws or rates shall be recognized at the date of enactment.” Accordingly, the effect
of a change in tax laws or rates on DTAs and DTLs should be recognized on the date
on which the change is enacted. See Section
3.5.1 for additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, DTAs and DTLs should be measured on
the basis of tax laws or rates that have been enacted or substantively
enacted by the balance sheet date at the amount that is expected to apply
when the liability is settled or the asset is realized. Paragraph 48 of IAS 12
states:
Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are
usually measured using the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted.
However, in some jurisdictions, announcements of tax rates (and tax laws) by the
government have the substantive effect of actual enactment, which may follow the
announcement by a period of several months. In these circumstances, tax assets
and liabilities are measured using the announced tax rate (and tax laws).
E.5 Uncertain Tax Positions
Under U.S. GAAP, an entity cannot recognize a tax benefit for a tax position in its
financial statements unless it is more likely than not that the position will be
sustained upon examination solely on the basis of technical merits. In making this
determination, an entity must assume that (1) the position will be examined by a
taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information and (2) any
dispute will be taken to the court of last resort. If the recognition threshold is
not met, no benefit can be recognized in the financial statements.
If the recognition threshold is met, the tax benefit recognized is measured at the
largest amount of such benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized
upon settlement with the taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant
information. The analysis should be based on the amount the taxpayer would
ultimately accept in a negotiated settlement with the taxing authority. Because of
the level of uncertainty associated with a tax position, an entity that applies the
measurement criteria may need to perform a cumulative-probability assessment of the
possible estimated outcomes. The assignment of probabilities associated with the
measurement of a recognized tax position requires a high degree of judgment and
should be based on all relevant facts, circumstances, and information.
See Section 4.2 for additional guidance.
Paragraphs 9 and 10 of IFRIC Interpretation 23 state:
An entity shall consider whether it is probable that a
taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment.
If an entity concludes it is probable that the taxation
authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the entity shall determine
the taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax
credits or tax rates consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to
be used in its income tax filings.
The entity assesses whether it is probable that a taxing authority
will accept an uncertain tax treatment. The assessment is based on the tax position
as filed on the tax return and therefore must include consideration of both the
technical merits of the position and the amount included on the return. While IFRIC Interpretation 23 is silent on the definition of “probable,” the word is defined in
IAS 37 as “more likely than not.”
Paragraph 11 of IFRIC Interpretation 23 states:
If an entity concludes it is not probable that the taxation authority will
accept an uncertain tax treatment, the entity shall reflect the effect of
uncertainty in determining the related taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases,
unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates. An entity shall reflect the
effect of uncertainty for each uncertain tax treatment by using either of the
following methods, depending on which method the entity expects to better
predict the resolution of the uncertainty:
(a) the most likely amount — the single most likely amount in a range
of possible outcomes. The most likely amount may better predict the
resolution of the uncertainty if the possible outcomes are binary or are
concentrated on one value.
(b) the expected value — the sum of the probability-weighted amounts in
a range of possible outcomes. The expected value may better predict the
resolution of the uncertainty if there is a range of possible outcomes
that are neither binary nor concentrated on one value.
The determination of whether to use the most likely amount method or
the expected value method is not an accounting policy decision but is based on facts
and circumstances.
In general, although the principles of IFRIC Interpretation 23 are
similar to those in ASC 740 and IAS 37, the methods introduced by IFRIC Interpretation 23 to reflect uncertainty may create measurement differences in
comparison with the cumulative probability assessment requirement under U.S. GAAP. Other differences between IFRIC Interpretation 23 and ASC 740 may include
recognition of interest and penalties, classification, presentation, and disclosure
related to uncertainty in income taxes.
Example E-1
Assume that an entity takes a deduction of
$1,000 that is not a timing item (resulting in a $250
reduction in the income tax payable on the basis of a tax
rate of 25 percent) on its tax return.
Under ASC 740, the entity concludes solely
on the basis of the technical merits of the tax position
that it is more likely than not that the position will be
sustained if the taxpayer takes the dispute to the court of last resort. Under IFRIC Interpretation 23, the entity
concludes that it is not probable that the taxing authority
will accept the tax treatment used in the tax return. This
conclusion includes consideration of how the taxing
authority will evaluate both the technical merits of the
position and the amount shown on the return.
The entity estimates the probabilities of
the possible tax benefit amounts that may be sustained upon
examination by the taxing authority as indicated in the
table below.
Under ASC 740, the entity would measure the
associated tax benefit at the largest amount of benefit that
is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon
settlement. Therefore, the entity should recognize a tax
benefit of $200 because this represents the largest benefit
with a cumulative probability of more than 50 percent.
Accordingly, the entity should record a $50 income tax
liability.
Under IFRIC Interpretation 23, the entity
must recognize the effect of uncertainty because it is not
probable that the full deduction taken on its tax return
will be accepted by the taxing authority. To measure the
required liability, the entity should select the measurement
method that best predicts the resolution of uncertainty. By
applying the most likely amount method, the entity would
initially calculate a $50 income tax liability on the basis
of a $200 benefit with a 30 percent likelihood. However, the
entity would observe that there was a range of possible
outcomes that were neither binary nor concentrated on one
value. Consequently, the entity would conclude that the
expected value method, which results in recognition of an
$85 income tax liability on the basis of a $165 sustained
benefit, would best predict the resolution of uncertainty in
view of the facts and circumstances surrounding this tax
position.
E.5.1 Presentation
Under U.S. GAAP, ASC 740-10-45-11 states that an entity should “classify an
unrecognized tax benefit that is presented as a liability in accordance with
paragraphs 740-10-45-10A through 45-10B as a current liability to the extent the
entity anticipates payment (or receipt) of cash within one year or the operating
cycle, if longer.” ASC 740-10-45-12 states that an “unrecognized tax benefit
presented as a liability shall not be classified as a deferred tax liability
unless it arises from a taxable temporary difference.” See Section 13.2.2 for additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, IAS 12 generally requires an
entity to present all current tax for current and prior periods, to the extent
unpaid, as a current tax liability. Similarly, IAS 1 generally requires an
entity to classify a liability as current when the entity does not have the
unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months
after the reporting period (which is similar to the treatment for a demand
payable).
E.5.2 Classification of Interest Expense and Penalties
Under U.S. GAAP, ASC 740-10-45-25 permits an entity, on the basis of its
accounting policy election, to classify (1) interest in the financial statements
as either income taxes or interest expense and (2) penalties in the financial
statements as either income taxes or another expense classification. The
election must be consistently applied. An entity’s accounting policy for
classification of interest may be different from its policy for classification
of penalties. For example, interest expense may be recorded above the line as
part of interest expense, and penalties may be recorded below the line as part
of income tax expense. See Section 13.3.1
for additional guidance.
Classification of interest and penalties was discussed by the IFRS
Interpretations Committee, which, as reported in the September 2017 IFRIC
Update, concluded that entities do not have an accounting policy choice between
applying IAS 12 and applying IAS 37 to such amounts. Instead, they must use
judgment to determine whether a particular amount payable or receivable for
interest and penalties is an income tax.
When there is no significant uncertainty with respect to the overall amount of
income tax payable, but an entity deliberately delays payment of the amount, the
resulting interest and penalties can be clearly distinguished from the assessed
income tax. Accordingly, in such circumstances, instead of presenting the
interest and penalties as income tax in the financial statements, the entity
should present them separately on the basis of their nature (i.e., either as a
finance cost [interest] or operating expense [penalties]).
However, an entity risks incurring interest and penalties if there is significant
uncertainty regarding the amount of income tax to be paid and the entity has, on
the basis of discussions with the tax authorities, withheld payment for the full
amount of tax possibly payable (to avoid, for example, prejudicing a future
appeal against the amount claimed as due by the tax authorities). In such
circumstances, since possible interest and penalties can be seen as being part
of the overall uncertain tax position, it is appropriate to consider them as
part of tax expense (income).
E.5.3 Subsequent Events
Under U.S. GAAP, changes in recognition and measurement of an uncertain tax
position should be based on changes in facts and circumstances (i.e., new
information) and accounted for in the period in which the new information
arises. Therefore, all new information would be considered nonrecognized
subsequent events under ASC 855. See Section
4.5.2 for additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, changes should also be based on
changes in facts and circumstances (i.e., new information). However, an entity
applies IAS 10 to determine whether a change that occurs after the reporting
period is an adjusting or nonadjusting event.
E.6 Tax Consequences of Intra-Entity Inventory Sales
Under U.S. GAAP, ASC 740-10-25-3(e) requires entities to use the consolidation
guidance in ASC 810-10 to account for income taxes paid on intra-entity profits on
inventory remaining within the group, and it prohibits the recognition of a DTA for
the difference between the tax basis of the inventory in the buyer’s tax
jurisdiction and its cost as reported in the consolidated financial statements
(i.e., after elimination of intra-entity profit). Specifically, ASC 810-10-45-8
states that “[i]f income taxes have been paid on intra-entity profits on inventory
remaining within the consolidated group, those taxes shall be deferred or the
intra-entity profits to be eliminated in consolidation shall be appropriately
reduced.”
The FASB has concluded that an entity’s income statement should not
reflect a tax consequence for intra-entity sales of inventory in situations in which
any profit (loss) is eliminated in consolidation. The current tax expense from the
sale of inventory is deferred upon consolidation (as a prepaid income tax) and is
not recorded until the inventory is sold to an unrelated party. In addition, under
U.S. GAAP, the buyer is prohibited from recognizing deferred taxes for the temporary
difference between the carrying amount of the inventory in the consolidated
financial statements and its tax base. Other than for inventory, there are no
differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards related to the income
tax accounting of the tax consequences of intra-entity sales of other assets. See
Section 3.5.6 for
additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, there is no exception related to
intra-entity transfers of inventory. Accordingly, current and deferred tax effects
must be recognized for intra-entity sales in accordance with the general principles
of IAS 12. For example, an intra-entity sale creates a temporary difference between
the book carrying amount of the asset and its tax base. When intra-entity
transactions occur between entities that are operating in different tax
jurisdictions (e.g., foreign or state tax jurisdictions) or are subject to different
tax rates, the rate applied to the temporary difference is the rate at which the
difference is expected to reverse, which generally is that of the buyer’s tax
jurisdiction. If the buyer’s tax rate is different from the seller’s tax rate, the
deferred tax recognized may not entirely offset the current tax expense resulting
from the intra-entity sale.
E.7 Recognizing Deferred Taxes on Foreign Nonmonetary Assets or Liabilities When the Functional Currency Is Not the Local Currency
Under U.S. GAAP, ASC 740 prohibits recognition of deferred tax
consequences for differences that arise from either (1) changes in exchange rates or
(2) indexing for tax purposes for foreign subsidiaries that are required to use
historical exchange rates to remeasure nonmonetary assets and liabilities from the
local currency into the functional currency. In other words, deferred taxes are not
recorded for basis differences related to nonmonetary assets and liabilities that
result from changes in exchange rates or indexing. Although these basis differences
technically meet the definition of a temporary difference under ASC 740, the FASB
has concluded that to account for them as a temporary difference is to effectively
recognize deferred taxes on exchange gains and losses that are not recognized in the
income statement under ASC 830. See Section
9.2.1 for additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, deferred taxes are recognized.
Paragraph 41 of IAS 12 states:
The non-monetary assets and
liabilities of an entity are measured in its functional currency (see IAS 21
The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates). If the entity’s
taxable profit or tax loss (and, hence, the tax base of its non-monetary assets
and liabilities) is determined in a different currency, changes in the exchange
rate give rise to temporary differences that result in a recognised deferred tax
liability or (subject to paragraph 24) asset. The resulting deferred tax is
charged or credited to profit or loss (see paragraph 58).
E.8 Special Deductions
Under U.S. GAAP, tax benefits of special deductions for financial reporting purposes
are recognized no earlier than the year in which they are available to reduce
taxable income on the tax return.
ASC 740-10-25-37 includes guidance on the recognition of tax benefits from
transactions that result in special tax deductions. The term “special deduction” is
not defined, but ASC 740-10-25-37 and ASC 740-10-55-27 through 55-30 offer four
examples: (1) tax benefits for statutory depletion, (2) special deductions for
certain health benefit entities (e.g., Blue Cross/Blue Shield providers), (3)
special deductions for small life insurance companies, and (4) a deduction for
domestic production activities. In addition, the deduction for FDII qualifies as a
special deduction. See Section 3.2.1 for
additional guidance.
Although entities are not permitted to anticipate future special deductions when they
measure deferred liabilities, the future tax effects of special deductions may
nevertheless affect (1) the average graduated tax rate used for measuring DTAs and
DTLs when graduated tax rates are a significant factor and (2) the need for a
valuation allowance for DTAs. In those circumstances, implicit recognition is
unavoidable because those special deductions are one of the determinants of future
taxable income, and future taxable income is used to determine the average graduated
tax rate and may affect the need for a valuation allowance.
There is no guidance on special deductions under IFRS Accounting
Standards.
E.9 Share-Based Compensation
Under U.S. GAAP, the deferred tax recorded on share-based compensation is computed on
the basis of the expense recognized in the financial statements for awards that
ordinarily give rise to a tax deduction. Therefore, changes in an entity’s share
price during the vesting period do not affect the DTA recorded on the entity’s
financial statements.
All excess tax benefits (e.g., tax deduction on the award is in excess of cumulative
compensation for financial reporting) and tax deficiencies (e.g., tax deduction on
the award is less than cumulative compensation for financial reporting) are
recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement in the period in
which the amount of the deduction is determined (typically when an award vests or,
in the case of options, is exercised or expires).
See Chapter 10 for additional guidance on the
ASC 740 accounting for deferred taxes resulting from share-based payment awards.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, for awards that ordinarily give
rise to a tax deduction, the deferred tax is computed on the basis of the expected
tax deduction for the share-based payments corresponding to the percentage earned to
date (i.e., the intrinsic value of the award on the reporting date multiplied by the
percentage vested). Therefore, changes in share price do affect the DTA at
period-end and result in adjustments to the DTA. If the amount of the estimated
future tax deduction for awards exceeds the amount of the tax effect of the related
cumulative compensation expense for financial reporting purposes, a portion of the
tax deduction is deemed to be related to an equity item. The excess of the
associated deferred tax is therefore recognized directly in equity. If the tax
deduction received is less than the compensation expense, the DTA is reversed to
profit or loss. If, on the other hand, no tax deduction is anticipated (e.g.,
because the share price has declined), the DTA is reversed to profit or loss or
equity, or both, as appropriate, depending on how the deferred tax benefit was
originally recorded.
E.10 Subsequent Changes in Deferred Taxes That Were Originally Charged or Credited to Equity (Backwards Tracing)
Under U.S. GAAP, subsequent-period changes in deferred tax items
that were originally charged or credited to shareholders’ equity or OCI are
allocated to the income tax provision related to continuing operations (i.e., no
backwards tracing). For example, the effect of a change in the subsequent tax rate
on recorded deferred tax would be recognized in continuing operations even if the
tax expense or benefit was originally recorded in OCI. (Note that ASC 740-10-45-20
and ASC 740-20-45-11(c)–(f) provide limited exceptions to the above guidance.) See
Section 6.2.4 for
additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, however, subsequent-period changes
in deferred taxes that were originally charged or credited to shareholders’ equity
are also allocated to shareholders’ equity. Paragraph 61A of IAS 12 states, in part,
“Current tax and deferred tax shall be recognised outside profit or loss if the tax
relates to items that are recognised, in the same or a different period, outside
profit or loss.” For example, a deferred tax item originally recognized by a charge
or credit to shareholders’ equity may change either because of changes in
assessments of recovery of DTAs or changes in tax rates, laws, or other measurement
attributes. In a manner consistent with the original treatment, IFRS Accounting
Standards require that the resulting subsequent change in deferred taxes be charged
or credited directly to equity as well.
E.11 Deferred Taxes for Outside Basis Differences
E.11.1 Investment in a Subsidiary or a Corporate Joint Venture That Is Essentially Permanent in Duration
Under U.S. GAAP, a DTL is not recognized when the excess of
financial reporting basis over tax basis in a domestic subsidiary or a domestic
corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration arose in
fiscal years on or before December 15, 1992, unless the temporary difference
will reverse in the foreseeable future. If the temporary difference arose in
fiscal years after December 15, 1992, a DTL must be recognized for the excess
book over tax basis “unless the tax law provides a means by which the investment
in a domestic subsidiary can be recovered tax free” and the entity expects that
it will ultimately use that means in accordance with ASC 740-30-25-3.
In accordance with ASC 740-30-25-18(a), a DTL is generally not recognized for
financial reporting basis in excess of tax basis in a foreign subsidiary or a
foreign corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration unless
the difference is expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.
ASC 740-30-25-9 states that a DTA “shall be recognized for an excess of the tax
basis over the amount for financial reporting of an investment in a subsidiary
or corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration [domestic
or foreign] only if it is apparent that the temporary difference will reverse in
the foreseeable future.” The need for a valuation allowance must also be
assessed.
Note that in accordance with paragraph 64 of ASU 2015-10, the above exception to
recognizing deferred taxes does not apply to partnerships (or other pass-through
entities).
See Section 3.4 for detailed guidance on
the accounting under ASC 740 for outside basis differences.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, paragraph 39 of IAS 12 requires
recognition of a DTL for all taxable temporary differences associated with any
form of investee (domestic or foreign) unless (1) “the parent . . . is able to
control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference” and (2) “it is
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable
future.”
In addition, paragraph 44 of IAS 12 states that a DTA is
recognized for all deductible temporary differences associated with any form of
investee (domestic or foreign) “to the extent that, and only to the extent that,
it is probable that . . . the temporary difference will reverse in the
foreseeable future [and] taxable profit will be available against which the
temporary difference can be [used].”
E.11.2 Equity Method Investee (That Is Not a Corporate Joint Venture)
Under U.S. GAAP, a DTL is recognized on the excess of the financial reporting
basis over the tax basis of the investment. ASC 740-30-25-5 states, in part,
that “[a] deferred tax liability shall be recognized for [an] excess of the
amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of an investment in a
50-percent-or-less-owned investee except as provided in paragraph 740-30-25-18
for a corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration.”
Similarly, an investor that holds a noncontrolling interest (in
general, less than 50 percent ownership) in an investment that is not a
corporate joint venture that is essentially permanent in duration (foreign or
domestic) always recognizes a DTA for the excess tax basis of an equity
investee over the amount for financial reporting purposes. As with all DTAs, in
accordance with ASC 740-10-30-18, realization of the related DTA “depends on the
existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for
example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback, carryforward
period available under the tax law.” If all or a portion of the DTA is not more
likely than not to be realized, a valuation allowance is necessary.
See Section 12.3.1 for
additional guidance on deferred tax consequences of an investment in an equity
method investment.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, the guidance in paragraph 39 of
IAS 12 on taxable temporary differences, and in paragraph 44 of IAS 12 on
deductible temporary differences (see Section E.11.1), applies to the accounting
for all outside basis differences associated with investments, regardless of the
form of the investee (i.e., subsidiary, branch, associate, or interests in joint
arrangements).
E.12 Exception for Leveraged Leases Commencing Before the Adoption of ASU 2016-02
Under U.S. GAAP, there is an exception to the basic principles in
ASC 740 that apply to leveraged leases. In accordance with ASC 840-30, the tax
consequences of leveraged leases are incorporated directly into the lease accounting
measurements; therefore, no temporary differences are recognized.
No leases are accounted for as leveraged leases under ASC 842, and
entities are not permitted to account for any new lease arrangements as leveraged
leases after the effective date of ASC 842. This guidance eliminates the difference
between U.S. GAAP and IFRS Accounting Standards on leveraged leases as well as the
related income tax accounting differences. See Section 11.3.4.4 for detailed guidance on
accounting for leveraged leases.
IFRS Accounting Standards do not include the concept of leveraged
leases.
E.13 Reconciliation of Actual and Expected Tax Rate
Under U.S. GAAP, all public entities must disclose in percentages or
dollars a reconciliation between (1) the reported amount of income tax expense
attributable to continuing operations and (2) the amount of income tax expense that
would have resulted from applying domestic federal statutory rates to pretax income
from continuing operations. In addition, they should disclose the amount and nature
of each significant reconciling item. For nonpublic entities, a numerical
reconciliation is not required; however, the nature of all significant reconciling
items related to (1) and (2) above should be disclosed. See Section 14.3.1 for additional
guidance, and see Appendix B for a discussion
of ASU 2023-09, which provides new and updated income tax disclosure
requirements.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, paragraph 81(c) of IAS 12 states
that all entities must disclose a numerical reconciliation in either or both of the
following forms:
-
The reported “tax expense (income) and the product of accounting profit multiplied by the applicable tax rate(s), disclosing also the basis on which [any] applicable tax [rate is] computed.”
-
The “average effective tax rate and the applicable tax rate, disclosing also the basis on which the applicable tax rate is computed.”
E.14 Interim Reporting
Under U.S. GAAP, an entity must estimate its ordinary income and the
related tax expense or benefit for the full fiscal year (total of expected current
and deferred provisions) to calculate its estimated AETR. Ordinary income or loss is
income from continuing operations, excluding SUI items. There are other limited
exceptions in which the AETR is not used to compute the income tax provision for the
interim period. Amounts and related tax effects, if any, excluded from the overall
forecasted AETR are generally accounted for either discretely or through a separate
forecasted tax rate. See Chapter
7 for additional guidance.
Under IFRS Accounting Standards, a separate estimated average annual
effective income tax rate is determined for each taxing jurisdiction and
applied individually to the interim-period pretax income of each jurisdiction. The
interim-period tax charge is the sum of each entity’s interim tax charge. IAS 12
does not address interim tax reporting. Paragraphs B12 through B22 of IAS 34 provide
examples of the application of the recognition and measurement principles of IAS 34
to interim income tax expense.
E.15 Allocation of Consolidated Tax Expense to the Separate Financial Statements of Group Members
See Section
8.3 for a discussion of the guidance under U.S. GAAP on allocating
consolidated tax expense to the separate financial statements of group members. There is
no comparable guidance under IFRS Accounting Standards.
Appendix F — Frequently Asked Questions About Pillar Two
Appendix F — Frequently Asked Questions About Pillar Two
F.1 Introduction
In October 2021, more than 135 countries and jurisdictions agreed to
participate in a “two-pillar” international tax approach developed by the OECD,
which includes establishing a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15 percent. The
OECD published Tax Challenges Arising From the Digitalisation of the Economy —
Global Anti-Base Erosion Model Rules (Pillar Two)1 in December 2021 and subsequently issued additional commentary and
administrative guidance2 clarifying several aspects of the GloBE rules.
Since that time, certain countries have enacted Pillar Two–related
laws, some of which became effective January 1, 2024, and we anticipate that many
more will follow suit. Accordingly, this appendix provides responses to some
frequently asked questions (FAQs) about how an entity should account for the tax
effects of the GloBE rules in accordance with ASC 740 in interim and annual periods.
It also incorporates guidance from certain previously issued Deloitte publications.
While the answers to the FAQs reflect our current positions, these views are subject
to change (e.g., on the basis of additional guidance, new information, or changes in
practice). Consultation with an entity’s accounting advisers is encouraged.
We plan to continue to update this appendix as developments occur or
additional questions arise.
Footnotes
2
The OECD periodically publishes commentary, administrative guidance, and
information about the GloBE rules on
its Web site.
F.2 Background
The GloBE rules apply to CEs, which are members of an MNE group that
has annual revenue of 750 million euros or more in the consolidated financial
statements of the ultimate parent entity (UPE) in at least two of the four fiscal
years immediately preceding the tested fiscal year. The objective of the rules is to
ensure that large MNEs pay a minimum level of tax on the income arising in each
jurisdiction in which they operate. To achieve this goal, the rules impose a top-up
tax on excess profits arising in a jurisdiction whenever the GloBE ETR, determined
on a jurisdictional basis, is below the 15 percent minimum rate.
Whether a top-up tax is due under the rules is assessed on the basis
of a jurisdictional GloBE ETR calculation in which the numerator is the sum of
adjusted covered taxes for each CE located in the jurisdiction. The denominator is
the net GloBE income of the jurisdiction. If the jurisdictional GloBE ETR is less
than the 15 percent minimum rate, the difference is the top-up tax percentage, which
an entity applies to the excess profits in determining the jurisdictional top-up
tax. Adjusted covered taxes are generally equal to the current tax expense and
deferred tax expense of each CE accrued in the UPE’s financial statements, adjusted
for certain items described in the GloBE rules. GloBE income is the financial
accounting net income or loss determined for the CE, adjusted for certain items
described in the GloBE rules. Financial accounting net income or loss is the net
income or loss determined for the CE (before any consolidation adjustments
eliminating intragroup transactions) in the preparation of consolidated financial
statements of the UPE.
The rules also provide additions to, reductions to, and exclusions
from the jurisdictional top-up tax such as:
- Additional current top-up tax, which includes but is not limited to amounts due as a result of the DTL recapture rule (see further discussion in Topic 6 in Section F.3.6).
- A reduction for a domestic minimum top-up tax under a QDMTT.3
- Safe harbors (e.g., the QDMTT safe harbor4), which, at the election of the filing CE,5 deem the top-up tax for a jurisdiction to be zero for a fiscal year when the CEs located in the jurisdiction are eligible for the safe harbor.
The GloBE rules include:
- An IIR, which imposes top-up tax on a parent entity that owns an ownership interest in a low-taxed CE (LTCE) with respect to the CE’s low-taxed income.
- A UTPR, which denies deductions (or requires an equivalent adjustment to be made under domestic law) in an amount resulting in a cash tax expense equal to the top-up tax amount on the low-taxed income of any CE in the MNE group to the extent that such low-taxed income is not subject to tax under an IIR.
The IIR is applied by a parent entity in an MNE group by using an
ordering rule that generally gives priority of the rule’s application to the entity
or entities closest to the top in the chain of ownership. The UTPR is applied by
other entities in the MNE group when the income of low-tax entities is not subject
to tax under an IIR and serves as a backstop to the IIR. Finally, the QDMTT is
applied in the jurisdiction in which the income is generated. Taxes paid under the
GloBE rules do not affect the jurisdictional GloBE ETR calculations described above
nor do they create a tax credit carryforward to be applied against taxes due under
the regular tax system in future years.
Footnotes
3
Article 10.1 of the GloBE rules defines a QDMTT as
follows:
A “Qualified Domestic Minimum
Top-up Tax means a minimum tax that is included in the domestic law
of a jurisdiction and that:
(a) determines the Excess Profits of the Constituent
Entities located in the jurisdiction (domestic Excess
Profits) in a manner that is equivalent to the GloBE
Rules;
(b) operates to increase domestic tax liability with
respect to domestic Excess Profits to the Minimum Rate for
the jurisdiction and Constituent Entities for a Fiscal Year;
and
(c) is implemented and administered in a way that is
consistent with the outcomes provided for under the GloBE
Rules and the Commentary, provided that such jurisdiction
does not provide any benefits that are related to such
rules.
A Qualified Domestic Minimum
Top-up Tax may compute domestic Excess Profits based on an
Acceptable Financial Accounting Standard permitted by the Authorised
Accounting Body or an Authorised Financial Accounting Standard
adjusted to prevent any Material Competitive Distortions, rather
than the financial accounting standard used in the Consolidated
Financial Statements.”
4
In accordance with the OECD’s administrative guidance on the
GloBE rules, “a QDMTT must meet an additional set of standards to
qualify for the safe harbour. In particular, and given the ability
of a QDMTT to depart from the design of the GloBE Rules, a QDMTT
that qualifies for a safe harbour must meet following three
standards:
- the QDMTT Accounting Standard which requires a QDMTT to be computed based on the UPE’s Financial Accounting Standard or a Local Financial Accounting Standard subject to certain conditions;
- the Consistency Standard which requires the QDMTT computations to be the same as the computations required under the GloBE Rules except where the Commentary to the QDMTT definition in Article 10.1 as modified by the Administrative Guidance (hereafter the QDMTT Commentary) explicitly requires a QDMTT to depart from the GloBE Rules or where the Inclusive Framework decides that an optional variation that departs from the GloBE Rules still meets the standard; and
- the Administration Standard which requires the QDMTT jurisdiction to meet the requirements of an on-going monitoring process similar to the one applicable to jurisdictions implementing the GloBE Rules.“
5
Entity filing the GloBE information return.
F.3 Frequently Asked Questions and Answers
F.3.1 Topic 1: Scope
Question 1.1
Is the top-up tax imposed under
an IIR regime within the scope of ASC 740 in the consolidated financial
statements of the UPE?
Answer
Yes, the IIR is within the scope
of ASC 740 in the UPE’s consolidated financial statements. ASC 740-10-20 defines
income taxes as “[d]omestic and foreign federal (national), state, and local
(including franchise) taxes based on income,” and it defines taxable income as
“[t]he excess of taxable revenues over tax deductible expenses and exemptions
for the year as defined by the governmental taxing authority.” Although ASC 740
provides no further guidance on this matter, the term “taxes based on income”
implies a tax system in which the tax payable is calculated on the basis of the
entity’s revenue minus the expenses allowed by the jurisdiction being
considered. The IIR is based on GloBE income, which is determined by taking into
account taxable revenues over tax deductible expenses. In addition, the starting
point for calculating GloBE income is the financial accounting net income or
loss reported in the consolidated financial statements.
Question 1.2
Is the top-up tax imposed under
a UTPR within the scope of ASC 740 in the consolidated financial statements of
the UPE?
Answer
Yes, the UTPR is within the
scope of ASC 740 in the UPE’s consolidated financial statements. In a manner
consistent with the discussion above related to the IIR, the revenue and
expenses on which the UTPR is determined, which are calculated according to an
income metric, are included in the consolidated financial statements of the
UPE.
Question 1.3
Is the domestic minimum top-up
tax imposed under a QDMTT within the scope of ASC 740 in the consolidated
financial statements of the UPE?
Answer
Unlike the IIR and UTPR, there
is no mathematical formula prescribed under the GloBE rules for calculating a
QDMTT; therefore, there may be variations between an enacted QDMTT and the GloBE
rules. However, if (1) the QDMTT is consistent with the GloBE rules and is based
on a measure of taxable revenues less tax-deductible expenses and (2) the income
on which the tax is calculated is included in the consolidated financial
statements of the UPE, the QDMTT is within the scope of ASC 740.
Question 1.4
Is deferred tax accounting
required for the IIR, UTPR, or QDMTT?
Answer
IIR and UTPR
At the FASB’s February 1, 2023, meeting, the FASB staff
responded to a technical inquiry related to the deferred tax accounting
for a minimum tax that is consistent with the GloBE rules. The staff
stated that “the GloBE minimum tax
as illustrated in the inquiry is an alternative minimum tax (AMT)” and
that DTAs and DTLs “would not be recognized or adjusted for the
estimated future effects of the minimum tax.” In addition, the staff
noted that “[t]he GloBE minimum tax should be viewed as a separate but
parallel tax system that is imposed to ensure that certain taxpayers pay
at least a minimum amount of income tax.” In support of its conclusion,
the FASB staff cited the guidance in ASC 740-10-30-10 through 30-12 as
well as ASC 740-10-55-31 and 55-32 regarding AMT systems. The staff
observed that “the potential obligation for GloBE taxes in future years
is dependent on the generation of future adjusted net income.”
Accordingly, deferred taxes for temporary differences that will reverse
in the regular tax system should continue to be recorded at the regular
statutory tax rate.
The staff did note, however, that its view was based on
the specific details outlined in the inquiry and that an entity would
therefore need to evaluate any enacted tax law to determine whether the
facts and circumstances were consistent with those addressed in the
inquiry (i.e., are consistent with the GloBE rules).
QDMTT
While domestic top-up taxes
under a QDMTT were not addressed in detail in the technical inquiry
submitted to the FASB staff, we believe that in circumstances in which a
QDMTT is consistent with the GloBE rules, the QDMTT may qualify as an AMT
and be accounted for as such. This is consistent with the staff’s response
to the technical inquiry at the February 1, 2023, FASB meeting. We believe
that a question continues to exist, however, related to whether a QDMTT
could still be considered an AMT in situations in which the jurisdiction
does not have an existing domestic income tax aside from a QDMTT (e.g.,
there is no parallel tax system). In these scenarios, if it is determined
that the QDMTT does not qualify as an AMT, deferred tax accounting may be
appropriate. Consultation with an entity’s accounting advisers is
encouraged.
Question 1.5
Must a QDMTT qualify for the
QDMTT safe harbor to be accounted for as an AMT?
Answer
No. It is not necessary for a
QDMTT to qualify for the QDMTT safe harbor to be accounted for as an AMT;
however, it must function as an AMT within the jurisdiction to be accounted for
as such.
F.3.2 Topic 2: Valuation Allowance
Question 2.1
If an entity expects to be
subject to a top-up tax (e.g., IIR, UTPR, QDMTT) and, as a result, the
incremental economic benefit it expects to realize for certain DTAs is less than
the recorded amount of the DTAs, should the entity factor in the effects of the
top-up tax when evaluating the realizability of its DTAs?
Answer
We believe that there are two acceptable approaches. Under
the first approach, the entity would assess the realizability of its DTAs
solely on the basis of the regular tax system without taking into
consideration amounts due under a Pillar Two AMT system (i.e., any
incremental impact of the Pillar Two taxes would be accounted for in the
period in which the Pillar Two tax is incurred).
Under the second approach, the entity would assess the
realizability of its DTAs on the basis of all available information. If, for
example, the expected tax benefit of a DTA is less than the reported amount
because the utilization of the DTA will result in incremental Pillar Two
taxes (e.g., if the DTA is more likely than not to be disregarded under the
GloBE rules),6 the DTA would be reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect the
actual amount of tax benefit that will be realized with respect to the
DTA.
These approaches are the same as those used to assess the
realizability of DTAs in the regular tax system that interact with the
corporate AMT, as addressed in Section 5.7.1.
Example F-1
Assume the following:
-
Company A operates in Jurisdiction A, which has a 20 percent tax rate.
-
Jurisdiction A has enacted a QDMTT.
-
Forecasted GloBE income is equal to pretax book income of $5,000.
-
Company A has a DTA of $900 (deductible temporary difference of $4,500) that is disregarded for GloBE purposes. The DTA reverses in year 2 when the QDMTT is effective.
-
Company A has no other permanent or temporary differences.
-
On the basis of projections, utilization of the DTA in year 2 would result in incremental top-up tax of $650 as follows:
Approach
1
The incremental top-up tax would be
accounted for in the period in which it arises, and
no valuation allowance would be recorded against the
$900 DTA because sufficient regular taxable income
is expected in future years.
Approach
2
The reversal of the temporary
difference reduces the regular tax to $100 but
results in $650 of top-up tax. Accordingly, the
temporary difference only results in a reduction of
future cash outflows of $250, necessitating a $650
valuation allowance against the $900 DTA.
Question 2.2
If an entity has already adopted
a valuation allowance accounting policy for the corporate AMT, must the entity
apply a consistent policy for the QDMTT, IIR, and UTPR?
Answer
If it is assumed that the QDMTT qualifies as an AMT, both
the QDMTT and corporate AMT would function as AMTs that are due in the
same jurisdiction as the regular tax. Accordingly, if an entity
has already adopted an accounting policy for the corporate AMT, we believe
that the entity should apply a consistent policy for any QDMTTs that qualify
as AMTs.
However, we believe that the nature of the IIR and UTPR is
different from that of the QDMTT and corporate AMT because the IIR and UTPR
are AMTs that are due in jurisdictions that are different from those
in which the regular tax is due. Accordingly, if an entity operates in a
low-taxed jurisdiction and the regular deferred taxes in that jurisdiction
will reverse and affect the amount of top-up tax paid under an IIR or UTPR
(or both) in a different jurisdiction, the entity could make a separate
policy choice for the IIR and UTPR. While an entity does not need to elect
the same accounting policy for the UTPR and IIR as it elects for the
corporate AMT and any QDMTTs that qualify as AMTs (i.e., the entity could
choose the second approach for the corporate AMT and QDMTT and the first
approach for the UTPR and IIR), if it elects to assess the realizability of
its DTAs under the second approach for the IIR and UTPR, it will also need
to choose the second approach for any QDMTTs that factor into the
calculation of the IIR and UTPR (e.g., a QDMTT that does not qualify for the
QDMTT safe harbor7 would reduce the amount of the tax due under an IIR or UTPR). In
various circumstances, complexities may arise. Consultation with an entity’s
accounting advisers is encouraged.
Question 2.3
If an entity applies the second
approach described in Question
2.1 for assessing the realizability of its DTAs in a jurisdiction
with a QDMTT, will it need to determine whether the QDMTT meets the QDMTT safe
harbor criteria?
Answer
Generally, yes. If the QDMTT
does not (or is not expected to) meet the QDMTT safe harbor criteria, an entity
would need to consider the incremental impact of any tax due under an IIR or
UTPR, in addition to the QDMTT, to determine whether the expected tax benefit of
a DTA is less than the reported amount.
F.3.3 Topic 3: Interim Reporting
Question 3.1
How should top-up taxes incurred
under Pillar Two be treated on an interim basis in the consolidated financial
statements?
Answer
Top-up taxes on ordinary income
that an entity expects to incur should be included in the numerator of the
entity’s estimated AETR computation in the same manner as other taxes within the
scope of ASC 740.
Question 3.2
If an entity in a jurisdiction
that would normally be excluded from the overall AETR under ASC 740-270-30-36(a)
(i.e., a loss jurisdiction for which no benefit can be recognized) is required
to pay a top-up tax (e.g., an IIR or UTPR within the scope of ASC 740) related
to the ordinary income of another entity in the reporting group that is not
excluded from the overall AETR, should the top-up tax expense to be paid by the
entity in the loss jurisdiction be excluded from the overall AETR?
Answer
The top-up tax expense to be paid by the entity in the loss
jurisdiction should not be excluded from the overall AETR if such tax is
“related to” ordinary income (or loss) of an entity that is not excluded
from the overall (worldwide) AETR. ASC 740-270-30-36(a) states, in part,
that when a loss jurisdiction is excluded from the AETR, “the entity shall
exclude ordinary income (or loss) in that jurisdiction and the related tax (or benefit) from the overall
computations of the estimated annual effective tax rate and interim period
tax (or benefit)” (emphasis added). In this case, the top-up tax is not
“related to” the ordinary income (or loss) of the excluded entity.
Example F-2
Assume the following:
-
Parent’s jurisdiction has enacted an IIR. Parent has two consolidated subsidiaries, Sub A (in Jurisdiction A) and Sub B (in Jurisdiction B).
-
There are no differences between forecasted pretax ordinary income, taxable income, GloBE income, and excess profit.
-
Parent is a loss entity with a full valuation allowance. Therefore, no tax benefit can be recognized related to Parent’s forecasted ordinary loss.
-
Parent is excluded from the worldwide AETR.
-
A separate AETR is computed for Parent under ASC 740-270-30-36(a).
-
Jurisdiction B has a 0 percent statutory rate. Regular tax and top-up tax are calculated as follows:
The estimated overall AETR would
include the $15 top-up tax due in Parent’s
jurisdiction related to the income in Jurisdiction
B, resulting in an overall AETR of 20 percent ($25
Jurisdiction A tax + $15 top-up tax related to
Jurisdiction B ÷ $200 pretax ordinary income for
Jurisdictions A and B).
Question 3.3
If an SUI item that is excluded
from the AETR affects the amount of top-up tax due under an IIR, UTPR, or QDMTT
within the scope of ASC 740, should the incremental effect on the top-up tax
also be excluded from the AETR and accounted for discretely in the quarter in
which the SUI item is reported?
Answer
ASC 740-270-30-8 states, in
part, that in the determination of the estimated AETR, “no effect shall be
included for the tax related to . . . significant unusual or infrequently
occurring items that will be reported separately.” Therefore, all tax effects of
the SUI item should be reported separately from the AETR. Questions exist,
however, related to what constitutes “all tax effects.” One acceptable approach
to computing the discrete tax effects of the SUI item would be to perform a full
ASC 740 “with-and-without” computation. Under this approach, the total
forecasted tax expense (including top-up tax expense) for the year would be
computed both with and without the SUI item. The difference between the two
computations would be the amount of tax associated with the SUI item to be
recorded discretely in the quarter in which the transaction or event occurs.
Other approaches may be acceptable.
F.3.4 Topic 4: Intraperiod Allocation
Question 4.1
How should top-up taxes be
allocated among the components of comprehensive income?
Answer
Top-up taxes should be allocated among the components of
comprehensive income in accordance with the intraperiod allocation
with-and-without approach under ASC 740-20.
Example F-3
Assume the following:
-
Parent is a UPE and operates in a jurisdiction with an IIR.
-
Parent consolidates Entity A, which is presented as discontinued operations and operates in a 0 percent tax rate jurisdiction (Jurisdiction A).
-
There are no differences between pretax book income, taxable income, GloBE income, and excess profit.
-
Top-up tax will be paid in Parent’s jurisdiction with respect to income in Jurisdiction A, as follows:
The $150 incremental tax (i.e.,
difference between the results under the “with”
calculation and the “without” calculation) is
allocated to discontinued operations notwithstanding
the fact that the tax is paid by Parent to Parent’s
jurisdiction and not by Entity A (the entity
classified as a discontinued operation).
F.3.5 Topic 5: Uncertain Tax Positions
Under U.S. GAAP, an entity must
analyze all uncertain tax positions by using a two-step approach (recognition and
measurement) that is based on a more-likely-than-not threshold. It must accrue a UTB
for the portion of the uncertain tax position that does not meet the
more-likely-than-not threshold. Often, the accrual of the UTB and subsequent changes
are recorded to income tax expense. While the accrual for a UTB would often result
in an increase in the entity’s ETR, current and deferred tax expense related to UTBs
are excluded from adjusted covered taxes under Articles 4.1.3(d) and 4.4.1(b) of the
GloBE rules. However, under Articles 4.1.2(c) and 4.4.2(a), such amounts can be
included in adjusted covered taxes in the year in which they are paid.
Question 5.1
Is an entity required to apply
the two-step model (recognition and measurement) to uncertain tax positions
taken in the computation of top-up taxes in the consolidated financial
statements?
Answer
Uncertain tax positions taken in the computation of top-up
taxes within the scope of ASC 740 are subject to the same two-step
recognition and measurement principles in ASC 740-10 as other taxes within
the scope of ASC 740, including any uncertain tax positions taken with
respect to assertions related to meeting any applicable safe harbor
requirements. See Chapter
4 for additional information about the two-step process.
Example F-4
Assume the following:
-
Company A operates in Jurisdiction A, which has a 15 percent tax rate.
-
Jurisdiction A has enacted a QDMTT.
-
GloBE income is equal to pretax book income of $5,000.
-
At the start of the year, Company A had a DTA of $675 (deductible temporary difference of $4,500), which reverses during the current year, resulting in the inclusion of $675 of deferred tax expense in the calculation of the GloBE ETR. However, Company A believes that it is more likely than not that the DTA and the corresponding deferred tax expense should be disregarded for GloBE purposes.
-
Company A has no other permanent or temporary differences.
Because it is more likely than not
that the deferred tax expense should have been
disregarded for Pillar Two purposes, a UTB liability
of $675 should be recorded to reflect the difference
between the amount paid and the amount due on a
more-likely-than-not basis.
Question 5.2
If an entity takes an uncertain
tax position and records in the consolidated financial statements the impact of
a UTB (e.g., by recording a liability, reducing a DTA, or increasing a DTL) that
is expected to increase adjusted covered taxes when paid, should the entity
record an asset in the consolidated financial statements before settling the UTB
for the impact of such payment on future top-up taxes?
Answer
No. As noted above, under Articles 4.1.2(c) and 4.4.2(a) of
the GloBE rules, tax expense related to an uncertain tax position can only
be included in adjusted covered taxes when paid, resulting in both lower
adjusted covered taxes in the period in which the effect of the UTB is
recorded in the financial statements and the potential for higher adjusted
covered taxes in a future period. Whether the taxes paid related to the
uncertain tax position will actually result in a reduction in top-up taxes,
however, will depend on various factors (e.g., future GloBE income,
permanent items). Accordingly, we do not believe that the entity should
record an asset with respect to the potential future increase in adjusted
covered taxes. Instead, it would reflect the benefit related to the
potential future increase in adjusted covered taxes, if any, in the fiscal
year the taxes are paid.
Example F-5
Assume the following:
-
Company A operates in Jurisdiction A, which has a 15 percent regular statutory tax rate.
-
Jurisdiction A has also enacted a QDMTT that is consistent with the GloBE rules.
-
Company A has annual pretax book income, taxable income, and GloBE income of $5,000.
-
Company A has no permanent or temporary differences.
-
In year 1, Company A generated and utilized $500 of R&D tax credits. On a more-likely-than-not basis, Company A expects only $300 of the R&D tax credits to be accepted by the taxing authority. There is no carryover from the prior year.
-
In the year in which the credit is generated, the GAAP tax expense is $450, consisting of $250 of tax expense due with the tax return ($5,000 × 15% = $750 – $500) and $200 of tax expense related to the UTB.
-
The UTB would result in the following top-up tax in year 1:
As shown above, a top-up tax of $500
($5,000 × 10%) is due in the year in which the UTB
is recorded in the financial statements. Assume,
then, that in year 5, a payment of $200 was made to
the taxing authorities to settle the uncertain tax
position. Top-up tax in year 5 is computed as
follows:
As shown above, the payment of the
UTB did not reduce the top-up tax due when paid.
F.3.6 Topic 6: Other Tax Impacts
F.3.6.1 DTL Recapture Rule
When a DTL arises, the corresponding deferred tax expense
increases the adjusted covered tax amount used to calculate the GloBE
ETR,8 which could reduce the amount of top-up tax paid in that year.
However, if the DTL has not been paid within the five subsequent fiscal
years and is not a recapture exception accrual, the GloBE rules require the
entity to recompute its GloBE ETR for the year in which the DTL arose to
determine whether additional top-up tax is due. The entity would do so by
excluding from covered taxes the amount of deferred tax expense associated
with the DTL that was previously taken into account in adjusted covered
taxes but is not paid within the five subsequent fiscal years. If the
recaptured DTL is paid in a subsequent year, adjusted covered tax in that
year is increased by the amount of the recaptured DTL (referred to below as
the reversal of the recaptured DTL).
When an entity recomputes its GloBE ETR for an LTCE for the
year in which the DTL arose and pays additional top-up tax, the tax law may
permit the entity to amend its U.S. tax return for the year in which the DTL
arose and claim additional FTCs, which may result in a refund of taxes paid
for such year.
Question 6.1
If an entity takes into account
a DTL (i.e., includes the deferred tax expense) that is not a recapture accrual
exception in determining adjusted covered taxes but does not have the intent and
ability to avoid the DTL recapture and, accordingly, ultimately expects to pay
additional current top-up tax upon recapture, should the entity accrue a
liability equal to the additional top-up tax it expects to pay?
Answer
We believe that a company’s decision to include the deferred
tax expense in adjusted covered taxes postpones payment of the incremental
top-up tax but does not absolve the entity of its obligation to make such a
payment on the basis of its expected manner of recovery (i.e., it is
expected to be due upon the mere passage of time). We note that recognition
of a liability in the year in which the DTL arises is consistent with the
requirement in the GloBE rules that in the event of recapture, the entity
will have to recompute its GloBE ETR for the year in which the DTL arose
rather than including it in adjusted covered taxes when the recapture is
triggered in the fifth subsequent year. While we acknowledge that the
liability is contingent on the DTL’s not being paid during the five
subsequent fiscal years, we believe that if a DTL is expected to be
recaptured, the entity should record a noncurrent tax liability in the year
in which the DTL arises equal to the additional current top-up tax that it
expects to pay upon recapture. Consultation with an entity’s accounting
advisers is encouraged.
Example F-6
Assume the following:
-
Company A has $1,000 of pretax book income.
-
Company A purchases an indefinite-lived intangible asset and records $100 of tax amortization in year 1.
-
Company A’s local tax rate in Jurisdiction A is 15 percent.
-
With the exception of the originating DTL, there are no other differences between pretax income, taxable income, GloBE income, and excess profit.
-
Company A does not have the intent and ability to avoid the DTL recapture and expects to pay additional top-up tax in the year in which the DTL is recaptured.
Company A records a DTL of $15 with
respect to the tax amortization taken in year 1 and
includes the corresponding $15 deferred tax expense
related to the DTL in its adjusted covered taxes for
Jurisdiction A. In year 1, there is a 15 percent
GloBE ETR in Jurisdiction A and no top-up tax was
paid. Under the recapture rule, if the DTL has not
been paid within the five subsequent fiscal years,
Company A would be required to recompute its year 1
GloBE ETR. Because the GloBE ETR for year 1 was 15
percent, the recapture of the DTL would result in a
recomputed year 1 GloBE ETR of less than 15 percent.
In this case, because Company A does not have the
intent and ability to avoid the recapture
provisions, a noncurrent tax liability of $15 should
be recorded in year 1.
Question 6.2
If an entity records a
noncurrent tax liability as a result of the DTL recapture provision, should that
noncurrent tax liability be discounted?
Answer
Although ASC 740-10-30-8 clearly prohibits the discounting
of DTAs and DTLs, it does not address income tax liabilities payable over an
extended period. In the absence of explicit guidance in ASC 740, we believe
that an entity would need to consider ASC 835-30. Specifically, we note the
following:
- ASC 835-30 generally applies to “exchange transactions” rather than nonreciprocal transactions.
- ASC 835-30-15-3(e) notes that the guidance in ASC 835-30 does not apply to “[t]ransactions where interest rates are affected by the tax attributes or legal restrictions prescribed by a governmental agency (for example, industrial revenue bonds, tax exempt obligations, government guaranteed obligations, income tax settlements).”
- While not expected, because certain transactions could occur that would result in the DTL’s being “paid” and hence the DTL recapture event’s being avoided, the amount of the top-up tax represents a contingent obligation rather than a contractual obligation to pay money on fixed or determinable dates that is consistent with the types of instruments described in ASC 835-30-15-2.
Accordingly, we do not believe that the top-up tax that is
expected to be due upon a DTL recapture event should be discounted.
We believe that this position is consistent with that taken
by the FASB staff in its Q&A stating that the deemed
repatriation transition tax liability that resulted from the Tax Cuts and
Jobs Act of 2017 would not be discounted.
Question 6.3
If an entity records a
noncurrent tax liability as a result of the DTL recapture provision, should it
record a corresponding asset for the future increase in adjusted covered taxes
upon the eventual reversal of the recaptured DTL?
Answer
An entity may realize a future benefit associated with the
reversal of the recaptured DTL when the DTL eventually reverses (e.g., upon
the sale of the intangible asset). However, in a manner similar to the
discussion in Question
5.2, whether the corresponding increase will result in a
reduction in top-up taxes paid in the future period depends on various
factors (e.g., future GloBE income, permanent items). Unlike the scenario in
Question
6.1, in which the effects of the recapture result in the
recalculation of the year 1 tax, the potential top-up tax impacts of the
eventual reversal of the recaptured DTL will not be known until the reversal
actually occurs in a future period. Accordingly, we believe that even though
a company may record a liability associated with the DTL recapture in year
1, it should not record a corresponding asset. Instead, it would reflect the
impact to the top-up tax in the fiscal year in which it pays the previously
recaptured DTL.
Question 6.4
If, as a result of the DTL recapture provision, an entity
records a noncurrent tax liability in accordance with the discussion in
Question
6.1 and has the intent and ability to amend its U.S. tax
return for the year in which the DTL arose to claim additional FTCs, should
the entity record an asset equal to the refund it expects to receive?
Answer
ASC 740 addresses the recognition and measurement of tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
Consequently, if an entity expects to file an amended tax return to claim a
refund, the entity should account for the associated tax effects in the
period in which it concludes that it expects to amend the return. Therefore,
assuming that the statute of limitations for the year the DTL arose will not
close before the year the additional top-up tax is paid, we believe that an
asset (i.e., a noncurrent receivable) should be recorded for the expected
future refund of U.S. taxes paid. Further, we believe that recognition of a
noncurrent receivable is appropriate even if the FTCs will be in the GILTI
basket and the entity has elected to account for taxes related to GILTI as a
period cost (i.e., the noncurrent receivable does not constitute a GILTI
DTA).
F.3.6.2 Excessive Negative Tax Expense Carryforward
As defined in the GloBE rules, an excess negative tax
expense (ENTE) carryforward can arise in situations in which Article
4.1.59 of the GloBE rules applies as well as in cases in which the top-up tax
percentages are in excess of the minimum rate under Article 5.2.1.
Article 4.1.5 applies when (1) there is no net GloBE income
in a jurisdiction and (2) the adjusted covered taxes are less than zero and
less than the amount of expected adjusted covered taxes. For example, if an
MNE group had a GloBE loss of $100 in Jurisdiction A in year 1 and adjusted
covered taxes of negative $45, the MNE group would compare the adjusted
covered taxes of negative $45 with the expected adjusted covered tax amount
of negative $15, resulting in a top-up tax of $30. In this instance, the MNE
group may elect to apply the ENTE administrative procedure,10 to create an ENTE carryforward of $30, as described further below.
An ENTE can also arise in situations in which the top-up tax
percentage exceeds the minimum rate (Article 5.2.1), which would arise in
jurisdictions that have a negative GloBE ETR. For example, if CEs in
Jurisdiction B had GloBE income of $100 and adjusted covered taxes of
negative $5, the GloBE ETR would be negative 5 percent, resulting in a
top-up tax percentage of 20 percent. Application of the ENTE administrative
procedure is mandatory in this instance.
An MNE group that elects or is required to apply the ENTE
administrative procedure must exclude the ENTE from its aggregate adjusted
covered taxes computed for the fiscal year and establish an ENTE
carryforward. The ENTE for a fiscal year in which the MNE group realizes no
GloBE income for the jurisdiction is equal to the amount computed under
Article 4.1.5 for that fiscal year. The ENTE for a fiscal year in which the
MNE group realizes positive GloBE income for the jurisdiction is equal to
the negative adjusted covered taxes for that fiscal year. In the examples
above, the ENTE carryforward related to Jurisdiction A (if it is assumed
that the election was made) and Jurisdiction B would be $30 and $5,
respectively.
In each subsequent fiscal year in which the MNE group has
positive GloBE income and adjusted covered taxes for the jurisdiction, the
MNE group must decrease (but not below zero) the aggregate adjusted covered
taxes by the remaining balance of the ENTE carryforward. The MNE group must
then reduce the balance of the ENTE carryforward by the same amount.
Question 6.5
If an entity has an ENTE
carryforward, should it record a noncurrent tax liability in the year in which
the ENTE is created for the potential future top-up tax expected to be due as a
result of the future decrease in adjusted covered taxes related to the ENTE?
Answer
Although an entity may have an ENTE, the ENTE’s effects when
it reduces future adjusted covered taxes may not result in a future tax
obligation. This is because the ENTE, in the year in which it actually
reduces covered taxes, may still not reduce the GloBE ETR below the minimum
rate. Therefore, we do not believe that the establishment of an ENTE creates
a present obligation or the need to record a noncurrent tax liability in the
year in which the ENTE is generated. Rather, the entity would record the
impact of the ENTE if or when the ENTE results in an increase in top-up
tax.
F.3.7 Topic 7: Disclosure Considerations
Question 7.1
Are there incremental footnote
disclosure requirements specific to Pillar Two taxes?
Answer
While ASC 740 does not explicitly require entities to
disclose new tax laws, disclosure may be appropriate in certain
circumstances. For example, ASC 740-10-50-14 requires entities to disclose
the nature and effect of any significant matters affecting comparability of
information for all periods, if not otherwise evident.
Question 7.2
Are there required MD&A
disclosures specific to Pillar Two?
Answer
SEC Regulation S-K, Item 303(a), requires entities to
provide certain forward-looking information related to “material events and
uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause
reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future
operating results or of future financial condition.” Accordingly, entities
should consider disclosing, when material, the anticipated future impact of
newly enacted laws, as well as those expected to be enacted (e.g., laws
conforming with the Pillar Two framework), on their results of operations,
financial position, liquidity, and capital resources. Such impacts include,
but are not limited to, expected increases in income tax expense as a result
of newly enacted tax laws, any corresponding increase in cash outflows
related to increases in income taxes, and the anticipated results of any
restructuring activities initiated as a result of the newly enacted
legislation.
F.3.8 Topic 8: Separate Financial Statements
Within this topic, the “separate financial statements” refer to
both separate company financial statements as well as the consolidated financial
statements of a subgroup of an MNE. Because the income on which a top-up tax is
calculated may be outside the subgroup or the separate company, the accounting
for the top-up tax may be different from the accounting reflected in the
consolidated financial statements.
Question 8.1
If an entity included in
separate financial statements pays a top-up tax under an IIR related to the
income of an LTCE subsidiary that is also included in such separate financial
statements, is the top-up tax within the scope of ASC 740 for the purposes of
separate financial statements?
Answer
Yes, the IIR is within the scope of ASC 740 in separate
financial statements that include both the payor of the top-up tax and the
LTCE subsidiary. In a manner similar to the discussion in Question 1.1, because
the IIR is based on a measure of income included in the separate financial
statements, the IIR is within the scope of ASC 740.
Example F-7
Sub 1 issues separate financial
statements and consolidates Sub 2, which is an LTCE.
The dotted lines below delineate the scope of the
separate financial statements.
Because the income of Sub 2 is
reported in Sub 1’s separate financial statements,
the tax due under Country X’s IIR is accounted for
in accordance with ASC 740 for the purposes of
separate financial statements.
Question 8.2
If an entity included in
separate financial statements pays a top-up tax under a UTPR related to income
of an LTCE that is not included in the separate financial statements, is the
top-up tax within the scope of ASC 740 for the purposes of separate financial
statements?
Answer
In this case, the taxes due under the UTPR would generally
be outside the scope of ASC 740 for the purposes of separate financial
statements because the top-up tax is not based on income included in the
separate financial statements.
Example F-8
Sub 3 issues separate financial
statements. Country Z has enacted a UTPR. Country A
and Country Y have not enacted an IIR or a QDMTT,
respectively. Accordingly, Sub 2’s income is subject
to tax under Country Z’s UTPR (Sub 3 is not required
to pay a top-up tax on Country A’s income because
Jurisdiction A’s GloBE ETR exceeds the minimum
rate). The dotted lines below delineate the scope of
the separate financial statements.
Because the income of Sub 2 is not
reported in Sub 3’s separate financial statements,
the top-up tax that Sub 3 pays under Country Z’s
UTPR is accounted for outside the scope of ASC 740
for the purposes of separate financial
statements.
Question 8.3
If the LTCE and the entity
required to pay the UTPR are both included in the same set of separate financial
statements, would the tax due under the UTPR be within the scope of ASC 740 for
the purposes of separate financial statements?
Answer
In a manner similar to the discussions in Questions 1.2 and
8.1, if
both the LTCE and the entity obligated to pay the UTPR are included in the
same set of separate financial statements, the UTPR is within the scope of
ASC 740 for the purposes of separate financial statements.
Example F-9
Sub 2 issues separate financial
statements and consolidates Subs 3 and 4. Country A
and Country Y have not implemented an IIR or QDMTT,
respectively; however, Country Z has enacted a UTPR
under which Sub 4 is required to pay a top-up tax on
Sub 3’s income. (Sub 4 is not required to pay a
top-up tax on Country A’s income because
Jurisdiction A’s GloBE ETR exceeds the minimum
rate.) The dotted lines below delineate the scope of
the separate financial statements.
Because Sub 2 consolidates Subs 3
and 4, both the income and the tax are reported in
the separate financial statements of Sub 2. As a
result, in this scenario, Sub 2 would account for
the tax paid under Country Z’s UTPR within the scope
of ASC 740 in the separate financial statements in
the same manner as a UPE would report the taxes due
under the UTPR as tax expense in the consolidated
financial statements.
Question 8.4
If a UTPR is not within the
scope of ASC 740, as discussed in Question 8.2, how should an entity account
for the tax due under a UTPR in the separate financial statements?
Answer
If a tax due under a UTPR is outside the scope of ASC 740 in
the separate financial statements, we believe that the payment is deemed to
be made on behalf of the parent because the tax due under the UTPR is a
result of the parent entity’s organizational structure (i.e., if not for the
parent’s investment in affiliated entities, the reporting entity would have
no liability). As a result, we believe that this amount, although paid by an
entity included in the separate financial statements, does not represent a
cost of the separate financial statement group’s business and may be
reflected as an equity transaction.
Example F-10
Sub 3 issues separate financial
statements and consolidates Sub 4. Country A and
Country Y have not implemented an IIR or QDMTT,
respectively; however, Country Z has enacted a UTPR
under which Sub 4 is required to pay a top-up tax on
Sub 2’s income (Sub 4 is not required to pay a
top-up tax on Country A’s income because
Jurisdiction A’s GloBE ETR exceeds the minimum
rate.) The dotted lines below delineate the scope of
the separate financial statements.
Because the income on which the UTPR
is calculated is outside the scope of Sub 3’s
separate financial statements, the UTPR is outside
the scope of ASC 740 in the separate financial
statements. Accordingly, we believe that the payment
is made on behalf of the parent and may be reflected
through equity in Sub 3’s separate financial
statements.
Question 8.5
If a top-up tax due under an
IIR, a UTPR, or a QDMTT is determined to be within the scope of ASC 740 in the
separate financial statements, is deferred tax accounting required in the
separate financial statements?
Answer
IIR/UTPR
In a manner consistent with the discussion in Question 1.4, a
tax due under an IIR or a UTPR is an AMT, and DTAs and DTLs would not be
recognized or adjusted for the estimated future effects of the minimum
tax.
QDMTT
In a manner similar to the discussion in Question 1.4, in
circumstances in which a QDMTT is consistent with the GloBE rules, the
QDMTT may qualify as an AMT and be accounted for as such (i.e., no
deferred tax accounting). We believe that a question continues to exist,
however, related to whether a QDMTT could still be considered an AMT in
situations in which the jurisdiction does not have an existing domestic
income tax aside from a QDMTT (e.g., there is no parallel tax system).
If it is determined that the QDMTT does not qualify as an AMT, deferred
tax accounting may be appropriate. Consultation with an entity’s
accounting advisers is encouraged.
Question 8.6
An LTCE may be included in
separate financial statements and have an agreement to reimburse, for taxes due
under an IIR or a UTPR related to the income of the LTCE, a parent or
brother/sister entity that is not included in the separate financial statements.
Should the LTCE record the amount due to the parent or brother/sister entity as
income tax expense in the separate financial statements?
Answer
No. In this case, the amounts due under the intercompany
arrangements should not be accounted for as an income tax expense within the
scope of ASC 740 in the separate financial statements. The entity in the
low-tax jurisdiction has no liability for the top-up tax because the top-up
tax is levied on an entity that is excluded from such separate financial
statements. Therefore, any amounts due as a result of an agreement between
the LTCE and entities not included in the separate financial statements
should not be considered an income tax in the separate financial
statements.
Question 8.7
If an entity included in separate financial statements is
responsible for paying tax under a UTPR related to income of an LTCE that is
not included in the separate financial statements, how should the entity
account for uncertain tax positions associated with the UTPR in the separate
financial statements?
Answer
Because the entity is responsible for the UTPR as a result
of its affiliation with the UPE, any UTBs related to uncertain tax positions
associated with the UTPR should be recorded within equity, in the separate
financial statements, in the same period and for the same amount recorded by
the UPE in the consolidated financial statements on the basis of the UPE’s
analysis (if both entities are reporting under U.S. GAAP).
Footnotes
6
Certain DTAs are disregarded for GloBE purposes,
including but not limited to those subject to Articles 9.1.2 and
9.1.3 of the GloBE rules. Article 9.1.2 states, “Deferred tax assets
arising from items excluded from the computation of GloBE Income or
Loss under Chapter 3 must be excluded from the Article 9.1.1
computation when such deferred tax assets are generated in a
transaction that takes place after 30 November 2021.” Article 9.1.3
states, “In the case of a transfer of assets between Constituent
Entities after 30 November 2021 and before the commencement of a
Transition Year, the basis in the acquired assets (other than
inventory) shall be based upon the disposing Entity’s carrying value
of the transferred assets upon disposition with the deferred tax
assets and liabilities brought into GloBE determined on that
basis.”
7
An entity must apply judgment in determining whether
it is more likely than not that the QDMTT qualifies for the QDMTT
safe harbor.
8
Alternatively, an entity could make an annual
election not to include the deferred tax
expense related to the increase in the DTL in adjusted covered taxes
for such fiscal year.
9
Article 4.1.5 states, “In a Fiscal Year in which
there is no Net GloBE Income for a jurisdiction, if the Adjusted
Covered Taxes for a jurisdiction are less than zero and less than
the Expected Adjusted Covered Taxes Amount the Constituent Entities
in that jurisdiction shall be treated as having Additional Current
Top-up Tax for the jurisdiction under Article 5.4 arising in the
current Fiscal Year equal to the difference between these amounts.
The Expected Adjusted Covered Taxes Amount is equal to the GloBE
Income or Loss for a jurisdiction multiplied by the Minimum
Rate.”
10
See Section 2.7 of the February 2, 2023,
administrative guidance on the
GloBE rules.
Appendix G — Titles of Standards and Other Literature
Appendix G — Titles of Standards and Other Literature
AICPA Literature
Audit Section
AU-C Section 570, The
Auditor’s Consideration of an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going
Concern
Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagement
AT Section 301, Financial
Forecasts and Projections
Technical Questions and Answers
Section 3300, “Deferred Taxes”
FASB Literature
ASC Topics
ASC 105, Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles
ASC 205, Presentation of
Financial Statements
ASC 210, Balance
Sheet
ASC 220, Comprehensive
Income
ASC 225, Income
Statement
ASC 230, Statement of Cash
Flows
ASC 250, Accounting Changes
and Error Corrections
ASC 260, Earnings per
Share
ASC 270, Interim
Reporting
ASC 275, Risks and
Uncertainties
ASC 320, Investments — Debt
Securities
ASC 321, Investments — Equity
Securities
ASC 323, Investments — Equity
Method and Joint Ventures
ASC 325, Investments —
Other
ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit
Losses
ASC 350, Intangibles —
Goodwill and Other
ASC 360, Property, Plant, and
Equipment
ASC 405, Liabilities
ASC 420, Exit or Disposal
Cost Obligations
ASC 450,
Contingencies
ASC 460, Guarantees
ASC 470, Debt
ASC 505, Equity
ASC 606, Revenue From
Contracts With Customers
ASC 715, Compensation —
Retirement Benefits
ASC 718, Compensation — Stock
Compensation
ASC 740, Income Taxes
ASC 805, Business
Combinations
ASC 810,
Consolidation
ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging
ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurement
ASC 825, Financial
Instruments
ASC 830, Foreign Currency
Matters
ASC 835, Interest
ASC 840, Leases
ASC 842, Leases
ASC 852,
Reorganizations
ASC 855, Subsequent
Events
ASC 942, Financial Services —
Depository and Lending
ASC 944, Financial Services —
Insurance
ASC 946, Financial Services —
Investment Companies
ASC 958, Not-for-Profit
Entities
ASC 960, Plan Accounting —
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
ASC 962, Plan Accounting —
Defined Contribution Pension Plans
ASC 965, Plan Accounting —
Health and Welfare Benefit Plans
ASC 970, Real Estate —
General
ASC 980, Regulated
Operations
ASC 995, U.S. Steamship
Entities
ASUs
ASU 2010-08, Technical
Corrections to Various Topics
ASU 2014-01, Investments —
Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in
Qualified Affordable Housing Projects — a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force
ASU 2014-17, Business
Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting — a consensus of the FASB
Emerging Issues Task Force
ASU 2015-10, Technical
Corrections and Improvements
ASU 2015-16, Business
Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period
Adjustments
ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes
(Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes
ASU 2016-01, Financial
Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic
842)
ASU 2016-09, Compensation —
Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment
Accounting
ASU 2016-13, Financial
Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on
Financial Instruments
ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes
(Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory
ASU 2017-01, Business
Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles —
Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill
Impairment
ASU 2017-15, Codification
Improvements to Topic 995, U.S. Steamship Entities: Elimination of
Topic 995
ASU 2018-02, Income Statement
— Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain
Tax Effects From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
ASU 2019-10, Financial Instruments — Credit
Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic
842): Effective Dates
ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes
(Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt With Conversion and
Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in
Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible
Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity
ASU 2023-02, Investments — Equity Method and
Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit
Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method
ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740):
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures
Proposed ASUs
2016-270, Income Taxes (Topic
740): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for
Income Taxes
2019-500 (Revised), Income
Taxes (Topic 740): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure
Requirements for Income Taxes (Revision of Exposure Draft Issued July 26,
2016)
2019-700, Income Taxes (Topic
740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
2022-004, Investments —
Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in
Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method — a
consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force
2023-ED100, Income Taxes (Topic 740):
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures
Staff Q&As
Topic 740, No. 2, “Whether to
Discount the Tax Liability on the Deemed Repatriation”
Topic 740, No. 4, “Accounting
for the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax”
Topic 740, No. 5, “Accounting
for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income”
Federal Regulations
CFR
Treas. Reg. 26, “Internal
Revenue”
- Section § 1.901-1, “Allowance of Credit for Taxes”
- Section § 301.6511(d)-3, “Special Rules Applicable to Credit Against Income Tax for Foreign Taxes”
IRC (U.S. Code)
Section 15, “Effect of
Changes”
Section 48D, “Advanced Manufacturing Investment
Credit”
Section 53, “Credit for Prior
Year Minimum Tax Liability”
Section 78, “Gross Up for Deemed
Paid Foreign Tax Credit”
Section 83, “Property
Transferred in Connection With Performance of Services”
Section 103, “Interest on State
and Local Bonds”
Section 162, “Trade or Business
Expenses”
Section 163, “Interest”
Section 165, “Losses”
Section 171, “Amortizable Bond
Premium”
Section 245A, “Deduction for
Foreign Source-Portion of Dividends Received by Domestic Corporations From
Specified 10-Percent Owned Foreign Corporations”
Section 250, “Foreign-Derived
Intangible Income and Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income”
Section 265, “Expenses and
Interest Relating to Tax-Exempt Income”
Section 271, “Debts Owed by
Political Parties, Etc.”
Section 274, “Disallowance of
Certain Entertainment, Etc., Expenses”
Section 275, “Certain Taxes”
Section 338, “Certain Stock
Purchases Treated as Asset Acquisitions”
Section 382, “Limitation on Net
Operating Loss Carryforwards and Certain Built-In Losses Following Ownership
Change”
Section 383, “Special
Limitations on Certain Excess Credits, Etc.”
Section 421, “General Rules”
Section 422, “Incentive Stock
Options”
Section 423, “Employee Stock
Purchase Plans”
Section 481, “Adjustments
Required by Changes in Method of Accounting”
Section 585, “Reserves for
Losses on Loans of Banks”
Section 611, “Allowance of
Deduction for Depletion”
Section 612, “Basis for Cost
Depletion”
Section 613, “Percentage
Depletion”
Section 704, “Partner’s
Distributive Share”
Section 806, “Small Life
Insurance Company Deduction”
Section 833, “Treatment of Blue
Cross and Blue Shield Organizations, Etc.”
Section 931, “Income From
Sources Within Guam, American Samoa, or the Northern Mariana Islands”
Section 965, “Temporary
Dividends Received Deduction”
Section 987, “Branch
Transactions”
Section 1016, “Adjustments to
Basis”
IRC Treas. Reg.
Section 1.1502-36, “Unified Loss
Rule”
Section 1.162-20, “Expenditures
Attributable to Lobbying, Political Campaigns, Attempts to Influence
Legislation, etc., and Certain Advertising”
IFRS Literature
IAS 1, Presentation of Financial
Statements
IAS 10, Events After the Reporting Period
IAS 12, Income Taxes
IAS 20, Accounting for Government
Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance
IAS 21, The Effects of Changes in
Foreign Exchange Rates
IAS 34, Interim Financial
Reporting
IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent
Liabilities and Contingent Assets
IFRIC Interpretation 23,
Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments
IFRS 3, Business
Combinations
PCAOB Literature
AS 2415, Consideration of an
Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
SEC Literature
Final Rule Release
No. 33-10890, Management’s Discussion and
Analysis, Selected Financial Data, and Supplementary Financial
Information
FRM
Topic 3, “Pro Forma Financial
Information”
Regulation S-K
Item 303, “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
-
Item 303(a), “Objective”
-
Item 303(b), “Full Fiscal Years”
Regulation S-X
Rule 3-05, “Financial Statements
of Businesses Acquired or to Be Acquired”
Rule 4-08, “General Notes to
Financial Statements”
- Rule 4-08(h), “Income Tax Expense”
Rule 5-02, “Commercial and
Industrial Companies; Balance Sheets”
Rule 5-03, “Statements of
Comprehensive Income”
Article 10, “Interim Financial
Statements”
Rule 10-01(a), “Condensed
Statements”
Rule 11-02, “Preparation
Requirements”
Rule 12-09, “Valuation and
Qualifying Accounts”
SAB Topics
No. 1, “Financial Statements”
-
No. 1.B, “Allocation of Expenses and Related Disclosure in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries, Divisions or Lesser Business Components of Another Entity”
-
No. 1.B.1, “Costs Reflected in Historical Financial Statements”
-
-
No. 1.M, “Materiality” (SAB 99)
-
No. 1.N, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (SAB 108)
No. 6.I, “Interpretations of
Accounting Series Releases and Financial Reporting Releases; Accounting Series
Release 149 — Improved Disclosure of Income Tax Expense (Adopted November 28,
1973 and Modified by ASR 280 Adopted on September 2, 1980)”
No. 11.C, “Miscellaneous
Disclosure; Tax Holidays”
SAB 118, “Income Tax Accounting Implications of
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act“
Superseded Literature
Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinions
No. 2, Accounting for the
“Investment Credit”
No. 4, Accounting for the
“Investment Credit”
No. 11, Accounting for Income
Taxes
No. 18, The Equity Method of
Accounting for Investments in Common Stock
No. 23, Accounting for Income Taxes — Special
Areas
EITF Abstracts
Issue No. 86-43, “Effect of a
Change in Tax Law or Rates on Leveraged Leases”
Issue No. 93-7, “Uncertainties
Related to Income Taxes in a Purchase Business Combination”
Issue No. 94-1, “Accounting for
Tax Benefits Resulting From Investments in Affordable Housing Projects”
Issue No. 94-10, “Accounting by
a Company for the Income Tax Effects of Transactions Among or With Its
Shareholders Under FASB Statement No. 109”
FASB Interpretations
No. 18, Accounting for Income
Taxes in Interim Periods — an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 28
No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No.
109
FASB Statements
No. 52, Financial Reporting
by Cable Television Companies
No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes
No. 123(R), Share-Based
Payment
No. 141, Business
Combinations
No. 141(R), Business
Combinations
Appendix H — Abbreviations
Appendix H — Abbreviations
Abbreviation
|
Description
|
---|---|
AC
|
acquiring company
|
AETR
|
annual effective tax rate
|
AFS
|
available for sale
|
AGUB
|
adjusted grossed-up basis
|
AICPA
|
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
|
AMT
|
alternative minimum tax
|
AOCI
|
accumulated other comprehensive income
|
APB
|
Accounting Principles Board
|
APIC
|
additional paid-in capital
|
ASC
|
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
|
ASU
|
FASB Accounting Standards Update
|
BCF
|
beneficial conversion
feature
|
BEAT
|
base erosion anti-abuse tax
|
BEMTA
|
base erosion minimum tax amount
|
CAD
|
Canadian dollar
|
CCF
|
cash conversion feature
|
CE
|
constituent entity
|
CEO
|
chief executive officer
|
CFC
|
controlled foreign corporation
|
CFO
|
chief financial officer
|
CFR
|
Code of Federal Regulations
|
CIMA
|
Chartered Institute of
Management Accountants
|
CNIT
|
corporate net income tax
|
CPP
|
cash purchase price
|
CTA
|
cumulative translation adjustment
|
DTA
|
deferred tax asset
|
DTL
|
deferred tax liability
|
E&P
|
earnings and profits
|
ED
|
exposure draft
|
EITF
|
FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force
|
EPS
|
earnings per share
|
ESOP
|
employee stock ownership plan
|
ESPP
|
employee stock purchase plan
|
ETR
|
effective tax rate
|
FAQ
|
frequently asked question
|
FASB
|
Financial Accounting Standards Board
|
FBB
|
final book basis
|
FCC
|
Federal Communications Commission
|
FDII
|
foreign-derived intangible income
|
FRM
|
SEC Division of Corporation Finance’s Financial Reporting
Manual
|
FTC
|
foreign tax credit
|
GAAP
|
generally accepted accounting principles
|
GILTI
|
global intangible low-taxed income
|
GloBE
|
global anti-base erosion
|
HTM
|
held to maturity
|
IAS
|
International Accounting Standard
|
IASB
|
International Accounting Standards Board
|
IFRIC
|
IFRS Interpretations Committee
|
IFRS
|
International Financial Reporting Standard
|
IIR
|
income inclusion rule
|
IPO
|
initial public offering
|
IPTF
|
CAQ’s International Practices
Task Force
|
IRC
|
Internal Revenue Code
|
IRS
|
Internal Revenue Service
|
ISO
|
incentive stock option
|
ITC
|
investment tax credit
|
LC
|
local currency
|
LICTI
|
life insurance company taxable income
|
LIFO
|
last in, first out
|
LLC
|
limited liability company
|
LTCE
|
low-taxed constituent entity
|
MD&A
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
|
MNE
|
multinational enterprise
|
NFP
|
not-for-profit entity
|
NOL
|
net operating loss
|
NQSO
|
nonqualified option
|
OCI
|
other comprehensive income
|
OECD
|
Organisation
for Economic Co-operation and Development
|
OTTI
|
other-than-temporary impairment
|
PBE
|
public business entity
|
PCAOB
|
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
|
PP&E
|
property, plant, and equipment
|
PTI
|
percentage of taxable income
|
QAHP
|
qualified affordable housing project
|
Q&A
|
question and answer
|
QBAI
|
qualified business asset investment
|
QDMTT
|
qualified domestic minimum
top-up tax
|
R&D
|
research and development
|
REIT
|
real estate investment trust
|
RIC
|
regulated investment company
|
ROU
|
right of use
|
SAB
|
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin
|
SAR
|
share appreciation right
|
SEC
|
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
|
SFAS
|
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
|
SFC
|
specified foreign corporation
|
SUI
|
significant unusual or infrequently occurring
|
TC
|
target company
|
TTB
|
total tax benefit
|
UPE
|
ultimate parent entity
|
USD
|
U.S. dollar
|
UTB
|
unrecognized tax benefit
|
UTPR
|
undertaxed profits rule
|
VIE
|
variable interest entity
|
YTD
|
year to date
|
Appendix I — Roadmap Updates for 2024
Appendix I — Roadmap Updates for 2024
The tables below summarize the substantive changes made in the 2024
edition of this Roadmap.
New Content
Section
|
Title
|
Description
|
---|---|---|
GILTI Considerations in a Business Combination
|
Added new section (including Example
11-25) to address the impact of an acquired
GILTI obligation in acquisition accounting. Renumbered
subsequent examples.
| |
FASB Issues ASU on Income Tax Disclosures
|
Added appendix to discuss ASU 2023-09 (and to replace
discussion of the proposed ASU).
| |
Frequently Asked Questions About Pillar Two
|
Added appendix to address FAQs related to the accounting
impacts of Pillar Two.
|
Amended or Deleted Content
Section
|
Title
|
Description
|
---|---|---|
Updated to reflect the status of FASB projects and other
developments.
| ||
Consideration of AMT Regimes
|
Deleted discussion of the modification of refund claims for
AMT credit carryforwards under the CARES Act because the
guidance is no longer relevant.
| |
3.4.11.1.1
|
Classification of Transition Tax Obligation in Periods Before
Inclusion in the Income Tax Return
|
Deleted section because it is no longer relevant.
|
3.4.11.2
|
Measurement of Transition Tax Obligation in Periods Before
Inclusion in the Income Tax Return
|
Deleted section because it is no longer relevant.
|
Recognition Date for Conversion to a REIT
|
Updated discussion to align with current practice.
| |
AFS Securities
|
Clarified guidance on the treatment of unrealized gains and
losses on debt and equity securities classified as AFS.
| |
Accounting Considerations for Valuation Allowances Related to
IRC Section 163(j) Carryforwards
|
Added Example 5-32 to
illustrate how available sources of taxable income are
quantified under the additive approach and the integrative
approach. Renumbered subsequent example.
| |
Income Tax Accounting Considerations Related
to When a Subsidiary Is Deconsolidated: Stock Sale
|
Added Example 6-11 to illustrate the
elimination of inside DTAs and DTLs in a stock sale.
| |
Retroactive Changes in Tax Laws
|
Expanded discussion of circumstances in
which an entity would not recognize the tax effect of a
retroactive change in law by updating the AETR.
| |
Impairment Testing
|
Updated to provide additional considerations related to
impairment of tax-deductible goodwill.
| |
Assigning Deferred Taxes to a Reporting Unit
|
Updated to provide additional discussion of the allocation of
valuation allowances to a reporting unit.
| |
Accounting for Temporary Differences Related
to ITCs
|
Updated to address considerations in the determination of
whether a tax credit qualifies for ITC accounting.
| |
Accounting for the Tax Effects of
Transactions With Noncontrolling Shareholders
|
Clarified guidance on the intraperiod allocation of direct
effects of stock transactions with noncontrolling
shareholders. Also, expanded Example
12-5 to include an illustration of the
with-and-without intraperiod allocation calculation.
| |
Overview
|
Added Changing Lanes to summarize
amendments made by ASU 2023-09.
| |
Background
|
Added Changing Lanes to summarize
amendments made by ASU 2023-09.
|